diff options
| author | Fabien Freling <fabien.freling@nokia.com> | 2010-02-12 15:49:38 (GMT) |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Fabien Freling <fabien.freling@nokia.com> | 2010-02-12 15:49:38 (GMT) |
| commit | c04fd421375562f2db8ab89d7bb9509d9b655dd2 (patch) | |
| tree | 411853760626883241748157b8e3dca1b272722f | |
| parent | 441aff9d01a1530d2b187098c7c47bc683116a66 (diff) | |
| parent | 3fb70a8beea1dda58e50831edc5dd9073b899f72 (diff) | |
| download | Qt-c04fd421375562f2db8ab89d7bb9509d9b655dd2.zip Qt-c04fd421375562f2db8ab89d7bb9509d9b655dd2.tar.gz Qt-c04fd421375562f2db8ab89d7bb9509d9b655dd2.tar.bz2 | |
Merge branch 'master' of scm.dev.nokia.troll.no:qt/oslo-staging-1
307 files changed, 17876 insertions, 8802 deletions
diff --git a/bin/createpackage.pl b/bin/createpackage.pl index ff89b64..a748ba5 100755 --- a/bin/createpackage.pl +++ b/bin/createpackage.pl @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ sub Usage() { ============================================================================================== Convenience script for creating signed packages you can install on your phone. -Usage: createpackage.pl [options] templatepkg target-platform [certificate key [passphrase]] +Usage: createpackage.pl [options] templatepkg [target]-[platform] [certificate key [passphrase]] Where supported optiobns are as follows: [-i|install] = Install the package right away using PC suite @@ -72,9 +72,10 @@ Where supported optiobns are as follows: [-c|certfile=<file>] = The file containing certificate information for signing. The file can have several certificates, each specified in separate line. The certificate, key and passphrase in line - must be ';' separated. Lines starting with '#' are treated - as a comments. Also empty lines are ignored. The paths in + must be ';' separated. Lines starting with '#' are treated + as a comments. Also empty lines are ignored. The paths in <file> can be absolute or relative to <file>. + [-u|unsigned] = Preserves the unsigned package Where parameters are as follows: templatepkg = Name of .pkg file template target = Either debug or release @@ -86,10 +87,10 @@ Where parameters are as follows: Example: createpackage.pl fluidlauncher_template.pkg release-armv5 - + Example with certfile: createpackage.pl -c=mycerts.txt fluidlauncher_template.pkg release-armv5 - + Content of 'mycerts.txt' must be something like this: # This is comment line, also the empty lines are ignored rd.cer;rd-key.pem @@ -109,8 +110,12 @@ ENDUSAGESTRING my $install = ""; my $preprocessonly = ""; my $certfile = ""; +my $preserveUnsigned = ""; -unless (GetOptions('i|install' => \$install, 'p|preprocess' => \$preprocessonly, 'c|certfile=s' => \$certfile)){ +unless (GetOptions('i|install' => \$install, + 'p|preprocess' => \$preprocessonly, + 'c|certfile=s' => \$certfile, + 'u|unsigned' => \$preserveUnsigned,)){ Usage(); } @@ -134,7 +139,12 @@ my $passphrase = $ARGV[4]; # Generate output pkg basename (i.e. file name without extension) my $pkgoutputbasename = $templatepkg; -$pkgoutputbasename =~ s/_template\.pkg/_$targetplatform/g; +my $preservePkgOutput = ""; +$pkgoutputbasename =~ s/_template/_$targetplatform/g; +if ($pkgoutputbasename eq $templatepkg) { + $preservePkgOutput = "1"; +} +$pkgoutputbasename =~ s/\.pkg//g; $pkgoutputbasename = lc($pkgoutputbasename); # Store output file names to variables @@ -148,12 +158,20 @@ my $certtext = $certificate; # certificates are one step up in hierarchy my $certpath = File::Spec->catdir($scriptpath, File::Spec->updir(), "src/s60installs/"); -# Check some pre-conditions and print error messages if needed -unless (length($templatepkg) && length($platform) && length($target)) { - print "\nError: Template PKG filename, platform or target is not defined!\n"; +# Check some pre-conditions and print error messages if needed. +unless (length($templatepkg)) { + print "\nError: Template PKG filename is not defined!\n"; Usage(); } +# If the pkg file is not actually a template, there is no need for plaform or target. +if ($templatepkg =~ m/_template\.pkg/i) { + unless (length($platform) && length($target)) { + print "\nError: Platform or target is not defined!\n"; + Usage(); + } +} + # Check template exist stat($templatepkg); unless( -e _ ) { @@ -190,18 +208,18 @@ if (length($certfile)) { next if /^(\s)*$/; # skip blank lines chomp; # remove trailing newline characters my @certinfo = split(';', $_); # split row to certinfo - + # Trim spaces for(@certinfo) { s/^\s+//; s/\s+$//; - } - + } + # Do some validation - unless(scalar(@certinfo) >= 2 && scalar(@certinfo) <= 3 && length($certinfo[0]) && length($certinfo[1]) ) { + unless(scalar(@certinfo) >= 2 && scalar(@certinfo) <= 3 && length($certinfo[0]) && length($certinfo[1]) ) { print "\nError: $certfile line '$_' does not contain valid information!\n"; - Usage(); - } + Usage(); + } push @certificates, [@certinfo]; # push data to two dimensional array } @@ -210,7 +228,9 @@ if (length($certfile)) { # Remove any existing .sis packages unlink $unsigned_sis_name; unlink $signed_sis_name; -unlink $pkgoutput; +if (!$preservePkgOutput) { + unlink $pkgoutput; +} # Preprocess PKG local $/; @@ -252,10 +272,14 @@ if( -e _ ) { system ("signsis $signed_sis_name $signed_sis_name $abscert $abskey $row->[2]"); print ("\tAdditionally signed the SIS with certificate: $row->[0]!\n"); } - + # remove temporary pkg and unsigned sis - unlink $pkgoutput; - unlink $unsigned_sis_name; + if (!$preservePkgOutput) { + unlink $pkgoutput; + } + if (!$preserveUnsigned) { + unlink $unsigned_sis_name; + } # Install the sis if requested if ($install) { diff --git a/bin/patch_capabilities.pl b/bin/patch_capabilities.pl index 8afe776..f82c48f 100755 --- a/bin/patch_capabilities.pl +++ b/bin/patch_capabilities.pl @@ -131,9 +131,13 @@ if (@ARGV) } } - # Remove all dependencies to other packages to reduce unnecessary error messages - # from depended packages that are also patched and therefore have different UID. - if ($line =~ m/^\(0x[0-9|a-f|A-F]*\).*\{.*\}$/) + # Remove dependencies to known problem packages (i.e. packages that are likely to be patched, also) + # to reduce unnecessary error messages. + if ($line =~ m/^\(0x2002af5f\).*\{.*\}$/) + { + $newLine = "\n" + } + if ($line =~ m/^\(0x2001E61C\).*\{.*\}$/) { $newLine = "\n" } @@ -193,6 +193,8 @@ sub classNames { push @ret, "QtConcurrentFilter" } elsif(basename($iheader) eq "qtconcurrentrun.h") { push @ret, "QtConcurrentRun" + } elsif(basename($iheader) eq "qaudio.h") { + push @ret, "QAudio" } my $parsable = ""; @@ -3373,10 +3373,10 @@ Configure options: -debug-and-release . Compile and link two versions of Qt, with and without debugging turned on (Mac only). - -developer-build.... Compile and link Qt with Qt developer options (including auto-tests exporting) + -developer-build ... Compile and link Qt with Qt developer options (including auto-tests exporting) - -opensource......... Compile and link the Open-Source Edition of Qt. - -commercial......... Compile and link the Commercial Edition of Qt. + -opensource ........ Compile and link the Open-Source Edition of Qt. + -commercial ........ Compile and link the Commercial Edition of Qt. * -shared ............ Create and use shared Qt libraries. @@ -3769,7 +3769,7 @@ Qt/X11 only: Requires fontconfig/fontconfig.h, libfontconfig, freetype.h and libfreetype. - $XIN -no-xinput.......... Do not compile Xinput support. + $XIN -no-xinput ......... Do not compile Xinput support. $XIY -xinput ............ Compile Xinput support. This also enabled tablet support which requires IRIX with wacom.h and libXi or XFree86 with X11/extensions/XInput.h and libXi. diff --git a/configure.exe b/configure.exe Binary files differindex 21fdcfa..8913de1 100644 --- a/configure.exe +++ b/configure.exe diff --git a/demos/embedded/fluidlauncher/fluidlauncher.pro b/demos/embedded/fluidlauncher/fluidlauncher.pro index 92d6e1e..f71388c 100644 --- a/demos/embedded/fluidlauncher/fluidlauncher.pro +++ b/demos/embedded/fluidlauncher/fluidlauncher.pro @@ -213,5 +213,7 @@ symbian { DEPLOYMENT += config files executables viewerimages saxbookmarks reg_resource resource \ mifs desktopservices_music desktopservices_images fluidbackup + DEPLOYMENT.installer_header = 0xA000D7CD + TARGET.EPOCHEAPSIZE = 100000 20000000 } diff --git a/dist/changes-4.6.2 b/dist/changes-4.6.2 index 00509ed..aaaaacc 100644 --- a/dist/changes-4.6.2 +++ b/dist/changes-4.6.2 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Qt 4.6.2 is a bug-fix release. It maintains both forward and backward -compatibility (source and binary) with Qt 4.6.0. For more details, -refer to the online documentation included in this distribution. The -documentation is also available online: +compatibility (source and binary) with Qt 4.6.0 and 4.6.1. For more +details, refer to the online documentation included in this +distribution. The documentation is also available online: http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.6 @@ -40,35 +40,101 @@ Optimizations QtCore ------ + - QAtomicPointer + * [QTBUG-7356] Fixed a compilation failure when using the Intel + compiler on IA-64 + + - QFile + * Fixed double-buffering issue when opening files in buffered mode. + * [QTBUG-7285] QFile::remove would fail if an unrelated operation on the + same instance had been previously failed. This manisfested itself in + QTemporaryFile failing to auto-remove files and QFile::copy leaving + temporary files behind in certain situations. + + - QFSFileEngine + * Fix typo that made realpath() not being used + + - QIODevice + * Optimized readAll() + + - QReadWriteLock + * [MR 426] Fixed documentation + - QXmlStreamWriter * [QTBUG-6893] Fixed adding extra Byte Order Marks when writing to a xml file. QtGui ----- - - foo - * bar + - QAbstractScrollArea + * [QTBUG-1760] Reverted horizontal scrolling with mouse wheel when vertical scrollbar is hidden + + - QBmpHandler + * [QTBUG-7530] Fixed an infinite loop that could occur when reading invalid BMP images. + + - QGraphicsEffect + * [QTBUG-6901] Fixed performance problem when translating items with + graphics effects. + + - QImage + * [QTBUG-7231] Avoid an unnecessary copy in QImage::scaled(). + - QPDFEngine + * [QTBUG-7249] Fixed the encoding of the Tile and Creator tags in the PDF engine. + + - QApplication + * [QTBUG-6098] Added a flag to avoid construction of application panes. + - QInputContext + * [QTBUG-7439] Avoided the loss of preedit text when losing focus on Symbian. + + * [QT-2629] Implemented event filter functions for Symbian. * [QTBUG-7029] Fixed a crash when re-creating QApplication object due to a dangling gesture manager pointer. + * [QTBUG-7198] Setting a style sheet could break the checkbox position in item views. + * [QTBUG-7253] Fixed wrong stroke clipping with the raster engine when using a QPen + with a style other than SolidLine. + + + * [MR 2077] Integrated merge request 2077 QtDBus ------ - - foo - * bar + - QDBusConnection + * [QT-2307] Fixed sending of D-Bus method calls with QDBus::BlockWithGui QtNetwork --------- - - foo - * bar + - QNetworkAccessManager + * Optimizations + * HTTP: Get rid of QAbstractSocket warnings that were sometimes displayed + * HTTP: setReadBufferSize() of the QNetworkReply finally is working on all layers + * [QTBUG-7713] HTTP: Fix bug related to re-sending a request + * [QTBUG-7060] Fixed an issue with parsing of HTTP headers like + "private, max-age=300" + + - QSslCertificate + * [QTBUG-6466] Fix issuerInfo() and subjectInfo() + + - QTcpSocket + * [QTBUG-7344] Fix performance degredation with write() on Windows + * [QTBUG-7316,QTBUG-7317] Also handle unknown errors from socket engine QtOpenGL -------- - [QTBUG-7490] Better support for user-generated binary shaders. + - QGLWidget + * [QTBUG-7213] Fixed QGLWidget::renderPixmap() on Windows. + + - QGLPixelBuffer + * [QTBUG-7476] Fixed a crash under X11 when drawing QPixmaps to QGLPixelBuffers. + + - QGL2PaintEngineEx + * [QTBUG-7203] Reset the GL stencil mask, op and function in resetGLState(). + QtOpenVG -------- @@ -105,6 +171,15 @@ Qt Plugins - foo * bar +Examples +-------- + + - QtMultimedia + * [MR 418] Fixed the example for QAudioOutput + + - WebKit + * [MR 2235] Added the framecapture example to the default build + Third party components ---------------------- @@ -120,7 +195,7 @@ Third party components Qt for Unix (X11 and Mac OS X) ------------------------------ - - + - Qt for Linux/X11 ---------------- @@ -130,17 +205,26 @@ Qt for Linux/X11 * Fixed a crash when an input method tries to create a widget after the application is destroyed. + - [QTBUG-6952] Fixed a problem using NoButtons in spinbox with QGtkStyle + - [QTBUG-7504] Fixed missing focus rect on check- and radiobutton with + some GTK+ themes. + - [QTBUG-6522] Fixed missing menu separator in some GTK+ themes. + Qt for Windows -------------- - - - Qt for Mac OS X --------------- + - [QTBUG-7832]: Restored missing margins around non-unified toolbars. - [QTBUG-7312]: Menubar and dock disappear after hiding a fullscreen widget on Cocoa. + - [QTBUG-7481]: Re-added the Close button in QPrintPreviewDialog for Mac/Carbon. - [QTBUG-7522]: Drawing fake buttons using QMacStyle+QStyleOptionViewItemV4 lead to crash. - [QTBUG-7625]: Calling showFullScreen() then showNormal() on a widget results in top menu hiding. + - [QTBUG-7086]: QFileDialog now correctly responds to fileMode & acceptMode changes. + - [QTBUG-7162]: Fixed a crash in Designer when previewing a QMainWindow with native toolbar. + - [QTBUG-7305]: Fixed a crash when deleting QMainWindow with native toolbar on Cocoa. + - [QTBUG-6882]: Fixed a text layout issue with QHeaderView in right-to-left mode. Qt for Embedded Linux @@ -164,6 +248,32 @@ Qt for Windows CE - +Qt for Symbian +-------------- + + * [QTBUG-6556] Improve the DEF file handling scheme, to allow simple enable/ + disable of DEF file usage (for use _during development only_ to decouple + the need to update the DEF files at the precise point that symbols are + removed, therefore allowing builds by CI systems to succeed even if symbols + have been removed. This does not remove the need to update the DEF files + before release. NOTE: Builds generated using this flag are not binary + compatible with previous versions of Qt.) + +- QProcess + * [QTBUG-7667] Fixed no-timeout case for QProcess::waitForFinished. + +- qmake + * [QTBUG-7695] Added support for ifdeffing for manufacturer in generated + pkg files. + * [QTBUG-7908] Smart installer package generation support + +- Patch_capabilities script + * Added support for embedded sis name/uid patching. + +- Qt deployment + * [QTBUG-7518] Backup and restore support for Qt libs + + **************************************************************************** * Tools * **************************************************************************** @@ -186,5 +296,12 @@ Qt for Windows CE * Important Behavior Changes * **************************************************************************** - - + - QNetworkAccessManager cache + * QNetworkAccessManager will no longer return expired pages, as + stated in the documentation + * The behaviour of PreferCache and PreferNetwork modes now match + the documentation more closely + - QUrl + * QUrl will now accept hostnames ending in dot and will not treat + those as invalid hostnames diff --git a/dist/changes-4.7.0 b/dist/changes-4.7.0 index 92f5244..3504763 100644 --- a/dist/changes-4.7.0 +++ b/dist/changes-4.7.0 @@ -24,6 +24,9 @@ General Improvements - Documentation and Examples +- Support for the GL_EXT_geometry_shader4, aka Geometry Shaders, was added + to QGLShaderProgram. + Third party components ---------------------- diff --git a/doc/doc.pri b/doc/doc.pri index 463c447..ccbef1a 100644 --- a/doc/doc.pri +++ b/doc/doc.pri @@ -30,8 +30,14 @@ QT_DOCUMENTATION = ($$QDOC qt-api-only.qdocconf assistant.qdocconf designer.qdoc $$GENERATOR doc-build/html-qmake/qmake.qhp -o doc/qch/qmake.qch \ ) +QT_ZH_CN_DOCUMENTATION = ($$QDOC qt-api-only_zh_CN.qdocconf) && \ + (cd $$QT_BUILD_TREE && \ + $$GENERATOR doc-build/html-qt_zh_CN/qt.qhp -o doc/qch/qt_zh_CN.qch \ + ) + win32-g++:isEmpty(QMAKE_SH) { QT_DOCUMENTATION = $$replace(QT_DOCUMENTATION, "/", "\\\\") + QT_ZH_CN_DOCUMENTATION = $$replace(QT_ZH_CN_DOCUMENTATION, "/", "\\\\") } # Build rules: @@ -42,6 +48,9 @@ qch_docs.depends += sub-tools docs.depends = adp_docs qch_docs +docs_zh_CN.depends = docs +docs_zh_CN.commands = $$QT_ZH_CN_DOCUMENTATION + # Install rules htmldocs.files = $$QT_BUILD_TREE/doc/html htmldocs.path = $$[QT_INSTALL_DOCS] @@ -54,5 +63,5 @@ qchdocs.CONFIG += no_check_exist docimages.files = $$QT_BUILD_TREE/doc/src/images docimages.path = $$[QT_INSTALL_DOCS]/src -QMAKE_EXTRA_TARGETS += qdoc adp_docs qch_docs docs +QMAKE_EXTRA_TARGETS += qdoc adp_docs qch_docs docs docs_zh_CN INSTALLS += htmldocs qchdocs docimages diff --git a/doc/src/deployment/deployment.qdoc b/doc/src/deployment/deployment.qdoc index 005f066..51383da 100644 --- a/doc/src/deployment/deployment.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/deployment/deployment.qdoc @@ -1571,18 +1571,13 @@ By default \c .pkg file generated by \c qmake adds support for all S60 3rd edition FP1, S60 3rd edition FP2 and S60 5th edition devices. - As a last step we will embed the \c qt_installer.sis file to the Wiggly - deployment file: + As a last step we will instruct qmake to generate smart installer \c .pkg file by defining + the UID of the installation package. The UID needs to be different than the application UID, + and should be reserved via normal Symbian mechanisms. You can use a random UID starting with + \c 0xE for testing purposes: \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 58 - When \c qt_installer.sis is embedded to the application deployment file, the - end-user does not need to download and install all dependencies separately. - The drawback of \c .sis embedding is that the application \c .sis file size becomes - big. To address these problems Forum Nokia is planning to release a smart installer - which will take care of downloading and installing the necessary dependencies - over-the-air. The expected availability of smart installer is 1Q 2010. - Now we are ready to compile the application and create the application deployment file. Run \c qmake to create Symbian specific makefiles, resources (\.rss) and deployment packaging files (\c .pkg). And do build to create the @@ -1591,13 +1586,26 @@ \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 59 If everything compiled and linked without any errors, we are now ready to create - an application installation file: + an application package (\c wiggly.sis): \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 60 - If all binaries and dependencies were found, we should now have a self-signed - \c wiggly_release-gcce.sis ready to be installed on a device. For more information - about creating a \c .sis file and installing it to device see also + Now you can create the smart installer package for the application: + + \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc 61 + + If all binaries and dependencies were found, you should now have a self signed + \c wiggly_installer.sis ready to be installed on a device. The smart installer + contained in the in the installer package will download the necessary dependencies + such as Qt libraries to the device. + + \note If you want to have your application properly Symbian Signed for distribution, + you will have to properly sign both the application and the application installer packages. + Please see + \l{http://developer.symbian.org/wiki/index.php/Category:Symbian_Signed} + {Symbian Signed wiki} for more information about Symbian Signed. + + For more information about creating a \c .sis file and installing it to device see also \l {The Symbian platform - Introduction to Qt#Installing your own applications}{here}. */ diff --git a/doc/src/development/qmake-manual.qdoc b/doc/src/development/qmake-manual.qdoc index 8fc4058..4ba7eba 100644 --- a/doc/src/development/qmake-manual.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/development/qmake-manual.qdoc @@ -1431,6 +1431,18 @@ is the application private directory on the drive it is installed to. \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 141 + On the Symbian platform, you can use \c{DEPLOYMENT.installer_header} + variable to generate smart installer wrapper for your application. + If you specify just UID of the installer package as the value, then + installer package name and version will be autogenerated: + + \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 146 + + If autogenerated values are not suitable, you can also specify the sis + header yourself using this variable: + + \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc 147 + \target DEPLOYMENT_PLUGIN \section1 DEPLOYMENT_PLUGIN diff --git a/doc/src/getting-started/installation.qdoc b/doc/src/getting-started/installation.qdoc index 3088892..638c2da 100644 --- a/doc/src/getting-started/installation.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/getting-started/installation.qdoc @@ -1038,8 +1038,9 @@ If you are using pre-built binaries, follow the instructions given in the \list \o \bold{Note:} This is not required if you are using pre-built binary package. \endlist - \o Building Qt libraries requires \l{http://www.arm.com/products/DevTools/RVCT.html}{RVCT} 2.2 [build 686] or later, - which is not available free of charge. + \o Building Qt libraries requires \l{http://www.arm.com/products/DevTools/RVCT.html}{RVCT} version 2.2 (build 686 or later), + which is not available free of charge. Usage of later versions of RVCT, including the 3.x and 4.x series, is not supported + in this release. \endlist Running Qt on real device requires the Open C to be installed on the device. diff --git a/doc/src/images/qpainter-text.png b/doc/src/images/qpainter-text.png Binary files differindex af7821c..e95c965 100644 --- a/doc/src/images/qpainter-text.png +++ b/doc/src/images/qpainter-text.png diff --git a/doc/src/legal/3rdparty.qdoc b/doc/src/legal/3rdparty.qdoc index b710449..bb2effa 100644 --- a/doc/src/legal/3rdparty.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/legal/3rdparty.qdoc @@ -116,9 +116,9 @@ \hr - Copyright (C) 2004,2007 Red Hat, Inc.\br - Copyright (C) 1998-2004 David Turner and Werner Lemberg\br - Copyright (C) 2006 Behdad Esfahbod\br + Copyright (C) 2004,2007 Red Hat, Inc.\br + Copyright (C) 1998-2004 David Turner and Werner Lemberg\br + Copyright (C) 2006 Behdad Esfahbod\br Copyright (C) 2008 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies) This is part of HarfBuzz, an OpenType Layout engine library. @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND - FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS + FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE SOFTWARE PROVIDED HEREUNDER IS ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER HAS NO OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR MODIFICATIONS. @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation, advertising materials, and other materials related to such distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed - by the University of California, Berkeley. The name of the + by the University of California, Berkeley. The name of the University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ documentation for such software. THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED - WARRANTY. IN PARTICULAR, NEITHER THE AUTHOR NOR LUCENT MAKES ANY + WARRANTY. IN PARTICULAR, NEITHER THE AUTHOR NOR LUCENT MAKES ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND CONCERNING THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. diff --git a/doc/src/legal/licenses.qdoc b/doc/src/legal/licenses.qdoc index 9e680a6..344ebd4 100644 --- a/doc/src/legal/licenses.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/legal/licenses.qdoc @@ -276,14 +276,14 @@ Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:\br - * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright - notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.\br - * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright - notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the - documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.\br - * Neither the name of Research In Motion Limited nor the - names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products - derived from this software without specific prior written permission. + * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.\br + * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.\br + * Neither the name of Research In Motion Limited nor the + names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products + derived from this software without specific prior written permission. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY Research In Motion Limited ''AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED diff --git a/doc/src/legal/trademarks.qdoc b/doc/src/legal/trademarks.qdoc index a7b5764..23d0cf6 100644 --- a/doc/src/legal/trademarks.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/legal/trademarks.qdoc @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ \brief Information about trademarks owned by Nokia and other organisations. Nokia, the Nokia logo, Qt, and the Qt logo are trademarks of Nokia - Corporation and/or its subsidiaries in Finland and other countries. + Corporation and/or its subsidiaries in Finland and other countries. \list \o Intel, Intel Inside (logos), MMX and Pentium are \reg trademarks of diff --git a/doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc b/doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc index 7eb8808..9c00681 100644 --- a/doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_deployment.qdoc @@ -475,11 +475,7 @@ default_deployment.pkg_prerules += supported_platforms //! [57] //! [58] -embedded_deployments = \ - "; Embed Qt dependencies" \ - "@\"$$[QT_INSTALL_PREFIX]/qt_installer.sis\",(0x2001E62D)" - -default_deployment.pkg_prerules += embedded_deployments +DEPLOYMENT.installer_header = 0xE2345678 //! [58] //! [59] @@ -489,4 +485,9 @@ make release-gcce //! [60] make sis -//! [60]
\ No newline at end of file +ren wiggly_release-gcce.sis wiggly.sis +//! [60] + +//! [61] +createpackage wiggly_installer.pkg +//! [61]
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc b/doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc index b1cbc72..a48b53f 100644 --- a/doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/snippets/code/doc_src_qmake-manual.qdoc @@ -963,9 +963,9 @@ RSS_RULES += myrssrules //! [145] //! [146] -BLD_INF_RULES.prj_exports += \ - "$${LITERAL_HASH}include <platform_paths.hrh>" \ - "rom/my.iby APP_LAYER_PUBLIC_EXPORT_PATH(my.iby)" \ - "inc/myheader.h mycomp/myheader.h" \ - ":zip my_api.zip my_api" +DEPLOYMENT.installer_header = 0x12345678 //! [146] + +//! [147] +DEPLOYMENT.installer_header = "$${LITERAL_HASH}{\"My Application Installer\"},(0x12345678),1,0,0" +//! [147] diff --git a/doc/src/tutorials/addressbook-fr.qdoc b/doc/src/tutorials/addressbook-fr.qdoc index d3bd1ca..98c44a3 100644 --- a/doc/src/tutorials/addressbook-fr.qdoc +++ b/doc/src/tutorials/addressbook-fr.qdoc @@ -47,47 +47,47 @@ \nextpage {tutorials/addressbook-fr/part1}{Chapitre 1} \title Tutoriel "Carnet d'adresses" - \brief Une introduction la programation d'interface graphique montrant comment construire une application simple avec Qt. + \brief Une introduction à la programation d'interface graphique montrant comment construire une application simple avec Qt. - Ce tutoriel est une introduction la programmation de GUI (interface utilisateur) - l'aide des outils fournis par la plateforme multiplate-forme Qt. + Ce tutoriel est une introduction à la programmation de GUI (interface utilisateur) + à l'aide des outils fournis par la plateforme multiplate-forme Qt. \image addressbook-tutorial-screenshot.png - Ce tutoriel va nous amener dcouvrir quelques technologies fondamentales fournies + Ce tutoriel va nous amener à découvrir quelques technologies fondamentales fournies par Qt, tel que: \list - \o Les Widgets et leur mise en page l'aide des layouts + \o Les Widgets et leur mise en page à l'aide des layouts \o Les signaux et slots - \o Les structures de donnes de collections - \o Les entres/sorties + \o Les structures de données de collections + \o Les entrées/sorties \endlist Si c'est votre premier contact avec Qt, lisez \l{How to Learn Qt}{Comment apprendre Qt} - si ce n'est dj fait. + si ce n'est déjà fait. - Le code source du tutoriel est distribu avec Qt dans le dossier \c examples/tutorials/addressbook + Le code source du tutoriel est distribué avec Qt dans le dossier \c examples/tutorials/addressbook Les chapitres du tutoriel: \list 1 \o \l{tutorials/addressbook-fr/part1}{Conception de l'interface utilisateur} \o \l{tutorials/addressbook-fr/part2}{Ajouter des adresses} - \o \l{tutorials/addressbook-fr/part3}{Navigation entre les lments} - \o \l{tutorials/addressbook-fr/part4}{diter et supprimer des adresses} + \o \l{tutorials/addressbook-fr/part3}{Navigation entre les éléments} + \o \l{tutorials/addressbook-fr/part4}{éditer et supprimer des adresses} \o \l{tutorials/addressbook-fr/part5}{Ajout d'une fonction de recherche} \o \l{tutorials/addressbook-fr/part6}{Sauvegarde et chargement} - \o \l{tutorials/addressbook-fr/part7}{Fonctionnalits avances} + \o \l{tutorials/addressbook-fr/part7}{Fonctionnalités avancées} \endlist - La petite application que nous dvelopperons ici ne possde pas tous les lments + La petite application que nous développerons ici ne possède pas tous les éléments des interfaces dernier cri, elle va nous permettre d'utiliser les techniques de base - utilises dans les applications plus complexes. + utilisées dans les applications plus complexes. - Lorsque vous aurez termin ce tutoriel, nous vous recommandons de poursuivre avec l'exemple - "\l{mainwindows/application}{Application}", qui prsente une interface simple utilisant - les menus et barres d'outils, la barre d'tat, etc. + Lorsque vous aurez terminé ce tutoriel, nous vous recommandons de poursuivre avec l'exemple + "\l{mainwindows/application}{Application}", qui présente une interface simple utilisant + les menus et barres d'outils, la barre d'état, etc. */ @@ -98,156 +98,156 @@ \example tutorials/addressbook-fr/part1 \title Carnet d'adresses 1 - Conception de l'interface utilisateur - La premire partie de ce tutoriel traite de la conception d'une interface graphique + La première partie de ce tutoriel traite de la conception d'une interface graphique (GUI) basique, que l'on utilisera pour l'application Carnet d'adresses. - La premire tape dans la cration d'applications graphiques est la conception de - l'interface utilisateur. Dans ce chapitre, nous verrons comment crer les labels - et champs de saisie ncessaires l'implementation d'un carnet d'adresses de base. - Le rsultat attendu est illustr par la capture d'cran ci-dessous. + La première étape dans la création d'applications graphiques est la conception de + l'interface utilisateur. Dans ce chapitre, nous verrons comment créer les labels + et champs de saisie nécessaires à l'implementation d'un carnet d'adresses de base. + Le résultat attendu est illustré par la capture d'écran ci-dessous. \image addressbook-tutorial-part1-screenshot.png Nous allons avoir besoin de deux objets QLabel, \c nameLabel et \c addressLabel, ainsi que deux champs de saisie: un objet QLineEdit, \c nameLine, et un objet - QTextEdit, \c addressText, afin de permettre l'utilisateur d'entrer le nom d'un - contact et son adresse. Les widgets utiliss ainsi que leur placement sont visibles ci-dessous. + QTextEdit, \c addressText, afin de permettre à l'utilisateur d'entrer le nom d'un + contact et son adresse. Les widgets utilisés ainsi que leur placement sont visibles ci-dessous. \image addressbook-tutorial-part1-labeled-screenshot.png - Trois fichiers sont ncessaires l'implmentation de ce carnet d'adresses: + Trois fichiers sont nécessaires à l'implémentation de ce carnet d'adresses: \list - \o \c{addressbook.h} - le fichier de dfinition (header) pour la classe \c AddressBook, - \o \c{addressbook.cpp} - le fichier source, qui comprend l'implmentation de la classe + \o \c{addressbook.h} - le fichier de définition (header) pour la classe \c AddressBook, + \o \c{addressbook.cpp} - le fichier source, qui comprend l'implémentation de la classe \c AddressBook - \o \c{main.cpp} - le fichier qui contient la mthode \c main() , et + \o \c{main.cpp} - le fichier qui contient la méthode \c main() , et une instance de la classe \c AddressBook. \endlist - \section1 Programmation en Qt - hritage + \section1 Programmation en Qt - héritage - Lorsque l'on crit des programmes avec Qt, on a gnralement recours - l'hritage depuis des objets Qt, afin d'y ajouter des fonctionnalits. - C'est l'un des concepts fondamentaux de la cration de widgets personnaliss - ou de collections de widgets. Utiliser l'hritage afin de complter - ou modifier le comportement d'un widget prsente les avantages suivants: + Lorsque l'on écrit des programmes avec Qt, on a généralement recours à + l'héritage depuis des objets Qt, afin d'y ajouter des fonctionnalités. + C'est l'un des concepts fondamentaux de la création de widgets personnalisés + ou de collections de widgets. Utiliser l'héritage afin de compléter + ou modifier le comportement d'un widget présente les avantages suivants: \list - \o La possibilit d'implmenter des mthodes virtuelles et des mthodes - virtuelles pures pour obtenir exactement ce que l'on souhaite, avec la possibilit - d'utiliser l'implmentation de la classe mre si besoin est. + \o La possibilité d'implémenter des méthodes virtuelles et des méthodes + virtuelles pures pour obtenir exactement ce que l'on souhaite, avec la possibilité + d'utiliser l'implémentation de la classe mère si besoin est. \o Cela permet l'encapsulation partielle de l'interface utilisateur dans une classe, - afin que les autres parties de l'application n'aient pas se soucier de chacun des + afin que les autres parties de l'application n'aient pas à se soucier de chacun des widgets qui forment l'interface utilisateur. - \o La classe fille peut tre utilise pour crer de nombreux widgets personnaliss - dans une mme application ou bibliothque, et le code de la classe fille peut tre - rutilis dans d'autres projets + \o La classe fille peut être utilisée pour créer de nombreux widgets personnalisés + dans une même application ou bibliothèque, et le code de la classe fille peut être + réutilisé dans d'autres projets \endlist Comme Qt ne fournit pas de widget standard pour un carnet d'adresses, nous - partirons d'une classe de widget Qt standard et y ajouterons des fonctionnalits. - La classe \c AddressBook cre dans ce tutoriel peut tre rutilise si on a besoin d'un + partirons d'une classe de widget Qt standard et y ajouterons des fonctionnalités. + La classe \c AddressBook crée dans ce tutoriel peut être réutilisée si on a besoin d'un widget carnet d'adresses basique. \section1 La classe AddressBook Le fichier \l{tutorials/addressbook-fr/part1/addressbook.h}{\c addressbook.h} permet de - dfinir la classe \c AddressBook. + définir la classe \c AddressBook. - On commence par dfinir \c AddressBook comme une classe fille de QWidget et dclarer - un constructeur. On utilise galement la macro Q_OBJECT pour indiquer que la classe - exploite les fonctionnalits de signaux et slots offertes par Qt ainsi que - l'internationalisation, bien que nous ne les utilisions pas ce stade. + On commence par définir \c AddressBook comme une classe fille de QWidget et déclarer + un constructeur. On utilise également la macro Q_OBJECT pour indiquer que la classe + exploite les fonctionnalités de signaux et slots offertes par Qt ainsi que + l'internationalisation, bien que nous ne les utilisions pas à ce stade. \snippet tutorials/addressbook-fr/part1/addressbook.h class definition - La classe contient les dclarations de \c nameLine et \c addressText, - les instances prives de QLineEdit et QTextEdit mentionnes prcdemment. - Vous verrez, dans les chapitres venir que les informations contenues - dans \c nameLine et \c addressText sont ncessaires de nombreuses mthodes + La classe contient les déclarations de \c nameLine et \c addressText, + les instances privées de QLineEdit et QTextEdit mentionnées précédemment. + Vous verrez, dans les chapitres à venir que les informations contenues + dans \c nameLine et \c addressText sont nécessaires à de nombreuses méthodes du carnet d'adresses. - Il n'est pas ncessaire de dclarer les objets QLabel que nous allons utiliser - puisque nous n'aurons pas besoin d'y faire rfrence aprs leur cration. - La faon dont Qt gre la parent des objets est traite dans la section suivante. + Il n'est pas nécessaire de déclarer les objets QLabel que nous allons utiliser + puisque nous n'aurons pas besoin d'y faire référence après leur création. + La façon dont Qt gère la parenté des objets est traitée dans la section suivante. - La macro Q_OBJECT implmente des fonctionnalits parmi les plus avances de Qt. + La macro Q_OBJECT implémente des fonctionnalités parmi les plus avancées de Qt. Pour le moment, il est bon de voir la macro Q_OBJECT comme un raccourci nous - permettant d'utiliser les mthodes \l{QObject::}{tr()} et \l{QObject::}{connect()}. + permettant d'utiliser les méthodes \l{QObject::}{tr()} et \l{QObject::}{connect()}. - Nous en avons maintenant termin avec le fichier \c addressbook.h et allons - passer l'implmentation du fichier \c addressbook.cpp. + Nous en avons maintenant terminé avec le fichier \c addressbook.h et allons + passer à l'implémentation du fichier \c addressbook.cpp. - \section1 Implmentation de la classe AddressBook + \section1 Implémentation de la classe AddressBook - Le constructeur de la classe \c{AddressBook} prend en paramtre un QWidget, \e parent. - Par convention, on passe ce paramtre au constructeur de la classe mre. - Ce concept de parent, o un parent peut avoir un ou plusieurs enfants, est utile - pour regrouper les Widgets avec Qt. Par exemple, si vous dtruisez le parent, - tous ses enfants seront dtruits galament. + Le constructeur de la classe \c{AddressBook} prend en paramètre un QWidget, \e parent. + Par convention, on passe ce paramètre au constructeur de la classe mère. + Ce concept de parenté, où un parent peut avoir un ou plusieurs enfants, est utile + pour regrouper les Widgets avec Qt. Par exemple, si vous détruisez le parent, + tous ses enfants seront détruits égalament. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part1/addressbook.cpp constructor and input fields - l'intrieur de ce constructeur, on dclare et instancie deux objets locaux - QLabel, \c nameLabel et \c addressLabel, de mme on instancie \c nameLine et - \c addressText. La mthode \l{QObject::tr()}{tr()} renvoie une version traduite - de la chane de caractres, si elle existe; dans le cas contraire, elle renvoie - la chane elle mme. On peut voir cette mthode comme un marqueur \tt{<insrer - la traduction ici>}, permettant de reprer les objets QString considrer - pour traduire une application. Vous remarquerez, dans les chapitres venir - comme dans les \l{Qt Examples}{exemples Qt}, qu'elle est utilise chaque fois - que l'on utilise une chane susceptible d'tre traduite. + à l'intérieur de ce constructeur, on déclare et instancie deux objets locaux + QLabel, \c nameLabel et \c addressLabel, de même on instancie \c nameLine et + \c addressText. La méthode \l{QObject::tr()}{tr()} renvoie une version traduite + de la chaîne de caractères, si elle existe; dans le cas contraire, elle renvoie + la chaîne elle même. On peut voir cette méthode comme un marqueur \tt{<insérer + la traduction ici>}, permettant de repérer les objets QString à considérer + pour traduire une application. Vous remarquerez, dans les chapitres à venir + comme dans les \l{Qt Examples}{exemples Qt}, qu'elle est utilisée chaque fois + que l'on utilise une chaîne susceptible d'être traduite. Lorsque l'on programme avec Qt, il est utile de savoir comment fonctionnent les agencements ou layouts. Qt fournit trois classes principales de layouts pour - contrler le placement des widgets: QHBoxLayout, QVBoxLayout et QGridLayout. + contrôler le placement des widgets: QHBoxLayout, QVBoxLayout et QGridLayout. \image addressbook-tutorial-part1-labeled-layout.png - On utilise un QGridLayout pour positionner nos labels et champs de saisie de manire - structure. QGridLayout divise l'espace disponible en une grille, et place les - widgets dans les cellules que l'on spcifie par les numros de ligne et de colonne. - Le diagramme ci-dessus prsente les cellules et la position des widgets, et cette - organisation est obtenue l'aide du code suivant: + On utilise un QGridLayout pour positionner nos labels et champs de saisie de manière + structurée. QGridLayout divise l'espace disponible en une grille, et place les + widgets dans les cellules que l'on spécifie par les numéros de ligne et de colonne. + Le diagramme ci-dessus présente les cellules et la position des widgets, et cette + organisation est obtenue à l'aide du code suivant: \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part1/addressbook.cpp layout - On remarque que le label \c AddressLabel est positionn en utilisant Qt::AlignTop - comme argument optionnel. Ceci est destin assurer qu'il ne sera pas centr - verticalement dans la cellule (1,0). Pour un aperu rapide des layouts de Qt, + On remarque que le label \c AddressLabel est positionné en utilisant Qt::AlignTop + comme argument optionnel. Ceci est destiné à assurer qu'il ne sera pas centré + verticalement dans la cellule (1,0). Pour un aperçu rapide des layouts de Qt, consultez la section \l{Layout Management}. - Afin d'installer l'objet layout dans un widget, il faut appeler la mthode + Afin d'installer l'objet layout dans un widget, il faut appeler la méthode \l{QWidget::setLayout()}{setLayout()} du widget en question: \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part1/addressbook.cpp setting the layout - Enfin, on initialise le titre du widget "Simple Address Book" + Enfin, on initialise le titre du widget à "Simple Address Book" - \section1 Excution de l'application + \section1 Exécution de l'application - Un fichier spar, \c main.cpp, est utilis pour la mthode \c main(). Dans cette - fonction, on cre une instance de QApplication, \c app. QApplication se charge de - des ressources communes l'ensemble de l'application, tel que les polices de - caractres et le curseur par dfaut, ainsi que de l'excution de la boucle d'vnements. + Un fichier séparé, \c main.cpp, est utilisé pour la méthode \c main(). Dans cette + fonction, on crée une instance de QApplication, \c app. QApplication se charge de + des ressources communes à l'ensemble de l'application, tel que les polices de + caractères et le curseur par défaut, ainsi que de l'exécution de la boucle d'évènements. De ce fait, il y a toujours un objet QApplication dans toute application graphique en Qt. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part1/main.cpp main function On construit un nouveau widget \c AddressBook sur la pile et on invoque - sa mthode \l{QWidget::show()}{show()} pour l'afficher. - Cependant, le widget ne sera pas visible tant que la boucle d'vnements - n'aura pas t lance. On dmarre la boucle d'vnements en appelant la - mthode \l{QApplication::}{exec()} de l'application; le rsultat renvoy - par cette mthode est lui mme utilis comme valeur de retour pour la mthode + sa méthode \l{QWidget::show()}{show()} pour l'afficher. + Cependant, le widget ne sera pas visible tant que la boucle d'évènements + n'aura pas été lancée. On démarre la boucle d'évènements en appelant la + méthode \l{QApplication::}{exec()} de l'application; le résultat renvoyé + par cette méthode est lui même utilisé comme valeur de retour pour la méthode \c main(). - On comprend maintenant pourquoi \c AddressBook a t cr sur la pile: la fin + On comprend maintenant pourquoi \c AddressBook a été créé sur la pile: à la fin du programme, l'objet sort du scope de la fonction \c main() et tous ses widgets enfants - sont supprims, assurant ainsi qu'il n'y aura pas de fuites de mmoire. + sont supprimés, assurant ainsi qu'il n'y aura pas de fuites de mémoire. */ /*! @@ -258,53 +258,53 @@ \example tutorials/addressbook-fr/part2 \title Carnet d'adresses 2 - Ajouter des adresses - La prochaine tape pour crer notre carnet d'adresses est d'ajouter un soupon - d'interactivit. + La prochaine étape pour créer notre carnet d'adresses est d'ajouter un soupçon + d'interactivité. \image addressbook-tutorial-part2-add-contact.png Nous allons fournir un bouton que l'utilisateur peut - cliquer pour ajouter un nouveau contact. Une structure de donnes est aussi - ncessaire afin de pouvoir stocker les contacts en mmoire. + cliquer pour ajouter un nouveau contact. Une structure de données est aussi + nécessaire afin de pouvoir stocker les contacts en mémoire. - \section1 Dfinition de la classe AddressBook + \section1 Définition de la classe AddressBook Maintenant que nous avons mis en place les labels et les champs de saisie, - nous ajoutons les boutons pour complter le processus d'ajout d'un contact. + nous ajoutons les boutons pour compléter le processus d'ajout d'un contact. Cela veut dire que notre fichier \c addressbook.h a maintenant trois objets QPushButton et trois slots publics correspondant. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.h slots - Un slot est une mthode qui rpond un signal. Nous allons - voir ce concept en dtail lorsque nous implmenterons la classe \c{AddressBook}. - Pour une explication dtaille du concept de signal et slot, vous pouvez - vous rfrer au document \l{Signals and Slots}. + Un slot est une méthode qui répond à un signal. Nous allons + voir ce concept en détail lorsque nous implémenterons la classe \c{AddressBook}. + Pour une explication détaillée du concept de signal et slot, vous pouvez + vous référer au document \l{Signals and Slots}. Les trois objets QPushButton \c addButton, \c submitButton et \c cancelButton - sont maintenant inclus dans la dclaration des variables prives, avec - \c nameLine et \c addressText du chapitre prcdent. + sont maintenant inclus dans la déclaration des variables privées, avec + \c nameLine et \c addressText du chapitre précédent. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.h pushbutton declaration Nous avons besoin d'un conteneur pour stocker les contacts du carnet - d'adresses, de faon pouvoir les numrer et les afficher. - Un objet QMap, \c contacts, est utilis pour a, car il permet de stocker - des paires cl-valeur: le nom du contact est la \e{cl} et l'adresse du contact + d'adresses, de façon à pouvoir les énumérer et les afficher. + Un objet QMap, \c contacts, est utilisé pour ça, car il permet de stocker + des paires clé-valeur: le nom du contact est la \e{clé} et l'adresse du contact est la \e{valeur}. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.h remaining private variables - Nous dclarons aussi deux objects QString privs: \c oldName et \c oldAddress. - Ces objets sont ncessaires pour conserver le nom et l'adresse du dernier contact - affich avant que l'utilisateur ne clique sur le bouton "Add". Grce ces variables + Nous déclarons aussi deux objects QString privés: \c oldName et \c oldAddress. + Ces objets sont nécessaires pour conserver le nom et l'adresse du dernier contact + affiché avant que l'utilisateur ne clique sur le bouton "Add". Grâce à ces variables si l'utilisateur clique sur "Cancel", il est possible de revenir - l'affichage du dernier contact. + à l'affichage du dernier contact. - \section1 Implmentation de la classe AddressBook + \section1 Implémentation de la classe AddressBook Dans le constructeur de \c AddressBook, \c nameLine et - \c addressText sont mis en mode lecture seule, de faon autoriser l'affichage + \c addressText sont mis en mode lecture seule, de façon à autoriser l'affichage mais pas la modification du contact courant. \dots @@ -317,16 +317,16 @@ \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.cpp pushbutton declaration - Le bouton \c addButton est affich en invoquant la mthode \l{QPushButton::show()} - {show()}, tandis que \c submitButton et \c cancelButton sont cachs en invoquant - \l{QPushButton::hide()}{hide()}. Ces deux boutons ne seront affichs que lorsque - l'utilisateur cliquera sur "Add", et ceci est gr par la mthode \c addContact() - dcrite plus loin. + Le bouton \c addButton est affiché en invoquant la méthode \l{QPushButton::show()} + {show()}, tandis que \c submitButton et \c cancelButton sont cachés en invoquant + \l{QPushButton::hide()}{hide()}. Ces deux boutons ne seront affichés que lorsque + l'utilisateur cliquera sur "Add", et ceci est géré par la méthode \c addContact() + décrite plus loin. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.cpp connecting signals and slots Nous connectons le signal \l{QPushButton::clicked()}{clicked()} de chaque bouton - au slot qui grera l'action. + au slot qui gèrera l'action. L'image ci-dessous illustre ceci: \image addressbook-tutorial-part2-signals-and-slots.png @@ -336,77 +336,77 @@ \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.cpp vertical layout - La methode \l{QBoxLayout::addStretch()}{addStretch()} est utilise pour - assurer que les boutons ne sont pas rpartis uniformment, mais regroups - dans la partie supperieure du widget. La figure ci-dessous montre la diffrence - si \l{QBoxLayout::addStretch()}{addStretch()} est utilis ou pas. + La methode \l{QBoxLayout::addStretch()}{addStretch()} est utilisée pour + assurer que les boutons ne sont pas répartis uniformément, mais regroupés + dans la partie supperieure du widget. La figure ci-dessous montre la différence + si \l{QBoxLayout::addStretch()}{addStretch()} est utilisé ou pas. \image addressbook-tutorial-part2-stretch-effects.png - Ensuite nous ajoutons \c buttonLayout1 \c mainLayout, en utilisant + Ensuite nous ajoutons \c buttonLayout1 à \c mainLayout, en utilisant \l{QGridLayout::addLayout()}{addLayout()}. Ceci nous permet d'imbriquer les mises en page puisque \c buttonLayout1 est maintenant un enfant de \c mainLayout. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.cpp grid layout - Les coordonnes du layout global ressemblent maintenant a: + Les coordonnées du layout global ressemblent maintenant à ça: \image addressbook-tutorial-part2-labeled-layout.png - Dans la mthode \c addContact(), nous stockons les dtails du dernier - contact affich dans \c oldName et \c oldAddress. Ensuite, nous - vidons ces champs de saisie et nous dsactivons le mode - lecture seule. Le focus est plac sur \c nameLine et on affiche + Dans la méthode \c addContact(), nous stockons les détails du dernier + contact affiché dans \c oldName et \c oldAddress. Ensuite, nous + vidons ces champs de saisie et nous désactivons le mode + lecture seule. Le focus est placé sur \c nameLine et on affiche \c submitButton et \c cancelButton. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.cpp addContact - La mthode \c submitContact() peut tre divise en trois parties: + La méthode \c submitContact() peut être divisée en trois parties: \list 1 - \o Nous extrayons les dtails du contact depuis \c nameLine et \c addressText + \o Nous extrayons les détails du contact depuis \c nameLine et \c addressText et les stockons dans des objets QString. Nous les validons pour s'assurer - que l'utilisateur n'a pas cliqu sur "Add" avec des champs de saisie - vides; sinon un message est affich avec QMessageBox pour rappeller - l'utilisateur que les deux champs doivent tre complts. + que l'utilisateur n'a pas cliqué sur "Add" avec des champs de saisie + vides; sinon un message est affiché avec QMessageBox pour rappeller à + l'utilisateur que les deux champs doivent être complétés. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.cpp submitContact part1 - \o Ensuite, nous vrifions si le contact existe dj. Si aucun contacts - existant n'entre en conflit avec le nouveau, nous l'ajoutons + \o Ensuite, nous vérifions si le contact existe déjà. Si aucun contacts + existant n'entre en conflit avec le nouveau, nous l'ajoutons à \c contacts et nous affichons un QMessageBox pour informer l'utilisateur - que le contact a t ajout. + que le contact a été ajouté. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.cpp submitContact part2 - Si le contact existe dj, nous affichons un QMessageBox pour informer - l'utilisateur du problme. - Notre objet \c contacts est bas sur des paires cl-valeur forms par - le nom et l'adresse, nous voulons nous assurer que la \e cl est unique. + Si le contact existe déjà, nous affichons un QMessageBox pour informer + l'utilisateur du problème. + Notre objet \c contacts est basé sur des paires clé-valeur formés par + le nom et l'adresse, nous voulons nous assurer que la \e clé est unique. - \o Une fois que les deux vrifications prcdentes ont t traites, - nous restaurons les boutons leur tat normal l'aide du code + \o Une fois que les deux vérifications précédentes ont été traitées, + nous restaurons les boutons à leur état normal à l'aide du code suivant: \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.cpp submitContact part3 \endlist - La capture d'cran ci-dessous montre l'affichage fournit par un objet - QMessageBox, utilis ici pour afficher un message d'information - l'utilisateur: + La capture d'écran ci-dessous montre l'affichage fournit par un objet + QMessageBox, utilisé ici pour afficher un message d'information + à l'utilisateur: \image addressbook-tutorial-part2-add-successful.png - La mthode \c cancel() restaure les dtails du dernier contact, active + La méthode \c cancel() restaure les détails du dernier contact, active \c addButton, et cache \c submitButton et \c cancelButton. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.cpp cancel - L'ide gnrale pour augmenter la flexibilit lors de l'ajout d'un - contact est de donner la possiblit de cliquer sur "Add" - ou "Cancel" n'importe quel moment. - L'organigramme ci-dessous reprend l'ensemble des interactions dvelopes + L'idée générale pour augmenter la flexibilité lors de l'ajout d'un + contact est de donner la possiblité de cliquer sur "Add" + ou "Cancel" à n'importe quel moment. + L'organigramme ci-dessous reprend l'ensemble des interactions dévelopées jusqu'ici: \image addressbook-tutorial-part2-add-flowchart.png @@ -418,118 +418,118 @@ \contentspage {Tutoriel "Carnet d'adresses"}{Sommaire} \nextpage {tutorials/addressbook-fr/part4}{Chapitre 4} \example tutorials/addressbook-fr/part3 - \title Carnet d'adresses 3 - Navigation entre les lments + \title Carnet d'adresses 3 - Navigation entre les éléments - L'application "Carnet d'adresses" est maintenant moiti termine. Il + L'application "Carnet d'adresses" est maintenant à moitié terminée. Il nous faut maintenant ajouter quelques fonctions pour naviguer entre - les contacts. Avant de commencer, il faut se dcider sur le type de structure de - donnes le plus appropri pour stocker les contacts. + les contacts. Avant de commencer, il faut se décider sur le type de structure de + données le plus approprié pour stocker les contacts. - Dans le chapitre 2, nous avons utilis un QMap utilisant des paires cl-valeur, - avec le nom du contact comme \e cl, et l'adresse du contact comme \e valeur. + Dans le chapitre 2, nous avons utilisé un QMap utilisant des paires clé-valeur, + avec le nom du contact comme \e clé, et l'adresse du contact comme \e valeur. Cela fonctionnait bien jusqu'ici, mais pour ajouter la navigation entre les - entres, quelques amliorations sont ncessaires. + entrées, quelques améliorations sont nécessaires. - Nous amliorerons le QMap en le faisant ressembler une structure de donnes - similaire une liste lie, o tous les lments sont connects, y compris - le premier et le dernier lment. La figure ci-dessous illustre cette structure - de donne. + Nous améliorerons le QMap en le faisant ressembler à une structure de données + similaire à une liste liée, où tous les éléments sont connectés, y compris + le premier et le dernier élément. La figure ci-dessous illustre cette structure + de donnée. \image addressbook-tutorial-part3-linkedlist.png - \section1 Dfinition de la classe AddressBook + \section1 Définition de la classe AddressBook Pour ajouter les fonctions de navigation au carnet d'adresses, nous avons - besoin de deux slots supplmentaires dans notre classe \c AddressBook: - \c next() et \c previous(). Ceux-ci sont ajouts au fichier addressbook.h: + besoin de deux slots supplémentaires dans notre classe \c AddressBook: + \c next() et \c previous(). Ceux-ci sont ajoutés au fichier addressbook.h: \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.h navigation functions Nous avons aussi besoin de deux nouveaux objets QPushButton, nous ajoutons - donc les variables prives \c nextButton et \c previousButton. + donc les variables privées \c nextButton et \c previousButton. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.h navigation pushbuttons - \section1 Implmentation de la classe AddressBook + \section1 Implémentation de la classe AddressBook - A l'intrieur du constructeur de \c AddressBook, dans \c addressbook.cpp, nous - instancions \c nextButton et \c previousButton et nous les dsactivons - par dfaut. Nous faisons ceci car la navigation ne doit tre active + A l'intérieur du constructeur de \c AddressBook, dans \c addressbook.cpp, nous + instancions \c nextButton et \c previousButton et nous les désactivons + par défaut. Nous faisons ceci car la navigation ne doit être activée que lorsqu'il y a plus d'un contact dans le carnet d'adresses. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.cpp navigation pushbuttons - Nous connectons alors ces boutons leur slots respectifs: + Nous connectons alors ces boutons à leur slots respectifs: \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.cpp connecting navigation signals - L'image ci-dessous montre l'interface utilisateur que nous allons crer. - Remarquez que cela ressemble de plus en plus l'interface du programme + L'image ci-dessous montre l'interface utilisateur que nous allons créer. + Remarquez que cela ressemble de plus en plus à l'interface du programme complet. \image addressbook-tutorial-part3-screenshot.png Nous suivons les conventions pour les fonctions \c next() et \c previous() - en plaant \c nextButton droite et \c previousButton gauche. Pour + en plaçant \c nextButton à droite et \c previousButton à gauche. Pour faire cette mise en page intuitive, nous utilisons un QHBoxLayout pour - placer les widgets cte cte: + placer les widgets côte à côte: \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.cpp navigation layout - L'objet QHBoxLayout, \c buttonLayout2, est ensuite ajout \c mainLayout. + L'objet QHBoxLayout, \c buttonLayout2, est ensuite ajouté à \c mainLayout. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.cpp adding navigation layout - La figure ci-dessous montre les systmes de coordonnes pour les widgets du + La figure ci-dessous montre les systèmes de coordonnées pour les widgets du \c mainLayout. \image addressbook-tutorial-part3-labeled-layout.png - Dans notre mthode \c addContact(), nous avons desactiv ces boutons - pour tre sr que l'utilisateur n'utilise pas la navigation lors de + Dans notre méthode \c addContact(), nous avons desactivé ces boutons + pour être sûr que l'utilisateur n'utilise pas la navigation lors de l'ajout d'un contact. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.cpp disabling navigation - Dans notre mthode \c submitContact(), nous activons les boutons de + Dans notre méthode \c submitContact(), nous activons les boutons de navigation, \c nextButton et \c previousButton, en fonction de la - taille de \c contacts. Commen mentionn plus tt, la navigation n'est - active que si il y a plus d'un contact dans le carnet d'adresses. + taille de \c contacts. Commen mentionné plus tôt, la navigation n'est + activée que si il y a plus d'un contact dans le carnet d'adresses. Les lignes suivantes montrent comment faire cela: \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.cpp enabling navigation Nous incluons aussi ces lignes de code dans le bouton \c cancel(). - Souvenez vous que nous voulons muler une liste-lie ciruculaire - l'aide de l'objet QMap, \c contacts. Pour faire cela, nous obtenons un itrateur - sur \c contact dans la mthode \c next(), et ensuite: + Souvenez vous que nous voulons émuler une liste-liée ciruculaire à + l'aide de l'objet QMap, \c contacts. Pour faire cela, nous obtenons un itérateur + sur \c contact dans la méthode \c next(), et ensuite: \list - \o Si l'itrateur n'est pas la fin de \c contacts, nous l'incrmentons - \o Si l'itrateur est la fin de \c contacts, nous changeons sa position - jusqu'au dbut de \c contacts. Cela donne l'illusion que notre QMap + \o Si l'itérateur n'est pas à la fin de \c contacts, nous l'incrémentons + \o Si l'itérateur est à la fin de \c contacts, nous changeons sa position + jusqu'au début de \c contacts. Cela donne l'illusion que notre QMap fonctionne comme une liste circulaire. \endlist \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.cpp next() function - Une fois que nous avons itr jusqu' l'objet recherch dans \c contacts, + Une fois que nous avons itéré jusqu'à l'objet recherché dans \c contacts, nous affichons son contenu sur \c nameLine et \c addressText. - De la mme faon, pour la mthode \c previous(), nous obtenons un - itrateur sur \c contacts et ensuite: + De la même façon, pour la méthode \c previous(), nous obtenons un + itérateur sur \c contacts et ensuite: \list - \o Si l'itrateur est la fin de \c contacts, on rinitialise + \o Si l'itérateur est à la fin de \c contacts, on réinitialise l'affichage et on retourne. - \o Si l'itrateur est au dbut de \c contacts, on change sa - position jusqu' la fin - \o Ensuite, on dcrmente l'itrateur + \o Si l'itérateur est au début de \c contacts, on change sa + position jusqu'à la fin + \o Ensuite, on décrémente l'itérateur \endlist \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.cpp previous() function - nouveau, nous affichons le contenu de l'objet courant dans \c contacts. + à nouveau, nous affichons le contenu de l'objet courant dans \c contacts. */ @@ -540,27 +540,27 @@ \contentspage {Tutoriel "Carnet d'adresses"}{Sommaire} \nextpage {tutorials/addressbook-fr/part5}{Chapitre 5} \example tutorials/addressbook-fr/part4 - \title Carnet d'Adresses 4 - diter et supprimer des adresses + \title Carnet d'Adresses 4 - éditer et supprimer des adresses - Dans ce chapitre, nous verrons comment modifier les donnes des contacts + Dans ce chapitre, nous verrons comment modifier les données des contacts contenus dans l'application carnet d'adresses. \image addressbook-tutorial-screenshot.png Nous avons maintenant un carnet d'adresses qui ne se contente pas de - lister des contacts de faon ordonne, mais permet galement la - navigation. Il serait pratique d'inclure des fonctions telles qu'diter et - supprimer, afin que les dtails associs un contact puissent tre - modifis lorsque c'est ncessaire. Cependant, cela requiert une lgre - modification, sous la forme d'numrations. Au chapitre prcdent, nous avions deux - modes: \c {AddingMode} et \c {NavigationMode}, mais ils n'taient pas - dfinis en tant qu'numrations. Au lieu de a, on activait et dsactivait les + lister des contacts de façon ordonnée, mais permet également la + navigation. Il serait pratique d'inclure des fonctions telles qu'éditer et + supprimer, afin que les détails associés à un contact puissent être + modifiés lorsque c'est nécessaire. Cependant, cela requiert une légère + modification, sous la forme d'énumérations. Au chapitre précédent, nous avions deux + modes: \c {AddingMode} et \c {NavigationMode}, mais ils n'étaient pas + définis en tant qu'énumérations. Au lieu de ça, on activait et désactivait les boutons correspondants manuellement, au prix de multiples redondances dans le code. - Dans ce chapitre, on dfinit l'numration \c Mode avec trois valeurs possibles. + Dans ce chapitre, on définit l'énumération \c Mode avec trois valeurs possibles. \list \o \c{NavigationMode}, @@ -568,22 +568,22 @@ \o \c{EditingMode}. \endlist - \section1 Dfinition de la classe AddressBook + \section1 Définition de la classe AddressBook - Le fichier \c addressbook.h est mis a jour pour contenir l'numration \c Mode : + Le fichier \c addressbook.h est mis a jour pour contenir l'énumération \c Mode : \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.h Mode enum - On ajoute galement deux nouveaux slots, \c editContact() et - \c removeContact(), notre liste de slots publics. + On ajoute également deux nouveaux slots, \c editContact() et + \c removeContact(), à notre liste de slots publics. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.h edit and remove slots - Afin de basculer d'un mode l'autre, on introduit la mthode - \c updateInterface() pour contrller l'activation et la dsactivation de - tous les objets QPushButton. On ajoute galement deux nouveaux boutons, - \c editButton et \c removeButton, pour les fonctions d'dition - et de suppression mentionnes plus haut. + Afin de basculer d'un mode à l'autre, on introduit la méthode + \c updateInterface() pour contrôller l'activation et la désactivation de + tous les objets QPushButton. On ajoute également deux nouveaux boutons, + \c editButton et \c removeButton, pour les fonctions d'édition + et de suppression mentionnées plus haut. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.h updateInterface() declaration \dots @@ -591,97 +591,97 @@ \dots \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.h mode declaration - Enfin, on dclare \c currentMode pour garder une trace du mode - actuellement utilis. + Enfin, on déclare \c currentMode pour garder une trace du mode + actuellement utilisé. - \section1 Implmentation de la classe AddressBook + \section1 Implémentation de la classe AddressBook - Il nous faut maintenant implmenter les fonctionnalits de changement de + Il nous faut maintenant implémenter les fonctionnalités de changement de mode de l'application carnet d'adresses. Les boutons \c editButton et - \c removeButton sont instancis et dsactivs par dfaut, puisque le - carnet d'adresses dmarre sans aucun contact en mmoire. + \c removeButton sont instanciés et désactivés par défaut, puisque le + carnet d'adresses démarre sans aucun contact en mémoire. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.cpp edit and remove buttons - Ces boutons sont ensuite connects leurs slots respectifs, - \c editContact() et \c removeContact(), avant d'tre ajouts + Ces boutons sont ensuite connectés à leurs slots respectifs, + \c editContact() et \c removeContact(), avant d'être ajoutés à \c buttonLayout1. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.cpp connecting edit and remove \dots \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.cpp adding edit and remove to the layout - La methode \c editContact() place les anciens dtails du contact dans + La methode \c editContact() place les anciens détails du contact dans \c oldName et \c oldAddress, avant de basculer vers le mode \c EditingMode. Dans ce mode, les boutons \c submitButton et - \c cancelButton sont tous deux activs, l'utilisateur peut par consquent - modifier les dtails du contact et cliquer sur l'un de ces deux boutons + \c cancelButton sont tous deux activés, l'utilisateur peut par conséquent + modifier les détails du contact et cliquer sur l'un de ces deux boutons par la suite. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.cpp editContact() function - La mthode \c submitContact() a t divise en deux avec un bloc + La méthode \c submitContact() a été divisée en deux avec un bloc \c{if-else}. On teste \c currentMode pour voir si le mode courant est - \c AddingMode. Si c'est le cas, on procde l'ajout. + \c AddingMode. Si c'est le cas, on procède à l'ajout. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.cpp submitContact() function beginning \dots \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.cpp submitContact() function part1 Sinon, on s'assure que \c currentMode est en \c EditingMode. Si c'est le - cas, on compare \c oldName et \c name. Si le nom a chang, on supprime - l'ancien contact de \c contacts et on insre le contact mis a jour. + cas, on compare \c oldName et \c name. Si le nom a changé, on supprime + l'ancien contact de \c contacts et on insère le contact mis a jour. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.cpp submitContact() function part2 - Si seule l'adresse a chang (i.e. \c oldAddress n'est pas identique - \c address), on met jour l'adresse du contact. Enfin on rgle - \c currentMode \c NavigationMode. C'est une tape importante puisque - c'est cela qui ractive tous les boutons dsactivs. + Si seule l'adresse a changé (i.e. \c oldAddress n'est pas identique à + \c address), on met à jour l'adresse du contact. Enfin on règle + \c currentMode à \c NavigationMode. C'est une étape importante puisque + c'est cela qui réactive tous les boutons désactivés. - Afin de retirer un contact du carnet d'adresses, on implmente la mthode - \c removeContact(). Cette mthode vrifie que le contact est prsent dans + Afin de retirer un contact du carnet d'adresses, on implémente la méthode + \c removeContact(). Cette méthode vérifie que le contact est présent dans \c contacts. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.cpp removeContact() function - Si c'est le cas, on affiche une bote de dialogue QMessageBox, demandant - confirmation de la suppression l'utilisateur. Une fois la confirmation - effectue, on appelle \c previous(), afin de s'assurer que l'interface - utilisateur affiche une autre entre, et on supprime le contact en - utilisant le mthode \l{QMap::remove()}{remove()} de \l{QMap}. Dans un + Si c'est le cas, on affiche une boîte de dialogue QMessageBox, demandant + confirmation de la suppression à l'utilisateur. Une fois la confirmation + effectuée, on appelle \c previous(), afin de s'assurer que l'interface + utilisateur affiche une autre entrée, et on supprime le contact en + utilisant le méthode \l{QMap::remove()}{remove()} de \l{QMap}. Dans un souci pratique, on informe l'utilisateur de la suppression par le biais - d'une autre QMessageBox. Les deux botes de dialogue utilises dans cette - mthode sont reprsentes ci-dessous. + d'une autre QMessageBox. Les deux boîtes de dialogue utilisées dans cette + méthode sont représentées ci-dessous. \image addressbook-tutorial-part4-remove.png - \section2 Mise jour de l'Interface utilisateur + \section2 Mise à jour de l'Interface utilisateur - On a voqu plus haut la mthode \c updateInterface() comme moyen - d'activer et de dsactiver les diffrents boutons de l'interface en - fonction du mode. Cette mthode met jour le mode courant selon - l'argument \c mode qui lui est pass, en l'assignant \c currentMode, + On a évoqué plus haut la méthode \c updateInterface() comme moyen + d'activer et de désactiver les différents boutons de l'interface en + fonction du mode. Cette méthode met à jour le mode courant selon + l'argument \c mode qui lui est passé, en l'assignant à \c currentMode, avant de tester sa valeur. - Chacun des boutons est ensuite activ ou dsactiv, en fonction du mode. + Chacun des boutons est ensuite activé ou désactivé, en fonction du mode. Le code source pour les cas \c AddingMode et \c EditingMode est visible ci-dessous: \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.cpp update interface() part 1 Dans le cas de \c NavigationMode, en revanche, des tests conditionnels - sont passs en paramtre de QPushButton::setEnabled(). Ceci permet de - s'assurer que les boutons \c editButton et \c removeButton ne sont activs + sont passés en paramètre de QPushButton::setEnabled(). Ceci permet de + s'assurer que les boutons \c editButton et \c removeButton ne sont activés que s'il existe au moins un contact dans le carnet d'adresses; - \c nextButton et \c previousButton ne sont activs que lorsqu'il existe + \c nextButton et \c previousButton ne sont activés que lorsqu'il existe plus d'un contact dans le carnet d'adresses. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.cpp update interface() part 2 - En effectuant les oprations de rglage du mode et de mise jour de - l'interface utilisateur au sein de la mme mthode, on est l'abri de - l'ventualit o l'interface utilisateur se "dsynchronise" de l'tat + En effectuant les opérations de réglage du mode et de mise à jour de + l'interface utilisateur au sein de la même méthode, on est à l'abri de + l'éventualité où l'interface utilisateur se "désynchronise" de l'état interne de l'application. */ @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ \example tutorials/addressbook-fr/part5 \title Carnet d'adresse 5 - Ajout d'une fonction de recherche - Dans ce chapitre, nous allons voir les possibilits pour rechercher + Dans ce chapitre, nous allons voir les possibilités pour rechercher des contacts dans le carnet d'adresse. \image addressbook-tutorial-part5-screenshot.png @@ -703,110 +703,110 @@ il devient difficile de naviguer avec les boutons \e Next et \e Previous. Dans ce cas, une fonction de recherche serait plus efficace pour rechercher les contacts. - La capture d'cran ci-dessus montre le bouton de recherche \e Find et sa position + La capture d'écran ci-dessus montre le bouton de recherche \e Find et sa position dans le paneau de bouton. Lorsque l'utilisateur clique sur le bouton \e Find, il est courant d'afficher - une bote de dialogue qui demande l'utilisateur d'entrer un nom de contact. + une boîte de dialogue qui demande à l'utilisateur d'entrer un nom de contact. Qt fournit la classe QDialog, que nous sous-classons dans ce chapitre pour - implmenter la class \c FindDialog. + implémenter la class \c FindDialog. - \section1 Dfinition de la classe FindDialog + \section1 Définition de la classe FindDialog \image addressbook-tutorial-part5-finddialog.png - Pour sous-classer QDialog, nous commenons par inclure le header de - QDialog dans le fichier \c finddialog.h. De plus, nous dclarons les + Pour sous-classer QDialog, nous commençons par inclure le header de + QDialog dans le fichier \c finddialog.h. De plus, nous déclarons les classes QLineEdit et QPushButton car nous utilisons ces widgets dans notre classe dialogue. Tout comme dans la classe \c AddressBook, la classe \c FindDialog utilise - la macro Q_OBJECT et son constructeur est dfini de faon accepter - un QWidget parent, mme si cette bote de dialogue sera affiche dans une - fentre spare. + la macro Q_OBJECT et son constructeur est défini de façon à accepter + un QWidget parent, même si cette boîte de dialogue sera affichée dans une + fenêtre séparée. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part5/finddialog.h FindDialog header - Nous dfinissons la mthode publique \c getFindText() pour tre utilise + Nous définissons la méthode publique \c getFindText() pour être utilisée par les classes qui instancient \c FindDialog, ce qui leur permet d'obtenir - le texte entr par l'utilisateur. Un slot public, \c findClicked(), est - dfini pour prendre en charge le texte lorsque l'utilisateur clique sur + le texte entré par l'utilisateur. Un slot public, \c findClicked(), est + défini pour prendre en charge le texte lorsque l'utilisateur clique sur le bouton \gui Find. - Finalement, nous dfinissons les variables prives \c findButton, + Finalement, nous définissons les variables privées \c findButton, \c lineEdit et \c findText, qui correspondent respectivement au bouton \gui Find, au champ de texte dans lequel l'utilisateur tape le texte - rechercher, et une variable interne stockant le texte pour une - utilisation ultrieure. + à rechercher, et à une variable interne stockant le texte pour une + utilisation ultérieure. - \section1 Implmentation de la classe FindDialog + \section1 Implémentation de la classe FindDialog Dans le constructeur de \c FindDialog, nous instancions les objets des - variables prives \c lineEdit, \c findButton et \c findText. Nous utilisons ensuite + variables privées \c lineEdit, \c findButton et \c findText. Nous utilisons ensuite un QHBoxLayout pour positionner les widgets. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part5/finddialog.cpp constructor - Nous mettons en place la mise en page et le titre de la fentre, et + Nous mettons en place la mise en page et le titre de la fenêtre, et nous connectons les signaux aux slots. Remarquez que le signal - \l{QPushButton::clicked()}{clicked()} de \c{findButton} est connect - \c findClicked() et \l{QDialog::accept()}{accept()}. Le slot + \l{QPushButton::clicked()}{clicked()} de \c{findButton} est connecté + à \c findClicked() et \l{QDialog::accept()}{accept()}. Le slot \l{QDialog::accept()}{accept()} fourni par le QDialog ferme - la bote de dialogue et lui donne le code de retour \l{QDialog::}{Accepted}. - Nous utilisons cette fonction pour aider la mthode \c findContact() de la classe - \c{AddressBook} savoir si l'objet \c FindDialog a t ferm. Ceci sera - expliqu plus loin lorsque nous verrons la mthode \c findContact(). + la boîte de dialogue et lui donne le code de retour \l{QDialog::}{Accepted}. + Nous utilisons cette fonction pour aider la méthode \c findContact() de la classe + \c{AddressBook} à savoir si l'objet \c FindDialog a été fermé. Ceci sera + expliqué plus loin lorsque nous verrons la méthode \c findContact(). \image addressbook-tutorial-part5-signals-and-slots.png Dans \c findClicked(), nous validons le champ de texte pour nous - assurer que l'utilisateur n'a pas cliqu sur le bouton \gui Find sans - avoir entr un nom de contact. Ensuite, nous stockons le texte du champ - d'entre \c lineEdit dans \c findText. Et finalement nous vidons le - contenu de \c lineEdit et cachons la bote de dialogue. + assurer que l'utilisateur n'a pas cliqué sur le bouton \gui Find sans + avoir entré un nom de contact. Ensuite, nous stockons le texte du champ + d'entrée \c lineEdit dans \c findText. Et finalement nous vidons le + contenu de \c lineEdit et cachons la boîte de dialogue. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part5/finddialog.cpp findClicked() function - La variable \c findText a un accesseur publique associ: \c getFindText(). - tant donn que nous ne modifions \c findText directement que dans le - constructeur et la mthode \c findClicked(), nous ne crons pas - de manipulateurs associ \c getFindText(). + La variable \c findText a un accesseur publique associé: \c getFindText(). + Étant donné que nous ne modifions \c findText directement que dans le + constructeur et la méthode \c findClicked(), nous ne créons pas + de manipulateurs associé à \c getFindText(). Puisque \c getFindText() est publique, les classes instanciant et - utilisant \c FindDialog peuvent toujours accder la chane de - caractres que l'utilisateur a entr et accept. + utilisant \c FindDialog peuvent toujours accéder à la chaîne de + caractères que l'utilisateur a entré et accepté. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part5/finddialog.cpp getFindText() function - \section1 Dfinition de la classe AddressBook + \section1 Définition de la classe AddressBook Pour utiliser \c FindDialog depuis la classe \c AddressBook, nous incluons \c finddialog.h dans le fichier \c addressbook.h. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part5/addressbook.h include finddialog's header - Jusqu'ici, toutes les fonctionnalits du carnet d'adresses ont un - QPushButton et un slot correspondant. De la mme faon, pour la - fonctionnalit \gui Find, nous avons \c findButton et \c findContact(). + Jusqu'ici, toutes les fonctionnalités du carnet d'adresses ont un + QPushButton et un slot correspondant. De la même façon, pour la + fonctionnalité \gui Find, nous avons \c findButton et \c findContact(). - Le \c findButton est dclar comme une variable prive et la - mthode \c findContact() est dclare comme un slot public. + Le \c findButton est déclaré comme une variable privée et la + méthode \c findContact() est déclarée comme un slot public. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part5/addressbook.h findContact() declaration \dots \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part5/addressbook.h findButton declaration - Finalement, nous dclarons la variable prive \c dialog que nous allons - utiliser pour accder une instance de \c FindDialog. + Finalement, nous déclarons la variable privée \c dialog que nous allons + utiliser pour accéder à une instance de \c FindDialog. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part5/addressbook.h FindDialog declaration - Une fois que nous avons instanci la bote de dialogue, nous voulons l'utiliser - plus qu'une fois. Utiliser une variable prive nous permet d'y rfrer - plus d'un endroit dans la classe. + Une fois que nous avons instancié la boîte de dialogue, nous voulons l'utiliser + plus qu'une fois. Utiliser une variable privée nous permet d'y référer + à plus d'un endroit dans la classe. - \section1 Implmentation de la classe AddressBook + \section1 Implémentation de la classe AddressBook - Dans le constructeur de \c AddressBook, nous instancions nos objets privs, + Dans le constructeur de \c AddressBook, nous instancions nos objets privés, \c findbutton et \c findDialog: \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part5/addressbook.cpp instantiating findButton @@ -814,25 +814,25 @@ \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part5/addressbook.cpp instantiating FindDialog Ensuite, nous connectons le signal \l{QPushButton::clicked()}{clicked()} de - \c{findButton} \c findContact(). + \c{findButton} à \c findContact(). \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part5/addressbook.cpp signals and slots for find - Maintenant, tout ce qui manque est le code de notre mthode \c findContact(): + Maintenant, tout ce qui manque est le code de notre méthode \c findContact(): \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part5/addressbook.cpp findContact() function - Nous commenons par afficher l'instance de \c FindDialog, \c dialog. - L'utilisateur peut alors entrer le nom du contact rechercher. Lorsque - l'utilisateur clique sur le bouton \c findButton, la bote de dialogue est - masque et le code de retour devient QDialog::Accepted. Ce code de retour + Nous commençons par afficher l'instance de \c FindDialog, \c dialog. + L'utilisateur peut alors entrer le nom du contact à rechercher. Lorsque + l'utilisateur clique sur le bouton \c findButton, la boîte de dialogue est + masquée et le code de retour devient QDialog::Accepted. Ce code de retour vient remplir la condition du premier if. Ensuite, nous extrayons le texte que nous utiliserons pour la recherche, - il s'agit ici de \c contactName obtenu l'aide de la mthode \c getFindText() + il s'agit ici de \c contactName obtenu à l'aide de la méthode \c getFindText() de \c FindDialog. Si le contact existe dans le carnet d'adresse, nous l'affichons directement. Sinon, nous affichons le QMessageBox suivant pour - indiquer que la recherche choue. + indiquer que la recherche à échouée. \image addressbook-tutorial-part5-notfound.png */ @@ -845,49 +845,49 @@ \example tutorials/addressbook-fr/part6 \title Carnet d'Adresses 6 - Sauvegarde et chargement - Ce chapitre couvre les fonctionnalits de gestion des fichiers de Qt que - l'on utilise pour crire les procdures de sauvegarde et chargement pour + Ce chapitre couvre les fonctionnalités de gestion des fichiers de Qt que + l'on utilise pour écrire les procédures de sauvegarde et chargement pour l'application carnet d'adresses. \image addressbook-tutorial-part6-screenshot.png Bien que la navigation et la recherche de contacts soient des - fonctionnalits importantes, notre carnet d'adresses ne sera pleinement + fonctionnalités importantes, notre carnet d'adresses ne sera pleinement utilisable qu'une fois que l'on pourra sauvegarder les contacts existants - et les charger nouveau par la suite. - Qt fournit de nombreuses classes pour grer les \l{Input/Output and - Networking}{entres et sorties}, mais nous avons choisi de nous contenter d'une - combinaison de deux classes simples utiliser ensemble: QFile et QDataStream. + et les charger à nouveau par la suite. + Qt fournit de nombreuses classes pour gérer les \l{Input/Output and + Networking}{entrées et sorties}, mais nous avons choisi de nous contenter d'une + combinaison de deux classes simples à utiliser ensemble: QFile et QDataStream. - Un objet QFile reprsente un fichier sur le disque qui peut tre lu, et - dans lequel on peut crire. QFile est une classe fille de la classe plus - gnrique QIODevice, qui peut reprsenter diffrents types de - priphriques. + Un objet QFile représente un fichier sur le disque qui peut être lu, et + dans lequel on peut écrire. QFile est une classe fille de la classe plus + générique QIODevice, qui peut représenter différents types de + périphériques. - Un objet QDataStream est utilis pour srialiser des donnes binaires - dans le but de les passer un QIODevice pour les rcuprer dans le - futur. Pour lire ou crire dans un QIODevice, il suffit d'ouvrir le - flux, avec le priphrique appropri en paramtre, et d'y lire ou - crire. + Un objet QDataStream est utilisé pour sérialiser des données binaires + dans le but de les passer à un QIODevice pour les récupérer dans le + futur. Pour lire ou écrire dans un QIODevice, il suffit d'ouvrir le + flux, avec le périphérique approprié en paramètre, et d'y lire ou + écrire. - \section1 Dfinition de la classe AddressBook + \section1 Définition de la classe AddressBook - On dclare deux slots publics, \c saveToFile() et \c loadFromFile(), + On déclare deux slots publics, \c saveToFile() et \c loadFromFile(), ainsi que deux objets QPushButton, \c loadButton et \c saveButton. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.h save and load functions declaration \dots \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.h save and load buttons declaration - \section1 Implmentation de la classe AddressBook + \section1 Implémentation de la classe AddressBook Dans notre constructeur, on instancie \c loadButton et \c saveButton. - Idalement, l'interface serait plus conviviale avec des boutons + Idéalement, l'interface serait plus conviviale avec des boutons affichant "Load contacts from a file" et "Save contacts to a file". Mais compte tenu de la dimension des autres boutons, on initialise les labels - des boutons \gui{Load...} et \gui{Save...}. Heureusement, Qt offre une - faon simple d'ajouter des info-bulles avec - \l{QWidget::setToolTip()}{setToolTip()}, et nous l'exploitons de la faon + des boutons à \gui{Load...} et \gui{Save...}. Heureusement, Qt offre une + façon simple d'ajouter des info-bulles avec + \l{QWidget::setToolTip()}{setToolTip()}, et nous l'exploitons de la façon suivante pour nos boutons: \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.cpp tooltip 1 @@ -895,85 +895,85 @@ \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.cpp tooltip 2 Bien qu'on ne cite pas le code correspondant ici, nous ajoutons ces deux boutons au - layout de droite, \c button1Layout, comme pour les fonctionnalits prcdentes, et + layout de droite, \c button1Layout, comme pour les fonctionnalités précédentes, et nous connectons leurs signaux - \l{QPushButton::clicked()}{clicked()} leurs slots respectifs. + \l{QPushButton::clicked()}{clicked()} à leurs slots respectifs. - Pour la sauvegarde, on commence par rcuprer le nom de fichier + Pour la sauvegarde, on commence par récupérer le nom de fichier \c fileName, en utilisant QFileDialog::getSaveFileName(). C'est une - mthode pratique fournie par QFileDialog, qui ouvre une bote de - dialogue modale et permet l'utilisateur d'entrer un nom de fichier ou + méthode pratique fournie par QFileDialog, qui ouvre une boîte de + dialogue modale et permet à l'utilisateur d'entrer un nom de fichier ou de choisir un fichier \c{.abk} existant. Les fichiers \c{.abk} - correspondent l'extension choisie pour la sauvegarde des contacts de + correspondent à l'extension choisie pour la sauvegarde des contacts de notre carnet d'adresses. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.cpp saveToFile() function part1 - La bote de dialogue affiche est visible sur la capture d'cran ci- + La boîte de dialogue affichée est visible sur la capture d'écran ci- dessous. \image addressbook-tutorial-part6-save.png - Si \c fileName n'est pas vide, on cre un objet QFile, \c file, partir - de \c fileName. QFile fonctionne avec QDataStream puisqu'il drive de + Si \c fileName n'est pas vide, on crée un objet QFile, \c file, à partir + de \c fileName. QFile fonctionne avec QDataStream puisqu'il dérive de QIODevice. - Ensuite, on essaie d'ouvrir le fichier en criture, ce qui correspond au - mode \l{QIODevice::}{WriteOnly}. Si cela choue, on en informe + Ensuite, on essaie d'ouvrir le fichier en écriture, ce qui correspond au + mode \l{QIODevice::}{WriteOnly}. Si cela échoue, on en informe l'utilisateur avec une QMessageBox. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.cpp saveToFile() function part2 Dans le cas contraire, on instancie un objet QDataStream, \c out, afin - d'crire dans le fichier ouvert. QDataStream ncessite que la mme - version de flux soit utilise pour la lecture et l'criture. On s'assure - que c'est le cas en spcifiant explicitement d'utiliser la + d'écrire dans le fichier ouvert. QDataStream nécessite que la même + version de flux soit utilisée pour la lecture et l'écriture. On s'assure + que c'est le cas en spécifiant explicitement d'utiliser la \l{QDataStream::Qt_4_5}{version introduite avec Qt 4.5} avant de - srialiser les donnes vers le fichier \c file. + sérialiser les données vers le fichier \c file. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.cpp saveToFile() function part3 - Pour le chargement, on rcupre galement \c fileName en utilisant - QFileDialog::getOpenFileName(). Cette mthode est l'homologue de - QFileDialog::getSaveFileName() et affiche galement une bote de - dialogue modale permettant l'utilisateur d'entrer un nom de fichier ou + Pour le chargement, on récupère également \c fileName en utilisant + QFileDialog::getOpenFileName(). Cette méthode est l'homologue de + QFileDialog::getSaveFileName() et affiche également une boîte de + dialogue modale permettant à l'utilisateur d'entrer un nom de fichier ou de selectionner un fichier \c{.abk} existant, afin de le charger dans le carnet d'adresses. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.cpp loadFromFile() function part1 - Sous Windows, par exemple, cette mthode affiche une bote de dialogue - native pour la slection de fichier, comme illustr sur la capture - d'cran suivante: + Sous Windows, par exemple, cette méthode affiche une boîte de dialogue + native pour la sélection de fichier, comme illustré sur la capture + d'écran suivante: \image addressbook-tutorial-part6-load.png Si \c fileName n'est pas vide, on utilise une fois de plus un objet QFile, \c file, et on tente de l'ouvrir en lecture, avec le mode - \l{QIODevice::}{ReadOnly}. De mme que prcdemment dans notre - implmentation de \c saveToFile(), si cette tentative s'avre + \l{QIODevice::}{ReadOnly}. De même que précédemment dans notre + implémentation de \c saveToFile(), si cette tentative s'avère infructueuse, on en informe l'utilisateur par le biais d'une QMessageBox. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.cpp loadFromFile() function part2 Dans le cas contraire, on instancie un objet QDataStream, \c in, en - spcifiant la version utiliser comme prcdemment, et on lit les - informations srialises vers la structure de donnes \c contacts. Notez + spécifiant la version à utiliser comme précédemment, et on lit les + informations sérialisées vers la structure de données \c contacts. Notez qu'on purge \c contacts avant d'y mettre les informations lues afin de - simplifier le processus de lecture de fichier. Une faon plus avance de - procder serait de lire les contacts dans un objet QMap temporaire, et + simplifier le processus de lecture de fichier. Une façon plus avancée de + procéder serait de lire les contacts dans un objet QMap temporaire, et de copier uniquement les contacts n'existant pas encore dans \c contacts. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.cpp loadFromFile() function part3 Pour afficher les contacts lus depuis le fichier, on doit d'abord - valider les donnes obtenues afin de s'assurer que le fichier lu - contient effectivement des entres de carnet d'adresses. Si c'est le + valider les données obtenues afin de s'assurer que le fichier lu + contient effectivement des entrées de carnet d'adresses. Si c'est le cas, on affiche le premier contact; sinon on informe l'utilisateur du - problme par une QMessageBox. Enfin, on met jour l'interface afin - d'activer et de dsactiver les boutons de faon approprie. + problème par une QMessageBox. Enfin, on met à jour l'interface afin + d'activer et de désactiver les boutons de façon appropriée. */ /*! @@ -981,86 +981,86 @@ \previouspage {tutorials/addressbook-fr/part6}{Chapitre 6} \contentspage {Tutoriel "Carnet d'adresses"}{Sommaire} \example tutorials/addressbook-fr/part7 - \title Carnet d'adresse 7 - Fonctionnalits avances + \title Carnet d'adresse 7 - Fonctionnalités avancées - Ce chapitre couvre quelques fonctionnalits additionnelles qui + Ce chapitre couvre quelques fonctionnalités additionnelles qui feront de notre carnet d'adresses une application plus pratique pour une utilisation quotidienne. \image addressbook-tutorial-part7-screenshot.png Bien que notre application carnet d'adresses soit utile en tant que telle, - il serait pratique de pouvoir changer les contacts avec d'autres applications. - Le format vCard est un un format de fichier populaire pour changer - ce type de donnes. - Dans ce chapitre, nous tendrons notre carnet d'adresses pour permettre + il serait pratique de pouvoir échanger les contacts avec d'autres applications. + Le format vCard est un un format de fichier populaire pour échanger + ce type de données. + Dans ce chapitre, nous étendrons notre carnet d'adresses pour permettre d'exporter des contacts dans des fichiers vCard \c{.vcf}. - \section1 Dfinition de la classe AddressBook + \section1 Définition de la classe AddressBook Nous ajoutons un objet QPushButton, \c exportButton, et un slot - public correspondant, \c exportAsVCard(), notre classe \c AddressBook + public correspondant, \c exportAsVCard(), à notre classe \c AddressBook dans le fichier \c addressbook.h. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part7/addressbook.h exportAsVCard() declaration \dots \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part7/addressbook.h exportButton declaration - \section1 Implmentation de la classe AddressBook + \section1 Implémentation de la classe AddressBook Dans le constructeur de \c AddressBook, nous connectons le signal \l{QPushButton::clicked()}{clicked()} de \c{exportButton} au slot \c exportAsVCard(). - Nous ajoutons aussi ce bouton \c buttonLayout1, le layout responsable + Nous ajoutons aussi ce bouton à \c buttonLayout1, le layout responsable du groupe de boutons sur la droite. - Dans la mthode \c exportAsVCard(), nous commenons par extraire le - nom du contact dans \n name. Nous dclarons \c firstname, \c lastName et + Dans la méthode \c exportAsVCard(), nous commençons par extraire le + nom du contact dans \n name. Nous déclarons \c firstname, \c lastName et \c nameList. Ensuite, nous cherchons la position du premier espace blanc de \c name. - Si il y a un espace, nous sparons le nom du contact en \c firstName et - \c lastName. Finalement, nous remplaons l'espace par un underscore ("_"). + Si il y a un espace, nous séparons le nom du contact en \c firstName et + \c lastName. Finalement, nous remplaçons l'espace par un underscore ("_"). Si il n'y a pas d'espace, nous supposons que le contact ne comprend que - le prnom. + le prénom. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part7/addressbook.cpp export function part1 - Comme pour la mthode \c saveToFile(), nous ouvrons une bote de dialogue - pour donner la possibilit l'utilisateur de choisir un emplacement pour - le fichier. Avec le nom de fichier choisi, nous crons une instance de QFile - pour y crire. + Comme pour la méthode \c saveToFile(), nous ouvrons une boîte de dialogue + pour donner la possibilité à l'utilisateur de choisir un emplacement pour + le fichier. Avec le nom de fichier choisi, nous créons une instance de QFile + pour y écrire. Nous essayons d'ouvrir le fichier en mode \l{QIODevice::}{WriteOnly}. Si - cela choue, nous affichons un QMessageBox pour informer l'utilisateur - propos de l'origine du problme et nous quittons la mthode. Sinon, nous passons le - fichier comme paramtre pour crer un objet QTextStream, \c out. De la mme faon que - QDataStream, la classe QTextStream fournit les fonctionnalits pour - lire et crire des fichiers de texte. Grce cel, le fichier \c{.vcf} - gnr pourra tre ouvert et dit l'aide d'un simple diteur de texte. + cela échoue, nous affichons un QMessageBox pour informer l'utilisateur + à propos de l'origine du problème et nous quittons la méthode. Sinon, nous passons le + fichier comme paramètre pour créer un objet QTextStream, \c out. De la même façon que + QDataStream, la classe QTextStream fournit les fonctionnalités pour + lire et écrire des fichiers de texte. Grâce à celà, le fichier \c{.vcf} + généré pourra être ouvert et édité à l'aide d'un simple éditeur de texte. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part7/addressbook.cpp export function part2 - Nous crivons ensuite un fichier vCard avec la balise \c{BEGIN:VCARD}, + Nous écrivons ensuite un fichier vCard avec la balise \c{BEGIN:VCARD}, suivit par \c{VERSION:2.1}. - Le nom d'un contact est crit l'aide de la balise \c{N:}. Pour la balise - \c{FN:}, qui remplit le titre du contact, nous devons vrifier si le contact - un nom de famille dfini ou non. Si oui, nous utilions les dtails de - \c nameList pour remplir le champ, dans le cas contraire on crit uniquement le contenu + Le nom d'un contact est écrit à l'aide de la balise \c{N:}. Pour la balise + \c{FN:}, qui remplit le titre du contact, nous devons vérifier si le contact + à un nom de famille défini ou non. Si oui, nous utilions les détails de + \c nameList pour remplir le champ, dans le cas contraire on écrit uniquement le contenu de \c firstName. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part7/addressbook.cpp export function part3 - Nous continuons en crivant l'adresse du contact. Les points-virgules - dans l'adresse sont chapps l'aide de "\\", les retours de ligne sont - remplacs par des points-virgules, et les vigules sont remplaces par des espaces. - Finalement nous crivons les balises \c{ADR;HOME:;} suivies par l'adresse + Nous continuons en écrivant l'adresse du contact. Les points-virgules + dans l'adresse sont échappés à l'aide de "\\", les retours de ligne sont + remplacés par des points-virgules, et les vigules sont remplacées par des espaces. + Finalement nous écrivons les balises \c{ADR;HOME:;} suivies par l'adresse et la balise \c{END:VCARD}. \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part7/addressbook.cpp export function part4 - la fin de la mthode, un QMessageBox est affich pour informer l'utilisateur - que la vCard a t exporte avec succs. + À la fin de la méthode, un QMessageBox est affiché pour informer l'utilisateur + que la vCard a été exportée avec succès. - \e{vCard est une marque dpose de \l{http://www.imc.org} + \e{vCard est une marque déposée de \l{http://www.imc.org} {Internet Mail Consortium}}. */ diff --git a/doc/src/zh_CN/getting-started/how-to-learn-qt.qdoc b/doc/src/zh_CN/getting-started/how-to-learn-qt.qdoc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1c2f56b --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/src/zh_CN/getting-started/how-to-learn-qt.qdoc @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +** +** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). +** All rights reserved. +** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) +** +** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit. +** +** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ +** No Commercial Usage +** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. +** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions +** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying +** this package. +** +** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage +** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser +** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the +** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to +** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements +** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. +** +** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional +** rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception +** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +** +** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact +** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** $QT_END_LICENSE$ +** +****************************************************************************/ + +/*! + \page how-to-learn-qt.html + \title 如何学习 Qt + \brief Links to guides and resources for learning Qt. + \nextpage 教程 + + \section1 Getting Started + + 我们假定您已了解 C++， 并将用于 Qt 开发。有关将 Qt 与其他编程语言一起使用的更多信息，请参见 \l{Qt website}{Qt 网站}。 + + 如果你想仅使用 C++ 编程, 不使用任何设计工具而仅使用代码设计用户界面，请观看\l{教程}。这些教程是为您了解 Qt 编程量身定做的，并侧重于编写可用代码，而并非功能简介。 + + 如果您想使用设计工具来设计用户界面，则至少要阅读 \l{Qt Designer manual}{Qt 设计者手册}的前几章。 + + 现在您已经编写了一些小型可用的应用程序，并对 Qt 编程有更加广泛的了解。您可以直接着手做自己的项目，但我们建议您阅读以下一些关键简介以加深您对 Qt 的了解：\l{Qt Object Model}Qt 对象模型}和\l{Signals and Slots}{信号和槽}。 + + \beginfloatleft + \inlineimage qtdemo-small.png + \endfloat + + \section1 了解概况 + + 在这个阶段，我们建议您浏览一下\l{All Overviews and HOWTOs}{简介}，然后阅读与您项目相关的章节。您可能还会发现，浏览与您项目类似的\l{Qt Examples}{示例}的源代码也会对您有所帮助。由于 Qt 源代码已面向公众开放，您也可阅读 Qt 源代码。 + + 如果您运行\l{Examples and Demos Launcher}{示例和演示启动程序}，您就会看到许多正在使用的 Qt widget。 + + \l{Qt Widget Gallery} 还按照在不同支持平台上的使用风格提供了精选 Qt widget 简介。 + \clearfloat + + \section1 Books and Learning Materials + + Qt 附带大量文档，并全文带有超文本交叉引用，可轻松地点击了解自己想知道的内容。您使用最多的文档可能是 \l{index.html}{API 引用}。每个链接都提供了浏览 API 引用的不同方式，您可每个都尝试一下，看哪个更适合自己。您还可以尝试 \l{Qt Assistant}，这是随 Qt 附带的工具，可访问全部 Qt API，并提供全文本搜索功能。 + + 有大量的书籍是关于 Qt 编程的。有关 Qt 书籍的完整列表。 + We recommend the official Qt book, + \l{http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/0132354160/ref=ase_trolltech/}{C++ + GUI Programming with Qt 4, Second Edition} (ISBN 0-13-235416-0). + 本书从 "Hello Qt" 到高级功能（如多线程、2D 和 3D 图形、网络、内容视图类与 XML），全面详实地说明了 Qt 编程。（第一版基于 Qt 4.1，可\l{http://www.qtrac.eu/C++-GUI-Programming-with-Qt-4-1st-ed.zip}{在线}获得。） + + 包括不同语言的翻译版本，请参见\l{Books about Qt Programming}{有关 Qt 编程的书籍}。 + + 另一个有关实例代码和 Qt 功能说明的有用资源就是存档的 \l{Qt Quarterly}{Qt 季讯}文章，季讯是为 Qt 用户提供的新闻时讯。 + + 有关特定 Qt 模块和其他指南的文档，请参见\l{All Overviews and HOWTOs}。 + + \section1 Further Reading + + Qt has an active and helpful user community who communicate using + the \l{Qt Mailing Lists}{qt-interest} mailing list, the \l{Qt Centre} + Web site, and a number of other community Web sites and Weblogs. + In addition, many Qt developers are active members of the + \l{KDE}{KDE community}. + + 祝您好运并且学习愉快！ +*/ diff --git a/doc/src/zh_CN/getting-started/tutorials.qdoc b/doc/src/zh_CN/getting-started/tutorials.qdoc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc371d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/src/zh_CN/getting-started/tutorials.qdoc @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +** +** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). +** All rights reserved. +** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) +** +** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit. +** +** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ +** No Commercial Usage +** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. +** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions +** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying +** this package. +** +** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage +** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser +** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the +** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to +** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements +** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. +** +** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional +** rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception +** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +** +** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact +** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** $QT_END_LICENSE$ +** +****************************************************************************/ + +/*! + \page tutorials.html + \title 教程 + + \contentspage 如何学习 Qt + + \brief Tutorials, guides and overviews to help you learn Qt. + + A collection of tutorials and "walkthrough" guides are provided with Qt to + help new users get started with Qt development. These documents cover a + range of topics, from basic use of widgets to step-by-step tutorials that + show how an application is put together. + + \table + \row + \o{2,1} \l{Widgets 教程}{\bold Widgets} + \o{2,1} \l{地址簿教程}{\bold {地址簿}} + \row + \o \image widget-examples.png Widgets + \o + A beginner's guide to getting started with widgets and layouts to create + GUI applications. + + \o \image addressbook-tutorial.png 地址簿 + \o + A seven part guide to creating a fully-functioning address book + application. This tutorial is also available with + \l{Tutoriel "Carnet d'adresses"}{French explanation}. + + \row + \o{2,1} \l{A Quick Start to Qt Designer}{\bold{Qt Designer}} + \o{2,1} \l{Qt Linguist Manual: Programmers#Tutorials}{\bold {Qt Linguist}} + \row + \o \image designer-examples.png QtDesigner + \o + A quick guide through \QD showing the basic steps to create a + form with this interactive tool. + + \o \image linguist-examples.png QtLinguist + \o + A guided tour through the translations process, explaining the + tools provided for developers, translators and release managers. + + \row + \o{2,1} \l{QTestLib Tutorial}{\bold QTestLib} + \o{2,1} \l{qmake Tutorial}{\bold qmake} + \row + \o{2,1} + This tutorial gives a short introduction to how to use some of the + features of Qt's unit-testing framework, QTestLib. It is divided into + four chapters. + + \o{2,1} + This tutorial teaches you how to use \c qmake. We recommend that + you read the \l{qmake Manual}{qmake user guide} after completing + this tutorial. + + \endtable +*/ diff --git a/doc/src/zh_CN/tutorials/addressbook.qdoc b/doc/src/zh_CN/tutorials/addressbook.qdoc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..72349af --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/src/zh_CN/tutorials/addressbook.qdoc @@ -0,0 +1,673 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +** +** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). +** All rights reserved. +** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) +** +** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit. +** +** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ +** No Commercial Usage +** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. +** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions +** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying +** this package. +** +** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage +** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser +** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the +** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to +** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements +** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. +** +** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional +** rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception +** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +** +** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact +** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** $QT_END_LICENSE$ +** +****************************************************************************/ + +/*! + \page tutorials-addressbook.html + + \startpage {index.html}{Qt Reference Documentation} + \contentspage 教程 + \nextpage {tutorials/addressbook/part1}{第一章} + + \title 地址簿教程 + \brief 本教程介绍了使用 Qt 跨平台框架的 GUI 编程。 + + 本教程介绍了使用 Qt 跨平台框架的 GUI 编程。 + + \image addressbook-tutorial-screenshot.png + + \omit + It doesn't cover everything; the emphasis is on teaching the programming + philosophy of GUI programming, and Qt's features are introduced as needed. + Some commonly used features are never used in this tutorial. + \endomit + + 在学习过程中，我们将了解部分 Qt 基本技术，如 + + \list + \o Widget 和布局管理器 + \o 容器类 + \o 信号和槽 + \o 输入和输出设备 + \endlist + + 如果您完全不了解 Qt，请阅读\l{How to Learn Qt}{如何学习 Qt}（如果您还未阅读）。 + + 教程的源代码位于 Qt 的 \c examples/tutorials/addressbook 目录下。 + + 教程章节： + + \list 1 + \o \l{tutorials/addressbook/part1}{设计用户界面} + \o \l{tutorials/addressbook/part2}{添加地址} + \o \l{tutorials/addressbook/part3}{浏览地址簿条目} + \o \l{tutorials/addressbook/part4}{编辑和删除地址} + \o \l{tutorials/addressbook/part5}{添加查找功能} + \o \l{tutorials/addressbook/part6}{加载和保存} + \o \l{tutorials/addressbook/part7}{附加功能} + \endlist + + 虽然这个小型应用程序看起来并不象一个成熟的现代 GUI 应用程序，但它使用多种用于更复杂应用程序的基本技术。在您完成学习之后，我们建议您查看一下\l{mainwindows/application}{应用程序}示例，它提供带有菜单、工具栏、状态栏等项目的小型 GUI 应用程序。 +*/ + +/*! + \page tutorials-addressbook-part1.html + \contentspage {地址簿教程}{目录} + \nextpage {tutorials/addressbook/part2}{第二章} + \example tutorials/addressbook/part1 + \title 地址簿 1 — 设计用户界面 + + 本教程的第一部分讲述了用于地址簿应用程序的基本图形用户界面 (GUI) 的设计。 + + 创建 GUI 程序的第一步就是设计用户界面。在本章中，我们的目标是设置应用基本地址簿应用程序所需的标签和输入字段。下图为期望输出的屏幕截图。 + + \image addressbook-tutorial-part1-screenshot.png + + 我们需要使用两个 QLabel 对象：\c nameLabel 和 \c addressLabel，以及两个输入字段：QLineEdit 对象 \c nameLine 和 QTextEdit + 对象 \c addressText，这样用户才能输入联系人的姓名和地址。使用的 widget 及其位置如下图所示。 + + \image addressbook-tutorial-part1-labeled-screenshot.png + + 要应用地址簿需使用三个文件： + + \list + \o \c{addressbook.h} — AddressBook 类的定义文件， + \o \c{addressbook.cpp} — AddressBook 类的执行文件，以及 + \o \c{main.cpp} — 包含 \c main() 函数并带有 AddressBook 实例的文件。 + \endlist + + \section1 Qt 编程 — 使用子类 + + 在编写 Qt 程序时，我们通常使用 Qt 对象子类来添加功能。这是创建定制 widget 或标准 widget 集合的基本概念之一。使用子类扩展或改变 widget 的操作具有以下优势： + + \list + \o 我们可以编写虚函数或纯虚函数应用，以得到我们确切所需的功能，并在需要时再使用基本的类应用。 + \o 这样我们就可以在类中封装部分用户界面，应用程序的其他部分也就无需了解用户界面中单独使用的 widget。 + \o 可使用子类在同一应用程序或库中创建多个定制 widget，这样子类的代码可在其他项目重复使用。 + \endlist + + 由于 Qt 未提供特定的地址簿 widget，我们在标准的 Qt widget 类中使用子类，然后添加功能。我们在本教程中创建的 \c AddressBook 类在需要使用基本地址簿 widget 的情况下可重复使用。 + + \section1 定义 AddressBook 类 + + \l{tutorials/addressbook/part1/addressbook.h}{\c addressbook.h} 文件用于定义 \c AddressBook 类。 + + 我们从定义 \c AddressBook 为 QWidget 子类和声明构造器开始入手。我们还使用 Q_OBJECT 宏表明该类使用国际化功能与 Qt 信号和槽功能，即使在本阶段不会用到所有这些功能。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part1/addressbook.h class definition + + 该类包含了 \c nameLine 和 \c addressText 的声明、上文提到的 QLineEdit 和 QTextEdit 的私有实例。在以后章节中，您会看到储存在 \c nameLine 和 \c addressText 中的数据在地址簿的许多功能中都会用到。 + + 我们不必包含要使用的 QLabel 对象的声明，这是因为在创建这些对象后我们不必对其进行引用。在下一部分中，我们会说明 Qt 记录对象所属关系的方式。 + + Q_OBJECT 宏本身应用了部分更高级的 Qt 功能。 我们暂时把 Q_OBJECT 宏理解为使用 \l{QObject::}{tr()} 和 \l{QObject::}{connect()} 函数的快捷方式，这种理解对我们的学习更有用。 + + 我们现已完成 \c addressbook.h 文件，接下来我们来执行对应的 \c addressbook.cpp 文件。 + + \section1 应用 AddressBook 类 + + \c AddressBook 的构造器接收 QWidget 参数 \a parent。按惯例，我们将参数传递给基本类的构造器。这种父项可有一个或多个子项的所属概念对 Qt 中的 widget 分组十分有用。例如，如果删除父项，也会删除其所有子项。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part1/addressbook.cpp constructor and input fields + + 在该构造器中，我们声明并通过实例来表示两个局部 QLabel 对象 \c nameLabel 和 \c addressLabel，以及 \c nameLine 和 \c addressText。如果字符串已进行转换，则 \l{QObject::tr()}{tr()} 函数返回已转换的字符串，否则返回字符串本身。我们可以将此函数理解 \c{<insert translation here>} 标识来标记要进行转换 QString 对象。在以后章节和 \l{Qt Examples} 中，您会看到只要使用了可转换的字符串就是使用该函数。 + + 使用 Qt 编程时，了解布局是如何起作用的会对您很有帮助。Qt 提供三个主要布局类 QHBoxLayout、QVBoxLayout 和 QGridLayout 来处理 widget 的位置。 + + \image addressbook-tutorial-part1-labeled-layout.png + + 我们使用 QGridLayout 以结构化的方式放置标签和输入字段。QGridLayout 将可用空间分为网格，并将 widget 放置在指定了行列号的单元格中。上面的图表显示了布局单元格和 widget 的位置。我们通过以下代码指定这种排列方式： + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part1/addressbook.cpp layout + + 请注意，\c addressLabel 是使用作为附加参数的 Qt::AlignTop 来排放位置。这可确保其不会纵向放置在单元格 (1,0) 中央。有关 Qt 布局的基本简介，请参见\l{Layout Management}{布局类}文档。 + + 要在 widget 上安装布局对象，必须调用 widget 的 \l{QWidget::setLayout()}{setLayout()} 函数： + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part1/addressbook.cpp setting the layout + + 最后，我们将 widget 标题设置为“简单地址簿”。 + + \section1 运行应用程序 + + \c main() 函数使用单独的文件 \c main.cpp。在该函数中，我们实例化了 QApplication 对象 \c app。QApplication 负责管理多种应用范围的资源（如默认字体和光标），以及运行事件循环。因此，在每个使用 Qt 的 GUI 应用程序中都会有一个 QApplication 对象。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part1/main.cpp main function + + 我们使用 new 关键字在堆中构造一个新的 \c AddressBook widget，然后调用 \l{QWidget::show()}{show()} 函数对其进行显示。不过，该 widget 只有在应用程序事件循环开始时才会显示。我们通过调用应用程序的 \l{QApplication::}{exec()} 函数开始事件循环。该函数返回的结果作为 \c main() 函数的返回值。 +*/ + +/*! + \page tutorials-addressbook-part2.html + \previouspage 地址簿 1 — 设计用户界面 + \contentspage {地址簿教程}{目录} + \nextpage {tutorials/addressbook/part3}{第三章} + \example tutorials/addressbook/part2 + \title 地址簿 2 — 添加地址 + + 创建基本地址簿应用程序的下一步是添加少许用户互动操作。 + + \image addressbook-tutorial-part2-add-contact.png + + 我们将提供一个按钮，用户可点击该按钮来添加新联系人。此外，还需要对数据结构进行限定，以便有序地储存这些联系人。 + + \section1 定义 AddressBook 类 + + 由于已经设置了标签和输入字段，我们只需添加按钮就可完成添加联系人这一步骤。也就是说，在 \c addressbook.h 文件中已经声明了三个 QPushButton 对象和三个对应的公共槽。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.h slots + + 槽是对特殊信号进行响应的函数。我们将在应用 \c AddressBook 类时进一步详细说明这一概念。如需有关 Qt 信号和槽概念的简介，请参见\l{Signals and Slots}{信号和槽}文档。 + + 三个 QPushButton 对象分别是 \c addButton、\c submitButton 和 \c cancelButton，已与要在上一章中说明的 \c nameLine 和 \c addressText 一同包含在私有变量声明中。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.h pushbutton declaration + + 我们需要一个容器来储存地址簿联系人，这样才能搜索和显示联系人。QMap 对象 \c contacts 就可实现此功能，因为其带有一个键-值对：联系人姓名作为键，而联系人地址作为\e{值}。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.h remaining private variables + + 我们还会声明两个私有 QString 对象：\c oldName 和 \c oldAddress。这些对象用来保留在用户点击\gui{添加}时最后显示的联系人姓名和地址。这样，当用户点击\gui{取消}时，我们就可以返回至上一个联系人的详细信息。 + + \section1 应用 AddressBook 类 + + 在 \c AddressBook 构造器中，我们将 \c nameLine 和 \c addressText 设置为只读，这样就可仅显示而不必编辑现有联系人的详细信息。 + + \dots + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.cpp setting readonly 1 + \dots + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.cpp setting readonly 2 + + 然后，我们实例化以下按钮：\c addButton、\c submitButton 和 \c cancelButton。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.cpp pushbutton declaration + + 显示 \c addButton 是通过调用 \l{QPushButton::show()}{show()} 函数实现的，而隐藏 \c submitButton 和 \c cancelButton 则需调用 \l{QPushButton::hide()}{hide()}。这两个按钮仅当用户点击\gui{添加}时才会显示，而此操作是通过在下文中说明的\c addContact() 函数处理的。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.cpp connecting signals and slots + + 我们将按钮的 \l{QPushButton::clicked()}{clicked()} 信号与其相应的槽关联。下面的图表说明了此过程。 + + \image addressbook-tutorial-part2-signals-and-slots.png + + 接下来，我们将按钮整齐的排列在地址簿 widget 的右侧，使用 QVBoxLayout 将其进行纵向排列。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.cpp vertical layout + + \l{QBoxLayout::addStretch()}{addStretch()} 函数用来确保按钮并不是采用均匀间隔排列的，而是更靠近 widget 的顶部。下图显示了是否使用 \l{QBoxLayout::addStretch()}{addStretch()} 的差别。 + + \image addressbook-tutorial-part2-stretch-effects.png + + 然后，我们使用 \l{QGridLayout::addLayout()}{addLayout()} 将 \c buttonLayout1 增加至 \c mainLayout。 这样我们就有了嵌套布局，因为 \c buttonLayout1 现在是 \c mainLayout 的子项。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.cpp grid layout + + 布局坐标显示如下： + + \image addressbook-tutorial-part2-labeled-layout.png + + 在 \c addContact() 函数中，我们使用 \c oldName 和 \c oldAddress 储存最后显示的联系人详细信息。然后，我们清空这些输入字段并关闭只读模式。输入焦点设置在 \c nameLine，显示 \c submitButton 和 \c cancelButton。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.cpp addContact + + \c submitContact() 函数可分为三个部分： + + \list 1 + \o 我们从 \c nameLine 和 \c addressText 提取联系人的详细信息，然后将其储存在 QString 对象中。我们还要验证确保用户没有在输入字段为空时点击\gui{提交}，否则，会显示 QMessageBox 提示用户输入姓名和地址。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.cpp submitContact part1 + + \o 我们接着继续检查是否联系人已存在。如果不存在，将联系人添加至 \c contacts，然后显示 QMessageBox 提示用户已添加联系人。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.cpp submitContact part2 + + 如果联系人已存在，还是会显示 QMessageBox 以提示用户，以免添加重复的联系人。由于 \c contacts 对象是基于姓名地址的键-值对，因此要确保键唯一。 + + \o 在处理了上述两种情况后，使用以下代码将按钮恢复为正常状态： + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.cpp submitContact part3 + + \endlist + + 下面的屏幕截图显示了用于向用户显示提示信息的 QMessageBox 对象。 + + \image addressbook-tutorial-part2-add-successful.png + + \c cancel() 函数恢复上次显示的联系人详细信息，并启用 \c addButton，还会隐藏 \c submitButton 和 + \c cancelButton。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part2/addressbook.cpp cancel + + 添加联系人的总体思想就是提高用户操作的灵活性，可在任何时候点击\gui{提交}或\gui{取消}。下面的流程图详细说明了此概念： + + \image addressbook-tutorial-part2-add-flowchart.png +*/ + +/*! + \page tutorials-addressbook-part3.html + \previouspage 地址簿 2 — 添加地址 + \contentspage {地址簿教程}{目录} + \nextpage {tutorials/addressbook/part4}{第四章} + \example tutorials/addressbook/part3 + \title 地址簿 3 — 浏览地址簿条目 + + 构建地址簿应用程序现已进展过半。我们需要增加一些函数，以便浏览联系人。但首先要决定采用何种数据结构方式来储存这些联系人。 + + 在第二章中，我们使用了 QMap 键-值对，即联系人姓名作为\e{键}，而联系人地址作为\e{值}。这种方式很适合我们的实例。不过，要浏览和显示每个条目，还需要进行一些改进。 + + 我们改进 QMap 的方式是，将数据结构替换为类似循环链接的列表，其中所有元素都是相互关联的，包括第一个元素和最后一个元素。下图图解说明了该数据结构。 + + \image addressbook-tutorial-part3-linkedlist.png + + \section1 定义 AddressBook 类 + + 要给地址簿应用程序增加浏览功能，我们需要为 \c AddressBook 类再增加两个函数：\c next() 和 \c previous()。将这两个函数添加到 \c addressbook.h 文件中： + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.h navigation functions + + 我们还需要使用其他两个 QPushButton 对象，因此将 \c nextButton 和 \c previousButton 声明为私有变量： + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.h navigation pushbuttons + + \section1 应用 AddressBook 类 + + 在 \c AddressBook 的 \c addressbook.cpp 构造器中，我们实例化 \c nextButton 和 \c previousButton，并且这两项默认为禁用。这是因为仅当地址簿中有多个联系人时才会启用浏览功能。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.cpp navigation pushbuttons + + 然后，我们将这两个按钮与其相应的槽关联： + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.cpp connecting navigation signals + + 下图即为预期的图形用户界面。请注意，该用户界面已很接近应用程序最终的样子。 + + \image addressbook-tutorial-part3-screenshot.png + + 我们按照 \c next() 和 \c previous() 函数的基本规范，将 \c nextButton 放置在右侧，而 \c previousButton 放置在左侧。为了使布局更加直观，我们使用 QHBoxLayout 将 widget 并排放置： + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.cpp navigation layout + + 然后，将 QHBoxLayout 对象 \c buttonLayout2 增加至 \c mainLayout。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.cpp adding navigation layout + + 下图显示了 widget 在 \c mainLayout 中的坐标位置。 + + \image addressbook-tutorial-part3-labeled-layout.png + + 在 \c addContact() 函数中，我们必须禁用这几个按钮，这样用户就不会在增加联系人时尝试进行浏览。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.cpp disabling navigation + + 此外，在 \c submitContact() 函数中，我们启用了浏览按钮 \c nextButton 和 \c previousButton，这取决于 \c contacts 的多少。如上文所述，浏览功能仅在地址簿中有多个联系人时才会启用。以下代码行说明了如何实现此功能： + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.cpp enabling navigation + + 我们还在 \c cancel() 函数中加入这几行代码。 + + 记得我们曾使用 QMap 对象 \c contacts 模拟了一个循环链接的列表。因此，在 \c next() 函数中，我们获取 \c contacts 的迭代器，然后执行以下操作： + + \list + \o 如果迭代器未达到 \c contacts 结尾，就会增加一。 + \o 如果迭代器已达到 \c contacts 的结尾，就移至 \c contacts 的起始位置。这给人感觉 QMap 就像是一个循环链接的列表。 + \endlist + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.cpp next() function + + 一旦在 \c contacts 中循环至正确的对象，就会通过 \c nameLine 和 \c addressText 显示对象的内容。 + + 同样，在 \c previous() 函数中，我们获取 \c contacts 的迭代器，然后执行以下操作： + + \list + \o 如果迭代器达到 \c contacts 的结尾，就清除显示内容，然后返回。 + \o 如果迭代器在 \c contacts 的起始位置，就将其移至结尾。 + \o 然后，将迭代器减一。 + \endlist + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part3/addressbook.cpp previous() function + + 接着，重新显示 \c contacts 中当前对象的内容。 +*/ + +/*! + \page tutorials-addressbook-part4.html + \previouspage 地址簿 3 — 浏览地址簿条目 + \contentspage {地址簿教程}{目录} + \nextpage {tutorials/addressbook/part5}{第五章} + \example tutorials/addressbook/part4 + \title 地址簿 4 — 编辑和删除地址 + + 在本章中，我们将了解如何修改储存在地址簿应用程序中的联系人的内容。 + + \image addressbook-tutorial-screenshot.png + + 现有的地址簿不仅可以井井有条地储存联系人，还可进行浏览。再添加上编辑和删除功能，以便在需要时更改联系人的详细信息，这样更易于使用。不过，还需使用 enum 类型进行一些改进。在前几章中，我们使用以下两种模式：\c{AddingMode} 和 \c{NavigationMode}。但是，他们并未定义为 enum。我们是采用手动方式启用和禁用相应的按钮，这就导致有多行重复的代码。 + + 在本章中，我们定义带有以下三种不同值的 \c{Mode} enum 类型： + + \list + \o \c{NavigationMode}、 + \o \c{AddingMode} 和 + \o \c{EditingMode}。 + \endlist + + \section1 定义 AddressBook 类 + + \c addressbook.h 文件已更新为包含 Mode \c enum 类型： + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.h Mode enum + + 我们还要向当前的公有槽列表增加两个新槽：\c editContact() 和 \c removeContact()。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.h edit and remove slots + + 为了在模式间切换，我们引入了 \c updateInterface() 函数来控制所有 QPushButton 对象的启用和禁用。要实现上文提及的编辑和删除功能，我们还要增加两个新按钮：\c editButton 和 \c removeButton。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.h updateInterface() declaration + \dots + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.h buttons declaration + \dots + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.h mode declaration + + 最后，我们声明 \c currentMode 来跟踪 enum 的当前模式。 + + \section1 应用 AddressBook 类 + + 我们现在必须应用地址簿应用程序的模式更改功能。\c editButton 和 \c removeButton 已实例化并默认为禁用，这是因为地址簿启动时在内存中没有联系人。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.cpp edit and remove buttons + + 这些按钮会与其相应的槽 \c editContact() 和 \c removeContact() 关联，然后我们将其添加至 \c buttonLayout1。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.cpp connecting edit and remove + \dots + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.cpp adding edit and remove to the layout + + 在将模式切换到 \c EditingMode 之前，\c editContact() 函数使用 \c oldName 和 \c oldAddress 储存联系人旧的详细信息。 在该模式下，\c submitButton 和 \c cancelButton 均已启用，这样用户就可以更改联系人的详细信息并可点击任何一个按钮。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.cpp editContact() function + + \c submitContact() 函数已被 \c{if-else} 语句分为两部分。我们查看 \c currentMode 是否在 \c AddingMode 模式下。如果是，我们继续添加操作。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.cpp submitContact() function beginning + \dots + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.cpp submitContact() function part1 + + 否则，我们查看 \c currentMode 是否在 \c EditingMode 模式下。如果是，我们比较 \c oldName 和 \c name。如果姓名已更改，我们从 \c contacts 中删除旧的联系人并插入已更新的联系人。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.cpp submitContact() function part2 + + 如果仅更改了地址（例如 \c oldAddress 与 \c address 不同），我们就更新联系人的地址。最后，我们将 \c currentMode 设置为 \c NavigationMode。这一步至关重要，因为它会重新启用所有已禁用的按钮。 + + 要从地址簿中删除联系人，我们采用 \c removeContact() 函数。该函数查看 \c contacts 中是否包含该联系人。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.cpp removeContact() function + + 如果有，我们显示 QMessageBox，确认用户的删除操作。一旦用户确认操作，我们调用 \c previous() 确保用户界面显示其他联系人，然后我们使用 QMap 的 \l{QMap::remove()}{remove()} 函数删除已已确认的联系人。出于好意，我们会显示 QMessageBox 提示用户。在该函数中使用两种信息框显示如下： + + \image addressbook-tutorial-part4-remove.png + + \section2 更新用户界面 + + 我们在上文提到 \c updateInterface() 函数，它可根据当前的模式启用和禁用按钮。该函数会根据传递给它的 \c mode 参数更新当前的模式，在校验值之前将参数分配给 \c currentMode。 + + 这样，每个按钮就根据当前的模式进行启用或禁用。\c AddingMode 和 \c EditingMode 的代码显示如下： + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.cpp update interface() part 1 + + 不过对于 \c NavigationMode，我们在 QPushButton::setEnabled() 函数的参数中加入了条件。这样可确保 \c editButton 和 \c removeButton 在地址簿中至少有一个联系人的情况下启用，而 \c nextButton 和 \c previousButton 仅在地址簿中有多个联系人时才启用。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part4/addressbook.cpp update interface() part 2 + + 通过在同一函数中设置模式和更新用户界面，我们可以避免用户界面与应用程序内部状态不同步的可能性。 +*/ + +/*! + \page tutorials-addressbook-part5.html + \previouspage 地址簿 4 — 编辑和删除地址 + \contentspage {地址簿教程}{目录} + \nextpage {tutorials/addressbook/part6}{第六章} + \example tutorials/addressbook/part5 + \title 地址簿 5 — 添加查找功能 + + 在本章中，我们将了解如何在地址簿应用程序中定位联系人和地址。 + + \image addressbook-tutorial-part5-screenshot.png + + 随着我们不断为地址簿应用程序添加联系人，使用下一个和上一个按钮浏览联系人就会变得很繁琐。在这种情况下，使用查找函数查找联系人就会更加有效。上面的屏幕截图显示了查找按钮及其在按钮面板上的位置。 + + 当用户点击查找按钮时，有必要显示一个对话框，用户可在其中输入联系人的姓名。Qt 提供了 QDialog（我们会在本章中将其用作子类），可使用 \c FindDialog 类。 + + \section1 定义 FindDialog 类 + + \image addressbook-tutorial-part5-finddialog.png + + 要使用 QDialog 的子类，我们首先要在 \c finddialog.h 文件中声明 QDialog 的头信息。此外，我们还使用向前 (forward) 声明来声明 QLineEdit 和 QPushButton，这样我们就能在对话框类中使用这些 widget。 + + 因为在 \c AddressBook 类中，\c FindDialog 类包含了 Q_OBJECT 宏，并且其构造器已定义为接收父级 QWidget，即使对话框以单独的窗口方式打开。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part5/finddialog.h FindDialog header + + 我们定义了公有函数 \c getFindText()，供实例化 \c FindDialog 的类使用，这样这些类可以获取用户输入的文本。公有槽 \c findClicked() 定义为在用户点击\gui{查找}按钮时处理搜索字符串。 + + 最后，我们定义私有变量 \c findButton、\c lineEdit 和 \c findText，分别对应\gui{查找}按钮、用户输入搜索字符串的行编辑框和储存搜索字符串供稍后使用的内部字符串。 + + \section1 应用 FindDialog 类 + + 在 \c FindDialog 的构造器中，我们设置私有变量 \c lineEdit、\c findButton 和 \c findText。使用 QHBoxLayout 放置 widget。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part5/finddialog.cpp constructor + + 我们设定布局和窗口标题，并将信号与其各自的槽关联。请注意，\c findButton 的 \l{QPushButton::clicked()}{clicked()} 信号已与 \c findClicked() 和 \l{QDialog::accept()}{accept()} 关联。QDialog 提供的 \l{QDialog::accept()}{accept()} 槽会隐藏对话框并将结果代码设置为 \l{QDialog::}{Accepted}。我们使用该函数有助于 \c AddressBook 的 \c findContact() 函数知晓 \c FindDialog 对象关闭的时间。我们在讨论 \c findContact() 函数时将对该函数做进一步说明。 + + \image addressbook-tutorial-part5-signals-and-slots.png + + 在 \c findClicked() 中，我们验证 \c lineEdit 以确保用户没有在尚未输入联系人姓名时就点击\gui{查找}按钮。然后，我们将 \c findText 设置为从 \c lineEdit 提取的搜索字符串。之后，我们清空 \c lineEdit 的内容并隐藏对话框。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part5/finddialog.cpp findClicked() function + + \c findText 变量已有公有 getter 函数 \c getFindText() 与其相关联。既然我们仅在构造器和 \c findClicked() 函数中直接设定了 \c findText， 我们就不在创建 \c getFindText() 的同时再创建 setter 函数。由于 \c getFindText() 是公有的，实例化和使用 \c FindDialog 的类可始终读取用户已输入并确认的搜索字符串。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part5/finddialog.cpp getFindText() function + + \section1 定义 AddressBook 类 + + 要确保我们可使用 \c AddressBook 类中的 \c FindDialog，我们要在 \c addressbook.h 文件中包含 \c finddialog.h。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part5/addressbook.h include finddialog's header + + 至此，所有地址簿功能都有了 QPushButton 和对应的槽。同样，\gui{Find} 功能有 \c findButton 和 \c findContact()。 + + \c findButton 声明为私有变量，而 \c findContact() 函数声明为公有槽。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part5/addressbook.h findContact() declaration + \dots + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part5/addressbook.h findButton declaration + + 最后，我们声明私有变量 \c dialog，用于引用 \c FindDialog 的实例。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part5/addressbook.h FindDialog declaration + + 在实例化对话框后，我们可能会对其进行多次使用。使用私有变量可在类中不同位置对其进行多次引用。 + + \section1 应用 AddressBook 类 + + 在 \c AddressBook 类的构造器中，实例化私有对象 \c findButton 和 \c findDialog： + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part5/addressbook.cpp instantiating findButton + \dots + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part5/addressbook.cpp instantiating FindDialog + + 接下来，将 \c findButton 的 \l{QPushButton::clicked()}{clicked()} 信号与 \c findContact() 关联。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part5/addressbook.cpp signals and slots for find + + 现在唯一要完成的就是 \c findContact() 函数的编码： + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part5/addressbook.cpp findContact() function + + 我们从显示 \c FindDialog 的实例 \c dialog 开始入手。这时用户开始输入联系人姓名进行查找。用户点击对话框的 \c findButton 后，对话框会隐藏，并且结果代码设置为 QDialog::Accepted.这样就确保了 \c if 语句始终为真。 + + 然后，我们就开始使用 \c FindDialog 的 \c getFindText() 函数提取搜索字符串，这个字符串也就是本例中的 \c contactName。如果地址簿中有联系人，就立即显示该联系人。否则，显示如下所示的 QMessageBox 表明搜索失败。 + + \image addressbook-tutorial-part5-notfound.png +*/ + +/*! + \page tutorials-addressbook-part6.html + \previouspage 地址簿 5 — 添加查找功能 + \contentspage {地址簿教程}{目录} + \nextpage {tutorials/addressbook/part7}{第七章} + \example tutorials/addressbook/part6 + \title 地址簿 6 — 加载和保存 + + 本章描述了用于编写地址簿应用程序的加载和保存程序所使用的 Qt 文件处理功能。 + + \image addressbook-tutorial-part6-screenshot.png + + 虽然浏览和搜索联系人是非常实用的功能，但只有在可以保存现有联系人并可以在以后加载的前提下地址簿才真正完全可用。Qt 提供大量用于\l{Input/Output and Networking}{输入和输出}的类，但我们只选择两个易于合并使用的类：QFile 和 QDataStream。 + + QFile 对象表示磁盘上可读取和写入的文件。QFile 是代表多种不同设备且应用更广的 QIODevice 类的子类。 + + QDataStream 对象用于按顺序排列二进制数据，以便储存在 QIODevice 中并供以后检索。读取或写入 QIODevice 就如同打开数据流，然后读取或写入一样简单，只是参数为不同的设备。 + + + \section1 定义 AddressBook 类 + + 我们声明两个公有槽 \c saveToFile() 和 \c loadFromFile()，以及两个 QPushButton 对象 \c loadButton 和 \c saveButton。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.h save and load functions declaration + \dots + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.h save and load buttons declaration + + \section1 应用 AddressBook 类 + + 在构造器中，我们实例化 \c loadButton 和 \c saveButton。理想情况下，将按钮标签设置为“从文件加载联系人”和“将联系人保存至文件”会更方便用户使用。不过，由于其他按钮的大小限制，我们将标签设置为\gui{加载...}和\gui{保存...}。幸运的是，Qt 提供了使用 \l{QWidget::setToolTip()}{setToolTip()} 来设置工具提示的简单方式，我们可通过如下方式将其用于按钮： + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.cpp tooltip 1 + \dots + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.cpp tooltip 2 + + 虽然此处没有显示，但与其他应用的功能一样，我们在右侧的布局面板 \c button1Layout 上添加按钮，然后将按钮的 \l{QPushButton::clicked()}{clicked()} 信号与其相应的槽关联。 + + 至于保存功能，我们首先使用 QFileDialog::getSaveFileName() 获取 \c fileName。 这是 QFileDialog 提供的一个便捷功能，可弹出样式文件对话框并允许用户输入文件名或选择现有的 \c{.abk} 文件。\c{.abk} 文件是保存联系人时创建的地址簿扩展名。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.cpp saveToFile() function part1 + + 弹出的文件对话框屏幕截图显示如下： + + \image addressbook-tutorial-part6-save.png + + 如果 \c fileName 不为空，我们就使用 \c fileName 创建 QFile 对象 \c file。 QFile 与 QDataStream 一同使用，这是因为QFile 是 QIODevice。 + + 接下来，我们尝试以 \l{QIODevice::}{WriteOnly} 模式打开文件。如果未能打开，会显示 QMessageBox 提示用户。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.cpp saveToFile() function part2 + + 否则，会用实例表示 QDataStream 对象 \c out，以写入打开的文件。QDataStream 要求读写操作需使用相同版本的数据流。在将数据按顺序写入 \c file 之前，将使用的版本设置为\l{QDataStream::Qt_4_5}{采用 Qt 4.5 的版本}就可确保版本相同。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.cpp saveToFile() function part3 + + 至于加载功能，我们也是使用 QFileDialog::getOpenFileName() 获取 \c fileName。该函数与 QFileDialog::getSaveFileName() 相对应，也是弹出样式文件对话框并允许用户输入文件名或选择现有的 \c{.abk} 文件加载到地址簿中。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.cpp loadFromFile() function part1 + + 例如，在 Windows 上，该函数弹出本地文件对话框，如以下屏幕截图所示。 + + \image addressbook-tutorial-part6-load.png + + 如果 \c fileName 不为空，还是使用 QFile 对象 \c file，然后尝试在 \l{QIODevice::}{ReadOnly} 模式下打开文件。与 \c saveToFile() 的应用方式类似，如果尝试失败，会显示 QMessageBox 提示用户。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.cpp loadFromFile() function part2 + + 否则，会用实例表示 QDataStream 对象 \c in，按上文所述设置其版本，然后将按顺序排列的数据读入 \c contacts 数据结构。请注意，在将数据读入之前清空 \c contacts 可简化文件读取过程。更高级的方法是将联系人读取至临时 QMap 对象，然后仅复制 \c contacts 中不存在的联系人。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part6/addressbook.cpp loadFromFile() function part3 + + 要显示从文件中读取的联系人，必须要先验证获取的数据，以确保读取的文件实际包含地址簿联系人。如果为真，显示第一个联系人，否则显示 QMessageBox 提示出现问题。最后，我们更新界面以相应地启用和禁用按钮。 +*/ + +/*! + \page tutorials-addressbook-part7.html + \previouspage 地址簿 6 — 加载和保存 + \contentspage {地址簿教程}{目录} + \example tutorials/addressbook/part7 + \title 地址簿 7 — 附加功能 + + 本章讲述了部分可使地址簿应用程序日常使用更加便捷的附加功能。 + + \image addressbook-tutorial-part7-screenshot.png + + 虽然地址簿应用程序其自身功能已经很实用，但是如果可和其他应用程序互换联系人数据就会更加有益。vCard 格式是一种流行的文件格式，就可用于此目的。在本章中，我们会扩展地址簿客户端，可将联系人导出到 vCard \c{.vcf} 文件中。 + + \section1 定义 AddressBook 类 + + 我们在 \c addressbook.h 文件的 \c AddressBook 类中添加 QPushButton 对象 \c exportButton 以及对应的公有槽 \c exportAsVCard()。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part7/addressbook.h exportAsVCard() declaration + \dots + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part7/addressbook.h exportButton declaration + + \section1 应用 AddressBook 类 + + 在 \c AddressBook 构造器中，我们将 \c exportButton 的 \l{QPushButton::clicked()}{clicked()} 信号连接至 \c exportAsVCard()。我们还会将该按钮添加至 \c buttonLayout1，它是负责右侧按钮面板的布局类。 + + 在 \c exportAsVCard() 函数中，我们从提取 \c name 中联系人姓名开始入手。我们声明 \c firstName、\c lastName 和 \c nameList。接下来，我们查找 \c name 中第一处空白的索引。如果有空白，就将联系人的姓名分隔为 \c firstName 和 lastName。然后，将空白替换为下划线 ("_")。或者，如果没有空白，就认定联系人只有名字。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part7/addressbook.cpp export function part1 + + 至于 \c saveToFile() 函数，会打开文件对话框，让用户选择文件的位置。通过选择的文件名称，我们创建要写入的 QFile 实例。 + + 我们尝试以 \l{QIODevice::}{WriteOnly} 模式打开文件。如果操作失败，会显示 QMessageBox 提示用户出现问题并返回。否则，将文件作为参数传递给 QTextStream 对象 \c out。与 QDataStream 类似，QTextStream 类提供了读取纯文本和将其写入到文件的功能。因此，所生成的 \c{.vcf} 文件可以在文本编辑器中打开进行编辑。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part7/addressbook.cpp export function part2 + + 然后，我们写出依次带有 \c{BEGIN:VCARD} 和 \c{VERSION:2.1} 标记的 vCard 文件。联系人的姓名使用 \c{N:} 标记写入。至于写入 vCard “File as”属性的 FN: 标记，我们必须要查看是否联系人带有姓。如果联系人有姓，就使用 \c nameList 中的详细信息填入该标记。否则，仅写入 \c firstName。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part7/addressbook.cpp export function part3 + + 我们继续写入联系人的地址。地址中的分号使用 "\\" 进行转义，新行使用分号进行替换，而逗号使用空白进行替换。最后，我们依次写入 \c{ADR;HOME:;}、\c address 和 \c{END:VCARD} 标记。 + + \snippet tutorials/addressbook/part7/addressbook.cpp export function part4 + + 最后，会显示 QMessageBox 提示用户已成功导出 vCard。 + + \e{vCard 是 \l{http://www.imc.org}{Internet Mail Consortium} 的商标}。 +*/ diff --git a/doc/src/zh_CN/tutorials/widgets-tutorial.qdoc b/doc/src/zh_CN/tutorials/widgets-tutorial.qdoc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..90ef4f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/src/zh_CN/tutorials/widgets-tutorial.qdoc @@ -0,0 +1,244 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +** +** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). +** All rights reserved. +** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) +** +** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit. +** +** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ +** No Commercial Usage +** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. +** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions +** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying +** this package. +** +** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage +** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser +** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the +** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to +** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements +** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. +** +** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional +** rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception +** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +** +** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact +** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** $QT_END_LICENSE$ +** +****************************************************************************/ + +/*! + \page widgets-tutorial.html + \title Widgets 教程 + \brief This tutorial covers basic usage of widgets and layouts, showing how + they are used to build GUI applications. + + \startpage {index.html}{Qt Reference Documentation} + \contentspage 教程 + \nextpage {Widgets 教程 — 创建窗口} + + + \section1 简介 + + Widget 是使用 Qt 编写的图形用户界面 (GUI) 应用程序的基本生成块。每个 GUI 组件，如按钮、标签或文本编辑器，都是一个 widget ，并可以放置在现有的用户界面中或作为单独的窗口显示。每种类型的组件都是由 QWidget 的特殊子类提供的，而 QWidget 自身又是 QObject 的子类。 + + QWidget 不是一个抽象类；它可用作其他 widget 的容器，并很容易作为子类使用来创建定制 widget。它经常用来创建放置其他 widget 的窗口。 + + 至于 QObject，可使用父对象创建 widget 以表明其所属关系，这可确保删除不再使用的对象。使用 widget，这些父子关系就有了更多的意义：每个子类都显示在其父级所拥有的屏幕区域内。也就是说，当删除窗口时，其包含的所有 widget 也都自动删除。 + + \section1 Writing a main Function + + Many of the GUI examples in Qt follow the pattern of having a \c{main.cpp} + file containing code to initialize the application, and a number of other + source and header files containing the application logic and custom GUI + components. + + A typical \c main() function, written in \c{main.cpp}, looks like this: + + \snippet doc/src/snippets/widgets-tutorial/template.cpp main.cpp body + + We first construct a QApplication object which is configured using any + arguments passed in from the command line. After any widgets have been + created and shown, we call QApplication::exec() to start Qt's event loop. + Control passes to Qt until this function returns, at which point we return + the value we obtain from this function. + + In each part of this tutorial, we provide an example that is written + entirely within a \c main() function. In more sophisticated examples, the + code to set up widgets and layouts is written in other parts of the + example. For example, the GUI for a main window may be set up in the + constructor of a QMainWindow subclass. + + The \l{Widgets examples} are a good place to look for + more complex and complete examples and applications. + + \section1 Building Examples and Tutorials + + If you obtained a binary package of Qt or compiled it yourself, the + examples described in this tutorial should already be ready to run. + However, if you may wish to modify them and recompile them, you need to + perform the following steps: + + \list 1 + \o At the command line, enter the directory containing the example you + wish to recompile. + \o Type \c qmake and press \key{Return}. If this doesn't work, make sure + that the executable is on your path, or enter its full location. + \o On Linux/Unix and Mac OS X, type \c make and press \key{Return}; + on Windows with Visual Studio, type \c nmake and press \key{Return}. + \endlist + + An executable file should have been created within the current directory. + On Windows, this file may be located within a \c debug or \c release + subdirectory. You can run this file to see the example code at work. +*/ + +/*! + \page widgets-tutorial-toplevel.html + \contentspage {Widgets 教程}{目录} + \previouspage {Widgets 教程} + \nextpage {Widgets 教程 — Child Widgets} + \example tutorials/widgets/toplevel + \title Widgets 教程 — 创建窗口 + + 如果 widget 未使用父级进行创建，则在显示时视为窗口或\e{顶层 widget}。由于顶层 widget 没有父级对象类来确保在其不再使用时就删除，因此需要开发人员在应用程序中对其进行跟踪。 + + 在下例中，我们使用 QWidget 创建和显示具有默认大小的窗口： + + \raw HTML + <table align="left" width="100%"> + <tr class="qt-code"><td> + \endraw + \snippet tutorials/widgets/toplevel/main.cpp main program + \raw HTML + </td><td align="right"> + \endraw + \inlineimage widgets-tutorial-toplevel.png + \raw HTML + </td></tr> + </table> + \endraw + + To create a real GUI, we need to place widgets inside the window. To do + this, we pass a QWidget instance to a widget's constructor, as we will + demonstrate in the next part of this tutorial. +*/ + +/*! + \page widgets-tutorial-childwidget.html + \contentspage {Widgets 教程}{目录} + \previouspage {Widgets 教程 — 创建窗口} + \nextpage {Widgets 教程 — 使用布局} + \example tutorials/widgets/childwidget + \title Widgets 教程 — Child Widgets + + 我们可以通过将 \c window 作为父级传递给其构造器来向窗口添加子 widget。在这种情况下，我们向窗口添加按钮并将其放置在特定位置： + + \raw HTML + <table align="left" width="100%"> + <tr class="qt-code"><td> + \endraw + \snippet tutorials/widgets/childwidget/main.cpp main program + \raw HTML + </td><td align="right"> + \endraw + \inlineimage widgets-tutorial-childwidget.png + \raw HTML + </td></tr> + </table> + \endraw + + 该按钮现在为窗口的子项，并在删除窗口时一同删除。请注意，隐藏或关闭窗口不会自动删除该按钮。 +*/ + +/*! + \page widgets-tutorial-windowlayout.html + \contentspage {Widgets 教程}{目录} + \previouspage {Widgets 教程 — Child Widgets} + \nextpage {Widgets 教程 — Nested Layouts} + \example tutorials/widgets/windowlayout + \title Widgets 教程 — 使用布局 + + 通常，子 widget 是通过使用布局对象在窗口中进行排列，而不是通过指定位置和大小进行排列。在此处，我们构造要并排排列的标签和行编辑框 widget。 + + \raw HTML + <table align="left" width="100%"> + <tr class="qt-code"><td> + \endraw + \snippet tutorials/widgets/windowlayout/main.cpp main program + \raw HTML + </td><td align="right"> + \endraw + \inlineimage widgets-tutorial-windowlayout.png + \raw HTML + </td></tr> + </table> + \endraw + + 我们构造的布局对象管理通过 \l{QHBoxLayout::}{addWidget()} 函数提供的 widget 的位置和大小。布局本身是通过调用 \l{QWidget::}{setLayout()} 提供给窗口的。布局仅可通过其对所管理的 widget（和其他布局）的效果才可显示。 + + 在上文示例中，每个 widget 的所属关系并不明显。由于我们未使用父级对象构造 widget 和布局，我们会看到一个空窗口和两个包含了标签与行编辑框的窗口。不过，如果我们告知布局来管理标签和行编辑框，并在窗口中设置布局，两个 widget 与布局本身就都会成为窗口的子项。 +*/ + +/*! + \page widgets-tutorial-nestedlayouts.html + \contentspage {Widgets 教程}{目录} + \previouspage {Widgets 教程 — 使用布局} + \example tutorials/widgets/nestedlayouts + \title Widgets 教程 — Nested Layouts + + 由于 widget 可包含其他 widget，布局可用来提供按不同层次分组的 widget。这里，我们要在显示查询结果的表视图上方、窗口顶部的行编辑框旁，显示一个标签。 + + We achieve this by creating two layouts: \c{queryLayout} is a QHBoxLayout + that contains QLabel and QLineEdit widgets placed side-by-side; + \c{mainLayout} is a QVBoxLayout that contains \c{queryLayout} and a + QTableView arranged vertically. + + \raw HTML + <table align="left" width="100%"> + <tr class="qt-code"><td> + \endraw + \snippet tutorials/widgets/nestedlayouts/main.cpp first part + \snippet tutorials/widgets/nestedlayouts/main.cpp last part + \raw HTML + </td><td align="right"> + \endraw + \inlineimage widgets-tutorial-nestedlayouts.png + \raw HTML + </td></tr> + </table> + \endraw + + Note that we call the \c{mainLayout}'s \l{QBoxLayout::}{addLayout()} + function to insert the \c{queryLayout} above the \c{resultView} table. + + We have omitted the code that sets up the model containing the data shown + by the QTableView widget, \c resultView. For completeness, we show this below. + + 除了 QHBoxLayout 和 QVBoxLayout，Qt 还提供了 QGridLayout 和 QFormLayout 类来协助实现更复杂的用户界面。 + These can be seen if you run \l{Qt Designer}. + + \section1 Setting up the Model + + In the code above, we did not show where the table's data came from + because we wanted to concentrate on the use of layouts. Here, we see + that the model holds a number of items corresponding to rows, each of + which is set up to contain data for two columns. + + \snippet tutorials/widgets/nestedlayouts/main.cpp set up the model + + The use of models and views is covered in the + \l{Item Views Examples} and in the \l{Model/View Programming} overview. +*/ diff --git a/examples/dbus/dbus-chat/chat_adaptor.h b/examples/dbus/dbus-chat/chat_adaptor.h index 831c4f5..47b7f8f 100644 --- a/examples/dbus/dbus-chat/chat_adaptor.h +++ b/examples/dbus/dbus-chat/chat_adaptor.h @@ -54,12 +54,15 @@ #include <QtCore/QObject> #include <QtDBus/QtDBus> + +QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE class QByteArray; template<class T> class QList; template<class Key, class Value> class QMap; class QString; class QStringList; class QVariant; +QT_END_NAMESPACE /* * Adaptor class for interface com.trolltech.chat diff --git a/examples/dbus/remotecontrolledcar/car/car_adaptor.h b/examples/dbus/remotecontrolledcar/car/car_adaptor.h index d109883..d16972e 100644 --- a/examples/dbus/remotecontrolledcar/car/car_adaptor.h +++ b/examples/dbus/remotecontrolledcar/car/car_adaptor.h @@ -54,12 +54,15 @@ #include <QtCore/QObject> #include <QtDBus/QtDBus> + +QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE class QByteArray; template<class T> class QList; template<class Key, class Value> class QMap; class QString; class QStringList; class QVariant; +QT_END_NAMESPACE /* * Adaptor class for interface com.trolltech.Examples.CarInterface diff --git a/examples/multimedia/audioinput/audioinput.cpp b/examples/multimedia/audioinput/audioinput.cpp index 8cc9948..fbf4dc4 100644 --- a/examples/multimedia/audioinput/audioinput.cpp +++ b/examples/multimedia/audioinput/audioinput.cpp @@ -213,6 +213,9 @@ InputTest::InputTest() if(format.sampleSize() != 16) { qWarning()<<"audio device doesn't support 16 bit samples, example cannot run"; + audioInput = 0; + button->setDisabled(true); + button2->setDisabled(true); return; } diff --git a/examples/multimedia/audiooutput/audiooutput.cpp b/examples/multimedia/audiooutput/audiooutput.cpp index 0c57f4d..b44accd 100644 --- a/examples/multimedia/audiooutput/audiooutput.cpp +++ b/examples/multimedia/audiooutput/audiooutput.cpp @@ -179,6 +179,9 @@ AudioTest::AudioTest() if(settings.sampleSize() != 16) { qWarning()<<"audio device doesn't support 16 bit samples, example cannot run"; + button->setDisabled(true); + button2->setDisabled(true); + audioOutput = 0; return; } diff --git a/mkspecs/common/posix/qplatformdefs.h b/mkspecs/common/posix/qplatformdefs.h index e29bc6f..6310257 100644 --- a/mkspecs/common/posix/qplatformdefs.h +++ b/mkspecs/common/posix/qplatformdefs.h @@ -138,7 +138,9 @@ #define QT_OPENDIR ::opendir #define QT_CLOSEDIR ::closedir -#if defined(QT_USE_XOPEN_LFS_EXTENSIONS) && defined(QT_LARGEFILE_SUPPORT) +#if defined(QT_LARGEFILE_SUPPORT) \ + && defined(QT_USE_XOPEN_LFS_EXTENSIONS) \ + && !defined(QT_NO_READDIR64) #define QT_DIRENT struct dirent64 #define QT_READDIR ::readdir64 #define QT_READDIR_R ::readdir64_r diff --git a/mkspecs/common/symbian/symbian.conf b/mkspecs/common/symbian/symbian.conf index 9df48f5..6913dc9 100644 --- a/mkspecs/common/symbian/symbian.conf +++ b/mkspecs/common/symbian/symbian.conf @@ -154,3 +154,19 @@ exists($${EPOCROOT}epoc32/release/winscw/udeb/z/system/install/series60v5.0.sis MMP_RULES -= PAGED } } + +QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_FAST_VFP.ARMCC = --fpmode fast +# [TODO] QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_FAST_VFP.GCCE = + +symbian { + armfpu = $$find(MMP_RULES, "ARMFPU") + !isEmpty(armfpu) { + vfpv2 = $$find(MMP_RULES, "vfpv2") + !isEmpty(vfpv2) { + # we will respect fpu setting obtained from configure, but, + # if vfpv2 or softvfp+vfpv2 used we want to force RunFast VFP mode + QMAKE_CXXFLAGS.ARMCC += $${QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_FAST_VFP.ARMCC} + # [TODO] QMAKE_CXXFLAGS.GCCE += $${QMAKE_CXXFLAGS_FAST_VFP.GCCE} + } + } +}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/mkspecs/features/qttest_p4.prf b/mkspecs/features/qttest_p4.prf index 525e7b2..e0b22f2 100644 --- a/mkspecs/features/qttest_p4.prf +++ b/mkspecs/features/qttest_p4.prf @@ -13,23 +13,19 @@ symbian:{ # prefix test binary with tst_ !contains(TARGET, ^tst_.*):TARGET = $$join(TARGET,,"tst_") -######################################################################## -# Use install rule to run test application. -# This lets you do 'make install' on a test to both build and run it, -# and lets you easily build and run all tests from the parent directory. -# ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -runme.files = -runme.path = . -!isEmpty(DESTDIR): runme.commands = cd ./$(DESTDIR) && -macx: runme.commands += ./$(QMAKE_TARGET).app/Contents/MacOS/$(QMAKE_TARGET) -else:unix: runme.commands += ./$(QMAKE_TARGET) +check.files = +check.path = . +!isEmpty(DESTDIR): check.commands = cd ./$(DESTDIR) && +macx: check.commands += ./$(QMAKE_TARGET).app/Contents/MacOS/$(QMAKE_TARGET) +else:unix: check.commands += ./$(QMAKE_TARGET) else:win32: { - CONFIG(debug, debug|release):runme.commands += debug\\$(QMAKE_TARGET) - else:runme.commands += release\\$(QMAKE_TARGET) + CONFIG(debug, debug|release):check.commands += debug\\$(QMAKE_TARGET) + else:check.commands += release\\$(QMAKE_TARGET) } -embedded: runme.commands += -qws -INSTALLS += runme +embedded: check.commands += -qws +QMAKE_EXTRA_TARGETS += check -######################################################################## +target.path += $$[QT_INSTALL_PREFIX]/tests/qt4 +INSTALLS += target diff --git a/mkspecs/features/symbian/def_files.prf b/mkspecs/features/symbian/def_files.prf index c29d4ec..48d91aa 100644 --- a/mkspecs/features/symbian/def_files.prf +++ b/mkspecs/features/symbian/def_files.prf @@ -3,24 +3,32 @@ CONFIG -= def_files_disabled -!isEmpty(defFilePath) { - defBlock = \ - "$${LITERAL_HASH}ifdef WINSCW" \ - "DEFFILE $$defFilePath/bwins/$${TARGET}.def" \ - "$${LITERAL_HASH}elif defined EABI" \ - "DEFFILE $$defFilePath/eabi/$${TARGET}.def" \ - "$${LITERAL_HASH}endif" - - MMP_RULES += defBlock -} else { - # If defFilePath is not defined, then put the folders containing the DEF files at the - # same level as the .pro (and generated MMP) file(s) - defBlock = \ - "$${LITERAL_HASH}ifdef WINSCW" \ - "DEFFILE ./bwins/$${TARGET}.def" \ - "$${LITERAL_HASH}elif defined EABI" \ - "DEFFILE ./eabi/$${TARGET}.def" \ - "$${LITERAL_HASH}endif" - - MMP_RULES += defBlock +# Firstly, if the MMP_RULES already contain a defBlock variable, don't generate another one +# (this bit is slightly magic, because it depends upon everyone creating their DEFFILE statements +# in a defBlock variable; but otherwise we have to expand MMP_RULES then scan for the DEFFILE keyword) +!contains(MMP_RULES, defBlock) { + # Apps are executables on Symbian, so don't have exports, and therefore don't have DEF files + # Plugins use standard DEF files, which qmake generates, so shouldn't be using these DEFFILE + # statements - they use the qmake generated statements instead + # Static libraries obviously don't have DEF files, as they don't take part in dynamic linkage + !contains(TEMPLATE, app):!contains(CONFIG, plugin):!contains(CONFIG, staticlib): { + !isEmpty(defFilePath) { + defBlock = \ + "$${LITERAL_HASH}ifdef WINSCW" \ + "DEFFILE $$defFilePath/bwins/$${TARGET}.def" \ + "$${LITERAL_HASH}elif defined EABI" \ + "DEFFILE $$defFilePath/eabi/$${TARGET}.def" \ + "$${LITERAL_HASH}endif" + } else { + # If defFilePath is not defined, then put the folders containing the DEF files at the + # same level as the .pro (and generated MMP) file(s) + defBlock = \ + "$${LITERAL_HASH}ifdef WINSCW" \ + "DEFFILE ./bwins/$${TARGET}.def" \ + "$${LITERAL_HASH}elif defined EABI" \ + "DEFFILE ./eabi/$${TARGET}.def" \ + "$${LITERAL_HASH}endif" + } + MMP_RULES += defBlock + } } diff --git a/mkspecs/features/symbian/def_files_disabled.prf b/mkspecs/features/symbian/def_files_disabled.prf index d5c9505..557c5e3 100644 --- a/mkspecs/features/symbian/def_files_disabled.prf +++ b/mkspecs/features/symbian/def_files_disabled.prf @@ -2,6 +2,12 @@ CONFIG -= def_files -# with EXPORTUNFROZEN enabled, new exports are included in the dll without -# needing to run abld/sbs freeze -MMP_RULES += EXPORTUNFROZEN +# See def_files.prf for reasoning on the slight nastiness of this +!contains(MMP_RULES, defBlock) { + # See def_files.prf for reasoning for excluding target types and configs below + !contains(TEMPLATE, app):!contains(CONFIG, plugin):!contains(CONFIG, staticlib): { + # with EXPORTUNFROZEN enabled, new exports are included in the dll and dso/lib without + # needing to run abld/sbs freeze + MMP_RULES += EXPORTUNFROZEN + } +} diff --git a/mkspecs/hpux-acc-64/qplatformdefs.h b/mkspecs/hpux-acc-64/qplatformdefs.h index f9789a8..c1a9ab8 100644 --- a/mkspecs/hpux-acc-64/qplatformdefs.h +++ b/mkspecs/hpux-acc-64/qplatformdefs.h @@ -77,6 +77,7 @@ #endif #define QT_USE_XOPEN_LFS_EXTENSIONS +#define QT_NO_READDIR64 #include "../common/posix/qplatformdefs.h" #undef QT_OPEN_LARGEFILE diff --git a/mkspecs/hpux-acc-o64/qplatformdefs.h b/mkspecs/hpux-acc-o64/qplatformdefs.h index 5237806..c622d80 100644 --- a/mkspecs/hpux-acc-o64/qplatformdefs.h +++ b/mkspecs/hpux-acc-o64/qplatformdefs.h @@ -78,6 +78,7 @@ #endif #define QT_USE_XOPEN_LFS_EXTENSIONS +#define QT_NO_READDIR64 #include "../common/posix/qplatformdefs.h" #undef QT_SOCKLEN_T diff --git a/mkspecs/hpux-acc/qplatformdefs.h b/mkspecs/hpux-acc/qplatformdefs.h index 9ce08c6..c18ad49 100644 --- a/mkspecs/hpux-acc/qplatformdefs.h +++ b/mkspecs/hpux-acc/qplatformdefs.h @@ -80,6 +80,7 @@ #endif #define QT_USE_XOPEN_LFS_EXTENSIONS +#define QT_NO_READDIR64 #include "../common/posix/qplatformdefs.h" #undef QT_OPEN_LARGEFILE diff --git a/mkspecs/hpux-g++-64/qplatformdefs.h b/mkspecs/hpux-g++-64/qplatformdefs.h index f3fbda5..e9a9e75 100644 --- a/mkspecs/hpux-g++-64/qplatformdefs.h +++ b/mkspecs/hpux-g++-64/qplatformdefs.h @@ -77,6 +77,7 @@ #endif #define QT_USE_XOPEN_LFS_EXTENSIONS +#define QT_NO_READDIR64 #include "../common/posix/qplatformdefs.h" #endif // QPLATFORMDEFS_H diff --git a/mkspecs/hpux-g++/qplatformdefs.h b/mkspecs/hpux-g++/qplatformdefs.h index 38e9408..9296ac2 100644 --- a/mkspecs/hpux-g++/qplatformdefs.h +++ b/mkspecs/hpux-g++/qplatformdefs.h @@ -79,6 +79,7 @@ #endif #define QT_USE_XOPEN_LFS_EXTENSIONS +#define QT_NO_READDIR64 #include "../common/posix/qplatformdefs.h" #undef QT_SOCKLEN_T diff --git a/mkspecs/hpuxi-acc-32/qplatformdefs.h b/mkspecs/hpuxi-acc-32/qplatformdefs.h index a0d2464..6aafed2 100644 --- a/mkspecs/hpuxi-acc-32/qplatformdefs.h +++ b/mkspecs/hpuxi-acc-32/qplatformdefs.h @@ -78,6 +78,7 @@ #endif #define QT_USE_XOPEN_LFS_EXTENSIONS +#define QT_NO_READDIR64 #include "../common/posix/qplatformdefs.h" #undef QT_OPEN_LARGEFILE diff --git a/mkspecs/hpuxi-acc-64/qplatformdefs.h b/mkspecs/hpuxi-acc-64/qplatformdefs.h index a0d2464..6aafed2 100644 --- a/mkspecs/hpuxi-acc-64/qplatformdefs.h +++ b/mkspecs/hpuxi-acc-64/qplatformdefs.h @@ -78,6 +78,7 @@ #endif #define QT_USE_XOPEN_LFS_EXTENSIONS +#define QT_NO_READDIR64 #include "../common/posix/qplatformdefs.h" #undef QT_OPEN_LARGEFILE diff --git a/mkspecs/hpuxi-g++-64/qplatformdefs.h b/mkspecs/hpuxi-g++-64/qplatformdefs.h index 288a331..f6789ee 100644 --- a/mkspecs/hpuxi-g++-64/qplatformdefs.h +++ b/mkspecs/hpuxi-g++-64/qplatformdefs.h @@ -77,6 +77,7 @@ #endif #define QT_USE_XOPEN_LFS_EXTENSIONS +#define QT_NO_READDIR64 #include "../common/posix/qplatformdefs.h" #undef QT_OPEN_LARGEFILE diff --git a/qmake/generators/symbian/symmake.cpp b/qmake/generators/symbian/symmake.cpp index 13c4fd4..5e27af5 100644 --- a/qmake/generators/symbian/symmake.cpp +++ b/qmake/generators/symbian/symmake.cpp @@ -299,12 +299,23 @@ void SymbianMakefileGenerator::generatePkgFile(const QString &iconFile, Deployme } generatedFiles << pkgFile.fileName(); + QTextStream t(&pkgFile); + + QString installerSisHeader = project->values("DEPLOYMENT.installer_header").join("\n"); + QString wrapperStreamBuffer; + QTextStream tw(&wrapperStreamBuffer); + + QString dateStr = QDateTime::currentDateTime().toString(Qt::ISODate); // Header info - QTextStream t(&pkgFile); - t << QString("; %1 generated by qmake at %2").arg(pkgFilename).arg(QDateTime::currentDateTime().toString(Qt::ISODate)) << endl; - t << "; This file is generated by qmake and should not be modified by the user" << endl; - t << ";" << endl << endl; + QString wrapperPkgFilename = QString("%1_installer.%2") + .arg(fixedTarget) + .arg("pkg"); + QString headerComment = "; %1 generated by qmake at %2\n" + "; This file is generated by qmake and should not be modified by the user\n" + ";\n\n"; + t << headerComment.arg(pkgFilename).arg(dateStr); + tw << headerComment.arg(wrapperPkgFilename).arg(dateStr); // Construct QStringList from pkg_prerules since we need search it before printed to file QStringList rawPkgPreRules; @@ -327,8 +338,9 @@ void SymbianMakefileGenerator::generatePkgFile(const QString &iconFile, Deployme if (!containsStartWithItem('&', rawPkgPreRules)) { // language, (*** hardcoded to english atm, should be parsed from TRANSLATIONS) - t << "; Language" << endl; - t << "&EN" << endl << endl; + QString languageCode = "; Language\n&EN\n\n"; + t << languageCode; + tw << languageCode; } else { // In case user defines langs, he must take care also about SIS header if (!containsStartWithItem('#', rawPkgPreRules)) @@ -337,34 +349,51 @@ void SymbianMakefileGenerator::generatePkgFile(const QString &iconFile, Deployme // name of application, UID and version QString applicationVersion = project->first("VERSION").isEmpty() ? "1,0,0" : project->first("VERSION").replace('.', ','); + QString sisHeader = "; SIS header: name, uid, version\n#{\"%1\"},(%2),%3\n\n"; + QString visualTarget = escapeFilePath(fileFixify(project->first("TARGET"))); + visualTarget = removePathSeparators(visualTarget); + QString wrapperTarget = visualTarget + " installer"; - if (!containsStartWithItem('#', rawPkgPreRules)) { - QString visualTarget = escapeFilePath(fileFixify(project->first("TARGET"))); - visualTarget = removePathSeparators(visualTarget); + if (installerSisHeader.startsWith("0x", Qt::CaseInsensitive)) { + tw << sisHeader.arg(wrapperTarget).arg(installerSisHeader).arg(applicationVersion); + } else { + tw << installerSisHeader << endl; + } - t << "; SIS header: name, uid, version" << endl; - t << QString("#{\"%1\"},(%2),%3").arg(visualTarget).arg(uid3).arg(applicationVersion) << endl << endl; + if (!containsStartWithItem('#', rawPkgPreRules)) { + t << sisHeader.arg(visualTarget).arg(uid3).arg(applicationVersion); } // Localized vendor name + QString vendorName; if (!containsStartWithItem('%', rawPkgPreRules)) { - t << "; Localised Vendor name" << endl; - t << "%{\"Vendor\"}" << endl << endl; + vendorName += "; Localised Vendor name\n%{\"Vendor\"}\n\n"; } // Unique vendor name if (!containsStartWithItem(':', rawPkgPreRules)) { - t << "; Unique Vendor name" << endl; - t << ":\"Vendor\"" << endl << endl; + vendorName += "; Unique Vendor name\n:\"Vendor\"\n\n"; } + t << vendorName; + tw << vendorName; + // PKG pre-rules - these are added before actual file installations i.e. SIS package body if (rawPkgPreRules.size()) { - t << "; Manual PKG pre-rules from PRO files" << endl; + QString comment = "\n; Manual PKG pre-rules from PRO files\n"; + t << comment; + tw << comment; + foreach(QString item, rawPkgPreRules) { + // Only regular pkg file should have package dependencies or pkg header if that is + // defined using prerules. + if (!item.startsWith("(") && !item.startsWith("#")) { + tw << item << endl; + } t << item << endl; } t << endl; + tw << endl; } // Begin Manufacturer block @@ -387,7 +416,6 @@ void SymbianMakefileGenerator::generatePkgFile(const QString &iconFile, Deployme QString epocReleasePath = QString("%1epoc32/release/$(PLATFORM)/$(TARGET)") .arg(epocRoot()); - if (targetType == TypeExe) { // deploy .exe file t << "; Executable and default resource files" << endl; @@ -476,6 +504,30 @@ void SymbianMakefileGenerator::generatePkgFile(const QString &iconFile, Deployme << " - \"\", FILETEXT, TEXTEXIT" << endl << "ENDIF ; MANUFACTURER" << endl; } + + // Write wrapper pkg + if (!installerSisHeader.isEmpty()) { + QFile wrapperPkgFile(wrapperPkgFilename); + if (!wrapperPkgFile.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly | QIODevice::Text)) { + PRINT_FILE_CREATE_ERROR(wrapperPkgFilename); + return; + } + + generatedFiles << wrapperPkgFile.fileName(); + QTextStream twf(&wrapperPkgFile); + + twf << wrapperStreamBuffer << endl; + + // Wrapped files deployment + QString currentPath = qmake_getpwd(); + QString sisName = QString("%1.sis").arg(fixedTarget); + twf << "\"" << currentPath << "/" << sisName << "\" - \"c:\\adm\\" << sisName << "\"" << endl; + + QString bootStrapPath = QLibraryInfo::location(QLibraryInfo::PrefixPath); + bootStrapPath.append("/bootstrap.sis"); + QFileInfo fi(fileInfo(bootStrapPath)); + twf << "@\"" << fi.absoluteFilePath() << "\",(0x2002CCCD)" << endl; + } } bool SymbianMakefileGenerator::containsStartWithItem(const QChar &c, const QStringList& src) diff --git a/src/3rdparty/phonon/ds9/videowidget.cpp b/src/3rdparty/phonon/ds9/videowidget.cpp index 1eddaee..09d42a4 100644 --- a/src/3rdparty/phonon/ds9/videowidget.cpp +++ b/src/3rdparty/phonon/ds9/videowidget.cpp @@ -223,6 +223,9 @@ namespace Phonon if (toNative && m_noNativeRendererSupported) return current; //no switch here + if (!mediaObject()) + return current; + //firt we delete the renderer //initialization of the widgets for(int i = 0; i < FILTER_COUNT; ++i) { diff --git a/src/3rdparty/phonon/mmf/environmentalreverb.cpp b/src/3rdparty/phonon/mmf/environmentalreverb.cpp index 4a6ce29..d4f5223 100644 --- a/src/3rdparty/phonon/mmf/environmentalreverb.cpp +++ b/src/3rdparty/phonon/mmf/environmentalreverb.cpp @@ -139,77 +139,68 @@ bool EnvironmentalReverb::getParameters(CMdaAudioOutputStream *stream, TInt32 min, max; TUint32 umin, umax; - // DecayHFRatio - // Ratio of high-frequency decay time to the value specified by - // DecayTime. effect->DecayHFRatioRange(umin, umax); + //: DecayHFRatio: Ratio of high-frequency decay time to the value specified by + //: DecayTime. parameters.append(createParameter( DecayHFRatio, tr("Decay HF ratio (%)"), effect->DecayHFRatio(), umin, umax)); - // DecayTime - // Time over which reverberation is diminished. effect->DecayTimeRange(umin, umax); + //: DecayTime: Time over which reverberation is diminished. parameters.append(createParameter( DecayTime, tr("Decay time (ms)"), effect->DecayTime(), umin, umax)); - // Density - // Delay between first and subsequent reflections. - // Note that the S60 platform documentation does not make clear - // the distinction between this value and the Diffusion value. + //: Density Delay between first and subsequent reflections. + //: Note that the S60 platform documentation does not make clear + //: the distinction between this value and the Diffusion value. parameters.append(createParameter( Density, tr("Density (%)"), effect->Density(), 0, 100)); - // Diffusion - // Delay between first and subsequent reflections. - // Note that the S60 platform documentation does not make clear - // the distinction between this value and the Density value. + //: Diffusion: Delay between first and subsequent reflections. + //: Note that the S60 platform documentation does not make clear + //: the distinction between this value and the Density value. parameters.append(createParameter( Diffusion, tr("Diffusion (%)"), effect->Diffusion(), 0, 100)); - // ReflectionsDelay - // Amount of delay between the arrival the direct path from the - // source and the arrival of the first reflection. + //: ReflectionsDelay: Amount of delay between the arrival the direct + //: path from the source and the arrival of the first reflection. parameters.append(createParameter( ReflectionsDelay, tr("Reflections delay (ms)"), effect->ReflectionsDelay(), 0, effect->ReflectionsDelayMax())); - // ReflectionsLevel - // Amplitude of reflections. This value is corrected by the RoomLevel - // to give the final reflection amplitude. - effect->ReflectionLevelRange(min, max); + effect->ReflectionLevelRange(min, max); + //: ReflectionsLevel: Amplitude of reflections. This value is + //: corrected by the RoomLevel to give the final reflection amplitude. parameters.append(createParameter( ReflectionsLevel, tr("Reflections level (mB)"), effect->ReflectionsLevel(), min, max, EffectParameter::LogarithmicHint)); - // ReverbDelay - // Amount of time between arrival of the first reflection and start of - // the late reverberation. + //: ReverbDelay: Amount of time between arrival of the first + //: reflection and start of the late reverberation. parameters.append(createParameter( ReverbDelay, tr("Reverb delay (ms)"), effect->ReverbDelay(), 0, effect->ReverbDelayMax())); - // ReverbLevel - // Amplitude of reverberations. This value is corrected by the - // RoomLevel to give the final reverberation amplitude. effect->ReverbLevelRange(min, max); + //: ReverbLevel Amplitude of reverberations. This value is + //: corrected by the RoomLevel to give the final reverberation + //: amplitude. parameters.append(createParameter( ReverbLevel, tr("Reverb level (mB)"), effect->ReverbLevel(), min, max, EffectParameter::LogarithmicHint)); - // RoomHFLevel - // Amplitude of low-pass filter used to attenuate the high frequency - // component of reflected sound. effect->RoomHFLevelRange(min, max); + //: RoomHFLevel: Amplitude of low-pass filter used to attenuate the + //: high frequency component of reflected sound. parameters.append(createParameter( RoomHFLevel, tr("Room HF level"), effect->RoomHFLevel(), min, max)); - // RoomLevel - // Master volume control for all reflected sound. effect->RoomLevelRange(min, max); + //: RoomLevel: Master volume control for all reflected sound. parameters.append(createParameter( RoomLevel, tr("Room level (mB)"), effect->RoomLevel(), min, max, EffectParameter::LogarithmicHint)); diff --git a/src/3rdparty/s60/eiksoftkeyimage.h b/src/3rdparty/s60/eiksoftkeyimage.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..84f6108a --- /dev/null +++ b/src/3rdparty/s60/eiksoftkeyimage.h @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +** +** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). +** All rights reserved. +** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) +** +** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit. +** +** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ +** No Commercial Usage +** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. +** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions +** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying +** this package. +** +** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage +** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser +** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the +** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to +** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements +** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. +** +** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional +** rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception +** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +** +** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact +** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** $QT_END_LICENSE$ +** +****************************************************************************/ + +/* +* Copyright (c) 2002 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). +* All rights reserved. +* This component and the accompanying materials are made available +* under the terms of "Eclipse Public License v1.0" +* which accompanies this distribution, and is available +* at the URL "http://www.eclipse.org/legal/epl-v10.html". +* +* Initial Contributors: +* Nokia Corporation - initial contribution. +* +* Contributors: +* +* Description: Changes cba button's label to image. +* +*/ + +#ifndef EIKSOFTKEYIMAGE_H +#define EIKSOFTKEYIMAGE_H + +// FORWARD DECLARATIONS +class CEikButtonGroupContainer; + +// CLASS DECLARATION + +/** +* Changes cba button's label to image. +* +* @lib EIKCOCTL +* @since 2.0 +*/ +class EikSoftkeyImage + { + public: + + /** + * Set image to cba button by replacing label + * @since 2.0 + * @param aButtonGroupContainer Button container + * @param aImage Image to button, + * Takes Images ownership + * @param aLeft Boolean: left or right button. + * If true, then change left, + * if false, change right + */ + IMPORT_C static void SetImage(CEikButtonGroupContainer* aButtonGroupContainer, CEikImage& aImage, TBool aLeft); + + /** + * Change to cba button image back to label + * @since 2.0 + * @param aButtonGroupContainer Button container + * @param aLeft Boolean: left or right button. + * If true, then change left, + * if false, change right + */ + IMPORT_C static void SetLabel(CEikButtonGroupContainer* aButtonGroupContainer, TBool aLeft); + + private: + + /** + * C++ default constructor. + */ + EikSoftkeyImage() {}; + + + }; + +#endif // EIKSOFTKEYIMAGE_H + +// End of File + diff --git a/src/3rdparty/webkit/VERSION b/src/3rdparty/webkit/VERSION index c304876..4348cbc 100644 --- a/src/3rdparty/webkit/VERSION +++ b/src/3rdparty/webkit/VERSION @@ -8,4 +8,4 @@ The commit imported was from the and has the sha1 checksum - 69dd29fbeb12d076741dce70ac6bc155101ccd6f + da5d96a26e80162027bc95ce7e5725fe4b277ff7 diff --git a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore/ChangeLog b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore/ChangeLog index 18d119a..1f6f290 100644 --- a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore/ChangeLog +++ b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore/ChangeLog @@ -2,6 +2,44 @@ Reviewed by Kenneth Rohde Christiansen. + [Qt] In the StyledPainter determine the style from the Render and Scrollbar theme instead of from the paint device + https://bugs.webkit.org/show_bug.cgi?id=34054 + + Getting the style from the painter's paint device is a hack that breaks when + the paint device's style is different than the style that is used when + calculating the metries earlier when there is no painter available. + + This change moves us closer to always using the same style. + + * platform/qt/RenderThemeQt.cpp: + (WebCore::StylePainter::StylePainter): + (WebCore::StylePainter::init): + (WebCore::RenderThemeQt::paintButton): + (WebCore::RenderThemeQt::paintTextField): + (WebCore::RenderThemeQt::paintMenuList): + (WebCore::RenderThemeQt::paintMenuListButton): + (WebCore::RenderThemeQt::paintSliderTrack): + (WebCore::RenderThemeQt::paintMediaMuteButton): + (WebCore::RenderThemeQt::paintMediaPlayButton): + (WebCore::RenderThemeQt::paintMediaSliderTrack): + (WebCore::RenderThemeQt::paintMediaSliderThumb): + * platform/qt/RenderThemeQt.h: + * platform/qt/ScrollbarThemeQt.cpp: + (WebCore::ScrollbarThemeQt::paint): + (WebCore::ScrollbarThemeQt::hitTest): + (WebCore::ScrollbarThemeQt::shouldCenterOnThumb): + (WebCore::ScrollbarThemeQt::scrollbarThickness): + (WebCore::ScrollbarThemeQt::thumbLength): + (WebCore::ScrollbarThemeQt::trackPosition): + (WebCore::ScrollbarThemeQt::trackLength): + (WebCore::ScrollbarThemeQt::paintScrollCorner): + (WebCore::ScrollbarThemeQt::style): + * platform/qt/ScrollbarThemeQt.h: + +2010-01-25 Simon Hausmann <hausmann@webkit.org> + + Reviewed by Kenneth Rohde Christiansen. + [Qt] Use the fallback style on Maemo 5 https://bugs.webkit.org/show_bug.cgi?id=34376 diff --git a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore/platform/qt/RenderThemeQt.cpp b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore/platform/qt/RenderThemeQt.cpp index 6a1eee8..37a6408 100644 --- a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore/platform/qt/RenderThemeQt.cpp +++ b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore/platform/qt/RenderThemeQt.cpp @@ -44,6 +44,7 @@ #include "Page.h" #include "RenderBox.h" #include "RenderTheme.h" +#include "ScrollbarThemeQt.h" #include "UserAgentStyleSheets.h" #include "QWebPageClient.h" #include "qwebpage.h" @@ -66,17 +67,17 @@ namespace WebCore { using namespace HTMLNames; -StylePainter::StylePainter(const RenderObject::PaintInfo& paintInfo) +StylePainter::StylePainter(RenderThemeQt* theme, const RenderObject::PaintInfo& paintInfo) { - init(paintInfo.context ? paintInfo.context : 0); + init(paintInfo.context ? paintInfo.context : 0, theme->qStyle()); } -StylePainter::StylePainter(GraphicsContext* context) +StylePainter::StylePainter(ScrollbarThemeQt* theme, GraphicsContext* context) { - init(context); + init(context, theme->style()); } -void StylePainter::init(GraphicsContext* context) +void StylePainter::init(GraphicsContext* context, QStyle* themeStyle) { painter = static_cast<QPainter*>(context->platformContext()); widget = 0; @@ -85,7 +86,7 @@ void StylePainter::init(GraphicsContext* context) dev = painter->device(); if (dev && dev->devType() == QInternal::Widget) widget = static_cast<QWidget*>(dev); - style = (widget ? widget->style() : QApplication::style()); + style = themeStyle; if (painter) { // the styles often assume being called with a pristine painter where no brush is set, @@ -464,7 +465,7 @@ void RenderThemeQt::setButtonPadding(RenderStyle* style) const bool RenderThemeQt::paintButton(RenderObject* o, const RenderObject::PaintInfo& i, const IntRect& r) { - StylePainter p(i); + StylePainter p(this, i); if (!p.isValid()) return true; @@ -497,7 +498,7 @@ void RenderThemeQt::adjustTextFieldStyle(CSSStyleSelector*, RenderStyle* style, bool RenderThemeQt::paintTextField(RenderObject* o, const RenderObject::PaintInfo& i, const IntRect& r) { - StylePainter p(i); + StylePainter p(this, i); if (!p.isValid()) return true; @@ -566,7 +567,7 @@ void RenderThemeQt::setPopupPadding(RenderStyle* style) const bool RenderThemeQt::paintMenuList(RenderObject* o, const RenderObject::PaintInfo& i, const IntRect& r) { - StylePainter p(i); + StylePainter p(this, i); if (!p.isValid()) return true; @@ -606,7 +607,7 @@ void RenderThemeQt::adjustMenuListButtonStyle(CSSStyleSelector*, RenderStyle* st bool RenderThemeQt::paintMenuListButton(RenderObject* o, const RenderObject::PaintInfo& i, const IntRect& r) { - StylePainter p(i); + StylePainter p(this, i); if (!p.isValid()) return true; @@ -837,7 +838,7 @@ bool RenderThemeQt::paintMediaMuteButton(RenderObject* o, const RenderObject::Pa if (!mediaElement) return false; - StylePainter p(paintInfo); + StylePainter p(this, paintInfo); if (!p.isValid()) return true; @@ -866,7 +867,7 @@ bool RenderThemeQt::paintMediaPlayButton(RenderObject* o, const RenderObject::Pa if (!mediaElement) return false; - StylePainter p(paintInfo); + StylePainter p(this, paintInfo); if (!p.isValid()) return true; @@ -905,7 +906,7 @@ bool RenderThemeQt::paintMediaSliderTrack(RenderObject* o, const RenderObject::P if (!mediaElement) return false; - StylePainter p(paintInfo); + StylePainter p(this, paintInfo); if (!p.isValid()) return true; @@ -932,7 +933,7 @@ bool RenderThemeQt::paintMediaSliderThumb(RenderObject* o, const RenderObject::P if (!mediaElement) return false; - StylePainter p(paintInfo); + StylePainter p(this, paintInfo); if (!p.isValid()) return true; diff --git a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore/platform/qt/RenderThemeQt.h b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore/platform/qt/RenderThemeQt.h index 19337ac..13fb42f 100644 --- a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore/platform/qt/RenderThemeQt.h +++ b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore/platform/qt/RenderThemeQt.h @@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ namespace WebCore { class RenderStyle; class HTMLMediaElement; +class ScrollbarThemeQt; class RenderThemeQt : public RenderTheme { private: @@ -75,6 +76,8 @@ public: virtual String extraMediaControlsStyleSheet(); #endif + QStyle* qStyle() const; + protected: virtual bool paintCheckbox(RenderObject* o, const RenderObject::PaintInfo& i, const IntRect& r); virtual void setCheckboxSize(RenderStyle*) const; @@ -137,7 +140,6 @@ private: void setButtonPadding(RenderStyle*) const; void setPopupPadding(RenderStyle*) const; - QStyle* qStyle() const; QStyle* fallbackStyle() const; Page* m_page; @@ -152,8 +154,8 @@ private: class StylePainter { public: - explicit StylePainter(const RenderObject::PaintInfo& paintInfo); - explicit StylePainter(GraphicsContext* context); + explicit StylePainter(RenderThemeQt*, const RenderObject::PaintInfo&); + explicit StylePainter(ScrollbarThemeQt*, GraphicsContext*); ~StylePainter(); bool isValid() const { return painter && style; } @@ -170,7 +172,7 @@ public: { style->drawComplexControl(cc, &opt, painter, widget); } private: - void init(GraphicsContext* context); + void init(GraphicsContext* context, QStyle*); QBrush oldBrush; bool oldAntialiasing; diff --git a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore/platform/qt/ScrollbarThemeQt.cpp b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore/platform/qt/ScrollbarThemeQt.cpp index 561e55f..c0692ca 100644 --- a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore/platform/qt/ScrollbarThemeQt.cpp +++ b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore/platform/qt/ScrollbarThemeQt.cpp @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ bool ScrollbarThemeQt::paint(Scrollbar* scrollbar, GraphicsContext* graphicsCont return false; } - StylePainter p(graphicsContext); + StylePainter p(this, graphicsContext); if (!p.isValid()) return true; @@ -172,14 +172,14 @@ ScrollbarPart ScrollbarThemeQt::hitTest(Scrollbar* scrollbar, const PlatformMous QStyleOptionSlider* opt = styleOptionSlider(scrollbar); const QPoint pos = scrollbar->convertFromContainingWindow(evt.pos()); opt->rect.moveTo(QPoint(0, 0)); - QStyle::SubControl sc = QApplication::style()->hitTestComplexControl(QStyle::CC_ScrollBar, opt, pos, 0); + QStyle::SubControl sc = style()->hitTestComplexControl(QStyle::CC_ScrollBar, opt, pos, 0); return scrollbarPart(sc); } bool ScrollbarThemeQt::shouldCenterOnThumb(Scrollbar*, const PlatformMouseEvent& evt) { // Middle click centers slider thumb (if supported) - return QApplication::style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_ScrollBar_MiddleClickAbsolutePosition) && evt.button() == MiddleButton; + return style()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_ScrollBar_MiddleClickAbsolutePosition) && evt.button() == MiddleButton; } void ScrollbarThemeQt::invalidatePart(Scrollbar* scrollbar, ScrollbarPart) @@ -190,13 +190,12 @@ void ScrollbarThemeQt::invalidatePart(Scrollbar* scrollbar, ScrollbarPart) int ScrollbarThemeQt::scrollbarThickness(ScrollbarControlSize controlSize) { - QStyle* s = QApplication::style(); QStyleOptionSlider o; o.orientation = Qt::Vertical; o.state &= ~QStyle::State_Horizontal; if (controlSize != RegularScrollbar) o.state |= QStyle::State_Mini; - return s->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_ScrollBarExtent, &o, 0); + return style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_ScrollBarExtent, &o, 0); } int ScrollbarThemeQt::thumbPosition(Scrollbar* scrollbar) @@ -209,21 +208,21 @@ int ScrollbarThemeQt::thumbPosition(Scrollbar* scrollbar) int ScrollbarThemeQt::thumbLength(Scrollbar* scrollbar) { QStyleOptionSlider* opt = styleOptionSlider(scrollbar); - IntRect thumb = QApplication::style()->subControlRect(QStyle::CC_ScrollBar, opt, QStyle::SC_ScrollBarSlider, 0); + IntRect thumb = style()->subControlRect(QStyle::CC_ScrollBar, opt, QStyle::SC_ScrollBarSlider, 0); return scrollbar->orientation() == HorizontalScrollbar ? thumb.width() : thumb.height(); } int ScrollbarThemeQt::trackPosition(Scrollbar* scrollbar) { QStyleOptionSlider* opt = styleOptionSlider(scrollbar); - IntRect track = QApplication::style()->subControlRect(QStyle::CC_ScrollBar, opt, QStyle::SC_ScrollBarGroove, 0); + IntRect track = style()->subControlRect(QStyle::CC_ScrollBar, opt, QStyle::SC_ScrollBarGroove, 0); return scrollbar->orientation() == HorizontalScrollbar ? track.x() - scrollbar->x() : track.y() - scrollbar->y(); } int ScrollbarThemeQt::trackLength(Scrollbar* scrollbar) { QStyleOptionSlider* opt = styleOptionSlider(scrollbar); - IntRect track = QApplication::style()->subControlRect(QStyle::CC_ScrollBar, opt, QStyle::SC_ScrollBarGroove, 0); + IntRect track = style()->subControlRect(QStyle::CC_ScrollBar, opt, QStyle::SC_ScrollBarGroove, 0); return scrollbar->orientation() == HorizontalScrollbar ? track.width() : track.height(); } @@ -237,7 +236,7 @@ void ScrollbarThemeQt::paintScrollCorner(ScrollView* scrollView, GraphicsContext #if QT_VERSION < 0x040500 context->fillRect(rect, QApplication::palette().color(QPalette::Normal, QPalette::Window)); #else - StylePainter p(context); + StylePainter p(this, context); if (!p.isValid()) return; @@ -247,5 +246,10 @@ void ScrollbarThemeQt::paintScrollCorner(ScrollView* scrollView, GraphicsContext #endif } +QStyle* ScrollbarThemeQt::style() const +{ + return QApplication::style(); +} + } diff --git a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore/platform/qt/ScrollbarThemeQt.h b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore/platform/qt/ScrollbarThemeQt.h index 6ca44ea..cf4882d 100644 --- a/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore/platform/qt/ScrollbarThemeQt.h +++ b/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore/platform/qt/ScrollbarThemeQt.h @@ -28,6 +28,12 @@ #include "ScrollbarTheme.h" +#include <QtCore/qglobal.h> + +QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE +class QStyle; +QT_END_NAMESPACE + namespace WebCore { class ScrollbarThemeQt : public ScrollbarTheme { @@ -49,6 +55,8 @@ public: virtual int trackLength(Scrollbar*); virtual int scrollbarThickness(ScrollbarControlSize = RegularScrollbar); + + QStyle* style() const; }; } diff --git a/src/activeqt/container/qaxbase.cpp b/src/activeqt/container/qaxbase.cpp index 99447a9..02a29d9 100644 --- a/src/activeqt/container/qaxbase.cpp +++ b/src/activeqt/container/qaxbase.cpp @@ -2543,6 +2543,11 @@ void MetaObjectGenerator::readFuncsInfo(ITypeInfo *typeinfo, ushort nFuncs) break; } if (funcdesc->invkind == INVOKE_PROPERTYPUT) { + // remove the typename guessed for property setters + // its done only for setter's with more than one parameter. + if (funcdesc->cParams - funcdesc->cParamsOpt > 1) { + type.clear(); + } QByteArray set; if (isupper(prototype.at(0))) { set = "Set"; diff --git a/src/corelib/codecs/qtextcodec.cpp b/src/corelib/codecs/qtextcodec.cpp index 86845c7..43ea1c8 100644 --- a/src/corelib/codecs/qtextcodec.cpp +++ b/src/corelib/codecs/qtextcodec.cpp @@ -958,8 +958,8 @@ QTextCodec *QTextCodec::codecForName(const QByteArray &name) if (nameMatch(cursor->name(), name)) return cursor; QList<QByteArray> aliases = cursor->aliases(); - for (int i = 0; i < aliases.size(); ++i) - if (nameMatch(aliases.at(i), name)) + for (int y = 0; y < aliases.size(); ++y) + if (nameMatch(aliases.at(y), name)) return cursor; } diff --git a/src/corelib/corelib.pro b/src/corelib/corelib.pro index 7f33791..9a15bf1 100644 --- a/src/corelib/corelib.pro +++ b/src/corelib/corelib.pro @@ -35,6 +35,4 @@ symbian: { # Workaroud for problems with paging this dll MMP_RULES -= PAGED MMP_RULES *= UNPAGED - # Timezone server - LIBS += -ltzclient } diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qdir.cpp b/src/corelib/io/qdir.cpp index f5d803e..7cfdddf 100644 --- a/src/corelib/io/qdir.cpp +++ b/src/corelib/io/qdir.cpp @@ -89,8 +89,6 @@ public: QDirPrivate(const QDir *copy = 0); ~QDirPrivate(); - QString initFileEngine(const QString &file); - void updateFileLists() const; void sortFileList(QDir::SortFlags, QFileInfoList &, QStringList *, QFileInfoList *) const; @@ -146,6 +144,7 @@ public: } *data; inline void setPath(const QString &p) { + detach(false); QString path = p; if ((path.endsWith(QLatin1Char('/')) || path.endsWith(QLatin1Char('\\'))) && path.length() > 1) { @@ -155,8 +154,12 @@ public: path.truncate(path.length() - 1); } + delete data->fileEngine; + data->fileEngine = QAbstractFileEngine::create(path); + // set the path to be the qt friendly version so then we can operate on it using just / - data->path = initFileEngine(path); + data->path = data->fileEngine->fileName(QAbstractFileEngine::DefaultName); + data->clear(); } inline void reset() { detach(); @@ -310,15 +313,6 @@ inline void QDirPrivate::updateFileLists() const } } -inline QString QDirPrivate::initFileEngine(const QString &path) -{ - detach(false); - data->clear(); - delete data->fileEngine; - data->fileEngine = QAbstractFileEngine::create(path); - return data->fileEngine->fileName(QAbstractFileEngine::DefaultName); -} - void QDirPrivate::detach(bool createFileEngine) { qAtomicDetach(data); diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qfilesystemwatcher_inotify.cpp b/src/corelib/io/qfilesystemwatcher_inotify.cpp index a7dc8fa..4740a89 100644 --- a/src/corelib/io/qfilesystemwatcher_inotify.cpp +++ b/src/corelib/io/qfilesystemwatcher_inotify.cpp @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ QInotifyFileSystemWatcherEngine::QInotifyFileSystemWatcherEngine(int fd) QInotifyFileSystemWatcherEngine::~QInotifyFileSystemWatcherEngine() { - foreach (int id, pathToID.values()) + foreach (int id, pathToID) inotify_rm_watch(inotifyFd, id < 0 ? -id : id); ::close(inotifyFd); diff --git a/src/corelib/io/qfilesystemwatcher_kqueue.cpp b/src/corelib/io/qfilesystemwatcher_kqueue.cpp index f088ded..8396481 100644 --- a/src/corelib/io/qfilesystemwatcher_kqueue.cpp +++ b/src/corelib/io/qfilesystemwatcher_kqueue.cpp @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ QKqueueFileSystemWatcherEngine::~QKqueueFileSystemWatcherEngine() close(kqpipe[0]); close(kqpipe[1]); - foreach (int id, pathToID.values()) + foreach (int id, pathToID) ::close(id < 0 ? -id : id); } diff --git a/src/corelib/kernel/qabstractitemmodel.cpp b/src/corelib/kernel/qabstractitemmodel.cpp index dbf422e..b0503be 100644 --- a/src/corelib/kernel/qabstractitemmodel.cpp +++ b/src/corelib/kernel/qabstractitemmodel.cpp @@ -1006,6 +1006,9 @@ void QAbstractItemModelPrivate::columnsRemoved(const QModelIndex &parent, Returns the child of the model index that is stored in the given \a row and \a column. + \note This function does not work for an invalid model index which is often + used as the root index. + \sa parent(), sibling() */ @@ -1245,7 +1248,7 @@ void QAbstractItemModelPrivate::columnsRemoved(const QModelIndex &parent, /*! \fn QModelIndex QAbstractItemModel::parent(const QModelIndex &index) const = 0 - Returns the parent of the model item with the given \a index. If the model + Returns the parent of the model item with the given \a index. If the item has no parent, an invalid QModelIndex is returned. A common convention used in models that expose tree data structures is that diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qdatetime.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qdatetime.cpp index 9a361c0..c1027ed 100644 --- a/src/corelib/tools/qdatetime.cpp +++ b/src/corelib/tools/qdatetime.cpp @@ -75,7 +75,6 @@ #if defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN) #include <e32std.h> -#include <tz.h> #endif QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE @@ -3722,32 +3721,23 @@ static QDateTimePrivate::Spec utcToLocal(QDate &date, QTime &time) #elif defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN) // months and days are zero index based _LIT(KUnixEpoch, "19700000:000000.000000"); + TTimeIntervalSeconds utcOffset = User::UTCOffset(); TTimeIntervalSeconds tTimeIntervalSecsSince1Jan1970UTC(secsSince1Jan1970UTC); TTime epochTTime; TInt err = epochTTime.Set(KUnixEpoch); tm res; if(err == KErrNone) { TTime utcTTime = epochTTime + tTimeIntervalSecsSince1Jan1970UTC; - TRAP(err, - RTz tz; - User::LeaveIfError(tz.Connect()); - CleanupClosePushL(tz); - res.tm_isdst = tz.IsDaylightSavingOnL(*tz.GetTimeZoneIdL(),utcTTime); - User::LeaveIfError(tz.ConvertToLocalTime(utcTTime)); - CleanupStack::PopAndDestroy(&tz)); - if (KErrNone == err) { - TDateTime localDateTime = utcTTime.DateTime(); - res.tm_sec = localDateTime.Second(); - res.tm_min = localDateTime.Minute(); - res.tm_hour = localDateTime.Hour(); - res.tm_mday = localDateTime.Day() + 1; // non-zero based index for tm struct - res.tm_mon = localDateTime.Month(); - res.tm_year = localDateTime.Year() - 1900; - // Symbian's timezone server doesn't know how to handle DST before year 1997 - if (res.tm_year < 97) - res.tm_isdst = -1; - brokenDown = &res; - } + utcTTime = utcTTime + utcOffset; + TDateTime utcDateTime = utcTTime.DateTime(); + res.tm_sec = utcDateTime.Second(); + res.tm_min = utcDateTime.Minute(); + res.tm_hour = utcDateTime.Hour(); + res.tm_mday = utcDateTime.Day() + 1; // non-zero based index for tm struct + res.tm_mon = utcDateTime.Month(); + res.tm_year = utcDateTime.Year() - 1900; + res.tm_isdst = 0; + brokenDown = &res; } #elif !defined(QT_NO_THREAD) && defined(_POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS) // use the reentrant version of localtime() where available @@ -3822,27 +3812,23 @@ static void localToUtc(QDate &date, QTime &time, int isdst) #elif defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN) // months and days are zero index based _LIT(KUnixEpoch, "19700000:000000.000000"); + TTimeIntervalSeconds utcOffset = TTimeIntervalSeconds(0 - User::UTCOffset().Int()); TTimeIntervalSeconds tTimeIntervalSecsSince1Jan1970UTC(secsSince1Jan1970UTC); TTime epochTTime; TInt err = epochTTime.Set(KUnixEpoch); tm res; if(err == KErrNone) { - TTime localTTime = epochTTime + tTimeIntervalSecsSince1Jan1970UTC; - RTz tz; - if (KErrNone == tz.Connect()) { - if (KErrNone == tz.ConvertToUniversalTime(localTTime)) { - TDateTime utcDateTime = localTTime.DateTime(); - res.tm_sec = utcDateTime.Second(); - res.tm_min = utcDateTime.Minute(); - res.tm_hour = utcDateTime.Hour(); - res.tm_mday = utcDateTime.Day() + 1; // non-zero based index for tm struct - res.tm_mon = utcDateTime.Month(); - res.tm_year = utcDateTime.Year() - 1900; - res.tm_isdst = (int)isdst; - brokenDown = &res; - } - tz.Close(); - } + TTime utcTTime = epochTTime + tTimeIntervalSecsSince1Jan1970UTC; + utcTTime = utcTTime + utcOffset; + TDateTime utcDateTime = utcTTime.DateTime(); + res.tm_sec = utcDateTime.Second(); + res.tm_min = utcDateTime.Minute(); + res.tm_hour = utcDateTime.Hour(); + res.tm_mday = utcDateTime.Day() + 1; // non-zero based index for tm struct + res.tm_mon = utcDateTime.Month(); + res.tm_year = utcDateTime.Year() - 1900; + res.tm_isdst = (int)isdst; + brokenDown = &res; } #elif !defined(QT_NO_THREAD) && defined(_POSIX_THREAD_SAFE_FUNCTIONS) // use the reentrant version of gmtime() where available diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qpoint.cpp b/src/corelib/tools/qpoint.cpp index d60087f..9850ee7 100644 --- a/src/corelib/tools/qpoint.cpp +++ b/src/corelib/tools/qpoint.cpp @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ QDebug operator<<(QDebug dbg, const QPoint &p) { QDebug operator<<(QDebug d, const QPointF &p) { d.nospace() << "QPointF(" << p.x() << ", " << p.y() << ')'; - return d; + return d.space(); } #endif diff --git a/src/corelib/tools/qstringbuilder.h b/src/corelib/tools/qstringbuilder.h index ddb5c7d..74661c2 100644 --- a/src/corelib/tools/qstringbuilder.h +++ b/src/corelib/tools/qstringbuilder.h @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ public: private: const int m_size; - const char *m_data; + const char * const m_data; }; struct Q_CORE_EXPORT QAbstractConcatenable diff --git a/src/dbus/qdbus_symbols_p.h b/src/dbus/qdbus_symbols_p.h index 9ea05b2..7168e05 100644 --- a/src/dbus/qdbus_symbols_p.h +++ b/src/dbus/qdbus_symbols_p.h @@ -196,6 +196,8 @@ DEFINEFUNC(void , dbus_free, (void *memory), (memory), ) /* dbus-message.h */ DEFINEFUNC(DBusMessage* , dbus_message_copy, (const DBusMessage *message), (message), return) +DEFINEFUNC(dbus_bool_t , dbus_message_get_auto_start, (DBusMessage *message), + (message), return) DEFINEFUNC(const char* , dbus_message_get_error_name, (DBusMessage *message), (message), return) DEFINEFUNC(const char* , dbus_message_get_interface, (DBusMessage *message), @@ -268,6 +270,9 @@ DEFINEFUNC(DBusMessage* , dbus_message_new_signal, (const char *path, (path, interface, name), return) DEFINEFUNC(DBusMessage* , dbus_message_ref, (DBusMessage *message), (message), return) +DEFINEFUNC(void , dbus_message_set_auto_start, (DBusMessage *message, + dbus_bool_t auto_start), + (message, auto_start), return) DEFINEFUNC(dbus_bool_t , dbus_message_set_destination, (DBusMessage *message, const char *destination), (message, destination), return) diff --git a/src/dbus/qdbusmessage.cpp b/src/dbus/qdbusmessage.cpp index 83b5503..79c7644 100644 --- a/src/dbus/qdbusmessage.cpp +++ b/src/dbus/qdbusmessage.cpp @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ static inline const char *data(const QByteArray &arr) QDBusMessagePrivate::QDBusMessagePrivate() : msg(0), reply(0), type(DBUS_MESSAGE_TYPE_INVALID), timeout(-1), localReply(0), ref(1), delayedReply(false), localMessage(false), - parametersValidated(false) + parametersValidated(false), autoStartService(true) { } @@ -129,6 +129,7 @@ DBusMessage *QDBusMessagePrivate::toDBusMessage(const QDBusMessage &message, QDB msg = q_dbus_message_new_method_call(data(d_ptr->service.toUtf8()), d_ptr->path.toUtf8(), data(d_ptr->interface.toUtf8()), d_ptr->name.toUtf8()); + q_dbus_message_set_auto_start( msg, d_ptr->autoStartService ); break; case DBUS_MESSAGE_TYPE_METHOD_RETURN: msg = q_dbus_message_new(DBUS_MESSAGE_TYPE_METHOD_RETURN); @@ -644,6 +645,46 @@ bool QDBusMessage::isDelayedReply() const } /*! + Sets whether this message will have the auto start flag. + This flag only makes sense for method call messages. For + these messages it tells the D-Bus server to either auto + start the service responsible for the service name, or + not to auto start it. + + By default this flag is true, i.e. a service is autostarted. + This means: + + When the service that this method call is sent to is already + running, the method call is sent to it. If the service is not + running yet, the D-Bus daemon is requested to autostart the + service that is assigned to this service name. This is + handled by .service files that are placed in a directory known + to the D-Bus server. These files then each contain a service + name and the path to a program that should be executed when + this service name is requested. + + \since 4.7 +*/ +void QDBusMessage::setAutoStartService(bool enable) +{ + d_ptr->autoStartService = enable; +} + +/*! + Returns the auto start flag, as set by setAutoStartService(). By default, this + flag is true, which means QtDBus will auto start a service, if it is + not running already. + + \sa setAutoStartService() + + \since 4.7 +*/ +bool QDBusMessage::autoStartService() const +{ + return d_ptr->autoStartService; +} + +/*! Sets the arguments that are going to be sent over D-Bus to \a arguments. Those will be the arguments to a method call or the parameters in the signal. diff --git a/src/dbus/qdbusmessage.h b/src/dbus/qdbusmessage.h index 1a85983..6df5215 100644 --- a/src/dbus/qdbusmessage.h +++ b/src/dbus/qdbusmessage.h @@ -104,6 +104,9 @@ public: void setDelayedReply(bool enable) const; bool isDelayedReply() const; + void setAutoStartService(bool enable); + bool autoStartService() const; + void setArguments(const QList<QVariant> &arguments); QList<QVariant> arguments() const; diff --git a/src/dbus/qdbusmessage_p.h b/src/dbus/qdbusmessage_p.h index 6bf5448..b6da4a5 100644 --- a/src/dbus/qdbusmessage_p.h +++ b/src/dbus/qdbusmessage_p.h @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ public: mutable uint delayedReply : 1; uint localMessage : 1; mutable uint parametersValidated : 1; + uint autoStartService : 1; static void setParametersValidated(QDBusMessage &msg, bool enable) { msg.d_ptr->parametersValidated = enable; } diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qdialog.cpp b/src/gui/dialogs/qdialog.cpp index 9ff2ad8..fb0dba4 100644 --- a/src/gui/dialogs/qdialog.cpp +++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qdialog.cpp @@ -648,13 +648,14 @@ void QDialog::contextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent *e) while (w && w->whatsThis().size() == 0 && !w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_CustomWhatsThis)) w = w->isWindow() ? 0 : w->parentWidget(); if (w) { - QMenu p(this); - QAction *wt = p.addAction(tr("What's This?")); - if (p.exec(e->globalPos()) == wt) { + QWeakPointer<QMenu> p = new QMenu(this); + QAction *wt = p.data()->addAction(tr("What's This?")); + if (p.data()->exec(e->globalPos()) == wt) { QHelpEvent e(QEvent::WhatsThis, w->rect().center(), w->mapToGlobal(w->rect().center())); QApplication::sendEvent(w, &e); } + delete p.data(); } #endif } diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qfiledialog.cpp b/src/gui/dialogs/qfiledialog.cpp index 21650bb..089e04a 100644 --- a/src/gui/dialogs/qfiledialog.cpp +++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qfiledialog.cpp @@ -229,11 +229,10 @@ Q_GUI_EXPORT _qt_filedialog_save_filename_hook qt_filedialog_save_filename_hook \value ReadOnly Indicates that the model is readonly. \value HideNameFilterDetails Indicates if the is hidden or not. - This value is obsolete and does nothing since Qt 4.5: \value DontUseSheet In previous versions of Qt, the static functions would create a sheet by default if the static function - was given a parent. This is no longer supported in Qt 4.5, The + was given a parent. This is no longer supported and does nothing in Qt 4.5, The static functions will always be an application modal dialog. If you want to use sheets, use QFileDialog::open() instead. diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qfilesystemmodel.cpp b/src/gui/dialogs/qfilesystemmodel.cpp index 0e1837b..ba0a560 100644 --- a/src/gui/dialogs/qfilesystemmodel.cpp +++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qfilesystemmodel.cpp @@ -51,6 +51,9 @@ #ifdef Q_OS_WIN #include <qt_windows.h> #endif +#ifdef Q_OS_WIN32 +#include <QtCore/QVarLengthArray> +#endif QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE @@ -278,53 +281,38 @@ QFileSystemModelPrivate::QFileSystemNode *QFileSystemModelPrivate::node(const QM return indexNode; } -#ifdef Q_OS_WIN +#ifdef Q_OS_WIN32 static QString qt_GetLongPathName(const QString &strShortPath) { - QString longPath; - int i = 0; - if (strShortPath == QLatin1String(".") - || (strShortPath.startsWith(QLatin1String("//"))) - || (strShortPath.startsWith(QLatin1String("\\\\")))) // unc + if (strShortPath.isEmpty() + || strShortPath == QLatin1String(".") || strShortPath == QLatin1String("..")) return strShortPath; - QString::const_iterator it = strShortPath.constBegin(); - QString::const_iterator constEnd = strShortPath.constEnd(); - do { - bool isSep = (*it == QLatin1Char('\\') || *it == QLatin1Char('/')); - if (isSep || it == constEnd) { - QString section = (it == constEnd ? strShortPath : strShortPath.left(i)); - // FindFirstFile does not handle volumes ("C:"), so we have to catch that ourselves. - if (section.endsWith(QLatin1Char(':'))) { - longPath.append(section.toUpper()); - } else { - HANDLE h; -#ifndef Q_OS_WINCE - //We add the extend length prefix to handle long path - QString longSection = QLatin1String("\\\\?\\")+QDir::toNativeSeparators(section); -#else - QString longSection = QDir::toNativeSeparators(section); -#endif - WIN32_FIND_DATA findData; - h = ::FindFirstFile((wchar_t*)longSection.utf16(), &findData); - if (h != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) { - longPath.append(QString::fromWCharArray(findData.cFileName)); - ::FindClose(h); - } else { - longPath.append(section); - break; - } - } - if (it != constEnd) - longPath.append(*it); - else - break; - } - ++it; - if (isSep && it == constEnd) // break out if the last character is a separator - break; - ++i; - } while (true); - return longPath; + if (strShortPath.length() == 2 && strShortPath.endsWith(QLatin1Char(':'))) + return strShortPath.toUpper(); + const QString absPath = QDir(strShortPath).absolutePath(); + if (absPath.startsWith(QLatin1String("//")) + || absPath.startsWith(QLatin1String("\\\\"))) // unc + return QDir::fromNativeSeparators(absPath); + if (absPath.startsWith(QLatin1Char('/'))) + return QString(); + const QString inputString = QLatin1String("\\\\?\\") + QDir::toNativeSeparators(absPath); + QVarLengthArray<TCHAR, MAX_PATH> buffer(MAX_PATH); + DWORD result = ::GetLongPathName((wchar_t*)inputString.utf16(), + buffer.data(), + buffer.size()); + if (result > DWORD(buffer.size())) { + buffer.resize(result); + result = ::GetLongPathName((wchar_t*)inputString.utf16(), + buffer.data(), + buffer.size()); + } + if (result > 4) { + QString longPath = QString::fromWCharArray(buffer.data() + 4); // ignoring prefix + longPath[0] = longPath.at(0).toUpper(); // capital drive letters + return QDir::fromNativeSeparators(longPath); + } else { + return QDir::fromNativeSeparators(strShortPath); + } } #endif @@ -342,7 +330,7 @@ QFileSystemModelPrivate::QFileSystemNode *QFileSystemModelPrivate::node(const QS // Construct the nodes up to the new root path if they need to be built QString absolutePath; -#ifdef Q_OS_WIN +#ifdef Q_OS_WIN32 QString longPath = qt_GetLongPathName(path); #else QString longPath = path; @@ -1357,7 +1345,11 @@ QModelIndex QFileSystemModel::setRootPath(const QString &newPath) { Q_D(QFileSystemModel); #ifdef Q_OS_WIN - QString longNewPath = QDir::fromNativeSeparators(qt_GetLongPathName(newPath)); +#ifdef Q_OS_WIN32 + QString longNewPath = qt_GetLongPathName(newPath); +#else + QString longNewPath = QDir::fromNativeSeparators(newPath); +#endif #else QString longNewPath = newPath; #endif diff --git a/src/gui/dialogs/qmessagebox.cpp b/src/gui/dialogs/qmessagebox.cpp index d1b2e3f..ed437ff 100644 --- a/src/gui/dialogs/qmessagebox.cpp +++ b/src/gui/dialogs/qmessagebox.cpp @@ -92,8 +92,8 @@ public: { #ifndef QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU QMenu *menu = createStandardContextMenu(); - menu->exec(e->globalPos()); - delete menu; + menu->setAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose); + menu->popup(e->globalPos()); #else Q_UNUSED(e); #endif diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp index ed36f87..b4e19d1 100644 --- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp +++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem.cpp @@ -2569,6 +2569,7 @@ void QGraphicsItem::setOpacity(qreal opacity) if (newOpacity == d_ptr->opacity) return; + bool wasFullyTransparent = d_ptr->isOpacityNull(); d_ptr->opacity = newOpacity; // Notify change. @@ -2584,7 +2585,9 @@ void QGraphicsItem::setOpacity(qreal opacity) d_ptr->scene->d_func()->markDirty(this, QRectF(), /*invalidateChildren=*/true, /*force=*/false, - /*ignoreOpacity=*/true); + /*ignoreOpacity=*/d_ptr->isOpacityNull()); + if (wasFullyTransparent) + d_ptr->paintedViewBoundingRectsNeedRepaint = 1; } if (d_ptr->isObject) diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem_p.h b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem_p.h index 5ad6cd5..b3ca3b5 100644 --- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem_p.h +++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsitem_p.h @@ -358,14 +358,20 @@ public: return o; } + inline bool isOpacityNull() const + { return (opacity < qreal(0.001)); } + + static inline bool isOpacityNull(qreal opacity) + { return (opacity < qreal(0.001)); } + inline bool isFullyTransparent() const { - if (opacity < 0.001) + if (isOpacityNull()) return true; if (!parent) return false; - return calcEffectiveOpacity() < 0.001; + return isOpacityNull(calcEffectiveOpacity()); } inline qreal effectiveOpacity() const { diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.cpp index 478669e..9a36d46 100644 --- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.cpp +++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsscene.cpp @@ -251,6 +251,7 @@ #endif #include <private/qgraphicseffect_p.h> #include <private/qgesturemanager_p.h> +#include <private/qpathclipper_p.h> // #define GESTURE_DEBUG #ifndef GESTURE_DEBUG @@ -372,7 +373,10 @@ void QGraphicsScenePrivate::_q_emitUpdated() } } } else { - updateAll = false; + if (views.isEmpty()) { + updateAll = false; + return; + } for (int i = 0; i < views.size(); ++i) views.at(i)->d_func()->processPendingUpdates(); // It's important that we update all views before we dispatch, hence two for-loops. @@ -4605,6 +4609,7 @@ void QGraphicsScenePrivate::drawItems(QPainter *painter, const QTransform *const if (!unpolishedItems.isEmpty()) _q_polishItems(); + updateAll = false; QRectF exposedSceneRect; if (exposedRegion && indexMethod != QGraphicsScene::NoIndex) { exposedSceneRect = exposedRegion->boundingRect().adjusted(-1, -1, 1, 1); @@ -4632,7 +4637,7 @@ void QGraphicsScenePrivate::drawSubtreeRecursive(QGraphicsItem *item, QPainter * return; // Item has neither contents nor children!(?) const qreal opacity = item->d_ptr->combineOpacityFromParent(parentOpacity); - const bool itemIsFullyTransparent = (opacity < 0.0001); + const bool itemIsFullyTransparent = QGraphicsItemPrivate::isOpacityNull(opacity); if (itemIsFullyTransparent && (!itemHasChildren || item->d_ptr->childrenCombineOpacity())) return; @@ -4752,7 +4757,7 @@ void QGraphicsScenePrivate::draw(QGraphicsItem *item, QPainter *painter, const Q qreal opacity, const QTransform *effectTransform, bool wasDirtyParentSceneTransform, bool drawItem) { - const bool itemIsFullyTransparent = (opacity < 0.0001); + const bool itemIsFullyTransparent = QGraphicsItemPrivate::isOpacityNull(opacity); const bool itemClipsChildrenToShape = (item->d_ptr->flags & QGraphicsItem::ItemClipsChildrenToShape); const bool itemHasChildren = !item->d_ptr->children.isEmpty(); @@ -4767,7 +4772,12 @@ void QGraphicsScenePrivate::draw(QGraphicsItem *item, QPainter *painter, const Q painter->setWorldTransform(*transformPtr * *effectTransform); else painter->setWorldTransform(*transformPtr); - painter->setClipPath(item->shape(), Qt::IntersectClip); + QRectF clipRect; + const QPainterPath clipPath(item->shape()); + if (QPathClipper::pathToRect(clipPath, &clipRect)) + painter->setClipRect(clipRect, Qt::IntersectClip); + else + painter->setClipPath(clipPath, Qt::IntersectClip); } // Draw children behind @@ -4803,8 +4813,14 @@ void QGraphicsScenePrivate::draw(QGraphicsItem *item, QPainter *painter, const Q painter->setWorldTransform(*transformPtr); } - if (itemClipsToShape) - painter->setClipPath(item->shape(), Qt::IntersectClip); + if (itemClipsToShape) { + QRectF clipRect; + const QPainterPath clipPath(item->shape()); + if (QPathClipper::pathToRect(clipPath, &clipRect)) + painter->setClipRect(clipRect, Qt::IntersectClip); + else + painter->setClipPath(clipPath, Qt::IntersectClip); + } painter->setOpacity(opacity); if (!item->d_ptr->cacheMode && !item->d_ptr->isWidget) @@ -4982,7 +4998,8 @@ void QGraphicsScenePrivate::processDirtyItemsRecursive(QGraphicsItem *item, bool } const qreal opacity = item->d_ptr->combineOpacityFromParent(parentOpacity); - const bool itemIsFullyTransparent = !item->d_ptr->ignoreOpacity && opacity < 0.0001; + const bool itemIsFullyTransparent = !item->d_ptr->ignoreOpacity + && QGraphicsItemPrivate::isOpacityNull(opacity); if (itemIsFullyTransparent && (!itemHasChildren || item->d_ptr->childrenCombineOpacity())) { resetDirtyItem(item, /*recursive=*/itemHasChildren); return; @@ -5155,6 +5172,7 @@ void QGraphicsScene::drawItems(QPainter *painter, if (!d->unpolishedItems.isEmpty()) d->_q_polishItems(); + d->updateAll = false; QTransform viewTransform = painter->worldTransform(); Q_UNUSED(options); diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicssceneindex.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicssceneindex.cpp index 043c4eb..707c71f 100644 --- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicssceneindex.cpp +++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicssceneindex.cpp @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ void QGraphicsSceneIndexPrivate::recursive_items_helper(QGraphicsItem *item, QRe return; const qreal opacity = item->d_ptr->combineOpacityFromParent(parentOpacity); - const bool itemIsFullyTransparent = (opacity < 0.0001); + const bool itemIsFullyTransparent = QGraphicsItemPrivate::isOpacityNull(opacity); const bool itemHasChildren = !item->d_ptr->children.isEmpty(); if (itemIsFullyTransparent && (!itemHasChildren || item->d_ptr->childrenCombineOpacity())) return; @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ QList<QGraphicsItem *> QGraphicsSceneIndex::estimateTopLevelItems(const QRectF & /*! \fn QList<QGraphicsItem *> QGraphicsSceneIndex::items(Qt::SortOrder order = Qt::DescendingOrder) const - + This pure virtual function all items in the index and sort them using \a order. */ diff --git a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsview.cpp b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsview.cpp index 451f183..96b9373 100644 --- a/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsview.cpp +++ b/src/gui/graphicsview/qgraphicsview.cpp @@ -2748,7 +2748,6 @@ bool QGraphicsView::viewportEvent(QEvent *event) } } } - d->scene->d_func()->updateAll = false; } break; case QEvent::TouchBegin: diff --git a/src/gui/image/qimagepixmapcleanuphooks.cpp b/src/gui/image/qimagepixmapcleanuphooks.cpp index 61d538f..ace4bb6 100644 --- a/src/gui/image/qimagepixmapcleanuphooks.cpp +++ b/src/gui/image/qimagepixmapcleanuphooks.cpp @@ -62,12 +62,12 @@ QImagePixmapCleanupHooks *QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::instance() return qt_image_and_pixmap_cleanup_hooks(); } -void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::addPixmapModificationHook(_qt_pixmap_cleanup_hook_pm hook) +void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::addPixmapDataModificationHook(_qt_pixmap_cleanup_hook_pmd hook) { pixmapModificationHooks.append(hook); } -void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::addPixmapDestructionHook(_qt_pixmap_cleanup_hook_pm hook) +void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::addPixmapDataDestructionHook(_qt_pixmap_cleanup_hook_pmd hook) { pixmapDestructionHooks.append(hook); } @@ -78,12 +78,12 @@ void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::addImageHook(_qt_image_cleanup_hook_64 hook) imageHooks.append(hook); } -void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::removePixmapModificationHook(_qt_pixmap_cleanup_hook_pm hook) +void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::removePixmapDataModificationHook(_qt_pixmap_cleanup_hook_pmd hook) { pixmapModificationHooks.removeAll(hook); } -void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::removePixmapDestructionHook(_qt_pixmap_cleanup_hook_pm hook) +void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::removePixmapDataDestructionHook(_qt_pixmap_cleanup_hook_pmd hook) { pixmapDestructionHooks.removeAll(hook); } @@ -93,24 +93,24 @@ void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::removeImageHook(_qt_image_cleanup_hook_64 hook) imageHooks.removeAll(hook); } -void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::executePixmapModificationHooks(QPixmap* pm) +void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::executePixmapDataModificationHooks(QPixmapData* pmd) { QImagePixmapCleanupHooks *h = qt_image_and_pixmap_cleanup_hooks(); for (int i = 0; i < h->pixmapModificationHooks.count(); ++i) - h->pixmapModificationHooks[i](pm); + h->pixmapModificationHooks[i](pmd); if (qt_pixmap_cleanup_hook_64) - qt_pixmap_cleanup_hook_64(pm->cacheKey()); + qt_pixmap_cleanup_hook_64(pmd->cacheKey()); } -void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::executePixmapDestructionHooks(QPixmap* pm) +void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::executePixmapDataDestructionHooks(QPixmapData* pmd) { QImagePixmapCleanupHooks *h = qt_image_and_pixmap_cleanup_hooks(); for (int i = 0; i < h->pixmapDestructionHooks.count(); ++i) - h->pixmapDestructionHooks[i](pm); + h->pixmapDestructionHooks[i](pmd); if (qt_pixmap_cleanup_hook_64) - qt_pixmap_cleanup_hook_64(pm->cacheKey()); + qt_pixmap_cleanup_hook_64(pmd->cacheKey()); } void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::executeImageHooks(qint64 key) diff --git a/src/gui/image/qimagepixmapcleanuphooks_p.h b/src/gui/image/qimagepixmapcleanuphooks_p.h index 7176044..88dd3a6 100644 --- a/src/gui/image/qimagepixmapcleanuphooks_p.h +++ b/src/gui/image/qimagepixmapcleanuphooks_p.h @@ -58,7 +58,8 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE typedef void (*_qt_image_cleanup_hook_64)(qint64); -typedef void (*_qt_pixmap_cleanup_hook_pm)(QPixmap*); +typedef void (*_qt_pixmap_cleanup_hook_pmd)(QPixmapData*); + class QImagePixmapCleanupHooks; @@ -71,27 +72,27 @@ public: static void enableCleanupHooks(const QPixmap &pixmap); static void enableCleanupHooks(QPixmapData *pixmapData); - // Gets called when a pixmap is about to be modified: - void addPixmapModificationHook(_qt_pixmap_cleanup_hook_pm); + // Gets called when a pixmap data is about to be modified: + void addPixmapDataModificationHook(_qt_pixmap_cleanup_hook_pmd); - // Gets called when a pixmap is about to be destroyed: - void addPixmapDestructionHook(_qt_pixmap_cleanup_hook_pm); + // Gets called when a pixmap data is about to be destroyed: + void addPixmapDataDestructionHook(_qt_pixmap_cleanup_hook_pmd); // Gets called when an image is about to be modified or destroyed: void addImageHook(_qt_image_cleanup_hook_64); - void removePixmapModificationHook(_qt_pixmap_cleanup_hook_pm); - void removePixmapDestructionHook(_qt_pixmap_cleanup_hook_pm); + void removePixmapDataModificationHook(_qt_pixmap_cleanup_hook_pmd); + void removePixmapDataDestructionHook(_qt_pixmap_cleanup_hook_pmd); void removeImageHook(_qt_image_cleanup_hook_64); - static void executePixmapModificationHooks(QPixmap*); - static void executePixmapDestructionHooks(QPixmap*); + static void executePixmapDataModificationHooks(QPixmapData*); + static void executePixmapDataDestructionHooks(QPixmapData*); static void executeImageHooks(qint64 key); private: QList<_qt_image_cleanup_hook_64> imageHooks; - QList<_qt_pixmap_cleanup_hook_pm> pixmapModificationHooks; - QList<_qt_pixmap_cleanup_hook_pm> pixmapDestructionHooks; + QList<_qt_pixmap_cleanup_hook_pmd> pixmapModificationHooks; + QList<_qt_pixmap_cleanup_hook_pmd> pixmapDestructionHooks; }; QT_END_NAMESPACE diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpixmap.cpp b/src/gui/image/qpixmap.cpp index e51d858..7cafbd0 100644 --- a/src/gui/image/qpixmap.cpp +++ b/src/gui/image/qpixmap.cpp @@ -320,8 +320,6 @@ QPixmap::QPixmap(const char * const xpm[]) QPixmap::~QPixmap() { Q_ASSERT(!data || data->ref >= 1); // Catch if ref-counting changes again - if (data && data->is_cached && data->ref == 1) // ref will be decrememnted after destructor returns - QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::executePixmapDestructionHooks(this); } /*! @@ -1025,12 +1023,8 @@ qint64 QPixmap::cacheKey() const if (isNull()) return 0; - int classKey = data->classId(); - if (classKey >= 1024) - classKey = -(classKey >> 10); - return ((((qint64) classKey) << 56) - | (((qint64) data->serialNumber()) << 32) - | ((qint64) (data->detach_no))); + Q_ASSERT(data); + return data->cacheKey(); } static void sendResizeEvents(QWidget *target) @@ -1963,7 +1957,7 @@ void QPixmap::detach() } if (data->is_cached && data->ref == 1) - QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::executePixmapModificationHooks(this); + QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::executePixmapDataModificationHooks(data.data()); #if defined(Q_WS_MAC) QMacPixmapData *macData = id == QPixmapData::MacClass ? static_cast<QMacPixmapData*>(data.data()) : 0; diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpixmap_x11.cpp b/src/gui/image/qpixmap_x11.cpp index 4de5bc4..b976376 100644 --- a/src/gui/image/qpixmap_x11.cpp +++ b/src/gui/image/qpixmap_x11.cpp @@ -68,6 +68,7 @@ #include "qx11info_x11.h" #include <private/qdrawhelper_p.h> #include <private/qimage_p.h> +#include <private/qimagepixmapcleanuphooks_p.h> #include <stdlib.h> @@ -1234,6 +1235,12 @@ void QX11PixmapData::fill(const QColor &fillColor) QX11PixmapData::~QX11PixmapData() { + // Cleanup hooks have to be called before the handles are freed + if (is_cached) { + QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::executePixmapDataDestructionHooks(this); + is_cached = false; + } + release(); } @@ -1242,8 +1249,13 @@ void QX11PixmapData::release() delete pengine; pengine = 0; - if (!X11) + if (!X11) { +#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG + qWarning("~QX11PixmapData(): QPixmap objects must be destroyed before the QApplication" + " object, otherwise the native pixmap object will be leaked."); +#endif return; + } if (x11_mask) { #ifndef QT_NO_XRENDER diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpixmapdata.cpp b/src/gui/image/qpixmapdata.cpp index 65032da..ea4fe6b 100644 --- a/src/gui/image/qpixmapdata.cpp +++ b/src/gui/image/qpixmapdata.cpp @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ #include <QtGui/qimagereader.h> #include <private/qgraphicssystem_p.h> #include <private/qapplication_p.h> +#include <private/qimagepixmapcleanuphooks_p.h> QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE @@ -80,6 +81,16 @@ QPixmapData::QPixmapData(PixelType pixelType, int objectId) QPixmapData::~QPixmapData() { + // Sometimes the pixmap cleanup hooks will be called from derrived classes, which will + // then set is_cached to false. For example, on X11 QtOpenGL needs to delete the GLXPixmap + // or EGL Pixmap Surface for a given pixmap _before_ the native X11 pixmap is deleted, + // otherwise some drivers will leak the GL surface. In this case, QX11PixmapData will + // call the cleanup hooks itself before deleting the native pixmap and set is_cached to + // false. + if (is_cached) { + QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::executePixmapDataDestructionHooks(this); + is_cached = false; + } } QPixmapData *QPixmapData::createCompatiblePixmapData() const diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpixmapdata_p.h b/src/gui/image/qpixmapdata_p.h index 1125515..827fa18 100644 --- a/src/gui/image/qpixmapdata_p.h +++ b/src/gui/image/qpixmapdata_p.h @@ -117,6 +117,14 @@ public: inline int colorCount() const { return metric(QPaintDevice::PdmNumColors); } inline int depth() const { return d; } inline bool isNull() const { return is_null; } + inline qint64 cacheKey() const { + int classKey = id; + if (classKey >= 1024) + classKey = -(classKey >> 10); + return ((((qint64) classKey) << 56) + | (((qint64) ser_no) << 32) + | ((qint64) detach_no)); + } #if defined(Q_OS_SYMBIAN) virtual void* toNativeType(NativeType type); diff --git a/src/gui/image/qpnghandler.cpp b/src/gui/image/qpnghandler.cpp index d5406cb..dd31834 100644 --- a/src/gui/image/qpnghandler.cpp +++ b/src/gui/image/qpnghandler.cpp @@ -50,8 +50,13 @@ #include <qvariant.h> #include <qvector.h> +#ifdef QT_USE_BUNDLED_LIBPNG +#include <../../3rdparty/libpng/png.h> +#include <../../3rdparty/libpng/pngconf.h> +#else #include <png.h> #include <pngconf.h> +#endif #ifdef Q_OS_WINCE #define CALLBACK_CALL_TYPE __cdecl @@ -162,11 +167,16 @@ void setup_qt(QImage& image, png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, float scre png_uint_32 height; int bit_depth; int color_type; + png_bytep trans_alpha = 0; + png_color_16p trans_color_p = 0; + int num_trans; + png_colorp palette = 0; + int num_palette; png_get_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, &width, &height, &bit_depth, &color_type, 0, 0, 0); if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY) { // Black & White or 8-bit grayscale - if (bit_depth == 1 && info_ptr->channels == 1) { + if (bit_depth == 1 && png_get_channels(png_ptr, info_ptr) == 1) { png_set_invert_mono(png_ptr); png_read_update_info(png_ptr, info_ptr); if (image.size() != QSize(width, height) || image.format() != QImage::Format_Mono) { @@ -207,20 +217,16 @@ void setup_qt(QImage& image, png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, float scre int c = i*255/(ncols-1); image.setColor(i, qRgba(c,c,c,0xff)); } - if (png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_tRNS)) { -#if PNG_LIBPNG_VER_MAJOR < 1 || (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_MAJOR == 1 && PNG_LIBPNG_VER_MINOR < 4) - const int g = info_ptr->trans_values.gray; -#else - const int g = info_ptr->trans_color.gray; -#endif + if (png_get_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, &trans_alpha, &num_trans, &trans_color_p) && trans_color_p) { + const int g = trans_color_p->gray; if (g < ncols) { image.setColor(g, 0); } } } } else if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE - && png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_PLTE) - && info_ptr->num_palette <= 256) + && png_get_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, &palette, &num_palette) + && num_palette <= 256) { // 1-bit and 8-bit color if (bit_depth != 1) @@ -233,29 +239,26 @@ void setup_qt(QImage& image, png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_ptr, float scre if (image.isNull()) return; } - image.setColorCount(info_ptr->num_palette); + png_get_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, &palette, &num_palette); + image.setColorCount(num_palette); int i = 0; - if (png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_tRNS)) { - while (i < info_ptr->num_trans) { + if (png_get_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, &trans_alpha, &num_trans, &trans_color_p) && trans_alpha) { + while (i < num_trans) { image.setColor(i, qRgba( - info_ptr->palette[i].red, - info_ptr->palette[i].green, - info_ptr->palette[i].blue, -#if PNG_LIBPNG_VER_MAJOR < 1 || (PNG_LIBPNG_VER_MAJOR == 1 && PNG_LIBPNG_VER_MINOR < 4) - info_ptr->trans[i] -#else - info_ptr->trans_alpha[i] -#endif + palette[i].red, + palette[i].green, + palette[i].blue, + trans_alpha[i] ) ); i++; } } - while (i < info_ptr->num_palette) { + while (i < num_palette) { image.setColor(i, qRgba( - info_ptr->palette[i].red, - info_ptr->palette[i].green, - info_ptr->palette[i].blue, + palette[i].red, + palette[i].green, + palette[i].blue, 0xff ) ); @@ -531,33 +534,36 @@ QImage::Format QPngHandlerPrivate::readImageFormat() QImage::Format format = QImage::Format_Invalid; png_uint_32 width, height; int bit_depth, color_type; - if (info_ptr->color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY) { + png_colorp palette; + int num_palette; + png_get_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, &width, &height, &bit_depth, &color_type, 0, 0, 0); + if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY) { // Black & White or 8-bit grayscale - if (info_ptr->bit_depth == 1 && info_ptr->channels == 1) { + if (bit_depth == 1 && png_get_channels(png_ptr, info_ptr) == 1) { format = QImage::Format_Mono; - } else if (info_ptr->bit_depth == 16 && png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_tRNS)) { + } else if (bit_depth == 16 && png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_tRNS)) { format = QImage::Format_ARGB32; } else { format = QImage::Format_Indexed8; } - } else if (info_ptr->color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE - && png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_PLTE) - && info_ptr->num_palette <= 256) + } else if (color_type == PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE + && png_get_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, &palette, &num_palette) + && num_palette <= 256) { // 1-bit and 8-bit color - if (info_ptr->bit_depth != 1) + if (bit_depth != 1) png_set_packing(png_ptr); png_read_update_info(png_ptr, info_ptr); png_get_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, &width, &height, &bit_depth, &color_type, 0, 0, 0); format = bit_depth == 1 ? QImage::Format_Mono : QImage::Format_Indexed8; } else { // 32-bit - if (info_ptr->bit_depth == 16) + if (bit_depth == 16) png_set_strip_16(png_ptr); format = QImage::Format_ARGB32; // Only add filler if no alpha, or we can get 5 channel data. - if (!(info_ptr->color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) + if (!(color_type & PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) && !png_get_valid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_tRNS)) { // We want 4 bytes, but it isn't an alpha channel format = QImage::Format_RGB32; @@ -648,7 +654,7 @@ static void set_text(const QImage &image, png_structp png_ptr, png_infop info_pt text_ptr[i].text = qstrdup(value.constData()); text_ptr[i].text_length = 0; text_ptr[i].itxt_length = value.size(); - text_ptr[i].lang = "UTF-8"; + text_ptr[i].lang = const_cast<char*>("UTF-8"); text_ptr[i].lang_key = qstrdup(it.key().toUtf8().constData()); #endif ++i; @@ -735,64 +741,51 @@ bool Q_INTERNAL_WIN_NO_THROW QPNGImageWriter::writeImage(const QImage& image_in, png_set_compression_level(png_ptr, quality); } - if (gamma != 0.0) { - png_set_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, 1.0/gamma); - } - png_set_write_fn(png_ptr, (void*)this, qpiw_write_fn, qpiw_flush_fn); - info_ptr->channels = - (image.depth() == 32) - ? (image.format() == QImage::Format_RGB32 ? 3 : 4) - : 1; - png_set_IHDR(png_ptr, info_ptr, image.width(), image.height(), image.depth() == 1 ? 1 : 8 /* per channel */, image.depth() == 32 ? image.format() == QImage::Format_RGB32 ? PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB : PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA - : PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE, 0, 0, 0); + : PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE, 0, 0, 0); // also sets #channels + if (gamma != 0.0) { + png_set_gAMA(png_ptr, info_ptr, 1.0/gamma); + } - //png_set_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, 8); - info_ptr->sig_bit.red = 8; - info_ptr->sig_bit.green = 8; - info_ptr->sig_bit.blue = 8; + png_color_8 sig_bit; + sig_bit.red = 8; + sig_bit.green = 8; + sig_bit.blue = 8; + sig_bit.alpha = image.hasAlphaChannel() ? 8 : 0; + png_set_sBIT(png_ptr, info_ptr, &sig_bit); if (image.format() == QImage::Format_MonoLSB) png_set_packswap(png_ptr); - png_colorp palette = 0; - png_bytep copy_trans = 0; if (image.colorCount()) { // Paletted - int num_palette = image.colorCount(); - palette = new png_color[num_palette]; - png_set_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, palette, num_palette); - int* trans = new int[num_palette]; + int num_palette = qMin(256, image.colorCount()); + png_color palette[256]; + png_byte trans[256]; int num_trans = 0; for (int i=0; i<num_palette; i++) { - QRgb rgb=image.color(i); - info_ptr->palette[i].red = qRed(rgb); - info_ptr->palette[i].green = qGreen(rgb); - info_ptr->palette[i].blue = qBlue(rgb); - trans[i] = rgb >> 24; + QRgb rgba=image.color(i); + palette[i].red = qRed(rgba); + palette[i].green = qGreen(rgba); + palette[i].blue = qBlue(rgba); + trans[i] = qAlpha(rgba); if (trans[i] < 255) { num_trans = i+1; } } + png_set_PLTE(png_ptr, info_ptr, palette, num_palette); + if (num_trans) { - copy_trans = new png_byte[num_trans]; - for (int i=0; i<num_trans; i++) - copy_trans[i] = trans[i]; - png_set_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, copy_trans, num_trans, 0); + png_set_tRNS(png_ptr, info_ptr, trans, num_trans, 0); } - delete [] trans; - } - - if (image.format() != QImage::Format_RGB32) { - info_ptr->sig_bit.alpha = 8; } // Swap ARGB to RGBA (normal PNG format) before saving on @@ -868,11 +861,6 @@ bool Q_INTERNAL_WIN_NO_THROW QPNGImageWriter::writeImage(const QImage& image_in, png_write_end(png_ptr, info_ptr); frames_written++; - if (palette) - delete [] palette; - if (copy_trans) - delete [] copy_trans; - png_destroy_write_struct(&png_ptr, &info_ptr); return true; @@ -958,7 +946,8 @@ QVariant QPngHandler::option(ImageOption option) const else if (option == Description) return d->description; else if (option == Size) - return QSize(d->info_ptr->width, d->info_ptr->height); + return QSize(png_get_image_width(d->png_ptr, d->info_ptr), + png_get_image_height(d->png_ptr, d->info_ptr)); else if (option == ImageFormat) return d->readImageFormat(); return 0; diff --git a/src/gui/inputmethod/qcoefepinputcontext_p.h b/src/gui/inputmethod/qcoefepinputcontext_p.h index f5034fc..d5243c3 100644 --- a/src/gui/inputmethod/qcoefepinputcontext_p.h +++ b/src/gui/inputmethod/qcoefepinputcontext_p.h @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ protected: void timerEvent(QTimerEvent *timerEvent); private: - void commitCurrentString(bool triggeredBySymbian); + void commitCurrentString(bool cancelFepTransaction); void updateHints(bool mustUpdateInputCapabilities); void applyHints(Qt::InputMethodHints hints); void applyFormat(QList<QInputMethodEvent::Attribute> *attributes); @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ public: private: void DoCommitFepInlineEditL(); MCoeFepAwareTextEditor_Extension1* Extension1(TBool& aSetToTrue); - void ReportAknEdStateEvent(MAknEdStateObserver::EAknEdwinStateEvent aEventType); + void ReportAknEdStateEvent(MAknEdStateObserver::EAknEdwinStateEvent aEventType); // From MCoeFepAwareTextEditor_Extension1 public: @@ -151,7 +151,6 @@ private: int m_inlinePosition; MFepInlineTextFormatRetriever *m_formatRetriever; MFepPointerEventHandlerDuringInlineEdit *m_pointerHandler; - int m_longPress; int m_cursorPos; QBasicTimer m_tempPreeditStringTimeout; bool m_hasTempPreeditString; diff --git a/src/gui/inputmethod/qcoefepinputcontext_s60.cpp b/src/gui/inputmethod/qcoefepinputcontext_s60.cpp index e5ab300..2b91711 100644 --- a/src/gui/inputmethod/qcoefepinputcontext_s60.cpp +++ b/src/gui/inputmethod/qcoefepinputcontext_s60.cpp @@ -71,7 +71,6 @@ QCoeFepInputContext::QCoeFepInputContext(QObject *parent) m_inlinePosition(0), m_formatRetriever(0), m_pointerHandler(0), - m_longPress(0), m_cursorPos(0), m_hasTempPreeditString(false) { @@ -101,7 +100,7 @@ QCoeFepInputContext::~QCoeFepInputContext() void QCoeFepInputContext::reset() { - commitCurrentString(false); + commitCurrentString(true); } void QCoeFepInputContext::ReportAknEdStateEvent(MAknEdStateObserver::EAknEdwinStateEvent aEventType) @@ -126,7 +125,7 @@ void QCoeFepInputContext::update() void QCoeFepInputContext::setFocusWidget(QWidget *w) { - commitCurrentString(false); + commitCurrentString(true); QInputContext::setFocusWidget(w); @@ -219,7 +218,7 @@ bool QCoeFepInputContext::filterEvent(const QEvent *event) break; case Qt::Key_Select: if (!m_preeditString.isEmpty()) { - commitCurrentString(false); + commitCurrentString(true); return true; } break; @@ -231,10 +230,11 @@ bool QCoeFepInputContext::filterEvent(const QEvent *event) && focusWidget()->inputMethodHints() & Qt::ImhHiddenText && !keyEvent->text().isEmpty()) { // Send some temporary preedit text in order to make text visible for a moment. + m_cursorPos = focusWidget()->inputMethodQuery(Qt::ImCursorPosition).toInt(); m_preeditString = keyEvent->text(); QList<QInputMethodEvent::Attribute> attributes; QInputMethodEvent imEvent(m_preeditString, attributes); - QApplication::sendEvent(focusWidget(), &imEvent); + sendEvent(imEvent); m_tempPreeditStringTimeout.start(1000, this); m_hasTempPreeditString = true; update(); @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ void QCoeFepInputContext::mouseHandler( int x, QMouseEvent *event) Q_ASSERT(focusWidget()); if (event->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonPress && event->button() == Qt::LeftButton) { - commitCurrentString(false); + commitCurrentString(true); int pos = focusWidget()->inputMethodQuery(Qt::ImCursorPosition).toInt(); QList<QInputMethodEvent::Attribute> attributes; @@ -739,31 +739,33 @@ void QCoeFepInputContext::GetScreenCoordinatesForFepL(TPoint& aLeftSideOfBaseLin void QCoeFepInputContext::DoCommitFepInlineEditL() { - commitCurrentString(true); + commitCurrentString(false); } -void QCoeFepInputContext::commitCurrentString(bool triggeredBySymbian) +void QCoeFepInputContext::commitCurrentString(bool cancelFepTransaction) { + int longPress = 0; + if (m_preeditString.size() == 0) { QWidget *w = focusWidget(); - if (triggeredBySymbian && w) { + if (!cancelFepTransaction && w) { // We must replace the last character only if the input box has already accepted one if (w->inputMethodQuery(Qt::ImCursorPosition).toInt() != m_cursorPos) - m_longPress = 1; + longPress = 1; } return; } QList<QInputMethodEvent::Attribute> attributes; QInputMethodEvent event(QLatin1String(""), attributes); - event.setCommitString(m_preeditString, 0-m_longPress, m_longPress); + event.setCommitString(m_preeditString, 0-longPress, longPress); m_preeditString.clear(); sendEvent(event); m_hasTempPreeditString = false; - m_longPress = 0; + longPress = 0; - if (!triggeredBySymbian) { + if (cancelFepTransaction) { CCoeFep* fep = CCoeEnv::Static()->Fep(); if (fep) fep->CancelTransaction(); diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qaction.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qaction.cpp index 4b7d949..8ddd051 100644 --- a/src/gui/kernel/qaction.cpp +++ b/src/gui/kernel/qaction.cpp @@ -715,6 +715,10 @@ QActionGroup *QAction::actionGroup() const it is displayed to the left of the menu text. There is no default icon. + On Symbian the icons which are passed to softkeys, i.e. to actions with + softkey role, need to have pixmap alpha channel correctly set otherwise + drawing artifacts will appear when softkey is pressed down. + If a null icon (QIcon::isNull() is passed into this function, the icon of the action is cleared. */ diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication.cpp index 1fc1b45..bb6aca9 100644 --- a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication.cpp +++ b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication.cpp @@ -5707,7 +5707,6 @@ QGestureManager* QGestureManager::instance() return qAppPriv->gestureManager; } -#if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_WIN) // These pixmaps approximate the images in the Windows User Interface Guidelines. // XPM @@ -5929,7 +5928,6 @@ QPixmap QApplicationPrivate::getPixmapCursor(Qt::CursorShape cshape) } return QPixmap(); } -#endif QT_END_NAMESPACE diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_mac.mm b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_mac.mm index 3fba833..0199e87 100644 --- a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_mac.mm +++ b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_mac.mm @@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ void qt_init(QApplicationPrivate *priv, int) // Cocoa application delegate #ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA - NSApplication *cocoaApp = [NSApplication sharedApplication]; + NSApplication *cocoaApp = [QNSApplication sharedApplication]; QMacCocoaAutoReleasePool pool; NSObject *oldDelegate = [cocoaApp delegate]; QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QCocoaApplicationDelegate) *newDelegate = [QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QCocoaApplicationDelegate) sharedDelegate]; diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_p.h b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_p.h index 0764553..d19d86e 100644 --- a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_p.h +++ b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_p.h @@ -518,17 +518,13 @@ public: QGestureManager *gestureManager; QWidget *gestureWidget; -#if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_WIN) QPixmap *move_cursor; QPixmap *copy_cursor; QPixmap *link_cursor; -#endif #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) QPixmap *ignore_cursor; #endif -#if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_WIN) QPixmap getPixmapCursor(Qt::CursorShape cshape); -#endif QMap<int, QWeakPointer<QWidget> > widgetForTouchPointId; QMap<int, QTouchEvent::TouchPoint> appCurrentTouchPoints; diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_s60.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_s60.cpp index 20b8030..87de602 100644 --- a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_s60.cpp +++ b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_s60.cpp @@ -924,8 +924,8 @@ void QSymbianControl::PositionChanged() cr.moveTopLeft(newPos); qwidget->data->crect = cr; QTLWExtra *top = qwidget->d_func()->maybeTopData(); - if (top) - top->normalGeometry = cr; + if (top && (qwidget->windowState() & (~Qt::WindowActive)) == Qt::WindowNoState) + top->normalGeometry.moveTopLeft(newPos); if (qwidget->isVisible()) { QMoveEvent e(newPos, oldPos); qt_sendSpontaneousEvent(qwidget, &e); @@ -960,15 +960,14 @@ void QSymbianControl::FocusChanged(TDrawNow /* aDrawNow */) qwidget->d_func()->setWindowIcon_sys(true); qwidget->d_func()->setWindowTitle_sys(qwidget->windowTitle()); #ifdef Q_WS_S60 - // If widget is fullscreen, hide status pane and button container - // otherwise show them. + // If widget is fullscreen/minimized, hide status pane and button container otherwise show them. CEikStatusPane* statusPane = S60->statusPane(); CEikButtonGroupContainer* buttonGroup = S60->buttonGroupContainer(); - bool isFullscreen = qwidget->windowState() & Qt::WindowFullScreen; - if (statusPane && (bool)statusPane->IsVisible() == isFullscreen) - statusPane->MakeVisible(!isFullscreen); - if (buttonGroup && (bool)buttonGroup->IsVisible() == isFullscreen) - buttonGroup->MakeVisible(!isFullscreen); + TBool visible = !(qwidget->windowState() & (Qt::WindowFullScreen | Qt::WindowMinimized)); + if (statusPane) + statusPane->MakeVisible(visible); + if (buttonGroup) + buttonGroup->MakeVisible(visible); #endif } else if (QApplication::activeWindow() == qwidget->window()) { if (CCoeEnv::Static()->AppUi()->IsDisplayingMenuOrDialog()) { @@ -1647,6 +1646,9 @@ int QApplicationPrivate::symbianProcessWsEvent(const QSymbianEvent *symbianEvent if (visChangedEvent->iFlags & TWsVisibilityChangedEvent::ENotVisible) { delete w->d_func()->topData()->backingStore; w->d_func()->topData()->backingStore = 0; + // In order to ensure that any resources used by the window surface + // are immediately freed, we flush the WSERV command buffer. + S60->wsSession().Flush(); } else if ((visChangedEvent->iFlags & TWsVisibilityChangedEvent::EPartiallyVisible) && !w->d_func()->maybeBackingStore()) { w->d_func()->topData()->backingStore = new QWidgetBackingStore(w); diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_win.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_win.cpp index 3355272..2c6e246 100644 --- a/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_win.cpp +++ b/src/gui/kernel/qapplication_win.cpp @@ -2547,6 +2547,17 @@ LRESULT CALLBACK QtWndProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam result = true; break; } +#ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR + case WM_SETCURSOR: { + QCursor *ovr = QApplication::overrideCursor(); + if (ovr) { + SetCursor(ovr->handle()); + RETURN(TRUE); + } + result = false; + break; + } +#endif default: result = false; // event was not processed break; diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qcocoaapplication_mac.mm b/src/gui/kernel/qcocoaapplication_mac.mm index 5b98420..5629940 100644 --- a/src/gui/kernel/qcocoaapplication_mac.mm +++ b/src/gui/kernel/qcocoaapplication_mac.mm @@ -107,5 +107,50 @@ | NSFontPanelStrikethroughEffectModeMask; } + +- (void)qt_sendPostedMessage:(NSEvent *)event +{ + // WARNING: data1 and data2 is truncated to from 64-bit to 32-bit on OS 10.5! + // That is why we need to split the address in two parts: + quint64 lower = [event data1]; + quint64 upper = [event data2]; + QCocoaPostMessageArgs *args = reinterpret_cast<QCocoaPostMessageArgs *>(lower | (upper << 32)); + [args->target performSelector:args->selector]; + delete args; +} + +- (BOOL)qt_sendEvent:(NSEvent *)event +{ + if ([event type] == NSApplicationDefined) { + switch ([event subtype]) { + case QtCocoaEventSubTypePostMessage: + [NSApp qt_sendPostedMessage:event]; + return true; + default: + break; + } + } + return false; +} + @end + +@implementation QNSApplication + +// WARNING: If Qt did not create NSApplication (this can e.g. +// happend if Qt is used as a plugin from a 3rd-party cocoa +// application), QNSApplication::sendEvent will never be called. +// SO DO NOT RELY ON THIS FUNCTION BEING AVAILABLE. +// Plugin developers that _do_ control the NSApplication sub-class +// implementation of the 3rd-party application can call qt_sendEvent +// from the sub-class event handler (like we do here) to work around +// any issues. +- (void)sendEvent:(NSEvent *)event +{ + if (![self qt_sendEvent:event]) + [super sendEvent:event]; +} + +@end + #endif diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qcocoaapplication_mac_p.h b/src/gui/kernel/qcocoaapplication_mac_p.h index e845d58..5569feb 100644 --- a/src/gui/kernel/qcocoaapplication_mac_p.h +++ b/src/gui/kernel/qcocoaapplication_mac_p.h @@ -99,5 +99,13 @@ QT_FORWARD_DECLARE_CLASS(QApplicationPrivate) - (QApplicationPrivate *)QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(qt_qappPrivate); - (QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QCocoaMenuLoader) *)QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(qt_qcocoamenuLoader); - (int)QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(qt_validModesForFontPanel):(NSFontPanel *)fontPanel; + +- (void)qt_sendPostedMessage:(NSEvent *)event; +- (BOOL)qt_sendEvent:(NSEvent *)event; +@end + +@interface QNSApplication : NSApplication { +} @end + #endif diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qcocoamenuloader_mac.mm b/src/gui/kernel/qcocoamenuloader_mac.mm index 18b3772..573b763 100644 --- a/src/gui/kernel/qcocoamenuloader_mac.mm +++ b/src/gui/kernel/qcocoamenuloader_mac.mm @@ -46,6 +46,7 @@ #include <private/qcocoamenuloader_mac_p.h> #include <private/qapplication_p.h> #include <private/qt_mac_p.h> +#include <private/qmenubar_p.h> #include <qmenubar.h> QT_FORWARD_DECLARE_CLASS(QCFString) @@ -208,6 +209,11 @@ QT_USE_NAMESPACE [NSApp hide:sender]; } +- (void)qtUpdateMenubar +{ + QMenuBarPrivate::macUpdateMenuBarImmediatly(); +} + - (IBAction)qtDispatcherToQAction:(id)sender { QScopedLoopLevelCounter loopLevelCounter(QApplicationPrivate::instance()->threadData); diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qcocoamenuloader_mac_p.h b/src/gui/kernel/qcocoamenuloader_mac_p.h index 81c136e..2504b8c 100644 --- a/src/gui/kernel/qcocoamenuloader_mac_p.h +++ b/src/gui/kernel/qcocoamenuloader_mac_p.h @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ - (IBAction)unhideAllApplications:(id)sender; - (IBAction)hide:(id)sender; - (IBAction)qtDispatcherToQAction:(id)sender; +- (void)qtUpdateMenubar; @end #endif // QT_MAC_USE_COCOA diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qcocoapanel_mac.mm b/src/gui/kernel/qcocoapanel_mac.mm index 3012093..0b48efd 100644 --- a/src/gui/kernel/qcocoapanel_mac.mm +++ b/src/gui/kernel/qcocoapanel_mac.mm @@ -47,6 +47,9 @@ #import <private/qcocoaview_mac_p.h> #import <private/qcocoawindowcustomthemeframe_mac_p.h> #import <private/qcocoaapplication_mac_p.h> +#include <private/qapplication_p.h> +#include <private/qbackingstore_p.h> + #include <QtGui/QWidget> diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qcocoasharedwindowmethods_mac_p.h b/src/gui/kernel/qcocoasharedwindowmethods_mac_p.h index d8bbcd4..9fe5ae0 100644 --- a/src/gui/kernel/qcocoasharedwindowmethods_mac_p.h +++ b/src/gui/kernel/qcocoasharedwindowmethods_mac_p.h @@ -51,6 +51,9 @@ NSPanel, while QCocoaWindow needs to inherit NSWindow rather than NSPanel). ****************************************************************************/ +// WARNING: Don't include any header files from within this file. Put them +// directly into qcocoawindow_mac_p.h and qcocoapanel_mac_p.h + QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE extern Qt::MouseButton cocoaButton2QtButton(NSInteger buttonNum); // qcocoaview.mm extern QPointer<QWidget> qt_button_down; //qapplication_mac.cpp @@ -180,8 +183,18 @@ QT_END_NAMESPACE - (void)sendEvent:(NSEvent *)event { - QWidget *widget = [[QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QCocoaWindowDelegate) sharedDelegate] qt_qwidgetForWindow:self]; + if ([event type] == NSApplicationDefined) { + switch ([event subtype]) { + case QtCocoaEventSubTypePostMessage: + [NSApp qt_sendPostedMessage:event]; + return; + default: + break; + } + return; + } + QWidget *widget = [[QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QCocoaWindowDelegate) sharedDelegate] qt_qwidgetForWindow:self]; // Cocoa can hold onto the window after we've disavowed its knowledge. So, // if we get sent an event afterwards just have it go through the super's // version and don't do any stuff with Qt. @@ -205,7 +218,7 @@ QT_END_NAMESPACE qt_button_down = widget; handled = qt_mac_handleMouseEvent(view, event, QEvent::MouseButtonPress, mouseButton); // Don't call super here. This prevents us from getting the mouseUp event, - // which we need to send even if the mouseDown event was not accepted. + // which we need to send even if the mouseDown event was not accepted. // (this is standard Qt behavior.) break; case NSRightMouseDown: @@ -303,9 +316,9 @@ QT_END_NAMESPACE { // The user dragged something into the window. Send a draggingEntered message // to the QWidget under the mouse. As the drag moves over the window, and over - // different widgets, we will handle enter and leave events from within + // different widgets, we will handle enter and leave events from within // draggingUpdated below. The reason why we handle this ourselves rather than - // subscribing for drag events directly in QCocoaView is that calling + // subscribing for drag events directly in QCocoaView is that calling // registerForDraggedTypes on the views will severly degrade initialization time // for an application that uses a lot of drag subscribing widgets. @@ -369,3 +382,18 @@ QT_END_NAMESPACE return dropResult; } +- (void)displayIfNeeded +{ + + QWidget *qwidget = [[QT_MANGLE_NAMESPACE(QCocoaWindowDelegate) sharedDelegate] qt_qwidgetForWindow:self]; + if (qwidget == 0) { + [super displayIfNeeded]; + return; + } + + if (QApplicationPrivate::graphicsSystem() != 0) { + if (QWidgetBackingStore *bs = qt_widget_private(qwidget)->maybeBackingStore()) + bs->sync(qwidget, qwidget->rect()); + } + [super displayIfNeeded]; +} diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qcocoaview_mac.mm b/src/gui/kernel/qcocoaview_mac.mm index aa00e97..c3fbaad 100644 --- a/src/gui/kernel/qcocoaview_mac.mm +++ b/src/gui/kernel/qcocoaview_mac.mm @@ -474,10 +474,11 @@ extern "C" { - (void)drawRect:(NSRect)aRect { if (QApplicationPrivate::graphicsSystem() != 0) { - if (QWidgetBackingStore *bs = qwidgetprivate->maybeBackingStore()) - bs->markDirty(qwidget->rect(), qwidget); - qwidgetprivate->syncBackingStore(qwidget->rect()); - return; + if (QWidgetBackingStore *bs = qwidgetprivate->maybeBackingStore()) { + // Drawing is handled on the window level + // See qcocoasharedwindowmethods_mac_p. + return; + } } CGContextRef cg = (CGContextRef)[[NSGraphicsContext currentContext] graphicsPort]; qwidgetprivate->hd = cg; diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qcocoawindow_mac_p.h b/src/gui/kernel/qcocoawindow_mac_p.h index 403a1a5..21f82df 100644 --- a/src/gui/kernel/qcocoawindow_mac_p.h +++ b/src/gui/kernel/qcocoawindow_mac_p.h @@ -53,6 +53,9 @@ #ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA #include "qmacdefines_mac.h" #import <Cocoa/Cocoa.h> +#include <private/qapplication_p.h> +#include <private/qbackingstore_p.h> + enum { QtMacCustomizeWindow = 1 << 21 }; // This will one day be run over by diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qdesktopwidget_s60.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qdesktopwidget_s60.cpp index 77745ea..84e3c5d 100644 --- a/src/gui/kernel/qdesktopwidget_s60.cpp +++ b/src/gui/kernel/qdesktopwidget_s60.cpp @@ -88,24 +88,20 @@ QDesktopWidgetPrivate::~QDesktopWidgetPrivate() void QDesktopWidgetPrivate::init(QDesktopWidget *that) { - int screenCount=0; +// int screenCount=0; - if (HAL::Get(0, HALData::EDisplayNumberOfScreens, screenCount) == KErrNone) - QDesktopWidgetPrivate::screenCount = screenCount; - else - QDesktopWidgetPrivate::screenCount = 0; + // ### TODO: Implement proper multi-display support + QDesktopWidgetPrivate::screenCount = 1; +// if (HAL::Get(0, HALData::EDisplayNumberOfScreens, screenCount) == KErrNone) +// QDesktopWidgetPrivate::screenCount = screenCount; +// else +// QDesktopWidgetPrivate::screenCount = 0; rects = new QVector<QRect>(); workrects = new QVector<QRect>(); rects->resize(QDesktopWidgetPrivate::screenCount); workrects->resize(QDesktopWidgetPrivate::screenCount); - - // ### TODO: Implement proper multi-display support - rects->resize(1); - rects->replace(0, that->rect()); - workrects->resize(1); - workrects->replace(0, that->rect()); } void QDesktopWidgetPrivate::cleanup() diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qdnd.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qdnd.cpp index 82708ef..2b3a3d0 100644 --- a/src/gui/kernel/qdnd.cpp +++ b/src/gui/kernel/qdnd.cpp @@ -167,7 +167,6 @@ QDragManager *QDragManager::self() return instance; } -#if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_WIN) QPixmap QDragManager::dragCursor(Qt::DropAction action) const { QDragPrivate * d = dragPrivate(); @@ -185,7 +184,6 @@ QPixmap QDragManager::dragCursor(Qt::DropAction action) const #endif return QPixmap(); } -#endif bool QDragManager::hasCustomDragCursors() const { diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qdnd_p.h b/src/gui/kernel/qdnd_p.h index 1eb85ed..033e6a6 100644 --- a/src/gui/kernel/qdnd_p.h +++ b/src/gui/kernel/qdnd_p.h @@ -244,9 +244,7 @@ public: bool willDrop; QEventLoop *eventLoop; -#if defined(Q_WS_X11) || defined(Q_WS_WIN) QPixmap dragCursor(Qt::DropAction action) const; -#endif bool hasCustomDragCursors() const; diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_mac.mm b/src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_mac.mm index c7d042d..8a67dee 100644 --- a/src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_mac.mm +++ b/src/gui/kernel/qeventdispatcher_mac.mm @@ -1064,10 +1064,9 @@ void QEventDispatcherMacPrivate::cancelWaitForMoreEvents() // In case the event dispatcher is waiting for more // events somewhere, we post a dummy event to wake it up: QMacCocoaAutoReleasePool pool; - static const short NSAppShouldStopForQt = SHRT_MAX; [NSApp postEvent:[NSEvent otherEventWithType:NSApplicationDefined location:NSZeroPoint modifierFlags:0 timestamp:0. windowNumber:0 context:0 - subtype:NSAppShouldStopForQt data1:0 data2:0] atStart:NO]; + subtype:QtCocoaEventSubTypeWakeup data1:0 data2:0] atStart:NO]; } #endif diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qsoftkeymanager_s60.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qsoftkeymanager_s60.cpp index 67ed8b0..af84a8f 100644 --- a/src/gui/kernel/qsoftkeymanager_s60.cpp +++ b/src/gui/kernel/qsoftkeymanager_s60.cpp @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ #include "private/qsoftkeymanager_p.h" #include "private/qsoftkeymanager_s60_p.h" #include "private/qobject_p.h" -//#include <eiksoftkeyimage.h> +#include <eiksoftkeyimage.h> #include <eikcmbut.h> #ifndef QT_NO_SOFTKEYMANAGER @@ -64,6 +64,8 @@ QSoftKeyManagerPrivateS60::QSoftKeyManagerPrivateS60() { cachedCbaIconSize[0] = QSize(0,0); cachedCbaIconSize[1] = QSize(0,0); + cachedCbaIconSize[2] = QSize(0,0); + cachedCbaIconSize[3] = QSize(0,0); skipNextUpdate = false; } @@ -149,6 +151,39 @@ void QSoftKeyManagerPrivateS60::setNativeSoftkey(CEikButtonGroupContainer &cba, QT_TRAP_THROWING(cba.SetCommandL(position, command, text)); } +QPoint QSoftKeyManagerPrivateS60::softkeyIconPosition(int position, QSize sourceSize, QSize targetSize) +{ + QPoint iconPosition(0,0); + switch( AknLayoutUtils::CbaLocation() ) + { + case AknLayoutUtils::EAknCbaLocationBottom: + // RSK must be moved to right, LSK in on correct position by default + if (position == RSK_POSITION) + iconPosition.setX(targetSize.width() - sourceSize.width()); + break; + case AknLayoutUtils::EAknCbaLocationRight: + case AknLayoutUtils::EAknCbaLocationLeft: + // Already in correct position + default: + break; + } + + // Align horizontally to center + iconPosition.setY((targetSize.height() - sourceSize.height()) >> 1); + return iconPosition; +} + +QPixmap QSoftKeyManagerPrivateS60::prepareSoftkeyPixmap(QPixmap src, int position, QSize targetSize) +{ + QPixmap target(targetSize); + target.fill(Qt::transparent); + QPainter p; + p.begin(&target); + p.drawPixmap(softkeyIconPosition(position, src.size(), targetSize), src); + p.end(); + return target; +} + bool QSoftKeyManagerPrivateS60::isOrientationLandscape() { // Hard to believe that there is no public API in S60 to @@ -158,15 +193,11 @@ bool QSoftKeyManagerPrivateS60::isOrientationLandscape() QSize QSoftKeyManagerPrivateS60::cbaIconSize(CEikButtonGroupContainer *cba, int position) { - Q_UNUSED(cba); - Q_UNUSED(position); - // Will be implemented when EikSoftkeyImage usage license wise is OK -/* - const int index = isOrientationLandscape() ? 0 : 1; + int index = position; + index += isOrientationLandscape() ? 0 : 1; if(cachedCbaIconSize[index].isNull()) { // Only way I figured out to get CBA icon size without RnD SDK, was - // Only way I figured out to get CBA icon size without RnD SDK, was // to set some dummy icon to CBA first and then ask CBA button CCoeControl::Size() // The returned value is cached to avoid unnecessary icon setting every time. const bool left = (position == LSK_POSITION); @@ -178,38 +209,46 @@ QSize QSoftKeyManagerPrivateS60::cbaIconSize(CEikButtonGroupContainer *cba, int setNativeSoftkey(*cba, position, command, KNullDesC()); cachedCbaIconSize[index] = qt_TSize2QSize(cba->ControlOrNull(command)->Size()); EikSoftkeyImage::SetLabel(cba, left); + + if(cachedCbaIconSize[index] == QSize(138,72)) { + // Hack for S60 5.0 (5800) landscape orientation, which return wrong icon size + cachedCbaIconSize[index] = QSize(60,60); + } } } return cachedCbaIconSize[index]; -*/ - return QSize(); } bool QSoftKeyManagerPrivateS60::setSoftkeyImage(CEikButtonGroupContainer *cba, QAction &action, int position) { bool ret = false; - Q_UNUSED(cba); - Q_UNUSED(action); - Q_UNUSED(position); - // Will be implemented when EikSoftkeyImage usage license wise is OK - /* const bool left = (position == LSK_POSITION); if(position == LSK_POSITION || position == RSK_POSITION) { QIcon icon = action.icon(); if (!icon.isNull()) { - QPixmap pm = icon.pixmap(cbaIconSize(cba, position)); - pm = pm.scaled(cbaIconSize(cba, position)); - QBitmap mask = pm.mask(); - if (mask.isNull()) { - mask = QBitmap(pm.size()); - mask.fill(Qt::color1); + // Get size of CBA icon area based on button position and orientation + QSize requiredIconSize = cbaIconSize(cba, position); + // Get pixmap out of icon based on preferred size, the aspect ratio is kept + QPixmap pmWihtAspectRatio = icon.pixmap(requiredIconSize); + // Native softkeys require that pixmap size is exactly the same as requiredIconSize + // prepareSoftkeyPixmap creates a new pixmap with requiredIconSize and blits the 'pmWihtAspectRatio' + // to correct location of it + QPixmap softkeyPixmap = prepareSoftkeyPixmap(pmWihtAspectRatio, position, requiredIconSize); + + QPixmap softkeyAlpha = softkeyPixmap.alphaChannel(); + // Alpha channel in 5.1 and older devices need to be inverted + // TODO: Switch to use toSymbianCFbsBitmap with invert when available + if(QSysInfo::s60Version() <= QSysInfo::SV_S60_5_1) { + QImage alphaImage = softkeyAlpha.toImage(); + alphaImage.invertPixels(); + softkeyAlpha = QPixmap::fromImage(alphaImage); } - CFbsBitmap* nBitmap = pm.toSymbianCFbsBitmap(); - CFbsBitmap* nMask = mask.toSymbianCFbsBitmap(); + CFbsBitmap* nBitmap = softkeyPixmap.toSymbianCFbsBitmap(); + CFbsBitmap* nMask = softkeyAlpha.toSymbianCFbsBitmap(); CEikImage* myimage = new (ELeave) CEikImage; myimage->SetPicture( nBitmap, nMask ); // nBitmap and nMask ownership transfered @@ -221,7 +260,6 @@ bool QSoftKeyManagerPrivateS60::setSoftkeyImage(CEikButtonGroupContainer *cba, EikSoftkeyImage::SetLabel(cba, left); } } - */ return ret; } @@ -272,6 +310,7 @@ bool QSoftKeyManagerPrivateS60::setRightSoftkey(CEikButtonGroupContainer &cba) if (windowType != Qt::Dialog && windowType != Qt::Popup) { QString text(QSoftKeyManager::tr("Exit")); TPtrC nativeText = qt_QString2TPtrC(text); + EikSoftkeyImage::SetLabel(&cba, false); setNativeSoftkey(cba, RSK_POSITION, EAknSoftkeyExit, nativeText); return true; } @@ -303,7 +342,6 @@ void QSoftKeyManagerPrivateS60::setSoftkeys(CEikButtonGroupContainer &cba) void QSoftKeyManagerPrivateS60::updateSoftKeys_sys() { - //bool status = CCoeEnv::Static()->AppUi()->IsDisplayingMenuOrDialog(); if (skipCbaUpdate()) return; diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qsoftkeymanager_s60_p.h b/src/gui/kernel/qsoftkeymanager_s60_p.h index 46e3596..f8bd6d9 100644 --- a/src/gui/kernel/qsoftkeymanager_s60_p.h +++ b/src/gui/kernel/qsoftkeymanager_s60_p.h @@ -84,6 +84,8 @@ private: QAction *highestPrioritySoftkey(QAction::SoftKeyRole role); static bool actionPriorityMoreThan(const QAction* item1, const QAction* item2); void setNativeSoftkey(CEikButtonGroupContainer &cba, TInt position, TInt command, const TDesC& text); + QPoint softkeyIconPosition(int position, QSize sourceSize, QSize targetSize); + QPixmap prepareSoftkeyPixmap(QPixmap src, int position, QSize targetSize); bool isOrientationLandscape(); QSize cbaIconSize(CEikButtonGroupContainer *cba, int position); bool setSoftkeyImage(CEikButtonGroupContainer *cba, QAction &action, int position); @@ -95,7 +97,7 @@ private: private: QHash<int, QAction*> realSoftKeyActions; - QSize cachedCbaIconSize[2]; + QSize cachedCbaIconSize[4]; bool skipNextUpdate; }; diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qt_cocoa_helpers_mac.mm b/src/gui/kernel/qt_cocoa_helpers_mac.mm index 377e5a0..f2ec4af 100644 --- a/src/gui/kernel/qt_cocoa_helpers_mac.mm +++ b/src/gui/kernel/qt_cocoa_helpers_mac.mm @@ -83,6 +83,7 @@ #include <private/qt_cocoa_helpers_mac_p.h> #include <private/qt_mac_p.h> #include <private/qapplication_p.h> +#include <private/qcocoaapplication_mac_p.h> #include <private/qcocoawindow_mac_p.h> #include <private/qcocoaview_mac_p.h> #include <private/qkeymapper_p.h> @@ -1162,7 +1163,7 @@ CGContextRef qt_mac_graphicsContextFor(QWidget *widget) CGrafPtr port = GetWindowPort(qt_mac_window_for(widget)); QDBeginCGContext(port, &context); #else - CGContextRef context = (CGContextRef)[[NSGraphicsContext graphicsContextWithWindow:qt_mac_window_for(widget)] graphicsPort]; + CGContextRef context = reinterpret_cast<CGContextRef>([[qt_mac_window_for(widget) graphicsContext] graphicsPort]); #endif return context; } @@ -1279,22 +1280,42 @@ void qt_cocoaChangeOverrideCursor(const QCursor &cursor) QMacCocoaAutoReleasePool pool; [static_cast<NSCursor *>(qt_mac_nsCursorForQCursor(cursor)) set]; } -#endif -@implementation DebugNSApplication { -} -- (void)sendEvent:(NSEvent *)event +// WARNING: If Qt did not create NSApplication (e.g. in case it is +// used as a plugin), and at the same time, there is no window on +// screen (or the window that the event is sendt to becomes hidden etc +// before the event gets delivered), the message will not be performed. +bool qt_cocoaPostMessage(id target, SEL selector) { - NSLog(@"NSAppDebug: sendEvent: %@", event); - return [super sendEvent:event]; -} + if (!target) + return false; -- (BOOL)sendAction:(SEL)anAction to:(id)aTarget from:(id)sender -{ - NSLog(@"NSAppDebug: sendAction: %s to %@ from %@", anAction, aTarget, sender); - return [super sendAction:anAction to:aTarget from:sender]; + NSInteger windowNumber = 0; + if (![NSApp isMemberOfClass:[QNSApplication class]]) { + // INVARIANT: Cocoa is not using our NSApplication subclass. That means + // we don't control the main event handler either. So target the event + // for one of the windows on screen: + NSWindow *nswin = [NSApp mainWindow]; + if (!nswin) { + nswin = [NSApp keyWindow]; + if (!nswin) + return false; + } + windowNumber = [nswin windowNumber]; + } + + // WARNING: data1 and data2 is truncated to from 64-bit to 32-bit on OS 10.5! + // That is why we need to split the address in two parts: + QCocoaPostMessageArgs *args = new QCocoaPostMessageArgs(target, selector); + quint32 lower = quintptr(args); + quint32 upper = quintptr(args) >> 32; + NSEvent *e = [NSEvent otherEventWithType:NSApplicationDefined + location:NSZeroPoint modifierFlags:0 timestamp:0 windowNumber:windowNumber + context:nil subtype:QtCocoaEventSubTypePostMessage data1:lower data2:upper]; + [NSApp postEvent:e atStart:NO]; + return true; } -@end +#endif QMacCocoaAutoReleasePool::QMacCocoaAutoReleasePool() { diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qt_cocoa_helpers_mac_p.h b/src/gui/kernel/qt_cocoa_helpers_mac_p.h index ace8255..c43ea55 100644 --- a/src/gui/kernel/qt_cocoa_helpers_mac_p.h +++ b/src/gui/kernel/qt_cocoa_helpers_mac_p.h @@ -114,6 +114,12 @@ typedef struct CGPoint NSPoint; #endif QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE + +enum { + QtCocoaEventSubTypeWakeup = SHRT_MAX, + QtCocoaEventSubTypePostMessage = SHRT_MAX-1 +}; + Qt::MouseButtons qt_mac_get_buttons(int buttons); Qt::MouseButton qt_mac_get_button(EventMouseButton button); void macWindowFade(void * /*OSWindowRef*/ window, float durationSeconds = 0.15); @@ -182,8 +188,23 @@ inline QString qt_mac_NSStringToQString(const NSString *nsstr) inline NSString *qt_mac_QStringToNSString(const QString &qstr) { return [reinterpret_cast<const NSString *>(QCFString::toCFStringRef(qstr)) autorelease]; } -@interface DebugNSApplication : NSApplication {} -@end +#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA +class QCocoaPostMessageArgs { +public: + id target; + SEL selector; + QCocoaPostMessageArgs(id target, SEL selector) : target(target), selector(selector) + { + [target retain]; + } + + ~QCocoaPostMessageArgs() + { + [target release]; + } +}; +bool qt_cocoaPostMessage(id target, SEL selector); +#endif #endif diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp index 884447d..2e951b6 100644 --- a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp +++ b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp @@ -1439,6 +1439,18 @@ QWidget::~QWidget() } #endif +#ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN + if (d->extra && d->extra->topextra && d->extra->topextra->backingStore) { + // Okay, we are about to destroy the top-level window that owns + // the backing store. Make sure we delete the backing store right away + // before the window handle is invalid. This is important because + // the backing store will delete its window surface, which may or may + // not have a reference to this widget that will be used later to + // notify the window it no longer has a surface. + delete d->extra->topextra->backingStore; + d->extra->topextra->backingStore = 0; + } +#endif if (QWidgetBackingStore *bs = d->maybeBackingStore()) { bs->removeDirtyWidget(this); if (testAttribute(Qt::WA_StaticContents)) @@ -1660,7 +1672,13 @@ void QWidgetPrivate::syncBackingStore() repaint_sys(dirty); dirty = QRegion(); } else if (QWidgetBackingStore *bs = maybeBackingStore()) { +#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA + Q_UNUSED(bs); + void qt_mac_set_needs_display(QWidget *, QRegion); + qt_mac_set_needs_display(q_func(), QRegion()); +#else bs->sync(); +#endif } } @@ -1668,8 +1686,15 @@ void QWidgetPrivate::syncBackingStore(const QRegion ®ion) { if (paintOnScreen()) repaint_sys(region); - else if (QWidgetBackingStore *bs = maybeBackingStore()) + else if (QWidgetBackingStore *bs = maybeBackingStore()) { +#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA + Q_UNUSED(bs); + void qt_mac_set_needs_display(QWidget *, QRegion); + qt_mac_set_needs_display(q_func(), region); +#else bs->sync(q_func(), region); +#endif + } } void QWidgetPrivate::setUpdatesEnabled_helper(bool enable) @@ -6422,6 +6447,8 @@ void QWidget::setTabOrder(QWidget* first, QWidget *second) first = fp; } + if (fp == second) + return; if (QWidget *sp = second->focusProxy()) second = sp; diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_mac.mm b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_mac.mm index 878b776..a5633d3 100644 --- a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_mac.mm +++ b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_mac.mm @@ -565,6 +565,25 @@ inline static void qt_mac_set_window_group_to_popup(OSWindowRef window) } #endif +#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA +void qt_mac_set_needs_display(QWidget *widget, QRegion region) +{ + NSView *theNSView = qt_mac_nativeview_for(widget); + if (region.isEmpty()) { + [theNSView setNeedsDisplay:YES]; + return; + } + + QVector<QRect> rects = region.rects(); + for (int i = 0; i<rects.count(); ++i) { + const QRect &rect = rects.at(i); + NSRect nsrect = NSMakeRect(rect.x(), rect.y(), rect.width(), rect.height()); + [theNSView setNeedsDisplayInRect:nsrect]; + } + +} +#endif + inline static bool updateRedirectedToGraphicsProxyWidget(QWidget *widget, const QRect &rect) { if (!widget) diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_s60.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_s60.cpp index 00f2213..a844430 100644 --- a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_s60.cpp +++ b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_s60.cpp @@ -1046,96 +1046,48 @@ void QWidget::setWindowState(Qt::WindowStates newstate) return; if (isWindow()) { -#ifdef Q_WS_S60 - // Change window decoration visibility if switching to or from fullsccreen - // In addition decoration visibility is changed when the initial has been - // WindowNoState. - // The window decoration visibility has to be changed before doing actual - // window state change since in that order the availableGeometry will return - // directly the right size and we will avoid unnecessarty redraws - if ((oldstate & Qt::WindowFullScreen) != (newstate & Qt::WindowFullScreen) || - oldstate == Qt::WindowNoState) { - CEikStatusPane* statusPane = S60->statusPane(); - CEikButtonGroupContainer* buttonGroup = S60->buttonGroupContainer(); - if (newstate & Qt::WindowFullScreen) { - if (statusPane) - statusPane->MakeVisible(false); - if (buttonGroup) - buttonGroup->MakeVisible(false); - } else { - if (statusPane) - statusPane->MakeVisible(true); - if (buttonGroup) - buttonGroup->MakeVisible(true); - } + QSymbianControl *window = static_cast<QSymbianControl *>(effectiveWinId()); + if (window && newstate & Qt::WindowMinimized) { + window->setFocusSafely(false); + window->MakeVisible(false); + } else if (window && oldstate & Qt::WindowMinimized) { + window->setFocusSafely(true); + window->MakeVisible(true); } + +#ifdef Q_WS_S60 + // Hide window decoration when switching to fullsccreen / minimized otherwise show decoration. + // The window decoration visibility has to be changed before doing actual window state + // change since in that order the availableGeometry will return directly the right size and + // we will avoid unnecessarty redraws + CEikStatusPane* statusPane = S60->statusPane(); + CEikButtonGroupContainer* buttonGroup = S60->buttonGroupContainer(); + TBool visible = !(newstate & (Qt::WindowFullScreen | Qt::WindowMinimized)); + if (statusPane) + statusPane->MakeVisible(visible); + if (buttonGroup) + buttonGroup->MakeVisible(visible); #endif // Q_WS_S60 createWinId(); Q_ASSERT(testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)); - QTLWExtra *top = d->topData(); - // Ensure the initial size is valid, since we store it as normalGeometry below. if (!testAttribute(Qt::WA_Resized) && !isVisible()) adjustSize(); - if ((oldstate & Qt::WindowMaximized) != (newstate & Qt::WindowMaximized)) { - if ((newstate & Qt::WindowMaximized)) { - const QRect normalGeometry = geometry(); + QTLWExtra *top = d->topData(); + const QRect normalGeometry = (top->normalGeometry.width() < 0) ? geometry() : top->normalGeometry; - const QRect r = top->normalGeometry; - setGeometry(qApp->desktop()->availableGeometry(this)); - top->normalGeometry = r; + if (newstate & Qt::WindowFullScreen) + setGeometry(qApp->desktop()->screenGeometry(this)); + else if (newstate & Qt::WindowMaximized) + setGeometry(qApp->desktop()->availableGeometry(this)); + else + setGeometry(normalGeometry); - if (top->normalGeometry.width() < 0) - top->normalGeometry = normalGeometry; - } else { - // restore original geometry - setGeometry(top->normalGeometry); - } - } - if ((oldstate & Qt::WindowFullScreen) != (newstate & Qt::WindowFullScreen)) { - if (newstate & Qt::WindowFullScreen) { - const QRect normalGeometry = geometry(); - const QRect r = top->normalGeometry; - setGeometry(qApp->desktop()->screenGeometry(this)); - - top->normalGeometry = r; - if (top->normalGeometry.width() < 0) - top->normalGeometry = normalGeometry; - } else { - if (newstate & Qt::WindowMaximized) { - const QRect r = top->normalGeometry; - setGeometry(qApp->desktop()->availableGeometry(this)); - top->normalGeometry = r; - } else { - setGeometry(top->normalGeometry); - } - } - } - if ((oldstate & Qt::WindowMinimized) != (newstate & Qt::WindowMinimized)) { - if (newstate & Qt::WindowMinimized) { - if (isVisible()) { - QSymbianControl *id = static_cast<QSymbianControl *>(effectiveWinId()); - if (id->IsFocused()) // Avoid unnecessary calls to FocusChanged() - id->setFocusSafely(false); - id->MakeVisible(false); - } - } else { - if (isVisible()) { - QSymbianControl *id = static_cast<QSymbianControl *>(effectiveWinId()); - id->MakeVisible(true); - if (!id->IsFocused()) // Avoid unnecessary calls to FocusChanged() - id->setFocusSafely(true); - } - const QRect normalGeometry = geometry(); - const QRect r = top->normalGeometry; - top->normalGeometry = r; - if (top->normalGeometry.width() < 0) - top->normalGeometry = normalGeometry; - } - } + //restore normal geometry + top->normalGeometry = normalGeometry; } data->window_state = newstate; @@ -1195,6 +1147,10 @@ void QWidget::destroy(bool destroyWindow, bool destroySubWindows) if (destroyWindow) { delete id; + // At this point the backing store should already be destroyed + // so we flush the command buffer to ensure that the freeing of + // those resources and deleting the window can happen "atomically" + S60->wsSession().Flush(); } } diff --git a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_x11.cpp b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_x11.cpp index 4684bc1..10fb009 100644 --- a/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_x11.cpp +++ b/src/gui/kernel/qwidget_x11.cpp @@ -346,11 +346,6 @@ Q_GUI_EXPORT void qt_x11_enforce_cursor(QWidget * w) qt_x11_enforce_cursor(w, false); } -static Bool checkForConfigureAndExpose(Display *, XEvent *e, XPointer) -{ - return e->type == ConfigureNotify || e->type == Expose; -} - Q_GUI_EXPORT void qt_x11_wait_for_window_manager(QWidget* w) { if (!w || (!w->isWindow() && !w->internalWinId())) @@ -363,38 +358,60 @@ Q_GUI_EXPORT void qt_x11_wait_for_window_manager(QWidget* w) if (!w->testAttribute(Qt::WA_WState_Created)) return; - if (!(w->windowFlags() & Qt::X11BypassWindowManagerHint)) { - // if the window is not override-redirect, then the window manager - // will reparent us to the frame decoration window. - while (!XCheckTypedWindowEvent(X11->display, w->effectiveWinId(), ReparentNotify, &ev)) { - if (t.elapsed() > maximumWaitTime) - return; - qApp->syncX(); // non-busy wait - } - } + WId winid = w->internalWinId(); - while (!XCheckTypedWindowEvent(X11->display, w->effectiveWinId(), MapNotify, &ev)) { - if (t.elapsed() > maximumWaitTime) - return; - qApp->syncX(); // non-busy wait - } + // first deliver events that are already in the local queue + QApplication::sendPostedEvents(); - qApp->x11ProcessEvent(&ev); + // the normal sequence is: + // ... ConfigureNotify ... ReparentNotify ... MapNotify ... Expose + // with X11BypassWindowManagerHint: + // ConfigureNotify ... MapNotify ... Expose - // ok, seems like the window manager successfully reparented us, we'll wait - // for the first paint event to arrive, while handling ConfigureNotify in - // the arrival order - while(1) - { - if (XCheckIfEvent(X11->display, &ev, checkForConfigureAndExpose, 0)) { + enum State { + Initial, Reparented, Mapped + } state = Initial; + + do { + if (XEventsQueued(X11->display, QueuedAlready)) { + XNextEvent(X11->display, &ev); qApp->x11ProcessEvent(&ev); - if (ev.type == Expose) - return; + + if (w->windowFlags() & Qt::X11BypassWindowManagerHint) { + switch (state) { + case Initial: + case Reparented: + if (ev.type == MapNotify && ev.xany.window == winid) + state = Mapped; + break; + case Mapped: + if (ev.type == Expose && ev.xany.window == winid) + return; + break; + } + } else { + switch (state) { + case Initial: + if (ev.type == ReparentNotify && ev.xany.window == winid) + state = Reparented; + break; + case Reparented: + if (ev.type == MapNotify && ev.xany.window == winid) + state = Mapped; + break; + case Mapped: + if (ev.type == Expose && ev.xany.window == winid) + return; + break; + } + } + } else { + if (!XEventsQueued(X11->display, QueuedAfterFlush)) + qApp->syncX(); // non-busy wait } if (t.elapsed() > maximumWaitTime) return; - qApp->syncX(); // non-busy wait - } + } while(1); } void qt_change_net_wm_state(const QWidget* w, bool set, Atom one, Atom two = 0) diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qdrawhelper.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qdrawhelper.cpp index 194dda3..660a2a8 100644 --- a/src/gui/painting/qdrawhelper.cpp +++ b/src/gui/painting/qdrawhelper.cpp @@ -2408,7 +2408,11 @@ static inline int soft_light_op(int dst, int src, int da, int sa) else if (4 * dst <= da) return (dst * sa * 255 + da * (src2 - sa) * ((((16 * dst_np - 12 * 255) * dst_np + 3 * 65025) * dst_np) / 65025) + temp) / 65025; else { +# ifdef Q_CC_RVCT // needed to avoid compiler crash in RVCT 2.2 + return (dst * sa * 255 + da * (src2 - sa) * (qIntSqrtInt(dst_np * 255) - dst_np) + temp) / 65025; +# else return (dst * sa * 255 + da * (src2 - sa) * (int(sqrt(qreal(dst_np * 255))) - dst_np) + temp) / 65025; +# endif } } diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qmath_p.h b/src/gui/painting/qmath_p.h index cd9f5ea..8a5f5ab 100644 --- a/src/gui/painting/qmath_p.h +++ b/src/gui/painting/qmath_p.h @@ -54,6 +54,7 @@ // #include <math.h> +#include <qmath.h> QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE @@ -61,6 +62,11 @@ static const qreal Q_PI = qreal(3.14159265358979323846); // pi static const qreal Q_2PI = qreal(6.28318530717958647693); // 2*pi static const qreal Q_PI2 = qreal(1.57079632679489661923); // pi/2 +inline int qIntSqrtInt(int v) +{ + return static_cast<int>(qSqrt(static_cast<qreal>(v))); +} + QT_END_NAMESPACE #endif // QMATH_P_H diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpainter.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpainter.cpp index cde6a2d..bf12c6b 100644 --- a/src/gui/painting/qpainter.cpp +++ b/src/gui/painting/qpainter.cpp @@ -7509,7 +7509,7 @@ QPaintDevice *QPainter::redirected(const QPaintDevice *device, QPoint *offset) return widgetPrivate->redirected(offset); } - if (*globalRedirectionAtomic() == 0) + if (!globalRedirectionAtomic() || *globalRedirectionAtomic() == 0) return 0; QMutexLocker locker(globalRedirectionsMutex()); @@ -7529,7 +7529,7 @@ QPaintDevice *QPainter::redirected(const QPaintDevice *device, QPoint *offset) void qt_painter_removePaintDevice(QPaintDevice *dev) { - if (*globalRedirectionAtomic() == 0) + if (!globalRedirectionAtomic() || *globalRedirectionAtomic() == 0) return; QMutex *mutex = 0; diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpathclipper.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qpathclipper.cpp index 7997e77..bc81514 100644 --- a/src/gui/painting/qpathclipper.cpp +++ b/src/gui/painting/qpathclipper.cpp @@ -90,8 +90,6 @@ static QPointF normalize(const QPointF &p) return p / qSqrt(p.x() * p.x() + p.y() * p.y()); } -static bool pathToRect(const QPainterPath &path, QRectF *rect = 0); - struct QIntersection { qreal alphaA; @@ -1660,7 +1658,7 @@ static bool fuzzyCompare(qreal a, qreal b) return qFuzzyCompare(a, b); } -static bool pathToRect(const QPainterPath &path, QRectF *rect) +bool QPathClipper::pathToRect(const QPainterPath &path, QRectF *rect) { if (path.elementCount() != 5) return false; @@ -1693,7 +1691,7 @@ static bool pathToRect(const QPainterPath &path, QRectF *rect) return false; if (rect) - *rect = QRectF(QPointF(x1, y1), QPointF(x2, y2)); + rect->setCoords(x1, y1, x2, y2); return true; } diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qpathclipper_p.h b/src/gui/painting/qpathclipper_p.h index 0d2c049..b900862 100644 --- a/src/gui/painting/qpathclipper_p.h +++ b/src/gui/painting/qpathclipper_p.h @@ -86,6 +86,8 @@ public: bool intersect(); bool contains(); + static bool pathToRect(const QPainterPath &path, QRectF *rect = 0); + private: Q_DISABLE_COPY(QPathClipper) diff --git a/src/gui/painting/qwindowsurface_raster.cpp b/src/gui/painting/qwindowsurface_raster.cpp index a0d2b9b..eee6bef 100644 --- a/src/gui/painting/qwindowsurface_raster.cpp +++ b/src/gui/painting/qwindowsurface_raster.cpp @@ -295,10 +295,8 @@ void QRasterWindowSurface::flush(QWidget *widget, const QRegion &rgn, const QPoi CGContextRestoreGState(context); #ifndef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA QDEndCGContext(port, &context); -#else - CGContextFlush(context); -#endif #endif +#endif // Q_WS_MAC #ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN Q_UNUSED(widget); diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qcommonstyle.cpp b/src/gui/styles/qcommonstyle.cpp index 3132dd1..7f9b058 100644 --- a/src/gui/styles/qcommonstyle.cpp +++ b/src/gui/styles/qcommonstyle.cpp @@ -1149,10 +1149,10 @@ void QCommonStylePrivate::tabLayout(const QStyleOptionTabV3 *opt, const QWidget int vpadding = proxyStyle->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_TabBarTabVSpace, opt, widget) / 2; if (opt->shape == QTabBar::RoundedSouth || opt->shape == QTabBar::TriangularSouth) verticalShift = -verticalShift; - tr.adjust(hpadding, vpadding, horizontalShift - hpadding, verticalShift - vpadding); + tr.adjust(hpadding, verticalShift - vpadding, horizontalShift - hpadding, vpadding); bool selected = opt->state & QStyle::State_Selected; if (selected) { - tr.setBottom(tr.bottom() - verticalShift); + tr.setTop(tr.top() - verticalShift); tr.setRight(tr.right() - horizontalShift); } diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qmacstyle_mac.mm b/src/gui/styles/qmacstyle_mac.mm index a077cf0..40ee31d 100644 --- a/src/gui/styles/qmacstyle_mac.mm +++ b/src/gui/styles/qmacstyle_mac.mm @@ -3391,8 +3391,14 @@ void QMacStyle::drawControl(ControlElement ce, const QStyleOption *opt, QPainter if (tb->toolButtonStyle != Qt::ToolButtonIconOnly) { needText = true; if (tb->toolButtonStyle == Qt::ToolButtonTextUnderIcon) { - pr.setHeight(pixmap.size().height()); - cr.adjust(0, pr.bottom() + 1, 0, 1); + QMainWindow *mw = qobject_cast<QMainWindow *>(w->window()); + if (mw && mw->unifiedTitleAndToolBarOnMac()) { + pr.setHeight(pixmap.size().height()); + cr.adjust(0, pr.bottom() + 1, 0, 1); + } else { + pr.setHeight(pixmap.size().height() + 6); + cr.adjust(0, pr.bottom(), 0, -3); + } alignment |= Qt::AlignCenter; } else { pr.setWidth(pixmap.width() + 8); diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qs60style_simulated.cpp b/src/gui/styles/qs60style_simulated.cpp index f87cf28..3f09ebc 100644 --- a/src/gui/styles/qs60style_simulated.cpp +++ b/src/gui/styles/qs60style_simulated.cpp @@ -94,12 +94,12 @@ bool saveThemeToBlob(const QString &themeBlob, dataOut << color; } - const int picturesCount = partPictures.count(); - dataOut << picturesCount; - foreach (const QString &key, partPictures.keys()) { - const QPicture picture = partPictures.value(key); - dataOut << key; - dataOut << picture; + dataOut << partPictures.count(); + QHashIterator<QString, QPicture> i(partPictures); + while (i.hasNext()) { + i.next(); + dataOut << i.key(); + dataOut << i.value(); // the QPicture } QDataStream blobOut(&blob); diff --git a/src/gui/styles/qstylesheetstyle.cpp b/src/gui/styles/qstylesheetstyle.cpp index 9002172..1f9fc32 100644 --- a/src/gui/styles/qstylesheetstyle.cpp +++ b/src/gui/styles/qstylesheetstyle.cpp @@ -1125,6 +1125,7 @@ void QRenderRule::fixupBorder(int nativeWidth) void QRenderRule::drawBorderImage(QPainter *p, const QRect& rect) { + setClip(p, rect); static const Qt::TileRule tileMode2TileRule[] = { Qt::StretchTile, Qt::RoundTile, Qt::StretchTile, Qt::RepeatTile, Qt::StretchTile }; @@ -1142,6 +1143,7 @@ void QRenderRule::drawBorderImage(QPainter *p, const QRect& rect) QRect(QPoint(), borderImageData->pixmap.size()), sourceMargins, QTileRules(tileMode2TileRule[borderImageData->horizStretch], tileMode2TileRule[borderImageData->vertStretch])); p->setRenderHint(QPainter::SmoothPixmapTransform, wasSmoothPixmapTransform); + unsetClip(p); } QRect QRenderRule::originRect(const QRect &rect, Origin origin) const diff --git a/src/gui/text/qfontdatabase_s60.cpp b/src/gui/text/qfontdatabase_s60.cpp index 3ae6fe9..87a73df 100644 --- a/src/gui/text/qfontdatabase_s60.cpp +++ b/src/gui/text/qfontdatabase_s60.cpp @@ -246,8 +246,8 @@ static void initializeDb() QSymbianFbsHeapLock lock(QSymbianFbsHeapLock::Unlock); const int numTypeFaces = QS60Data::screenDevice()->NumTypefaces(); - const QFontDatabaseS60StoreImplementation *store = dynamic_cast<const QFontDatabaseS60StoreImplementation*>(db->s60Store); - Q_ASSERT(store); + const QFontDatabaseS60StoreImplementation *store = + static_cast<const QFontDatabaseS60StoreImplementation*>(db->s60Store); bool fontAdded = false; for (int i = 0; i < numTypeFaces; i++) { TTypefaceSupport typefaceSupport; @@ -258,8 +258,7 @@ static void initializeDb() continue; if (font->TypeUid() == KCFbsFontUid) { TOpenFontFaceAttrib faceAttrib; - const CFbsFont *cfbsFont = dynamic_cast<const CFbsFont *>(font); - Q_ASSERT(cfbsFont); + const CFbsFont *cfbsFont = static_cast<const CFbsFont *>(font); cfbsFont->GetFaceAttrib(faceAttrib); QtFontStyle::Key styleKey; @@ -390,8 +389,8 @@ QFontEngine *QFontDatabase::findFont(int script, const QFontPrivate *, const QFo QFontDef request = req; request.family = fontFamily; #if defined(QT_NO_FREETYPE) - const QFontDatabaseS60StoreImplementation *store = dynamic_cast<const QFontDatabaseS60StoreImplementation*>(db->s60Store); - Q_ASSERT(store); + const QFontDatabaseS60StoreImplementation *store = + static_cast<const QFontDatabaseS60StoreImplementation*>(db->s60Store); const QFontEngineS60Extensions *extension = store->extension(fontFamily); fe = new QFontEngineS60(request, extension); #else diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextcontrol.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextcontrol.cpp index aaaa3ca..8d3923f 100644 --- a/src/gui/text/qtextcontrol.cpp +++ b/src/gui/text/qtextcontrol.cpp @@ -1762,8 +1762,8 @@ void QTextControlPrivate::contextMenuEvent(const QPoint &screenPos, const QPoint QMenu *menu = q->createStandardContextMenu(docPos, contextWidget); if (!menu) return; - menu->exec(screenPos); - delete menu; + menu->setAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose); + menu->popup(screenPos); #endif } diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextdocument.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextdocument.cpp index b8c9b94..80931c9 100644 --- a/src/gui/text/qtextdocument.cpp +++ b/src/gui/text/qtextdocument.cpp @@ -436,6 +436,23 @@ void QTextDocument::redo(QTextCursor *cursor) } /*! + \since 4.7 + Clears the specified stacks. + + This method clears any commands on the undo stack, the redo stack, or both (the + default). If any commands got cleared, the appropriate signals + (\a QTextDocument::undoAvailable or \a QTextDocument::redoAvailable) get + emitted. + + \sa QTextDocument::undoAvailable QTextDocument::redoAvailable +*/ +void QTextDocument::clearUndoRedoStacks(Stacks stacksToClear) +{ + Q_D(QTextDocument); + d->clearUndoRedoStacks(stacksToClear, true); +} + +/*! \overload */ diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextdocument.h b/src/gui/text/qtextdocument.h index b5bcb41..0140772 100644 --- a/src/gui/text/qtextdocument.h +++ b/src/gui/text/qtextdocument.h @@ -256,6 +256,13 @@ public: void undo(QTextCursor *cursor); void redo(QTextCursor *cursor); + enum Stacks { + UndoStack = 0x01, + RedoStack = 0x02, + UndoAndRedoStacks = UndoStack | RedoStack + }; + void clearUndoRedoStacks(Stacks historyToClear = UndoAndRedoStacks); + int maximumBlockCount() const; void setMaximumBlockCount(int maximum); diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextdocument_p.cpp b/src/gui/text/qtextdocument_p.cpp index 372b9dc..969d5b4 100644 --- a/src/gui/text/qtextdocument_p.cpp +++ b/src/gui/text/qtextdocument_p.cpp @@ -259,8 +259,7 @@ void QTextDocumentPrivate::clear() objects.clear(); title.clear(); - undoState = 0; - truncateUndoStack(); + clearUndoRedoStacks(QTextDocument::UndoAndRedoStacks); text = QString(); unreachableCharacterCount = 0; modifiedState = 0; @@ -292,7 +291,7 @@ QTextDocumentPrivate::~QTextDocumentPrivate() cursors.clear(); undoState = 0; undoEnabled = true; - truncateUndoStack(); + clearUndoRedoStacks(QTextDocument::RedoStack); } void QTextDocumentPrivate::setLayout(QAbstractTextDocumentLayout *layout) @@ -1027,7 +1026,7 @@ void QTextDocumentPrivate::appendUndoItem(const QTextUndoCommand &c) if (!undoEnabled) return; if (undoState < undoStack.size()) - truncateUndoStack(); + clearUndoRedoStacks(QTextDocument::RedoStack); if (!undoStack.isEmpty() && modified) { QTextUndoCommand &last = undoStack[undoState - 1]; @@ -1050,26 +1049,46 @@ void QTextDocumentPrivate::appendUndoItem(const QTextUndoCommand &c) emit document()->undoCommandAdded(); } -void QTextDocumentPrivate::truncateUndoStack() +void QTextDocumentPrivate::clearUndoRedoStacks(QTextDocument::Stacks stacksToClear, + bool emitSignals) { - if (undoState == undoStack.size()) - return; - - for (int i = undoState; i < undoStack.size(); ++i) { - QTextUndoCommand c = undoStack[i]; - if (c.command & QTextUndoCommand::Removed) { - // ######## -// QTextFragment *f = c.fragment_list; -// while (f) { -// QTextFragment *n = f->right; -// delete f; -// f = n; -// } - } else if (c.command & QTextUndoCommand::Custom) { - delete c.custom; + bool undoCommandsAvailable = undoState != 0; + bool redoCommandsAvailable = undoState != undoStack.size(); + if (stacksToClear == QTextDocument::UndoStack && undoCommandsAvailable) { + for (int i = 0; i < undoState; ++i) { + QTextUndoCommand c = undoStack[undoState]; + if (c.command & QTextUndoCommand::Custom) + delete c.custom; } + undoStack.remove(0, undoState); + undoStack.resize(undoStack.size() - undoState); + undoState = 0; + if (emitSignals) + emitUndoAvailable(false); + } else if (stacksToClear == QTextDocument::RedoStack + && redoCommandsAvailable) { + for (int i = undoState; i < undoStack.size(); ++i) { + QTextUndoCommand c = undoStack[i]; + if (c.command & QTextUndoCommand::Custom) + delete c.custom; + } + undoStack.resize(undoState); + if (emitSignals) + emitRedoAvailable(false); + } else if (stacksToClear == QTextDocument::UndoAndRedoStacks + && !undoStack.isEmpty()) { + for (int i = 0; i < undoStack.size(); ++i) { + QTextUndoCommand c = undoStack[i]; + if (c.command & QTextUndoCommand::Custom) + delete c.custom; + } + undoState = 0; + undoStack.resize(0); + if (emitSignals && undoCommandsAvailable) + emitUndoAvailable(false); + if (emitSignals && redoCommandsAvailable) + emitRedoAvailable(false); } - undoStack.resize(undoState); } void QTextDocumentPrivate::emitUndoAvailable(bool available) @@ -1097,7 +1116,7 @@ void QTextDocumentPrivate::enableUndoRedo(bool enable) if (!enable) { undoState = 0; - truncateUndoStack(); + clearUndoRedoStacks(QTextDocument::RedoStack); emitUndoAvailable(false); emitRedoAvailable(false); } diff --git a/src/gui/text/qtextdocument_p.h b/src/gui/text/qtextdocument_p.h index 4ecc2fa..ac5ed3c 100644 --- a/src/gui/text/qtextdocument_p.h +++ b/src/gui/text/qtextdocument_p.h @@ -252,10 +252,11 @@ public: inline QFont defaultFont() const { return formats.defaultFont(); } inline void setDefaultFont(const QFont &f) { formats.setDefaultFont(f); } + void clearUndoRedoStacks(QTextDocument::Stacks stacksToClear, bool emitSignals = false); + private: bool split(int pos); bool unite(uint f); - void truncateUndoStack(); void insert_string(int pos, uint strPos, uint length, int format, QTextUndoCommand::Operation op); int insert_block(int pos, uint strPos, int format, int blockformat, QTextUndoCommand::Operation op, int command); diff --git a/src/gui/text/qzip.cpp b/src/gui/text/qzip.cpp index 2fc1940..d30c996 100644 --- a/src/gui/text/qzip.cpp +++ b/src/gui/text/qzip.cpp @@ -54,10 +54,13 @@ #include <zlib.h> #if defined(Q_OS_WIN) -#undef S_IFREG -#define S_IFREG 0100000 +# undef S_IFREG +# define S_IFREG 0100000 +# ifndef S_IFDIR +# define S_IFDIR 0040000 +# endif # ifndef S_ISDIR -# define S_ISDIR(x) ((x) & 0040000) > 0 +# define S_ISDIR(x) ((x) & S_IFDIR) > 0 # endif # ifndef S_ISREG # define S_ISREG(x) ((x) & 0170000) == S_IFREG diff --git a/src/gui/text/qzipreader_p.h b/src/gui/text/qzipreader_p.h index 1086464..67a2ace 100644 --- a/src/gui/text/qzipreader_p.h +++ b/src/gui/text/qzipreader_p.h @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ // ------------- // // This file is not part of the Qt API. It exists for the convenience -// of the QLibrary class. This header file may change from +// of the QZipReader class. This header file may change from // version to version without notice, or even be removed. // // We mean it. diff --git a/src/gui/text/qzipwriter_p.h b/src/gui/text/qzipwriter_p.h index 7b97937..9322f4a 100644 --- a/src/gui/text/qzipwriter_p.h +++ b/src/gui/text/qzipwriter_p.h @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ // ------------- // // This file is not part of the Qt API. It exists for the convenience -// of the QLibrary class. This header file may change from +// of the QZipWriter class. This header file may change from // version to version without notice, or even be removed. // // We mean it. diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractscrollarea.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractscrollarea.cpp index 87f6c83..1d496d5 100644 --- a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractscrollarea.cpp +++ b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractscrollarea.cpp @@ -1134,13 +1134,10 @@ void QAbstractScrollArea::mouseMoveEvent(QMouseEvent *e) void QAbstractScrollArea::wheelEvent(QWheelEvent *e) { Q_D(QAbstractScrollArea); - QScrollBar *const bars[2] = { d->hbar, d->vbar }; - int idx = (e->orientation() == Qt::Vertical) ? 1 : 0; - int other = (idx + 1) % 2; - if (!bars[idx]->isVisible() && bars[other]->isVisible()) - idx = other; // If the scrollbar of the event orientation is hidden, fallback to the other. - - QApplication::sendEvent(bars[idx], e); + if (static_cast<QWheelEvent*>(e)->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) + QApplication::sendEvent(d->hbar, e); + else + QApplication::sendEvent(d->vbar, e); } #endif diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractslider.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractslider.cpp index 2874647..73c17db 100644 --- a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractslider.cpp +++ b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractslider.cpp @@ -214,8 +214,8 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE */ QAbstractSliderPrivate::QAbstractSliderPrivate() - : minimum(0), maximum(99), singleStep(1), pageStep(10), - value(0), position(0), pressValue(-1), offset_accumulated(0), tracking(true), + : minimum(0), maximum(99), pageStep(10), value(0), position(0), pressValue(-1), + singleStep(1), offset_accumulated(0), tracking(true), blocktracking(false), pressed(false), invertedAppearance(false), invertedControls(false), orientation(Qt::Horizontal), repeatAction(QAbstractSlider::SliderNoAction) @@ -688,51 +688,62 @@ void QAbstractSlider::sliderChange(SliderChange) update(); } - -/*! - \reimp -*/ -#ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT -void QAbstractSlider::wheelEvent(QWheelEvent * e) +bool QAbstractSliderPrivate::scrollByDelta(Qt::Orientation orientation, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers, int delta) { - Q_D(QAbstractSlider); - e->ignore(); - + Q_Q(QAbstractSlider); int stepsToScroll = 0; - qreal offset = qreal(e->delta()) / 120; + // in Qt scrolling to the right gives negative values. + if (orientation == Qt::Horizontal) + delta = -delta; + qreal offset = qreal(delta) / 120; - if ((e->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) || (e->modifiers() & Qt::ShiftModifier)) { + if ((modifiers & Qt::ControlModifier) || (modifiers & Qt::ShiftModifier)) { // Scroll one page regardless of delta: - stepsToScroll = qBound(-d->pageStep, int(offset * d->pageStep), d->pageStep); - d->offset_accumulated = 0; + stepsToScroll = qBound(-pageStep, int(offset * pageStep), pageStep); + offset_accumulated = 0; } else { // Calculate how many lines to scroll. Depending on what delta is (and // offset), we might end up with a fraction (e.g. scroll 1.3 lines). We can // only scroll whole lines, so we keep the reminder until next event. - qreal stepsToScrollF = offset * QApplication::wheelScrollLines() * d->effectiveSingleStep(); + qreal stepsToScrollF = offset * QApplication::wheelScrollLines() * effectiveSingleStep(); // Check if wheel changed direction since last event: - if (d->offset_accumulated != 0 && (offset / d->offset_accumulated) < 0) - d->offset_accumulated = 0; + if (offset_accumulated != 0 && (offset / offset_accumulated) < 0) + offset_accumulated = 0; - d->offset_accumulated += stepsToScrollF; - stepsToScroll = qBound(-d->pageStep, int(d->offset_accumulated), d->pageStep); - d->offset_accumulated -= int(d->offset_accumulated); + offset_accumulated += stepsToScrollF; + stepsToScroll = qBound(-pageStep, int(offset_accumulated), pageStep); + offset_accumulated -= int(offset_accumulated); if (stepsToScroll == 0) - return; + return false; } - if (d->invertedControls) + if (invertedControls) stepsToScroll = -stepsToScroll; - int prevValue = d->value; - d->position = d->overflowSafeAdd(stepsToScroll); // value will be updated by triggerAction() - triggerAction(SliderMove); + int prevValue = value; + position = overflowSafeAdd(stepsToScroll); // value will be updated by triggerAction() + q->triggerAction(QAbstractSlider::SliderMove); + + if (prevValue == value) { + offset_accumulated = 0; + return false; + } + return true; +} - if (prevValue == d->value) - d->offset_accumulated = 0; - else +/*! + \reimp +*/ +#ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT +void QAbstractSlider::wheelEvent(QWheelEvent * e) +{ + Q_D(QAbstractSlider); + e->ignore(); + int delta = e->delta(); + if (d->scrollByDelta(e->orientation(), e->modifiers(), delta)) e->accept(); } + #endif #ifdef QT_KEYPAD_NAVIGATION /*! diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractslider_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractslider_p.h index 6cde468..6e6ff6e 100644 --- a/src/gui/widgets/qabstractslider_p.h +++ b/src/gui/widgets/qabstractslider_p.h @@ -138,6 +138,7 @@ public: } q->triggerAction(repeatAction); } + bool scrollByDelta(Qt::Orientation orientation, Qt::KeyboardModifiers modifiers, int delta); }; QT_END_NAMESPACE diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qdialogbuttonbox.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qdialogbuttonbox.cpp index 48d7022..cc74a53 100644 --- a/src/gui/widgets/qdialogbuttonbox.cpp +++ b/src/gui/widgets/qdialogbuttonbox.cpp @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE You can mix and match normal buttons and standard buttons. Currently the buttons are laid out in the following way if the button box is horizontal: - \table 100% + \table \row \o \inlineimage buttonbox-gnomelayout-horizontal.png GnomeLayout Horizontal \o Button box laid out in horizontal GnomeLayout \row \o \inlineimage buttonbox-kdelayout-horizontal.png KdeLayout Horizontal @@ -116,25 +116,23 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE The buttons are laid out the following way if the button box is vertical: - \table 100% + \table + \row \o GnomeLayout + \o KdeLayout + \o MacLayout + \o WinLayout \row \o \inlineimage buttonbox-gnomelayout-vertical.png GnomeLayout Vertical - \o Button box laid out in vertical GnomeLayout - \row \o \inlineimage buttonbox-kdelayout-vertical.png KdeLayout Vertical - \o Button box laid out in vertical KdeLayout - \row \o \inlineimage buttonbox-maclayout-vertical.png MacLayout Vertical - \o Button box laid out in vertical MacLayout - \row \o \inlineimage buttonbox-winlayout-vertical.png WinLayout Vertical - \o Button box laid out in vertical WinLayout + \o \inlineimage buttonbox-kdelayout-vertical.png KdeLayout Vertical + \o \inlineimage buttonbox-maclayout-vertical.png MacLayout Vertical + \o \inlineimage buttonbox-winlayout-vertical.png WinLayout Vertical \endtable Additionally, button boxes that contain only buttons with ActionRole or - HelpRole can be considered modeless and have an alternate look on the mac: + HelpRole can be considered modeless and have an alternate look on Mac OS X: - \table 100% - \row \o \inlineimage buttonbox-mac-modeless-horizontal.png Screenshot of modeless horizontal MacLayout - \o modeless horizontal MacLayout - \row \o \inlineimage buttonbox-mac-modeless-vertical.png Screenshot of modeless vertical MacLayout - \o modeless vertical MacLayout + \table + \row \o modeless horizontal MacLayout + \o \inlineimage buttonbox-mac-modeless-horizontal.png Screenshot of modeless horizontal MacLayout \endtable When a button is clicked in the button box, the clicked() signal is emitted @@ -1017,6 +1015,8 @@ void QDialogButtonBox::removeButton(QAbstractButton *button) If the button has already been added, it is removed and added again with the new role. + \note The button box takes ownership of the button. + \sa removeButton(), clear() */ void QDialogButtonBox::addButton(QAbstractButton *button, ButtonRole role) diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qdockarealayout.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qdockarealayout.cpp index d754800..13f31df 100644 --- a/src/gui/widgets/qdockarealayout.cpp +++ b/src/gui/widgets/qdockarealayout.cpp @@ -220,15 +220,17 @@ static quintptr tabId(const QDockAreaLayoutItem &item) } #endif +static const int zero = 0; + QDockAreaLayoutInfo::QDockAreaLayoutInfo() - : sep(0), dockPos(QInternal::LeftDock), o(Qt::Horizontal), mainWindow(0) + : sep(&zero), dockPos(QInternal::LeftDock), o(Qt::Horizontal), mainWindow(0) #ifndef QT_NO_TABBAR , tabbed(false), tabBar(0), tabBarShape(QTabBar::RoundedSouth), tabBarVisible(false) #endif { } -QDockAreaLayoutInfo::QDockAreaLayoutInfo(int _sep, QInternal::DockPosition _dockPos, +QDockAreaLayoutInfo::QDockAreaLayoutInfo(const int *_sep, QInternal::DockPosition _dockPos, Qt::Orientation _o, int tbshape, QMainWindow *window) : sep(_sep), dockPos(_dockPos), o(_o), mainWindow(window) @@ -281,7 +283,7 @@ QSize QDockAreaLayoutInfo::minimumSize() const #endif { if (!first) - a += sep; + a += *sep; a += pick(o, min_size); } b = qMax(b, perp(o, min_size)); @@ -349,7 +351,7 @@ QSize QDockAreaLayoutInfo::maximumSize() const #endif { if (!first) - a += sep; + a += *sep; a += pick(o, max_size); } b = qMin(b, perp(o, max_size)); @@ -415,7 +417,7 @@ QSize QDockAreaLayoutInfo::sizeHint() const { if (previous && !gap && !(previous->flags & QDockAreaLayoutItem::GapItem) && !previous->hasFixedSize(o)) { - a += sep; + a += *sep; } a += gap ? item.size : pick(o, size_hint); } @@ -491,7 +493,7 @@ static int realMinSize(const QDockAreaLayoutInfo &info) min = pick(info.o, item.minimumSize()); if (!first) - result += info.sep; + result += *info.sep; result += min; first = false; @@ -516,7 +518,7 @@ static int realMaxSize(const QDockAreaLayoutInfo &info) max = pick(info.o, item.maximumSize()); if (!first) - result += info.sep; + result += *info.sep; result += max; if (result >= QWIDGETSIZE_MAX) @@ -555,7 +557,7 @@ void QDockAreaLayoutInfo::fitItems() if (!(previous->flags & QDockAreaLayoutItem::GapItem)) { QLayoutStruct &ls = layout_struct_list[j++]; ls.init(); - ls.minimumSize = ls.maximumSize = ls.sizeHint = previous->hasFixedSize(o) ? 0 : sep; + ls.minimumSize = ls.maximumSize = ls.sizeHint = previous->hasFixedSize(o) ? 0 : *sep; ls.empty = false; } } @@ -938,7 +940,7 @@ int QDockAreaLayoutInfo::separatorMove(int index, int delta) if (item.skip()) { ls.empty = true; } else { - const int separatorSpace = item.hasFixedSize(o) ? 0 : sep; + const int separatorSpace = item.hasFixedSize(o) ? 0 : *sep; ls.empty = false; ls.pos = item.pos; ls.size = item.size + separatorSpace; @@ -956,7 +958,7 @@ int QDockAreaLayoutInfo::separatorMove(int index, int delta) if (item.skip()) continue; QLayoutStruct &ls = list[i]; - const int separatorSpace = item.hasFixedSize(o) ? 0 : sep; + const int separatorSpace = item.hasFixedSize(o) ? 0 : *sep; item.size = ls.size - separatorSpace; item.pos = ls.pos; if (item.subinfo != 0) { @@ -1041,11 +1043,11 @@ QLayoutItem *QDockAreaLayoutInfo::plug(const QList<int> &path) int next = this->next(index); if (prev != -1 && !(item_list.at(prev).flags & QDockAreaLayoutItem::GapItem)) { - item.pos += sep; - item.size -= sep; + item.pos += *sep; + item.size -= *sep; } if (next != -1 && !(item_list.at(next).flags & QDockAreaLayoutItem::GapItem)) - item.size -= sep; + item.size -= *sep; QPoint pos; rpick(o, pos) = item.pos; @@ -1083,11 +1085,11 @@ QLayoutItem *QDockAreaLayoutInfo::unplug(const QList<int> &path) #endif { if (prev != -1 && !(item_list.at(prev).flags & QDockAreaLayoutItem::GapItem)) { - item.pos -= sep; - item.size += sep; + item.pos -= *sep; + item.size += *sep; } if (next != -1 && !(item_list.at(next).flags & QDockAreaLayoutItem::GapItem)) - item.size += sep; + item.size += *sep; } return item.widgetItem; @@ -1255,9 +1257,9 @@ bool QDockAreaLayoutInfo::insertGap(const QList<int> &path, QLayoutItem *dockWid QRect r = dockedGeometry(dockWidgetItem->widget()); gap_size = pick(o, r.size()); if (prev != -1 && !(item_list.at(prev).flags & QDockAreaLayoutItem::GapItem)) - sep_size += sep; + sep_size += *sep; if (next != -1 && !(item_list.at(next).flags & QDockAreaLayoutItem::GapItem)) - sep_size += sep; + sep_size += *sep; } if (gap_size + sep_size > space) gap_size = pick(o, gap_item.minimumSize()); @@ -1364,7 +1366,7 @@ QRect QDockAreaLayoutInfo::separatorRect(int index) const QPoint pos = rect.topLeft(); rpick(o, pos) = item.pos + item.size; QSize s = rect.size(); - rpick(o, s) = sep; + rpick(o, s) = *sep; return QRect(pos, s); } @@ -1413,7 +1415,7 @@ QList<int> QDockAreaLayoutInfo::findSeparator(const QPoint &_pos) const continue; QRect sepRect = separatorRect(i); - if (!sepRect.isNull() && sep == 1) + if (!sepRect.isNull() && *sep == 1) sepRect.adjust(-2, -2, 2, 2); //we also make sure we don't find a separator that's not there if (sepRect.contains(_pos) && !item.hasFixedSize(o)) { @@ -1560,7 +1562,7 @@ void QDockAreaLayoutInfo::apply(bool animate) } } #ifndef QT_NO_TABBAR - if (sep == 1) + if (*sep == 1) updateSeparatorWidgets(); #endif //QT_NO_TABBAR } @@ -2010,7 +2012,7 @@ bool QDockAreaLayoutInfo::restoreState(QDataStream &stream, QList<QDockWidget*> updateTabBar(); setCurrentTabId(tabId(item_list.at(index))); } - if (!testing && sep == 1) + if (!testing && *sep == 1) updateSeparatorWidgets(); #endif @@ -2273,13 +2275,13 @@ QDockAreaLayout::QDockAreaLayout(QMainWindow *win) : fallbackToSizeHints(true) const int tabShape = 0; #endif docks[QInternal::LeftDock] - = QDockAreaLayoutInfo(sep, QInternal::LeftDock, Qt::Vertical, tabShape, win); + = QDockAreaLayoutInfo(&sep, QInternal::LeftDock, Qt::Vertical, tabShape, win); docks[QInternal::RightDock] - = QDockAreaLayoutInfo(sep, QInternal::RightDock, Qt::Vertical, tabShape, win); + = QDockAreaLayoutInfo(&sep, QInternal::RightDock, Qt::Vertical, tabShape, win); docks[QInternal::TopDock] - = QDockAreaLayoutInfo(sep, QInternal::TopDock, Qt::Horizontal, tabShape, win); + = QDockAreaLayoutInfo(&sep, QInternal::TopDock, Qt::Horizontal, tabShape, win); docks[QInternal::BottomDock] - = QDockAreaLayoutInfo(sep, QInternal::BottomDock, Qt::Horizontal, tabShape, win); + = QDockAreaLayoutInfo(&sep, QInternal::BottomDock, Qt::Horizontal, tabShape, win); centralWidgetItem = 0; @@ -3028,7 +3030,7 @@ void QDockAreaLayout::addDockWidget(QInternal::DockPosition pos, QDockWidget *do #else int tbshape = 0; #endif - QDockAreaLayoutInfo new_info(sep, pos, orientation, tbshape, mainWindow); + QDockAreaLayoutInfo new_info(&sep, pos, orientation, tbshape, mainWindow); new_info.item_list.append(new QDockAreaLayoutInfo(info)); new_info.item_list.append(dockWidgetItem); info = new_info; @@ -3324,6 +3326,12 @@ void QDockAreaLayout::keepSize(QDockWidget *w) item.flags |= QDockAreaLayoutItem::KeepSize; } +void QDockAreaLayout::styleChangedEvent() +{ + sep = mainWindow->style()->pixelMetric(QStyle::PM_DockWidgetSeparatorExtent, 0, mainWindow); + fitLayout(); +} + QT_END_NAMESPACE #endif // QT_NO_DOCKWIDGET diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qdockarealayout_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qdockarealayout_p.h index 0bc1aa9..0088f00 100644 --- a/src/gui/widgets/qdockarealayout_p.h +++ b/src/gui/widgets/qdockarealayout_p.h @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ class Q_AUTOTEST_EXPORT QDockAreaLayoutInfo { public: QDockAreaLayoutInfo(); - QDockAreaLayoutInfo(int _sep, QInternal::DockPosition _dockPos, Qt::Orientation _o, + QDockAreaLayoutInfo(const int *_sep, QInternal::DockPosition _dockPos, Qt::Orientation _o, int tbhape, QMainWindow *window); QSize minimumSize() const; @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ public: QMainWindowLayout *mainWindowLayout() const; - int sep; + const int *sep; mutable QVector<QWidget*> separatorWidgets; QInternal::DockPosition dockPos; Qt::Orientation o; @@ -300,6 +300,7 @@ public: QSet<QTabBar*> usedTabBars() const; QSet<QWidget*> usedSeparatorWidgets() const; #endif //QT_NO_TABBAR + void styleChangedEvent(); }; QT_END_NAMESPACE diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qlabel.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qlabel.cpp index c779312..b81f04f 100644 --- a/src/gui/widgets/qlabel.cpp +++ b/src/gui/widgets/qlabel.cpp @@ -951,8 +951,8 @@ void QLabel::contextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent *ev) return; } ev->accept(); - menu->exec(ev->globalPos()); - delete menu; + menu->setAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose); + menu->popup(ev->globalPos()); #endif } diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.cpp index 2d2df92..141f844 100644 --- a/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.cpp +++ b/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.cpp @@ -2046,9 +2046,9 @@ void QLineEdit::dropEvent(QDropEvent* e) */ void QLineEdit::contextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent *event) { - QPointer<QMenu> menu = createStandardContextMenu(); - menu->exec(event->globalPos()); - delete menu; + QMenu *menu = createStandardContextMenu(); + menu->setAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose); + menu->popup(event->globalPos()); } #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindow.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindow.cpp index 269cd12..a63f3bf 100644 --- a/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindow.cpp +++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindow.cpp @@ -1393,6 +1393,7 @@ bool QMainWindow::event(QEvent *event) #endif // QT_NO_STATUSTIP case QEvent::StyleChange: + d->layout->layoutState.dockAreaLayout.styleChangedEvent(); if (!d->explicitIconSize) setIconSize(QSize()); break; @@ -1554,11 +1555,15 @@ void QMainWindow::contextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent *event) #ifndef QT_NO_MENU QMenu *popup = createPopupMenu(); - if (popup && !popup->isEmpty()) { - popup->exec(event->globalPos()); - event->accept(); + if (popup) { + if (!popup->isEmpty()) { + popup->setAttribute(Qt::WA_DeleteOnClose); + popup->popup(event->globalPos()); + event->accept(); + } else { + delete popup; + } } - delete popup; #endif } #endif // QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindowlayout.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindowlayout.cpp index d1e7285..fc75c92 100644 --- a/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindowlayout.cpp +++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmainwindowlayout.cpp @@ -1627,6 +1627,13 @@ void QMainWindowLayout::animationFinished(QWidget *widget) tb->d_func()->plug(currentGapRect); #endif + savedState.clear(); + currentGapPos.clear(); + pluggingWidget = 0; + //applying the state will make sure that the currentGap is updated correctly + //and all the geometries (especially the one from the central widget) is correct + layoutState.apply(false); + #ifndef QT_NO_DOCKWIDGET #ifndef QT_NO_TABBAR if (qobject_cast<QDockWidget*>(widget) != 0) { @@ -1637,13 +1644,6 @@ void QMainWindowLayout::animationFinished(QWidget *widget) } #endif #endif - - savedState.clear(); - currentGapPos.clear(); - pluggingWidget = 0; - //applying the state will make sure that the currentGap is updated correctly - //and all the geometries (especially the one from the central widget) is correct - layoutState.apply(false); } if (!widgetAnimator.animating()) { diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmenu_mac.mm b/src/gui/widgets/qmenu_mac.mm index 658a020..99c550f 100644 --- a/src/gui/widgets/qmenu_mac.mm +++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmenu_mac.mm @@ -2030,6 +2030,18 @@ void qt_mac_clear_menubar() */ bool QMenuBar::macUpdateMenuBar() { +#ifdef QT_MAC_USE_COCOA + QMacCocoaAutoReleasePool pool; + if (!qt_cocoaPostMessage(getMenuLoader(), @selector(qtUpdateMenubar))) + return QMenuBarPrivate::macUpdateMenuBarImmediatly(); + return true; +#else + return QMenuBarPrivate::macUpdateMenuBarImmediatly(); +#endif +} + +bool QMenuBarPrivate::macUpdateMenuBarImmediatly() +{ bool ret = false; cancelAllMenuTracking(); QWidget *w = findWindowThatShouldDisplayMenubar(); @@ -2095,8 +2107,9 @@ bool QMenuBar::macUpdateMenuBar() } } - if(!ret) + if (!ret) { qt_mac_clear_menubar(); + } return ret; } diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qmenubar_p.h b/src/gui/widgets/qmenubar_p.h index f2e5357..819aee4 100644 --- a/src/gui/widgets/qmenubar_p.h +++ b/src/gui/widgets/qmenubar_p.h @@ -196,6 +196,7 @@ public: return 0; } } *mac_menubar; + static bool macUpdateMenuBarImmediatly(); bool macWidgetHasNativeMenubar(QWidget *widget); void macCreateMenuBar(QWidget *); void macDestroyMenuBar(); diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qscrollbar.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qscrollbar.cpp index 73ce122..3eed3a9 100644 --- a/src/gui/widgets/qscrollbar.cpp +++ b/src/gui/widgets/qscrollbar.cpp @@ -521,6 +521,22 @@ bool QScrollBar::event(QEvent *event) if (const QHoverEvent *he = static_cast<const QHoverEvent *>(event)) d_func()->updateHoverControl(he->pos()); break; + case QEvent::Wheel: { + // override wheel event without adding virtual function override + QWheelEvent *ev = static_cast<QWheelEvent *>(event); + int delta = ev->delta(); + // scrollbar is a special case - in vertical mode it reaches minimum + // value in the upper position, however QSlider's minimum value is on + // the bottom. So we need to invert a value, but since the scrollbar is + // inverted by default, we need to inverse the delta value for the + // horizontal orientation. + if (ev->orientation() == Qt::Horizontal) + delta = -delta; + Q_D(QScrollBar); + if (d->scrollByDelta(ev->orientation(), ev->modifiers(), delta)) + event->accept(); + return true; + } default: break; } diff --git a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbar.cpp b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbar.cpp index 7782448..7ed27ea 100644 --- a/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbar.cpp +++ b/src/gui/widgets/qtoolbar.cpp @@ -441,8 +441,7 @@ void QToolBarPrivate::plug(const QRect &r) When a QToolBar is not a child of a QMainWindow, it looses the ability to populate the extension pop up with widgets added to the toolbar using addWidget(). Please use widget actions created by inheriting QWidgetAction - and implementing QWidgetAction::createWidget() instead. This is a known - issue which will be fixed in a future release. + and implementing QWidgetAction::createWidget() instead. \sa QToolButton, QMenu, QAction, {Application Example} */ diff --git a/src/opengl/gl2paintengineex/qpaintengineex_opengl2.cpp b/src/opengl/gl2paintengineex/qpaintengineex_opengl2.cpp index 24560d1..b17e3a1 100644 --- a/src/opengl/gl2paintengineex/qpaintengineex_opengl2.cpp +++ b/src/opengl/gl2paintengineex/qpaintengineex_opengl2.cpp @@ -559,6 +559,12 @@ void QGL2PaintEngineExPrivate::resetGLState() glStencilMask(0xff); glStencilOp(GL_KEEP, GL_KEEP, GL_KEEP); glStencilFunc(GL_ALWAYS, 0, 0xff); + glDisableVertexAttribArray(QT_TEXTURE_COORDS_ATTR); + glDisableVertexAttribArray(QT_VERTEX_COORDS_ATTR); + glDisableVertexAttribArray(QT_OPACITY_ATTR); +#ifndef QT_OPENGL_ES_2 + glColor4f(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // color may have been changed by glVertexAttrib() +#endif } void QGL2PaintEngineEx::endNativePainting() diff --git a/src/opengl/qgl.cpp b/src/opengl/qgl.cpp index e9ca4c4..3e5c4fc 100644 --- a/src/opengl/qgl.cpp +++ b/src/opengl/qgl.cpp @@ -1688,10 +1688,8 @@ QGLTextureCache::QGLTextureCache() Q_ASSERT(qt_gl_texture_cache == 0); qt_gl_texture_cache = this; - QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::instance()->addPixmapModificationHook(cleanupTextures); -#ifdef Q_WS_X11 - QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::instance()->addPixmapDestructionHook(cleanupPixmapSurfaces); -#endif + QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::instance()->addPixmapDataModificationHook(cleanupTextures); + QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::instance()->addPixmapDataDestructionHook(cleanupBeforePixmapDestruction); QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::instance()->addImageHook(imageCleanupHook); } @@ -1699,10 +1697,8 @@ QGLTextureCache::~QGLTextureCache() { qt_gl_texture_cache = 0; - QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::instance()->removePixmapModificationHook(cleanupTextures); -#ifdef Q_WS_X11 - QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::instance()->removePixmapDestructionHook(cleanupPixmapSurfaces); -#endif + QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::instance()->removePixmapDataModificationHook(cleanupTextures); + QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::instance()->removePixmapDataDestructionHook(cleanupBeforePixmapDestruction); QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::instance()->removeImageHook(imageCleanupHook); } @@ -1770,30 +1766,29 @@ void QGLTextureCache::imageCleanupHook(qint64 cacheKey) } -void QGLTextureCache::cleanupTextures(QPixmap* pixmap) +void QGLTextureCache::cleanupTextures(QPixmapData* pmd) { // ### remove when the GL texture cache becomes thread-safe if (qApp->thread() == QThread::currentThread()) { - const qint64 cacheKey = pixmap->cacheKey(); + const qint64 cacheKey = pmd->cacheKey(); QGLTexture *texture = instance()->getTexture(cacheKey); if (texture && texture->options & QGLContext::MemoryManagedBindOption) instance()->remove(cacheKey); } } -#if defined(Q_WS_X11) -void QGLTextureCache::cleanupPixmapSurfaces(QPixmap* pixmap) +void QGLTextureCache::cleanupBeforePixmapDestruction(QPixmapData* pmd) { // Remove any bound textures first: - cleanupTextures(pixmap); + cleanupTextures(pmd); - QPixmapData *pd = pixmap->data_ptr().data(); - if (pd->classId() == QPixmapData::X11Class) { - Q_ASSERT(pd->ref == 1); // Make sure reference counting isn't broken - QGLContextPrivate::destroyGlSurfaceForPixmap(pd); +#if defined(Q_WS_X11) + if (pmd->classId() == QPixmapData::X11Class) { + Q_ASSERT(pmd->ref == 0); // Make sure reference counting isn't broken + QGLContextPrivate::destroyGlSurfaceForPixmap(pmd); } -} #endif +} void QGLTextureCache::deleteIfEmpty() { diff --git a/src/opengl/qgl_p.h b/src/opengl/qgl_p.h index d17db3a..18fc9c2 100644 --- a/src/opengl/qgl_p.h +++ b/src/opengl/qgl_p.h @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ public: QSize bindCompressedTexturePVR(const char *buf, int len); }; -class QGLTextureCache { +class Q_AUTOTEST_EXPORT QGLTextureCache { public: QGLTextureCache(); ~QGLTextureCache(); @@ -537,11 +537,8 @@ public: static QGLTextureCache *instance(); static void deleteIfEmpty(); static void imageCleanupHook(qint64 cacheKey); - static void cleanupTextures(QPixmap* pixmap); -#ifdef Q_WS_X11 - // X11 needs to catch pixmap data destruction to delete EGL/GLX pixmap surfaces - static void cleanupPixmapSurfaces(QPixmap* pixmap); -#endif + static void cleanupTextures(QPixmapData* pixmap); + static void cleanupBeforePixmapDestruction(QPixmapData* pixmap); private: QCache<qint64, QGLTexture> m_cache; diff --git a/src/opengl/qglextensions.cpp b/src/opengl/qglextensions.cpp index 03fca39..02d5501 100644 --- a/src/opengl/qglextensions.cpp +++ b/src/opengl/qglextensions.cpp @@ -224,6 +224,12 @@ bool qt_resolve_buffer_extensions(QGLContext *ctx) bool qt_resolve_glsl_extensions(QGLContext *ctx) { + // Geometry shaders are optional... + glProgramParameteriEXT = (_glProgramParameteriEXT) ctx->getProcAddress(QLatin1String("glProgramParameteriEXT")); + glFramebufferTextureEXT = (_glFramebufferTextureEXT) ctx->getProcAddress(QLatin1String("glFramebufferTextureEXT")); + glFramebufferTextureLayerEXT = (_glFramebufferTextureLayerEXT) ctx->getProcAddress(QLatin1String("glFramebufferTextureLayerEXT")); + glFramebufferTextureFaceEXT = (_glFramebufferTextureFaceEXT) ctx->getProcAddress(QLatin1String("glFramebufferTextureFaceEXT")); + #if defined(QT_OPENGL_ES_2) // The GLSL shader functions are always present in OpenGL/ES 2.0. // The only exceptions are glGetProgramBinaryOES and glProgramBinaryOES. diff --git a/src/opengl/qglextensions_p.h b/src/opengl/qglextensions_p.h index 116dfa6..f6613fd 100644 --- a/src/opengl/qglextensions_p.h +++ b/src/opengl/qglextensions_p.h @@ -197,6 +197,15 @@ typedef void (APIENTRY *_glBlitFramebufferEXT) (int srcX0, int srcY0, int srcX1, typedef void (APIENTRY *_glRenderbufferStorageMultisampleEXT) (GLenum target, GLsizei samples, GLenum internalformat, GLsizei width, GLsizei height); +// GL_EXT_geometry_shader4 +typedef void (APIENTRY *_glProgramParameteriEXT)(GLuint program, GLenum pname, GLint value); +typedef void (APIENTRY *_glFramebufferTextureEXT)(GLenum target, GLenum attachment, + GLuint texture, GLint level); +typedef void (APIENTRY *_glFramebufferTextureLayerEXT)(GLenum target, GLenum attachment, + GLuint texture, GLint level, GLint layer); +typedef void (APIENTRY *_glFramebufferTextureFaceEXT)(GLenum target, GLenum attachment, + GLuint texture, GLint level, GLenum face); + // ARB_texture_compression typedef void (APIENTRY *_glCompressedTexImage2DARB) (GLenum, GLint, GLenum, GLsizei, GLsizei, GLint, GLsizei, const GLvoid *); @@ -310,6 +319,10 @@ struct QGLExtensionFuncs qt_glMapBufferARB = 0; qt_glUnmapBufferARB = 0; + qt_glProgramParameteriEXT = 0; + qt_glFramebufferTextureEXT = 0; + qt_glFramebufferTextureLayerEXT = 0; + qt_glFramebufferTextureFaceEXT = 0; #if !defined(QT_OPENGL_ES) // Texture compression qt_glCompressedTexImage2DARB = 0; @@ -425,6 +438,11 @@ struct QGLExtensionFuncs _glMapBufferARB qt_glMapBufferARB; _glUnmapBufferARB qt_glUnmapBufferARB; + // Geometry shaders... + _glProgramParameteriEXT qt_glProgramParameteriEXT; + _glFramebufferTextureEXT qt_glFramebufferTextureEXT; + _glFramebufferTextureLayerEXT qt_glFramebufferTextureLayerEXT; + _glFramebufferTextureFaceEXT qt_glFramebufferTextureFaceEXT; #if !defined(QT_OPENGL_ES) // Texture compression _glCompressedTexImage2DARB qt_glCompressedTexImage2DARB; @@ -661,6 +679,29 @@ struct QGLExtensionFuncs #define GL_ACTIVE_ATTRIBUTE_MAX_LENGTH 0x8B8A #endif +// Geometry shader defines +#ifndef GL_GEOMETRY_SHADER_EXT +# define GL_GEOMETRY_SHADER_EXT 0x8DD9 +# define GL_GEOMETRY_VERTICES_OUT_EXT 0x8DDA +# define GL_GEOMETRY_INPUT_TYPE_EXT 0x8DDB +# define GL_GEOMETRY_OUTPUT_TYPE_EXT 0x8DDC +# define GL_MAX_GEOMETRY_TEXTURE_IMAGE_UNITS_EXT 0x8C29 +# define GL_MAX_GEOMETRY_VARYING_COMPONENTS_EXT 0x8DDD +# define GL_MAX_VERTEX_VARYING_COMPONENTS_EXT 0x8DDE +# define GL_MAX_VARYING_COMPONENTS_EXT 0x8B4B +# define GL_MAX_GEOMETRY_UNIFORM_COMPONENTS_EXT 0x8DDF +# define GL_MAX_GEOMETRY_OUTPUT_VERTICES_EXT 0x8DE0 +# define GL_MAX_GEOMETRY_TOTAL_OUTPUT_COMPONENTS_EXT 0x8DE1 +# define GL_LINES_ADJACENCY_EXT 0xA +# define GL_LINE_STRIP_ADJACENCY_EXT 0xB +# define GL_TRIANGLES_ADJACENCY_EXT 0xC +# define GL_TRIANGLE_STRIP_ADJACENCY_EXT 0xD +# define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_LAYER_TARGETS_EXT 0x8DA8 +# define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_INCOMPLETE_LAYER_COUNT_EXT 0x8DA9 +# define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_LAYERED_EXT 0x8DA7 +# define GL_FRAMEBUFFER_ATTACHMENT_TEXTURE_LAYER_EXT 0x8CD4 +# define GL_PROGRAM_POINT_SIZE_EXT 0x8642 +#endif #if !defined(QT_OPENGL_ES_2) #define glProgramStringARB QGLContextPrivate::extensionFuncs(ctx).qt_glProgramStringARB @@ -781,6 +822,11 @@ struct QGLExtensionFuncs #define glClearDepth glClearDepthf #endif +#define glProgramParameteriEXT QGLContextPrivate::extensionFuncs(ctx).qt_glProgramParameteriEXT +#define glFramebufferTextureEXT QGLContextPrivate::extensionFuncs(ctx).qt_glFramebufferTextureEXT +#define glFramebufferTextureLayerEXT QGLContextPrivate::extensionFuncs(ctx).qt_glFramebufferTextureLayerEXT +#define glFramebufferTextureFaceEXT QGLContextPrivate::extensionFuncs(ctx).qt_glFramebufferTextureFaceEXT + #if !defined(QT_OPENGL_ES) #define glCompressedTexImage2D QGLContextPrivate::extensionFuncs(ctx).qt_glCompressedTexImage2DARB #endif diff --git a/src/opengl/qglpixmapfilter.cpp b/src/opengl/qglpixmapfilter.cpp index 11011ee..37bb7c0 100644 --- a/src/opengl/qglpixmapfilter.cpp +++ b/src/opengl/qglpixmapfilter.cpp @@ -319,14 +319,14 @@ public: ~QGLBlurTextureCache(); QGLBlurTextureInfo *takeBlurTextureInfo(const QPixmap &pixmap); - bool hasBlurTextureInfo(const QPixmap &pixmap) const; + bool hasBlurTextureInfo(quint64 cacheKey) const; void insertBlurTextureInfo(const QPixmap &pixmap, QGLBlurTextureInfo *info); - void clearBlurTextureInfo(const QPixmap &pixmap); + void clearBlurTextureInfo(quint64 cacheKey); void timerEvent(QTimerEvent *event); private: - static void pixmapDestroyed(QPixmap *pixmap); + static void pixmapDestroyed(QPixmapData *pixmap); QCache<quint64, QGLBlurTextureInfo > cache; @@ -379,21 +379,21 @@ QGLBlurTextureInfo *QGLBlurTextureCache::takeBlurTextureInfo(const QPixmap &pixm return cache.take(pixmap.cacheKey()); } -void QGLBlurTextureCache::clearBlurTextureInfo(const QPixmap &pixmap) +void QGLBlurTextureCache::clearBlurTextureInfo(quint64 cacheKey) { - cache.remove(pixmap.cacheKey()); + cache.remove(cacheKey); } -bool QGLBlurTextureCache::hasBlurTextureInfo(const QPixmap &pixmap) const +bool QGLBlurTextureCache::hasBlurTextureInfo(quint64 cacheKey) const { - return cache.contains(pixmap.cacheKey()); + return cache.contains(cacheKey); } void QGLBlurTextureCache::insertBlurTextureInfo(const QPixmap &pixmap, QGLBlurTextureInfo *info) { static bool hookAdded = false; if (!hookAdded) { - QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::instance()->addPixmapDestructionHook(pixmapDestroyed); + QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::instance()->addPixmapDataDestructionHook(pixmapDestroyed); hookAdded = true; } @@ -406,11 +406,11 @@ void QGLBlurTextureCache::insertBlurTextureInfo(const QPixmap &pixmap, QGLBlurTe timerId = startTimer(8000); } -void QGLBlurTextureCache::pixmapDestroyed(QPixmap *pixmap) +void QGLBlurTextureCache::pixmapDestroyed(QPixmapData *pmd) { foreach (QGLBlurTextureCache *cache, blurTextureCaches) { - if (cache->hasBlurTextureInfo(*pixmap)) - cache->clearBlurTextureInfo(*pixmap); + if (cache->hasBlurTextureInfo(pmd->cacheKey())) + cache->clearBlurTextureInfo(pmd->cacheKey()); } } diff --git a/src/opengl/qglshaderprogram.cpp b/src/opengl/qglshaderprogram.cpp index 8fd4acf..c18129d 100644 --- a/src/opengl/qglshaderprogram.cpp +++ b/src/opengl/qglshaderprogram.cpp @@ -143,6 +143,8 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE \value Vertex Vertex shader written in the OpenGL Shading Language (GLSL). \value Fragment Fragment shader written in the OpenGL Shading Language (GLSL). + \value Geometry Geometry shaders written in the OpenGL Shading + Language (GLSL), based on the GL_EXT_geometry_shader4 extension. */ #ifndef GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER @@ -226,6 +228,8 @@ bool QGLShaderPrivate::create() GLuint shader; if (shaderType == QGLShader::Vertex) shader = glCreateShader(GL_VERTEX_SHADER); + else if (shaderType == QGLShader::Geometry) + shader = glCreateShader(GL_GEOMETRY_SHADER_EXT); else shader = glCreateShader(GL_FRAGMENT_SHADER); if (!shader) { @@ -509,6 +513,10 @@ GLuint QGLShader::shaderId() const return d->shaderGuard.id(); } + + + + #undef ctx #define ctx programGuard.context() @@ -521,8 +529,9 @@ public: , linked(false) , inited(false) , removingShaders(false) - , vertexShader(0) - , fragmentShader(0) + , geometryVertexCount(64) + , geometryInputType(0) + , geometryOutputType(0) { } ~QGLShaderProgramPrivate(); @@ -531,11 +540,14 @@ public: bool linked; bool inited; bool removingShaders; + + int geometryVertexCount; + GLenum geometryInputType; + GLenum geometryOutputType; + QString log; QList<QGLShader *> shaders; QList<QGLShader *> anonShaders; - QGLShader *vertexShader; - QGLShader *fragmentShader; bool hasShader(QGLShader::ShaderType type) const; }; @@ -604,6 +616,7 @@ bool QGLShaderProgram::init() context = QGLContext::currentContext(); d->programGuard.setContext(context); } + if (!context) return false; if (qt_resolve_glsl_extensions(const_cast<QGLContext *>(context))) { @@ -831,6 +844,7 @@ bool QGLShaderProgram::link() GLuint program = d->programGuard.id(); if (!program) return false; + GLint value; if (d->shaders.isEmpty()) { // If there are no explicit shaders, then it is possible that the @@ -843,6 +857,22 @@ bool QGLShaderProgram::link() if (d->linked) return true; } + + // Set up the geometry shader parameters + if (glProgramParameteriEXT) { + foreach (QGLShader *shader, d->shaders) { + if (shader->shaderType() & QGLShader::Geometry) { + glProgramParameteriEXT(program, GL_GEOMETRY_INPUT_TYPE_EXT, + d->geometryInputType); + glProgramParameteriEXT(program, GL_GEOMETRY_OUTPUT_TYPE_EXT, + d->geometryOutputType); + glProgramParameteriEXT(program, GL_GEOMETRY_VERTICES_OUT_EXT, + d->geometryVertexCount); + break; + } + } + } + glLinkProgram(program); value = 0; glGetProgramiv(program, GL_LINK_STATUS, &value); @@ -3047,6 +3077,109 @@ void QGLShaderProgram::setUniformValueArray(const char *name, const QMatrix4x4 * #undef ctx /*! + Returns the hardware limit for how many vertices a geometry shader + can output. + + \since 4.7 + + \sa setGeometryShaderOutputVertexCount +*/ +int QGLShaderProgram::maxGeometryOutputVertices() const +{ + GLint n; + glGetIntegerv(GL_MAX_GEOMETRY_OUTPUT_VERTICES_EXT, &n); + return n; +} + + + +/*! + Sets the maximum number of vertices the current geometry shader + program will produce, if active. + + \since 4.7 + + This parameter takes effect the next time the program is linked. +*/ +void QGLShaderProgram::setGeometryOutputVertexCount(int count) +{ +#ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG + int max = maxGeometryOutputVertices(); + if (count > max) { + qWarning("QGLShaderProgram::setGeometryOutputVertexCount: count: %d higher than maximum: %d", + count, max); + } +#endif + d_func()->geometryVertexCount = count; +} + + +/*! + Returns the maximum number of vertices the current geometry shader + program will produce, if active. + + \since 4.7 + + This parameter takes effect the ntext time the program is linked. +*/ +int QGLShaderProgram::geometryOutputVertexCount() const +{ + return d_func()->geometryVertexCount; +} + + +/*! + Sets the output type from the geometry shader, if active. + + This parameter takes effect the next time the program is linked. +*/ +void QGLShaderProgram::setGeometryInputType(GLenum inputType) +{ + d_func()->geometryInputType = inputType; +} + + +/*! + Returns the geometry shader input type, if active. + + This parameter takes effect the next time the program is linked. + + \since 4.7 + */ + +GLenum QGLShaderProgram::geometryInputType() const +{ + return d_func()->geometryInputType; +} + + +/*! + Sets the output type from the geometry shader, if active. + + This parameter takes effect the next time the program is linked. + + \since 4.7 +*/ +void QGLShaderProgram::setGeometryOutputType(GLenum outputType) +{ + d_func()->geometryOutputType = outputType; +} + + +/*! + Returns the geometry shader output type, if active. + + This parameter takes effect the next time the program is linked. + + \since 4.7 + */ +GLenum QGLShaderProgram::geometryOutputType() const +{ + return d_func()->geometryOutputType; +} + + +/*! Returns true if shader programs written in the OpenGL Shading Language (GLSL) are supported on this system; false otherwise. @@ -3078,6 +3211,41 @@ void QGLShaderProgram::shaderDestroyed() removeShader(shader); } + +#undef ctx +#undef context + +/*! + Returns true if shader programs of type \a type are supported on + this system; false otherwise. + + The \a context is used to resolve the GLSL extensions. + If \a context is null, then QGLContext::currentContext() is used. + + \since 4.7 +*/ +bool QGLShader::hasOpenGLShaders(ShaderType type, const QGLContext *context) +{ + if (!context) + context = QGLContext::currentContext(); + if (!context) + return false; + + if ((type & ~(Geometry | Vertex | Fragment)) || type == 0) + return false; + + bool resolved = qt_resolve_glsl_extensions(const_cast<QGLContext *>(context)); + if (!resolved) + return false; + + if ((type & Geometry) && !QByteArray((const char *) glGetString(GL_EXTENSIONS)).contains("GL_EXT_geometry_shader4")) + return false; + + return true; +} + + + #ifdef Q_MAC_COMPAT_GL_FUNCTIONS /*! \internal */ void QGLShaderProgram::setAttributeArray diff --git a/src/opengl/qglshaderprogram.h b/src/opengl/qglshaderprogram.h index 19ce9f2..d612b05 100644 --- a/src/opengl/qglshaderprogram.h +++ b/src/opengl/qglshaderprogram.h @@ -66,7 +66,8 @@ public: enum ShaderTypeBit { Vertex = 0x0001, - Fragment = 0x0002 + Fragment = 0x0002, + Geometry = 0x0004 }; Q_DECLARE_FLAGS(ShaderType, ShaderTypeBit) @@ -88,6 +89,8 @@ public: GLuint shaderId() const; + static bool hasOpenGLShaders(ShaderType type, const QGLContext *context = 0); + private: friend class QGLShaderProgram; @@ -100,6 +103,14 @@ Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS(QGLShader::ShaderType) class QGLShaderProgramPrivate; +#ifndef GL_EXT_geometry_shader4 +# define GL_LINES_ADJACENCY_EXT 0xA +# define GL_LINE_STRIP_ADJACENCY_EXT 0xB +# define GL_TRIANGLES_ADJACENCY_EXT 0xC +# define GL_TRIANGLE_STRIP_ADJACENCY_EXT 0xD +#endif + + class Q_OPENGL_EXPORT QGLShaderProgram : public QObject { Q_OBJECT @@ -128,6 +139,17 @@ public: GLuint programId() const; + int maxGeometryOutputVertices() const; + + void setGeometryOutputVertexCount(int count); + int geometryOutputVertexCount() const; + + void setGeometryInputType(GLenum inputType); + GLenum geometryInputType() const; + + void setGeometryOutputType(GLenum outputType); + GLenum geometryOutputType() const; + void bindAttributeLocation(const char *name, int location); void bindAttributeLocation(const QByteArray& name, int location); void bindAttributeLocation(const QString& name, int location); diff --git a/src/openvg/qpaintengine_vg.cpp b/src/openvg/qpaintengine_vg.cpp index cc9ba77..18d6b0a 100644 --- a/src/openvg/qpaintengine_vg.cpp +++ b/src/openvg/qpaintengine_vg.cpp @@ -188,6 +188,7 @@ public: bool maskValid; // True if vgMask() contains valid data. bool maskIsSet; // True if mask would be fully set if it was valid. + bool scissorMask; // True if scissor is used in place of the mask. bool rawVG; // True if processing a raw VG escape. QRect maskRect; // Rectangle version of mask if it is simple. @@ -355,6 +356,7 @@ void QVGPaintEnginePrivate::init() maskValid = false; maskIsSet = false; + scissorMask = false; rawVG = false; scissorActive = false; @@ -978,7 +980,7 @@ static QImage colorizeBitmap(const QImage &image, const QColor &color) int height = sourceImage.height(); int width = sourceImage.width(); for (int y=0; y<height; ++y) { - uchar *source = sourceImage.scanLine(y); + const uchar *source = sourceImage.constScanLine(y); QRgb *target = reinterpret_cast<QRgb *>(dest.scanLine(y)); for (int x=0; x < width; ++x) target[x] = (source[x>>3] >> (x&7)) & 1 ? fg : bg; @@ -986,9 +988,6 @@ static QImage colorizeBitmap(const QImage &image, const QColor &color) return dest; } -// defined in qpixmapdata_vg.cpp. -const uchar *qt_vg_imageBits(const QImage& image); - static VGImage toVGImage (const QImage & image, Qt::ImageConversionFlags flags = Qt::AutoColor) { @@ -1022,7 +1021,7 @@ static VGImage toVGImage break; } - const uchar *pixels = qt_vg_imageBits(img); + const uchar *pixels = img.constBits(); VGImage vgImg = QVGImagePool::instance()->createPermanentImage (format, img.width(), img.height(), VG_IMAGE_QUALITY_FASTER); @@ -1066,7 +1065,7 @@ static VGImage toVGImageSubRect break; } - const uchar *pixels = qt_vg_imageBits(img) + bpp * sr.x() + + const uchar *pixels = img.constBits() + bpp * sr.x() + img.bytesPerLine() * sr.y(); VGImage vgImg = QVGImagePool::instance()->createPermanentImage @@ -1088,7 +1087,7 @@ static VGImage toVGImageWithOpacity(const QImage & image, qreal opacity) painter.drawImage(0, 0, image); painter.end(); - const uchar *pixels = qt_vg_imageBits(img); + const uchar *pixels = img.constBits(); VGImage vgImg = QVGImagePool::instance()->createPermanentImage (VG_sARGB_8888_PRE, img.width(), img.height(), VG_IMAGE_QUALITY_FASTER); @@ -1110,7 +1109,7 @@ static VGImage toVGImageWithOpacitySubRect painter.drawImage(QPoint(0, 0), image, sr); painter.end(); - const uchar *pixels = qt_vg_imageBits(img); + const uchar *pixels = img.constBits(); VGImage vgImg = QVGImagePool::instance()->createPermanentImage (VG_sARGB_8888_PRE, img.width(), img.height(), VG_IMAGE_QUALITY_FASTER); @@ -1542,7 +1541,28 @@ void QVGPaintEngine::stroke(const QVectorPath &path, const QPen &pen) static inline bool clipTransformIsSimple(const QTransform& transform) { QTransform::TransformationType type = transform.type(); - return (type == QTransform::TxNone || type == QTransform::TxTranslate); + if (type == QTransform::TxNone || type == QTransform::TxTranslate) + return true; + if (type == QTransform::TxRotate) { + // Check for 0, 90, 180, and 270 degree rotations. + // (0 might happen after 4 rotations of 90 degrees). + qreal m11 = transform.m11(); + qreal m12 = transform.m12(); + qreal m21 = transform.m21(); + qreal m22 = transform.m22(); + if (m11 == 0.0f && m22 == 0.0f) { + if (m12 == 1.0f && m21 == -1.0f) + return true; // 90 degrees. + else if (m12 == -1.0f && m21 == 1.0f) + return true; // 270 degrees. + } else if (m12 == 0.0f && m21 == 0.0f) { + if (m11 == -1.0f && m22 == -1.0f) + return true; // 180 degrees. + else if (m11 == 1.0f && m22 == 1.0f) + return true; // 0 degrees. + } + } + return false; } #if defined(QVG_SCISSOR_CLIP) @@ -1664,12 +1684,12 @@ void QVGPaintEngine::clip(const QVectorPath &path, Qt::ClipOperation op) if (op == Qt::NoClip) { d->maskValid = false; d->maskIsSet = true; + d->scissorMask = false; d->maskRect = QRect(); vgSeti(VG_MASKING, VG_FALSE); return; } -#if defined(QVG_NO_RENDER_TO_MASK) // We don't have vgRenderToMask(), so handle simple QRectF's only. if (path.shape() == QVectorPath::RectangleHint && path.elementCount() == 4 && clipTransformIsSimple(d->transform)) { @@ -1679,8 +1699,10 @@ void QVGPaintEngine::clip(const QVectorPath &path, Qt::ClipOperation op) QRectF rect(points[0], points[1], points[2] - points[0], points[5] - points[1]); clip(rect.toRect(), op); + return; } -#else + +#if !defined(QVG_NO_RENDER_TO_MASK) QPaintDevice *pdev = paintDevice(); int width = pdev->width(); int height = pdev->height(); @@ -1711,6 +1733,7 @@ void QVGPaintEngine::clip(const QVectorPath &path, Qt::ClipOperation op) vgSeti(VG_MASKING, VG_TRUE); d->maskValid = true; d->maskIsSet = false; + d->scissorMask = false; #endif } @@ -1731,6 +1754,7 @@ void QVGPaintEngine::clip(const QRect &rect, Qt::ClipOperation op) { d->maskValid = false; d->maskIsSet = true; + d->scissorMask = false; d->maskRect = QRect(); vgSeti(VG_MASKING, VG_FALSE); } @@ -1746,6 +1770,7 @@ void QVGPaintEngine::clip(const QRect &rect, Qt::ClipOperation op) vgSeti(VG_MASKING, VG_FALSE); d->maskValid = false; d->maskIsSet = true; + d->scissorMask = false; d->maskRect = QRect(); } else { // Special case: if the intersection of the system @@ -1763,6 +1788,7 @@ void QVGPaintEngine::clip(const QRect &rect, Qt::ClipOperation op) if (clip.rectCount() != 1) { d->maskValid = false; d->maskIsSet = false; + d->scissorMask = false; d->maskRect = QRect(); d->modifyMask(this, VG_FILL_MASK, r); break; @@ -1771,6 +1797,7 @@ void QVGPaintEngine::clip(const QRect &rect, Qt::ClipOperation op) } d->maskValid = false; d->maskIsSet = false; + d->scissorMask = true; d->maskRect = clipRect; vgSeti(VG_MASKING, VG_FALSE); updateScissor(); @@ -1781,13 +1808,30 @@ void QVGPaintEngine::clip(const QRect &rect, Qt::ClipOperation op) case Qt::IntersectClip: { QRect r = d->transform.mapRect(rect); - if (d->maskIsSet && isDefaultClipRect(r)) { + if (!d->maskValid) { + // Mask has not been used yet, so intersect with + // the previous scissor-based region in maskRect. + if (d->scissorMask) + r = r.intersect(d->maskRect); + if (isDefaultClipRect(r)) { + // The clip is the full window, so turn off clipping. + d->maskIsSet = true; + d->maskRect = QRect(); + } else { + // Activate the scissor on a smaller maskRect. + d->maskIsSet = false; + d->maskRect = r; + } + d->scissorMask = true; + updateScissor(); + } else if (d->maskIsSet && isDefaultClipRect(r)) { // Intersecting a full-window clip with a full-window // region is the same as turning off clipping. if (d->maskValid) vgSeti(VG_MASKING, VG_FALSE); d->maskValid = false; d->maskIsSet = true; + d->scissorMask = false; d->maskRect = QRect(); } else { d->modifyMask(this, VG_INTERSECT_MASK, r); @@ -1829,6 +1873,7 @@ void QVGPaintEngine::clip(const QRegion ®ion, Qt::ClipOperation op) { d->maskValid = false; d->maskIsSet = true; + d->scissorMask = false; d->maskRect = QRect(); vgSeti(VG_MASKING, VG_FALSE); } @@ -1844,6 +1889,7 @@ void QVGPaintEngine::clip(const QRegion ®ion, Qt::ClipOperation op) vgSeti(VG_MASKING, VG_FALSE); d->maskValid = false; d->maskIsSet = true; + d->scissorMask = false; d->maskRect = QRect(); } else { // Special case: if the intersection of the system @@ -1857,12 +1903,14 @@ void QVGPaintEngine::clip(const QRegion ®ion, Qt::ClipOperation op) if (clip.rectCount() == 1) { d->maskValid = false; d->maskIsSet = false; + d->scissorMask = true; d->maskRect = clip.boundingRect(); vgSeti(VG_MASKING, VG_FALSE); updateScissor(); } else { d->maskValid = false; d->maskIsSet = false; + d->scissorMask = false; d->maskRect = QRect(); d->modifyMask(this, VG_FILL_MASK, r); } @@ -1887,6 +1935,7 @@ void QVGPaintEngine::clip(const QRegion ®ion, Qt::ClipOperation op) vgSeti(VG_MASKING, VG_FALSE); d->maskValid = false; d->maskIsSet = true; + d->scissorMask = false; d->maskRect = QRect(); } else { d->modifyMask(this, VG_INTERSECT_MASK, r); @@ -1965,6 +2014,7 @@ void QVGPaintEngine::clip(const QPainterPath &path, Qt::ClipOperation op) if (op == Qt::NoClip) { d->maskValid = false; d->maskIsSet = true; + d->scissorMask = false; d->maskRect = QRect(); vgSeti(VG_MASKING, VG_FALSE); return; @@ -2000,6 +2050,7 @@ void QVGPaintEngine::clip(const QPainterPath &path, Qt::ClipOperation op) vgSeti(VG_MASKING, VG_TRUE); d->maskValid = true; d->maskIsSet = false; + d->scissorMask = false; #else QPaintEngineEx::clip(path, op); #endif @@ -2043,6 +2094,7 @@ void QVGPaintEnginePrivate::modifyMask vgSeti(VG_MASKING, VG_TRUE); maskValid = true; maskIsSet = false; + scissorMask = false; } void QVGPaintEnginePrivate::modifyMask @@ -2064,6 +2116,7 @@ void QVGPaintEnginePrivate::modifyMask vgSeti(VG_MASKING, VG_TRUE); maskValid = true; maskIsSet = false; + scissorMask = false; } #endif // !QVG_SCISSOR_CLIP @@ -2096,7 +2149,7 @@ void QVGPaintEngine::updateScissor() { #if !defined(QVG_SCISSOR_CLIP) // Combine the system clip with the simple mask rectangle. - if (!d->maskRect.isNull()) { + if (d->scissorMask) { if (region.isEmpty()) region = d->maskRect; else @@ -2187,6 +2240,7 @@ void QVGPaintEngine::clipEnabledChanged() // Replay the entire clip stack to put the mask into the right state. d->maskValid = false; d->maskIsSet = true; + d->scissorMask = false; d->maskRect = QRect(); s->clipRegion = defaultClipRegion(); d->replayClipOperations(); @@ -2196,6 +2250,7 @@ void QVGPaintEngine::clipEnabledChanged() vgSeti(VG_MASKING, VG_FALSE); d->maskValid = false; d->maskIsSet = false; + d->scissorMask = false; d->maskRect = QRect(); } #endif @@ -2314,12 +2369,7 @@ bool QVGPaintEngine::clearRect(const QRectF &rect, const QColor &color) Q_D(QVGPaintEngine); QVGPainterState *s = state(); if (!s->clipEnabled || s->clipOperation == Qt::NoClip) { - // The transform will either be identity or a simple translation, - // so do a simpler version of "r = d->transform.map(rect).toRect()". - QRect r = QRect(qRound(rect.x() + d->transform.dx()), - qRound(rect.y() + d->transform.dy()), - qRound(rect.width()), - qRound(rect.height())); + QRect r = d->transform.mapRect(rect).toRect(); int height = paintDevice()->height(); if (d->clearColor != color || d->clearOpacity != s->opacity) { VGfloat values[4]; @@ -3175,15 +3225,15 @@ void QVGFontGlyphCache::cacheGlyphs if (!scaledImage.isNull()) { // Not a space character if (scaledImage.format() == QImage::Format_Indexed8) { vgImage = vgCreateImage(VG_A_8, scaledImage.width(), scaledImage.height(), VG_IMAGE_QUALITY_FASTER); - vgImageSubData(vgImage, qt_vg_imageBits(scaledImage), scaledImage.bytesPerLine(), VG_A_8, 0, 0, scaledImage.width(), scaledImage.height()); + vgImageSubData(vgImage, scaledImage.constBits(), scaledImage.bytesPerLine(), VG_A_8, 0, 0, scaledImage.width(), scaledImage.height()); } else if (scaledImage.format() == QImage::Format_Mono) { QImage img = scaledImage.convertToFormat(QImage::Format_Indexed8); vgImage = vgCreateImage(VG_A_8, img.width(), img.height(), VG_IMAGE_QUALITY_FASTER); - vgImageSubData(vgImage, qt_vg_imageBits(img), img.bytesPerLine(), VG_A_8, 0, 0, img.width(), img.height()); + vgImageSubData(vgImage, img.constBits(), img.bytesPerLine(), VG_A_8, 0, 0, img.width(), img.height()); } else { QImage img = scaledImage.convertToFormat(QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied); vgImage = vgCreateImage(VG_sARGB_8888_PRE, img.width(), img.height(), VG_IMAGE_QUALITY_FASTER); - vgImageSubData(vgImage, qt_vg_imageBits(img), img.bytesPerLine(), VG_sARGB_8888_PRE, 0, 0, img.width(), img.height()); + vgImageSubData(vgImage, img.constBits(), img.bytesPerLine(), VG_sARGB_8888_PRE, 0, 0, img.width(), img.height()); } } origin[0] = -metrics.x.toReal() + 0.5f; @@ -3398,6 +3448,7 @@ void QVGPaintEngine::restoreState(QPaintEngine::DirtyFlags dirty) QPaintEngine::DirtyClipEnabled)) != 0) { d->maskValid = false; d->maskIsSet = false; + d->scissorMask = false; d->maskRect = QRect(); clipEnabledChanged(); } @@ -3650,7 +3701,7 @@ void QVGCompositionHelper::drawCursorPixmap if (vgImage == VG_INVALID_HANDLE) return; vgImageSubData - (vgImage, qt_vg_imageBits(img) + img.bytesPerLine() * (img.height() - 1), + (vgImage, img.constBits() + img.bytesPerLine() * (img.height() - 1), -(img.bytesPerLine()), VG_sARGB_8888_PRE, 0, 0, img.width(), img.height()); diff --git a/src/openvg/qpixmapdata_vg.cpp b/src/openvg/qpixmapdata_vg.cpp index 3087b77..44814cc 100644 --- a/src/openvg/qpixmapdata_vg.cpp +++ b/src/openvg/qpixmapdata_vg.cpp @@ -231,14 +231,6 @@ QPaintEngine* QVGPixmapData::paintEngine() const return source.paintEngine(); } -// This function works around QImage::bits() making a deep copy if the -// QImage is not const. We force it to be const and then get the bits. -// XXX: Should add a QImage::constBits() in the future to replace this. -const uchar *qt_vg_imageBits(const QImage& image) -{ - return image.bits(); -} - VGImage QVGPixmapData::toVGImage() { if (!isValid()) @@ -271,7 +263,7 @@ VGImage QVGPixmapData::toVGImage() if (!source.isNull() && recreate) { vgImageSubData (vgImage, - qt_vg_imageBits(source), source.bytesPerLine(), + source.constBits(), source.bytesPerLine(), VG_sARGB_8888_PRE, 0, 0, w, h); } @@ -670,7 +662,7 @@ void* QVGPixmapData::toNativeType(NativeType type) if (bitmap) { if (bitmap->Create(TSize(source.width(), source.height()), EColor16MAP) == KErrNone) { - const uchar *sptr = qt_vg_imageBits(source); + const uchar *sptr = source.constBits(); bitmap->BeginDataAccess(); uchar *dptr = (uchar*)bitmap->DataAddress(); diff --git a/src/plugins/accessible/widgets/qaccessiblewidgets.cpp b/src/plugins/accessible/widgets/qaccessiblewidgets.cpp index ad33d0b..499eb1d 100644 --- a/src/plugins/accessible/widgets/qaccessiblewidgets.cpp +++ b/src/plugins/accessible/widgets/qaccessiblewidgets.cpp @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ static inline QWidget *mdiAreaNavigate(QWidget *area, int minimumDistance = INT_MAX; QWidget *target = 0; - foreach (QWidget *candidate, candidates.values()) { + foreach (QWidget *candidate, candidates) { switch (relation) { case QAccessible::Up: case QAccessible::Down: diff --git a/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbscreen.cpp b/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbscreen.cpp index 6b251c7..cd4d5c2 100644 --- a/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbscreen.cpp +++ b/src/plugins/gfxdrivers/directfb/qdirectfbscreen.cpp @@ -921,7 +921,7 @@ void QDirectFBScreenPrivate::setFlipFlags(const QStringList &args) qPrintable(flip)); } } else { - flipFlags = DSFLIP_BLIT; + flipFlags = DSFLIP_BLIT|DSFLIP_ONSYNC; } } diff --git a/src/plugins/imageformats/gif/qgifhandler.cpp b/src/plugins/imageformats/gif/qgifhandler.cpp index 6f049be..25d3dfa 100644 --- a/src/plugins/imageformats/gif/qgifhandler.cpp +++ b/src/plugins/imageformats/gif/qgifhandler.cpp @@ -71,7 +71,8 @@ public: ~QGIFFormat(); int decode(QImage *image, const uchar* buffer, int length, - int *nextFrameDelay, int *loopCount, QSize *nextSize); + int *nextFrameDelay, int *loopCount); + static void scan(QIODevice *device, QVector<QSize> *imageSizes, int *loopCount); bool newFrame; bool partialNewFrame; @@ -229,7 +230,7 @@ void QGIFFormat::disposePrevious(QImage *image) Returns the number of bytes consumed. */ int QGIFFormat::decode(QImage *image, const uchar *buffer, int length, - int *nextFrameDelay, int *loopCount, QSize *nextSize) + int *nextFrameDelay, int *loopCount) { // We are required to state that // "The Graphics Interchange Format(c) is the Copyright property of @@ -346,10 +347,6 @@ int QGIFFormat::decode(QImage *image, const uchar *buffer, int length, bpl = image->bytesPerLine(); bits = image->bits(); memset(bits, 0, image->byteCount()); - - // ### size of the upcoming frame, should rather - // be known before decoding it. - *nextSize = QSize(swidth, sheight); } disposePrevious(image); @@ -645,6 +642,273 @@ int QGIFFormat::decode(QImage *image, const uchar *buffer, int length, return initial-length; } +/*! + Scans through the data stream defined by \a device and returns the image + sizes found in the stream in the \a imageSizes vector. +*/ +void QGIFFormat::scan(QIODevice *device, QVector<QSize> *imageSizes, int *loopCount) +{ + if (!device) + return; + + qint64 oldPos = device->pos(); + if (!device->seek(0)) + return; + + int colorCount = 0; + int localColorCount = 0; + int globalColorCount = 0; + int colorReadCount = 0; + bool localColormap = false; + bool globalColormap = false; + int count = 0; + int blockSize = 0; + int imageWidth = 0; + int imageHeight = 0; + bool done = false; + uchar hold[16]; + State state = Header; + + const int readBufferSize = 40960; // 40k read buffer + QByteArray readBuffer(device->read(readBufferSize)); + + if (readBuffer.isEmpty()) { + device->seek(oldPos); + return; + } + + // This is a specialized version of the state machine from decode(), + // which doesn't do any image decoding or mallocing, and has an + // optimized way of skipping SkipBlocks, ImageDataBlocks and + // Global/LocalColorMaps. + + while (!readBuffer.isEmpty()) { + int length = readBuffer.size(); + const uchar *buffer = (const uchar *) readBuffer.constData(); + while (!done && length) { + length--; + uchar ch = *buffer++; + switch (state) { + case Header: + hold[count++] = ch; + if (count == 6) { + state = LogicalScreenDescriptor; + count = 0; + } + break; + case LogicalScreenDescriptor: + hold[count++] = ch; + if (count == 7) { + imageWidth = LM(hold[0], hold[1]); + imageHeight = LM(hold[2], hold[3]); + globalColormap = !!(hold[4] & 0x80); + globalColorCount = 2 << (hold[4] & 0x7); + count = 0; + colorCount = globalColorCount; + if (globalColormap) { + int colorTableSize = 3 * globalColorCount; + if (length >= colorTableSize) { + // skip the global color table in one go + length -= colorTableSize; + buffer += colorTableSize; + state = Introducer; + } else { + colorReadCount = 0; + state = GlobalColorMap; + } + } else { + state=Introducer; + } + } + break; + case GlobalColorMap: + case LocalColorMap: + hold[count++] = ch; + if (count == 3) { + if (++colorReadCount >= colorCount) { + if (state == LocalColorMap) + state = TableImageLZWSize; + else + state = Introducer; + } + count = 0; + } + break; + case Introducer: + hold[count++] = ch; + switch (ch) { + case 0x2c: + state = ImageDescriptor; + break; + case 0x21: + state = ExtensionLabel; + break; + case 0x3b: + state = Done; + break; + default: + done = true; + state = Error; + } + break; + case ImageDescriptor: + hold[count++] = ch; + if (count == 10) { + int newLeft = LM(hold[1], hold[2]); + int newTop = LM(hold[3], hold[4]); + int newWidth = LM(hold[5], hold[6]); + int newHeight = LM(hold[7], hold[8]); + + if (imageWidth/10 > qMax(newWidth,200)) + imageWidth = -1; + if (imageHeight/10 > qMax(newHeight,200)) + imageHeight = -1; + + if (imageWidth <= 0) + imageWidth = newLeft + newWidth; + if (imageHeight <= 0) + imageHeight = newTop + newHeight; + + *imageSizes << QSize(imageWidth, imageHeight); + + localColormap = !!(hold[9] & 0x80); + localColorCount = localColormap ? (2 << (hold[9] & 0x7)) : 0; + if (localColorCount) + colorCount = localColorCount; + else + colorCount = globalColorCount; + + count = 0; + if (localColormap) { + int colorTableSize = 3 * localColorCount; + if (length >= colorTableSize) { + // skip the local color table in one go + length -= colorTableSize; + buffer += colorTableSize; + state = TableImageLZWSize; + } else { + colorReadCount = 0; + state = LocalColorMap; + } + } else { + state = TableImageLZWSize; + } + } + break; + case TableImageLZWSize: + if (ch > max_lzw_bits) + state = Error; + else + state = ImageDataBlockSize; + count = 0; + break; + case ImageDataBlockSize: + blockSize = ch; + if (blockSize) { + if (length >= blockSize) { + // we can skip the block in one go + length -= blockSize; + buffer += blockSize; + count = 0; + } else { + state = ImageDataBlock; + } + } else { + state = Introducer; + } + break; + case ImageDataBlock: + ++count; + if (count == blockSize) { + count = 0; + state = ImageDataBlockSize; + } + break; + case ExtensionLabel: + switch (ch) { + case 0xf9: + state = GraphicControlExtension; + break; + case 0xff: + state = ApplicationExtension; + break; + default: + state = SkipBlockSize; + } + count = 0; + break; + case ApplicationExtension: + if (count < 11) + hold[count] = ch; + ++count; + if (count == hold[0] + 1) { + if (qstrncmp((char*)(hold+1), "NETSCAPE", 8) == 0) + state=NetscapeExtensionBlockSize; + else + state=SkipBlockSize; + count = 0; + } + break; + case GraphicControlExtension: + if (count < 5) + hold[count] = ch; + ++count; + if (count == hold[0] + 1) { + count = 0; + state = SkipBlockSize; + } + break; + case NetscapeExtensionBlockSize: + blockSize = ch; + count = 0; + if (blockSize) + state = NetscapeExtensionBlock; + else + state = Introducer; + break; + case NetscapeExtensionBlock: + if (count < 3) + hold[count] = ch; + count++; + if (count == blockSize) { + *loopCount = LM(hold[1], hold[2]); + state = SkipBlockSize; + } + break; + case SkipBlockSize: + blockSize = ch; + count = 0; + if (blockSize) { + if (length >= blockSize) { + // we can skip the block in one go + length -= blockSize; + buffer += blockSize; + } else { + state = SkipBlock; + } + } else { + state = Introducer; + } + break; + case SkipBlock: + ++count; + if (count == blockSize) + state = SkipBlockSize; + break; + case Done: + done = true; + break; + case Error: + device->seek(oldPos); + return; + } + } + readBuffer = device->read(readBufferSize); + } + device->seek(oldPos); + return; +} + void QGIFFormat::fillRect(QImage *image, int col, int row, int w, int h, QRgb color) { if (w>0) { @@ -763,9 +1027,9 @@ QGifHandler::QGifHandler() { gifFormat = new QGIFFormat; nextDelay = 0; - loopCnt = 0; + loopCnt = 1; frameNumber = -1; - nextSize = QSize(); + scanIsCached = false; } QGifHandler::~QGifHandler() @@ -787,7 +1051,7 @@ bool QGifHandler::imageIsComing() const } int decoded = gifFormat->decode(&lastImage, (const uchar *)buffer.constData(), buffer.size(), - &nextDelay, &loopCnt, &nextSize); + &nextDelay, &loopCnt); if (decoded == -1) break; buffer.remove(0, decoded); @@ -831,7 +1095,7 @@ bool QGifHandler::read(QImage *image) } int decoded = gifFormat->decode(&lastImage, (const uchar *)buffer.constData(), buffer.size(), - &nextDelay, &loopCnt, &nextSize); + &nextDelay, &loopCnt); if (decoded == -1) break; buffer.remove(0, decoded); @@ -862,8 +1126,18 @@ bool QGifHandler::supportsOption(ImageOption option) const QVariant QGifHandler::option(ImageOption option) const { if (option == Size) { - if (imageIsComing()) - return nextSize; + if (!scanIsCached) { + QGIFFormat::scan(device(), &imageSizes, &loopCnt); + scanIsCached = true; + } + // before the first frame is read, or we have an empty data stream + if (frameNumber == -1) + return (imageSizes.count() > 0) ? QVariant(imageSizes.at(0)) : QVariant(); + // after the last frame has been read, the next size is undefined + if (frameNumber >= imageSizes.count() - 1) + return QVariant(); + // and the last case: the size of the next frame + return imageSizes.at(frameNumber + 1); } else if (option == Animation) { return true; } @@ -883,11 +1157,19 @@ int QGifHandler::nextImageDelay() const int QGifHandler::imageCount() const { - return 0; // Don't know + if (!scanIsCached) { + QGIFFormat::scan(device(), &imageSizes, &loopCnt); + scanIsCached = true; + } + return imageSizes.count(); } int QGifHandler::loopCount() const { + if (!scanIsCached) { + QGIFFormat::scan(device(), &imageSizes, &loopCnt); + scanIsCached = true; + } return loopCnt-1; // In GIF, loop count is iteration count, so subtract one } diff --git a/src/plugins/imageformats/gif/qgifhandler.h b/src/plugins/imageformats/gif/qgifhandler.h index a6e520f..8e07aff 100644 --- a/src/plugins/imageformats/gif/qgifhandler.h +++ b/src/plugins/imageformats/gif/qgifhandler.h @@ -87,7 +87,8 @@ private: mutable int nextDelay; mutable int loopCnt; int frameNumber; - mutable QSize nextSize; + mutable QVector<QSize> imageSizes; + mutable bool scanIsCached; }; QT_END_NAMESPACE diff --git a/src/plugins/imageformats/ico/qicohandler.cpp b/src/plugins/imageformats/ico/qicohandler.cpp index b2351fa..4edb87a 100644 --- a/src/plugins/imageformats/ico/qicohandler.cpp +++ b/src/plugins/imageformats/ico/qicohandler.cpp @@ -53,6 +53,7 @@ #include <QtGui/QImage> #include <QtCore/QFile> #include <QtCore/QBuffer> +#include <qvariant.h> // These next two structs represent how the icon information is stored // in an ICO file. typedef struct @@ -772,6 +773,29 @@ QtIcoHandler::~QtIcoHandler() delete m_pICOReader; } +QVariant QtIcoHandler::option(ImageOption option) const +{ + if (option == Size) { + QIODevice *device = QImageIOHandler::device(); + qint64 oldPos = device->pos(); + ICONDIRENTRY iconEntry; + if (device->seek(oldPos + ICONDIR_SIZE + (m_currentIconIndex * ICONDIRENTRY_SIZE))) { + if (readIconDirEntry(device, &iconEntry)) { + device->seek(oldPos); + return QSize(iconEntry.bWidth, iconEntry.bHeight); + } + } + if (!device->isSequential()) + device->seek(oldPos); + } + return QVariant(); +} + +bool QtIcoHandler::supportsOption(ImageOption option) const +{ + return option == Size; +} + /*! * Verifies if some values (magic bytes) are set as expected in the header of the file. * If the magic bytes were found, it is assumed that the QtIcoHandler can read the file. diff --git a/src/plugins/imageformats/ico/qicohandler.h b/src/plugins/imageformats/ico/qicohandler.h index b9ef27e..394a5eb 100644 --- a/src/plugins/imageformats/ico/qicohandler.h +++ b/src/plugins/imageformats/ico/qicohandler.h @@ -62,6 +62,9 @@ public: static bool canRead(QIODevice *device); + bool supportsOption(ImageOption option) const; + QVariant option(ImageOption option) const; + private: int m_currentIconIndex; ICOReader *m_pICOReader; diff --git a/src/plugins/imageformats/jpeg/qjpeghandler.cpp b/src/plugins/imageformats/jpeg/qjpeghandler.cpp index 6cb93ad..4b4712c 100644 --- a/src/plugins/imageformats/jpeg/qjpeghandler.cpp +++ b/src/plugins/imageformats/jpeg/qjpeghandler.cpp @@ -52,8 +52,6 @@ #undef FAR #endif -// hw: optimize smoothscaler for returning 24-bit images - // including jpeglib.h seems to be a little messy extern "C" { // mingw includes rpcndr.h but does not define boolean @@ -76,433 +74,6 @@ extern "C" { QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE -//#define QT_NO_IMAGE_SMOOTHSCALE -#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_SMOOTHSCALE -class QImageSmoothScalerPrivate; -class QImageSmoothScaler -{ -public: - QImageSmoothScaler(const int w, const int h, const QImage &src); - QImageSmoothScaler(const int srcWidth, const int srcHeight, - const int dstWidth, const int dstHeight); - - virtual ~QImageSmoothScaler(void); - - QImage scale(); - -private: - QImageSmoothScalerPrivate *d; - virtual QRgb *scanLine(const int line = 0, const QImage *src = 0); -}; - -class QImageSmoothScalerPrivate -{ -public: - int cols; - int newcols; - int rows; - int newrows; - bool hasAlpha; - - const QImage *src; - - void setup(const int srcWidth, const int srcHeight, const int dstWidth, - const int dstHeight, bool hasAlphaChannel); -}; - -QImageSmoothScaler::QImageSmoothScaler(const int w, const int h, - const QImage &src) -{ - d = new QImageSmoothScalerPrivate; - - d->setup(src.width(), src.height(), w, h, src.hasAlphaChannel() ); - this->d->src = &src; -} - -QImageSmoothScaler::QImageSmoothScaler(const int srcWidth, const int srcHeight, - const int dstWidth, const int dstHeight) -{ - d = new QImageSmoothScalerPrivate; - d->setup(srcWidth, srcHeight, dstWidth, dstHeight, 0); -} - -void QImageSmoothScalerPrivate::setup(const int srcWidth, const int srcHeight, - const int dstWidth, const int dstHeight, - bool hasAlphaChannel) -{ - cols = srcWidth; - rows = srcHeight; - newcols = dstWidth; - newrows = dstHeight; - hasAlpha = hasAlphaChannel; -} - -QImageSmoothScaler::~QImageSmoothScaler() -{ - delete d; -} - -inline QRgb *QImageSmoothScaler::scanLine(const int line, const QImage *src) -{ - return (QRgb*)src->scanLine(line); -} - -/* - This function uses code based on pnmscale.c by Jef Poskanzer. - - pnmscale.c - read a portable anymap and scale it - - Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 by Jef Poskanzer. - - Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its - documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided - that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that - copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting - documentation. This software is provided "as is" without express or - implied warranty. -*/ - -QImage QImageSmoothScaler::scale() -{ - long SCALE; - long HALFSCALE; - QRgb *xelrow = 0; - QRgb *tempxelrow = 0; - QRgb *xP; - QRgb *nxP; - int row, rowsread; - int col, needtoreadrow; - uchar maxval = 255; - qreal xscale, yscale; - long sxscale, syscale; - long fracrowtofill, fracrowleft; - long *as; - long *rs; - long *gs; - long *bs; - int rowswritten = 0; - QImage dst; - - if (d->cols > 4096) { - SCALE = 4096; - HALFSCALE = 2048; - } else { - int fac = 4096; - while (d->cols * fac > 4096) - fac /= 2; - - SCALE = fac * d->cols; - HALFSCALE = fac * d->cols / 2; - } - - xscale = (qreal)d->newcols / (qreal)d->cols; - yscale = (qreal)d->newrows / (qreal)d->rows; - sxscale = (long)(xscale * SCALE); - syscale = (long)(yscale * SCALE); - - // shortcut Y scaling if possible - if (d->newrows != d->rows) - tempxelrow = new QRgb[d->cols]; - - if (d->hasAlpha) { - as = new long[d->cols]; - for (col = 0; col < d->cols; ++col) - as[col] = HALFSCALE; - } else { - as = 0; - } - rs = new long[d->cols]; - gs = new long[d->cols]; - bs = new long[d->cols]; - rowsread = 0; - fracrowleft = syscale; - needtoreadrow = 1; - for (col = 0; col < d->cols; ++col) - rs[col] = gs[col] = bs[col] = HALFSCALE; - fracrowtofill = SCALE; - - dst = QImage(d->newcols, d->newrows, d->hasAlpha ? QImage::Format_ARGB32 : QImage::Format_RGB32); - - for (row = 0; row < d->newrows; ++row) { - // First scale Y from xelrow into tempxelrow. - if (d->newrows == d->rows) { - // shortcut Y scaling if possible - tempxelrow = xelrow = scanLine(rowsread++, d->src); - } else { - while (fracrowleft < fracrowtofill) { - if (needtoreadrow && rowsread < d->rows) - xelrow = scanLine(rowsread++, d->src); - for (col = 0, xP = xelrow; col < d->cols; ++col, ++xP) { - if (as) { - as[col] += fracrowleft * qAlpha(*xP); - rs[col] += fracrowleft * qRed(*xP) * qAlpha(*xP) / 255; - gs[col] += fracrowleft * qGreen(*xP) * qAlpha(*xP) / 255; - bs[col] += fracrowleft * qBlue(*xP) * qAlpha(*xP) / 255; - } else { - rs[col] += fracrowleft * qRed(*xP); - gs[col] += fracrowleft * qGreen(*xP); - bs[col] += fracrowleft * qBlue(*xP); - } - } - fracrowtofill -= fracrowleft; - fracrowleft = syscale; - needtoreadrow = 1; - } - // Now fracrowleft is >= fracrowtofill, so we can produce a row. - if (needtoreadrow && rowsread < d->rows) { - xelrow = scanLine(rowsread++, d->src); - needtoreadrow = 0; - } - for (col = 0, xP = xelrow, nxP = tempxelrow; col < d->cols; ++col, ++xP, ++nxP) { - register long a, r, g, b; - - if (as) { - r = rs[col] + fracrowtofill * qRed(*xP) * qAlpha(*xP) / 255; - g = gs[col] + fracrowtofill * qGreen(*xP) * qAlpha(*xP) / 255; - b = bs[col] + fracrowtofill * qBlue(*xP) * qAlpha(*xP) / 255; - a = as[col] + fracrowtofill * qAlpha(*xP); - if (a) { - r = r * 255 / a * SCALE; - g = g * 255 / a * SCALE; - b = b * 255 / a * SCALE; - } - } else { - r = rs[col] + fracrowtofill * qRed(*xP); - g = gs[col] + fracrowtofill * qGreen(*xP); - b = bs[col] + fracrowtofill * qBlue(*xP); - a = 0; // unwarn - } - r /= SCALE; - if (r > maxval) - r = maxval; - g /= SCALE; - if (g > maxval) - g = maxval; - b /= SCALE; - if (b > maxval) - b = maxval; - if (as) { - a /= SCALE; - if (a > maxval) - a = maxval; - *nxP = qRgba((int)r, (int)g, (int)b, (int)a); - as[col] = HALFSCALE; - } else { - *nxP = qRgb((int)r, (int)g, (int)b); - } - rs[col] = gs[col] = bs[col] = HALFSCALE; - } - fracrowleft -= fracrowtofill; - if (fracrowleft == 0) { - fracrowleft = syscale; - needtoreadrow = 1; - } - fracrowtofill = SCALE; - } - - // Now scale X from tempxelrow into dst and write it out. - if (d->newcols == d->cols) { - // shortcut X scaling if possible - memcpy(dst.scanLine(rowswritten++), tempxelrow, d->newcols * 4); - } else { - register long a, r, g, b; - register long fraccoltofill, fraccolleft = 0; - register int needcol; - - nxP = (QRgb *)dst.scanLine(rowswritten++); - QRgb *nxPEnd = nxP + d->newcols; - fraccoltofill = SCALE; - a = r = g = b = HALFSCALE; - needcol = 0; - for (col = 0, xP = tempxelrow; col < d->cols; ++col, ++xP) { - fraccolleft = sxscale; - while (fraccolleft >= fraccoltofill) { - if (needcol) { - ++nxP; - a = r = g = b = HALFSCALE; - } - if (as) { - r += fraccoltofill * qRed(*xP) * qAlpha(*xP) / 255; - g += fraccoltofill * qGreen(*xP) * qAlpha(*xP) / 255; - b += fraccoltofill * qBlue(*xP) * qAlpha(*xP) / 255; - a += fraccoltofill * qAlpha(*xP); - if (a) { - r = r * 255 / a * SCALE; - g = g * 255 / a * SCALE; - b = b * 255 / a * SCALE; - } - } else { - r += fraccoltofill * qRed(*xP); - g += fraccoltofill * qGreen(*xP); - b += fraccoltofill * qBlue(*xP); - } - r /= SCALE; - if (r > maxval) - r = maxval; - g /= SCALE; - if (g > maxval) - g = maxval; - b /= SCALE; - if (b > maxval) - b = maxval; - if (as) { - a /= SCALE; - if (a > maxval) - a = maxval; - *nxP = qRgba((int)r, (int)g, (int)b, (int)a); - } else { - *nxP = qRgb((int)r, (int)g, (int)b); - } - fraccolleft -= fraccoltofill; - fraccoltofill = SCALE; - needcol = 1; - } - if (fraccolleft > 0) { - if (needcol) { - ++nxP; - a = r = g = b = HALFSCALE; - needcol = 0; - } - if (as) { - a += fraccolleft * qAlpha(*xP); - r += fraccolleft * qRed(*xP) * qAlpha(*xP) / 255; - g += fraccolleft * qGreen(*xP) * qAlpha(*xP) / 255; - b += fraccolleft * qBlue(*xP) * qAlpha(*xP) / 255; - } else { - r += fraccolleft * qRed(*xP); - g += fraccolleft * qGreen(*xP); - b += fraccolleft * qBlue(*xP); - } - fraccoltofill -= fraccolleft; - } - } - if (fraccoltofill > 0) { - --xP; - if (as) { - a += fraccolleft * qAlpha(*xP); - r += fraccoltofill * qRed(*xP) * qAlpha(*xP) / 255; - g += fraccoltofill * qGreen(*xP) * qAlpha(*xP) / 255; - b += fraccoltofill * qBlue(*xP) * qAlpha(*xP) / 255; - if (a) { - r = r * 255 / a * SCALE; - g = g * 255 / a * SCALE; - b = b * 255 / a * SCALE; - } - } else { - r += fraccoltofill * qRed(*xP); - g += fraccoltofill * qGreen(*xP); - b += fraccoltofill * qBlue(*xP); - } - } - if (nxP < nxPEnd) { - r /= SCALE; - if (r > maxval) - r = maxval; - g /= SCALE; - if (g > maxval) - g = maxval; - b /= SCALE; - if (b > maxval) - b = maxval; - if (as) { - a /= SCALE; - if (a > maxval) - a = maxval; - *nxP = qRgba((int)r, (int)g, (int)b, (int)a); - } else { - *nxP = qRgb((int)r, (int)g, (int)b); - } - while (++nxP != nxPEnd) - nxP[0] = nxP[-1]; - } - } - } - - if (d->newrows != d->rows && tempxelrow)// Robust, tempxelrow might be 0 1 day - delete [] tempxelrow; - if (as) // Avoid purify complaint - delete [] as; - if (rs) // Robust, rs might be 0 one day - delete [] rs; - if (gs) // Robust, gs might be 0 one day - delete [] gs; - if (bs) // Robust, bs might be 0 one day - delete [] bs; - - return dst; -} - -class jpegSmoothScaler : public QImageSmoothScaler -{ -public: - jpegSmoothScaler(struct jpeg_decompress_struct *info, const QSize& dstSize, const QRect& clipRect) - : QImageSmoothScaler(clipRect.width(), clipRect.height(), - dstSize.width(), dstSize.height()) - { - cinfo = info; - clip = clipRect; - imageCache = QImage(info->output_width, 1, QImage::Format_RGB32); - } - -private: - QRect clip; - QImage imageCache; - struct jpeg_decompress_struct *cinfo; - - QRgb *scanLine(const int line = 0, const QImage *src = 0) - { - QRgb *out; - uchar *in; - - Q_UNUSED(line); - Q_UNUSED(src); - - uchar* data = imageCache.bits(); - - // Read ahead if we haven't reached the first clipped scanline yet. - while (int(cinfo->output_scanline) < clip.y() && - cinfo->output_scanline < cinfo->output_height) - jpeg_read_scanlines(cinfo, &data, 1); - - // Read the next scanline. We assume that "line" - // will never be >= clip.height(). - jpeg_read_scanlines(cinfo, &data, 1); - if (cinfo->output_scanline == cinfo->output_height) - jpeg_finish_decompress(cinfo); - - out = ((QRgb*)data) + clip.x(); - - // - // The smooth scale algorithm only works on 32-bit images; - // convert from (8|24) bits to 32. - // - if (cinfo->output_components == 1) { - in = data + clip.right(); - for (int i = clip.width(); i--; ) { - out[i] = qRgb(*in, *in, *in); - in--; - } - } else if (cinfo->out_color_space == JCS_CMYK) { - in = data + clip.right() * 4; - for (int i = clip.width(); i--; ) { - int k = in[3]; - out[i] = qRgb(k * in[0] / 255, k * in[1] / 255, k * in[2] / 255); - in -= 4; - } - } else { - in = data + clip.right() * 3; - for (int i = clip.width(); i--; ) { - out[i] = qRgb(in[0], in[1], in[2]); - in -= 3; - } - } - - return out; - } - -}; -#endif - struct my_error_mgr : public jpeg_error_mgr { jmp_buf setjmp_buffer; }; @@ -844,93 +415,82 @@ static bool read_jpeg_image(QIODevice *device, QImage *outImage, clip = clip.intersected(imageRect); } -#ifndef QT_NO_IMAGE_SMOOTHSCALE - if (scaledSize.isValid() && scaledSize != clip.size() - && quality >= HIGH_QUALITY_THRESHOLD) { + // Allocate memory for the clipped QImage. + if (!ensureValidImage(outImage, &cinfo, clip.size())) + longjmp(jerr.setjmp_buffer, 1); + + // Avoid memcpy() overhead if grayscale with no clipping. + bool quickGray = (cinfo.output_components == 1 && + clip == imageRect); + if (!quickGray) { + // Ask the jpeg library to allocate a temporary row. + // The library will automatically delete it for us later. + // The libjpeg docs say we should do this before calling + // jpeg_start_decompress(). We can't use "new" here + // because we are inside the setjmp() block and an error + // in the jpeg input stream would cause a memory leak. + JSAMPARRAY rows = (cinfo.mem->alloc_sarray) + ((j_common_ptr)&cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE, + cinfo.output_width * cinfo.output_components, 1); (void) jpeg_start_decompress(&cinfo); - jpegSmoothScaler scaler(&cinfo, scaledSize, clip); - *outImage = scaler.scale(); - } else -#endif - { - // Allocate memory for the clipped QImage. - if (!ensureValidImage(outImage, &cinfo, clip.size())) - longjmp(jerr.setjmp_buffer, 1); - - // Avoid memcpy() overhead if grayscale with no clipping. - bool quickGray = (cinfo.output_components == 1 && - clip == imageRect); - if (!quickGray) { - // Ask the jpeg library to allocate a temporary row. - // The library will automatically delete it for us later. - // The libjpeg docs say we should do this before calling - // jpeg_start_decompress(). We can't use "new" here - // because we are inside the setjmp() block and an error - // in the jpeg input stream would cause a memory leak. - JSAMPARRAY rows = (cinfo.mem->alloc_sarray) - ((j_common_ptr)&cinfo, JPOOL_IMAGE, - cinfo.output_width * cinfo.output_components, 1); - - (void) jpeg_start_decompress(&cinfo); - - while (cinfo.output_scanline < cinfo.output_height) { - int y = int(cinfo.output_scanline) - clip.y(); - if (y >= clip.height()) - break; // We've read the entire clip region, so abort. - - (void) jpeg_read_scanlines(&cinfo, rows, 1); - - if (y < 0) - continue; // Haven't reached the starting line yet. - - if (cinfo.output_components == 3) { - // Expand 24->32 bpp. - uchar *in = rows[0] + clip.x() * 3; - QRgb *out = (QRgb*)outImage->scanLine(y); - for (int i = 0; i < clip.width(); ++i) { - *out++ = qRgb(in[0], in[1], in[2]); - in += 3; - } - } else if (cinfo.out_color_space == JCS_CMYK) { - // Convert CMYK->RGB. - uchar *in = rows[0] + clip.x() * 4; - QRgb *out = (QRgb*)outImage->scanLine(y); - for (int i = 0; i < clip.width(); ++i) { - int k = in[3]; - *out++ = qRgb(k * in[0] / 255, k * in[1] / 255, - k * in[2] / 255); - in += 4; - } - } else if (cinfo.output_components == 1) { - // Grayscale. - memcpy(outImage->scanLine(y), - rows[0] + clip.x(), clip.width()); + while (cinfo.output_scanline < cinfo.output_height) { + int y = int(cinfo.output_scanline) - clip.y(); + if (y >= clip.height()) + break; // We've read the entire clip region, so abort. + + (void) jpeg_read_scanlines(&cinfo, rows, 1); + + if (y < 0) + continue; // Haven't reached the starting line yet. + + if (cinfo.output_components == 3) { + // Expand 24->32 bpp. + uchar *in = rows[0] + clip.x() * 3; + QRgb *out = (QRgb*)outImage->scanLine(y); + for (int i = 0; i < clip.width(); ++i) { + *out++ = qRgb(in[0], in[1], in[2]); + in += 3; } - } - } else { - // Load unclipped grayscale data directly into the QImage. - (void) jpeg_start_decompress(&cinfo); - while (cinfo.output_scanline < cinfo.output_height) { - uchar *row = outImage->scanLine(cinfo.output_scanline); - (void) jpeg_read_scanlines(&cinfo, &row, 1); + } else if (cinfo.out_color_space == JCS_CMYK) { + // Convert CMYK->RGB. + uchar *in = rows[0] + clip.x() * 4; + QRgb *out = (QRgb*)outImage->scanLine(y); + for (int i = 0; i < clip.width(); ++i) { + int k = in[3]; + *out++ = qRgb(k * in[0] / 255, k * in[1] / 255, + k * in[2] / 255); + in += 4; + } + } else if (cinfo.output_components == 1) { + // Grayscale. + memcpy(outImage->scanLine(y), + rows[0] + clip.x(), clip.width()); } } + } else { + // Load unclipped grayscale data directly into the QImage. + (void) jpeg_start_decompress(&cinfo); + while (cinfo.output_scanline < cinfo.output_height) { + uchar *row = outImage->scanLine(cinfo.output_scanline); + (void) jpeg_read_scanlines(&cinfo, &row, 1); + } + } - if (cinfo.output_scanline == cinfo.output_height) - (void) jpeg_finish_decompress(&cinfo); + if (cinfo.output_scanline == cinfo.output_height) + (void) jpeg_finish_decompress(&cinfo); - if (cinfo.density_unit == 1) { - outImage->setDotsPerMeterX(int(100. * cinfo.X_density / 2.54)); - outImage->setDotsPerMeterY(int(100. * cinfo.Y_density / 2.54)); - } else if (cinfo.density_unit == 2) { - outImage->setDotsPerMeterX(int(100. * cinfo.X_density)); - outImage->setDotsPerMeterY(int(100. * cinfo.Y_density)); - } + if (cinfo.density_unit == 1) { + outImage->setDotsPerMeterX(int(100. * cinfo.X_density / 2.54)); + outImage->setDotsPerMeterY(int(100. * cinfo.Y_density / 2.54)); + } else if (cinfo.density_unit == 2) { + outImage->setDotsPerMeterX(int(100. * cinfo.X_density)); + outImage->setDotsPerMeterY(int(100. * cinfo.Y_density)); + } - if (scaledSize.isValid() && scaledSize != clip.size()) - *outImage = outImage->scaled(scaledSize, Qt::IgnoreAspectRatio, Qt::FastTransformation); + if (scaledSize.isValid() && scaledSize != clip.size()) { + *outImage = outImage->scaled(scaledSize, Qt::IgnoreAspectRatio, quality >= HIGH_QUALITY_THRESHOLD ? Qt::SmoothTransformation : Qt::FastTransformation); } } diff --git a/src/plugins/kbddrivers/linuxinput/main.cpp b/src/plugins/kbddrivers/linuxinput/main.cpp index 19a3145..db5167e 100644 --- a/src/plugins/kbddrivers/linuxinput/main.cpp +++ b/src/plugins/kbddrivers/linuxinput/main.cpp @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ QWSKeyboardHandler* QLinuxInputKbdDriver::create(const QString &driver, Q_UNUSED(device); if (driver.compare(QLatin1String("LinuxInput"), Qt::CaseInsensitive)) return 0; - return new QWSLinuxInputKeyboardHandler(driver, device); + return new QWSLinuxInputKeyboardHandler(device); } Q_EXPORT_PLUGIN2(qwslinuxinputkbddriver, QLinuxInputKbdDriver) diff --git a/src/s60installs/bwins/QtGuiu.def b/src/s60installs/bwins/QtGuiu.def index 155e3e7..be7a6a0 100644 --- a/src/s60installs/bwins/QtGuiu.def +++ b/src/s60installs/bwins/QtGuiu.def @@ -2081,8 +2081,8 @@ EXPORTS ?addPixmap@QGraphicsScene@@QAEPAVQGraphicsPixmapItem@@ABVQPixmap@@@Z @ 2080 NONAME ; class QGraphicsPixmapItem * QGraphicsScene::addPixmap(class QPixmap const &) ?addPixmap@QIcon@@QAEXABVQPixmap@@W4Mode@1@W4State@1@@Z @ 2081 NONAME ; void QIcon::addPixmap(class QPixmap const &, enum QIcon::Mode, enum QIcon::State) ?addPixmap@QIconEngine@@UAEXABVQPixmap@@W4Mode@QIcon@@W4State@4@@Z @ 2082 NONAME ; void QIconEngine::addPixmap(class QPixmap const &, enum QIcon::Mode, enum QIcon::State) - ?addPixmapDestructionHook@QImagePixmapCleanupHooks@@QAEXP6AXPAVQPixmap@@@Z@Z @ 2083 NONAME ; void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::addPixmapDestructionHook(void (*)(class QPixmap *)) - ?addPixmapModificationHook@QImagePixmapCleanupHooks@@QAEXP6AXPAVQPixmap@@@Z@Z @ 2084 NONAME ; void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::addPixmapModificationHook(void (*)(class QPixmap *)) + ?addPixmapDestructionHook@QImagePixmapCleanupHooks@@QAEXP6AXPAVQPixmap@@@Z@Z @ 2083 NONAME ABSENT ; void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::addPixmapDestructionHook(void (*)(class QPixmap *)) + ?addPixmapModificationHook@QImagePixmapCleanupHooks@@QAEXP6AXPAVQPixmap@@@Z@Z @ 2084 NONAME ABSENT ; void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::addPixmapModificationHook(void (*)(class QPixmap *)) ?addPolygon@QGraphicsScene@@QAEPAVQGraphicsPolygonItem@@ABVQPolygonF@@ABVQPen@@ABVQBrush@@@Z @ 2085 NONAME ; class QGraphicsPolygonItem * QGraphicsScene::addPolygon(class QPolygonF const &, class QPen const &, class QBrush const &) ?addPolygon@QPainterPath@@QAEXABVQPolygonF@@@Z @ 2086 NONAME ; void QPainterPath::addPolygon(class QPolygonF const &) ?addRect@QGraphicsScene@@QAEPAVQGraphicsRectItem@@ABVQRectF@@ABVQPen@@ABVQBrush@@@Z @ 2087 NONAME ; class QGraphicsRectItem * QGraphicsScene::addRect(class QRectF const &, class QPen const &, class QBrush const &) @@ -4283,8 +4283,8 @@ EXPORTS ?executeDelayedItemsLayout@QAbstractItemView@@IAEXXZ @ 4282 NONAME ; void QAbstractItemView::executeDelayedItemsLayout(void) ?executeImageHooks@QImagePixmapCleanupHooks@@SAX_J@Z @ 4283 NONAME ; void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::executeImageHooks(long long) ?executePendingSort@QTreeWidgetItem@@ABEXXZ @ 4284 NONAME ; void QTreeWidgetItem::executePendingSort(void) const - ?executePixmapDestructionHooks@QImagePixmapCleanupHooks@@SAXPAVQPixmap@@@Z @ 4285 NONAME ; void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::executePixmapDestructionHooks(class QPixmap *) - ?executePixmapModificationHooks@QImagePixmapCleanupHooks@@SAXPAVQPixmap@@@Z @ 4286 NONAME ; void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::executePixmapModificationHooks(class QPixmap *) + ?executePixmapDestructionHooks@QImagePixmapCleanupHooks@@SAXPAVQPixmap@@@Z @ 4285 NONAME ABSENT ; void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::executePixmapDestructionHooks(class QPixmap *) + ?executePixmapModificationHooks@QImagePixmapCleanupHooks@@SAXPAVQPixmap@@@Z @ 4286 NONAME ABSENT ; void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::executePixmapModificationHooks(class QPixmap *) ?expand@QTreeView@@QAEXABVQModelIndex@@@Z @ 4287 NONAME ; void QTreeView::expand(class QModelIndex const &) ?expandAll@QTreeView@@QAEXXZ @ 4288 NONAME ; void QTreeView::expandAll(void) ?expandItem@QTreeWidget@@QAEXPBVQTreeWidgetItem@@@Z @ 4289 NONAME ; void QTreeWidget::expandItem(class QTreeWidgetItem const *) @@ -7927,8 +7927,8 @@ EXPORTS ?removeItemWidget@QTreeWidget@@QAEXPAVQTreeWidgetItem@@H@Z @ 7926 NONAME ; void QTreeWidget::removeItemWidget(class QTreeWidgetItem *, int) ?removeMapping@QDataWidgetMapper@@QAEXPAVQWidget@@@Z @ 7927 NONAME ; void QDataWidgetMapper::removeMapping(class QWidget *) ?removePage@QWizard@@QAEXH@Z @ 7928 NONAME ; void QWizard::removePage(int) - ?removePixmapDestructionHook@QImagePixmapCleanupHooks@@QAEXP6AXPAVQPixmap@@@Z@Z @ 7929 NONAME ; void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::removePixmapDestructionHook(void (*)(class QPixmap *)) - ?removePixmapModificationHook@QImagePixmapCleanupHooks@@QAEXP6AXPAVQPixmap@@@Z@Z @ 7930 NONAME ; void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::removePixmapModificationHook(void (*)(class QPixmap *)) + ?removePixmapDestructionHook@QImagePixmapCleanupHooks@@QAEXP6AXPAVQPixmap@@@Z@Z @ 7929 NONAME ABSENT ; void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::removePixmapDestructionHook(void (*)(class QPixmap *)) + ?removePixmapModificationHook@QImagePixmapCleanupHooks@@QAEXP6AXPAVQPixmap@@@Z@Z @ 7930 NONAME ABSENT ; void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::removePixmapModificationHook(void (*)(class QPixmap *)) ?removeRow@QStandardItem@@QAEXH@Z @ 7931 NONAME ; void QStandardItem::removeRow(int) ?removeRow@QTableWidget@@QAEXH@Z @ 7932 NONAME ; void QTableWidget::removeRow(int) ?removeRows@QSortFilterProxyModel@@UAE_NHHABVQModelIndex@@@Z @ 7933 NONAME ; bool QSortFilterProxyModel::removeRows(int, int, class QModelIndex const &) @@ -12533,4 +12533,19 @@ EXPORTS ?symbianHandleCommand@QApplicationPrivate@@QAEHPBVQSymbianEvent@@@Z @ 12532 NONAME ; int QApplicationPrivate::symbianHandleCommand(class QSymbianEvent const *) ?symbianProcessWsEvent@QApplicationPrivate@@QAEHPBVQSymbianEvent@@@Z @ 12533 NONAME ; int QApplicationPrivate::symbianProcessWsEvent(class QSymbianEvent const *) ?symbianResourceChange@QApplicationPrivate@@QAEHPBVQSymbianEvent@@@Z @ 12534 NONAME ; int QApplicationPrivate::symbianResourceChange(class QSymbianEvent const *) + ?addPixmapDataDestructionHook@QImagePixmapCleanupHooks@@QAEXP6AXPAVQPixmapData@@@Z@Z @ 12535 NONAME ; void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::addPixmapDataDestructionHook(void (*)(class QPixmapData *)) + ?addPixmapDataModificationHook@QImagePixmapCleanupHooks@@QAEXP6AXPAVQPixmapData@@@Z@Z @ 12536 NONAME ; void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::addPixmapDataModificationHook(void (*)(class QPixmapData *)) + ?cacheKey@QPixmapData@@QBE_JXZ @ 12537 NONAME ; long long QPixmapData::cacheKey(void) const + ?eventFilter@QS60Style@@MAE_NPAVQObject@@PAVQEvent@@@Z @ 12538 NONAME ; bool QS60Style::eventFilter(class QObject *, class QEvent *) + ?executePixmapDataDestructionHooks@QImagePixmapCleanupHooks@@SAXPAVQPixmapData@@@Z @ 12539 NONAME ; void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::executePixmapDataDestructionHooks(class QPixmapData *) + ?executePixmapDataModificationHooks@QImagePixmapCleanupHooks@@SAXPAVQPixmapData@@@Z @ 12540 NONAME ; void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::executePixmapDataModificationHooks(class QPixmapData *) + ?invalidateChildGraphicsEffectsRecursively@QGraphicsItemPrivate@@QAEXW4InvalidateReason@1@@Z @ 12541 NONAME ; void QGraphicsItemPrivate::invalidateChildGraphicsEffectsRecursively(enum QGraphicsItemPrivate::InvalidateReason) + ?invalidateParentGraphicsEffectsRecursively@QGraphicsItemPrivate@@QAEXXZ @ 12542 NONAME ; void QGraphicsItemPrivate::invalidateParentGraphicsEffectsRecursively(void) + ?markParentDirty@QGraphicsItemPrivate@@QAEX_N@Z @ 12543 NONAME ; void QGraphicsItemPrivate::markParentDirty(bool) + ?removePixmapDataDestructionHook@QImagePixmapCleanupHooks@@QAEXP6AXPAVQPixmapData@@@Z@Z @ 12544 NONAME ; void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::removePixmapDataDestructionHook(void (*)(class QPixmapData *)) + ?removePixmapDataModificationHook@QImagePixmapCleanupHooks@@QAEXP6AXPAVQPixmapData@@@Z@Z @ 12545 NONAME ; void QImagePixmapCleanupHooks::removePixmapDataModificationHook(void (*)(class QPixmapData *)) + ?setParentItemHelper@QGraphicsItemPrivate@@QAEXPAVQGraphicsItem@@PBVQVariant@@1@Z @ 12546 NONAME ; void QGraphicsItemPrivate::setParentItemHelper(class QGraphicsItem *, class QVariant const *, class QVariant const *) + ?timerEvent@QS60Style@@MAEXPAVQTimerEvent@@@Z @ 12547 NONAME ; void QS60Style::timerEvent(class QTimerEvent *) + ?updateAncestorFlags@QGraphicsItemPrivate@@QAEXXZ @ 12548 NONAME ; void QGraphicsItemPrivate::updateAncestorFlags(void) + ?updateChildWithGraphicsEffectFlagRecursively@QGraphicsItemPrivate@@QAEXXZ @ 12549 NONAME ; void QGraphicsItemPrivate::updateChildWithGraphicsEffectFlagRecursively(void) diff --git a/src/s60installs/eabi/QtGuiu.def b/src/s60installs/eabi/QtGuiu.def index a9a69aa..5cf700b 100644 --- a/src/s60installs/eabi/QtGuiu.def +++ b/src/s60installs/eabi/QtGuiu.def @@ -11648,12 +11648,12 @@ EXPORTS _ZN24QImagePixmapCleanupHooks18enableCleanupHooksEP11QPixmapData @ 11647 NONAME _ZN24QImagePixmapCleanupHooks18enableCleanupHooksERK6QImage @ 11648 NONAME _ZN24QImagePixmapCleanupHooks18enableCleanupHooksERK7QPixmap @ 11649 NONAME - _ZN24QImagePixmapCleanupHooks24addPixmapDestructionHookEPFvP7QPixmapE @ 11650 NONAME - _ZN24QImagePixmapCleanupHooks25addPixmapModificationHookEPFvP7QPixmapE @ 11651 NONAME - _ZN24QImagePixmapCleanupHooks27removePixmapDestructionHookEPFvP7QPixmapE @ 11652 NONAME - _ZN24QImagePixmapCleanupHooks28removePixmapModificationHookEPFvP7QPixmapE @ 11653 NONAME - _ZN24QImagePixmapCleanupHooks29executePixmapDestructionHooksEP7QPixmap @ 11654 NONAME - _ZN24QImagePixmapCleanupHooks30executePixmapModificationHooksEP7QPixmap @ 11655 NONAME + _ZN24QImagePixmapCleanupHooks24addPixmapDestructionHookEPFvP7QPixmapE @ 11650 NONAME ABSENT + _ZN24QImagePixmapCleanupHooks25addPixmapModificationHookEPFvP7QPixmapE @ 11651 NONAME ABSENT + _ZN24QImagePixmapCleanupHooks27removePixmapDestructionHookEPFvP7QPixmapE @ 11652 NONAME ABSENT + _ZN24QImagePixmapCleanupHooks28removePixmapModificationHookEPFvP7QPixmapE @ 11653 NONAME ABSENT + _ZN24QImagePixmapCleanupHooks29executePixmapDestructionHooksEP7QPixmap @ 11654 NONAME ABSENT + _ZN24QImagePixmapCleanupHooks30executePixmapModificationHooksEP7QPixmap @ 11655 NONAME ABSENT _ZN25QGraphicsDropShadowEffect13setBlurRadiusEf @ 11656 NONAME _ZN25QGraphicsDropShadowEffect17blurRadiusChangedEf @ 11657 NONAME _ZN25QGraphicsDropShadowEffect4drawEP8QPainter @ 11658 NONAME @@ -11792,4 +11792,17 @@ EXPORTS _ZN19QApplicationPrivate20symbianHandleCommandEPK13QSymbianEvent @ 11791 NONAME _ZN19QApplicationPrivate21symbianProcessWsEventEPK13QSymbianEvent @ 11792 NONAME _ZN19QApplicationPrivate21symbianResourceChangeEPK13QSymbianEvent @ 11793 NONAME + _ZN20QGraphicsItemPrivate19setParentItemHelperEP13QGraphicsItemPK8QVariantS4_ @ 11794 NONAME + _ZN20QGraphicsItemPrivate19updateAncestorFlagsEv @ 11795 NONAME + _ZN20QGraphicsItemPrivate41invalidateChildGraphicsEffectsRecursivelyENS_16InvalidateReasonE @ 11796 NONAME + _ZN20QGraphicsItemPrivate42invalidateParentGraphicsEffectsRecursivelyEv @ 11797 NONAME + _ZN20QGraphicsItemPrivate44updateChildWithGraphicsEffectFlagRecursivelyEv @ 11798 NONAME + _ZN24QImagePixmapCleanupHooks28addPixmapDataDestructionHookEPFvP11QPixmapDataE @ 11799 NONAME + _ZN24QImagePixmapCleanupHooks29addPixmapDataModificationHookEPFvP11QPixmapDataE @ 11800 NONAME + _ZN24QImagePixmapCleanupHooks31removePixmapDataDestructionHookEPFvP11QPixmapDataE @ 11801 NONAME + _ZN24QImagePixmapCleanupHooks32removePixmapDataModificationHookEPFvP11QPixmapDataE @ 11802 NONAME + _ZN24QImagePixmapCleanupHooks33executePixmapDataDestructionHooksEP11QPixmapData @ 11803 NONAME + _ZN24QImagePixmapCleanupHooks34executePixmapDataModificationHooksEP11QPixmapData @ 11804 NONAME + _ZN9QS60Style10timerEventEP11QTimerEvent @ 11805 NONAME + _ZN9QS60Style11eventFilterEP7QObjectP6QEvent @ 11806 NONAME diff --git a/src/s60main/s60main.pro b/src/s60main/s60main.pro index 47cf020..25fb188 100644 --- a/src/s60main/s60main.pro +++ b/src/s60main/s60main.pro @@ -22,6 +22,9 @@ symbian { # staticlib should not have any lib depencies in s60 # This seems not to work, some hard coded libs are still added as dependency LIBS = + + # Workaround for abld toolchain problem to make ARMV6 qtmain.lib link with GCCE apps + symbian-abld: QMAKE_CXXFLAGS.ARMCC += --dllimport_runtime } else { error("$$_FILE_ is intended only for Symbian!") } diff --git a/src/tools/uic/cpp/cppwriteinitialization.cpp b/src/tools/uic/cpp/cppwriteinitialization.cpp index 8099ffa..dc1d181 100644 --- a/src/tools/uic/cpp/cppwriteinitialization.cpp +++ b/src/tools/uic/cpp/cppwriteinitialization.cpp @@ -721,8 +721,9 @@ void WriteInitialization::acceptWidget(DomWidget *node) m_output << m_indent << parentWidget << "->addDockWidget(" << area << varName << ");\n"; } else if (m_uic->customWidgetsInfo()->extends(className, QLatin1String("QStatusBar"))) { m_output << m_indent << parentWidget << "->setStatusBar(" << varName << ");\n"; - } else { - m_output << m_indent << parentWidget << "->setCentralWidget(" << varName << ");\n"; + } else if (!m_uic->customWidgetsInfo()->extends(className, QLatin1String("Q3DockWindow")) + && !m_uic->customWidgetsInfo()->extends(className, QLatin1String("Q3ToolBar"))) { + m_output << m_indent << parentWidget << "->setCentralWidget(" << varName << ");\n"; } } diff --git a/src/xml/dom/qdom.cpp b/src/xml/dom/qdom.cpp index cae959b..8d9ae4f 100644 --- a/src/xml/dom/qdom.cpp +++ b/src/xml/dom/qdom.cpp @@ -2973,7 +2973,7 @@ QDomElement QDomNode::lastChildElement(const QString &tagName) const } /*! - Returns the next sibilng element with tag name \a tagName if \a tagName + Returns the next sibling element with tag name \a tagName if \a tagName is non-empty; otherwise returns any next sibling element. Returns a null element if no such sibling exists. diff --git a/tests/auto/auto.pro b/tests/auto/auto.pro index 1abf9b7..9c4b4f0 100644 --- a/tests/auto/auto.pro +++ b/tests/auto/auto.pro @@ -587,3 +587,11 @@ contains(QT_CONFIG, declarative): SUBDIRS += declarative xmlpatternsview \ xmlpatternsxqts \ xmlpatternsxslts + + +############### make check recursively for testcases ################## +check.CONFIG = recursive +check.recurse = $$SUBDIRS +check.recurse_target = check +QMAKE_EXTRA_TARGETS += check +########################################################### diff --git a/tests/auto/qabstractscrollarea/tst_qabstractscrollarea.cpp b/tests/auto/qabstractscrollarea/tst_qabstractscrollarea.cpp index 3e062b8..da83826 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qabstractscrollarea/tst_qabstractscrollarea.cpp +++ b/tests/auto/qabstractscrollarea/tst_qabstractscrollarea.cpp @@ -71,8 +71,6 @@ private slots: void viewportCrash(); void task214488_layoutDirection_data(); void task214488_layoutDirection(); - void wheelEvent_data(); - void wheelEvent(); }; tst_QAbstractScrollArea::tst_QAbstractScrollArea() @@ -298,10 +296,10 @@ public: setAttribute(Qt::WA_DropSiteRegistered, true); - startTimer(200); + startTimer(2000); } - void timerEvent(QTimerEvent *) + void timerEvent(QTimerEvent *event) { // should not crash. (void)new QScrollArea(this); @@ -387,96 +385,5 @@ void tst_QAbstractScrollArea::patternBackground() QCOMPARE(image.pixel(QPoint(20,20)) , QColor(Qt::red).rgb()); } -Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QWheelEvent *); - -void tst_QAbstractScrollArea::wheelEvent_data() -{ - QTest::addColumn<QSize>("widgetSize"); - QTest::addColumn<QPoint>("initialOffset"); - QTest::addColumn<QWheelEvent *>("event"); - QTest::addColumn<int>("movedX"); // -1 , 0 , or 1 - QTest::addColumn<int>("movedY"); - - QPoint pos(100,100); - int delta =-120; - - QTest::newRow("1") << QSize(600,600) << QPoint(50,50) - << new QWheelEvent(pos, delta, 0, 0, Qt::Horizontal) << 1 << 0; - - QTest::newRow("2") << QSize(600,600) << QPoint(50,50) - << new QWheelEvent(pos, delta, 0, 0, Qt::Vertical) << 0 << 1; - - QTest::newRow("3") << QSize(600,600) << QPoint(50,50) - << new QWheelEvent(pos, -delta, 0, 0, Qt::Horizontal) << -1 << 0; - - QTest::newRow("4") << QSize(600,600) << QPoint(50,50) - << new QWheelEvent(pos, -delta, 0, 0, Qt::Vertical) << 0 << -1; - - QTest::newRow("5") << QSize(20,600) << QPoint(0,50) - << new QWheelEvent(pos, delta, 0, 0, Qt::Horizontal) << 0 << 1; - - QTest::newRow("6") << QSize(20,600) << QPoint(0,50) - << new QWheelEvent(pos, delta, 0, 0, Qt::Vertical) << 0 << 1; - - QTest::newRow("7") << QSize(20,600) << QPoint(0,50) - << new QWheelEvent(pos, -delta, 0, 0, Qt::Horizontal) << 0 << -1; - - QTest::newRow("8") << QSize(20,600) << QPoint(0,50) - << new QWheelEvent(pos, -delta, 0, 0, Qt::Vertical) << 0 << -1; - - QTest::newRow("9") << QSize(600,20) << QPoint(50,0) - << new QWheelEvent(pos, delta, 0, 0, Qt::Horizontal) << 1 << 0; - - QTest::newRow("a") << QSize(600,20) << QPoint(50,0) - << new QWheelEvent(pos, delta, 0, 0, Qt::Vertical) << 1 << 0; - - QTest::newRow("b") << QSize(600,20) << QPoint(50,0) - << new QWheelEvent(pos, -delta, 0, 0, Qt::Horizontal) << -1 << 0; - - QTest::newRow("c") << QSize(600,20) << QPoint(50,0) - << new QWheelEvent(pos, -delta, 0, 0, Qt::Vertical) << -1 << 0; -} - - - - -void tst_QAbstractScrollArea::wheelEvent() -{ - QFETCH(QSize, widgetSize); - QFETCH(QPoint, initialOffset); - QFETCH(QWheelEvent *, event); - QFETCH(int, movedX); - QFETCH(int, movedY); - - QScrollArea scrollArea; - scrollArea.resize(200, 200); - QLabel widget("H e l l o"); - widget.resize(widgetSize); - scrollArea.setWidget(&widget); - scrollArea.show(); - QTest::qWait(20); - - scrollArea.verticalScrollBar()->setValue(initialOffset.y()); - scrollArea.horizontalScrollBar()->setValue(initialOffset.x()); - - QCOMPARE(scrollArea.verticalScrollBar()->value(), initialOffset.y()); - QCOMPARE(scrollArea.horizontalScrollBar()->value(), initialOffset.x()); - - QApplication::sendEvent(scrollArea.viewport(), event); - - if(movedX == 0) - QCOMPARE(scrollArea.horizontalScrollBar()->value(), initialOffset.x()); - else - QVERIFY(movedX * scrollArea.horizontalScrollBar()->value() > movedX * initialOffset.x()); - - if(movedY == 0) - QCOMPARE(scrollArea.verticalScrollBar()->value(), initialOffset.y()); - else - QVERIFY(movedY * scrollArea.verticalScrollBar()->value() > movedY * initialOffset.y()); - - delete event; -} - - QTEST_MAIN(tst_QAbstractScrollArea) #include "tst_qabstractscrollarea.moc" diff --git a/tests/auto/qabstractslider/tst_qabstractslider.cpp b/tests/auto/qabstractslider/tst_qabstractslider.cpp index 40281c6..293af36 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qabstractslider/tst_qabstractslider.cpp +++ b/tests/auto/qabstractslider/tst_qabstractslider.cpp @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@ void tst_QAbstractSlider::wheelEvent_data() << true // inverted controls << 20 // wheel scroll lines << false // with modifiers - << 1 // delta + << -1 // delta << int(Qt::Horizontal) // orientation of slider << int(Qt::Horizontal) // orientation of wheel << 30 // expected position after @@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ void tst_QAbstractSlider::wheelEvent_data() << false // inverted controls << 1 // wheel scroll lines << false // with modifiers - << 2 // delta + << -2 // delta << int(Qt::Horizontal) // orientation of slider << int(Qt::Horizontal) // orientation of wheel << 100 // expected position after @@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ void tst_QAbstractSlider::wheelEvent_data() << false // inverted controls << 1 // wheel scroll lines << false // with modifiers - << -2 // delta + << 2 // delta << int(Qt::Horizontal) // orientation of slider << int(Qt::Horizontal) // orientation of wheel << 0 // expected position after @@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ void tst_QAbstractSlider::wheelEvent_data() << false // inverted controls << 20 // wheel scroll lines << true // with modifiers - << 1 // delta + << -1 // delta << int(Qt::Horizontal) // orientation of slider << int(Qt::Horizontal) // orientation of wheel << 90 // expected position after diff --git a/tests/auto/qdatetime/tst_qdatetime.cpp b/tests/auto/qdatetime/tst_qdatetime.cpp index b9d1d7c..86a4c80 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qdatetime/tst_qdatetime.cpp +++ b/tests/auto/qdatetime/tst_qdatetime.cpp @@ -147,16 +147,9 @@ Q_DECLARE_METATYPE(QTime) tst_QDateTime::tst_QDateTime() { -#ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN - // Symbian's timezone server cannot handle DST correctly for dates before year 1997 - uint x1 = QDateTime(QDate(2000, 1, 1), QTime()).toTime_t(); - uint x2 = QDateTime(QDate(2000, 6, 1), QTime()).toTime_t(); - europeanTimeZone = (x1 == 946681200 && x2 == 959810400); -#else uint x1 = QDateTime(QDate(1990, 1, 1), QTime()).toTime_t(); uint x2 = QDateTime(QDate(1990, 6, 1), QTime()).toTime_t(); europeanTimeZone = (x1 == 631148400 && x2 == 644191200); -#endif } tst_QDateTime::~tst_QDateTime() diff --git a/tests/auto/qdoublevalidator/tst_qdoublevalidator.cpp b/tests/auto/qdoublevalidator/tst_qdoublevalidator.cpp index 37dd6d8..26890b3 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qdoublevalidator/tst_qdoublevalidator.cpp +++ b/tests/auto/qdoublevalidator/tst_qdoublevalidator.cpp @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ void tst_QDoubleValidator::validateThouSep_data() QTest::addColumn<QString>("value"); QTest::addColumn<QValidator::State>("result"); - QTest::newRow("1,000C") << "C" << QString("1,000") << INV; + QTest::newRow("1,000C") << "C" << QString("1,000") << ACC; QTest::newRow("1.000C") << "C" << QString("1.000") << ACC; QTest::newRow("1,000de") << "de" << QString("1,000") << ACC; @@ -160,9 +160,9 @@ void tst_QDoubleValidator::validate_data() QTest::newRow("data_de0") << "de" << 0.0 << 100.0 << 1 << QString("50,0") << ACC << ACC; QTest::newRow("data_de1") << "de" << 00.0 << 100.0 << 1 << QString("500,0") << ITM << ITM; QTest::newRow("data_de1a") << "de" << 00.0 << 100.0 << 1 << QString("5001,0") << ITM << INV; - QTest::newRow("data_de0C") << "de" << 0.0 << 100.0 << 1 << QString("50.0") << ACC << ACC; - QTest::newRow("data_de1C") << "de" << 00.0 << 100.0 << 1 << QString("500.0") << ITM << ITM; - QTest::newRow("data_de1aC") << "de" << 00.0 << 100.0 << 1 << QString("5001.0") << ITM << INV; + QTest::newRow("data_de0C") << "de" << 0.0 << 100.0 << 1 << QString("50,0") << ACC << ACC; + QTest::newRow("data_de1C") << "de" << 00.0 << 100.0 << 1 << QString("500,0") << ITM << ITM; + QTest::newRow("data_de1aC") << "de" << 00.0 << 100.0 << 1 << QString("5001,0") << ITM << INV; QTest::newRow("data_de2") << "de" << 00.0 << 100.0 << 1 << QString("-35,0") << INV << INV; QTest::newRow("data_de3") << "de" << 00.0 << 100.0 << 1 << QString("a") << INV << INV; QTest::newRow("data_de4") << "de" << 0.0 << 100.0 << 1 << QString("-") << INV << INV; @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ void tst_QDoubleValidator::validate_data() QTest::newRow("data_de8") << "de" << -100.0 << 100.0 << 1 << QString("-100") << ACC << ACC; QTest::newRow("data_de9") << "de" << -100.0 << -10.0 << 1 << QString("10") << ITM << ITM; QTest::newRow("data_de10") << "de" << 0.3 << 0.5 << 5 << QString("0,34567") << ACC << ACC; - QTest::newRow("data_de11") << "de" << -0.3 << -0.5 << 5 << QString("-0,345678") << INV << INV; + QTest::newRow("data_de11") << "de" << -0.3 << -0.5 << 5 << QString("-0,345678") << ITM << INV; QTest::newRow("data_de12") << "de" << -0.32 << 0.32 << 1 << QString("0") << ACC << ACC; QTest::newRow("data_de13") << "de" << 0.0 << 100.0 << 1 << QString("3456a") << INV << INV; QTest::newRow("data_de14") << "de" << -100.0 << 100.0 << 1 << QString("-3456a") << INV << INV; diff --git a/tests/auto/qfilesystemmodel/tst_qfilesystemmodel.cpp b/tests/auto/qfilesystemmodel/tst_qfilesystemmodel.cpp index 287f472..9f67a5e 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qfilesystemmodel/tst_qfilesystemmodel.cpp +++ b/tests/auto/qfilesystemmodel/tst_qfilesystemmodel.cpp @@ -236,6 +236,26 @@ void tst_QFileSystemModel::rootPath() QCOMPARE(model->rootPath(), QString(QDir::homePath())); QCOMPARE(rootChanged.count(), oldRootPath == model->rootPath() ? 0 : 1); QCOMPARE(model->rootDirectory().absolutePath(), QDir::homePath()); + + model->setRootPath(QDir::rootPath()); + int oldCount = rootChanged.count(); + oldRootPath = model->rootPath(); + root = model->setRootPath(QDir::homePath() + QLatin1String("/.")); + QTRY_VERIFY(model->rowCount(root) >= 0); + QCOMPARE(model->rootPath(), QDir::homePath()); + QCOMPARE(rootChanged.count(), oldRootPath == model->rootPath() ? oldCount : oldCount + 1); + QCOMPARE(model->rootDirectory().absolutePath(), QDir::homePath()); + + QDir newdir = QDir::home(); + if (newdir.cdUp()) { + oldCount = rootChanged.count(); + oldRootPath = model->rootPath(); + root = model->setRootPath(QDir::homePath() + QLatin1String("/..")); + QTRY_VERIFY(model->rowCount(root) >= 0); + QCOMPARE(model->rootPath(), newdir.path()); + QCOMPARE(rootChanged.count(), oldCount + 1); + QCOMPARE(model->rootDirectory().absolutePath(), newdir.path()); + } } void tst_QFileSystemModel::naturalCompare_data() diff --git a/tests/auto/qgl/qgl.pro b/tests/auto/qgl/qgl.pro index 420c4bb..9116f39 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qgl/qgl.pro +++ b/tests/auto/qgl/qgl.pro @@ -6,6 +6,6 @@ load(qttest_p4) requires(contains(QT_CONFIG,opengl)) QT += opengl -SOURCES += tst_qgl.cpp - +SOURCES += tst_qgl.cpp +RESOURCES = qgl.qrc diff --git a/tests/auto/qgl/qgl.qrc b/tests/auto/qgl/qgl.qrc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..653794a --- /dev/null +++ b/tests/auto/qgl/qgl.qrc @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +<!DOCTYPE RCC><RCC version="1.0"> +<qresource> + <file alias="designer.png">../qpixmap/images/designer.png</file> +</qresource> +</RCC> diff --git a/tests/auto/qgl/tst_qgl.cpp b/tests/auto/qgl/tst_qgl.cpp index 972a0ae..eeccc9a 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qgl/tst_qgl.cpp +++ b/tests/auto/qgl/tst_qgl.cpp @@ -56,6 +56,7 @@ #ifdef QT_BUILD_INTERNAL #include <QtOpenGL/private/qgl_p.h> +#include <QtGui/private/qpixmapdata_p.h> #endif //TESTED_CLASS= @@ -91,6 +92,8 @@ private slots: void clipTest(); void destroyFBOAfterContext(); void shareRegister(); + void qglContextDefaultBindTexture(); + void textureCleanup(); }; tst_QGL::tst_QGL() @@ -1977,5 +1980,242 @@ void tst_QGL::shareRegister() #endif } +// Tests QGLContext::bindTexture with default options +void tst_QGL::qglContextDefaultBindTexture() +{ +#ifdef QT_BUILD_INTERNAL + QGLWidget w; + w.makeCurrent(); + + QGLContext *ctx = const_cast<QGLContext*>(w.context()); + + QImage *boundImage = new QImage(256, 256, QImage::Format_RGB32); + boundImage->fill(0xFFFFFFFF); + QPixmap *boundPixmap = new QPixmap(256, 256); + boundPixmap->fill(Qt::red); + + // Check that calling QGLContext::bindTexture with default args adds textures to cache + int startCacheItemCount = QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(); + GLuint boundImageTextureId = ctx->bindTexture(*boundImage); + GLuint boundPixmapTextureId = ctx->bindTexture(*boundPixmap); + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount+2); + + // Make sure the texture IDs returned are valid: + QCOMPARE((bool)glIsTexture(boundImageTextureId), GL_TRUE); + QCOMPARE((bool)glIsTexture(boundPixmapTextureId), GL_TRUE); + + // Make sure the textures are still there after we delete the image/pixmap: + delete boundImage; + boundImage = 0; + delete boundPixmap; + boundPixmap = 0; + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount+2); + + // Make sure the textures are deleted from the cache after calling QGLContext::deleteTexture() + ctx->deleteTexture(boundImageTextureId); + ctx->deleteTexture(boundPixmapTextureId); + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount); + + // Finally, make sure QGLContext::deleteTexture also deleted the texture IDs: + QCOMPARE((bool)glIsTexture(boundImageTextureId), GL_FALSE); + QCOMPARE((bool)glIsTexture(boundPixmapTextureId), GL_FALSE); +#endif +} + +void tst_QGL::textureCleanup() +{ +#ifdef QT_BUILD_INTERNAL + QGLWidget w; + w.resize(200,200); + w.show(); + w.makeCurrent(); + + // Test pixmaps which have been loaded via QPixmapCache are removed from the texture cache + // when the pixmap cache is cleared + { + int startCacheItemCount = QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(); + QPainter p(&w); + + QPixmap boundPixmap(":designer.png"); + + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount); + + p.drawPixmap(0, 0, boundPixmap); + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount+1); + + // Need to call end for the GL2 paint engine to release references to pixmap if using tfp + p.end(); + + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount+1); + + // Check that the texture doesn't get removed from the cache when the pixmap is cleared + // as it should still be in the cache: + boundPixmap = QPixmap(); + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount+1); + + QPixmapCache::clear(); + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount); + } + + // Test pixmaps which have been loaded via QPixmapCache are removed from the texture cache + // when they are explicitly removed from the pixmap cache + { + int startCacheItemCount = QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(); + QPainter p(&w); + + QPixmap boundPixmap(128, 128); + QString cacheKey = QString::fromLatin1("myPixmap"); + QPixmapCache::insert(cacheKey, boundPixmap); + + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount); + + p.drawPixmap(0, 0, boundPixmap); + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount+1); + + // Need to call end for the GL2 paint engine to release references to pixmap if using tfp + p.end(); + + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount+1); + + // Check that the texture doesn't get removed from the cache when the pixmap is cleared + // as it should still be in the cache: + boundPixmap = QPixmap(); + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount+1); + + // Finally, we check that the texture cache entry is removed when we remove the + // pixmap cache entry, which should hold the last reference: + QPixmapCache::remove(cacheKey); + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount); + } + + // Check images & pixmaps are removed from the cache when they are deleted + { + int startCacheItemCount = QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(); + QPainter p(&w); + + QImage *boundImage = new QImage(256, 256, QImage::Format_RGB32); + boundImage->fill(0xFFFFFFFF); + QPixmap *boundPixmap = new QPixmap(256, 256); + boundPixmap->fill(Qt::red); + + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount); + + p.drawImage(0, 0, *boundImage); + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount+1); + + p.drawPixmap(0, 0, *boundPixmap); + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount+2); + + // Need to call end for the GL2 paint engine to release references to pixmap if using tfp + p.end(); + + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount+2); + + delete boundImage; + boundImage = 0; + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount+1); + + delete boundPixmap; + boundPixmap = 0; + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount); + } + + // Check images & pixmaps are removed from the cache when they are assigned to + { + int startCacheItemCount = QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(); + QPainter p(&w); + + QImage boundImage(256, 256, QImage::Format_RGB32); + boundImage.fill(0xFFFFFFFF); + QPixmap boundPixmap(256, 256); + boundPixmap.fill(Qt::red); + + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount); + + p.drawImage(0, 0, boundImage); + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount+1); + + p.drawPixmap(0, 0, boundPixmap); + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount+2); + + // Need to call end for the GL2 paint engine to release references to pixmap if using tfp + p.end(); + + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount+2); + + boundImage = QImage(64, 64, QImage::Format_RGB32); + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount+1); + + boundPixmap = QPixmap(64, 64); + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount); + } + + // Check images & pixmaps are removed from the cache when they are modified (detached) + { + int startCacheItemCount = QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(); + QPainter p(&w); + + QImage boundImage(256, 256, QImage::Format_RGB32); + boundImage.fill(0xFFFFFFFF); + QPixmap boundPixmap(256, 256); + boundPixmap.fill(Qt::red); + + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount); + + p.drawImage(0, 0, boundImage); + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount+1); + + p.drawPixmap(0, 0, boundPixmap); + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount+2); + + // Need to call end for the GL2 paint engine to release references to pixmap if using tfp + p.end(); + + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount+2); + + boundImage.fill(0x00000000); + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount+1); + + boundPixmap.fill(Qt::blue); + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount); + } + + // Check that images/pixmaps aren't removed from the cache if a shallow copy has been made + QImage copyOfImage; + QPixmap copyOfPixmap; + int startCacheItemCount = QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(); + { + QPainter p(&w); + + QImage boundImage(256, 256, QImage::Format_RGB32); + boundImage.fill(0xFFFFFFFF); + QPixmap boundPixmap(256, 256); + boundPixmap.fill(Qt::red); + + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount); + + p.drawImage(0, 0, boundImage); + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount+1); + + p.drawPixmap(0, 0, boundPixmap); + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount+2); + + // Need to call end for the GL2 paint engine to release references to pixmap if using tfp + p.end(); + + copyOfImage = boundImage; + copyOfPixmap = boundPixmap; + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount+2); + } // boundImage & boundPixmap would have been deleted when they went out of scope + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount+2); + + copyOfImage = QImage(); + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount+1); + + copyOfPixmap = QPixmap(); + QCOMPARE(QGLTextureCache::instance()->size(), startCacheItemCount); +#endif +} + QTEST_MAIN(tst_QGL) #include "tst_qgl.moc" diff --git a/tests/auto/qgraphicsitem/tst_qgraphicsitem.cpp b/tests/auto/qgraphicsitem/tst_qgraphicsitem.cpp index 14b9ef0..7b54a3b 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qgraphicsitem/tst_qgraphicsitem.cpp +++ b/tests/auto/qgraphicsitem/tst_qgraphicsitem.cpp @@ -251,6 +251,21 @@ public: QBrush brush; }; +class MyGraphicsView : public QGraphicsView +{ +public: + int repaints; + QRegion paintedRegion; + MyGraphicsView(QGraphicsScene *scene) : QGraphicsView(scene), repaints(0) {} + void paintEvent(QPaintEvent *e) + { + paintedRegion += e->region(); + ++repaints; + QGraphicsView::paintEvent(e); + } + void reset() { repaints = 0; paintedRegion = QRegion(); } +}; + class tst_QGraphicsItem : public QObject { Q_OBJECT @@ -419,6 +434,8 @@ private slots: void QTBUG_4233_updateCachedWithSceneRect(); void QTBUG_5418_textItemSetDefaultColor(); void QTBUG_6738_missingUpdateWithSetParent(); + void QTBUG_7714_fullUpdateDiscardingOpacityUpdate2(); + void QT_2653_fullUpdateDiscardingOpacityUpdate(); private: QList<QGraphicsItem *> paintedItems; @@ -3165,7 +3182,6 @@ void tst_QGraphicsItem::childrenBoundingRect() childChild->setPos(500, 500); child->rotate(90); - scene.addPolygon(parent->mapToScene(parent->boundingRect() | parent->childrenBoundingRect()))->setPen(QPen(Qt::red));; QGraphicsView view(&scene); @@ -6252,13 +6268,6 @@ void tst_QGraphicsItem::opacity2() QGraphicsScene scene; scene.addItem(parent); - class MyGraphicsView : public QGraphicsView - { public: - int repaints; - MyGraphicsView(QGraphicsScene *scene) : QGraphicsView(scene), repaints(0) {} - void paintEvent(QPaintEvent *e) { ++repaints; QGraphicsView::paintEvent(e); } - }; - MyGraphicsView view(&scene); view.show(); QTest::qWaitForWindowShown(&view); @@ -6336,20 +6345,6 @@ void tst_QGraphicsItem::opacityZeroUpdates() QGraphicsScene scene; scene.addItem(parent); - class MyGraphicsView : public QGraphicsView - { public: - int repaints; - QRegion paintedRegion; - MyGraphicsView(QGraphicsScene *scene) : QGraphicsView(scene), repaints(0) {} - void paintEvent(QPaintEvent *e) - { - ++repaints; - paintedRegion += e->region(); - QGraphicsView::paintEvent(e); - } - void reset() { repaints = 0; paintedRegion = QRegion(); } - }; - MyGraphicsView view(&scene); view.show(); QTest::qWaitForWindowShown(&view); @@ -7076,21 +7071,6 @@ void tst_QGraphicsItem::deviceTransform() QCOMPARE(rect3->deviceTransform(deviceX).map(QPointF(50, 50)), mapResult3); } -class MyGraphicsView : public QGraphicsView -{ -public: - int repaints; - QRegion paintedRegion; - MyGraphicsView(QGraphicsScene *scene) : QGraphicsView(scene), repaints(0) {} - void paintEvent(QPaintEvent *e) - { - paintedRegion += e->region(); - ++repaints; - QGraphicsView::paintEvent(e); - } - void reset() { repaints = 0; paintedRegion = QRegion(); } -}; - void tst_QGraphicsItem::update() { QGraphicsScene scene; @@ -9835,7 +9815,7 @@ void tst_QGraphicsItem::scenePosChange() QCOMPARE(child2->changes.count(QGraphicsItem::ItemScenePositionHasChanged), 0); } -void tst_QGraphicsItem::QTBUG_5418_textItemSetDefaultColor() +void tst_QGraphicsItem::QTBUG_5418_textItemSetDefaultColor() { struct Item : public QGraphicsTextItem { @@ -9914,20 +9894,6 @@ void tst_QGraphicsItem::QTBUG_6738_missingUpdateWithSetParent() QGraphicsScene scene; scene.addItem(parent); - class MyGraphicsView : public QGraphicsView - { public: - int repaints; - QRegion paintedRegion; - MyGraphicsView(QGraphicsScene *scene) : QGraphicsView(scene), repaints(0) {} - void paintEvent(QPaintEvent *e) - { - ++repaints; - paintedRegion += e->region(); - QGraphicsView::paintEvent(e); - } - void reset() { repaints = 0; paintedRegion = QRegion(); } - }; - MyGraphicsView view(&scene); view.show(); QTest::qWaitForWindowShown(&view); @@ -9955,5 +9921,84 @@ void tst_QGraphicsItem::QTBUG_6738_missingUpdateWithSetParent() QTRY_VERIFY(view.repaints == 1); } +void tst_QGraphicsItem::QT_2653_fullUpdateDiscardingOpacityUpdate() +{ + QGraphicsScene scene(0, 0, 200, 200); + MyGraphicsView view(&scene); + + EventTester *parentGreen = new EventTester(); + parentGreen->setGeometry(QRectF(20, 20, 100, 100)); + parentGreen->brush = Qt::green; + + EventTester *childYellow = new EventTester(parentGreen); + childYellow->setGeometry(QRectF(10, 10, 50, 50)); + childYellow->brush = Qt::yellow; + + scene.addItem(parentGreen); + + childYellow->setOpacity(0.0); + parentGreen->setOpacity(0.0); + + // set any of the flags below to trigger a fullUpdate to reproduce the bug: + // ItemIgnoresTransformations, ItemClipsChildrenToShape, ItemIsSelectable + parentGreen->setFlag(QGraphicsItem::ItemIgnoresTransformations); + + view.show(); + QTest::qWaitForWindowShown(&view); + view.reset(); + + parentGreen->setOpacity(1.0); + + QTRY_COMPARE(view.repaints, 1); + + view.reset(); + childYellow->repaints = 0; + + childYellow->setOpacity(1.0); + + QTRY_COMPARE(view.repaints, 1); + QTRY_COMPARE(childYellow->repaints, 1); +} + +void tst_QGraphicsItem::QTBUG_7714_fullUpdateDiscardingOpacityUpdate2() +{ + QGraphicsScene scene(0, 0, 200, 200); + MyGraphicsView view(&scene); + MyGraphicsView origView(&scene); + + EventTester *parentGreen = new EventTester(); + parentGreen->setGeometry(QRectF(20, 20, 100, 100)); + parentGreen->brush = Qt::green; + + EventTester *childYellow = new EventTester(parentGreen); + childYellow->setGeometry(QRectF(10, 10, 50, 50)); + childYellow->brush = Qt::yellow; + + scene.addItem(parentGreen); + + origView.show(); + QTest::qWaitForWindowShown(&origView); + origView.setGeometry(origView.width() + 20, 20, + origView.width(), origView.height()); + + parentGreen->setFlag(QGraphicsItem::ItemIgnoresTransformations); + + origView.reset(); + childYellow->setOpacity(0.0); + + QTRY_COMPARE(origView.repaints, 1); + + view.show(); + + QTest::qWaitForWindowShown(&view); + view.reset(); + origView.reset(); + + childYellow->setOpacity(1.0); + + QTRY_COMPARE(origView.repaints, 1); + QTRY_COMPARE(view.repaints, 1); +} + QTEST_MAIN(tst_QGraphicsItem) #include "tst_qgraphicsitem.moc" diff --git a/tests/auto/qgraphicsscene/tst_qgraphicsscene.cpp b/tests/auto/qgraphicsscene/tst_qgraphicsscene.cpp index 6743fbe..469ded0 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qgraphicsscene/tst_qgraphicsscene.cpp +++ b/tests/auto/qgraphicsscene/tst_qgraphicsscene.cpp @@ -2806,14 +2806,14 @@ void tst_QGraphicsScene::contextMenuEvent_ItemIgnoresTransformations() { QPoint pos(50, 50); - QContextMenuEvent event(QContextMenuEvent::Keyboard, pos, view.mapToGlobal(pos)); + QContextMenuEvent event(QContextMenuEvent::Keyboard, pos, view.viewport()->mapToGlobal(pos)); event.ignore(); QApplication::sendEvent(view.viewport(), &event); QVERIFY(event.isAccepted()); } { QPoint pos(150, 150); - QContextMenuEvent event(QContextMenuEvent::Keyboard, pos, view.mapToGlobal(pos)); + QContextMenuEvent event(QContextMenuEvent::Keyboard, pos, view.viewport()->mapToGlobal(pos)); event.ignore(); QApplication::sendEvent(view.viewport(), &event); QVERIFY(!event.isAccepted()); @@ -2821,14 +2821,14 @@ void tst_QGraphicsScene::contextMenuEvent_ItemIgnoresTransformations() view.scale(1.5, 1.5); { QPoint pos(25, 25); - QContextMenuEvent event(QContextMenuEvent::Keyboard, pos, view.mapToGlobal(pos)); + QContextMenuEvent event(QContextMenuEvent::Keyboard, pos, view.viewport()->mapToGlobal(pos)); event.ignore(); QApplication::sendEvent(view.viewport(), &event); QVERIFY(event.isAccepted()); } { QPoint pos(55, 55); - QContextMenuEvent event(QContextMenuEvent::Keyboard, pos, view.mapToGlobal(pos)); + QContextMenuEvent event(QContextMenuEvent::Keyboard, pos, view.viewport()->mapToGlobal(pos)); event.ignore(); QApplication::sendEvent(view.viewport(), &event); QVERIFY(!event.isAccepted()); diff --git a/tests/auto/qgraphicswidget/tst_qgraphicswidget.cpp b/tests/auto/qgraphicswidget/tst_qgraphicswidget.cpp index 79ce68e..6941d23 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qgraphicswidget/tst_qgraphicswidget.cpp +++ b/tests/auto/qgraphicswidget/tst_qgraphicswidget.cpp @@ -165,6 +165,7 @@ private slots: void polishEvent2(); void autoFillBackground(); void initialShow(); + void initialShow2(); // Task fixes void task236127_bspTreeIndexFails(); @@ -2908,6 +2909,48 @@ void tst_QGraphicsWidget::initialShow() QCOMPARE(widget->repaints, 1); } +void tst_QGraphicsWidget::initialShow2() +{ + class MyGraphicsWidget : public QGraphicsWidget + { public: + MyGraphicsWidget() : repaints(0) {} + int repaints; + void paint(QPainter *, const QStyleOptionGraphicsItem *, QWidget*) { ++repaints; } + void polishEvent() { update(); } + }; + + // Don't let paint events triggered by the windowing system + // influence our test case. We're only interested in knowing + // whether a QGraphicsWidget generates an additional repaint + // on the inital show. Hence create a dummy scenario to find out + // how many repaints we should expect. + QGraphicsScene dummyScene(0, 0, 200, 200); + dummyScene.addItem(new QGraphicsRectItem(0, 0, 100, 100)); + + QGraphicsView *dummyView = new QGraphicsView(&dummyScene); + dummyView->setWindowFlags(Qt::X11BypassWindowManagerHint); + EventSpy paintSpy(dummyView->viewport(), QEvent::Paint); + dummyView->show(); + QTest::qWaitForWindowShown(dummyView); + const int expectedRepaintCount = paintSpy.count(); + delete dummyView; + dummyView = 0; + QTest::qWait(200); + + MyGraphicsWidget *widget = new MyGraphicsWidget; + widget->resize(100, 100); + + QGraphicsScene scene(0, 0, 200, 200); + scene.addItem(widget); + + QGraphicsView view(&scene); + view.setWindowFlags(Qt::X11BypassWindowManagerHint); + view.show(); + QTest::qWaitForWindowShown(&view); + + QCOMPARE(widget->repaints, expectedRepaintCount); +} + void tst_QGraphicsWidget::QT_BUG_6544_tabFocusFirstUnsetWhenRemovingItems() { QGraphicsScene scene; diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/qt-gif-anim.gif b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/qt-gif-anim.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8bca4a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/qt-gif-anim.gif diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/qt-gif-noanim.gif b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/qt-gif-noanim.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b6a8540 --- /dev/null +++ b/tests/auto/qimagereader/images/qt-gif-noanim.gif diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/qimagereader.qrc b/tests/auto/qimagereader/qimagereader.qrc index 58f2f74..bc48244 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qimagereader/qimagereader.qrc +++ b/tests/auto/qimagereader/qimagereader.qrc @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ <RCC> - <qresource prefix="/" > + <qresource prefix="/"> <file>images/16bpp.bmp</file> <file>images/4bpp-rle.bmp</file> <file>images/YCbCr_cmyk.jpg</file> @@ -59,5 +59,7 @@ <file>images/qt8.gif</file> <file>images/endless-anim.gif</file> <file>images/four-frames.gif</file> + <file>images/qt-gif-anim.gif</file> + <file>images/qt-gif-noanim.gif</file> </qresource> </RCC> diff --git a/tests/auto/qimagereader/tst_qimagereader.cpp b/tests/auto/qimagereader/tst_qimagereader.cpp index e7cfe68..121a8fa 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qimagereader/tst_qimagereader.cpp +++ b/tests/auto/qimagereader/tst_qimagereader.cpp @@ -142,6 +142,7 @@ private slots: void gifHandlerBugs(); void animatedGif(); void gifImageCount(); + void gifLoopCount(); #endif void readCorruptImage_data(); @@ -765,6 +766,8 @@ void tst_QImageReader::gifImageCount() QVERIFY(io.canRead()); QImage greenFrame = io.read(); + QVERIFY(io.imageCount() == 4); + QVERIFY(io.canRead()); QImage blueFrame = io.read(); @@ -876,7 +879,25 @@ void tst_QImageReader::gifImageCount() QCOMPARE(blueFrame.size(), QSize(64,64)); QVERIFY(emptyFrame.isNull()); } + { + QImageReader io(":images/trolltech.gif"); + QVERIFY(io.imageCount() == 34); + QVERIFY(io.size() == QSize(128,64)); + } +} + +void tst_QImageReader::gifLoopCount() +{ + { + QImageReader io(":images/qt-gif-anim.gif"); + QCOMPARE(io.loopCount(), -1); // infinite loop + } + { + QImageReader io(":images/qt-gif-noanim.gif"); + QCOMPARE(io.loopCount(), 0); // no loop + } } + #endif class Server : public QObject @@ -1641,10 +1662,16 @@ void tst_QImageReader::pixelCompareWithBaseline() { QFETCH(QString, fileName); + static int enteredCount = 0; // Used for better error diagnostics if something fails. We + static int loadFailCount = 0; // don't know if the reason load() fails is that the plugin + // does not exist or because of a bug in the plugin. But if at + // least one file succeeded we know that the plugin was built. + // The other failures are then real failures. QImage icoImg; const QString inputFileName(QString::fromAscii("images/%1").arg(fileName)); QFileInfo fi(inputFileName); + ++enteredCount; // might fail if the plugin does not exist, which is ok. if (icoImg.load(inputFileName)) { icoImg = icoImg.convertToFormat(QImage::Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied); @@ -1658,6 +1685,13 @@ void tst_QImageReader::pixelCompareWithBaseline() QCOMPARE(int(baseImg.format()), int(icoImg.format())); QCOMPARE(baseImg, icoImg); #endif + } else { + ++loadFailCount; + if (enteredCount != loadFailCount) { + QFAIL("Plugin is built, but some did not load properly"); + } else { + qWarning("loading failed, check if ico plugin is built"); + } } } diff --git a/tests/auto/qlabel/tst_qlabel.cpp b/tests/auto/qlabel/tst_qlabel.cpp index 7099917..153149e7 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qlabel/tst_qlabel.cpp +++ b/tests/auto/qlabel/tst_qlabel.cpp @@ -121,6 +121,10 @@ private slots: void mnemonic(); void selection(); +#ifndef QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU + void taskQTBUG_7902_contextMenuCrash(); +#endif + private: QLabel *testWidget; QPointer<Widget> test_box; @@ -582,5 +586,25 @@ void tst_QLabel::selection() QCOMPARE(label.selectionStart(), 6); } +#ifndef QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU +void tst_QLabel::taskQTBUG_7902_contextMenuCrash() +{ + QLabel *w = new QLabel("Test or crash?"); + w->setTextInteractionFlags(Qt::TextSelectableByMouse); + w->show(); + QTest::qWaitForWindowShown(w); + + QTimer ti; + w->connect(&ti, SIGNAL(timeout()), w, SLOT(deleteLater())); + ti.start(300); + + QContextMenuEvent *cme = new QContextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent::Mouse, w->rect().center()); + qApp->postEvent(w, cme); + + QTest::qWait(350); + // No crash, it's allright. +} +#endif + QTEST_MAIN(tst_QLabel) #include "tst_qlabel.moc" diff --git a/tests/auto/qlineedit/tst_qlineedit.cpp b/tests/auto/qlineedit/tst_qlineedit.cpp index 7283916..fcca58a 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qlineedit/tst_qlineedit.cpp +++ b/tests/auto/qlineedit/tst_qlineedit.cpp @@ -271,6 +271,9 @@ private slots: void taskQTBUG_4401_enterKeyClearsPassword(); void taskQTBUG_4679_moveToStartEndOfBlock(); void taskQTBUG_4679_selectToStartEndOfBlock(); +#ifndef QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU + void taskQTBUG_7902_contextMenuCrash(); +#endif protected slots: #ifdef QT3_SUPPORT @@ -3638,5 +3641,25 @@ void tst_QLineEdit::taskQTBUG_4679_selectToStartEndOfBlock() #endif // Q_OS_MAC } +#ifndef QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU +void tst_QLineEdit::taskQTBUG_7902_contextMenuCrash() +{ + // Would pass before the associated commit, but left as a guard. + QLineEdit *w = new QLineEdit; + w->show(); + QTest::qWaitForWindowShown(w); + + QTimer ti; + w->connect(&ti, SIGNAL(timeout()), w, SLOT(deleteLater())); + ti.start(200); + + QContextMenuEvent *cme = new QContextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent::Mouse, w->rect().center()); + qApp->postEvent(w, cme); + + QTest::qWait(300); + // No crash, it's allright. +} +#endif + QTEST_MAIN(tst_QLineEdit) #include "tst_qlineedit.moc" diff --git a/tests/auto/qmainwindow/tst_qmainwindow.cpp b/tests/auto/qmainwindow/tst_qmainwindow.cpp index b1c44be..1273e85 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qmainwindow/tst_qmainwindow.cpp +++ b/tests/auto/qmainwindow/tst_qmainwindow.cpp @@ -108,6 +108,7 @@ private slots: void addToolbarAfterShow(); void centralWidgetSize(); void dockWidgetSize(); + void QTBUG2774_stylechange(); }; // Testing get/set functions @@ -1709,6 +1710,45 @@ void tst_QMainWindow::dockWidgetSize() } } +void tst_QMainWindow::QTBUG2774_stylechange() +{ + + QMainWindow mw; + QDockWidget *dockw = new QDockWidget(); + mw.addDockWidget(Qt::LeftDockWidgetArea, dockw); + mw.addDockWidget(Qt::LeftDockWidgetArea, new QDockWidget()); + QTextEdit *central = new QTextEdit(&mw); + mw.setCentralWidget(central); + dockw->resize(10,10); + mw.show(); + QTest::qWaitForWindowShown(&mw); + int centralOriginalWidth = central->width(); + + QVERIFY(!mw.isSeparator(QPoint(4, dockw->pos().y() + dockw->size().height() - 3))); + QVERIFY( mw.isSeparator(QPoint(4, dockw->pos().y() + dockw->size().height()))); + QVERIFY(!mw.isSeparator(QPoint(4, dockw->pos().y() + dockw->size().height() + 30))); + + + { + QTest::qWait(1000); + mw.setStyleSheet("QMainWindow::separator { width: 50px; height:50px; }"); + QTest::qWait(5000); + QApplication::processEvents(); + QVERIFY(central->width() < centralOriginalWidth); + QVERIFY( mw.isSeparator(QPoint(4, dockw->pos().y() + dockw->size().height()))); + QVERIFY( mw.isSeparator(QPoint(4, dockw->pos().y() + dockw->size().height() + 49))); + } + + { + mw.setStyleSheet("QMainWindow::separator { width: 0px; height: 0px; }"); + QApplication::processEvents(); + QVERIFY(central->width() > centralOriginalWidth); + QVERIFY(!mw.isSeparator(QPoint(4, dockw->pos().y() + dockw->size().height()))); + QVERIFY(!mw.isSeparator(QPoint(4, dockw->pos().y() + dockw->size().height() + 1))); + } +} + + QTEST_MAIN(tst_QMainWindow) #include "tst_qmainwindow.moc" diff --git a/tests/auto/qtextedit/tst_qtextedit.cpp b/tests/auto/qtextedit/tst_qtextedit.cpp index deb9379..101baa5 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qtextedit/tst_qtextedit.cpp +++ b/tests/auto/qtextedit/tst_qtextedit.cpp @@ -201,6 +201,9 @@ private slots: void noWrapBackgrounds(); void preserveCharFormatAfterUnchangingSetPosition(); void twoSameInputMethodEvents(); +#ifndef QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU + void taskQTBUG_7902_contextMenuCrash(); +#endif private: void createSelection(); @@ -2202,5 +2205,24 @@ void tst_QTextEdit::twoSameInputMethodEvents() QCOMPARE(ed->document()->firstBlock().layout()->lineCount(), 1); } +#ifndef QT_NO_CONTEXTMENU +void tst_QTextEdit::taskQTBUG_7902_contextMenuCrash() +{ + QTextEdit *w = new QTextEdit; + w->show(); + QTest::qWaitForWindowShown(w); + + QTimer ti; + w->connect(&ti, SIGNAL(timeout()), w, SLOT(deleteLater())); + ti.start(200); + + QContextMenuEvent *cme = new QContextMenuEvent(QContextMenuEvent::Mouse, w->rect().center()); + qApp->postEvent(w->viewport(), cme); + + QTest::qWait(300); + // No crash, it's allright. +} +#endif + QTEST_MAIN(tst_QTextEdit) #include "tst_qtextedit.moc" diff --git a/tests/auto/qwidget/tst_qwidget.cpp b/tests/auto/qwidget/tst_qwidget.cpp index ea90ae3..03eddee 100644 --- a/tests/auto/qwidget/tst_qwidget.cpp +++ b/tests/auto/qwidget/tst_qwidget.cpp @@ -391,11 +391,17 @@ private slots: #ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN void cbaVisibility(); + void fullScreenWindowModeTransitions(); + void maximizedWindowModeTransitions(); + void minimizedWindowModeTransitions(); + void normalWindowModeTransitions(); #endif void focusProxyAndInputMethods(); void scrollWithoutBackingStore(); + void taskQTBUG_7532_tabOrderWithFocusProxy(); + private: bool ensureScreenSize(int width, int height); QWidget *testWidget; @@ -9687,6 +9693,226 @@ void tst_QWidget::cbaVisibility() CEikButtonGroupContainer* buttonGroup = CEikonEnv::Static()->AppUiFactory()->Cba(); QVERIFY(buttonGroup->IsVisible()); } + +void tst_QWidget::fullScreenWindowModeTransitions() +{ + QWidget widget; + QVBoxLayout *layout = new QVBoxLayout; + QPushButton *button = new QPushButton("test Button"); + layout->addWidget(button); + widget.setLayout(layout); + widget.show(); + + const QRect normalGeometry = widget.normalGeometry(); + const QRect fullScreenGeometry = qApp->desktop()->screenGeometry(&widget); + const QRect maximumScreenGeometry = qApp->desktop()->availableGeometry(&widget); + CEikStatusPane *statusPane = CEikonEnv::Static()->AppUiFactory()->StatusPane(); + CEikButtonGroupContainer *buttonGroup = CEikonEnv::Static()->AppUiFactory()->Cba(); + + //Enter + widget.showNormal(); + widget.showFullScreen(); + QCOMPARE(widget.geometry(), fullScreenGeometry); + QVERIFY(!buttonGroup->IsVisible()); + QVERIFY(!statusPane->IsVisible()); + + widget.showMaximized(); + widget.showFullScreen(); + QCOMPARE(widget.geometry(), fullScreenGeometry); + QVERIFY(!buttonGroup->IsVisible()); + QVERIFY(!statusPane->IsVisible()); + + widget.showMinimized(); + widget.showFullScreen(); + QCOMPARE(widget.geometry(), fullScreenGeometry); + QVERIFY(!buttonGroup->IsVisible()); + QVERIFY(!statusPane->IsVisible()); + + //Exit + widget.showFullScreen(); + widget.showNormal(); + QCOMPARE(widget.geometry(), normalGeometry); + QVERIFY(buttonGroup->IsVisible()); + QVERIFY(statusPane->IsVisible()); + + widget.showFullScreen(); + widget.showMaximized(); + QCOMPARE(widget.geometry(), maximumScreenGeometry); + QVERIFY(buttonGroup->IsVisible()); + QVERIFY(statusPane->IsVisible()); + + widget.showFullScreen(); + widget.showMinimized(); + QCOMPARE(widget.geometry(), fullScreenGeometry); + QVERIFY(!buttonGroup->IsVisible()); + QVERIFY(!statusPane->IsVisible()); +} + +void tst_QWidget::maximizedWindowModeTransitions() +{ + QWidget widget; + QVBoxLayout *layout = new QVBoxLayout; + QPushButton *button = new QPushButton("test Button"); + layout->addWidget(button); + widget.setLayout(layout); + widget.show(); + + const QRect normalGeometry = widget.normalGeometry(); + const QRect fullScreenGeometry = qApp->desktop()->screenGeometry(&widget); + const QRect maximumScreenGeometry = qApp->desktop()->availableGeometry(&widget); + CEikStatusPane *statusPane = CEikonEnv::Static()->AppUiFactory()->StatusPane(); + CEikButtonGroupContainer *buttonGroup = CEikonEnv::Static()->AppUiFactory()->Cba(); + + //Enter + widget.showNormal(); + widget.showMaximized(); + QCOMPARE(widget.geometry(), maximumScreenGeometry); + QVERIFY(buttonGroup->IsVisible()); + QVERIFY(statusPane->IsVisible()); + + widget.showFullScreen(); + widget.showMaximized(); + QCOMPARE(widget.geometry(), maximumScreenGeometry); + QVERIFY(buttonGroup->IsVisible()); + QVERIFY(statusPane->IsVisible()); + + widget.showMinimized(); + widget.showMaximized(); + QCOMPARE(widget.geometry(), maximumScreenGeometry); + QVERIFY(buttonGroup->IsVisible()); + QVERIFY(statusPane->IsVisible()); + + //Exit + widget.showMaximized(); + widget.showNormal(); + QCOMPARE(widget.geometry(), normalGeometry); + QVERIFY(buttonGroup->IsVisible()); + QVERIFY(statusPane->IsVisible()); + + widget.showMaximized(); + widget.showFullScreen(); + QCOMPARE(widget.geometry(), fullScreenGeometry); + QVERIFY(!buttonGroup->IsVisible()); + QVERIFY(!statusPane->IsVisible()); + + widget.showMaximized(); + widget.showMinimized(); + // Since showMinimized hides window decoration availableGeometry gives different value + // than with decoration visible. Altual size does not really matter since widget is invisible. + QCOMPARE(widget.geometry(), qApp->desktop()->availableGeometry(&widget)); + QVERIFY(!buttonGroup->IsVisible()); + QVERIFY(!statusPane->IsVisible()); +} + +void tst_QWidget::minimizedWindowModeTransitions() +{ + QWidget widget; + QVBoxLayout *layout = new QVBoxLayout; + QPushButton *button = new QPushButton("test Button"); + layout->addWidget(button); + widget.setLayout(layout); + widget.show(); + + const QRect normalGeometry = widget.normalGeometry(); + const QRect fullScreenGeometry = qApp->desktop()->screenGeometry(&widget); + const QRect maximumScreenGeometry = qApp->desktop()->availableGeometry(&widget); + CEikStatusPane *statusPane = CEikonEnv::Static()->AppUiFactory()->StatusPane(); + CEikButtonGroupContainer *buttonGroup = CEikonEnv::Static()->AppUiFactory()->Cba(); + + //Enter + widget.showNormal(); + widget.showMinimized(); + QCOMPARE(widget.geometry(), normalGeometry); + QVERIFY(!buttonGroup->IsVisible()); + QVERIFY(!statusPane->IsVisible()); + + widget.showFullScreen(); + widget.showMinimized(); + QCOMPARE(widget.geometry(), fullScreenGeometry); + QVERIFY(!buttonGroup->IsVisible()); + QVERIFY(!statusPane->IsVisible()); + + widget.showMaximized(); + widget.showMinimized(); + // Since showMinimized hides window decoration availableGeometry gives different value + // than with decoration visible. Altual size does not really matter since widget is invisible. + QCOMPARE(widget.geometry(), qApp->desktop()->availableGeometry(&widget)); + QVERIFY(!buttonGroup->IsVisible()); + QVERIFY(!statusPane->IsVisible()); + + //Exit + widget.showMinimized(); + widget.showNormal(); + QCOMPARE(widget.geometry(), normalGeometry); + QVERIFY(buttonGroup->IsVisible()); + QVERIFY(statusPane->IsVisible()); + + widget.showMinimized(); + widget.showFullScreen(); + QCOMPARE(widget.geometry(), fullScreenGeometry); + QVERIFY(!buttonGroup->IsVisible()); + QVERIFY(!statusPane->IsVisible()); + + widget.showMinimized(); + widget.showMaximized(); + QCOMPARE(widget.geometry(), maximumScreenGeometry); + QVERIFY(buttonGroup->IsVisible()); + QVERIFY(statusPane->IsVisible()); +} + +void tst_QWidget::normalWindowModeTransitions() +{ + QWidget widget; + QVBoxLayout *layout = new QVBoxLayout; + QPushButton *button = new QPushButton("test Button"); + layout->addWidget(button); + widget.setLayout(layout); + widget.show(); + + const QRect normalGeometry = widget.normalGeometry(); + const QRect fullScreenGeometry = qApp->desktop()->screenGeometry(&widget); + const QRect maximumScreenGeometry = qApp->desktop()->availableGeometry(&widget); + CEikStatusPane *statusPane = CEikonEnv::Static()->AppUiFactory()->StatusPane(); + CEikButtonGroupContainer *buttonGroup = CEikonEnv::Static()->AppUiFactory()->Cba(); + + //Enter + widget.showMaximized(); + widget.showNormal(); + QCOMPARE(widget.geometry(), normalGeometry); + QVERIFY(buttonGroup->IsVisible()); + QVERIFY(statusPane->IsVisible()); + + widget.showFullScreen(); + widget.showNormal(); + QCOMPARE(widget.geometry(), normalGeometry); + QVERIFY(buttonGroup->IsVisible()); + QVERIFY(statusPane->IsVisible()); + + widget.showMinimized(); + widget.showNormal(); + QCOMPARE(widget.geometry(), normalGeometry); + QVERIFY(buttonGroup->IsVisible()); + QVERIFY(statusPane->IsVisible()); + + //Exit + widget.showNormal(); + widget.showMaximized(); + QCOMPARE(widget.geometry(), maximumScreenGeometry); + QVERIFY(buttonGroup->IsVisible()); + QVERIFY(statusPane->IsVisible()); + + widget.showNormal(); + widget.showFullScreen(); + QCOMPARE(widget.geometry(), fullScreenGeometry); + QVERIFY(!buttonGroup->IsVisible()); + QVERIFY(!statusPane->IsVisible()); + + widget.showNormal(); + widget.showMinimized(); + QCOMPARE(widget.geometry(), normalGeometry); + QVERIFY(!buttonGroup->IsVisible()); + QVERIFY(!statusPane->IsVisible()); +} #endif class InputContextTester : public QInputContext @@ -9783,5 +10009,17 @@ void tst_QWidget::scrollWithoutBackingStore() QCOMPARE(child.pos(),QPoint(25,25)); } +void tst_QWidget::taskQTBUG_7532_tabOrderWithFocusProxy() +{ + QWidget w; + w.setFocusPolicy(Qt::TabFocus); + QWidget *fp = new QWidget(&w); + fp->setFocusPolicy(Qt::TabFocus); + w.setFocusProxy(fp); + QWidget::setTabOrder(&w, fp); + + // No Q_ASSERT, then it's allright. +} + QTEST_MAIN(tst_QWidget) #include "tst_qwidget.moc" diff --git a/tests/auto/uiloader/baseline/css_qtbug7737_borderimageradius.ui b/tests/auto/uiloader/baseline/css_qtbug7737_borderimageradius.ui new file mode 100644 index 0000000..089cb76 --- /dev/null +++ b/tests/auto/uiloader/baseline/css_qtbug7737_borderimageradius.ui @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<ui version="4.0"> + <class>Form</class> + <widget class="QWidget" name="Form"> + <property name="geometry"> + <rect> + <x>0</x> + <y>0</y> + <width>207</width> + <height>69</height> + </rect> + </property> + <property name="windowTitle"> + <string>Form</string> + </property> + <property name="styleSheet"> + <string notr="true">QPushButton { border-image: url("images/pushbutton.png") 5 5 5 5; border-radius:8px; }</string> + </property> + <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout"> + <item> + <widget class="QPushButton" name="pushButton"> + <property name="text"> + <string>Border image and radius</string> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item> + <spacer name="verticalSpacer"> + <property name="orientation"> + <enum>Qt::Vertical</enum> + </property> + <property name="sizeHint" stdset="0"> + <size> + <width>20</width> + <height>40</height> + </size> + </property> + </spacer> + </item> + </layout> + </widget> + <resources/> + <connections/> +</ui> diff --git a/tests/benchmarks/qgraphicsview/tst_qgraphicsview.cpp b/tests/benchmarks/qgraphicsview/tst_qgraphicsview.cpp index d98a2a1..4cb07db 100644 --- a/tests/benchmarks/qgraphicsview/tst_qgraphicsview.cpp +++ b/tests/benchmarks/qgraphicsview/tst_qgraphicsview.cpp @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ void tst_QGraphicsView::paintSingleItem() } #ifdef Q_OS_SYMBIAN -# define DEEP_STACKING_COUNT 200 +# define DEEP_STACKING_COUNT 85 #else # define DEEP_STACKING_COUNT 1000 #endif diff --git a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelp_global.cpp b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelp_global.cpp index 8e96b55..d8a94d3 100644 --- a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelp_global.cpp +++ b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelp_global.cpp @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ ** ****************************************************************************/ +#include <QtCore/QCoreApplication> #include <QtCore/QRegExp> #include <QtCore/QMutexLocker> #include <QtGui/QTextDocument> @@ -60,7 +61,7 @@ QString QHelpGlobal::uniquifyConnectionName(const QString &name, void *pointer) QString QHelpGlobal::documentTitle(const QString &content) { - QString title = QObject::tr("Untitled"); + QString title = QCoreApplication::translate("QHelp", "Untitled"); if (!content.isEmpty()) { int start = content.indexOf(QLatin1String("<title>"), 0, Qt::CaseInsensitive) + 7; int end = content.indexOf(QLatin1String("</title>"), 0, Qt::CaseInsensitive); diff --git a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpenginecore.cpp b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpenginecore.cpp index a76fe69..71306af 100644 --- a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpenginecore.cpp +++ b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpenginecore.cpp @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ bool QHelpEngineCorePrivate::setup() QHelpDBReader *reader = new QHelpDBReader(absFileName, QHelpGlobal::uniquifyConnectionName(info.fileName, this), this); if (!reader->init()) { - emit q->warning(tr("Cannot open documentation file %1: %2!") + emit q->warning(QHelpEngineCore::tr("Cannot open documentation file %1: %2!") .arg(absFileName, reader->errorMessage())); continue; } diff --git a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpprojectdata.cpp b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpprojectdata.cpp index 869a446..83491a0 100644 --- a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpprojectdata.cpp +++ b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpprojectdata.cpp @@ -41,6 +41,7 @@ #include "qhelpprojectdata_p.h" +#include <QtCore/QCoreApplication> #include <QtCore/QDir> #include <QtCore/QFileInfo> #include <QtCore/QStack> @@ -82,7 +83,7 @@ private: void QHelpProjectDataPrivate::raiseUnknownTokenError() { - raiseError(QObject::tr("Unknown token.")); + raiseError(QCoreApplication::translate("QHelpProject", "Unknown token.")); } void QHelpProjectDataPrivate::readData(const QByteArray &contents) @@ -95,12 +96,14 @@ void QHelpProjectDataPrivate::readData(const QByteArray &contents) && attributes().value(QLatin1String("version")) == QLatin1String("1.0")) readProject(); else - raiseError(QObject::tr("Unknown token. Expected \"QtHelpProject\"!")); + raiseError(QCoreApplication::translate("QHelpProject", + "Unknown token. Expected \"QtHelpProject\"!")); } } if (hasError()) { - raiseError(QObject::tr("Error in line %1: %2").arg(lineNumber()) + raiseError(QCoreApplication::translate("QHelpProject", + "Error in line %1: %2").arg(lineNumber()) .arg(errorString())); } } @@ -113,11 +116,15 @@ void QHelpProjectDataPrivate::readProject() if (name() == QLatin1String("virtualFolder")) { virtualFolder = readElementText(); if (virtualFolder.contains(QLatin1String("/"))) - raiseError(QObject::tr("A virtual folder must not contain a \'/\' character!")); + raiseError(QCoreApplication::translate("QHelpProject", + "A virtual folder must not contain " + "a \'/\' character!")); } else if (name() == QLatin1String("namespace")) { namespaceName = readElementText(); if (namespaceName.contains(QLatin1String("/"))) - raiseError(QObject::tr("A namespace must not contain a \'/\' character!")); + raiseError(QCoreApplication::translate("QHelpProject", + "A namespace must not contain a " + "\'/\' character!")); } else if (name() == QLatin1String("customFilter")) { readCustomFilter(); } else if (name() == QLatin1String("filterSection")) { @@ -125,17 +132,21 @@ void QHelpProjectDataPrivate::readProject() } else if (name() == QLatin1String("metaData")) { QString n = attributes().value(QLatin1String("name")).toString(); if (!metaData.contains(n)) - metaData[n] = attributes().value(QLatin1String("value")).toString(); + metaData[n] + = attributes().value(QLatin1String("value")).toString(); else - metaData.insert(n, attributes().value(QLatin1String("value")).toString()); + metaData.insert(n, attributes(). + value(QLatin1String("value")).toString()); } else { raiseUnknownTokenError(); } } else if (isEndElement() && name() == QLatin1String("QtHelpProject")) { if (namespaceName.isEmpty()) - raiseError(QObject::tr("Missing namespace in QtHelpProject.")); + raiseError(QCoreApplication::translate("QHelpProject", + "Missing namespace in QtHelpProject.")); else if (virtualFolder.isEmpty()) - raiseError(QObject::tr("Missing virtual folder in QtHelpProject")); + raiseError(QCoreApplication::translate("QHelpProject", + "Missing virtual folder in QtHelpProject")); break; } } @@ -223,12 +234,14 @@ void QHelpProjectDataPrivate::readKeywords() if (attributes().value(QLatin1String("ref")).toString().isEmpty() || (attributes().value(QLatin1String("name")).toString().isEmpty() && attributes().value(QLatin1String("id")).toString().isEmpty())) - raiseError(QObject::tr("Missing attribute in keyword at line %1.") - .arg(lineNumber())); - filterSectionList.last().addIndex( - QHelpDataIndexItem(attributes().value(QLatin1String("name")).toString(), - attributes().value(QLatin1String("id")).toString(), - attributes().value(QLatin1String("ref")).toString())); + raiseError(QCoreApplication::translate("QHelpProject", + "Missing attribute in keyword at line %1.") + .arg(lineNumber())); + filterSectionList.last() + .addIndex(QHelpDataIndexItem(attributes(). + value(QLatin1String("name")).toString(), + attributes().value(QLatin1String("id")).toString(), + attributes().value(QLatin1String("ref")).toString())); } else { raiseUnknownTokenError(); } @@ -346,8 +359,8 @@ bool QHelpProjectData::readData(const QString &fileName) d->rootPath = QFileInfo(fileName).absolutePath(); QFile file(fileName); if (!file.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) { - d->errorMsg = QObject::tr("The input file %1 could not be opened!") - .arg(fileName); + d->errorMsg = QCoreApplication::translate("QHelpProject", + "The input file %1 could not be opened!").arg(fileName); return false; } diff --git a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchresultwidget.cpp b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchresultwidget.cpp index ad540c6..8e476d5 100644 --- a/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchresultwidget.cpp +++ b/tools/assistant/lib/qhelpsearchresultwidget.cpp @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ private: last = resultLastToShow > count ? count : resultLastToShow; } } - hitsLabel->setText(tr("%1 - %2 of %3 Hits").arg(first).arg(last).arg(count)); + hitsLabel->setText(QHelpSearchResultWidget::tr("%1 - %2 of %3 Hits").arg(first).arg(last).arg(count)); } private: diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/assistant.pro b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/assistant.pro index 980f078..edaf076 100644 --- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/assistant.pro +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/assistant.pro @@ -16,64 +16,81 @@ DEPENDPATH += ../shared # ## Work around a qmake issue when statically linking to # ## not-yet-installed plugins LIBS += -L$$QT_BUILD_TREE/plugins/sqldrivers -HEADERS += helpviewer.h \ - mainwindow.h \ - indexwindow.h \ - topicchooser.h \ +HEADERS += aboutdialog.h \ + bookmarkdialog.h \ + bookmarkfiltermodel.h \ + bookmarkitem.h \ + bookmarkmanager.h \ + bookmarkmodel.h \ + centralwidget.h \ + cmdlineparser.h \ contentwindow.h \ - searchwidget.h \ - preferencesdialog.h \ + findwidget.h \ filternamedialog.h \ - centralwidget.h \ + helpenginewrapper.h \ + helpviewer.h \ + indexwindow.h \ installdialog.h \ - bookmarkmanager.h \ - remotecontrol.h \ - cmdlineparser.h \ - aboutdialog.h \ + mainwindow.h \ + preferencesdialog.h \ qtdocinstaller.h \ + remotecontrol.h \ + searchwidget.h \ + topicchooser.h \ + tracer.h \ xbelsupport.h \ - ../shared/collectionconfiguration.h \ - helpenginewrapper.h \ - tracer.h + ../shared/collectionconfiguration.h win32:HEADERS += remotecontrol_win.h -SOURCES += helpviewer.cpp \ - main.cpp \ - mainwindow.cpp \ - indexwindow.cpp \ - topicchooser.cpp \ + +SOURCES += aboutdialog.cpp \ + bookmarkdialog.cpp \ + bookmarkfiltermodel.cpp \ + bookmarkitem.cpp \ + bookmarkmanager.cpp \ + bookmarkmodel.cpp \ + centralwidget.cpp \ + cmdlineparser.cpp \ contentwindow.cpp \ - searchwidget.cpp \ - preferencesdialog.cpp \ + findwidget.cpp \ filternamedialog.cpp \ - centralwidget.cpp \ + helpenginewrapper.cpp \ + helpviewer.cpp \ + indexwindow.cpp \ installdialog.cpp \ - bookmarkmanager.cpp \ - remotecontrol.cpp \ - cmdlineparser.cpp \ - aboutdialog.cpp \ + main.cpp \ + mainwindow.cpp \ + preferencesdialog.cpp \ qtdocinstaller.cpp \ + remotecontrol.cpp \ + searchwidget.cpp \ + topicchooser.cpp \ xbelsupport.cpp \ ../shared/collectionconfiguration.cpp \ - helpenginewrapper.cpp -FORMS += topicchooser.ui \ - preferencesdialog.ui \ + +FORMS += bookmarkdialog.ui \ + bookmarkwidget.ui \ filternamedialog.ui \ installdialog.ui \ - bookmarkdialog.ui + preferencesdialog.ui \ + topicchooser.ui + RESOURCES += assistant.qrc \ assistant_images.qrc -win32 { + +win32 { !wince*:LIBS += -lshell32 RC_FILE = assistant.rc } -mac { + +mac { ICON = assistant.icns TARGET = Assistant QMAKE_INFO_PLIST = Info_mac.plist } -contains(CONFIG, static): { + +contains(CONFIG, static): { SQLPLUGINS = $$unique(sql-plugins) - contains(SQLPLUGINS, sqlite): { + contains(SQLPLUGINS, sqlite): { QTPLUGIN += qsqlite DEFINES += USE_STATIC_SQLITE_PLUGIN } diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkdialog.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkdialog.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f081c15 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkdialog.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,222 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +** +** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). +** All rights reserved. +** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) +** +** This file is part of the Qt Assistant of the Qt Toolkit. +** +** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ +** No Commercial Usage +** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. +** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions +** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying +** this package. +** +** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage +** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser +** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the +** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to +** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements +** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. +** +** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional +** rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception +** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +** +** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact +** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** $QT_END_LICENSE$ +** +****************************************************************************/ +#include "tracer.h" + +#include "bookmarkdialog.h" +#include "bookmarkfiltermodel.h" +#include "bookmarkitem.h" +#include "bookmarkmodel.h" + +#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent> +#include <QtGui/QMenu> + +QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE + +BookmarkDialog::BookmarkDialog(BookmarkModel *sourceModel, const QString &title, + const QString &url, QWidget *parent) + : QDialog(parent) + , m_url(url) + , m_title(title) + , bookmarkModel(sourceModel) +{ + TRACE_OBJ + ui.setupUi(this); + + ui.bookmarkEdit->setText(m_title); + ui.newFolderButton->setVisible(false); + ui.buttonBox->button(QDialogButtonBox::Ok)->setDefault(true); + + connect(ui.buttonBox, SIGNAL(accepted()), this, SLOT(accepted())); + connect(ui.buttonBox, SIGNAL(rejected()), this, SLOT(rejected())); + connect(ui.newFolderButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(addFolder())); + connect(ui.toolButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(toolButtonClicked())); + connect(ui.bookmarkEdit, SIGNAL(textChanged(QString)), this, + SLOT(textChanged(QString))); + + bookmarkProxyModel = new BookmarkFilterModel(this); + bookmarkProxyModel->setSourceModel(bookmarkModel); + ui.bookmarkFolders->setModel(bookmarkProxyModel); + connect(ui.bookmarkFolders, SIGNAL(currentIndexChanged(int)), this, + SLOT(currentIndexChanged(int))); + + bookmarkTreeModel = new BookmarkTreeModel(this); + bookmarkTreeModel->setSourceModel(bookmarkModel); + ui.treeView->setModel(bookmarkTreeModel); + + ui.treeView->expandAll(); + ui.treeView->setVisible(false); + ui.treeView->installEventFilter(this); + ui.treeView->viewport()->installEventFilter(this); + ui.treeView->setContextMenuPolicy(Qt::CustomContextMenu); + + connect(ui.treeView, SIGNAL(customContextMenuRequested(QPoint)), this, + SLOT(customContextMenuRequested(QPoint))); + connect(ui.treeView->selectionModel(), SIGNAL(currentChanged(QModelIndex, + QModelIndex)), this, SLOT(currentIndexChanged(QModelIndex))); + + ui.bookmarkFolders->setCurrentIndex(0); + ui.treeView->setCurrentIndex(ui.treeView->indexAt(QPoint(2, 2))); +} + +BookmarkDialog::~BookmarkDialog() +{ + TRACE_OBJ +} + +bool BookmarkDialog::eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *event) +{ + TRACE_OBJ + if (object != ui.treeView && object != ui.treeView->viewport()) + return QWidget::eventFilter(object, event); + + if (event->type() == QEvent::KeyPress) { + QKeyEvent *ke = static_cast<QKeyEvent*>(event); + switch (ke->key()) { + case Qt::Key_F2: { + bookmarkModel->setItemsEditable(true); + ui.treeView->edit(ui.treeView->currentIndex()); + bookmarkModel->setItemsEditable(false); + } break; + default: break; + } + } + + return QObject::eventFilter(object, event); +} + +void BookmarkDialog::currentIndexChanged(int row) +{ + TRACE_OBJ + QModelIndex next = bookmarkProxyModel->index(row, 0, QModelIndex()); + if (next.isValid()) { + next = bookmarkProxyModel->mapToSource(next); + ui.treeView->setCurrentIndex(bookmarkTreeModel->mapFromSource(next)); + } +} + +void BookmarkDialog::currentIndexChanged(const QModelIndex &index) +{ + TRACE_OBJ + const QModelIndex current = bookmarkTreeModel->mapToSource(index); + if (current.isValid()) { + const int row = bookmarkProxyModel->mapFromSource(current).row(); + ui.bookmarkFolders->setCurrentIndex(row); + } +} + +void BookmarkDialog::accepted() +{ + TRACE_OBJ + QModelIndex index = ui.treeView->currentIndex(); + if (index.isValid()) { + index = bookmarkModel->addItem(bookmarkTreeModel->mapToSource(index)); + if (BookmarkItem *item = bookmarkModel->itemFromIndex(index)) + item->setData(DataVector() << m_title << m_url << false); + } else + rejected(); + + accept(); +} + +void BookmarkDialog::rejected() +{ + TRACE_OBJ + foreach (const QPersistentModelIndex &index, cache) + bookmarkModel->removeItem(index); + reject(); +} + +void BookmarkDialog::addFolder() +{ + TRACE_OBJ + QModelIndex index = ui.treeView->currentIndex(); + if (index.isValid()) { + index = bookmarkModel->addItem(bookmarkTreeModel->mapToSource(index), + true); + cache.append(index); + + index = bookmarkTreeModel->mapFromSource(index); + if (index.isValid()) { + bookmarkModel->setItemsEditable(true); + ui.treeView->edit(index); + ui.treeView->expand(index); + ui.treeView->setCurrentIndex(index); + bookmarkModel->setItemsEditable(false); + } + } +} + +void BookmarkDialog::toolButtonClicked() +{ + TRACE_OBJ + const bool visible = !ui.treeView->isVisible(); + ui.treeView->setVisible(visible); + ui.newFolderButton->setVisible(visible); + + if (visible) { + resize(QSize(width(), 400)); + ui.toolButton->setText(QLatin1String("-")); + } else { + resize(width(), minimumHeight()); + ui.toolButton->setText(QLatin1String("+")); + } +} + +void BookmarkDialog::textChanged(const QString& text) +{ + m_title = text; +} + +void BookmarkDialog::customContextMenuRequested(const QPoint &point) +{ + TRACE_OBJ + QMenu menu(QLatin1String(""), this); + QAction *renameItem = menu.addAction(tr("Rename Folder")); + + QAction *picked = menu.exec(ui.treeView->mapToGlobal(point)); + if (picked == renameItem) { + bookmarkModel->setItemsEditable(true); + ui.treeView->edit(ui.treeView->currentIndex()); + bookmarkModel->setItemsEditable(false); + } +} + +QT_END_NAMESPACE diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkdialog.h b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkdialog.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ba38c7a --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkdialog.h @@ -0,0 +1,88 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +** +** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). +** All rights reserved. +** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) +** +** This file is part of the Qt Assistant of the Qt Toolkit. +** +** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ +** No Commercial Usage +** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. +** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions +** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying +** this package. +** +** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage +** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser +** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the +** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to +** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements +** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. +** +** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional +** rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception +** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +** +** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact +** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** $QT_END_LICENSE$ +** +****************************************************************************/ +#ifndef BOOKMARKDIALOG_H +#define BOOKMARKDIALOG_H + +#include "ui_bookmarkdialog.h" + +QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE + +class BookmarkModel; +class BookmarkFilterModel; +class BookmarkTreeModel; + +class BookmarkDialog : public QDialog +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + BookmarkDialog(BookmarkModel *bookmarkModel, const QString &title, + const QString &url, QWidget *parent = 0); + ~BookmarkDialog(); + +private: + bool eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *event); + +private slots: + void currentIndexChanged(int index); + void currentIndexChanged(const QModelIndex &index); + + void accepted(); + void rejected(); + + void addFolder(); + void toolButtonClicked(); + void textChanged(const QString& text); + void customContextMenuRequested(const QPoint &point); + +private: + QString m_url; + QString m_title; + Ui::BookmarkDialog ui; + QList<QPersistentModelIndex> cache; + + BookmarkModel *bookmarkModel; + BookmarkTreeModel *bookmarkTreeModel; + BookmarkFilterModel *bookmarkProxyModel; +}; + +QT_END_NAMESPACE + +#endif // BOOKMARKDIALOG_H diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkdialog.ui b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkdialog.ui index 7a878f9..5131531 100644 --- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkdialog.ui +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkdialog.ui @@ -1,38 +1,39 @@ -<ui version="4.0" > +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<ui version="4.0"> <class>BookmarkDialog</class> - <widget class="QDialog" name="BookmarkDialog" > - <property name="geometry" > + <widget class="QDialog" name="BookmarkDialog"> + <property name="geometry"> <rect> <x>0</x> <y>0</y> <width>450</width> - <height>135</height> + <height>133</height> </rect> </property> - <property name="sizePolicy" > - <sizepolicy vsizetype="Preferred" hsizetype="Preferred" > + <property name="sizePolicy"> + <sizepolicy hsizetype="Preferred" vsizetype="Preferred"> <horstretch>0</horstretch> <verstretch>0</verstretch> </sizepolicy> </property> - <property name="windowTitle" > + <property name="windowTitle"> <string>Add Bookmark</string> </property> - <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_3" > + <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_3"> <item> - <layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout" > + <layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout"> <item> - <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_2" > + <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout_2"> <item> - <widget class="QLabel" name="label" > - <property name="text" > + <widget class="QLabel" name="label"> + <property name="text"> <string>Bookmark:</string> </property> </widget> </item> <item> - <widget class="QLabel" name="label_2" > - <property name="text" > + <widget class="QLabel" name="label_2"> + <property name="text"> <string>Add in Folder:</string> </property> </widget> @@ -40,35 +41,35 @@ </layout> </item> <item> - <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout" > + <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout"> <item> - <widget class="QLineEdit" name="bookmarkEdit" /> + <widget class="QLineEdit" name="bookmarkEdit"/> </item> <item> - <widget class="QComboBox" name="bookmarkFolders" /> + <widget class="QComboBox" name="bookmarkFolders"/> </item> </layout> </item> </layout> </item> <item> - <layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_3" > + <layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_3"> <item> - <widget class="QToolButton" name="toolButton" > - <property name="minimumSize" > + <widget class="QToolButton" name="toolButton"> + <property name="minimumSize"> <size> <width>25</width> <height>20</height> </size> </property> - <property name="text" > + <property name="text"> <string>+</string> </property> </widget> </item> <item> - <widget class="Line" name="line" > - <property name="orientation" > + <widget class="Line" name="line"> + <property name="orientation"> <enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum> </property> </widget> @@ -76,30 +77,39 @@ </layout> </item> <item> - <widget class="QTreeView" name="treeView" > - <property name="sizePolicy" > - <sizepolicy vsizetype="Ignored" hsizetype="Expanding" > + <widget class="QTreeView" name="treeView"> + <property name="sizePolicy"> + <sizepolicy hsizetype="Expanding" vsizetype="Ignored"> <horstretch>0</horstretch> <verstretch>0</verstretch> </sizepolicy> </property> + <property name="uniformRowHeights"> + <bool>true</bool> + </property> + <property name="allColumnsShowFocus"> + <bool>true</bool> + </property> + <property name="headerHidden"> + <bool>true</bool> + </property> </widget> </item> <item> - <layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_4" > + <layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_4"> <item> - <widget class="QPushButton" name="newFolderButton" > - <property name="text" > + <widget class="QPushButton" name="newFolderButton"> + <property name="text"> <string>New Folder</string> </property> </widget> </item> <item> - <widget class="QDialogButtonBox" name="buttonBox" > - <property name="orientation" > + <widget class="QDialogButtonBox" name="buttonBox"> + <property name="orientation"> <enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum> </property> - <property name="standardButtons" > + <property name="standardButtons"> <set>QDialogButtonBox::Cancel|QDialogButtonBox::Ok</set> </property> </widget> @@ -116,11 +126,11 @@ <receiver>BookmarkDialog</receiver> <slot>accept()</slot> <hints> - <hint type="sourcelabel" > + <hint type="sourcelabel"> <x>248</x> <y>254</y> </hint> - <hint type="destinationlabel" > + <hint type="destinationlabel"> <x>157</x> <y>274</y> </hint> @@ -132,11 +142,11 @@ <receiver>BookmarkDialog</receiver> <slot>reject()</slot> <hints> - <hint type="sourcelabel" > + <hint type="sourcelabel"> <x>316</x> <y>260</y> </hint> - <hint type="destinationlabel" > + <hint type="destinationlabel"> <x>286</x> <y>274</y> </hint> diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkfiltermodel.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkfiltermodel.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5874493 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkfiltermodel.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,322 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +** +** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). +** All rights reserved. +** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) +** +** This file is part of the Qt Assistant of the Qt Toolkit. +** +** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ +** No Commercial Usage +** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. +** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions +** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying +** this package. +** +** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage +** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser +** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the +** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to +** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements +** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. +** +** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional +** rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception +** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +** +** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact +** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** $QT_END_LICENSE$ +** +****************************************************************************/ +#include "bookmarkfiltermodel.h" + +#include "bookmarkitem.h" +#include "bookmarkmodel.h" + +BookmarkFilterModel::BookmarkFilterModel(QObject *parent) + : QAbstractProxyModel(parent) + , hideBookmarks(true) + , sourceModel(0) +{ +} + +void +BookmarkFilterModel::setSourceModel(QAbstractItemModel *_sourceModel) +{ + beginResetModel(); + + QAbstractProxyModel::setSourceModel(sourceModel); + sourceModel = qobject_cast<BookmarkModel*> (_sourceModel); + + connect(sourceModel, SIGNAL(dataChanged(QModelIndex, QModelIndex)), this, + SLOT(changed(QModelIndex, QModelIndex))); + + connect(sourceModel, SIGNAL(rowsInserted(QModelIndex, int, int)), + this, SLOT(rowsInserted(QModelIndex, int, int))); + + connect(sourceModel, SIGNAL(rowsAboutToBeRemoved(QModelIndex, int, int)), + this, SLOT(rowsAboutToBeRemoved(QModelIndex, int, int))); + connect(sourceModel, SIGNAL(rowsRemoved(QModelIndex, int, int)), this, + SLOT(rowsRemoved(QModelIndex, int, int))); + + connect(sourceModel, SIGNAL(layoutAboutToBeChanged()), this, + SLOT(layoutAboutToBeChanged())); + connect(sourceModel, SIGNAL(layoutChanged()), this, + SLOT(layoutChanged())); + + connect(sourceModel, SIGNAL(modelAboutToBeReset()), this, + SLOT(modelAboutToBeReset())); + connect(sourceModel, SIGNAL(modelReset()), this, SLOT(modelReset())); + + if (sourceModel) + setupCache(sourceModel->index(0, 0, QModelIndex())); + + endResetModel(); +} + +int +BookmarkFilterModel::rowCount(const QModelIndex &index) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(index) + return cache.count(); +} + +int +BookmarkFilterModel::columnCount(const QModelIndex &index) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(index) + if (sourceModel) + return sourceModel->columnCount(); + return 0; +} + +QModelIndex +BookmarkFilterModel::mapToSource(const QModelIndex &proxyIndex) const +{ + const int row = proxyIndex.row(); + if (proxyIndex.isValid() && row >= 0 && row < cache.count()) + return cache[row]; + return QModelIndex(); +} + +QModelIndex +BookmarkFilterModel::mapFromSource(const QModelIndex &sourceIndex) const +{ + return index(cache.indexOf(sourceIndex), 0, QModelIndex()); +} + +QModelIndex +BookmarkFilterModel::parent(const QModelIndex &child) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(child) + return QModelIndex(); +} + +QModelIndex +BookmarkFilterModel::index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex &index) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(index) + if (row < 0 || column < 0 || cache.count() <= row + || !sourceModel || sourceModel->columnCount() <= column) { + return QModelIndex(); + } + return createIndex(row, 0); +} + +Qt::DropActions +BookmarkFilterModel::supportedDropActions () const +{ + if (sourceModel) + return sourceModel->supportedDropActions(); + return Qt::IgnoreAction; +} + +Qt::ItemFlags +BookmarkFilterModel::flags(const QModelIndex &index) const +{ + if (sourceModel) + return sourceModel->flags(index); + return Qt::NoItemFlags; +} + +QVariant +BookmarkFilterModel::data(const QModelIndex &index, int role) const +{ + if (sourceModel) + return sourceModel->data(mapToSource(index), role); + return QVariant(); +} + +bool +BookmarkFilterModel::setData(const QModelIndex &index, const QVariant &value, + int role) +{ + if (sourceModel) + return sourceModel->setData(mapToSource(index), value, role); + return false; +} + +void +BookmarkFilterModel::filterBookmarks() +{ + if (sourceModel) { + beginResetModel(); + hideBookmarks = true; + setupCache(sourceModel->index(0, 0, QModelIndex())); + endResetModel(); + } +} + +void +BookmarkFilterModel::filterBookmarkFolders() +{ + if (sourceModel) { + beginResetModel(); + hideBookmarks = false; + setupCache(sourceModel->index(0, 0, QModelIndex())); + endResetModel(); + } +} + +void +BookmarkFilterModel::changed(const QModelIndex &topLeft, + const QModelIndex &bottomRight) +{ + emit dataChanged(mapFromSource(topLeft), mapFromSource(bottomRight)); +} + +void +BookmarkFilterModel::rowsInserted(const QModelIndex &parent, int start, int end) +{ + if (!sourceModel) + return; + + QModelIndex cachePrevious = parent; + if (BookmarkItem *parentItem = sourceModel->itemFromIndex(parent)) { + BookmarkItem *newItem = parentItem->child(start); + + // iterate over tree hirarchie to find the previous folder + for (int i = 0; i < parentItem->childCount(); ++i) { + if (BookmarkItem *child = parentItem->child(i)) { + const QModelIndex &tmp = sourceModel->indexFromItem(child); + if (tmp.data(UserRoleFolder).toBool() && child != newItem) + cachePrevious = tmp; + } + } + + const QModelIndex &newIndex = sourceModel->indexFromItem(newItem); + const bool isFolder = newIndex.data(UserRoleFolder).toBool(); + if ((isFolder && hideBookmarks) || (!isFolder && !hideBookmarks)) { + beginInsertRows(mapFromSource(parent), start, end); + cache.insert(cache.indexOf(cachePrevious) + 1, newIndex); + endInsertRows(); + } + } +} + +void +BookmarkFilterModel::rowsAboutToBeRemoved(const QModelIndex &parent, int start, + int end) +{ + if (!sourceModel) + return; + + if (BookmarkItem *parentItem = sourceModel->itemFromIndex(parent)) { + if (BookmarkItem *child = parentItem->child(start)) { + indexToRemove = sourceModel->indexFromItem(child); + if (cache.contains(indexToRemove)) + beginRemoveRows(mapFromSource(parent), start, end); + } + } +} + +void +BookmarkFilterModel::rowsRemoved(const QModelIndex &/*parent*/, int, int) +{ + if (cache.contains(indexToRemove)) { + cache.removeAll(indexToRemove); + endRemoveRows(); + } +} + +void +BookmarkFilterModel::layoutAboutToBeChanged() +{ + // TODO: ??? +} + +void +BookmarkFilterModel::layoutChanged() +{ + // TODO: ??? +} + +void +BookmarkFilterModel::modelAboutToBeReset() +{ + beginResetModel(); +} + +void +BookmarkFilterModel::modelReset() +{ + if (sourceModel) + setupCache(sourceModel->index(0, 0, QModelIndex())); + endResetModel(); +} + +void +BookmarkFilterModel::setupCache(const QModelIndex &parent) +{ + cache.clear(); + collectItems(parent); +} + +void +BookmarkFilterModel::collectItems(const QModelIndex &parent) +{ + if (parent.isValid()) { + bool isFolder = sourceModel->data(parent, UserRoleFolder).toBool(); + if ((isFolder && hideBookmarks) || (!isFolder && !hideBookmarks)) + cache.append(parent); + + if (sourceModel->hasChildren(parent)) { + for (int i = 0; i < sourceModel->rowCount(parent); ++i) + collectItems(sourceModel->index(i, 0, parent)); + } + } +} + +// -- BookmarkTreeModel + +BookmarkTreeModel::BookmarkTreeModel(QObject *parent) + : QSortFilterProxyModel(parent) +{ +} + +int +BookmarkTreeModel::columnCount(const QModelIndex &parent) const +{ + return qMin(1, QSortFilterProxyModel::columnCount(parent)); +} + +bool +BookmarkTreeModel::filterAcceptsRow(int row, const QModelIndex &parent) const +{ + Q_UNUSED(row) + BookmarkModel *model = qobject_cast<BookmarkModel*> (sourceModel()); + if (model->rowCount(parent) > 0 + && model->data(model->index(row, 0, parent), UserRoleFolder).toBool()) + return true; + return false; +}
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkfiltermodel.h b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkfiltermodel.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4ea7ab9 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkfiltermodel.h @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +** +** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). +** All rights reserved. +** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) +** +** This file is part of the Qt Assistant of the Qt Toolkit. +** +** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ +** No Commercial Usage +** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. +** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions +** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying +** this package. +** +** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage +** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser +** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the +** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to +** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements +** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. +** +** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional +** rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception +** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +** +** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact +** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** $QT_END_LICENSE$ +** +****************************************************************************/ +#ifndef BOOKMARKFILTERMODEL_H +#define BOOKMARKFILTERMODEL_H + +#include <QtCore/QPersistentModelIndex> + +#include <QtGui/QAbstractProxyModel> +#include <QtGui/QSortFilterProxyModel> + +QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE + +class BookmarkItem; +class BookmarkModel; + +typedef QList<QPersistentModelIndex> PersistentModelIndexCache; + +class BookmarkFilterModel : public QAbstractProxyModel +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + explicit BookmarkFilterModel(QObject *parent = 0); + + void setSourceModel(QAbstractItemModel *sourceModel); + + int rowCount(const QModelIndex &index) const; + int columnCount(const QModelIndex &index) const; + + QModelIndex mapToSource(const QModelIndex &proxyIndex) const; + QModelIndex mapFromSource(const QModelIndex &sourceIndex) const; + + QModelIndex parent(const QModelIndex &child) const; + QModelIndex index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent) const; + + Qt::DropActions supportedDropActions () const; + Qt::ItemFlags flags(const QModelIndex &index) const; + + QVariant data(const QModelIndex &index, int role) const; + bool setData(const QModelIndex &index, const QVariant &value, int role); + + void filterBookmarks(); + void filterBookmarkFolders(); + +private slots: + void changed(const QModelIndex &topLeft, const QModelIndex &bottomRight); + void rowsInserted(const QModelIndex &parent, int start, int end); + void rowsAboutToBeRemoved(const QModelIndex &parent, int start, int end); + void rowsRemoved(const QModelIndex &parent, int start, int end); + void layoutAboutToBeChanged(); + void layoutChanged(); + void modelAboutToBeReset(); + void modelReset(); + +private: + void setupCache(const QModelIndex &parent); + void collectItems(const QModelIndex &parent); + +private: + bool hideBookmarks; + BookmarkModel *sourceModel; + PersistentModelIndexCache cache; + QPersistentModelIndex indexToRemove; +}; + +// -- BookmarkTreeModel + +class BookmarkTreeModel : public QSortFilterProxyModel +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + BookmarkTreeModel(QObject *parent = 0); + int columnCount(const QModelIndex &parent = QModelIndex()) const; + +protected: + bool filterAcceptsRow(int sourceRow, const QModelIndex &sourceParent) const; +}; + +QT_END_NAMESPACE + +#endif // BOOKMARKFILTERMODEL_H diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkitem.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkitem.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8036959 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkitem.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +** +** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). +** All rights reserved. +** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) +** +** This file is part of the Qt Assistant of the Qt Toolkit. +** +** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ +** No Commercial Usage +** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. +** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions +** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying +** this package. +** +** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage +** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser +** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the +** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to +** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements +** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. +** +** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional +** rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception +** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +** +** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact +** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. +** +** $QT_END_LICENSE$ +** +****************************************************************************/ + +#include "bookmarkitem.h" + +#include <QtCore/QDebug> + +QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE + +BookmarkItem::BookmarkItem(const DataVector &data, BookmarkItem *parent) + : m_data(data) + , m_parent(parent) +{ +} + +BookmarkItem::~BookmarkItem() +{ + qDeleteAll(m_children); +} + +BookmarkItem* +BookmarkItem::parent() const +{ + return m_parent; +} + +void +BookmarkItem::setParent(BookmarkItem *parent) +{ + m_parent = parent; +} + +void +BookmarkItem::addChild(BookmarkItem *child) +{ + child->setParent(this); + m_children.append(child); +} + +BookmarkItem* +BookmarkItem::child(int number) const +{ + if (number >= 0 && number < m_children.count()) + return m_children[number]; + return 0; +} + +int BookmarkItem::childCount() const +{ + return m_children.count(); +} + +int BookmarkItem::childNumber() const +{ + if (m_parent) + return m_parent->m_children.indexOf(const_cast<BookmarkItem*>(this)); + return 0; +} + +QVariant +BookmarkItem::data(int column) const +{ + if (column == 0) + return m_data[0]; + + if (column == 1 || column == UserRoleUrl) + return m_data[1]; + + if (column == UserRoleFolder) + return m_data[1].toString() == QLatin1String("Folder"); + + if (column == UserRoleExpanded) + return m_data[2]; + + return QVariant(); +} + +void +BookmarkItem::setData(const DataVector &data) +{ + m_data = data; +} + +bool +BookmarkItem::setData(int column, const QVariant &newValue) +{ + int index = -1; + if (column == 0 || column == 1) + index = column; + + if (column == UserRoleUrl || column == UserRoleFolder) + index = 1; + + if (column == UserRoleExpanded) + index = 2; + + if (index < 0) + return false; + + m_data[index] = newValue; + return true; +} + +bool +BookmarkItem::insertChildren(bool isFolder, int position, int count) +{ + if (position < 0 || position > m_children.size()) + return false; + + for (int row = 0; row < count; ++row) { + m_children.insert(position, new BookmarkItem(DataVector() + << QObject::tr(isFolder ? "New Folder" : "Untitled") + << (isFolder ? "Folder" : "about:blank") << false, this)); + } + + return true; +} + +bool +BookmarkItem::removeChildren(int position, int count) +{ + if (position < 0 || position > m_children.size()) + return false; + + for (int row = 0; row < count; ++row) + delete m_children.takeAt(position); + + return true; +} + +void +BookmarkItem::dumpTree(int indent) const +{ + const QString tree(indent, ' '); + qDebug() << tree + (data(UserRoleFolder).toBool() ? "Folder" : "Bookmark") + << "Label:" << data(0).toString() << "parent:" << m_parent << "this:" + << this; + + foreach (BookmarkItem *item, m_children) + item->dumpTree(indent + 4); +} + +QT_END_NAMESPACE diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkitem.h b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkitem.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7acaf86 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkitem.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +** +** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). +** All rights reserved. +** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) +** +** This file is part of the Qt Assistant of the Qt Toolkit. +** +** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ +** No Commercial Usage +** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. +** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions +** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying +** this package. +** +** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage +** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser +** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the +** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to +** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements +** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. +** +** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional +** rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception +** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +** +** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact +** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. +** +** $QT_END_LICENSE$ +** +****************************************************************************/ +#ifndef BOOKMARKITEM_H +#define BOOKMARKITEM_H + +#include <QtCore/QVariant> +#include <QtCore/QVector> + +QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE + +enum { + UserRoleUrl = Qt::UserRole + 50, + UserRoleFolder = Qt::UserRole + 100, + UserRoleExpanded = Qt::UserRole + 150 +}; + +typedef QVector<QVariant> DataVector; + +class BookmarkItem +{ +public: + BookmarkItem(const DataVector &data, BookmarkItem *parent = 0); + ~BookmarkItem(); + + BookmarkItem *parent() const; + void setParent(BookmarkItem *parent); + + void addChild(BookmarkItem *child); + BookmarkItem *child(int number) const; + + int childCount() const; + int childNumber() const; + + QVariant data(int column) const; + void setData(const DataVector &data); + bool setData(int column, const QVariant &value); + + bool insertChildren(bool isFolder, int position, int count); + bool removeChildren(int position, int count); + + void dumpTree(int indent) const; + +private: + DataVector m_data; + + BookmarkItem *m_parent; + QList<BookmarkItem*> m_children; +}; + +QT_END_NAMESPACE + +#endif // BOOKMARKITEM_H diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmanager.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmanager.cpp index b7bd449..8fba811 100644 --- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmanager.cpp +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmanager.cpp @@ -41,575 +41,207 @@ #include "tracer.h" #include "bookmarkmanager.h" +#include "bookmarkdialog.h" +#include "bookmarkfiltermodel.h" +#include "bookmarkitem.h" +#include "bookmarkmodel.h" #include "centralwidget.h" #include "helpenginewrapper.h" +#include <QtGui/QFileDialog> #include <QtGui/QMenu> -#include <QtGui/QIcon> -#include <QtGui/QStyle> -#include <QtGui/QLabel> -#include <QtGui/QLayout> -#include <QtCore/QEvent> -#include <QtGui/QComboBox> #include <QtGui/QKeyEvent> -#include <QtGui/QLineEdit> #include <QtGui/QMessageBox> -#include <QtGui/QHeaderView> -#include <QtGui/QToolButton> -#include <QtGui/QPushButton> -#include <QtGui/QApplication> -#include <QtGui/QDialogButtonBox> #include <QtGui/QSortFilterProxyModel> -QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE - -BookmarkDialog::BookmarkDialog(BookmarkManager *manager, const QString &title, - const QString &url, QWidget *parent) - : QDialog(parent) - , m_url(url) - , m_title(title) - , bookmarkManager(manager) -{ - TRACE_OBJ - ui.setupUi(this); - - installEventFilter(this); - ui.treeView->installEventFilter(this); - ui.treeView->viewport()->installEventFilter(this); - - ui.bookmarkEdit->setText(title); - ui.newFolderButton->setVisible(false); - ui.buttonBox->button(QDialogButtonBox::Ok)->setDefault(true); - ui.bookmarkFolders->addItems(bookmarkManager->bookmarkFolders()); - - proxyModel = new QSortFilterProxyModel(this); - proxyModel->setFilterKeyColumn(0); - proxyModel->setDynamicSortFilter(true); - proxyModel->setFilterRole(Qt::UserRole + 10); - proxyModel->setSourceModel(bookmarkManager->treeBookmarkModel()); - proxyModel->setFilterRegExp(QRegExp(QLatin1String("Folder"), - Qt::CaseSensitive, QRegExp::FixedString)); - ui.treeView->setModel(proxyModel); - - ui.treeView->expandAll(); - ui.treeView->setVisible(false); - ui.treeView->header()->setVisible(false); - ui.treeView->setContextMenuPolicy(Qt::CustomContextMenu); - - connect(ui.buttonBox, SIGNAL(rejected()), this, SLOT(reject())); - connect(ui.buttonBox, SIGNAL(accepted()), this, SLOT(addAccepted())); - connect(ui.newFolderButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(addNewFolder())); - connect(ui.toolButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(toolButtonClicked())); - connect(ui.bookmarkEdit, SIGNAL(textChanged(QString)), this, - SLOT(textChanged(QString))); - - connect(bookmarkManager->treeBookmarkModel(), - SIGNAL(itemChanged(QStandardItem*)), - this, SLOT(itemChanged(QStandardItem*))); - - connect(ui.bookmarkFolders, SIGNAL(currentIndexChanged(QString)), this, - SLOT(selectBookmarkFolder(QString))); +#include <QFile> +#include "xbelsupport.h" - connect(ui.treeView, SIGNAL(customContextMenuRequested(QPoint)), this, - SLOT(customContextMenuRequested(QPoint))); +QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE - connect(ui.treeView->selectionModel(), SIGNAL(currentChanged(QModelIndex, - QModelIndex)), this, SLOT(currentChanged(QModelIndex))); -} +// -- BookmarkManager::BookmarkWidget -BookmarkDialog::~BookmarkDialog() +void BookmarkManager::BookmarkWidget::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *event) { TRACE_OBJ -} + if (event->reason() != Qt::MouseFocusReason) { + ui.lineEdit->selectAll(); + ui.lineEdit->setFocus(); -void BookmarkDialog::addAccepted() -{ - TRACE_OBJ - QItemSelectionModel *model = ui.treeView->selectionModel(); - const QModelIndexList &list = model->selection().indexes(); - - QModelIndex index; - if (!list.isEmpty()) - index = proxyModel->mapToSource(list.at(0)); - - bookmarkManager->addNewBookmark(index, ui.bookmarkEdit->text(), m_url); - accept(); -} - -void BookmarkDialog::addNewFolder() -{ - TRACE_OBJ - QItemSelectionModel *model = ui.treeView->selectionModel(); - const QModelIndexList &list = model->selection().indexes(); - - QModelIndex index; - if (!list.isEmpty()) - index = list.at(0); - - QModelIndex newFolder = - bookmarkManager->addNewFolder(proxyModel->mapToSource(index)); - if (newFolder.isValid()) { - ui.treeView->expand(index); - const QModelIndex &index = proxyModel->mapFromSource(newFolder); - model->setCurrentIndex(index, QItemSelectionModel::ClearAndSelect); - - ui.bookmarkFolders->clear(); - ui.bookmarkFolders->addItems(bookmarkManager->bookmarkFolders()); - - const QString &name = index.data().toString(); - ui.bookmarkFolders->setCurrentIndex(ui.bookmarkFolders->findText(name)); - renameFolder(index, newFolder); + // force the focus in event on bookmark manager + emit focusInEvent(); } } -void BookmarkDialog::toolButtonClicked() -{ - TRACE_OBJ - bool visible = !ui.treeView->isVisible(); - ui.treeView->setVisible(visible); - ui.newFolderButton->setVisible(visible); - - if (visible) { - resize(QSize(width(), 400)); - ui.toolButton->setText(QLatin1String("-")); - } else { - resize(width(), minimumHeight()); - ui.toolButton->setText(QLatin1String("+")); - } -} +// -- BookmarkManager::BookmarkTreeView -void BookmarkDialog::itemChanged(QStandardItem *item) +BookmarkManager::BookmarkTreeView::BookmarkTreeView(QWidget *parent) + : QTreeView(parent) { TRACE_OBJ - if (renameItem != item) { - renameItem = item; - oldText = item->text(); - return; - } + setAcceptDrops(true); + setDragEnabled(true); + setAutoExpandDelay(1000); + setUniformRowHeights(true); + setDropIndicatorShown(true); + setExpandsOnDoubleClick(true); - if (item->text() != oldText) { - ui.bookmarkFolders->clear(); - ui.bookmarkFolders->addItems(bookmarkManager->bookmarkFolders()); + connect(this, SIGNAL(expanded(QModelIndex)), this, + SLOT(setExpandedData(QModelIndex))); + connect(this, SIGNAL(collapsed(QModelIndex)), this, + SLOT(setExpandedData(QModelIndex))); - QString name = tr("Bookmarks"); - const QModelIndex &index = ui.treeView->currentIndex(); - if (index.isValid()) - name = index.data().toString(); - ui.bookmarkFolders->setCurrentIndex(ui.bookmarkFolders->findText(name)); - } } -void BookmarkDialog::textChanged(const QString &string) +void BookmarkManager::BookmarkTreeView::subclassKeyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *event) { TRACE_OBJ - ui.buttonBox->button(QDialogButtonBox::Ok)->setEnabled(!string.isEmpty()); + QTreeView::keyPressEvent(event); } -void BookmarkDialog::selectBookmarkFolder(const QString &folderName) +void BookmarkManager::BookmarkTreeView::setExpandedData(const QModelIndex &index) { TRACE_OBJ - if (folderName.isEmpty()) - return; - - if (folderName == tr("Bookmarks")) { - ui.treeView->clearSelection(); - return; - } - - QStandardItemModel *model = bookmarkManager->treeBookmarkModel(); - QList<QStandardItem*> list = model->findItems(folderName, - Qt::MatchCaseSensitive | Qt::MatchRecursive, 0); - if (!list.isEmpty()) { - const QModelIndex &index = model->indexFromItem(list.at(0)); - QItemSelectionModel *model = ui.treeView->selectionModel(); - if (model) { - model->setCurrentIndex(proxyModel->mapFromSource(index), - QItemSelectionModel::ClearAndSelect); - } - } + if (BookmarkModel *treeModel = qobject_cast<BookmarkModel*> (model())) + treeModel->setData(index, isExpanded(index), UserRoleExpanded); } -void BookmarkDialog::customContextMenuRequested(const QPoint &point) -{ - TRACE_OBJ - QModelIndex index = ui.treeView->indexAt(point); - if (!index.isValid()) - return; - - QMenu menu(QLatin1String(""), this); +// -- BookmarkManager - QAction *removeItem = menu.addAction(tr("Delete Folder")); - QAction *renameItem = menu.addAction(tr("Rename Folder")); +QMutex BookmarkManager::mutex; +BookmarkManager* BookmarkManager::bookmarkManager = 0; - QAction *picked = menu.exec(ui.treeView->mapToGlobal(point)); - if (!picked) - return; - - const QModelIndex &proxyIndex = proxyModel->mapToSource(index); - if (picked == removeItem) { - bookmarkManager->removeBookmarkItem(ui.treeView, proxyIndex); - ui.bookmarkFolders->clear(); - ui.bookmarkFolders->addItems(bookmarkManager->bookmarkFolders()); - - QString name = tr("Bookmarks"); - index = ui.treeView->currentIndex(); - if (index.isValid()) - name = index.data().toString(); - ui.bookmarkFolders->setCurrentIndex(ui.bookmarkFolders->findText(name)); - } else if (picked == renameItem) { - renameFolder(index, proxyIndex); - } -} +// -- public -void BookmarkDialog::renameFolder(const QModelIndex &index, - const QModelIndex &proxyIndex) +BookmarkManager* BookmarkManager::instance() { TRACE_OBJ - const BookmarkModel * const model = bookmarkManager->treeBookmarkModel(); - if (QStandardItem *item = model->itemFromIndex(proxyIndex)) { - item->setEditable(true); - ui.treeView->edit(index); - item->setEditable(false); + if (!bookmarkManager) { + QMutexLocker _(&mutex); + if (!bookmarkManager) + bookmarkManager = new BookmarkManager(); } + return bookmarkManager; } -void BookmarkDialog::currentChanged(const QModelIndex ¤t) +void BookmarkManager::destroy() { TRACE_OBJ - QString text = tr("Bookmarks"); - if (current.isValid()) - text = current.data().toString(); - ui.bookmarkFolders->setCurrentIndex(ui.bookmarkFolders->findText(text)); + delete bookmarkManager; + bookmarkManager = 0; } -bool BookmarkDialog::eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *e) +QWidget* BookmarkManager::bookmarkDockWidget() const { TRACE_OBJ - if (object != ui.treeView && object != ui.treeView->viewport()) - return QWidget::eventFilter(object, e); - - if (e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress) { - QKeyEvent *ke = static_cast<QKeyEvent*>(e); - switch (ke->key()) { - case Qt::Key_F2: { - const QModelIndex &index = ui.treeView->currentIndex(); - const QModelIndex &source = proxyModel->mapToSource(index); - QStandardItem *item = - bookmarkManager->treeBookmarkModel()->itemFromIndex(source); - if (item) { - item->setEditable(true); - ui.treeView->edit(index); - item->setEditable(false); - } - } break; - - case Qt::Key_Delete: { - const QModelIndex &index = ui.treeView->currentIndex(); - bookmarkManager->removeBookmarkItem(ui.treeView, - proxyModel->mapToSource(index)); - ui.bookmarkFolders->clear(); - ui.bookmarkFolders->addItems(bookmarkManager->bookmarkFolders()); - - QString name = tr("Bookmarks"); - if (index.isValid()) - name = index.data().toString(); - ui.bookmarkFolders->setCurrentIndex(ui.bookmarkFolders->findText(name)); - } break; - - default: - break; - } - } - - return QObject::eventFilter(object, e); + if (bookmarkWidget) + return bookmarkWidget; + return 0; } - -// BookmarkWidget - - -BookmarkWidget::BookmarkWidget(BookmarkManager *manager, QWidget *parent, - bool showButtons) - : QWidget(parent) - , addButton(0) - , removeButton(0) - , bookmarkManager(manager) +void BookmarkManager::takeBookmarksMenu(QMenu* menu) { TRACE_OBJ - setup(showButtons); - - installEventFilter(this); - treeView->installEventFilter(this); - treeView->viewport()->installEventFilter(this); + bookmarkMenu = menu; + refeshBookmarkMenu(); } -BookmarkWidget::~BookmarkWidget() -{ - TRACE_OBJ -} +// -- public slots -void BookmarkWidget::removeClicked() +void BookmarkManager::addBookmark(const QString &title, const QString &url) { TRACE_OBJ - const QModelIndex &index = treeView->currentIndex(); - if (searchField->text().isEmpty()) { - bookmarkManager->removeBookmarkItem(treeView, - filterBookmarkModel->mapToSource(index)); - } + showBookmarkDialog(title.isEmpty() ? tr("Untiled") : title, + url.isEmpty() ? QLatin1String("about:blank") : url); } -void BookmarkWidget::filterChanged() -{ - TRACE_OBJ - bool searchBookmarks = searchField->text().isEmpty(); - if (!searchBookmarks) { - regExp.setPattern(searchField->text()); - filterBookmarkModel->setSourceModel(bookmarkManager->listBookmarkModel()); - } else { - regExp.setPattern(QLatin1String("")); - filterBookmarkModel->setSourceModel(bookmarkManager->treeBookmarkModel()); - } - - if (addButton) - addButton->setEnabled(searchBookmarks); - - if (removeButton) - removeButton->setEnabled(searchBookmarks); - - filterBookmarkModel->setFilterRegExp(regExp); +// -- private - const QModelIndex &index = treeView->indexAt(QPoint(1, 1)); - if (index.isValid()) - treeView->setCurrentIndex(index); - - if (searchBookmarks) - expandItems(); -} +BookmarkManager::BookmarkManager() + : typeAndSearch(false) + , bookmarkMenu(0) + , bookmarkModel(new BookmarkModel) + , bookmarkWidget(new BookmarkWidget) + , bookmarkTreeView(new BookmarkTreeView) +{ + TRACE_OBJ + bookmarkWidget->installEventFilter(this); + connect(bookmarkWidget->ui.add, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, + SLOT(addBookmark())); + connect(bookmarkWidget->ui.remove, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, + SLOT(removeBookmark())); + connect(bookmarkWidget->ui.lineEdit, SIGNAL(textChanged(QString)), this, + SLOT(textChanged(QString))); + connect(bookmarkWidget, SIGNAL(focusInEvent()), this, SLOT(focusInEvent())); -void BookmarkWidget::expand(const QModelIndex &index) -{ - TRACE_OBJ - const QModelIndex &source = filterBookmarkModel->mapToSource(index); - QStandardItem *item = - bookmarkManager->treeBookmarkModel()->itemFromIndex(source); - if (item) - item->setData(treeView->isExpanded(index), Qt::UserRole + 11); -} + bookmarkTreeView->setModel(bookmarkModel); + bookmarkTreeView->installEventFilter(this); + bookmarkTreeView->viewport()->installEventFilter(this); + bookmarkTreeView->setContextMenuPolicy(Qt::CustomContextMenu); + bookmarkWidget->ui.stackedWidget->addWidget(bookmarkTreeView); -void BookmarkWidget::activated(const QModelIndex &index) -{ - TRACE_OBJ - if (!index.isValid()) - return; + connect(bookmarkTreeView, SIGNAL(activated(QModelIndex)), this, + SLOT(setSourceFromIndex(QModelIndex))); + connect(bookmarkTreeView, SIGNAL(customContextMenuRequested(QPoint)), this, + SLOT(customContextMenuRequested(QPoint))); - QString data = index.data(Qt::UserRole + 10).toString(); - if (data != QLatin1String("Folder")) - emit requestShowLink(data); + connect(&HelpEngineWrapper::instance(), SIGNAL(setupFinished()), this, + SLOT(setupFinished())); + connect(bookmarkModel, SIGNAL(dataChanged(QModelIndex, QModelIndex)), this, + SLOT(refeshBookmarkMenu())); } -void BookmarkWidget::customContextMenuRequested(const QPoint &point) +BookmarkManager::~BookmarkManager() { TRACE_OBJ - QModelIndex index = treeView->indexAt(point); - if (!index.isValid()) - return; - - QAction *showItem = 0; - QAction *removeItem = 0; - QAction *renameItem = 0; - QAction *showItemNewTab = 0; - - QMenu menu(QLatin1String(""), this); - QString data = index.data(Qt::UserRole + 10).toString(); - if (data == QLatin1String("Folder")) { - removeItem = menu.addAction(tr("Delete Folder")); - renameItem = menu.addAction(tr("Rename Folder")); - } else { - showItem = menu.addAction(tr("Show Bookmark")); - showItemNewTab = menu.addAction(tr("Show Bookmark in New Tab")); - if (searchField->text().isEmpty()) { - menu.addSeparator(); - removeItem = menu.addAction(tr("Delete Bookmark")); - renameItem = menu.addAction(tr("Rename Bookmark")); - } - } - - QAction *pickedAction = menu.exec(treeView->mapToGlobal(point)); - if (!pickedAction) - return; - - if (pickedAction == showItem) { - emit requestShowLink(data); - } - else if (pickedAction == showItemNewTab) { - CentralWidget::instance()->setSourceInNewTab(data); - } - else if (pickedAction == removeItem) { - bookmarkManager->removeBookmarkItem(treeView, - filterBookmarkModel->mapToSource(index)); - } - else if (pickedAction == renameItem) { - const QModelIndex &source = filterBookmarkModel->mapToSource(index); - QStandardItem *item = - bookmarkManager->treeBookmarkModel()->itemFromIndex(source); - if (item) { - item->setEditable(true); - treeView->edit(index); - item->setEditable(false); - } - } + HelpEngineWrapper::instance().setBookmarks(bookmarkModel->bookmarks()); } -void BookmarkWidget::setup(bool showButtons) +void BookmarkManager::removeItem(const QModelIndex &index) { TRACE_OBJ - regExp.setPatternSyntax(QRegExp::FixedString); - regExp.setCaseSensitivity(Qt::CaseInsensitive); - - QLayout *vlayout = new QVBoxLayout(this); - vlayout->setMargin(4); - - QLabel *label = new QLabel(tr("Filter:"), this); - vlayout->addWidget(label); - - searchField = new QLineEdit(this); - vlayout->addWidget(searchField); - connect(searchField, SIGNAL(textChanged(QString)), this, - SLOT(filterChanged())); - - treeView = new TreeView(this); - vlayout->addWidget(treeView); - -#ifdef Q_OS_MAC -# define SYSTEM "mac" -#else -# define SYSTEM "win" -#endif - - if (showButtons) { - QLayout *hlayout = new QHBoxLayout(); - vlayout->addItem(hlayout); - - hlayout->addItem(new QSpacerItem(40, 20, QSizePolicy::Expanding)); - - addButton = new QToolButton(this); - addButton->setText(tr("Add")); - addButton->setIcon(QIcon(QLatin1String(":/trolltech/assistant/images/" - SYSTEM "/addtab.png"))); - addButton->setAutoRaise(true); - addButton->setToolButtonStyle(Qt::ToolButtonTextBesideIcon); - hlayout->addWidget(addButton); - connect(addButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SIGNAL(addBookmark())); - - removeButton = new QToolButton(this); - removeButton->setText(tr("Remove")); - removeButton->setIcon(QIcon(QLatin1String(":/trolltech/assistant/images/" - SYSTEM "/closetab.png"))); - removeButton->setAutoRaise(true); - removeButton->setToolButtonStyle(Qt::ToolButtonTextBesideIcon); - hlayout->addWidget(removeButton); - connect(removeButton, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(removeClicked())); + QModelIndex current = index; + if (typeAndSearch) { // need to map because of proxy + current = typeAndSearchModel->mapToSource(current); + current = bookmarkFilterModel->mapToSource(current); + } else if (!bookmarkModel->parent(index).isValid()) { + return; // check if we should delete the "Bookmarks Menu", bail } - filterBookmarkModel = new QSortFilterProxyModel(this); - treeView->setModel(filterBookmarkModel); - - treeView->setDragEnabled(true); - treeView->setAcceptDrops(true); - treeView->setAutoExpandDelay(1000); - treeView->setDropIndicatorShown(true); - treeView->header()->setVisible(false); - treeView->setContextMenuPolicy(Qt::CustomContextMenu); - - connect(treeView, SIGNAL(expanded(QModelIndex)), this, - SLOT(expand(QModelIndex))); - connect(treeView, SIGNAL(collapsed(QModelIndex)), this, - SLOT(expand(QModelIndex))); - connect(treeView, SIGNAL(activated(QModelIndex)), this, - SLOT(activated(QModelIndex))); - connect(treeView, SIGNAL(customContextMenuRequested(QPoint)), - this, SLOT(customContextMenuRequested(QPoint))); - - filterBookmarkModel->setFilterKeyColumn(0); - filterBookmarkModel->setDynamicSortFilter(true); - filterBookmarkModel->setSourceModel(bookmarkManager->treeBookmarkModel()); - - expandItems(); -} - -void BookmarkWidget::expandItems() -{ - TRACE_OBJ - QStandardItemModel *model = bookmarkManager->treeBookmarkModel(); - QList<QStandardItem*>list = model->findItems(QLatin1String("*"), - Qt::MatchWildcard | Qt::MatchRecursive, 0); - foreach (const QStandardItem *item, list) { - const QModelIndex &index = model->indexFromItem(item); - treeView->setExpanded(filterBookmarkModel->mapFromSource(index), - item->data(Qt::UserRole + 11).toBool()); + if (bookmarkModel->hasChildren(current)) { + int value = QMessageBox::question(bookmarkTreeView, tr("Remove"), + tr("You are going to delete a Folder, this will also<br>" + "remove it's content. Are you sure to continue?"), + QMessageBox::Yes | QMessageBox::Cancel, QMessageBox::Cancel); + if (value == QMessageBox::Cancel) + return; } + bookmarkModel->removeItem(current); } -void BookmarkWidget::focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *e) +bool BookmarkManager::eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *event) { - TRACE_OBJ - if (e->reason() != Qt::MouseFocusReason) { - searchField->selectAll(); - searchField->setFocus(); - - QModelIndex index = treeView->indexAt(QPoint(1, 1)); - if (index.isValid()) - treeView->setCurrentIndex(index); - - } -} + if (object != bookmarkTreeView && object != bookmarkTreeView->viewport() + && object != bookmarkWidget) + return QObject::eventFilter(object, event); -bool BookmarkWidget::eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *e) -{ TRACE_OBJ - if (object != this && object != treeView - && object != treeView->viewport()) { - return QWidget::eventFilter(object, e); - } - - if (e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress) { - QKeyEvent *ke = static_cast<QKeyEvent*>(e); - const bool tree = object == treeView || object == treeView->viewport(); + const bool isWidget = object == bookmarkWidget; + if (event->type() == QEvent::KeyPress) { + QKeyEvent *ke = static_cast<QKeyEvent*>(event); switch (ke->key()) { case Qt::Key_F2: { - const QModelIndex &index = treeView->currentIndex(); - const QModelIndex &src = filterBookmarkModel->mapToSource(index); - if (tree && searchField->text().isEmpty()) { - if (QStandardItem *item = bookmarkManager->treeBookmarkModel() - ->itemFromIndex(src)) { - item->setEditable(true); - treeView->edit(index); - item->setEditable(false); - } - } - } break; - - case Qt::Key_Enter: { - case Qt::Key_Return: - if (tree) { - const QString &data = treeView->selectionModel()->currentIndex() - .data(Qt::UserRole + 10).toString(); - if (!data.isEmpty() && data != QLatin1String("Folder")) - emit requestShowLink(data); - } + renameBookmark(bookmarkTreeView->currentIndex()); } break; case Qt::Key_Delete: { - const QModelIndex &index = treeView->currentIndex(); - const QModelIndex &src = filterBookmarkModel->mapToSource(index); - if (tree && searchField->text().isEmpty()) - bookmarkManager->removeBookmarkItem(treeView, src); + removeItem(bookmarkTreeView->currentIndex()); } break; - case Qt::Key_Up: { + case Qt::Key_Up: { // needs event filter on widget case Qt::Key_Down: - if (!tree) - treeView->subclassKeyPressEvent(ke); + if (isWidget) + bookmarkTreeView->subclassKeyPressEvent(ke); } break; case Qt::Key_Escape: { @@ -620,348 +252,255 @@ bool BookmarkWidget::eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *e) } } - if (e->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonRelease) { - QMouseEvent *me = static_cast<QMouseEvent*>(e); - bool controlPressed = me->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier; - if(((me->button() == Qt::LeftButton) && controlPressed) - || (me->button() == Qt::MidButton)) { - const QModelIndex &index = treeView->currentIndex(); - const QString &data = index.data(Qt::UserRole + 10).toString(); - if (!data.isEmpty() && data != QLatin1String("Folder")) - CentralWidget::instance()->setSourceInNewTab(data); + if (event->type() == QEvent::MouseButtonRelease && !isWidget) { + QMouseEvent *me = static_cast<QMouseEvent*>(event); + switch (me->button()) { + case Qt::LeftButton: { + if (me->modifiers() & Qt::ControlModifier) + setSourceFromIndex(bookmarkTreeView->currentIndex(), true); + } break; + + case Qt::MidButton: { + setSourceFromIndex(bookmarkTreeView->currentIndex(), true); + } break; + + default: break; } } - return QWidget::eventFilter(object, e); + return QObject::eventFilter(object, event); } - -// BookmarkModel - - -BookmarkModel::BookmarkModel(int rows, int columns, QObject *parent) - : QStandardItemModel(rows, columns, parent) +void BookmarkManager::buildBookmarksMenu(const QModelIndex &index, QMenu* menu) { TRACE_OBJ -} + if (!index.isValid()) + return; -BookmarkModel::~BookmarkModel() -{ - TRACE_OBJ + const QString &text = index.data().toString(); + const QIcon &icon = qVariantValue<QIcon>(index.data(Qt::DecorationRole)); + if (index.data(UserRoleFolder).toBool()) { + if (QMenu* subMenu = menu->addMenu(icon, text)) { + for (int i = 0; i < bookmarkModel->rowCount(index); ++i) + buildBookmarksMenu(bookmarkModel->index(i, 0, index), subMenu); + } + } else { + QAction *action = menu->addAction(icon, text); + action->setData(index.data(UserRoleUrl).toString()); + } } -Qt::DropActions BookmarkModel::supportedDropActions() const +void BookmarkManager::showBookmarkDialog(const QString &name, const QString &url) { TRACE_OBJ - return Qt::MoveAction; + BookmarkDialog dialog(bookmarkModel, name, url, bookmarkTreeView); + dialog.exec(); } -Qt::ItemFlags BookmarkModel::flags(const QModelIndex &index) const +// -- private slots + +void BookmarkManager::setupFinished() { TRACE_OBJ - Qt::ItemFlags defaultFlags = QStandardItemModel::flags(index); - if ((!index.isValid()) // can only happen for the invisible root item - || index.data(Qt::UserRole + 10).toString() == QLatin1String("Folder")) - return (Qt::ItemIsDropEnabled | defaultFlags) &~ Qt::ItemIsDragEnabled; - - return (Qt::ItemIsDragEnabled | defaultFlags) &~ Qt::ItemIsDropEnabled; -} + bookmarkModel->setBookmarks(HelpEngineWrapper::instance().bookmarks()); + bookmarkModel->expandFoldersIfNeeeded(bookmarkTreeView); + refeshBookmarkMenu(); -// BookmarkManager + bookmarkTreeView->hideColumn(1); + bookmarkTreeView->header()->setVisible(false); + bookmarkTreeView->header()->setStretchLastSection(true); + bookmarkFilterModel = new BookmarkFilterModel(this); + bookmarkFilterModel->setSourceModel(bookmarkModel); + bookmarkFilterModel->filterBookmarkFolders(); -BookmarkManager::BookmarkManager() - : treeModel(new BookmarkModel(0, 1, this)) - , listModel(new BookmarkModel(0, 1, this)) - , renameItem(0) -{ - TRACE_OBJ - folderIcon = QApplication::style()->standardIcon(QStyle::SP_DirClosedIcon); - bookmarkIcon = QIcon(QLatin1String(":/trolltech/assistant/images/bookmark.png")); - - connect(treeModel, SIGNAL(itemChanged(QStandardItem*)), this, - SLOT(itemChanged(QStandardItem*))); - connect(treeModel, SIGNAL(itemChanged(QStandardItem*)), this, - SIGNAL(bookmarksChanged())); - connect(treeModel, SIGNAL(rowsRemoved(QModelIndex,int,int)), - this, SIGNAL(bookmarksChanged())); + typeAndSearchModel = new QSortFilterProxyModel(this); + typeAndSearchModel->setDynamicSortFilter(true); + typeAndSearchModel->setSourceModel(bookmarkFilterModel); } -BookmarkManager::~BookmarkManager() +void BookmarkManager::addBookmark() { TRACE_OBJ - treeModel->clear(); - listModel->clear(); + if (CentralWidget *widget = CentralWidget::instance()) { + showBookmarkDialog(widget->currentTitle(), + widget->currentSource().toString()); + } } -BookmarkModel* BookmarkManager::treeBookmarkModel() +void BookmarkManager::removeBookmark() { TRACE_OBJ - return treeModel; + removeItem(bookmarkTreeView->currentIndex()); } -BookmarkModel* BookmarkManager::listBookmarkModel() -{ - TRACE_OBJ - return listModel; -} +//void BookmarkManager::manageBookmarks() +//{ +// TRACE_OBJ +//} -void BookmarkManager::saveBookmarks() +void BookmarkManager::refeshBookmarkMenu() { TRACE_OBJ - QByteArray bookmarks; - QDataStream stream(&bookmarks, QIODevice::WriteOnly); + if (!bookmarkMenu) + return; - readBookmarksRecursive(treeModel->invisibleRootItem(), stream, 0); - HelpEngineWrapper::instance().setBookmarks(bookmarks); -} + bookmarkMenu->clear(); -QStringList BookmarkManager::bookmarkFolders() const -{ - TRACE_OBJ - QStringList folders(tr("Bookmarks")); + //bookmarkMenu->addAction(tr("Manage Bookmarks..."), this, + // SLOT(manageBookmarks())); + bookmarkMenu->addAction(tr("Import..."), this, SLOT(importBookmarks())); + bookmarkMenu->addAction(tr("Export..."), this, SLOT(exportBookmarks())); + bookmarkMenu->addAction(tr("Add Bookmark..."), this, SLOT(addBookmark()), + QKeySequence(tr("Ctrl+D"))); + bookmarkMenu->addSeparator(); - QList<QStandardItem*>list = treeModel->findItems(QLatin1String("*"), - Qt::MatchWildcard | Qt::MatchRecursive, 0); + const QModelIndex &root = bookmarkModel->index(0, 0, QModelIndex()); + for (int i = 0; i < bookmarkModel->rowCount(root); ++i) + buildBookmarksMenu(bookmarkModel->index(i, 0, root), bookmarkMenu); - QString data; - foreach (const QStandardItem *item, list) { - data = item->data(Qt::UserRole + 10).toString(); - if (data == QLatin1String("Folder")) - folders << item->data(Qt::DisplayRole).toString(); - } - return folders; + connect(bookmarkMenu, SIGNAL(triggered(QAction*)), this, + SLOT(setSourceFromAction(QAction*))); } -QModelIndex BookmarkManager::addNewFolder(const QModelIndex &index) +void BookmarkManager::renameBookmark(const QModelIndex &index) { - TRACE_OBJ - QStandardItem *item = new QStandardItem(uniqueFolderName()); - item->setEditable(false); - item->setData(false, Qt::UserRole + 11); - item->setData(QLatin1String("Folder"), Qt::UserRole + 10); - item->setIcon(QApplication::style()->standardIcon(QStyle::SP_DirClosedIcon)); - - if (index.isValid()) { - treeModel->itemFromIndex(index)->appendRow(item); - } else { - treeModel->appendRow(item); - } - return treeModel->indexFromItem(item); + // check if we should rename the "Bookmarks Menu", bail + if (!typeAndSearch && !bookmarkModel->parent(index).isValid()) + return; + + bookmarkModel->setItemsEditable(true); + bookmarkTreeView->edit(index); + bookmarkModel->setItemsEditable(false); } -void BookmarkManager::removeBookmarkItem(QTreeView *treeView, - const QModelIndex &index) +void BookmarkManager::importBookmarks() { TRACE_OBJ - QStandardItem *item = treeModel->itemFromIndex(index); - if (item) { - QString data = index.data(Qt::UserRole + 10).toString(); - if (data == QLatin1String("Folder") && item->rowCount() > 0) { - int value = QMessageBox::question(treeView, tr("Remove"), - tr("You are going to delete a Folder, this will also<br>" - "remove it's content. Are you sure to continue?"), - QMessageBox::Yes | QMessageBox::Cancel, QMessageBox::Cancel); - - if (value == QMessageBox::Cancel) - return; - } + const QString &fileName = QFileDialog::getOpenFileName(0, tr("Open File"), + QDir::currentPath(), tr("Files (*.xbel)")); - if (data != QLatin1String("Folder")) { - QList<QStandardItem*>itemList = listModel->findItems(item->text()); - foreach (const QStandardItem *i, itemList) { - if (i->data(Qt::UserRole + 10) == data) { - listModel->removeRow(i->row()); - break; - } - } - } else { - removeBookmarkFolderItems(item); - } - treeModel->removeRow(item->row(), index.parent()); + if (fileName.isEmpty()) + return; + + QFile file(fileName); + if (file.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) { + XbelReader reader(bookmarkModel); + reader.readFromFile(&file); } } -void BookmarkManager::showBookmarkDialog(QWidget *parent, const QString &name, - const QString &url) +void BookmarkManager::exportBookmarks() { TRACE_OBJ - BookmarkDialog dialog(this, name, url, parent); - dialog.exec(); -} + QString fileName = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName(0, tr("Save File"), + QLatin1String("untitled.xbel"), tr("Files (*.xbel)")); -void BookmarkManager::addNewBookmark(const QModelIndex &index, - const QString &name, const QString &url) -{ - TRACE_OBJ - QStandardItem *item = new QStandardItem(name); - item->setEditable(false); - item->setIcon(bookmarkIcon); - item->setData(false, Qt::UserRole + 11); - item->setData(url, Qt::UserRole + 10); + const QLatin1String suffix(".xbel"); + if (!fileName.endsWith(suffix)) + fileName.append(suffix); - if (index.isValid()) - treeModel->itemFromIndex(index)->appendRow(item); - else - treeModel->appendRow(item); - listModel->appendRow(item->clone()); - emit bookmarksChanged(); + QFile file(fileName); + if (file.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly)) { + XbelWriter writer(bookmarkModel); + writer.writeToFile(&file); + } else { + QMessageBox::information(bookmarkTreeView, tr("Qt Assistant"), + tr("Unable to save bookmarks."), tr("OK")); + } } -void BookmarkManager::fillBookmarkMenu(QMenu *menu) +void BookmarkManager::setSourceFromAction(QAction *action) { TRACE_OBJ - if (!menu || !treeModel) - return; + const QVariant &data = action->data(); - map.clear(); - fillBookmarkMenu(menu, treeModel->invisibleRootItem()); + if (data.canConvert<QUrl>()) + emit setSource(data.toUrl()); } -void BookmarkManager::fillBookmarkMenu(QMenu *menu, QStandardItem *root) +void BookmarkManager::setSourceFromIndex(const QModelIndex &index, bool newTab) { TRACE_OBJ - for (int i = 0; i < root->rowCount(); ++i) { - QStandardItem *item = root->child(i); - if (item && item->data(Qt::UserRole + 10) - .toString() == QLatin1String("Folder")) { - QMenu* newMenu = menu->addMenu(folderIcon, item->text()); - if (item->rowCount() > 0) - fillBookmarkMenu(newMenu, item); - } else { - map.insert(menu->addAction(item->text()), item->index()); - } - } -} + QAbstractItemModel *base = bookmarkModel; + if (typeAndSearch) + base = typeAndSearchModel; -QUrl BookmarkManager::urlForAction(QAction* action) const -{ - TRACE_OBJ - if (map.contains(action)) { - const QModelIndex &index = map.value(action); - if (QStandardItem* item = treeModel->itemFromIndex(index)) - return QUrl(item->data(Qt::UserRole + 10).toString()); + if (base->data(index, UserRoleFolder).toBool()) + return; + + const QVariant &data = base->data(index, UserRoleUrl); + if (data.canConvert<QUrl>()) { + if (newTab) + emit setSourceInNewTab(data.toUrl()); + else + emit setSource(data.toUrl()); } - return QUrl(); } -void BookmarkManager::itemChanged(QStandardItem *item) +void BookmarkManager::customContextMenuRequested(const QPoint &point) { TRACE_OBJ - if (renameItem != item) { - renameItem = item; - oldText = item->text(); + QModelIndex index = bookmarkTreeView->indexAt(point); + if (!index.isValid()) return; - } - if (item->text() != oldText) { - if (item->data(Qt::UserRole + 10).toString() != QLatin1String("Folder")) { - QList<QStandardItem*>itemList = listModel->findItems(oldText); - if (itemList.count() > 0) - itemList.at(0)->setText(item->text()); - } - } -} + // check if we should open the menu on "Bookmarks Menu", bail + if (!typeAndSearch && !bookmarkModel->parent(index).isValid()) + return; -void BookmarkManager::setupBookmarkModels() -{ - TRACE_OBJ - treeModel->clear(); - listModel->clear(); - - qint32 depth; - bool expanded; - QString name, type; - QList<int> lastDepths; - QList<QStandardItem*> parents; - - QByteArray ba = HelpEngineWrapper::instance().bookmarks(); - QDataStream stream(ba); - while (!stream.atEnd()) { - stream >> depth >> name >> type >> expanded; - - QStandardItem *item = new QStandardItem(name); - item->setEditable(false); - item->setData(type, Qt::UserRole + 10); - item->setData(expanded, Qt::UserRole + 11); - if (depth == 0) { - parents.clear(); lastDepths.clear(); - treeModel->appendRow(item); - parents << item; lastDepths << depth; - } else { - if (depth <= lastDepths.last()) { - while (depth <= lastDepths.last() && parents.count() > 0) { - parents.pop_back(); lastDepths.pop_back(); - } - } - parents.last()->appendRow(item); - if (type == QLatin1String("Folder")) { - parents << item; lastDepths << depth; - } - } + QAction *remove = 0; + QAction *rename = 0; + QAction *showItem = 0; + QAction *showItemInNewTab = 0; - if (type != QLatin1String("Folder")) { - item->setIcon(bookmarkIcon); - listModel->appendRow(item->clone()); - } else { - item->setIcon(folderIcon); - } + QMenu menu(QLatin1String("")); + if (!typeAndSearch && bookmarkModel->data(index, UserRoleFolder).toBool()) { + remove = menu.addAction(tr("Delete Folder")); + rename = menu.addAction(tr("Rename Folder")); + } else { + showItem = menu.addAction(tr("Show Bookmark")); + showItemInNewTab = menu.addAction(tr("Show Bookmark in New Tab")); + menu.addSeparator(); + remove = menu.addAction(tr("Delete Bookmark")); + rename = menu.addAction(tr("Rename Bookmark")); } -} -QString BookmarkManager::uniqueFolderName() const -{ - TRACE_OBJ - QString folderName = tr("New Folder"); - QList<QStandardItem*> list = treeModel->findItems(folderName, - Qt::MatchContains | Qt::MatchRecursive, 0); - if (!list.isEmpty()) { - QStringList names; - foreach (const QStandardItem *item, list) - names << item->text(); - - for (int i = 1; i <= names.count(); ++i) { - folderName = (tr("New Folder") + QLatin1String(" %1")).arg(i); - if (!names.contains(folderName)) - break; - } - } - return folderName; + QAction *pickedAction = menu.exec(bookmarkTreeView->mapToGlobal(point)); + if (pickedAction == rename) + renameBookmark(index); + else if (pickedAction == remove) + removeItem(index); + else if (pickedAction == showItem || pickedAction == showItemInNewTab) + setSourceFromIndex(index, pickedAction == showItemInNewTab); } -void BookmarkManager::removeBookmarkFolderItems(QStandardItem *item) +void BookmarkManager::focusInEvent() { TRACE_OBJ - for (int j = 0; j < item->rowCount(); ++j) { - QStandardItem *child = item->child(j); - if (child->rowCount() > 0) - removeBookmarkFolderItems(child); - - QString data = child->data(Qt::UserRole + 10).toString(); - QList<QStandardItem*>itemList = listModel->findItems(child->text()); - foreach (const QStandardItem *i, itemList) { - if (i->data(Qt::UserRole + 10) == data) { - listModel->removeRow(i->row()); - break; - } - } - } + const QModelIndex &index = bookmarkTreeView->indexAt(QPoint(2, 2)); + if (index.isValid()) + bookmarkTreeView->setCurrentIndex(index); } -void BookmarkManager::readBookmarksRecursive(const QStandardItem *item, - QDataStream &stream, const qint32 depth) const +void BookmarkManager::textChanged(const QString &text) { TRACE_OBJ - for (int j = 0; j < item->rowCount(); ++j) { - const QStandardItem *child = item->child(j); - stream << depth; - stream << child->data(Qt::DisplayRole).toString(); - stream << child->data(Qt::UserRole + 10).toString(); - stream << child->data(Qt::UserRole + 11).toBool(); - - if (child->rowCount() > 0) - readBookmarksRecursive(child, stream, (depth +1)); + if (!bookmarkWidget->ui.lineEdit->text().isEmpty()) { + if (!typeAndSearch) { + typeAndSearch = true; + bookmarkTreeView->setItemsExpandable(false); + bookmarkTreeView->setRootIsDecorated(false); + bookmarkTreeView->setModel(typeAndSearchModel); + } + typeAndSearchModel->setFilterRegExp(QRegExp(text)); + } else { + typeAndSearch = false; + bookmarkTreeView->setModel(bookmarkModel); + bookmarkTreeView->setItemsExpandable(true); + bookmarkTreeView->setRootIsDecorated(true); + bookmarkModel->expandFoldersIfNeeeded(bookmarkTreeView); } } diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmanager.h b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmanager.h index fbacc2c..88342d5 100644 --- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmanager.h +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmanager.h @@ -38,179 +38,118 @@ ** $QT_END_LICENSE$ ** ****************************************************************************/ - #ifndef BOOKMARKMANAGER_H #define BOOKMARKMANAGER_H -#include "ui_bookmarkdialog.h" - -#include <QtCore/QUrl> -#include <QtCore/QObject> -#include <QtCore/QString> -#include <QtCore/QByteArray> -#include <QtCore/QDataStream> - -#include <QtGui/QIcon> -#include <QtGui/QDialog> -#include <QtGui/QWidget> +#include <QtCore/QMutex> #include <QtGui/QTreeView> -#include <QtGui/QStandardItemModel> + +#include "ui_bookmarkwidget.h" QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE -class QEvent; -class QLineEdit; -class QTreeView; -class QToolButton; -class QStandardItem; -class QHelpEngineCore; -class QAbstractItemModel; +class BookmarkModel; +class BookmarkFilterModel; +class QKeyEvent; class QSortFilterProxyModel; -class BookmarkManager; - -class BookmarkDialog : public QDialog +class BookmarkManager : public QObject { Q_OBJECT + class BookmarkWidget; + class BookmarkTreeView; + class BookmarkListView; + Q_DISABLE_COPY(BookmarkManager); public: - BookmarkDialog(BookmarkManager *manager, const QString &title, - const QString &url, QWidget *parent = 0); - ~BookmarkDialog(); + static BookmarkManager* instance(); + static void destroy(); -private slots: - void addAccepted(); - void addNewFolder(); - void toolButtonClicked(); - void itemChanged(QStandardItem *item); - void textChanged(const QString& string); - void selectBookmarkFolder(const QString &folderName); - void customContextMenuRequested(const QPoint &point); - void currentChanged(const QModelIndex& current); + QWidget* bookmarkDockWidget() const; + void takeBookmarksMenu(QMenu* menu); -private: - bool eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *e); - void renameFolder(const QModelIndex &index, const QModelIndex &proxyIndex); +public slots: + void addBookmark(const QString &title, const QString &url); + +signals: + void escapePressed(); + void setSource(const QUrl &url); + void setSourceInNewTab(const QUrl &url); private: - QString m_url; - QString m_title; + BookmarkManager(); + ~BookmarkManager(); - QString oldText; - QStandardItem *renameItem; + void removeItem(const QModelIndex &index); + bool eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *event); + void buildBookmarksMenu(const QModelIndex &index, QMenu *menu); + void showBookmarkDialog(const QString &name, const QString &url); - Ui::BookmarkDialog ui; - BookmarkManager *bookmarkManager; - QSortFilterProxyModel *proxyModel; -}; +private slots: + void setupFinished(); -class TreeView : public QTreeView { - Q_OBJECT -public: - TreeView(QWidget* parent = 0) : QTreeView(parent) {} - void subclassKeyPressEvent(QKeyEvent* event) - { - QTreeView::keyPressEvent(event); - } -}; + void addBookmark(); + void removeBookmark(); +// void manageBookmarks(); + void refeshBookmarkMenu(); + void renameBookmark(const QModelIndex &index); -class BookmarkWidget : public QWidget -{ - Q_OBJECT + void importBookmarks(); + void exportBookmarks(); -public: - BookmarkWidget(BookmarkManager *manager, QWidget *parent = 0, - bool showButtons = true); - ~BookmarkWidget(); + void setSourceFromAction(QAction *action); + void setSourceFromIndex(const QModelIndex &index, bool newTab = false); -signals: - void addBookmark(); - void requestShowLink(const QUrl &url); - void escapePressed(); - -private slots: - void removeClicked(); - void filterChanged(); - void expand(const QModelIndex& index); - void activated(const QModelIndex &index); + void focusInEvent(); + void textChanged(const QString &text); void customContextMenuRequested(const QPoint &point); private: - void setup(bool showButtons); - void expandItems(); - void focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *e); - bool eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *event); + bool typeAndSearch; -private: - QRegExp regExp; - TreeView *treeView; - QLineEdit *searchField; - QToolButton *addButton; - QToolButton *removeButton; - BookmarkManager *bookmarkManager; - QSortFilterProxyModel* filterBookmarkModel; -}; + static QMutex mutex; + static BookmarkManager *bookmarkManager; -class BookmarkModel : public QStandardItemModel -{ - Q_OBJECT + QMenu *bookmarkMenu; -public: - BookmarkModel(int rows, int columns, QObject *parent = 0); - ~BookmarkModel(); + BookmarkModel *bookmarkModel; + BookmarkFilterModel *bookmarkFilterModel; + QSortFilterProxyModel *typeAndSearchModel; - Qt::DropActions supportedDropActions() const; - Qt::ItemFlags flags(const QModelIndex &index) const; + BookmarkWidget *bookmarkWidget; + BookmarkTreeView *bookmarkTreeView; }; -class BookmarkManager : public QObject +class BookmarkManager::BookmarkWidget : public QWidget { Q_OBJECT - public: - BookmarkManager(); - ~BookmarkManager(); + BookmarkWidget(QWidget *parent = 0) + : QWidget(parent) { ui.setupUi(this); } + virtual ~BookmarkWidget() {} - BookmarkModel* treeBookmarkModel(); - BookmarkModel* listBookmarkModel(); - - void saveBookmarks(); - QStringList bookmarkFolders() const; - QModelIndex addNewFolder(const QModelIndex& index); - void removeBookmarkItem(QTreeView *treeView, const QModelIndex& index); - void showBookmarkDialog(QWidget* parent, const QString &name, - const QString &url); - void addNewBookmark(const QModelIndex& index, const QString &name, - const QString &url); - void setupBookmarkModels(); - - void fillBookmarkMenu(QMenu *menu); - QUrl urlForAction(QAction* action) const; + Ui::BookmarkWidget ui; signals: - void bookmarksChanged(); - -private slots: - void itemChanged(QStandardItem *item); + void focusInEvent(); private: - QString uniqueFolderName() const; - void removeBookmarkFolderItems(QStandardItem *item); - void readBookmarksRecursive(const QStandardItem *item, QDataStream &stream, - const qint32 depth) const; - void fillBookmarkMenu(QMenu *menu, QStandardItem *root); + void focusInEvent(QFocusEvent *event); +}; -private: - QString oldText; - QIcon folderIcon; - QIcon bookmarkIcon; - - BookmarkModel *treeModel; - BookmarkModel *listModel; - QStandardItem *renameItem; - QMap<QAction*, QModelIndex> map; +class BookmarkManager::BookmarkTreeView : public QTreeView +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + BookmarkTreeView(QWidget *parent = 0); + ~BookmarkTreeView() {} + + void subclassKeyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *event); + +private slots: + void setExpandedData(const QModelIndex &index); }; QT_END_NAMESPACE -#endif +#endif // BOOKMARKMANAGER_H diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmodel.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmodel.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c785f16 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmodel.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,425 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +** +** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). +** All rights reserved. +** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) +** +** This file is part of the Qt Assistant of the Qt Toolkit. +** +** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ +** No Commercial Usage +** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. +** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions +** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying +** this package. +** +** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage +** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser +** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the +** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to +** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements +** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. +** +** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional +** rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception +** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +** +** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact +** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** $QT_END_LICENSE$ +** +****************************************************************************/ +#include "bookmarkmodel.h" +#include "bookmarkitem.h" + +#include <QtCore/QMimeData> +#include <QtCore/QStack> + +#include <QtGui/QApplication> +#include <QtGui/QStyle> +#include <QtGui/QTreeView> + +const QLatin1String MIMETYPE("application/bookmarks.assistant"); + +BookmarkModel::BookmarkModel() + : QAbstractItemModel() + , m_folder(false) + , m_editable(false) + , rootItem(0) +{ +} + +BookmarkModel::~BookmarkModel() +{ + delete rootItem; +} + +QByteArray +BookmarkModel::bookmarks() const +{ + QByteArray ba; + QDataStream stream(&ba, QIODevice::WriteOnly); + + const QModelIndex &root = index(0,0, QModelIndex()); + for (int i = 0; i < rowCount(root); ++i) + collectItems(index(i, 0, root), 0, &stream); + + return ba; +} + +void +BookmarkModel::setBookmarks(const QByteArray &bookmarks) +{ + folderIcon = QApplication::style()->standardIcon(QStyle::SP_DirClosedIcon); + bookmarkIcon = QIcon(QLatin1String(":/trolltech/assistant/images/bookmark.png")); + + rootItem = new BookmarkItem(DataVector() << tr("Name") << tr("Address") + << true); + BookmarkItem* item = new BookmarkItem(DataVector() << tr("Bookmarks Menu") + << QLatin1String("Folder") << true); + rootItem->addChild(item); + + QStack<BookmarkItem*> parents; + parents.push(item); + + qint32 depth; + bool expanded; + QString name, url; + QDataStream stream(bookmarks); + while (!stream.atEnd()) { + stream >> depth >> name >> url >> expanded; + + while ((parents.count() - 1) != depth) + parents.pop(); + + item = new BookmarkItem(DataVector() << name << url << expanded); + if (url == QLatin1String("Folder")) { + parents.top()->addChild(item); + parents.push(item); + } else { + parents.top()->addChild(item); + } + } + + cache.clear(); + const QModelIndex &root = index(0,0, QModelIndex()); + + setupCache(root); + cache.insert(static_cast<BookmarkItem*> (root.internalPointer()), root); +} + +void +BookmarkModel::setItemsEditable(bool editable) +{ + m_editable = editable; +} + +void +BookmarkModel::expandFoldersIfNeeeded(QTreeView *treeView) +{ + foreach (const QModelIndex &index, cache) + treeView->setExpanded(index, index.data(UserRoleExpanded).toBool()); +} + +QModelIndex +BookmarkModel::addItem(const QModelIndex &parent, bool isFolder) +{ + m_folder = isFolder; + QModelIndex next; + if (insertRow(rowCount(parent), parent)) + next = index(rowCount(parent) - 1, 0, parent); + m_folder = false; + + return next; +} + +bool +BookmarkModel::removeItem(const QModelIndex &index) +{ + if (!index.isValid()) + return false; + + QModelIndexList indexes; + if (rowCount(index) > 0) + indexes = collectItems(index); + indexes.append(index); + + foreach (const QModelIndex &itemToRemove, indexes) { + if (!removeRow(itemToRemove.row(), itemToRemove.parent())) + return false; + cache.remove(itemFromIndex(itemToRemove)); + } + return true; +} + +int +BookmarkModel::rowCount(const QModelIndex &index) const +{ + if (BookmarkItem *item = itemFromIndex(index)) + return item->childCount(); + return 0; +} + +int +BookmarkModel::columnCount(const QModelIndex &/*index*/) const +{ + return 2; +} + +QModelIndex +BookmarkModel::parent(const QModelIndex &index) const +{ + if (!index.isValid()) + return QModelIndex(); + + if (BookmarkItem *childItem = itemFromIndex(index)) { + if (BookmarkItem *parent = childItem->parent()) { + if (parent != rootItem) + return createIndex(parent->childNumber(), 0, parent); + } + } + return QModelIndex(); +} + +QModelIndex +BookmarkModel::index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex &index) const +{ + if (index.isValid() && (index.column() != 0 && index.column() != 1)) + return QModelIndex(); + + if (BookmarkItem *parent = itemFromIndex(index)) { + if (BookmarkItem *childItem = parent->child(row)) + return createIndex(row, column, childItem); + } + return QModelIndex(); +} + +Qt::DropActions +BookmarkModel::supportedDropActions () const +{ + return /* Qt::CopyAction | */Qt::MoveAction; +} + +Qt::ItemFlags +BookmarkModel::flags(const QModelIndex &index) const +{ + if (!index.isValid()) + return Qt::NoItemFlags; + + Qt::ItemFlags defaultFlags = Qt::ItemIsEnabled | Qt::ItemIsSelectable; + + if (m_editable) + defaultFlags |= Qt::ItemIsEditable; + + if (itemFromIndex(index) && index.data(UserRoleFolder).toBool() + && index.column() > 0) { + defaultFlags &= ~Qt::ItemIsEditable; + return defaultFlags | Qt::ItemIsDropEnabled; + } + + return defaultFlags | Qt::ItemIsDragEnabled; +} + +QVariant +BookmarkModel::data(const QModelIndex &index, int role) const +{ + if (index.isValid()) { + if (BookmarkItem *item = itemFromIndex(index)) { + switch (role) { + case Qt::EditRole: { + case Qt::DisplayRole: + if (index.data(UserRoleFolder).toBool() && index.column() == 1) + return QLatin1String(""); + return item->data(index.column()); + } break; + case Qt::DecorationRole: { + if (index.column() == 0) + return index.data(UserRoleFolder).toBool() + ? folderIcon : bookmarkIcon; + } break; + default:; + return item->data(role); + } + } + } + return QVariant(); +} + +bool +BookmarkModel::setData(const QModelIndex &index, const QVariant &value, int role) +{ + bool result = false; + if (role != Qt::EditRole && role != UserRoleExpanded) + return result; + + if (BookmarkItem *item = itemFromIndex(index)) { + if (role == Qt::EditRole) { + const bool isFolder = index.data(UserRoleFolder).toBool(); + if (!isFolder || (isFolder && index.column() == 0)) + result = item->setData(index.column(), value); + } else if (role == UserRoleExpanded) { + result = item->setData(UserRoleExpanded, value); + } + } + + if (result) + emit dataChanged(index, index); + return result; +} + +QVariant +BookmarkModel::headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, + int role) const +{ + if (rootItem && orientation == Qt::Horizontal && role == Qt::DisplayRole) + return rootItem->data(section); + return QVariant(); +} + +QModelIndex +BookmarkModel::indexFromItem(BookmarkItem *item) const +{ + return cache.value(item, QModelIndex()); +} + +BookmarkItem* +BookmarkModel::itemFromIndex(const QModelIndex &index) const +{ + if (index.isValid()) + return static_cast<BookmarkItem*>(index.internalPointer()); + return rootItem; +} + +bool +BookmarkModel::insertRows(int position, int rows, const QModelIndex &parent) +{ + if (!parent.data(UserRoleFolder).toBool()) + return false; + + bool success = false; + if (BookmarkItem *parentItem = itemFromIndex(parent)) { + beginInsertRows(parent, position, position + rows - 1); + success = parentItem->insertChildren(m_folder, position, rows); + if (success) { + const QModelIndex ¤t = index(position, 0, parent); + cache.insert(itemFromIndex(current), current); + } + endInsertRows(); + } + return success; +} + +bool +BookmarkModel::removeRows(int position, int rows, const QModelIndex &index) +{ + bool success = false; + if (BookmarkItem *parent = itemFromIndex(index)) { + beginRemoveRows(index, position, position + rows - 1); + success = parent->removeChildren(position, rows); + endRemoveRows(); + } + return success; +} + +QStringList +BookmarkModel::mimeTypes() const +{ + return QStringList() << MIMETYPE; +} + +QMimeData* +BookmarkModel::mimeData(const QModelIndexList &indexes) const +{ + if (indexes.isEmpty()) + return 0; + + QByteArray data; + QDataStream stream(&data, QIODevice::WriteOnly); + + foreach (const QModelIndex &index, indexes) { + if (index.column() == 0) + collectItems(index, 0, &stream); + } + + QMimeData *mimeData = new QMimeData(); + mimeData->setData(MIMETYPE, data); + return mimeData; +} + +bool +BookmarkModel::dropMimeData(const QMimeData *data, Qt::DropAction action, + int row, int column, const QModelIndex &parent) +{ + if (action == Qt::IgnoreAction) + return true; + + if (!data->hasFormat(MIMETYPE) || column > 0) + return false; + + QByteArray ba = data->data(MIMETYPE); + QDataStream stream(&ba, QIODevice::ReadOnly); + while (stream.atEnd()) + return false; + + qint32 depth; + bool expanded; + QString name, url; + while (!stream.atEnd()) { + stream >> depth >> name >> url >> expanded; + if (insertRow(qMax(0, row), parent)) { + const QModelIndex ¤t = index(qMax(0, row), 0, parent); + if (current.isValid()) { + BookmarkItem* item = itemFromIndex(current); + item->setData(DataVector() << name << url << expanded); + } + } + } + return true; +} + +void +BookmarkModel::setupCache(const QModelIndex &parent) +{ + const QModelIndexList &list = collectItems(parent); + foreach (const QModelIndex &index, list) + cache.insert(itemFromIndex(index), index); +} + +QModelIndexList +BookmarkModel::collectItems(const QModelIndex &parent) const +{ + QModelIndexList list; + for (int i = rowCount(parent) - 1; i >= 0 ; --i) { + const QModelIndex &next = index(i, 0, parent); + if (data(next, UserRoleFolder).toBool()) + list += collectItems(next); + list.append(next); + } + return list; +} + +void +BookmarkModel::collectItems(const QModelIndex &parent, qint32 depth, + QDataStream *stream) const +{ + if (parent.isValid()) { + *stream << depth; + *stream << parent.data().toString(); + *stream << parent.data(UserRoleUrl).toString(); + *stream << parent.data(UserRoleExpanded).toBool(); + + for (int i = 0; i < rowCount(parent); ++i) { + if (parent.data(UserRoleFolder).toBool()) + collectItems(index(i, 0 , parent), depth + 1, stream); + } + } +} diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmodel.h b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmodel.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6b2a0b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkmodel.h @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +** +** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). +** All rights reserved. +** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) +** +** This file is part of the Qt Assistant of the Qt Toolkit. +** +** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ +** No Commercial Usage +** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. +** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions +** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying +** this package. +** +** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage +** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser +** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the +** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to +** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements +** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. +** +** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional +** rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception +** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +** +** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact +** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** $QT_END_LICENSE$ +** +****************************************************************************/ +#ifndef BOOKMARKMODEL_H +#define BOOKMARKMODEL_H + +#include <QtCore/QAbstractItemModel> + +#include <QtGui/QIcon> + +QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE + +class BookmarkItem; +class QMimeData; +class QTreeView; + +typedef QMap<BookmarkItem*, QPersistentModelIndex> ItemModelIndexCache; + +class BookmarkModel : public QAbstractItemModel +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + BookmarkModel(); + ~BookmarkModel(); + + QByteArray bookmarks() const; + void setBookmarks(const QByteArray &bookmarks); + + void setItemsEditable(bool editable); + void expandFoldersIfNeeeded(QTreeView *treeView); + + QModelIndex addItem(const QModelIndex &parent, bool isFolder = false); + bool removeItem(const QModelIndex &index); + + int rowCount(const QModelIndex &index = QModelIndex()) const; + int columnCount(const QModelIndex &index = QModelIndex()) const; + + QModelIndex parent(const QModelIndex &index) const; + QModelIndex index(int row, int column, const QModelIndex &index) const; + + Qt::DropActions supportedDropActions () const; + Qt::ItemFlags flags(const QModelIndex &index) const; + + QVariant data(const QModelIndex &index, int role) const; + bool setData(const QModelIndex &index, const QVariant &value, int role); + QVariant headerData(int section, Qt::Orientation orientation, int role) const; + + QModelIndex indexFromItem(BookmarkItem *item) const; + BookmarkItem *itemFromIndex(const QModelIndex &index) const; + + bool insertRows(int position, int rows, const QModelIndex &parent); + bool removeRows(int position, int rows, const QModelIndex &parent); + + QStringList mimeTypes() const; + QMimeData* mimeData(const QModelIndexList &indexes) const; + bool dropMimeData(const QMimeData *data, Qt::DropAction action, int row, + int column, const QModelIndex &parent); + +private: + void setupCache(const QModelIndex &parent); + QModelIndexList collectItems(const QModelIndex &parent) const; + void collectItems(const QModelIndex &parent, qint32 depth, + QDataStream *stream) const; + +private: + int columns; + bool m_folder; + bool m_editable; + QIcon folderIcon; + QIcon bookmarkIcon; + QTreeView *treeView; + BookmarkItem *rootItem; + ItemModelIndexCache cache; +}; + +QT_END_NAMESPACE + +#endif // BOOKMARKMODEL_H diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkwidget.ui b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkwidget.ui new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3015740 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/bookmarkwidget.ui @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<ui version="4.0"> + <class>BookmarkWidget</class> + <widget class="QWidget" name="BookmarkWidget"> + <property name="geometry"> + <rect> + <x>0</x> + <y>0</y> + <width>235</width> + <height>606</height> + </rect> + </property> + <property name="windowTitle"> + <string>Bookmarks</string> + </property> + <layout class="QVBoxLayout" name="verticalLayout"> + <item> + <layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout"> + <item> + <widget class="QLabel" name="label"> + <property name="text"> + <string>Filter:</string> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item> + <spacer name="horizontalSpacer"> + <property name="orientation"> + <enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum> + </property> + <property name="sizeHint" stdset="0"> + <size> + <width>40</width> + <height>20</height> + </size> + </property> + </spacer> + </item> + </layout> + </item> + <item> + <widget class="QLineEdit" name="lineEdit"/> + </item> + <item> + <widget class="QStackedWidget" name="stackedWidget"/> + </item> + <item> + <layout class="QHBoxLayout" name="horizontalLayout_2"> + <item> + <spacer name="horizontalSpacer_2"> + <property name="orientation"> + <enum>Qt::Horizontal</enum> + </property> + <property name="sizeHint" stdset="0"> + <size> + <width>40</width> + <height>20</height> + </size> + </property> + </spacer> + </item> + <item> + <widget class="QPushButton" name="add"> + <property name="text"> + <string>Add</string> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + <item> + <widget class="QPushButton" name="remove"> + <property name="text"> + <string>Remove</string> + </property> + </widget> + </item> + </layout> + </item> + </layout> + </widget> + <resources/> + <connections/> +</ui> diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/centralwidget.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/centralwidget.cpp index 715f1fa..03af06c 100644 --- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/centralwidget.cpp +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/centralwidget.cpp @@ -41,34 +41,26 @@ #include "tracer.h" #include "centralwidget.h" +#include "findwidget.h" #include "helpenginewrapper.h" #include "helpviewer.h" #include "searchwidget.h" #include "mainwindow.h" -#include "preferencesdialog.h" #include "../shared/collectionconfiguration.h" -#include <QtCore/QDir> -#include <QtCore/QEvent> #include <QtCore/QTimer> -#include <QtGui/QMenu> -#include <QtGui/QLabel> +#include <QtGui/QApplication> +#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent> #include <QtGui/QLayout> +#include <QtGui/QMenu> #include <QtGui/QPrinter> -#include <QtGui/QLineEdit> -#include <QtGui/QCheckBox> #include <QtGui/QTabBar> #include <QtGui/QTabWidget> #include <QtGui/QToolButton> -#include <QtGui/QMouseEvent> -#include <QtGui/QSpacerItem> -#include <QtGui/QTextCursor> +#include <QtGui/QPageSetupDialog> #include <QtGui/QPrintDialog> -#include <QtGui/QApplication> -#include <QtGui/QTextDocumentFragment> #include <QtGui/QPrintPreviewDialog> -#include <QtGui/QPageSetupDialog> #include <QtHelp/QHelpSearchEngine> @@ -88,135 +80,13 @@ namespace { CentralWidget *staticCentralWidget = 0; } -FindWidget::FindWidget(QWidget *parent) - : QWidget(parent) - , appPalette(qApp->palette()) -{ - TRACE_OBJ - QHBoxLayout *hboxLayout = new QHBoxLayout(this); - QString resourcePath = QLatin1String(":/trolltech/assistant/images/"); - -#ifndef Q_OS_MAC - hboxLayout->setMargin(0); - hboxLayout->setSpacing(6); - resourcePath.append(QLatin1String("win")); -#else - resourcePath.append(QLatin1String("mac")); -#endif - - toolClose = setupToolButton(QLatin1String(""), - resourcePath + QLatin1String("/closetab.png")); - hboxLayout->addWidget(toolClose); - - editFind = new QLineEdit(this); - hboxLayout->addWidget(editFind); - editFind->setMinimumSize(QSize(150, 0)); - connect(editFind, SIGNAL(textChanged(QString)), this, SLOT(updateButtons())); - toolPrevious = setupToolButton(tr("Previous"), - resourcePath + QLatin1String("/previous.png")); - hboxLayout->addWidget(toolPrevious); - - toolNext = setupToolButton(tr("Next"), - resourcePath + QLatin1String("/next.png")); - hboxLayout->addWidget(toolNext); - - checkCase = new QCheckBox(tr("Case Sensitive"), this); - hboxLayout->addWidget(checkCase); - - checkWholeWords = new QCheckBox(tr("Whole words"), this); - hboxLayout->addWidget(checkWholeWords); -#if !defined(QT_NO_WEBKIT) - checkWholeWords->hide(); -#endif - - labelWrapped = new QLabel(this); - labelWrapped->setScaledContents(true); - labelWrapped->setTextFormat(Qt::RichText); - labelWrapped->setMinimumSize(QSize(0, 20)); - labelWrapped->setMaximumSize(QSize(105, 20)); - labelWrapped->setAlignment(Qt::AlignLeading | Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignVCenter); - labelWrapped->setText(tr("<img src=\":/trolltech/assistant/images/wrap.png\"" - "> Search wrapped")); - hboxLayout->addWidget(labelWrapped); - - QSpacerItem *spacerItem = new QSpacerItem(20, 20, QSizePolicy::Expanding, - QSizePolicy::Minimum); - hboxLayout->addItem(spacerItem); - setMinimumWidth(minimumSizeHint().width()); - labelWrapped->hide(); - - updateButtons(); -} - -FindWidget::~FindWidget() -{ - TRACE_OBJ -} - -void FindWidget::hideEvent(QHideEvent* event) -{ - TRACE_OBJ -#if !defined(QT_NO_WEBKIT) - // TODO: remove this once webkit supports setting the palette - if (!event->spontaneous()) - qApp->setPalette(appPalette); -#else - Q_UNUSED(event); -#endif -} - -void FindWidget::showEvent(QShowEvent* event) -{ - TRACE_OBJ -#if !defined(QT_NO_WEBKIT) - // TODO: remove this once webkit supports setting the palette - if (!event->spontaneous()) { - QPalette p = appPalette; - p.setColor(QPalette::Inactive, QPalette::Highlight, - p.color(QPalette::Active, QPalette::Highlight)); - p.setColor(QPalette::Inactive, QPalette::HighlightedText, - p.color(QPalette::Active, QPalette::HighlightedText)); - qApp->setPalette(p); - } -#else - Q_UNUSED(event); -#endif -} - -void FindWidget::updateButtons() -{ - TRACE_OBJ - if (editFind->text().isEmpty()) { - toolPrevious->setEnabled(false); - toolNext->setEnabled(false); - } else { - toolPrevious->setEnabled(true); - toolNext->setEnabled(true); - } -} - -QToolButton* FindWidget::setupToolButton(const QString &text, const QString &icon) -{ - TRACE_OBJ - QToolButton *toolButton = new QToolButton(this); - - toolButton->setText(text); - toolButton->setAutoRaise(true); - toolButton->setIcon(QIcon(icon)); - toolButton->setToolButtonStyle(Qt::ToolButtonTextBesideIcon); - - return toolButton; -} - - -// -- +// -- CentralWidget CentralWidget::CentralWidget(MainWindow *parent) : QWidget(parent) , lastTabPage(0) - , findBar(0) , tabWidget(0) , findWidget(0) , printer(0) @@ -260,20 +130,15 @@ CentralWidget::CentralWidget(MainWindow *parent) vboxLayout->addWidget(tabWidget); - findBar = new QWidget(this); - findWidget = new FindWidget(findBar); - findBar->setMinimumHeight(findWidget->minimumSizeHint().height()); - findWidget->move(0, 0); - vboxLayout->addWidget(findBar); - findBar->hide(); - findWidget->editFind->installEventFilter(this); - - connect(findWidget->toolClose, SIGNAL(clicked()), findBar, SLOT(hide())); - connect(findWidget->toolNext, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(findNext())); - connect(findWidget->editFind, SIGNAL(returnPressed()), this, SLOT(findNext())); - connect(findWidget->editFind, SIGNAL(textChanged(QString)), this, - SLOT(findCurrentText(QString))); - connect(findWidget->toolPrevious, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(findPrevious())); + findWidget = new FindWidget(this); + vboxLayout->addWidget(findWidget); + findWidget->hide(); + + connect(findWidget, SIGNAL(findNext()), this, SLOT(findNext())); + connect(findWidget, SIGNAL(findPrevious()), this, SLOT(findPrevious())); + connect(findWidget, SIGNAL(find(QString, bool)), this, + SLOT(find(QString, bool))); + connect(findWidget, SIGNAL(escapePressed()), this, SLOT(activateTab())); QTabBar *tabBar = qFindChild<QTabBar*>(tabWidget); if (tabBar) { @@ -360,12 +225,6 @@ void CentralWidget::zoomOut() m_searchWidget->zoomOut(); } -void CentralWidget::findNext() -{ - TRACE_OBJ - find(findWidget->editFind->text(), true); -} - void CentralWidget::nextPage() { TRACE_OBJ @@ -395,12 +254,6 @@ void CentralWidget::previousPage() tabWidget->setCurrentIndex(index); } -void CentralWidget::findPrevious() -{ - TRACE_OBJ - find(findWidget->editFind->text(), false); -} - void CentralWidget::closeTab() { TRACE_OBJ @@ -527,9 +380,7 @@ void CentralWidget::copySelection() void CentralWidget::showTextSearch() { TRACE_OBJ - findBar->show(); - findWidget->editFind->selectAll(); - findWidget->editFind->setFocus(Qt::ShortcutFocusReason); + findWidget->show(); } void CentralWidget::initPrinter() @@ -708,12 +559,6 @@ HelpViewer *CentralWidget::newEmptyTab() return viewer; } -void CentralWidget::findCurrentText(const QString &text) -{ - TRACE_OBJ - find(text, true); -} - void CentralWidget::connectSignals() { TRACE_OBJ @@ -842,7 +687,7 @@ void CentralWidget::showTabBarContextMenu(const QPoint &point) } if (pickedAction == newBookmark) - emit addNewBookmark(viewer->documentTitle(), viewer->source().toString()); + emit addBookmark(viewer->documentTitle(), viewer->source().toString()); } bool CentralWidget::eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *e) @@ -855,14 +700,6 @@ bool CentralWidget::eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *e) return QWidget::eventFilter(object, e); } break; - case Qt::Key_Escape: { - if (findWidget->editFind == object) { - findBar->hide(); - if (HelpViewer *viewer = currentHelpViewer()) - viewer->setFocus(); - } - } break; - case Qt::Key_Backspace: { HelpViewer *viewer = currentHelpViewer(); if (viewer == object) { @@ -906,38 +743,43 @@ void CentralWidget::keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *e) TRACE_OBJ const QString &text = e->text(); if (text.startsWith(QLatin1Char('/'))) { - if (!findBar->isVisible()) { - findBar->show(); - findWidget->editFind->clear(); + if (!findWidget->isVisible()) { + findWidget->showAndClear(); } else { - findWidget->editFind->selectAll(); + findWidget->show(); } - findWidget->editFind->setFocus(); - return; + } else { + QWidget::keyPressEvent(e); } - QWidget::keyPressEvent(e); } -void CentralWidget::find(const QString &ttf, bool forward) +void CentralWidget::findNext() +{ + find(findWidget->text(), true); +} + +void CentralWidget::findPrevious() { TRACE_OBJ - QPalette p = findWidget->editFind->palette(); - p.setColor(QPalette::Active, QPalette::Base, Qt::white); + find(findWidget->text(), false); +} +void CentralWidget::find(const QString &ttf, bool forward) +{ + TRACE_OBJ bool found = false; - #if defined(QT_NO_WEBKIT) found = findInTextBrowser(ttf, forward); #else found = findInWebPage(ttf, forward); #endif - if (!found && !ttf.isEmpty()) - p.setColor(QPalette::Active, QPalette::Base, QColor(255, 102, 102)); + if (!found && ttf.isEmpty()) + found = true; // the line edit is empty, no need to mark it red... if (!findWidget->isVisible()) findWidget->show(); - findWidget->editFind->setPalette(p); + findWidget->setPalette(found); } bool CentralWidget::findInWebPage(const QString &ttf, bool forward) @@ -951,21 +793,23 @@ bool CentralWidget::findInWebPage(const QString &ttf, bool forward) if (!forward) options |= QWebPage::FindBackward; - if (findWidget->checkCase->isChecked()) + if (findWidget->caseSensitive()) options |= QWebPage::FindCaseSensitively; found = viewer->findText(ttf, options); - findWidget->labelWrapped->hide(); + findWidget->setTextWrappedVisible(false); if (!found) { options |= QWebPage::FindWrapsAroundDocument; found = viewer->findText(ttf, options); if (found) - findWidget->labelWrapped->show(); + findWidget->setTextWrappedVisible(true); } } // force highlighting of all other matches, also when empty (clear) options = QWebPage::HighlightAllOccurrences; + if (findWidget->caseSensitive()) + options |= QWebPage::FindCaseSensitively; viewer->findText(QLatin1String(""), options); viewer->findText(ttf, options); return found; @@ -1006,13 +850,10 @@ bool CentralWidget::findInTextBrowser(const QString &ttf, bool forward) if (!forward) options |= QTextDocument::FindBackward; - if (findWidget->checkCase->isChecked()) + if (findWidget->caseSensitive()) options |= QTextDocument::FindCaseSensitively; - if (findWidget->checkWholeWords->isChecked()) - options |= QTextDocument::FindWholeWords; - - findWidget->labelWrapped->hide(); + findWidget->setTextWrappedVisible(false); bool found = true; QTextCursor newCursor = doc->find(ttf, cursor, options); @@ -1025,7 +866,7 @@ bool CentralWidget::findInTextBrowser(const QString &ttf, bool forward) found = false; newCursor = cursor; } else { - findWidget->labelWrapped->show(); + findWidget->setTextWrappedVisible(true); } } browser->setTextCursor(newCursor); @@ -1048,6 +889,11 @@ void CentralWidget::updateBrowserFont() setBrowserFontFor(tabWidget->widget(i), font); } +bool CentralWidget::searchWidgetAttached() const +{ + return m_searchWidget && m_searchWidget->isAttached(); +} + void CentralWidget::createSearchWidget(QHelpSearchEngine *searchEngine) { TRACE_OBJ diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/centralwidget.h b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/centralwidget.h index c0bee81..6c3e93c 100644 --- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/centralwidget.h +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/centralwidget.h @@ -38,72 +38,20 @@ ** $QT_END_LICENSE$ ** ****************************************************************************/ - #ifndef CENTRALWIDGET_H #define CENTRALWIDGET_H -#include <QtCore/QList> #include <QtCore/QUrl> -#include <QtCore/QPoint> -#include <QtCore/QObject> - #include <QtGui/QWidget> -#include "searchwidget.h" - QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE -class QEvent; -class QLabel; -class QAction; -class QCheckBox; -class QLineEdit; -class QTextBrowser; -class QToolButton; - +class FindWidget; class HelpViewer; -class QTabWidget; -class QHelpEngine; -class CentralWidget; -class PrintHelper; class MainWindow; - class QHelpSearchEngine; - -class FindWidget : public QWidget -{ - Q_OBJECT - -public: - FindWidget(QWidget *parent = 0); - ~FindWidget(); - -signals: - void findNext(); - void findPrevious(); - -protected: - void hideEvent(QHideEvent* event); - void showEvent(QShowEvent * event); - -private slots: - void updateButtons(); - -private: - QToolButton* setupToolButton(const QString &text, const QString &icon); - -private: - QLineEdit *editFind; - QCheckBox *checkCase; - QLabel *labelWrapped; - QToolButton *toolNext; - QToolButton *toolClose; - QToolButton *toolPrevious; - QCheckBox *checkWholeWords; - - QPalette appPalette; - friend class CentralWidget; -}; +class QTabWidget; +class SearchWidget; class CentralWidget : public QWidget { @@ -123,11 +71,8 @@ public: QList<QAction*> globalActions() const; void setGlobalActions(const QList<QAction*> &actions); HelpViewer *currentHelpViewer() const; - void activateTab(bool onlyHelpViewer = false); - bool searchWidgetAttached() const { - return m_searchWidget && m_searchWidget->isAttached(); - } + bool searchWidgetAttached() const; void createSearchWidget(QHelpSearchEngine *searchEngine); void activateSearchWidget(bool updateLastTabPage = false); void removeSearchWidget(); @@ -144,11 +89,9 @@ public: public slots: void zoomIn(); void zoomOut(); - void findNext(); void nextPage(); void resetZoom(); void previousPage(); - void findPrevious(); void copySelection(); void showTextSearch(); void print(); @@ -157,12 +100,17 @@ public slots: void updateBrowserFont(); void setSource(const QUrl &url); void setSourceInNewTab(const QUrl &url, qreal zoom = 0.0); - void findCurrentText(const QString &text); HelpViewer *newEmptyTab(); void home(); void forward(); void backward(); + void activateTab(bool onlyHelpViewer = false); + + void findNext(); + void findPrevious(); + void find(const QString &text, bool forward); + signals: void currentViewerChanged(); void copyAvailable(bool yes); @@ -170,7 +118,7 @@ signals: void highlighted(const QString &link); void forwardAvailable(bool available); void backwardAvailable(bool available); - void addNewBookmark(const QString &title, const QString &url); + void addBookmark(const QString &title, const QString &url); protected: void keyPressEvent(QKeyEvent *); @@ -189,7 +137,6 @@ private slots: private: void connectSignals(); bool eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *e); - void find(const QString &ttf, bool forward); bool findInWebPage(const QString &ttf, bool forward); bool findInTextBrowser(const QString &ttf, bool forward); void initPrinter(); @@ -203,7 +150,6 @@ private: int lastTabPage; QList<QAction*> globalActionList; - QWidget *findBar; QTabWidget *tabWidget; FindWidget *findWidget; QPrinter *printer; diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/cmdlineparser.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/cmdlineparser.cpp index b3ba93c..bbc0c37 100644 --- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/cmdlineparser.cpp +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/cmdlineparser.cpp @@ -41,6 +41,7 @@ #include "tracer.h" #include <QtCore/QFileInfo> +#include <QtCore/QStringBuilder> #include <QtGui/QMessageBox> #include "cmdlineparser.h" @@ -277,11 +278,11 @@ void CmdLineParser::showMessage(const QString &msg, bool error) if (m_quiet) return; #ifdef Q_OS_WIN - QString s = QLatin1String("<pre>") + msg + QLatin1String("</pre>"); + QString message = QLatin1String("<pre>") % msg % QLatin1String("</pre>"); if (error) - QMessageBox::critical(0, QObject::tr("Qt Assistant"), s); + QMessageBox::critical(0, tr("Error"), message); else - QMessageBox::information(0, QObject::tr("Qt Assistant"), s); + QMessageBox::information(0, tr("Notice"), message); #else fprintf(error ? stderr : stdout, "%s\n", qPrintable(msg)); #endif diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/findwidget.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/findwidget.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2e40ab0 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/findwidget.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,233 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +** +** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). +** All rights reserved. +** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) +** +** This file is part of the Qt Assistant of the Qt Toolkit. +** +** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ +** No Commercial Usage +** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. +** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions +** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying +** this package. +** +** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage +** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser +** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the +** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to +** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements +** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. +** +** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional +** rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception +** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +** +** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact +** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** $QT_END_LICENSE$ +** +****************************************************************************/ +#include "tracer.h" +#include "findwidget.h" + +#include <QtGui/QApplication> +#include <QtGui/QCheckBox> +#include <QtGui/QHideEvent> +#include <QtGui/QKeyEvent> +#include <QtGui/QLabel> +#include <QtGui/QLayout> +#include <QtGui/QLineEdit> +#include <QtGui/QToolButton> + +QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE + +FindWidget::FindWidget(QWidget *parent) + : QWidget(parent) + , appPalette(qApp->palette()) +{ + TRACE_OBJ + installEventFilter(this); + QHBoxLayout *hboxLayout = new QHBoxLayout(this); + QString resourcePath = QLatin1String(":/trolltech/assistant/images/"); + +#ifndef Q_OS_MAC + hboxLayout->setMargin(0); + hboxLayout->setSpacing(6); + resourcePath.append(QLatin1String("win")); +#else + resourcePath.append(QLatin1String("mac")); +#endif + + toolClose = setupToolButton(QLatin1String(""), + resourcePath + QLatin1String("/closetab.png")); + hboxLayout->addWidget(toolClose); + + editFind = new QLineEdit(this); + hboxLayout->addWidget(editFind); + editFind->setMinimumSize(QSize(150, 0)); + connect(editFind, SIGNAL(textChanged(QString)), this, + SLOT(textChanged(QString))); + connect(editFind, SIGNAL(returnPressed()), this, SIGNAL(findNext())); + connect(editFind, SIGNAL(textChanged(QString)), this, SLOT(updateButtons())); + + toolPrevious = setupToolButton(tr("Previous"), + resourcePath + QLatin1String("/previous.png")); + connect(toolPrevious, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SIGNAL(findPrevious())); + + hboxLayout->addWidget(toolPrevious); + + toolNext = setupToolButton(tr("Next"), + resourcePath + QLatin1String("/next.png")); + hboxLayout->addWidget(toolNext); + connect(toolNext, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SIGNAL(findNext())); + + checkCase = new QCheckBox(tr("Case Sensitive"), this); + hboxLayout->addWidget(checkCase); + + labelWrapped = new QLabel(this); + labelWrapped->setScaledContents(true); + labelWrapped->setTextFormat(Qt::RichText); + labelWrapped->setMinimumSize(QSize(0, 20)); + labelWrapped->setMaximumSize(QSize(105, 20)); + labelWrapped->setAlignment(Qt::AlignLeading | Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignVCenter); + labelWrapped->setText(tr("<img src=\":/trolltech/assistant/images/wrap.png\"" + "> Search wrapped")); + hboxLayout->addWidget(labelWrapped); + + QSpacerItem *spacerItem = new QSpacerItem(20, 20, QSizePolicy::Expanding, + QSizePolicy::Minimum); + hboxLayout->addItem(spacerItem); + setMinimumWidth(minimumSizeHint().width()); + labelWrapped->hide(); + + updateButtons(); +} + +FindWidget::~FindWidget() +{ + TRACE_OBJ +} + +void FindWidget::show() +{ + TRACE_OBJ + QWidget::show(); + editFind->selectAll(); + editFind->setFocus(Qt::ShortcutFocusReason); +} + +void FindWidget::showAndClear() +{ + TRACE_OBJ + show(); + editFind->clear(); +} + +QString FindWidget::text() const +{ + TRACE_OBJ + return editFind->text(); +} + +bool FindWidget::caseSensitive() const +{ + TRACE_OBJ + return checkCase->isChecked(); +} + +void FindWidget::setPalette(bool found) +{ + TRACE_OBJ + QPalette palette = editFind->palette(); + palette.setColor(QPalette::Active, QPalette::Base, found ? Qt::white + : QColor(255, 102, 102)); + editFind->setPalette(palette); +} + +void FindWidget::setTextWrappedVisible(bool visible) +{ + TRACE_OBJ + labelWrapped->setVisible(visible); +} + +void FindWidget::hideEvent(QHideEvent* event) +{ + TRACE_OBJ +#if !defined(QT_NO_WEBKIT) + // TODO: remove this once webkit supports setting the palette + if (!event->spontaneous()) + qApp->setPalette(appPalette); +#else + Q_UNUSED(event); +#endif +} + +void FindWidget::showEvent(QShowEvent* event) +{ + TRACE_OBJ +#if !defined(QT_NO_WEBKIT) + // TODO: remove this once webkit supports setting the palette + if (!event->spontaneous()) { + QPalette p = appPalette; + p.setColor(QPalette::Inactive, QPalette::Highlight, + p.color(QPalette::Active, QPalette::Highlight)); + p.setColor(QPalette::Inactive, QPalette::HighlightedText, + p.color(QPalette::Active, QPalette::HighlightedText)); + qApp->setPalette(p); + } +#else + Q_UNUSED(event); +#endif +} + +void FindWidget::updateButtons() +{ + TRACE_OBJ + const bool enable = !editFind->text().isEmpty(); + toolNext->setEnabled(enable); + toolPrevious->setEnabled(enable); +} + +void FindWidget::textChanged(const QString &text) +{ + TRACE_OBJ + emit find(text, true); +} + +bool FindWidget::eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *e) +{ + TRACE_OBJ + if (e->type() == QEvent::KeyPress) { + if ((static_cast<QKeyEvent*>(e))->key() == Qt::Key_Escape) { + hide(); + emit escapePressed(); + } + } + return QWidget::eventFilter(object, e); +} + +QToolButton* FindWidget::setupToolButton(const QString &text, const QString &icon) +{ + TRACE_OBJ + QToolButton *toolButton = new QToolButton(this); + + toolButton->setText(text); + toolButton->setAutoRaise(true); + toolButton->setIcon(QIcon(icon)); + toolButton->setToolButtonStyle(Qt::ToolButtonTextBesideIcon); + + return toolButton; +} + +QT_END_NAMESPACE diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/findwidget.h b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/findwidget.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf78003 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/findwidget.h @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +** +** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). +** All rights reserved. +** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) +** +** This file is part of the Qt Assistant of the Qt Toolkit. +** +** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ +** No Commercial Usage +** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. +** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions +** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying +** this package. +** +** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage +** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser +** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the +** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to +** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements +** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. +** +** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional +** rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception +** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +** +** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact +** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** $QT_END_LICENSE$ +** +****************************************************************************/ +#ifndef FINDWIDGET_H +#define FINDWIDGET_H + +#include <QtGui/QWidget> + +QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE + +class QCheckBox; +class QLabel; +class QLineEdit; +class QToolButton; + +class FindWidget : public QWidget +{ + Q_OBJECT +public: + FindWidget(QWidget *parent = 0); + ~FindWidget(); + + void show(); + void showAndClear(); + + QString text() const; + bool caseSensitive() const; + + void setPalette(bool found); + void setTextWrappedVisible(bool visible); + +signals: + void escapePressed(); + + void findNext(); + void findPrevious(); + void find(const QString &text, bool forward); + +protected: + void hideEvent(QHideEvent* event); + void showEvent(QShowEvent * event); + +private slots: + void updateButtons(); + void textChanged(const QString &text); + +private: + bool eventFilter(QObject *object, QEvent *e); + QToolButton* setupToolButton(const QString &text, const QString &icon); + +private: + QPalette appPalette; + + QLineEdit *editFind; + QCheckBox *checkCase; + QLabel *labelWrapped; + QToolButton *toolNext; + QToolButton *toolClose; + QToolButton *toolPrevious; +}; + +QT_END_NAMESPACE + +#endif // FINDWIDGET_H diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpenginewrapper.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpenginewrapper.cpp index 9785710..76211c5 100644 --- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpenginewrapper.cpp +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpenginewrapper.cpp @@ -57,6 +57,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE namespace { + const QString Unfiltered; const QString AppFontKey(QLatin1String("appFont")); const QString AppWritingSystemKey(QLatin1String("appWritingSystem")); const QString BookmarksKey(QLatin1String("Bookmarks")); @@ -67,7 +68,6 @@ namespace { const QString MainWindowGeometryKey(QLatin1String("MainWindowGeometry")); const QString SearchWasAttachedKey(QLatin1String("SearchWasAttached")); const QString StartOptionKey(QLatin1String("StartOption")); - const QString UnfilteredInsertedKey(QLatin1String("UnfilteredFilterInserted")); const QString UseAppFontKey(QLatin1String("useAppFont")); const QString UseBrowserFontKey(QLatin1String("useBrowserFont")); const QString VersionKey(QString(QLatin1String("qtVersion%1$$$%2")). @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ private: HelpEngineWrapperPrivate(const QString &collectionFile); void initFileSystemWatchers(); - void assertDocFilesWatched(); + void checkDocFilesWatched(); void qchFileChanged(const QString &fileName, bool fromTimeout); static const int UpdateGracePeriod = 2000; @@ -114,6 +114,8 @@ private: QMap<QString, RecentSignal> m_recentQchUpdates; }; +const QString HelpEngineWrapper::TrUnfiltered = tr("Unfiltered"); + HelpEngineWrapper *HelpEngineWrapper::helpEngineWrapper = 0; HelpEngineWrapper &HelpEngineWrapper::instance(const QString &collectionFile) @@ -144,7 +146,7 @@ HelpEngineWrapper::HelpEngineWrapper(const QString &collectionFile) connect(d, SIGNAL(documentationUpdated(QString)), this, SIGNAL(documentationUpdated(QString))); connect(d->m_helpEngine, SIGNAL(currentFilterChanged(QString)), - this, SIGNAL(currentFilterChanged(QString))); + this, SLOT(handleCurrentFilterChanged(QString))); connect(d->m_helpEngine, SIGNAL(setupFinished()), this, SIGNAL(setupFinished())); } @@ -200,23 +202,23 @@ const QString HelpEngineWrapper::collectionFile() const bool HelpEngineWrapper::registerDocumentation(const QString &docFile) { TRACE_OBJ - d->assertDocFilesWatched(); + d->checkDocFilesWatched(); if (!d->m_helpEngine->registerDocumentation(docFile)) return false; d->m_qchWatcher->addPath(docFile); - d->assertDocFilesWatched(); + d->checkDocFilesWatched(); return true; } bool HelpEngineWrapper::unregisterDocumentation(const QString &namespaceName) { TRACE_OBJ - d->assertDocFilesWatched(); + d->checkDocFilesWatched(); const QString &file = d->m_helpEngine->documentationFileName(namespaceName); if (!d->m_helpEngine->unregisterDocumentation(namespaceName)) return false; d->m_qchWatcher->removePath(file); - d->assertDocFilesWatched(); + d->checkDocFilesWatched(); return true; } @@ -242,19 +244,25 @@ bool HelpEngineWrapper::removeCustomFilter(const QString &filterName) void HelpEngineWrapper::setCurrentFilter(const QString ¤tFilter) { TRACE_OBJ - d->m_helpEngine->setCurrentFilter(currentFilter); + const QString &filter + = currentFilter == TrUnfiltered ? Unfiltered : currentFilter; + d->m_helpEngine->setCurrentFilter(filter); } const QString HelpEngineWrapper::currentFilter() const { TRACE_OBJ - return d->m_helpEngine->currentFilter(); + const QString &filter = d->m_helpEngine->currentFilter(); + return filter == Unfiltered ? TrUnfiltered : filter; } const QStringList HelpEngineWrapper::customFilters() const { TRACE_OBJ - return d->m_helpEngine->customFilters(); + QStringList filters = d->m_helpEngine->customFilters(); + filters.removeOne(Unfiltered); + filters.prepend(TrUnfiltered); + return filters; } QUrl HelpEngineWrapper::findFile(const QUrl &url) const @@ -293,18 +301,6 @@ QString HelpEngineWrapper::error() const return d->m_helpEngine->error(); } -bool HelpEngineWrapper::unfilteredInserted() const -{ - TRACE_OBJ - return d->m_helpEngine->customValue(UnfilteredInsertedKey).toInt() == 1; -} - -void HelpEngineWrapper::setUnfilteredInserted() -{ - TRACE_OBJ - d->m_helpEngine->setCustomValue(UnfilteredInsertedKey, 1); -} - const QStringList HelpEngineWrapper::qtDocInfo(const QString &component) const { TRACE_OBJ @@ -679,6 +675,13 @@ void HelpEngineWrapper::setBrowserWritingSystem(QFontDatabase::WritingSystem sys d->m_helpEngine->setCustomValue(BrowserWritingSystemKey, system); } +void HelpEngineWrapper::handleCurrentFilterChanged(const QString &filter) +{ + const QString &filterToReport + = filter == Unfiltered ? TrUnfiltered : filter; + emit currentFilterChanged(filterToReport); +} + TimeoutForwarder::TimeoutForwarder(const QString &fileName) : m_fileName(fileName) @@ -698,6 +701,8 @@ HelpEngineWrapperPrivate::HelpEngineWrapperPrivate(const QString &collectionFile m_qchWatcher(new QFileSystemWatcher(this)) { TRACE_OBJ + if (!m_helpEngine->customFilters().contains(Unfiltered)) + m_helpEngine->addCustomFilter(Unfiltered, QStringList()); initFileSystemWatchers(); } @@ -710,7 +715,7 @@ void HelpEngineWrapperPrivate::initFileSystemWatchers() connect(m_qchWatcher, SIGNAL(fileChanged(QString)), this, SLOT(qchFileChanged(QString))); } - assertDocFilesWatched(); + checkDocFilesWatched(); } void HelpEngineWrapperPrivate::qchFileChanged(const QString &fileName) @@ -719,11 +724,15 @@ void HelpEngineWrapperPrivate::qchFileChanged(const QString &fileName) qchFileChanged(fileName, false); } -void HelpEngineWrapperPrivate::assertDocFilesWatched() +void HelpEngineWrapperPrivate::checkDocFilesWatched() { TRACE_OBJ - Q_ASSERT(m_qchWatcher->files().count() - == m_helpEngine->registeredDocumentations().count()); + const int watchedFilesCount = m_qchWatcher->files().count(); + const int docFilesCount = m_helpEngine->registeredDocumentations().count(); + if (watchedFilesCount != docFilesCount) { + qWarning("Strange: Have %d docs, but %d are being watched", + watchedFilesCount, docFilesCount); + } } void HelpEngineWrapperPrivate::qchFileChanged(const QString &fileName, diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpenginewrapper.h b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpenginewrapper.h index ea7b762..a30fab8 100644 --- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpenginewrapper.h +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpenginewrapper.h @@ -101,10 +101,6 @@ public: const QStringList filterAttributes(const QString &filterName) const; QString error() const; - // Access to a collection's custom values. - bool unfilteredInserted() const; - void setUnfilteredInserted(); - const QStringList qtDocInfo(const QString &component) const; void setQtDocInfo(const QString &component, const QStringList &doc); @@ -185,6 +181,8 @@ public: QFontDatabase::WritingSystem browserWritingSystem() const; void setBrowserWritingSystem(QFontDatabase::WritingSystem system); + static const QString TrUnfiltered; + signals: // For asynchronous doc updates triggered by external actions. @@ -195,6 +193,9 @@ signals: void currentFilterChanged(const QString ¤tFilter); void setupFinished(); +private slots: + void handleCurrentFilterChanged(const QString &filter); + private: HelpEngineWrapper(const QString &collectionFile); ~HelpEngineWrapper(); diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpviewer.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpviewer.cpp index efdee92..8e4d3ed 100644 --- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpviewer.cpp +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/helpviewer.cpp @@ -67,8 +67,9 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE namespace { const QString PageNotFoundMessage = - QObject::tr("<title>Error 404...</title><div align=\"center\"><br><br>" - "<h1>The page could not be found</h1><br><h3>'%1'</h3></div>"); + QCoreApplication::translate("HelpViewer", + "<title>Error 404...</title><div align=\"center\"><br><br>" + "<h1>The page could not be found</h1><br><h3>'%1'</h3></div>"); } #if !defined(QT_NO_WEBKIT) diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/main.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/main.cpp index 434a211..77e5e7c 100644 --- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/main.cpp +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/main.cpp @@ -174,8 +174,9 @@ bool synchronizeDocs(QHelpEngineCore &collection, if (!cachedDocs.contains(doc)) { const QString &docFile = collection.documentationFileName(doc); if (!cachedCollection.registerDocumentation(docFile)) { - cmd.showMessage(QObject::tr("Error registering documentation file '%1': %2"). - arg(docFile).arg(cachedCollection.error()), true); + cmd.showMessage(QCoreApplication::translate("Assistant", + "Error registering documentation file '%1': %2"). + arg(docFile).arg(cachedCollection.error()), true); return false; } } @@ -212,7 +213,8 @@ bool rebuildSearchIndex(QCoreApplication &app, const QString &collectionFile, TRACE_OBJ QHelpEngine engine(collectionFile); if (!engine.setupData()) { - cmd.showMessage(QObject::tr("Error: %1").arg(engine.error()), true); + cmd.showMessage(QCoreApplication::translate("Assistant", "Error: %1") + .arg(engine.error()), true); return false; } @@ -241,6 +243,9 @@ bool useGui(int argc, char *argv[]) } } } +#else + Q_UNUSED(argc) + Q_UNUSED(argv) #endif return gui; } @@ -250,13 +255,14 @@ bool registerDocumentation(QHelpEngineCore &collection, CmdLineParser &cmd, { TRACE_OBJ if (!collection.registerDocumentation(cmd.helpFile())) { - cmd.showMessage( - QObject::tr("Could not register documentation file\n%1\n\nReason:\n%2") - .arg(cmd.helpFile()).arg(collection.error()), true); + cmd.showMessage(QCoreApplication::translate("Assistant", + "Could not register documentation file\n%1\n\nReason:\n%2") + .arg(cmd.helpFile()).arg(collection.error()), true); return false; } if (printSuccess) - cmd.showMessage(QObject::tr("Documentation successfully registered."), + cmd.showMessage(QCoreApplication::translate("Assistant", + "Documentation successfully registered."), false); CollectionConfiguration::updateLastRegisterTime(collection); return true; @@ -267,14 +273,16 @@ bool unregisterDocumentation(QHelpEngineCore &collection, { TRACE_OBJ if (!collection.unregisterDocumentation(namespaceName)) { - cmd.showMessage(QObject::tr("Could not unregister documentation" - " file\n%1\n\nReason:\n%2"). + cmd.showMessage(QCoreApplication::translate("Assistant", + "Could not unregister documentation" + " file\n%1\n\nReason:\n%2"). arg(cmd.helpFile()).arg(collection.error()), true); return false; } updateLastPagesOnUnregister(collection, namespaceName); if (printSuccess) - cmd.showMessage(QObject::tr("Documentation successfully unregistered."), + cmd.showMessage(QCoreApplication::translate("Assistant", + "Documentation successfully unregistered."), false); return true; } @@ -328,7 +336,8 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[]) if (collectionFileGiven) { collection.reset(new QHelpEngineCore(collectionFile)); if (!collection->setupData()) { - cmd.showMessage(QObject::tr("Error reading collection file '%1': %2."). + cmd.showMessage(QCoreApplication::translate("Assistant", + "Error reading collection file '%1': %2."). arg(collectionFile).arg(collection->error()), true); return EXIT_FAILURE; } @@ -338,13 +347,15 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[]) : MainWindow::defaultHelpCollectionFileName(); if (collectionFileGiven && !QFileInfo(cachedCollectionFile).exists() && !collection->copyCollectionFile(cachedCollectionFile)) { - cmd.showMessage(QObject::tr("Error creating collection file '%1': %2."). + cmd.showMessage(QCoreApplication::translate("Assistant", + "Error creating collection file '%1': %2."). arg(cachedCollectionFile).arg(collection->error()), true); return EXIT_FAILURE; } QHelpEngineCore cachedCollection(cachedCollectionFile); if (!cachedCollection.setupData()) { - cmd.showMessage(QObject::tr("Error reading collection file '%1': %2"). + cmd.showMessage(QCoreApplication::translate("Assistant", + "Error reading collection file '%1': %2"). arg(cachedCollectionFile). arg(cachedCollection.error()), true); return EXIT_FAILURE; @@ -365,7 +376,8 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[]) const QString &namespaceName = QHelpEngineCore::namespaceName(cmd.helpFile()); if (cmd.registerRequest() == CmdLineParser::Register) { - if (collectionFileGiven && !registerDocumentation(*collection, cmd, true)) + if (collectionFileGiven + && !registerDocumentation(*collection, cmd, true)) return EXIT_FAILURE; if (!cachedDocs.contains(namespaceName) && !registerDocumentation(cachedCollection, cmd, !collectionFileGiven)) @@ -395,7 +407,8 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[]) } if (!QSqlDatabase::isDriverAvailable(QLatin1String("QSQLITE"))) { - cmd.showMessage(QObject::tr("Cannot load sqlite database driver!"), + cmd.showMessage(QCoreApplication::translate("Assistant", + "Cannot load sqlite database driver!"), true); return EXIT_FAILURE; } diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/mainwindow.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/mainwindow.cpp index ac33fc5..2ff6b5e 100644 --- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/mainwindow.cpp +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/mainwindow.cpp @@ -41,20 +41,20 @@ #include "tracer.h" #include "mainwindow.h" + +#include "bookmarkmanager.h" #include "centralwidget.h" #include "helpviewer.h" #include "indexwindow.h" #include "topicchooser.h" #include "contentwindow.h" #include "preferencesdialog.h" -#include "bookmarkmanager.h" #include "helpenginewrapper.h" #include "remotecontrol.h" #include "cmdlineparser.h" #include "aboutdialog.h" #include "searchwidget.h" #include "qtdocinstaller.h" -#include "xbelsupport.h" // #define TRACING_REQUESTED @@ -95,6 +95,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE MainWindow::MainWindow(CmdLineParser *cmdLine, QWidget *parent) : QMainWindow(parent) + , m_bookmarkWidget(0) , m_filterCombo(0) , m_toolBarMenu(0) , m_cmdLine(cmdLine) @@ -131,10 +132,22 @@ MainWindow::MainWindow(CmdLineParser *cmdLine, QWidget *parent) contentDock->setWidget(m_contentWindow); addDockWidget(Qt::LeftDockWidgetArea, contentDock); - QDockWidget *bookmarkDock = new QDockWidget(tr("Bookmarks"), this); - bookmarkDock->setObjectName(QLatin1String("BookmarkWindow")); - bookmarkDock->setWidget(setupBookmarkWidget()); - addDockWidget(Qt::LeftDockWidgetArea, bookmarkDock); + QDockWidget *bookmarkDock = 0; + if (BookmarkManager *manager = BookmarkManager::instance()) { + bookmarkDock = new QDockWidget(tr("Bookmarks"), this); + bookmarkDock->setObjectName(QLatin1String("BookmarkWindow")); + bookmarkDock->setWidget(m_bookmarkWidget = manager->bookmarkDockWidget()); + addDockWidget(Qt::LeftDockWidgetArea, bookmarkDock); + + connect(manager, SIGNAL(escapePressed()), this, + SLOT(activateCurrentCentralWidgetTab())); + connect(manager, SIGNAL(setSource(QUrl)), m_centralWidget, + SLOT(setSource(QUrl))); + connect(manager, SIGNAL(setSourceInNewTab(QUrl)), m_centralWidget, + SLOT(setSourceInNewTab(QUrl))); + connect(m_centralWidget, SIGNAL(addBookmark(QString, QString)), manager, + SLOT(addBookmark(QString, QString))); + } QHelpSearchEngine *searchEngine = helpEngineWrapper.searchEngine(); connect(searchEngine, SIGNAL(indexingStarted()), this, SLOT(indexingStarted())); @@ -153,14 +166,6 @@ MainWindow::MainWindow(CmdLineParser *cmdLine, QWidget *parent) setupFilterToolbar(); setupAddressToolbar(); - m_bookmarkManager->setupBookmarkModels(); - m_bookmarkMenu->addSeparator(); - m_bookmarkManager->fillBookmarkMenu(m_bookmarkMenu); - connect(m_bookmarkMenu, SIGNAL(triggered(QAction*)), this, - SLOT(showBookmark(QAction*))); - connect(m_bookmarkManager, SIGNAL(bookmarksChanged()), this, - SLOT(updateBookmarkMenu())); - const QString windowTitle = helpEngineWrapper.windowTitle(); setWindowTitle(windowTitle.isEmpty() ? defWindowTitle : windowTitle); QByteArray iconArray = helpEngineWrapper.applicationIcon(); @@ -186,7 +191,8 @@ MainWindow::MainWindow(CmdLineParser *cmdLine, QWidget *parent) restoreGeometry(ba); } else { tabifyDockWidget(contentDock, indexDock); - tabifyDockWidget(indexDock, bookmarkDock); + if (bookmarkDock) + tabifyDockWidget(indexDock, bookmarkDock); contentDock->raise(); resize(QSize(800, 600)); } @@ -219,9 +225,9 @@ MainWindow::MainWindow(CmdLineParser *cmdLine, QWidget *parent) hideIndex(); if (m_cmdLine->bookmarks() == CmdLineParser::Show) - showBookmarks(); + showBookmarksDockWidget(); else if (m_cmdLine->bookmarks() == CmdLineParser::Hide) - hideBookmarks(); + hideBookmarksDockWidget(); if (m_cmdLine->search() == CmdLineParser::Show) showSearch(); @@ -233,7 +239,7 @@ MainWindow::MainWindow(CmdLineParser *cmdLine, QWidget *parent) else if (m_cmdLine->index() == CmdLineParser::Activate) showIndex(); else if (m_cmdLine->bookmarks() == CmdLineParser::Activate) - showBookmarks(); + showBookmarksDockWidget(); if (!m_cmdLine->currentFilter().isEmpty()) { const QString &curFilter = m_cmdLine->currentFilter(); @@ -270,7 +276,7 @@ bool MainWindow::usesDefaultCollection() const void MainWindow::closeEvent(QCloseEvent *e) { TRACE_OBJ - m_bookmarkManager->saveBookmarks(); + BookmarkManager::destroy(); HelpEngineWrapper::instance().setMainWindow(saveState()); HelpEngineWrapper::instance().setMainWindowGeometry(saveGeometry()); QMainWindow::closeEvent(e); @@ -315,13 +321,6 @@ bool MainWindow::initHelpDB() needsSetup = true; } - if (!helpEngineWrapper.unfilteredInserted()) { - helpEngineWrapper.addCustomFilter(tr("Unfiltered"), QStringList()); - helpEngineWrapper.setUnfilteredInserted(); - helpEngineWrapper.setCurrentFilter(tr("Unfiltered")); - needsSetup = true; - } - if (needsSetup) helpEngineWrapper.setupData(); return true; @@ -387,35 +386,6 @@ void MainWindow::checkInitState() } } -void MainWindow::updateBookmarkMenu() -{ - TRACE_OBJ - if (m_bookmarkManager) { - m_bookmarkMenu->removeAction(m_importBookmarkAction); - m_bookmarkMenu->removeAction(m_exportBookmarkAction); - m_bookmarkMenu->removeAction(m_bookmarkMenuAction); - - m_bookmarkMenu->clear(); - - m_bookmarkMenu->addAction(m_importBookmarkAction); - m_bookmarkMenu->addAction(m_exportBookmarkAction); - m_bookmarkMenu->addAction(m_bookmarkMenuAction); - m_bookmarkMenu->addSeparator(); - - m_bookmarkManager->fillBookmarkMenu(m_bookmarkMenu); - } -} - -void MainWindow::showBookmark(QAction *action) -{ - TRACE_OBJ - if (m_bookmarkManager) { - const QUrl &url = m_bookmarkManager->urlForAction(action); - if (url.isValid()) - m_centralWidget->setSource(url); - } -} - void MainWindow::insertLastPages() { TRACE_OBJ @@ -520,7 +490,7 @@ void MainWindow::setupActions() QKeySequence(tr("ALT+C"))); m_viewMenu->addAction(tr("Index"), this, SLOT(showIndex()), QKeySequence(tr("ALT+I"))); - m_viewMenu->addAction(tr("Bookmarks"), this, SLOT(showBookmarks()), + m_viewMenu->addAction(tr("Bookmarks"), this, SLOT(showBookmarksDockWidget()), QKeySequence(tr("ALT+O"))); m_viewMenu->addAction(tr("Search"), this, SLOT(showSearchWidget()), QKeySequence(tr("ALT+S"))); @@ -556,14 +526,8 @@ void MainWindow::setupActions() tmp->setShortcuts(QList<QKeySequence>() << QKeySequence(tr("Ctrl+Alt+Left")) << QKeySequence(Qt::CTRL + Qt::Key_PageUp)); - m_bookmarkMenu = menuBar()->addMenu(tr("&Bookmarks")); - m_importBookmarkAction = m_bookmarkMenu->addAction(tr("Import..."), - this, SLOT(importBookmarks())); - m_exportBookmarkAction = m_bookmarkMenu->addAction(tr("Export..."), - this, SLOT(exportBookmarks())); - m_bookmarkMenuAction = m_bookmarkMenu->addAction(tr("Add Bookmark..."), - this, SLOT(addBookmark())); - m_bookmarkMenuAction->setShortcut(tr("CTRL+D")); + if (BookmarkManager *manager = BookmarkManager::instance()) + manager->takeBookmarksMenu(menuBar()->addMenu(tr("&Bookmarks"))); menu = menuBar()->addMenu(tr("&Help")); m_aboutAction = menu->addAction(tr("About..."), this, SLOT(showAboutDialog())); @@ -624,14 +588,6 @@ void MainWindow::setupActions() SLOT(updateNavigationItems())); connect(m_centralWidget, SIGNAL(highlighted(QString)), statusBar(), SLOT(showMessage(QString))); - connect(m_centralWidget, SIGNAL(addNewBookmark(QString,QString)), this, - SLOT(addNewBookmark(QString,QString))); - - // bookmarks - connect(m_bookmarkWidget, SIGNAL(requestShowLink(QUrl)), m_centralWidget, - SLOT(setSource(QUrl))); - connect(m_bookmarkWidget, SIGNAL(escapePressed()), this, - SLOT(activateCurrentCentralWidgetTab())); // index window connect(m_indexWindow, SIGNAL(linkActivated(QUrl)), m_centralWidget, @@ -764,13 +720,6 @@ void MainWindow::showNewAddress(const QUrl &url) m_addressLineEdit->setText(url.toString()); } -void MainWindow::addBookmark() -{ - TRACE_OBJ - addNewBookmark(m_centralWidget->currentTitle(), - m_centralWidget->currentSource().toString()); -} - void MainWindow::gotoAddress() { TRACE_OBJ @@ -838,15 +787,6 @@ void MainWindow::copyAvailable(bool yes) m_copyAction->setEnabled(yes); } -void MainWindow::addNewBookmark(const QString &title, const QString &url) -{ - TRACE_OBJ - if (url.isEmpty() || url == QLatin1String("about:blank")) - return; - - m_bookmarkManager->showBookmarkDialog(this, title, url); -} - void MainWindow::showAboutDialog() { TRACE_OBJ @@ -947,22 +887,23 @@ void MainWindow::setBookmarksVisible(bool visible) { TRACE_OBJ if (visible) - showBookmarks(); + showBookmarksDockWidget(); else - hideBookmarks(); + hideBookmarksDockWidget(); } - -void MainWindow::showBookmarks() +void MainWindow::showBookmarksDockWidget() { TRACE_OBJ - activateDockWidget(m_bookmarkWidget); + if (m_bookmarkWidget) + activateDockWidget(m_bookmarkWidget); } -void MainWindow::hideBookmarks() +void MainWindow::hideBookmarksDockWidget() { TRACE_OBJ - m_bookmarkWidget->parentWidget()->hide(); + if (m_bookmarkWidget) + m_bookmarkWidget->parentWidget()->hide(); } void MainWindow::setSearchVisible(bool visible) @@ -1094,15 +1035,6 @@ void MainWindow::indexingFinished() m_progressWidget = 0; } -QWidget* MainWindow::setupBookmarkWidget() -{ - TRACE_OBJ - m_bookmarkManager = new BookmarkManager; - m_bookmarkWidget = new BookmarkWidget(m_bookmarkManager, this); - connect(m_bookmarkWidget, SIGNAL(addBookmark()), this, SLOT(addBookmark())); - return m_bookmarkWidget; -} - QString MainWindow::collectionFileDirectory(bool createDir, const QString &cacheDir) { TRACE_OBJ @@ -1138,43 +1070,6 @@ QString MainWindow::defaultHelpCollectionFileName() arg(QLatin1String(QT_VERSION_STR)); } -void MainWindow::importBookmarks() -{ - TRACE_OBJ - const QString &fileName = QFileDialog::getOpenFileName(0, tr("Open File"), - QDir::currentPath(), tr("Files (*.xbel)")); - - if (fileName.isEmpty()) - return; - - QFile file(fileName); - if (file.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) { - XbelReader reader(m_bookmarkManager->treeBookmarkModel(), - m_bookmarkManager->listBookmarkModel()); - reader.readFromFile(&file); - } -} - -void MainWindow::exportBookmarks() -{ - TRACE_OBJ - QString fileName = QFileDialog::getSaveFileName(0, tr("Save File"), - "untitled.xbel", tr("Files (*.xbel)")); - - QLatin1String suffix(".xbel"); - if (!fileName.endsWith(suffix)) - fileName.append(suffix); - - QFile file(fileName); - if (file.open(QIODevice::WriteOnly)) { - XbelWriter writer(m_bookmarkManager->treeBookmarkModel()); - writer.writeToFile(&file); - } else { - QMessageBox::information(this, tr("Qt Assistant"), - tr("Unable to save bookmarks."), tr("OK")); - } -} - void MainWindow::currentFilterChanged(const QString &filter) { TRACE_OBJ diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/mainwindow.h b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/mainwindow.h index 3c70666..40ca624 100644 --- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/mainwindow.h +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/mainwindow.h @@ -58,8 +58,6 @@ class QHelpEngineCore; class QHelpEngine; class CentralWidget; class ContentWindow; -class BookmarkManager; -class BookmarkWidget; class CmdLineParser; class QtDocInstaller; @@ -97,10 +95,8 @@ public slots: private slots: void showContents(); void showIndex(); - void showBookmarks(); void showSearch(); void insertLastPages(); - void addBookmark(); void gotoAddress(); void showPreferences(); void showNewAddress(); @@ -109,7 +105,6 @@ private slots: void updateNavigationItems(); void updateTabCloseAction(); void showNewAddress(const QUrl &url); - void addNewBookmark(const QString &title, const QString &url); void showTopicChooser(const QMap<QString, QUrl> &links, const QString &keyword); void updateApplicationFont(); void filterDocumentation(const QString &customFilter); @@ -119,18 +114,12 @@ private slots: void indexingFinished(); void qtDocumentationInstalled(bool newDocsInstalled); void registerDocumentation(const QString &component, - const QString &absFileName); + const QString &absFileName); void resetQtDocInfo(const QString &component); void checkInitState(); void documentationRemoved(const QString &namespaceName); void documentationUpdated(const QString &namespaceName); - void updateBookmarkMenu(); - void showBookmark(QAction *action); - - void importBookmarks(); - void exportBookmarks(); - private: bool initHelpDB(); void setupActions(); @@ -140,17 +129,21 @@ private: void setupFilterToolbar(); void setupAddressToolbar(); QMenu *toolBarMenu(); - QWidget *setupBookmarkWidget(); void hideContents(); void hideIndex(); - void hideBookmarks(); void hideSearch(); +private slots: + void showBookmarksDockWidget(); + void hideBookmarksDockWidget(); + +private: + QWidget *m_bookmarkWidget; + +private: CentralWidget *m_centralWidget; IndexWindow *m_indexWindow; ContentWindow *m_contentWindow; - BookmarkWidget *m_bookmarkWidget; - BookmarkManager *m_bookmarkManager; QLineEdit *m_addressLineEdit; QComboBox *m_filterCombo; @@ -172,10 +165,6 @@ private: QMenu *m_viewMenu; QMenu *m_toolBarMenu; - QMenu *m_bookmarkMenu; - QAction *m_bookmarkMenuAction; - QAction *m_importBookmarkAction; - QAction *m_exportBookmarkAction; CmdLineParser *m_cmdLine; diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/preferencesdialog.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/preferencesdialog.cpp index fb41590..f0ef054 100644 --- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/preferencesdialog.cpp +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/preferencesdialog.cpp @@ -160,8 +160,10 @@ void PreferencesDialog::updateFilterPage() m_ui.attributeWidget->clear(); m_filterMapBackup.clear(); - const QStringList filters = helpEngine.customFilters(); + const QStringList &filters = helpEngine.customFilters(); foreach (const QString &filter, filters) { + if (filter == HelpEngineWrapper::TrUnfiltered) + continue; QStringList atts = helpEngine.filterAttributes(filter); m_filterMapBackup.insert(filter, atts); if (!m_filterMap.contains(filter)) diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/topicchooser.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/topicchooser.cpp index 5aafd5a..262fea8 100644 --- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/topicchooser.cpp +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/topicchooser.cpp @@ -62,12 +62,10 @@ TopicChooser::TopicChooser(QWidget *parent, const QString &keyword, ui.listWidget->setCurrentRow(0); ui.listWidget->setFocus(); - connect(ui.buttonDisplay, SIGNAL(clicked()), - this, SLOT(accept())); - connect(ui.buttonCancel, SIGNAL(clicked()), - this, SLOT(reject())); - connect(ui.listWidget, SIGNAL(itemActivated(QListWidgetItem*)), - this, SLOT(accept())); + connect(ui.buttonDisplay, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(accept())); + connect(ui.buttonCancel, SIGNAL(clicked()), this, SLOT(reject())); + connect(ui.listWidget, SIGNAL(itemActivated(QListWidgetItem*)), this, + SLOT(accept())); } QUrl TopicChooser::link() const diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/xbelsupport.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/xbelsupport.cpp index f2c0bcb..7d5a08b 100644 --- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/xbelsupport.cpp +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/xbelsupport.cpp @@ -41,9 +41,12 @@ #include "tracer.h" #include "xbelsupport.h" -#include "bookmarkmanager.h" -#include <QtCore/QCoreApplication> +#include "bookmarkitem.h" +#include "bookmarkmodel.h" + +#include <QtCore/QDate> +#include <QtCore/QModelIndex> QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE @@ -55,7 +58,7 @@ struct Bookmark { XbelWriter::XbelWriter(BookmarkModel *model) : QXmlStreamWriter() - , treeModel(model) + , bookmarkModel(model) { TRACE_OBJ setAutoFormatting(true); @@ -71,53 +74,46 @@ void XbelWriter::writeToFile(QIODevice *device) writeStartElement(QLatin1String("xbel")); writeAttribute(QLatin1String("version"), QLatin1String("1.0")); - QStandardItem *root = treeModel->invisibleRootItem(); - for (int i = 0; i < root->rowCount(); ++i) - writeData(root->child(i)); - + const QModelIndex &root = bookmarkModel->index(0,0, QModelIndex()); + for (int i = 0; i < bookmarkModel->rowCount(root); ++i) + writeData(bookmarkModel->index(i, 0, root)); writeEndDocument(); } -void XbelWriter::writeData(QStandardItem *child) +void XbelWriter::writeData(const QModelIndex &index) { TRACE_OBJ - Bookmark entry; - entry.title = child->data(Qt::DisplayRole).toString(); - entry.url = child->data(Qt::UserRole + 10).toString(); - - if (entry.url == QLatin1String("Folder")) { - writeStartElement(QLatin1String("folder")); - - entry.folded = !child->data(Qt::UserRole + 11).toBool(); - writeAttribute(QLatin1String("folded"), - entry.folded ? QLatin1String("yes") : QLatin1String("no")); - - writeTextElement(QLatin1String("title"), entry.title); - - for (int i = 0; i < child->rowCount(); ++i) - writeData(child->child(i)); - - writeEndElement(); - } else { - writeStartElement(QLatin1String("bookmark")); - writeAttribute(QLatin1String("href"), entry.url); - writeTextElement(QLatin1String("title"), entry.title); - writeEndElement(); + if (index.isValid()) { + Bookmark entry; + entry.title = index.data().toString(); + entry.url = index.data(UserRoleUrl).toString(); + + if (index.data(UserRoleFolder).toBool()) { + writeStartElement(QLatin1String("folder")); + entry.folded = !index.data(UserRoleExpanded).toBool(); + writeAttribute(QLatin1String("folded"), entry.folded + ? QLatin1String("yes") : QLatin1String("no")); + writeTextElement(QLatin1String("title"), entry.title); + + for (int i = 0; i < bookmarkModel->rowCount(index); ++i) + writeData(bookmarkModel->index(i, 0 , index)); + writeEndElement(); + } else { + writeStartElement(QLatin1String("bookmark")); + writeAttribute(QLatin1String("href"), entry.url); + writeTextElement(QLatin1String("title"), entry.title); + writeEndElement(); + } } } +// -- XbelReader -// XbelReader - - -XbelReader::XbelReader(BookmarkModel *tree, BookmarkModel *list) +XbelReader::XbelReader(BookmarkModel *model) : QXmlStreamReader() - , treeModel(tree) - , listModel(list) + , bookmarkModel(model) { TRACE_OBJ - folderIcon = QApplication::style()->standardIcon(QStyle::SP_DirClosedIcon); - bookmarkIcon = QIcon(QLatin1String(":/trolltech/assistant/images/bookmark.png")); } bool XbelReader::readFromFile(QIODevice *device) @@ -132,7 +128,11 @@ bool XbelReader::readFromFile(QIODevice *device) if (name() == QLatin1String("xbel") && attributes().value(QLatin1String("version")) == QLatin1String("1.0")) { + const QModelIndex &root = bookmarkModel->index(0,0, QModelIndex()); + parents.append(bookmarkModel->addItem(root, true)); readXBEL(); + bookmarkModel->setData(parents.first(), + QDate::currentDate().toString(Qt::ISODate), Qt::EditRole); } else { raiseError(QLatin1String("The file is not an XBEL version 1.0 file.")); } @@ -153,39 +153,22 @@ void XbelReader::readXBEL() if (isStartElement()) { if (name() == QLatin1String("folder")) - readFolder(0); + readFolder(); else if (name() == QLatin1String("bookmark")) - readBookmark(0); + readBookmark(); else readUnknownElement(); } } } -void XbelReader::readUnknownElement() +void XbelReader::readFolder() { TRACE_OBJ - while (!atEnd()) { - readNext(); - - if (isEndElement()) - break; - - if (isStartElement()) - readUnknownElement(); - } -} - -void XbelReader::readFolder(QStandardItem *item) -{ - TRACE_OBJ - QStandardItem *folder = createChildItem(item); - folder->setIcon(folderIcon); - folder->setData(QLatin1String("Folder"), Qt::UserRole + 10); - - bool expanded = - (attributes().value(QLatin1String("folded")) != QLatin1String("no")); - folder->setData(expanded, Qt::UserRole + 11); + parents.append(bookmarkModel->addItem(parents.last(), true)); + bookmarkModel->setData(parents.last(), + attributes().value(QLatin1String("folded")) == QLatin1String("no"), + UserRoleExpanded); while (!atEnd()) { readNext(); @@ -194,26 +177,29 @@ void XbelReader::readFolder(QStandardItem *item) break; if (isStartElement()) { - if (name() == QLatin1String("title")) - folder->setText(readElementText()); - else if (name() == QLatin1String("folder")) - readFolder(folder); + if (name() == QLatin1String("title")) { + bookmarkModel->setData(parents.last(), readElementText(), + Qt::EditRole); + } else if (name() == QLatin1String("folder")) + readFolder(); else if (name() == QLatin1String("bookmark")) - readBookmark(folder); + readBookmark(); else readUnknownElement(); } } + + parents.removeLast(); } -void XbelReader::readBookmark(QStandardItem *item) +void XbelReader::readBookmark() { TRACE_OBJ - QStandardItem *bookmark = createChildItem(item); - bookmark->setIcon(bookmarkIcon); - bookmark->setText(QCoreApplication::tr("Unknown title")); - bookmark->setData(attributes().value(QLatin1String("href")).toString(), - Qt::UserRole + 10); + const QModelIndex &index = bookmarkModel->addItem(parents.last(), false); + if (BookmarkItem* item = bookmarkModel->itemFromIndex(index)) { + item->setData(UserRoleUrl, attributes().value(QLatin1String("href")) + .toString()); + } while (!atEnd()) { readNext(); @@ -223,27 +209,25 @@ void XbelReader::readBookmark(QStandardItem *item) if (isStartElement()) { if (name() == QLatin1String("title")) - bookmark->setText(readElementText()); + bookmarkModel->setData(index, readElementText(), Qt::EditRole); else readUnknownElement(); } } - - listModel->appendRow(bookmark->clone()); } -QStandardItem *XbelReader::createChildItem(QStandardItem *item) +void XbelReader::readUnknownElement() { TRACE_OBJ - QStandardItem *childItem = new QStandardItem(); - childItem->setEditable(false); + while (!atEnd()) { + readNext(); - if (item) - item->appendRow(childItem); - else - treeModel->appendRow(childItem); + if (isEndElement()) + break; - return childItem; + if (isStartElement()) + readUnknownElement(); + } } QT_END_NAMESPACE diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/xbelsupport.h b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/xbelsupport.h index 16f53f5..037415f 100644 --- a/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/xbelsupport.h +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/assistant/xbelsupport.h @@ -42,11 +42,11 @@ #ifndef XBELSUPPORT_H #define XBELSUPPORT_H -#include <QtGui/QIcon> #include <QtXml/QXmlStreamReader> +#include <QtCore/QPersistentModelIndex> QT_FORWARD_DECLARE_CLASS(QIODevice) -QT_FORWARD_DECLARE_CLASS(QStandardItem) +QT_FORWARD_DECLARE_CLASS(QModelIndex) QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE @@ -59,31 +59,27 @@ public: void writeToFile(QIODevice *device); private: - void writeData(QStandardItem *item); + void writeData(const QModelIndex &index); private: - BookmarkModel *treeModel; + BookmarkModel *bookmarkModel; }; class XbelReader : public QXmlStreamReader { public: - XbelReader(BookmarkModel *tree, BookmarkModel *list); + XbelReader(BookmarkModel *model); bool readFromFile(QIODevice *device); private: void readXBEL(); + void readFolder(); + void readBookmark(); void readUnknownElement(); - void readFolder(QStandardItem *item); - void readBookmark(QStandardItem *item); - QStandardItem* createChildItem(QStandardItem *item); private: - QIcon folderIcon; - QIcon bookmarkIcon; - - BookmarkModel *treeModel; - BookmarkModel *listModel; + BookmarkModel *bookmarkModel; + QList<QPersistentModelIndex> parents; }; QT_END_NAMESPACE diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/qcollectiongenerator/main.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/qcollectiongenerator/main.cpp index f75d891..7fcb4e1 100644 --- a/tools/assistant/tools/qcollectiongenerator/main.cpp +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/qcollectiongenerator/main.cpp @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ #include <private/qhelpgenerator_p.h> #include <private/qhelpprojectdata_p.h> +#include <QtCore/QCoreApplication> #include <QtCore/QDir> #include <QtCore/QMap> #include <QtCore/QFileInfo> @@ -122,7 +123,8 @@ private: void CollectionConfigReader::raiseErrorWithLine() { - raiseError(QObject::tr("Unknown token at line %1.") + raiseError(QCoreApplication::translate("QCollectionGenerator", + "Unknown token at line %1.") .arg(lineNumber())); } @@ -142,8 +144,10 @@ void CollectionConfigReader::readData(const QByteArray &contents) && attributes().value(QLatin1String("version")) == QLatin1String("1.0")) readConfig(); else - raiseError(QObject::tr("Unknown token at line %1. Expected \"QtHelpCollectionProject\"!") - .arg(lineNumber())); + raiseError(QCoreApplication::translate("QCollectionGenerator", + "Unknown token at line %1. " + "Expected \"QtHelpCollectionProject\"!") + .arg(lineNumber())); } } } @@ -353,7 +357,8 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[]) QFileInfo fi(QString::fromLocal8Bit(argv[i])); collectionFile = fi.absoluteFilePath(); } else { - error = QObject::tr("Missing output file name!"); + error = QCoreApplication::translate("QCollectionGenerator", + "Missing output file name!"); } } else if (arg == QLatin1String("-h")) { showHelp = true; @@ -367,14 +372,16 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[]) } if (showVersion) { - fprintf(stdout, "Qt Collection Generator version 1.0 (Qt %s)\n", QT_VERSION_STR); + fprintf(stdout, "Qt Collection Generator version 1.0 (Qt %s)\n", + QT_VERSION_STR); return 0; } if (configFile.isEmpty() && !showHelp) - error = QObject::tr("Missing collection config file!"); + error = QCoreApplication::translate("QCollectionGenerator", + "Missing collection config file!"); - QString help = QObject::tr("\nUsage:\n\n" + QString help = QCoreApplication::translate("QCollectionGenerator", "\nUsage:\n\n" "qcollectiongenerator <collection-config-file> [options]\n\n" " -o <collection-file> Generates a collection file\n" " called <collection-file>. If\n" diff --git a/tools/assistant/tools/qhelpgenerator/main.cpp b/tools/assistant/tools/qhelpgenerator/main.cpp index 00a0a3d..a309f42 100644 --- a/tools/assistant/tools/qhelpgenerator/main.cpp +++ b/tools/assistant/tools/qhelpgenerator/main.cpp @@ -67,7 +67,8 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[]) QFileInfo fi(QString::fromLocal8Bit(argv[i])); compressedFile = fi.absoluteFilePath(); } else { - error = QObject::tr("Missing output file name!"); + error = QCoreApplication::translate("QHelpGenerator", + "Missing output file name!"); } } else if (arg == QLatin1String("-v")) { showVersion = true; @@ -83,14 +84,16 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[]) } if (showVersion) { - fprintf(stdout, "Qt Help Generator version 1.0 (Qt %s)\n", QT_VERSION_STR); + fprintf(stdout, "Qt Help Generator version 1.0 (Qt %s)\n", + QT_VERSION_STR); return 0; } if (projectFile.isEmpty() && !showHelp) - error = QObject::tr("Missing Qt help project file!"); + error = QCoreApplication::translate("QHelpGenerator", + "Missing Qt help project file!"); - QString help = QObject::tr("\nUsage:\n\n" + QString help = QCoreApplication::translate("QHelpGenerator", "\nUsage:\n\n" "qhelpgenerator <help-project-file> [options]\n\n" " -o <compressed-file> Generates a Qt compressed help\n" " file called <compressed-file>.\n" diff --git a/tools/configure/configureapp.cpp b/tools/configure/configureapp.cpp index a906b9a..7154fd4 100644 --- a/tools/configure/configureapp.cpp +++ b/tools/configure/configureapp.cpp @@ -482,7 +482,9 @@ void Configure::parseCmdLine() dictionary[ "BUILDNOKIA" ] = "yes"; dictionary[ "BUILDDEV" ] = "yes"; dictionary["LICENSE_CONFIRMED"] = "yes"; - dictionary[ "SYMBIAN_DEFFILES" ] = "no"; + if (dictionary.contains("XQMAKESPEC") && dictionary["XQMAKESPEC"].startsWith("symbian")) { + dictionary[ "SYMBIAN_DEFFILES" ] = "no"; + } } else if( configCmdLine.at(i) == "-opensource" ) { dictionary[ "BUILDTYPE" ] = "opensource"; diff --git a/tools/designer/src/components/formeditor/formwindow.cpp b/tools/designer/src/components/formeditor/formwindow.cpp index 9fd084d..3a7cd83 100644 --- a/tools/designer/src/components/formeditor/formwindow.cpp +++ b/tools/designer/src/components/formeditor/formwindow.cpp @@ -484,6 +484,7 @@ void FormWindow::setMainContainer(QWidget *w) sheet->setVisible(sheet->indexOf(QLatin1String("windowTitle")), true); sheet->setVisible(sheet->indexOf(QLatin1String("windowIcon")), true); sheet->setVisible(sheet->indexOf(QLatin1String("windowModality")), true); + sheet->setVisible(sheet->indexOf(QLatin1String("windowOpacity")), true); sheet->setVisible(sheet->indexOf(QLatin1String("windowFilePath")), true); // ### generalize } diff --git a/tools/designer/src/components/propertyeditor/propertyeditor.cpp b/tools/designer/src/components/propertyeditor/propertyeditor.cpp index b171ddc..512cc82 100644 --- a/tools/designer/src/components/propertyeditor/propertyeditor.cpp +++ b/tools/designer/src/components/propertyeditor/propertyeditor.cpp @@ -1175,11 +1175,11 @@ void PropertyEditor::slotValueChanged(QtProperty *property, const QVariant &valu Q_ASSERT(ok); QVariant v; qVariantSetValue(v, e); - emit propertyValueChanged(property->propertyName(), v, true); + emitPropertyValueChanged(property->propertyName(), v, true); return; } - emit propertyValueChanged(property->propertyName(), value, enableSubPropertyHandling); + emitPropertyValueChanged(property->propertyName(), value, enableSubPropertyHandling); } bool PropertyEditor::isDynamicProperty(const QtBrowserItem* item) const diff --git a/tools/designer/src/lib/shared/qdesigner_propertyeditor.cpp b/tools/designer/src/lib/shared/qdesigner_propertyeditor.cpp index e89c47c..9a1739e 100644 --- a/tools/designer/src/lib/shared/qdesigner_propertyeditor.cpp +++ b/tools/designer/src/lib/shared/qdesigner_propertyeditor.cpp @@ -92,7 +92,8 @@ static const PropertyNameTypeMap &stringPropertyTypes() } QDesignerPropertyEditor::QDesignerPropertyEditor(QWidget *parent, Qt::WindowFlags flags) : - QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface(parent, flags) + QDesignerPropertyEditorInterface(parent, flags), + m_propertyChangedForwardingBlocked(false) { // Make old signal work for compatibility connect(this, SIGNAL(propertyChanged(QString,QVariant)), this, SLOT(slotPropertyChanged(QString,QVariant))); @@ -147,9 +148,20 @@ QDesignerPropertyEditor::StringPropertyParameters QDesignerPropertyEditor::textP return StringPropertyParameters(ValidationSingleLine, true); } +void QDesignerPropertyEditor::emitPropertyValueChanged(const QString &name, const QVariant &value, bool enableSubPropertyHandling) +{ + // Avoid duplicate signal emission - see below + m_propertyChangedForwardingBlocked = true; + emit propertyValueChanged(name, value, enableSubPropertyHandling); + emit propertyChanged(name, value); + m_propertyChangedForwardingBlocked = false; +} + void QDesignerPropertyEditor::slotPropertyChanged(const QString &name, const QVariant &value) { - emit propertyValueChanged(name, value, true); + // Forward signal from Integration using the old interfaces. + if (!m_propertyChangedForwardingBlocked) + emit propertyValueChanged(name, value, true); } } diff --git a/tools/designer/src/lib/shared/qdesigner_propertyeditor_p.h b/tools/designer/src/lib/shared/qdesigner_propertyeditor_p.h index cdd53f0..27078f2 100644 --- a/tools/designer/src/lib/shared/qdesigner_propertyeditor_p.h +++ b/tools/designer/src/lib/shared/qdesigner_propertyeditor_p.h @@ -79,7 +79,6 @@ public: static StringPropertyParameters textPropertyValidationMode(QDesignerFormEditorInterface *core, const QObject *object, const QString &propertyName, bool isMainContainer); - Q_SIGNALS: void propertyValueChanged(const QString &name, const QVariant &value, bool enableSubPropertyHandling); void resetProperty(const QString &name); @@ -97,6 +96,13 @@ public Q_SLOTS: private Q_SLOTS: void slotPropertyChanged(const QString &name, const QVariant &value); + +protected: + void emitPropertyValueChanged(const QString &name, const QVariant &value, bool enableSubPropertyHandling); + +private: + bool m_propertyChangedForwardingBlocked; + }; } // namespace qdesigner_internal diff --git a/tools/designer/src/lib/shared/qdesigner_propertysheet.cpp b/tools/designer/src/lib/shared/qdesigner_propertysheet.cpp index b4b962c..13bb1d7 100644 --- a/tools/designer/src/lib/shared/qdesigner_propertysheet.cpp +++ b/tools/designer/src/lib/shared/qdesigner_propertysheet.cpp @@ -610,8 +610,9 @@ QDesignerPropertySheet::QDesignerPropertySheet(QObject *object, QObject *parent) createFakeProperty(QLatin1String("whatsThis")); createFakeProperty(QLatin1String("acceptDrops")); createFakeProperty(QLatin1String("dragEnabled")); - // windowModality is visible only for the main container, in which case the form windows enables it on loading + // windowModality/Opacity is visible only for the main container, in which case the form windows enables it on loading setVisible(createFakeProperty(QLatin1String("windowModality")), false); + setVisible(createFakeProperty(QLatin1String("windowOpacity"), double(1.0)), false); if (qobject_cast<const QToolBar *>(d->m_object)) { // prevent toolbars from being dragged off createFakeProperty(QLatin1String("floatable"), QVariant(true)); } else { @@ -1451,8 +1452,13 @@ bool QDesignerPropertySheet::isVisible(int index) const } if (isFakeProperty(index)) { - if (type == PropertyWindowModality) // Hidden for child widgets + switch (type) { + case PropertyWindowModality: // Hidden for child widgets + case PropertyWindowOpacity: return d->m_info.value(index).visible; + default: + break; + } return true; } diff --git a/tools/installer/README b/tools/installer/README deleted file mode 100644 index 63abf6d..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ -iwmake is the tool used to generate the Qt installer binaries. - -To be able to use it yourself create a config.default in the -config/ directory. You can refer to config.default.sample to see -which values need to be set within this file. - -Afterwards call "iwmake.bat mingw-opensource.conf" to create an -installer package yourself. - -Note that the binary creation takes a lot of time and is very -CPU-intensive as it recompiles the Qt source package among other -steps. diff --git a/tools/installer/batch/build.bat b/tools/installer/batch/build.bat deleted file mode 100755 index c10b7f3..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/batch/build.bat +++ /dev/null @@ -1,157 +0,0 @@ -::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: -:: -:: Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). -:: All rights reserved. -:: Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) -:: -:: This file is part of the tools applications of the Qt Toolkit. -:: -:: $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ -:: No Commercial Usage -:: This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. -:: You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions -:: contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying -:: this package. -:: -:: GNU Lesser General Public License Usage -:: Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser -:: General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software -:: Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the -:: packaging of this file. Please review the following information to -:: ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements -:: will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. -:: -:: In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional -:: rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception -:: version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. -:: -:: If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact -:: Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: $QT_END_LICENSE$ -:: -::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: -call :%1 %2 -goto END - -:begin -for /F "tokens=1*" %%m in ("%~1") do set IWMAKE_COMPILER=%%~m& set IWMAKE_TMP=%%~n - -if "%IWMAKE_TMP%"=="" set IWMAKE_TMP=build_%IWMAKE_COMPILER% -set IWMAKE_BUILD=%IWMAKE_ROOT%\%IWMAKE_TMP% -if not exist %IWMAKE_BUILD% mkdir %IWMAKE_BUILD% - -if not "%PATH%"=="" set IWMAKE_OLD_PATH=%PATH% -if not "%QMAKESPEC%"=="" set IWMAKE_OLD_QMAKESPEC=%QMAKESPEC% -if not "%QTDIR%"=="" set IWMAKE_OLD_QTDIR=%QTDIR% -if not "%INCLUDE%"=="" set IWMAKE_OLD_INCLUDE=%INCLUDE% -if not "%LIB%"=="" set IWMAKE_OLD_LIB=%LIB% - -set PATH=%IWMAKE_BUILD%\bin;%PATH% -set QTDIR=%IWMAKE_BUILD% - -if "%IWMAKE_COMPILER%"=="vs2003" goto VS2003Env -if "%IWMAKE_COMPILER%"=="vs2002" goto VS2002Env -if "%IWMAKE_COMPILER%"=="vs2005" goto VS2005Env -if "%IWMAKE_COMPILER%"=="vc60" goto VC60Env -if "%IWMAKE_COMPILER%"=="mingw" goto MinGWEnv -goto :eof - -:VS2003Env -set QMAKESPEC=win32-msvc.net -if not exist "%VS71COMNTOOLS%vsvars32.bat" echo VS2003 not found >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% & exit /b 1 -call "%VS71COMNTOOLS%vsvars32.bat" >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% -set IWMAKE_MAKE=nmake -goto :eof - -:VS2002Env -set QMAKESPEC=win32-msvc.net -if not exist "%VSCOMNTOOLS%vsvars32.bat" echo VS2002 not found >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% & exit /b 1 -call "%VSCOMNTOOLS%vsvars32.bat" >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% -set IWMAKE_MAKE=nmake -goto :eof - -:VS2005Env -set QMAKESPEC=win32-msvc2005 -if not exist "%VS80COMNTOOLS%vsvars32.bat" echo VS2005 not found >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% & exit /b 1 -call "%VS80COMNTOOLS%vsvars32.bat" >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% -set IWMAKE_MAKE=nmake -goto :eof - -:VC60Env -set QMAKESPEC=win32-msvc -if not exist "%ProgramFiles%\Microsoft Visual Studio\VC98\Bin\vcvars32.bat" echo VC60 not found >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% & exit /b 1 -call "%ProgramFiles%\Microsoft Visual Studio\VC98\Bin\vcvars32.bat" >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% -set IWMAKE_MAKE=nmake -goto :eof - -:MinGWEnv -set QMAKESPEC=win32-g++ -if not exist %IWMAKE_MINGWPATH%\bin\gcc.exe echo MinGW not found in %IWMAKE_MINGWPATH% >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% & exit /b 1 -set PATH=%IWMAKE_MINGWPATH%\bin;%PATH% -set IWMAKE_MAKE=mingw32-make -goto :eof - -:finish - if not "%IWMAKE_OLD_PATH%"=="" set PATH=%IWMAKE_OLD_PATH%& set IWMAKE_OLD_PATH= - if not "%IWMAKE_OLD_QMAKESPEC%"=="" set QMAKESPEC=%IWMAKE_OLD_QMAKESPEC%& set IWMAKE_OLD_QMAKESPEC= - if not "%IWMAKE_OLD_QTDIR%"=="" set QTDIR=%IWMAKE_OLD_QTDIR%& set IWMAKE_OLD_QTDIR= - if not "%IWMAKE_OLD_INCLUDE%"=="" set INCLUDE=%IWMAKE_OLD_INCLUDE%& set IWMAKE_OLD_INCLUDE= - if not "%IWMAKE_OLD_LIB%"=="" set LIB=%IWMAKE_OLD_LIB%& set IWMAKE_OLD_LIB= -goto :eof - -:configure - pushd %IWMAKE_BUILD% - configure %~1 >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% 2>&1 - popd -goto :eof - -:bin - pushd %IWMAKE_BUILD% - %IWMAKE_MAKE% %~1 >>%IWMAKE_LOGFILE% 2>&1 - popd -goto :eof - -:binInDir - for /F "tokens=1*" %%m in ("%~1") do set IWMAKE_TMP=%%~m& set IWMAKE_TMP2=%%~n - pushd %IWMAKE_BUILD%\%IWMAKE_TMP% - %IWMAKE_MAKE% %IWMAKE_TMP2% >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% 2>&1 - popd -goto :eof - -:DBPlugins - call "%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\batch\copy.bat" extsync sql - set IWMAKE_SQL_OLD_LIB=%LIB% - pushd %IWMAKE_BUILD%\src\plugins\sqldrivers\mysql - set LIB=%IWMAKE_ROOT%\sql\mysql\lib\debug;%IWMAKE_SQL_OLD_LIB% - qmake "INCLUDEPATH+=%IWMAKE_ROOT%\sql\mysql\include" "LIBS+=libmysql.lib ws2_32.lib advapi32.lib user32.lib" >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% 2>&1 - %IWMAKE_MAKE% debug >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% 2>&1 - set LIB=%IWMAKE_ROOT%\sql\mysql\lib\opt;%IWMAKE_SQL_OLD_LIB% - qmake "INCLUDEPATH+=%IWMAKE_ROOT%\sql\mysql\include" "LIBS+=libmysql.lib ws2_32.lib advapi32.lib" >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% 2>&1 - %IWMAKE_MAKE% release >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% 2>&1 - popd - - set LIB=%IWMAKE_ROOT%\sql\%IWMAKE_COMPILER%;%IWMAKE_SQL_OLD_LIB% - pushd %IWMAKE_BUILD%\src\plugins\sqldrivers\psql - qmake "INCLUDEPATH+=%IWMAKE_ROOT%\sql\include\psql" "LIBS+=libpqd.lib ws2_32.lib advapi32.lib shfolder.lib shell32.lib" >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% 2>&1 - %IWMAKE_MAKE% debug >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% 2>&1 - qmake "INCLUDEPATH+=%IWMAKE_ROOT%\sql\include\psql" "LIBS+=libpq.lib ws2_32.lib advapi32.lib shfolder.lib shell32.lib" >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% 2>&1 - %IWMAKE_MAKE% release >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% 2>&1 - popd - set LIB=%IWMAKE_SQL_OLD_LIB% - set IWMAKE_SQL_OLD_LIB= -goto :eof - -:root - set IWMAKE_BUILD=%~1 - if not exist %IWMAKE_BUILD% mkdir %IWMAKE_BUILD% -goto :eof - -:END diff --git a/tools/installer/batch/copy.bat b/tools/installer/batch/copy.bat deleted file mode 100755 index 8fabebf..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/batch/copy.bat +++ /dev/null @@ -1,121 +0,0 @@ -::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: -:: -:: Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). -:: All rights reserved. -:: Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) -:: -:: This file is part of the tools applications of the Qt Toolkit. -:: -:: $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ -:: No Commercial Usage -:: This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. -:: You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions -:: contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying -:: this package. -:: -:: GNU Lesser General Public License Usage -:: Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser -:: General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software -:: Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the -:: packaging of this file. Please review the following information to -:: ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements -:: will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. -:: -:: In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional -:: rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception -:: version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. -:: -:: If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact -:: Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: $QT_END_LICENSE$ -:: -::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: -call :%1 %2 -goto END - -:dest - set IWMAKE_OUTDIR=%IWMAKE_ROOT%\%~1 - if not exist %IWMAKE_OUTDIR% mkdir %IWMAKE_OUTDIR% -goto :eof - -:src - set IWMAKE_SRCDIR=%IWMAKE_ROOT%\%~1 - if not exist %IWMAKE_SRCDIR% mkdir %IWMAKE_SRCDIR% -goto :eof - -:destAbs - set IWMAKE_OUTDIR=%1 - if not exist %IWMAKE_OUTDIR% mkdir %IWMAKE_OUTDIR% -goto :eof - -:srcAbs - set IWMAKE_SRCDIR=%1 - if not exist %IWMAKE_SRCDIR% mkdir %IWMAKE_SRCDIR% -goto :eof - -:extsync - if exist %IWMAKE_ROOT%\%~1 rd /S /Q %IWMAKE_ROOT%\%~1 >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% - xcopy /H /Y /Q /I /R /E %IWMAKE_EXTERNAL%\%~1 %IWMAKE_ROOT%\%~1 >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% -goto :eof - -:all - xcopy /H /Y /Q /I /R /S %IWMAKE_SRCDIR%\%~1 %IWMAKE_OUTDIR%\ >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% -goto :eof - -:filesEx - for /F "tokens=1,2*" %%m in ("%~1") do set IWMAKE_TMP=%%~m& set IWMAKE_TMP2=%%~n& set IWMAKE_TMP3=%%~o - echo %IWMAKE_TMP3% > %IWMAKE_ROOT%\iwmake_exclude - xcopy /H /Y /Q /I /R /S /EXCLUDE:%IWMAKE_ROOT%\iwmake_exclude %IWMAKE_SRCDIR%\%IWMAKE_TMP% %IWMAKE_OUTDIR%\%IWMAKE_TMP2% >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% -goto :eof - -:file - set IWMAKE_TMP=%~1 - set IWMAKE_TMP2=%~nx1 - echo set IWMAKE_TMP3=%%IWMAKE_TMP:%IWMAKE_TMP2%=%%>"%IWMAKE_ROOT%\iwmake_tmp.bat" - call %IWMAKE_ROOT%\iwmake_tmp.bat - if not exist "%IWMAKE_OUTDIR%\%IWMAKE_TMP3%" mkdir "%IWMAKE_OUTDIR%\%IWMAKE_TMP3%" - xcopy /H /Y /Q /I /R %IWMAKE_SRCDIR%\%IWMAKE_TMP% %IWMAKE_OUTDIR%\%IWMAKE_TMP3% >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% -goto :eof - -:fileAndRename - for /F "tokens=1*" %%m in ("%~1") do set IWMAKE_TMP=%%~m& set IWMAKE_TMP2=%%~n& set IWMAKE_TMP4=%%~nxn - echo set IWMAKE_TMP3=%%IWMAKE_TMP2:%IWMAKE_TMP4%=%%>"%IWMAKE_ROOT%\iwmake_tmp.bat" - call %IWMAKE_ROOT%\iwmake_tmp.bat - if not exist "%IWMAKE_OUTDIR%\%IWMAKE_TMP3%" mkdir "%IWMAKE_OUTDIR%\%IWMAKE_TMP3%" - echo > %IWMAKE_OUTDIR%\%IWMAKE_TMP2% - xcopy /H /Y /Q /R %IWMAKE_SRCDIR%\%IWMAKE_TMP% %IWMAKE_OUTDIR%\%IWMAKE_TMP2% >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% - set IWMAKE_TMP4= -goto :eof - -:files - for /F "tokens=1*" %%m in ("%~1") do set IWMAKE_TMP=%%~m& set IWMAKE_TMP2=%%~n - if not exist "%IWMAKE_OUTDIR%\%IWMAKE_TMP2%" mkdir "%IWMAKE_OUTDIR%\%IWMAKE_TMP2%" - xcopy /H /Y /Q /I /R /S %IWMAKE_SRCDIR%\%IWMAKE_TMP% %IWMAKE_OUTDIR%\%IWMAKE_TMP2% >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% -goto :eof - -:runtime - for /F "tokens=1*" %%m in ("%~1") do set IWMAKE_TMP=%%~m& set IWMAKE_TMP2=%%~n - if "%IWMAKE_TMP2%" == "" set IWMAKE_TMP2=bin - xcopy /H /Y /Q /I /R %SystemRoot%\system32\msvcr%IWMAKE_TMP%.dll %IWMAKE_OUTDIR%\%IWMAKE_TMP2%\ >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% - xcopy /H /Y /Q /I /R %SystemRoot%\system32\msvcp%IWMAKE_TMP%.dll %IWMAKE_OUTDIR%\%IWMAKE_TMP2%\ >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% -goto :eof - -:syncqt - pushd %IWMAKE_OUTDIR% - if exist "include" rd /S /Q include - if not "%QTDIR%"=="" set IWMAKE_OLD_QTDIR=%QTDIR% - set QTDIR=%IWMAKE_OUTDIR% - "%IWMAKE_PERLPATH%\perl" %QTDIR%\bin\syncqt -copy >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% 2>&1 - if not "%IWMAKE_OLD_QTDIR%"=="" set QTDIR=%IWMAKE_OLD_QTDIR% - popd -goto :eof - -:END diff --git a/tools/installer/batch/delete.bat b/tools/installer/batch/delete.bat deleted file mode 100755 index a923c13..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/batch/delete.bat +++ /dev/null @@ -1,73 +0,0 @@ -::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: -:: -:: Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). -:: All rights reserved. -:: Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) -:: -:: This file is part of the tools applications of the Qt Toolkit. -:: -:: $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ -:: No Commercial Usage -:: This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. -:: You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions -:: contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying -:: this package. -:: -:: GNU Lesser General Public License Usage -:: Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser -:: General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software -:: Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the -:: packaging of this file. Please review the following information to -:: ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements -:: will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. -:: -:: In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional -:: rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception -:: version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. -:: -:: If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact -:: Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: $QT_END_LICENSE$ -:: -::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: -call :%1 %2 -goto END - -:destDir - if exist "%IWMAKE_OUTDIR%\%~1" rd /S /Q %IWMAKE_OUTDIR%\%~1 -goto :eof - -:dir - if exist "%IWMAKE_ROOT%\%~1" rd /S /Q %IWMAKE_ROOT%\%~1 -goto :eof - -:dirAbs - if exist "%~1" rd /S /Q %~1 -goto :eof - -:file - del /Q /F %IWMAKE_OUTDIR%\%~1 >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% 2>&1 - exit /b 0 -goto :eof - -:files - del /S /Q /F %IWMAKE_OUTDIR%\%~1 >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% 2>&1 - exit /b 0 -goto :eof - -:line - for /F "tokens=1*" %%m in ("%~1") do set IWMAKE_TMP=%%~m& set IWMAKE_TMP2=%%~n - if exist "%IWMAKE_ROOT%\tmp_line.txt" del /Q /F "%IWMAKE_ROOT%\tmp_line.txt" >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% - type "%IWMAKE_ROOT%\%IWMAKE_TMP%" | find /V "%IWMAKE_TMP2%" >> "%IWMAKE_ROOT%\tmp_line.txt" - xcopy /Y /Q /R %IWMAKE_ROOT%\tmp_line.txt %IWMAKE_ROOT%\%IWMAKE_TMP% >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% -goto :eof - -:END diff --git a/tools/installer/batch/env.bat b/tools/installer/batch/env.bat deleted file mode 100755 index c1faceb..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/batch/env.bat +++ /dev/null @@ -1,141 +0,0 @@ -::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: -:: -:: Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). -:: All rights reserved. -:: Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) -:: -:: This file is part of the tools applications of the Qt Toolkit. -:: -:: $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ -:: No Commercial Usage -:: This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. -:: You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions -:: contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying -:: this package. -:: -:: GNU Lesser General Public License Usage -:: Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser -:: General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software -:: Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the -:: packaging of this file. Please review the following information to -:: ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements -:: will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. -:: -:: In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional -:: rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception -:: version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. -:: -:: If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact -:: Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: $QT_END_LICENSE$ -:: -::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: -call :%1 %2 -goto END - -:setglobals -set IWMAKE_PARSESECTION=1 -set IWMAKE_MINGWPATH=c:\MinGW\bin -set IWMAKE_STARTDIR=%CD% -set IWMAKE_NSISCONF=%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\nsis\config.nsh -set IWMAKE_ROOT=c:\package -set IWMAKE_OUTDIR=%IWMAKE_ROOT% -set IWMAKE_SRCDIR=%IWMAKE_ROOT% -set IWMAKE_EXTRACTDEST=%IWMAKE_ROOT% -set IWMAKE_NSISPATH=%PROGRAMFILES%\NSIS -call %IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\batch\log.bat fileAbs "%IWMAKE_STARTDIR%\log.txt" -goto :eof - -:signPath - set IWMAKE_SIGNPATH=%~1 -goto :eof - -:wgetPath - set IWMAKE_WGET=%~1 -goto :eof - -:wgetDir - set IWMAKE_WGET=%IWMAKE_ROOT%\%~1 -goto :eof - -:NSISPath - set IWMAKE_NSISPATH=%~1 -goto :eof - -:PerlPath - set IWMAKE_PERLPATH=%~1 -goto :eof - -:MinGWPath - set IWMAKE_MINGWPATH=%~1 -goto :eof - -:unzipApp - set IWMAKE_UNZIPAPP=%~1 -goto :eof - -:releaseLocation - set IWMAKE_WGETUSER= - set IWMAKE_WGETPASS= - for /F "tokens=1,2*" %%m in ("%~1") do set IWMAKE_TMP=%%~m& if not "%%~n"=="" set IWMAKE_TMP2=%%~n& if not "%%~o"=="" set IWMAKE_TMP3=%%~o - if not "%IWMAKE_TMP2%"=="" set IWMAKE_WGETUSER=--http-user=%IWMAKE_TMP2% - if not "%IWMAKE_TMP3%"=="" set IWMAKE_WGETPASS=--http-passwd=%IWMAKE_TMP3% - set IWMAKE_RELEASELOCATION=%IWMAKE_TMP% -goto :eof - -:removeglobals -if not "%IWMAKE_OLD_PATH%"=="" call %IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\batch\build.bat finish -set IWMAKE_RELEASELOCATION= -set IWMAKE_NSISPATH= -set IWMAKE_SECTION= -set IWMAKE_WGET= -set IWMAKE_WGETUSER= -set IWMAKE_WGETPASS= -set IWMAKE_UNZIPAPP= -set IWMAKE_MINGWPATH= -set IWMAKE_MAKE= -set IWMAKE_PERLPATH= -set IWMAKE_STARTDIR= -set IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR= -set IWMAKE_NSISCONF= -set IWMAKE_RESULT= -set IWMAKE_TMP= -set IWMAKE_TMP2= -set IWMAKE_TMP3= -set IWMAKE_STATUS= -set IWMAKE_LOGFILE= -set IWMAKE_BUILD= -set IWMAKE_ROOT= -set IWMAKE_OUTDIR= -set IWMAKE_EXTERNAL= -set IWMAKE_OLD_PATH= -set IWMAKE_OLD_QMAKESPEC= -set IWMAKE_OLD_QTDIR= -set IWMAKE_OLD_INCLUDE= -set IWMAKE_OLD_LIB= -set IWMAKE_COMPILER= -set IWMAKE_SRCDIR= -set IWMAKE_EXTRACTSRC= -set IWMAKE_EXTRACTDEST= -set IWMAKE_PARSESECTION= -set IWMAKE_OUTPUT_FILE= -set IWMAKE_SIGNPATH= -goto :eof - -:root -set IWMAKE_ROOT=%~1 -goto :eof - -:extroot -set IWMAKE_EXTERNAL=%~1 -goto :eof - -:END diff --git a/tools/installer/batch/extract.bat b/tools/installer/batch/extract.bat deleted file mode 100755 index 7f14a9b..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/batch/extract.bat +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: -:: -:: Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). -:: All rights reserved. -:: Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) -:: -:: This file is part of the tools applications of the Qt Toolkit. -:: -:: $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ -:: No Commercial Usage -:: This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. -:: You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions -:: contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying -:: this package. -:: -:: GNU Lesser General Public License Usage -:: Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser -:: General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software -:: Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the -:: packaging of this file. Please review the following information to -:: ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements -:: will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. -:: -:: In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional -:: rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception -:: version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. -:: -:: If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact -:: Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: $QT_END_LICENSE$ -:: -::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: -call :%1 %2 -goto END - -:dest - set IWMAKE_EXTRACTDEST=%IWMAKE_ROOT%\%~1 -goto :eof - -:extUnpack - set IWMAKE_EXTRACTSRC=%~n1 - pushd %IWMAKE_ROOT% - if exist "%IWMAKE_EXTRACTSRC%.zip" del /Q /F "%IWMAKE_EXTRACTSRC%.zip" - %IWMAKE_WGET%\wget %IWMAKE_WGETUSER% %IWMAKE_WGETPASS% %IWMAKE_RELEASELOCATION%/%IWMAKE_EXTRACTSRC%.zip >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% 2>&1 - popd - call :unpack "%~1" -goto :eof - -:unpack - set IWMAKE_EXTRACTSRC=%~n1 - pushd %IWMAKE_ROOT% - if exist "%IWMAKE_EXTRACTDEST%" rd /S /Q %IWMAKE_EXTRACTDEST% >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% 2>&1 - if exist "%IWMAKE_EXTRACTSRC%" rd /S /Q %IWMAKE_EXTRACTSRC% >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% 2>&1 - %IWMAKE_UNZIPAPP% %IWMAKE_EXTRACTSRC%.zip >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% - popd - move %IWMAKE_ROOT%\%IWMAKE_EXTRACTSRC% %IWMAKE_EXTRACTDEST% >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% -goto :eof - -:extPatch - pushd %IWMAKE_ROOT% - if exist "%~1" del /Q /F "%~1" - %IWMAKE_WGET%\wget %IWMAKE_WGETUSER% %IWMAKE_WGETPASS% %IWMAKE_RELEASELOCATION%/%~1 >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% 2>&1 - popd - call :patch "%~1" -goto :eof - -:patch - pushd %IWMAKE_ROOT% - %IWMAKE_UNZIPAPP% %~1 >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% - popd - xcopy /R /I /S /Q /Y %IWMAKE_ROOT%\%IWMAKE_EXTRACTSRC%\*.* %IWMAKE_EXTRACTDEST%\ >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% - rd /S /Q %IWMAKE_ROOT%\%IWMAKE_EXTRACTSRC% >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% -goto :eof - -:END diff --git a/tools/installer/batch/installer.bat b/tools/installer/batch/installer.bat deleted file mode 100755 index 75e8680..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/batch/installer.bat +++ /dev/null @@ -1,247 +0,0 @@ -::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: -:: -:: Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). -:: All rights reserved. -:: Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) -:: -:: This file is part of the tools applications of the Qt Toolkit. -:: -:: $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ -:: No Commercial Usage -:: This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. -:: You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions -:: contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying -:: this package. -:: -:: GNU Lesser General Public License Usage -:: Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser -:: General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software -:: Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the -:: packaging of this file. Please review the following information to -:: ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements -:: will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. -:: -:: In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional -:: rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception -:: version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. -:: -:: If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact -:: Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: $QT_END_LICENSE$ -:: -::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: -call :%1 %2 -goto END - -:begin - call :reset - echo !define PRODUCT_NAME "%~1" >> %IWMAKE_NSISCONF% - echo !define INSTALL_ROOT "%IWMAKE_ROOT%" >> %IWMAKE_NSISCONF% -goto :eof - -:output - set IWMAKE_OUTPUT_FILE=%~1 - echo !define OUTPUT_FILE "%~1" >> %IWMAKE_NSISCONF% -goto :eof - -:module - call "%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\batch\toupper.bat" %~1 - echo !define MODULE_%IWMAKE_RESULT% >> %IWMAKE_NSISCONF% -goto :eof - -:enable - call "%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\batch\toupper.bat" %~1 - echo !define USE_%IWMAKE_RESULT:"=% >> %IWMAKE_NSISCONF% -goto :eof - -:disable - call "%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\batch\toupper.bat" %~1 - echo !undef USE_%IWMAKE_RESULT:"=% >> %IWMAKE_NSISCONF% -goto :eof - -:startmenu - echo !define DEFAULT_STARTMENU_STRING "%~1" >> %IWMAKE_NSISCONF% -goto :eof - -:reset - if exist "%IWMAKE_NSISCONF%" del /Q /F "%IWMAKE_NSISCONF%" -goto :eof - -:instdir - for /F "tokens=1,2*" %%m in ("%~1") do set IWMAKE_TMP=%%~m& set IWMAKE_TMP2=%%~n& set IWMAKE_TMP3="%%~o" - call "%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\batch\toupper.bat" %IWMAKE_TMP% - echo !define INSTDIR_%IWMAKE_TMP2% %IWMAKE_RESULT:"=% >> "%IWMAKE_NSISCONF%" - echo !define INSTDIR_%IWMAKE_TMP2%_TEXT %IWMAKE_TMP3% >> "%IWMAKE_NSISCONF%" -goto :eof - -:version - echo !define PRODUCT_VERSION "%~1" >> "%IWMAKE_NSISCONF%" -goto :eof - -:readme - echo !define README_FILE "%~1" >> "%IWMAKE_NSISCONF%" -goto :eof - -:licenseFile - echo !define LICENSE_FILE "%~1" >> "%IWMAKE_NSISCONF%" -goto :eof - -:runfunction - echo !define RUN_FUNCTION "%~1" >> "%IWMAKE_NSISCONF%" -goto :eof - -:readmefunction - echo !define README_FUNCTION "%~1" >> "%IWMAKE_NSISCONF%" -goto :eof - -:welcomenote - echo !define WELCOME_NOTE "%~1" >> "%IWMAKE_NSISCONF%" -goto :eof - -:updateplugins - call "%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\batch\copy.bat" extsync INetLoad - xcopy /Q /Y /R "%IWMAKE_ROOT%\INetLoad\INetLoad.dll" "%IWMAKE_NSISPATH%\Plugins\" >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% -:: xcopy /Q /Y /R "%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\nsis\qtnsisext\qtnsisext.dll" "%IWMAKE_NSISPATH%\Plugins\" >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% -goto :eof - -:defineDir - for /F "tokens=1,2*" %%m in ("%~1") do set IWMAKE_TMP=%%~m& set IWMAKE_TMP2=%%~n& set IWMAKE_TMP3=%%~o - call "%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\batch\toupper.bat" %IWMAKE_TMP% - set IWMAKE_TMP=%IWMAKE_RESULT% - call "%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\batch\toupper.bat" %IWMAKE_TMP2% - set IWMAKE_TMP2=%IWMAKE_RESULT% - echo !define MODULE_%IWMAKE_TMP%_%IWMAKE_TMP2% "%IWMAKE_ROOT%\%IWMAKE_TMP3%" >> "%IWMAKE_NSISCONF%" -goto :eof - -:define - for /F "tokens=1,2*" %%m in ("%~1") do set IWMAKE_TMP=%%~m& set IWMAKE_TMP2=%%~n& set IWMAKE_TMP3="%%~o" - call "%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\batch\toupper.bat" %IWMAKE_TMP% - set IWMAKE_TMP=%IWMAKE_RESULT% - call "%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\batch\toupper.bat" %IWMAKE_TMP2% - set IWMAKE_TMP2=%IWMAKE_RESULT% - if %IWMAKE_TMP3%=="" set IWMAKE_TMP3= - echo !define MODULE_%IWMAKE_TMP%_%IWMAKE_TMP2% %IWMAKE_TMP3% >> "%IWMAKE_NSISCONF%" -goto :eof - -:src - for /F "tokens=1*" %%m in ("%~1") do set IWMAKE_TMP=%%~m& set IWMAKE_TMP2=%%~n - call "%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\batch\toupper.bat" %IWMAKE_TMP% - set IWMAKE_TMP=%IWMAKE_RESULT% - set IWMAKE_TMP3="%IWMAKE_ROOT%\%IWMAKE_TMP2%" - echo !define MODULE_%IWMAKE_TMP%_ROOT %IWMAKE_TMP3% >> "%IWMAKE_NSISCONF%" -goto :eof - -:buildDir - for /F "tokens=1*" %%m in ("%~1") do set IWMAKE_TMP=%%~m& set IWMAKE_TMP2=%%~n - call "%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\batch\toupper.bat" %IWMAKE_TMP% - set IWMAKE_TMP=%IWMAKE_RESULT% - set IWMAKE_TMP3="%IWMAKE_ROOT%\%IWMAKE_TMP2%" - echo !define MODULE_%IWMAKE_TMP%_BUILDDIR %IWMAKE_TMP3% >> "%IWMAKE_NSISCONF%" - for /F "eol=- tokens=1,2,3" %%m in ('%SystemRoot%\system32\find "QT_PACKAGEDATE_STR" %IWMAKE_ROOT%\%IWMAKE_TMP2%\src\corelib\global\qglobal.h') do echo !define MODULE_LICENSECHECK_PACKAGEDATE %%o >> "%IWMAKE_NSISCONF%" -goto :eof - -:compile - call :required - pushd %IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\nsis - "%IWMAKE_NSISPATH%\makensis.exe" installer.nsi >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% - popd -goto :eof - -:required - call :setrequired PRODUCT_NAME - call :setrequired INSTALL_ROOT - call :setrequired PRODUCT_VERSION - call :setrequired OUTPUT_FILE - call :setrequired INSTDIR_0 - call :setrequired DEFAULT_STARTMENU_STRING -goto :eof - -:setrequired - echo !ifndef %1 >> "%IWMAKE_NSISCONF%" - echo !error "%1 must be in the .conf file..." >> "%IWMAKE_NSISCONF%" - echo !endif >> "%IWMAKE_NSISCONF%" -goto :eof - -:makeFileList - for /F "tokens=1*" %%m in ("%~1") do set IWMAKE_TMP=%%~m& set IWMAKE_TMP2=%%~n - call "%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\batch\toupper.bat" %IWMAKE_TMP% - set IWMAKE_TMP=%IWMAKE_RESULT% - set IWMAKE_TMP3="%IWMAKE_ROOT%\%IWMAKE_TMP2%" - - - echo !macro MODULE_%IWMAKE_TMP%_INSTALLFILES >> "%IWMAKE_NSISCONF%" - - pushd %IWMAKE_TMP3% - - echo set IWMAKE_TMP2=%%IWMAKE_TMP2:%CD%\=%% > "%IWMAKE_ROOT%\iwmake_tmp.bat" - - dir /AD /B /S | %SystemRoot%\system32\sort /R > "%IWMAKE_ROOT%\iwmake_tmp.txt" - for /F "tokens=1" %%m in (%IWMAKE_ROOT%\iwmake_tmp.txt) do call :addInstallDirectory "%%m" - - - dir /A-D /B /S > "%IWMAKE_ROOT%\iwmake_tmp.txt" - for /F "tokens=1" %%m in (%IWMAKE_ROOT%\iwmake_tmp.txt) do call :addInstallFile "%%m" - - popd - echo !macroend >> "%IWMAKE_NSISCONF%" - - - echo !macro MODULE_%IWMAKE_TMP%_REMOVE removepath >> "%IWMAKE_NSISCONF%" - echo strcmp ${removepath} "" MODULE_%IWMAKE_TMP%_REMOVE_SAFETYLABEL >> "%IWMAKE_NSISCONF%" - pushd %IWMAKE_TMP3% - - echo set IWMAKE_TMP2=%%IWMAKE_TMP2:%CD%\=%% > "%IWMAKE_ROOT%\iwmake_tmp.bat" - - dir /A-D /B /S > "%IWMAKE_ROOT%\iwmake_tmp.txt" - for /F "tokens=1" %%m in (%IWMAKE_ROOT%\iwmake_tmp.txt) do call :addRemoveFiles "%%m" - - dir /AD /B /S | %SystemRoot%\system32\sort /R > "%IWMAKE_ROOT%\iwmake_tmp.txt" - for /F "tokens=1" %%m in (%IWMAKE_ROOT%\iwmake_tmp.txt) do call :addRemoveDirectory "%%m" - - popd - echo MODULE_%IWMAKE_TMP%_REMOVE_SAFETYLABEL: >> "%IWMAKE_NSISCONF%" - echo !macroend >> "%IWMAKE_NSISCONF%" -goto :eof - -:addInstallFile - set IWMAKE_TMP2=%~1 - call "%IWMAKE_ROOT%\iwmake_tmp.bat" - echo File "/oname=%IWMAKE_TMP2%" "%~1" >> "%IWMAKE_NSISCONF%" -goto :eof - -:addInstallDirectory - set IWMAKE_TMP2=%~1 - call "%IWMAKE_ROOT%\iwmake_tmp.bat" - echo CreateDirectory "$OUTDIR\%IWMAKE_TMP2%" >> "%IWMAKE_NSISCONF%" -goto :eof - -:addRemoveDirectory - set IWMAKE_TMP2=%~1 - call "%IWMAKE_ROOT%\iwmake_tmp.bat" - echo RMDir ${removepath}\%IWMAKE_TMP2% >> "%IWMAKE_NSISCONF%" -goto :eof - -:addRemoveFiles - set IWMAKE_TMP2=%~1 - call "%IWMAKE_ROOT%\iwmake_tmp.bat" - echo Delete ${removepath}\%IWMAKE_TMP2% >> "%IWMAKE_NSISCONF%" -goto :eof - -:sign - echo Signing Installer ... - %IWMAKE_SIGNPATH%\signtool.exe sign /v /t http://timestamp.verisign.com/scripts/timestamp.dll /f "%IWMAKE_SIGNPATH%\keys.pfx" "%IWMAKE_OUTPUT_FILE%" >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% -goto :eof - -:openpackage - echo !define OPENSOURCE_BUILD >> "%IWMAKE_NSISCONF%" -goto :eof - -:END diff --git a/tools/installer/batch/log.bat b/tools/installer/batch/log.bat deleted file mode 100755 index 782dcd7..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/batch/log.bat +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ -::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: -:: -:: Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). -:: All rights reserved. -:: Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) -:: -:: This file is part of the tools applications of the Qt Toolkit. -:: -:: $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ -:: No Commercial Usage -:: This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. -:: You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions -:: contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying -:: this package. -:: -:: GNU Lesser General Public License Usage -:: Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser -:: General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software -:: Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the -:: packaging of this file. Please review the following information to -:: ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements -:: will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. -:: -:: In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional -:: rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception -:: version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. -:: -:: If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact -:: Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: $QT_END_LICENSE$ -:: -::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: -call :%1 %2 -goto END - -:file -set IWMAKE_LOGFILE=%IWMAKE_ROOT%\%~1 -call :reset -goto :eof - -:fileAbs -set IWMAKE_LOGFILE=%1 -call :reset -goto :eof - -:reset -date /T > %IWMAKE_LOGFILE% -goto :eof - -:END diff --git a/tools/installer/batch/toupper.bat b/tools/installer/batch/toupper.bat deleted file mode 100755 index 2543207..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/batch/toupper.bat +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ -::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: -:: -:: Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). -:: All rights reserved. -:: Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) -:: -:: This file is part of the tools applications of the Qt Toolkit. -:: -:: $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ -:: No Commercial Usage -:: This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. -:: You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions -:: contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying -:: this package. -:: -:: GNU Lesser General Public License Usage -:: Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser -:: General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software -:: Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the -:: packaging of this file. Please review the following information to -:: ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements -:: will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. -:: -:: In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional -:: rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception -:: version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. -:: -:: If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact -:: Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: $QT_END_LICENSE$ -:: -::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: -set IWMAKE_RESULT=%1 -if [%IWMAKE_RESULT%]==[] goto :eof -set IWMAKE_RESULT=%IWMAKE_RESULT:a=A% -set IWMAKE_RESULT=%IWMAKE_RESULT:b=B% -set IWMAKE_RESULT=%IWMAKE_RESULT:c=C% -set IWMAKE_RESULT=%IWMAKE_RESULT:d=D% -set IWMAKE_RESULT=%IWMAKE_RESULT:e=E% -set IWMAKE_RESULT=%IWMAKE_RESULT:f=F% -set IWMAKE_RESULT=%IWMAKE_RESULT:g=G% -set IWMAKE_RESULT=%IWMAKE_RESULT:h=H% -set IWMAKE_RESULT=%IWMAKE_RESULT:i=I% -set IWMAKE_RESULT=%IWMAKE_RESULT:j=J% -set IWMAKE_RESULT=%IWMAKE_RESULT:k=K% -set IWMAKE_RESULT=%IWMAKE_RESULT:l=L% -set IWMAKE_RESULT=%IWMAKE_RESULT:m=M% -set IWMAKE_RESULT=%IWMAKE_RESULT:n=N% -set IWMAKE_RESULT=%IWMAKE_RESULT:o=O% -set IWMAKE_RESULT=%IWMAKE_RESULT:p=P% -set IWMAKE_RESULT=%IWMAKE_RESULT:q=Q% -set IWMAKE_RESULT=%IWMAKE_RESULT:r=R% -set IWMAKE_RESULT=%IWMAKE_RESULT:s=S% -set IWMAKE_RESULT=%IWMAKE_RESULT:t=T% -set IWMAKE_RESULT=%IWMAKE_RESULT:u=U% -set IWMAKE_RESULT=%IWMAKE_RESULT:v=V% -set IWMAKE_RESULT=%IWMAKE_RESULT:w=W% -set IWMAKE_RESULT=%IWMAKE_RESULT:x=X% -set IWMAKE_RESULT=%IWMAKE_RESULT:y=Y% -set IWMAKE_RESULT=%IWMAKE_RESULT:z=Z% - diff --git a/tools/installer/config/config.default.sample b/tools/installer/config/config.default.sample deleted file mode 100644 index a05b8d7..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/config/config.default.sample +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -############################################################################# -## -## Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). -## All rights reserved. -## Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) -## -## This file is part of the tools applications of the Qt Toolkit. -## -## $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ -## No Commercial Usage -## This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. -## You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions -## contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying -## this package. -## -## GNU Lesser General Public License Usage -## Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser -## General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software -## Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the -## packaging of this file. Please review the following information to -## ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements -## will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. -## -## In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional -## rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception -## version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. -## -## If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact -## Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. -## -## -## -## -## -## -## -## -## $QT_END_LICENSE$ -## -############################################################################# - -# root directory -# Describes the directory where temporary folder, build directory and -# package will be located at. -env root "c:\qt_packages" - -# where to find all external files -# To resolve the external dependencies specify a server, where to get -# required tools like wget, sign, etc. -env extroot "\\someshare\tools\" - -# Location of the installed MinGW to build binaries -env mingwPath "c:\mingw" - -# Location to NSIS package creator -env NSISPath "%ProgramFiles%\NSIS" - -# Location to the install path of PERL -env perlPath "c:\Perl\bin" - -# source package directory -# Describe the directory where compressed source package is located at. -# The installer script uses this one for building and creating a package. -env releaseLocation "http://your.source.server/somepath" diff --git a/tools/installer/config/mingw-opensource.conf b/tools/installer/config/mingw-opensource.conf deleted file mode 100644 index 6cba06e..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/config/mingw-opensource.conf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,136 +0,0 @@ -############################################################################# -## -## Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). -## All rights reserved. -## Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) -## -## This file is part of the tools applications of the Qt Toolkit. -## -## $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ -## No Commercial Usage -## This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. -## You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions -## contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying -## this package. -## -## GNU Lesser General Public License Usage -## Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser -## General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software -## Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the -## packaging of this file. Please review the following information to -## ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements -## will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. -## -## In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional -## rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception -## version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. -## -## If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact -## Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. -## -## -## -## -## -## -## -## -## $QT_END_LICENSE$ -## -############################################################################# -#extracts the package to buildDir - -#extract dest "build_mingw_opensource" -#Section EXTRACT -#extract extUnpack "qt-win-opensource-src-%VERSION%.zip" -#SectionEnd - -#build the binaries -#build begin mingw "build_mingw_opensource" - -#Section CONFIGURE -#build configure "-confirm-license -release -plugin-sql-sqlite -qt-libpng -qt-libjpeg" -#SectionEnd - -#Section BUILD -#build bin -#SectionEnd - -#build finish - -# organize release files -#Section ORGANIZE -#delete dir "release_mingw_opensource" - -#copy dest "release_mingw_opensource" -#copy src "build_mingw_opensource" - -# extract everything once more -#extract dest "release_mingw_opensource" -#extract unpack "qt-win-opensource-src-4.4.3.zip" - -# qconfig.h -#copy file "src\corelib\global\qconfig.h" -#copy file "include\QtCore\qconfig.h" -#copy file "include\Qt\qconfig.h" - -# qconfig.pri -#copy file "mkspecs\qconfig.pri" - -# .qmake.cache -#copy file ".qmake.cache" - -# default mkspec -#copy files "mkspecs\default\*" "mkspecs\default\" - -# copy all binary files -#copy all "*.a" -#copy all "*.exe" -#copy all "*.dll" - -# .prl files -#copy files "lib\*.prl" "lib\" - -# remove unused stuff -#delete files "lib\*.dll" - -# copy InetLoad license info -#copy files "..\INetLoad\Readme.txt" "src\3rdparty\InetLoad\" - -#SectionEnd - -Section NSIS -# general installer options -installer begin "Qt OpenSource" -installer version "4.4.3" -installer output "c:\iwmake\qt-win-opensource-4.4.3-mingw.exe" -installer startmenu "Qt by Nokia v4.4.3 (OpenSource)" -installer enable component_page -installer enable directory_page -installer enable startmenu_page -installer instdir mingw 0 "Qt Installation Directory" -installer licenseFile "%IWMAKE_ROOT%\release_mingw_opensource\LICENSE.GPL" -#installer licenseFile "%IWMAKE_ROOT%\release_mingw_opensource\LICENSE.PREVIEW.OPENSOURCE" - -installer runfunction "Run Examples and Demos" -installer readmefunction "Show Documentation" - -installer module registeruiext -installer module opensource - -# mingw options -installer module mingw -installer src mingw "release_mingw_opensource" -installer makeFileList mingw "release_mingw_opensource" -installer buildDir mingw "build_mingw_opensource" -installer enable nodirlengthcheck - -# public generatable package -installer openpackage - -SectionEnd - -# compile the package -Section NSIS_COMPILE -installer compile -SectionEnd diff --git a/tools/installer/iwmake.bat b/tools/installer/iwmake.bat deleted file mode 100755 index 0fc1b08..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/iwmake.bat +++ /dev/null @@ -1,124 +0,0 @@ -::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: -:: -:: Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). -:: All rights reserved. -:: Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) -:: -:: This file is part of the tools applications of the Qt Toolkit. -:: -:: $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ -:: No Commercial Usage -:: This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. -:: You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions -:: contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying -:: this package. -:: -:: GNU Lesser General Public License Usage -:: Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser -:: General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software -:: Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the -:: packaging of this file. Please review the following information to -:: ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements -:: will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. -:: -:: In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional -:: rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception -:: version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. -:: -:: If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact -:: Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: -:: $QT_END_LICENSE$ -:: -::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: -rem @echo off -call :init -if "%IWMAKE_STATUS%"=="failed" goto FAILED -if not exist "%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\config\%1.conf" goto FAILED -if not "%~2"=="" set IWMAKE_SECTION=%~2 -for /F "eol=# tokens=1,2*" %%i in (%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\config\config.default) do set IWMAKE_TMP=%%k& call :func_delegate %%i %%j -if "%IWMAKE_STATUS%"=="failed" goto FAILED -if exist "%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\config\config.%COMPUTERNAME%" for /F "eol=# tokens=1,2*" %%i in (%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\config\config.%COMPUTERNAME%) do set IWMAKE_TMP=%%k& call :func_delegate %%i %%j -if "%IWMAKE_STATUS%"=="failed" goto FAILED -call :checkrequirements -if "%IWMAKE_STATUS%"=="failed" goto FAILED -for /F "eol=# tokens=1,2*" %%i in (%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\config\%1.conf) do set IWMAKE_TMP=%%k& call :func_delegate %%i %%j -if "%IWMAKE_STATUS%"=="failed" goto FAILED -goto DONE - -:func_delegate -if "%IWMAKE_STATUS%"=="failed" goto :eof -set IWMAKE_TMP="%IWMAKE_TMP:"=%" - -if /i "%1"=="sectionend" echo Leaving Section& set IWMAKE_PARSESECTION=1& goto :eof -if /i not "%1"=="section" goto callScript -echo Entering Section %~2 -for %%m in (%IWMAKE_SECTION%) do call :checkSection %%m %~2 -goto :eof - -:callScript -if "%IWMAKE_PARSESECTION%"=="0" goto :eof - -call "%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\batch\%1.bat" %2 %IWMAKE_TMP% -if not "%errorlevel%"=="0" echo %1 %2 failed! >> %IWMAKE_LOGFILE%& set IWMAKE_STATUS=failed -goto :eof - -:checkSection - if /i "%1"=="%2" echo Skipping Section& set IWMAKE_PARSESECTION=0 -goto :eof - -:checkrequirements - if not exist %IWMAKE_ROOT% mkdir %IWMAKE_ROOT% - if not "%IWMAKE_SIGNPATH%"=="" goto CheckSIGNOK - call "%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\batch\copy.bat" extsync sign - call "%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\batch\env.bat" signPath "%IWMAKE_ROOT%\sign" -:CheckSIGNOK - if not "%IWMAKE_WGET%"=="" goto CheckWGETOK - call "%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\batch\copy.bat" extsync wget - call "%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\batch\env.bat" wgetDir wget -:CheckWGETOK - if exist "%IWMAKE_PERLPATH%\perl.exe" goto CheckPerlOK - set IWMAKE_STATUS=failed - echo Perl not found in %IWMAKE_PERLPATH%! (check your config file) -:CheckPerlOK - if not "%IWMAKE_UNZIPAPP%"=="" goto CheckUNZIPOK - call "%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\batch\copy.bat" extsync unzip - call "%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\batch\env.bat" unzipApp "%IWMAKE_ROOT%\unzip\unzip.exe" -:CheckUNZIPOK - if exist "%IWMAKE_NSISPATH%\makensis.exe" goto CheckNSISOK - set IWMAKE_STATUS=failed - echo NSIS not found! (check your config file) -:CheckNSISOK - call "%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\batch\installer.bat" updateplugins -goto :eof - -:init - set IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR=%~dp0 - set IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR=%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR:~0,-1% - call "%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\batch\env.bat" setglobals -goto :eof - -:cleanup - pushd "%IWMAKE_STARTDIR%" - call "%IWMAKE_SCRIPTDIR%\batch\env.bat" removeglobals - popd -goto :eof - -:FAILED - call :cleanup - echo Failed! -goto END - -:DONE - call :cleanup - echo Done! -goto END - -:END diff --git a/tools/installer/nsis/confirmpage.ini b/tools/installer/nsis/confirmpage.ini deleted file mode 100644 index b42132c..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/nsis/confirmpage.ini +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -;; -;; Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). -;; All rights reserved. -;; Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) -;; -;; This file is part of the tools applications of the Qt Toolkit. -;; -;; $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ -;; No Commercial Usage -;; This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. -;; You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions -;; contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying -;; this package. -;; -;; GNU Lesser General Public License Usage -;; Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser -;; General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software -;; Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the -;; packaging of this file. Please review the following information to -;; ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements -;; will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. -;; -;; In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional -;; rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception -;; version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. -;; -;; If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact -;; Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; $QT_END_LICENSE$ -;; -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -; Ini file generated by the HM NIS Edit IO designer. -[Settings] -NumFields=2 - -[Field 1] -Type=Label -Text=The following components will be uninstalled: -Left=1 -Right=298 -Top=1 -Bottom=12 - -[Field 2] -Type=Label -Left=16 -Right=298 -Top=16 -Bottom=136 - diff --git a/tools/installer/nsis/gwdownload.ini b/tools/installer/nsis/gwdownload.ini deleted file mode 100644 index c139aaf..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/nsis/gwdownload.ini +++ /dev/null @@ -1,118 +0,0 @@ -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -;; -;; Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). -;; All rights reserved. -;; Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) -;; -;; This file is part of the tools applications of the Qt Toolkit. -;; -;; $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ -;; No Commercial Usage -;; This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. -;; You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions -;; contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying -;; this package. -;; -;; GNU Lesser General Public License Usage -;; Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser -;; General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software -;; Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the -;; packaging of this file. Please review the following information to -;; ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements -;; will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. -;; -;; In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional -;; rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception -;; version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. -;; -;; If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact -;; Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; $QT_END_LICENSE$ -;; -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -; Ini file generated by the HM NIS Edit IO designer. -[Settings] -NumFields=9 - -[Field 1] -Type=Groupbox -Text=Find MinGW -Left=0 -Right=299 -Top=49 -Bottom=91 - -[Field 2] -Type=Label -Text=Please specify a directory where to find MinGW (for instance: C:\\MinGW). If you do not have MinGW installed, you can let the installer download and install it for you. -Left=2 -Right=298 -Top=1 -Bottom=27 - -[Field 3] -Type=DirRequest -Left=8 -Right=290 -Top=68 -Bottom=81 - -[Field 4] -Type=Groupbox -Text=Download and install MinGW -Left=0 -Right=299 -Top=94 -Bottom=137 - -[Field 5] -Type=Label -Text=Previously installed MinGW: -Left=8 -Right=286 -Top=60 -Bottom=68 - -[Field 6] -Type=DirRequest -Left=8 -Right=290 -Top=116 -Bottom=129 -Flags=DISABLED - -[Field 7] -Type=Label -Text=Installation directory: -Left=8 -Right=124 -Top=107 -Bottom=115 -Flags=DISABLED - -[Field 8] -Type=Checkbox -Text=Download and install minimal MinGW installation. -Left=8 -Right=172 -Top=28 -Bottom=40 -Flags=NOTIFY - -[Field 9] -Type=Link -Text=(http://www.mingw.org) -Left=174 -Right=260 -Top=30 -Bottom=38 -State=http://www.mingw.org - diff --git a/tools/installer/nsis/gwmirror.ini b/tools/installer/nsis/gwmirror.ini deleted file mode 100644 index e246080..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/nsis/gwmirror.ini +++ /dev/null @@ -1,67 +0,0 @@ -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -;; -;; Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). -;; All rights reserved. -;; Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) -;; -;; This file is part of the tools applications of the Qt Toolkit. -;; -;; $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ -;; No Commercial Usage -;; This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. -;; You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions -;; contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying -;; this package. -;; -;; GNU Lesser General Public License Usage -;; Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser -;; General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software -;; Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the -;; packaging of this file. Please review the following information to -;; ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements -;; will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. -;; -;; In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional -;; rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception -;; version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. -;; -;; If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact -;; Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; $QT_END_LICENSE$ -;; -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -; Ini file generated by the HM NIS Edit IO designer. -[Settings] -NumFields=3 - -[Field 1] -Type=Label -Text=Select a mirror where to download MinGW: -Left=0 -Right=211 -Top=0 -Bottom=8 - -[Field 2] -Type=Checkbox -Text=Download MinGW source code. (You don't need this to compile Qt) -Left=4 -Right=296 -Top=124 -Bottom=134 - -[Field 3] -Type=Listbox -Left=0 -Right=299 -Top=9 -Bottom=118 - diff --git a/tools/installer/nsis/images/install.ico b/tools/installer/nsis/images/install.ico Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 080d82d..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/nsis/images/install.ico +++ /dev/null diff --git a/tools/installer/nsis/images/qt-header.bmp b/tools/installer/nsis/images/qt-header.bmp Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 1333cb4..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/nsis/images/qt-header.bmp +++ /dev/null diff --git a/tools/installer/nsis/images/qt-wizard.bmp b/tools/installer/nsis/images/qt-wizard.bmp Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 4aefd2d..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/nsis/images/qt-wizard.bmp +++ /dev/null diff --git a/tools/installer/nsis/includes/global.nsh b/tools/installer/nsis/includes/global.nsh deleted file mode 100644 index d91a039..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/nsis/includes/global.nsh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -;; -;; Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). -;; All rights reserved. -;; Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) -;; -;; This file is part of the tools applications of the Qt Toolkit. -;; -;; $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ -;; No Commercial Usage -;; This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. -;; You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions -;; contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying -;; this package. -;; -;; GNU Lesser General Public License Usage -;; Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser -;; General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software -;; Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the -;; packaging of this file. Please review the following information to -;; ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements -;; will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. -;; -;; In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional -;; rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception -;; version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. -;; -;; If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact -;; Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; $QT_END_LICENSE$ -;; -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -!include "StrFunc.nsh" -!include "includes\list.nsh" - -${StrCase} -${StrTrimNewLines} -${StrStr} -${StrRep} -${UnStrRep} - -var STARTMENU_STRING -var PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY -var RUNNING_AS_ADMIN - -!ifndef MODULE_MINGW - !ifdef MODULE_MSVC_VC60 - !define INSTALL_COMPILER "vc60" - !else - !ifdef MODULE_MSVC_VS2002 - !define INSTALL_COMPILER "vs2002" - !else - !ifdef MODULE_MSVC_VS2005 - !define INSTALL_COMPILER "vs2005" - !else - !define INSTALL_COMPILER "vs2003" - !endif - !endif - !endif -!else - !define INSTALL_COMPILER "mingw" -!endif - -; ADDIN\INTEGRATION -var VS_VERSION -var VS_VERSION_SHORT -var ADDIN_INSTDIR -var VSIP_INSTDIR -var HELP_INSTDIR -var ECLIPSE_INSTDIR -var QTJAMBIECLIPSE_INSTDIR - -; LICENSECHECK -var LICENSE_KEY -var LICENSEE -var LICENSE_PRODUCT -var LICENSE_FILE - -; MSVC -!ifdef MODULE_MSVC - !define MSVC_ValidateDirectory - var MSVC_INSTDIR -!endif - -; MINGW -!ifdef MODULE_MINGW - !define MINGW_ValidateDirectory - var MINGW_INSTDIR -!endif - -; QSA -var QSA_INSTDIR - -; QTDIR PAGE -var QTDIR_SELECTED -var COMPILER_SELECTED - -; used by addin7x and vsip -!ifndef MODULE_VSIP_ROOT - !define MODULE_VSIP_ROOT "${INSTALL_ROOT}\vsip" -!endif - -; add to confirm path -var UninstallerConfirmProduct - -Function un.ConfirmOnDelete - exch $0 - push $1 - - push "$0" - push "$UninstallerConfirmProduct" - call un.ItemInList - pop $1 - IntCmp $1 1 ConfirmOnDeleteDone - - strcmp "$UninstallerConfirmProduct" "" 0 +3 - strcpy $UninstallerConfirmProduct "$0" - goto +2 - strcpy $UninstallerConfirmProduct "$UninstallerConfirmProduct$\r$\n$0" - - ConfirmOnDeleteDone: - pop $1 - pop $0 -FunctionEnd - -!macro ConfirmOnRemove REG_KEY PRODUCT_NAME - push $0 - ClearErrors - ReadRegDWORD $0 SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "${REG_KEY}" - intcmp $0 1 0 +3 - push "${PRODUCT_NAME}" - call un.ConfirmOnDelete - ClearErrors - pop $0 -!macroend diff --git a/tools/installer/nsis/includes/instdir.nsh b/tools/installer/nsis/includes/instdir.nsh deleted file mode 100644 index a0957dd..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/nsis/includes/instdir.nsh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,254 +0,0 @@ -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -;; -;; Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). -;; All rights reserved. -;; Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) -;; -;; This file is part of the tools applications of the Qt Toolkit. -;; -;; $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ -;; No Commercial Usage -;; This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. -;; You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions -;; contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying -;; this package. -;; -;; GNU Lesser General Public License Usage -;; Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser -;; General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software -;; Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the -;; packaging of this file. Please review the following information to -;; ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements -;; will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. -;; -;; In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional -;; rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception -;; version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. -;; -;; If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact -;; Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; $QT_END_LICENSE$ -;; -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -!ifndef INSTDIR_1 - !macro INSTDIR_INITIALIZE - !define MUI_DIRECTORYPAGE_VARIABLE $${INSTDIR_0}_INSTDIR - !ifdef ${INSTDIR_0}_ValidateDirectory - !define MUI_PAGE_CUSTOMFUNCTION_LEAVE "${INSTDIR_0}_ValidateDirectoryFunc" - !endif - !insertmacro MUI_PAGE_DIRECTORY - !macroend - !macro INSTDIR_FUNCTIONS - !macroend - !macro INSTDIR_STARTUP - !macroend -!else -!macro INSTDIR_INITIALIZE - !define INSTDIR_INI_FILE "instdir.ini" - !define INSTDIR_0_DIRFIELD "Field 10" - !define INSTDIR_0_TEXTFIELD "Field 13" - !define INSTDIR_1_DIRFIELD "Field 7" - !define INSTDIR_1_TEXTFIELD "Field 11" - !define INSTDIR_2_DIRFIELD "Field 5" - !define INSTDIR_2_TEXTFIELD "Field 8" - !define INSTDIR_3_DIRFIELD "Field 3" - !define INSTDIR_3_TEXTFIELD "Field 6" - !define INSTDIR_4_DIRFIELD "Field 2" - !define INSTDIR_4_TEXTFIELD "Field 4" - !define INSTDIR_5_DIRFIELD "Field 9" - !define INSTDIR_5_TEXTFIELD "Field 12" - !define INSTDIR_DIRHEIGHT 18 - - Page custom InitInstDirs UpdateInstDirs - - LangString InstDirLicenseTitle ${LANG_ENGLISH} "Installation Directories" - LangString InstDirLicenseTitleDescription ${LANG_ENGLISH} "Select the directories where you want the software installed." -!macroend - -!macro INSTDIR_FUNCTIONS - Function InitInstDirs - push $0 - push $1 - push $2 - push $3 - - !insertmacro MUI_HEADER_TEXT "$(InstDirLicenseTitle)" "$(InstDirLicenseTitleDescription)" - strcpy $0 "129" - -!ifdef INSTDIR_0 - SectionGetFlags ${${INSTDIR_0}_SEC01} $1 -!ifdef ${INSTDIR_0}_SEC02 - SectionGetFlags ${${INSTDIR_0}_SEC02} $3 - IntOp $1 $1 | $3 -!endif - IntOp $2 $1 & 1 ;just care about the first flag - StrCpy $1 "READONLY" - StrCmp "$2" "1" +2 - StrCpy $1 "DISABLED" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_0_TEXTFIELD}" "Flags" "$1" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_0_DIRFIELD}" "Flags" "$1" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_0_TEXTFIELD}" "Text" "${INSTDIR_0_TEXT}" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_0_DIRFIELD}" "State" $${INSTDIR_0}_INSTDIR -!else - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_0_DIRFIELD}" "Type" "Unknown" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_0_TEXTFIELD}" "Type" "Unknown" - intop $0 $0 - ${INSTDIR_DIRHEIGHT} -!endif -!ifdef INSTDIR_1 - SectionGetFlags ${${INSTDIR_1}_SEC01} $1 -!ifdef ${INSTDIR_1}_SEC02 - SectionGetFlags ${${INSTDIR_1}_SEC02} $3 - IntOp $1 $1 | $3 -!endif - IntOp $2 $1 & 1 ;just care about the first flag - StrCpy $1 "READONLY" - StrCmp "$2" "1" +2 - StrCpy $1 "DISABLED" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_1_TEXTFIELD}" "Flags" "$1" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_1_DIRFIELD}" "Flags" "$1" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_1_TEXTFIELD}" "Text" "${INSTDIR_1_TEXT}" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_1_DIRFIELD}" "State" $${INSTDIR_1}_INSTDIR -!else - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_1_DIRFIELD}" "Type" "Unknown" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_1_TEXTFIELD}" "Type" "Unknown" - intop $0 $0 - ${INSTDIR_DIRHEIGHT} -!endif -!ifdef INSTDIR_2 - SectionGetFlags ${${INSTDIR_2}_SEC01} $1 -!ifdef ${INSTDIR_2}_SEC02 - SectionGetFlags ${${INSTDIR_2}_SEC02} $3 - IntOp $1 $1 | $3 -!endif - IntOp $2 $1 & 1 ;just care about the first flag - StrCpy $1 "READONLY" - StrCmp "$2" "1" +2 - StrCpy $1 "DISABLED" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_2_TEXTFIELD}" "Flags" "$1" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_2_DIRFIELD}" "Flags" "$1" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_2_TEXTFIELD}" "Text" "${INSTDIR_2_TEXT}" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_2_DIRFIELD}" "State" $${INSTDIR_2}_INSTDIR -!else - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_2_DIRFIELD}" "Type" "Unknown" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_2_TEXTFIELD}" "Type" "Unknown" - intop $0 $0 - ${INSTDIR_DIRHEIGHT} -!endif -!ifdef INSTDIR_3 - SectionGetFlags ${${INSTDIR_3}_SEC01} $1 -!ifdef ${INSTDIR_3}_SEC02 - SectionGetFlags ${${INSTDIR_3}_SEC02} $3 - IntOp $1 $1 | $3 -!endif - IntOp $2 $1 & 1 ;just care about the first flag - StrCpy $1 "READONLY" - StrCmp "$2" "1" +2 - StrCpy $1 "DISABLED" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_3_TEXTFIELD}" "Flags" "$1" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_3_DIRFIELD}" "Flags" "$1" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_3_TEXTFIELD}" "Text" "${INSTDIR_3_TEXT}" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_3_DIRFIELD}" "State" $${INSTDIR_3}_INSTDIR -!else - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_3_DIRFIELD}" "Type" "Unknown" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_3_TEXTFIELD}" "Type" "Unknown" - intop $0 $0 - ${INSTDIR_DIRHEIGHT} -!endif -!ifdef INSTDIR_4 - SectionGetFlags ${${INSTDIR_4}_SEC01} $1 -!ifdef ${INSTDIR_4}_SEC02 - SectionGetFlags ${${INSTDIR_4}_SEC02} $3 - IntOp $1 $1 | $3 -!endif - IntOp $2 $1 & 1 ;just care about the first flag - StrCpy $1 "READONLY" - StrCmp "$2" "1" +2 - StrCpy $1 "DISABLED" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_4_TEXTFIELD}" "Flags" "$1" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_4_DIRFIELD}" "Flags" "$1" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_4_TEXTFIELD}" "Text" "${INSTDIR_4_TEXT}" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_4_DIRFIELD}" "State" $${INSTDIR_4}_INSTDIR -!else - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_4_DIRFIELD}" "Type" "Unknown" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_4_TEXTFIELD}" "Type" "Unknown" - intop $0 $0 - ${INSTDIR_DIRHEIGHT} -!endif -!ifdef INSTDIR_5 - SectionGetFlags ${${INSTDIR_5}_SEC01} $1 -!ifdef ${INSTDIR_5}_SEC02 - SectionGetFlags ${${INSTDIR_5}_SEC02} $3 - IntOp $1 $1 | $3 -!endif - IntOp $2 $1 & 1 ;just care about the first flag - StrCpy $1 "READONLY" - StrCmp "$2" "1" +2 - StrCpy $1 "DISABLED" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_5_TEXTFIELD}" "Flags" "$1" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_5_DIRFIELD}" "Flags" "$1" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_5_TEXTFIELD}" "Text" "${INSTDIR_5_TEXT}" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_5_DIRFIELD}" "State" $${INSTDIR_5}_INSTDIR -!else - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_5_DIRFIELD}" "Type" "Unknown" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_5_TEXTFIELD}" "Type" "Unknown" - intop $0 $0 - ${INSTDIR_DIRHEIGHT} -!endif - - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "Field 1" "Bottom" "$0" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_DISPLAY "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" - - pop $3 - pop $2 - pop $1 - pop $0 - FunctionEnd - - Function UpdateInstDirs -!ifdef INSTDIR_0 - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_READ $${INSTDIR_0}_INSTDIR "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_0_DIRFIELD}" "State" - !ifdef ${INSTDIR_0}_ValidateDirectory - call ${INSTDIR_0}_ValidateDirectoryFunc - !endif -!endif -!ifdef INSTDIR_1 - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_READ $${INSTDIR_1}_INSTDIR "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_1_DIRFIELD}" "State" - !ifdef ${INSTDIR_1}_ValidateDirectory - call ${INSTDIR_1}_ValidateDirectoryFunc - !endif -!endif -!ifdef INSTDIR_2 - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_READ $${INSTDIR_2}_INSTDIR "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_2_DIRFIELD}" "State" - !ifdef ${INSTDIR_2}_ValidateDirectory - call ${INSTDIR_2}_ValidateDirectoryFunc - !endif -!endif -!ifdef INSTDIR_3 - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_READ $${INSTDIR_3}_INSTDIR "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_3_DIRFIELD}" "State" - !ifdef ${INSTDIR_3}_ValidateDirectory - call ${INSTDIR_3}_ValidateDirectoryFunc - !endif -!endif -!ifdef INSTDIR_4 - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_READ $${INSTDIR_4}_INSTDIR "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_4_DIRFIELD}" "State" - !ifdef ${INSTDIR_4}_ValidateDirectory - call ${INSTDIR_4}_ValidateDirectoryFunc - !endif -!endif -!ifdef INSTDIR_5 - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_READ $${INSTDIR_5}_INSTDIR "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" "${INSTDIR_5_DIRFIELD}" "State" - !ifdef ${INSTDIR_5}_ValidateDirectory - call ${INSTDIR_5}_ValidateDirectoryFunc - !endif -!endif - FunctionEnd -!macroend - -!macro INSTDIR_STARTUP - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_EXTRACT "${INSTDIR_INI_FILE}" -!macroend - -!endif ;ifndef INSTDIR_1 diff --git a/tools/installer/nsis/includes/list.nsh b/tools/installer/nsis/includes/list.nsh deleted file mode 100644 index 7a2fd0a..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/nsis/includes/list.nsh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,136 +0,0 @@ -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -;; -;; Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). -;; All rights reserved. -;; Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) -;; -;; This file is part of the tools applications of the Qt Toolkit. -;; -;; $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ -;; No Commercial Usage -;; This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. -;; You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions -;; contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying -;; this package. -;; -;; GNU Lesser General Public License Usage -;; Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser -;; General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software -;; Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the -;; packaging of this file. Please review the following information to -;; ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements -;; will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. -;; -;; In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional -;; rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception -;; version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. -;; -;; If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact -;; Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; $QT_END_LICENSE$ -;; -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -!ifndef LIST_INCLUDE -!define LIST_INCLUDE - -; usage: -; push item -; push list -; call ItemInList -; returns 1 or 0 -!macro ItemInList UN -Function ${UN}ItemInList - exch $0 ;list - exch - exch $1 ;item - push $2 ;counter - push $3 ;substr - push $4 ;char - - strcpy $3 "" - strcpy $2 "0" - - loop: - strcpy $4 $0 1 $2 - strcmp "$4" "" atend - intop $2 $2 + 1 - - strcmp "$4" "|" 0 +4 - strcmp "$3" "$1" found - strcpy $3 "" ;reset substr - goto +2 - strcpy $3 "$3$4" ;append char to substr - goto loop - - found: - strcpy $0 "1" - goto done - - atend: - strcmp "$3" "$1" found - strcpy $0 "0" - - done: - pop $4 - pop $3 - pop $2 - pop $1 - exch $0 -FunctionEnd -!macroend - -!insertmacro ItemInList "" -!insertmacro ItemInList "un." - -Function GetItemInList - exch $0 ;list - exch - exch $1 ;index - push $2 ;counter - push $3 ;substr - push $4 ;char - push $5 ;current index - - strcpy $3 "" - strcpy $2 "0" - strcpy $5 "1" - - loop: - strcpy $4 $0 1 $2 - strcmp "$4" "" atend - intop $2 $2 + 1 - - strcmp "$4" "|" 0 +5 - strcmp "$5" "$1" found - strcpy $3 "" ;reset substr - intop $5 $5 + 1 - goto +2 - strcpy $3 "$3$4" ;append char to substr - goto loop - - found: - strcpy $0 "$3" - goto done - - atend: - strcmp "$5" "$1" found - strcpy $0 "" - - done: - pop $5 - pop $4 - pop $3 - pop $2 - pop $1 - exch $0 -FunctionEnd - -!endif ;LIST_INCLUDE diff --git a/tools/installer/nsis/includes/qtcommon.nsh b/tools/installer/nsis/includes/qtcommon.nsh deleted file mode 100644 index a4ec01b..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/nsis/includes/qtcommon.nsh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,549 +0,0 @@ -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -;; -;; Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). -;; All rights reserved. -;; Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) -;; -;; This file is part of the tools applications of the Qt Toolkit. -;; -;; $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ -;; No Commercial Usage -;; This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. -;; You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions -;; contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying -;; this package. -;; -;; GNU Lesser General Public License Usage -;; Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser -;; General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software -;; Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the -;; packaging of this file. Please review the following information to -;; ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements -;; will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. -;; -;; In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional -;; rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception -;; version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. -;; -;; If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact -;; Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; $QT_END_LICENSE$ -;; -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -!ifndef QTCOMMON_INCLUDE -!define QTCOMMON_INCLUDE - -!macro MakeQtDirectory UN -Function ${UN}MakeQtDirectory - exch $0 - - push $0 - push " " #replace - push "-" #with - call ${UN}ReplaceString - pop $0 - - push $0 - push "(" #replace - push "" #with - call ${UN}ReplaceString - pop $0 - - push $0 - push ")" #replace - push "" #with - call ${UN}ReplaceString - pop $0 - - exch $0 -FunctionEnd -!macroend -!insertmacro MakeQtDirectory "" -!insertmacro MakeQtDirectory "un." - -Function AddStartmenuApplication - exch $0 - IfFileExists "$0\assistant.exe" 0 +2 - CreateShortCut "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_STRING\Assistant.lnk" "$0\assistant.exe" - IfFileExists "$0\designer.exe" 0 +2 - CreateShortCut "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_STRING\Designer.lnk" "$0\designer.exe" - IfFileExists "$0\linguist.exe" 0 +2 - CreateShortCut "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_STRING\Linguist.lnk" "$0\linguist.exe" - IfFileExists "$0\qtdemo.exe" 0 +2 - CreateShortCut "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_STRING\Examples and Demos.lnk" "$0\qtdemo.exe" - IfFileExists "$0\..\README" 0 ReadMeShortCutFinished - IfFileExists "$WINDIR\notepad.exe" +3 - CreateShortCut "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_STRING\Qt Readme.lnk" "$SYSDIR\notepad.exe" "$0\..\README" - goto ReadMeShortCutFinished - CreateShortCut "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_STRING\Qt Readme.lnk" "$WINDIR\notepad.exe" "$0\..\README" - ReadMeShortCutFinished: - pop $0 -FunctionEnd - -Function un.RemoveStartmenuApplication - Delete "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_STRING\Assistant.lnk" - Delete "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_STRING\Designer.lnk" - Delete "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_STRING\Linguist.lnk" - Delete "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_STRING\Examples and Demos.lnk" - Delete "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_STRING\Qt Readme.lnk" -FunctionEnd - -#patch the licence information -Function PatchLicenseInformation - exch $0 - push $1 - push $2 - - DetailPrint "Patching license information..." - - IfFileExists "$0\src\corelib\global\qconfig.h" 0 +3 - strcpy $2 "$0\src\corelib\global\qconfig.h" - goto PatchLicensee - - IfFileExists "$0\include\Qt\qconfig.h" 0 PatchConfigPriFile - strcpy $2 "$0\include\Qt\qconfig.h" - - PatchLicensee: - push $2 - push '#define QT_PRODUCT_LICENSEE "' - push '#define QT_PRODUCT_LICENSEE "$LICENSEE"$\r$\n' - call PatchLine - - push $2 - push '#define QT_PRODUCT_LICENSE "' - push '#define QT_PRODUCT_LICENSE "$LICENSE_PRODUCT"$\r$\n' - call PatchLine - - push $2 - ${StrCase} $1 "$LICENSE_PRODUCT" "U" - push '# define QT_EDITION QT_EDITION_' - push '# define QT_EDITION QT_EDITION_$1$\r$\n' - call PatchLine - - PatchConfigPriFile: - IfFileExists "$0\mkspecs\qconfig.pri" 0 PatchLicenseProductDone - push "$0\mkspecs\qconfig.pri" - push "QT_EDITION = " - push "QT_EDITION = $LICENSE_PRODUCT$\r$\n" - call PatchLine - - PatchLicenseProductDone: - pop $2 - pop $1 - pop $0 -FunctionEnd - -Function PatchCommonBinaryFiles - exch $2 - push $0 - push $1 - - IfFileExists "$2\bin\qmake.exe" 0 +5 - DetailPrint "Patching paths in qmake..." - push $2 - push "$2\bin\qmake.exe" - call PatchBinaryPaths - - DetailPrint "Patching paths in core..." - FindFirst $0 $1 "$2\bin\QtCore*.dll" - StrCmp $1 "" ErrorPatching - push $2 - push "$2\bin\$1" - call PatchBinaryPaths - - FindNext $0 $1 - StrCmp $1 "" ErrorPatching - push $2 - push "$2\bin\$1" - call PatchBinaryPaths - - ErrorPatching: - - pop $1 - pop $0 - pop $2 -FunctionEnd - -Function PatchBinaryPaths - exch $0 - exch - exch $2 - push $1 - -!ifndef OPENSOURCE_BUILD - qtnsisext::PatchBinary /NOUNLOAD $0 "qt_prfxpath=" "qt_prfxpath=$2" - qtnsisext::PatchBinary /NOUNLOAD $0 "qt_docspath=" "qt_docspath=$2\doc" - qtnsisext::PatchBinary /NOUNLOAD $0 "qt_hdrspath=" "qt_hdrspath=$2\include" - qtnsisext::PatchBinary /NOUNLOAD $0 "qt_libspath=" "qt_libspath=$2\lib" - qtnsisext::PatchBinary /NOUNLOAD $0 "qt_binspath=" "qt_binspath=$2\bin" - qtnsisext::PatchBinary /NOUNLOAD $0 "qt_plugpath=" "qt_plugpath=$2\plugins" - qtnsisext::PatchBinary /NOUNLOAD $0 "qt_datapath=" "qt_datapath=$2" - qtnsisext::PatchBinary /NOUNLOAD $0 "qt_trnspath=" "qt_trnspath=$2\translations" - qtnsisext::PatchBinary /NOUNLOAD $0 "qt_xmplpath=" "qt_xmplpath=$2\examples" -!ifdef MODULE_LICENSECHECK - qtnsisext::PatchBinary /NOUNLOAD $0 "qt_lcnsuser=" "qt_lcnsuser=$LICENSEE" - qtnsisext::PatchBinary /NOUNLOAD $0 "qt_lcnsprod=" "qt_lcnsprod=$LICENSE_PRODUCT" -!endif - qtnsisext::PatchBinary $0 "qt_demopath=" "qt_demopath=$2\demos" -!endif - - pop $1 - pop $2 - pop $0 -FunctionEnd - -#patching the prl files -Function PatchPrlFiles - exch $2 - exch - exch $3 ;buildDir - push $0 - push $1 - - FindFirst $0 $1 "$2\lib\*.prl" - loop: - StrCmp $1 "" done - DetailPrint "Patching $1..." - - push "$2\lib\$1" - push $3 - push $2 - call PatchPath - - FindNext $0 $1 - Goto loop - done: - pop $1 - pop $0 - pop $3 - pop $2 -FunctionEnd - -# -# patch line in text files -# push "qtcore4.prl" #Filename -# push "#define ..." #START WITH -# push "c:\qt" #REPLACE WITH -# call PatchLine -# -Function PatchLine - exch $2 ;replacement line - exch 2 - exch $1 ;Filename - exch - exch $0 ;start with - push $3 ; tmp filename - push $4 ; handle (tmp) - push $5 ; handle (org) - push $6 ; string - - ClearErrors - GetTempFileName $3 - IfErrors done - FileOpen $4 $3 w - IfErrors done - FileOpen $5 $1 r - IfErrors done - -nextline: - FileRead $5 $6 - IfErrors renameFile - push $6 - push $0 - push $2 - call ReplaceLine - pop $6 - FileWrite $4 $6 - goto nextline - -renameFile: - FileClose $4 - FileClose $5 - SetDetailsPrint none - Delete $1 - Rename $3 $1 - SetDetailsPrint both - - done: - pop $6 - pop $5 - pop $4 - pop $3 - pop $0 - pop $1 - pop $2 -FunctionEnd - -# -# replaces a string that starts with something, with another string -# push string -# push "#define ..." #START WITH -# push "c:\qt" #REPLACE WITH -# call ReplaceLine -# pop $0 #new string -# -Function ReplaceLine - exch $2 ;new line - exch 2 - exch $1 ;string - exch - exch $0 ;start with - - push $3 ; tmp string - push $4 ; counter - push $5 ; strlen - - StrCpy $4 "-1" - StrLen $5 $1 - - loop: - IntOp $4 $4 + 1 ;increase counter - StrCpy $3 $1 $4 ;get substring - IntCmp $4 $5 copystring ; check for end - StrCmp $3 $0 done ;start with found - goto loop - - copystring: - StrCpy $2 $1 - goto done - - done: - pop $5 - pop $4 - pop $3 - pop $0 - pop $1 - exch $2 -FunctionEnd - -# -# patch paths in text files -# push "qtcore4.prl" #Filename -# push "c:\compile" #OLD_QTDIR -# push "c:\qt" #QTDIR -# call PatchPath -# -Function PatchPath - exch $2 ;NEW - exch 2 - exch $1 ;Filename - exch - exch $0 ;OLD - push $3 ;readline - push $4 ;file 1 - push $5 ;file 2 - push $6 ;tmpfilename - - push $7 ;forward slash NEW - push $8 ;forward slash OLD - - push $2 - push "\" - push "/" - call ReplaceString - pop $7 - - push $0 - push "\" - push "/" - call ReplaceString - pop $8 - - ClearErrors - GetTempFileName $6 - IfErrors done - FileOpen $5 $6 w - IfErrors done - FileOpen $4 $1 r - IfErrors done - -nextline: - FileRead $4 $3 - IfErrors renameFile - push $3 - push $0 - push $2 - call ReplaceString ;replace backward slash path - push $8 - push $7 - call ReplaceString ;replace forward slash path - pop $3 - FileWrite $5 $3 - goto nextline - -renameFile: - FileClose $5 - FileClose $4 - SetDetailsPrint none - Delete $1 - Rename $6 $1 - SetDetailsPrint both - -done: - pop $8 - pop $7 - pop $6 - pop $5 - pop $4 - pop $3 - pop $0 - pop $1 - pop $2 -FunctionEnd - -# -# replaces a string with another string -# push string -# push "c:\qt" #replace -# push "c:\compile" #with -# call ReplaceString -# pop $0 #new string -# -!macro ReplaceString UN -Function ${UN}ReplaceString - exch $2 ;NEW - exch 2 - exch $1 ;string - exch - exch $0 ;OLD - - push $3 ; tmp string - push $4 ; counter - push $5 ; result - - push $6 ; old strlen - - StrCpy $4 "-1" - StrCpy $5 "" - - StrLen $6 $0 - - loop: - IntOp $4 $4 + 1 ;increase counter - StrCpy $3 $1 $6 $4 ;get substring - StrCmp $3 "" done ; check for end - StrCmp $3 $0 replace ;replace if old - StrCpy $3 $1 "1" $4 - StrCpy $5 $5$3 ;append character to result - goto loop - - replace: - StrCpy $5 $5$2 ;insert new qtdir - IntOp $4 $4 + $6 ;increase offset - IntOp $4 $4 - 1 ;decrease offset one more - goto loop - - done: - StrCpy $2 $5 - pop $6 - pop $5 - pop $4 - pop $3 - pop $0 - pop $1 - exch $2 -FunctionEnd -!macroend -!insertmacro ReplaceString "" -!insertmacro ReplaceString "un." - -Function CommonCheckDirectory - exch $4 - exch - exch $5 - push $0 - push $1 - push $2 - push $3 - - ; check if qt is already installed - IfFileExists "$4\bin\qmake.exe" 0 +2 - IfFileExists "$4\uninst.exe" qtExistsError - - ; check if directory is empty - FindFirst $0 $1 "$4\*" - CommonCheckDirectory_FileSearchLoop: - StrCmp $1 "" CommonCheckDirectory_DirDoesNotExist - StrCmp $1 "." CommonCheckDirectory_ContinueSearchLoop - StrCmp $1 ".." CommonCheckDirectory_ContinueSearchLoop - goto CommonCheckDirectory_FoundFile - CommonCheckDirectory_ContinueSearchLoop: - FindNext $0 $1 - goto CommonCheckDirectory_FileSearchLoop - -CommonCheckDirectory_FoundFile: - FindClose $0 - MessageBox MB_YESNO|MB_ICONEXCLAMATION "This directory already has contents. Are you sure you want to use this directory?" IDYES CommonCheckDirectory_DirDoesNotExist - Goto errorInDirectory -CommonCheckDirectory_DirDoesNotExist: - FindClose $0 - - GetInstDirError $0 - IntCmp 0 $0 0 instDirError - - StrLen $0 $4 - -!ifdef USE_NODIRLENGTHCHECK - StrCpy $1 "400" -!else - StrLen $1 $5 -!endif - - IntCmp $1 $0 0 directoryToLong - - ;check for spaces - StrCpy $2 "-1" - StrCpy $3 "" - - loop: - IntOp $2 $2 + 1 ;increase counter - StrCpy $3 $4 "1" $2 ;get char - StrCmp $3 "" directoryOk ; check for end - StrCmp $3 " " spaceInDirectory ;check for space - goto loop - -qtExistsError: - MessageBox MB_OK|MB_ICONEXCLAMATION "Qt is already installed in this directory. Please uninstall the previous version and try again." - Goto errorInDirectory - -instDirError: - MessageBox MB_OK|MB_ICONEXCLAMATION "This is not a valid installation directory." - Goto errorInDirectory - -spaceInDirectory: - MessageBox MB_OK|MB_ICONEXCLAMATION "The installation path can't contain spaces." - Goto errorInDirectory - -directoryToLong: - MessageBox MB_OK|MB_ICONEXCLAMATION "The installation directory is to long." - Goto errorInDirectory - -errorInDirectory: - pop $3 - pop $2 - pop $1 - pop $0 - pop $5 - pop $4 - Abort - goto done - -directoryOk: - pop $3 - pop $2 - pop $1 - pop $0 - pop $5 - pop $4 -done: -FunctionEnd - -!endif ;QTCOMMON_INCLUDE diff --git a/tools/installer/nsis/includes/qtenv.nsh b/tools/installer/nsis/includes/qtenv.nsh deleted file mode 100644 index 8a06888..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/nsis/includes/qtenv.nsh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,303 +0,0 @@ -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -;; -;; Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). -;; All rights reserved. -;; Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) -;; -;; This file is part of the tools applications of the Qt Toolkit. -;; -;; $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ -;; No Commercial Usage -;; This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. -;; You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions -;; contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying -;; this package. -;; -;; GNU Lesser General Public License Usage -;; Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser -;; General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software -;; Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the -;; packaging of this file. Please review the following information to -;; ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements -;; will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. -;; -;; In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional -;; rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception -;; version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. -;; -;; If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact -;; Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; $QT_END_LICENSE$ -;; -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -!ifndef QTENV_INCLUDE -!define QTENV_INCLUDE -# -# creates a qtvars.bat file in $QTDIR\bin -# push "vs2003" #compiler -# push "c:\qt" #QTDIR -# call MakeQtVarsFile -# -Function MakeQtVarsFile - exch $1 ; QTDIR - exch - exch $3 ; vs version - push $0 ; file handle - push $2 - push $4 - - push $3 - call GetMkSpec - pop $2 - - ClearErrors - FileOpen $0 "$1\bin\qtvars.bat" w - IfErrors done - FileWrite $0 "@echo off$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "rem$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "rem This file is generated$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "rem$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "echo Setting up a Qt environment...$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "echo -- QTDIR set to $1$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "echo -- Added $1\bin to PATH$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "echo -- QMAKESPEC set to $2$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "set QTDIR=$1$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "set PATH=$1\bin;%PATH%$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "set QMAKESPEC=$2$\r$\n" - - call IsExpressVersion - pop $4 - strcmp $4 "" noExpressVersion - FileWrite $0 "$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 'regedit /e S$$D$$K$$ "HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\MicrosoftSDK"$\r$\n' - Filewrite $0 'if not exist S$$D$$K$$ goto ENDSDK\r$\n' - FileWrite $0 'find "Install Dir" < S$$D$$K$$ > D$$I$$R$$$\r$\n' - FileWrite $0 'del S$$D$$K$$$\r$\n' - FileWrite $0 'for /f "tokens=2 delims==" %%i in (D$$I$$R$$) do call %%i\setenv$\r$\n' - FileWrite $0 'del D$$I$$R$$$\r$\n' - Filewrite $0 ':ENDSDK\r$\n' - noExpressVersion: - - push $3 - call GetVSVarsFile - pop $2 - strcmp $2 "" novsvars - FileWrite $0 "$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 'if not "%1"=="vsvars" goto END$\r$\n' - FileWrite $0 'call "$2"$\r$\n' - FileWrite $0 ":END$\r$\n" - - FileWrite $0 "$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 'if not "%1"=="vsstart" goto ENDSTARTVS$\r$\n' - FileWrite $0 'call "$2"$\r$\n' - - strcmp $3 "vc60" vc60startup - FileWrite $0 "devenv /useenv$\r$\n" - Goto donevsstartup - vc60startup: - FileWrite $0 "msdev /useenv$\r$\n" - donevsstartup: - - FileWrite $0 ":ENDSTARTVS$\r$\n" - - novsvars: - FileWrite $0 "$\r$\n" - FileClose $0 - done: - pop $4 - pop $2 - pop $0 - pop $3 - pop $1 -FunctionEnd - -Function GetMkSpec - exch $0 - StrCmp $0 "mingw" MINGW - StrCmp $0 "vs2005" VS2005 - StrCmp $0 "vs2003" VS2003 - StrCmp $0 "vs2002" VS2002 - StrCmp $0 "vc60" VS60 - StrCmp $0 "icc" ICC - - MINGW: - pop $0 - push "win32-g++" - goto done - - VS2005: - pop $0 - push "win32-msvc2005" - goto done - - VS2003: - pop $0 - push "win32-msvc.net" - goto done - - VS2002: - pop $0 - push "win32-msvc.net" - goto done - - VS60: - pop $0 - push "win32-msvc" - goto done - - ICC: - pop $0 - push "win32-icc" - goto done - - done: -FunctionEnd - -!define AD_COMPILER_NAME_VS2005 "Visual Studio .NET 2005" -!define AD_COMPILER_NAME_VS2005_EXPRESS "Visual C++ 2005 Express Edition" -!define AD_COMPILER_NAME_VS2003 "Visual Studio .NET 2003" -!define AD_COMPILER_NAME_VS2002 "Visual Studio .NET 2002" -!define AD_COMPILER_NAME_VC60 "Visual Studio 6.0" -!define AD_COMPILER_NAME_ICC "Intel C++ Compiler" -!define AD_COMPILER_NAME_MINGW "MinGW (Must be in PATH!)" - -Function GetShortCompilerName - exch $0 - - strcmp "$0" "${AD_COMPILER_NAME_VS2005}" 0 +3 - strcpy $0 "vs2005" - goto done - - strcmp "$0" "${AD_COMPILER_NAME_VS2005_EXPRESS}" 0 +3 - strcpy $0 "vs2005" - goto done - - strcmp "$0" "${AD_COMPILER_NAME_VS2003}" 0 +3 - strcpy $0 "vs2003" - goto done - - strcmp "$0" "${AD_COMPILER_NAME_VS2002}" 0 +3 - strcpy $0 "vs2002" - goto done - - strcmp "$0" "${AD_COMPILER_NAME_VC60}" 0 +3 - strcpy $0 "vc60" - goto done - - strcmp "$0" "${AD_COMPILER_NAME_ICC}" 0 +3 - strcpy $0 "icc" - goto done - - strcmp "$0" "${AD_COMPILER_NAME_MINGW}" 0 +3 - strcpy $0 "mingw" - goto done - - strcpy $0 "" ;this is bad! - - done: - exch $0 -FunctionEnd - -Function IsExpressVersion - push $0 - ReadRegStr $0 HKLM "Software\Microsoft\VCExpress\8.0" "InstallDir" - ClearErrors - exch $0 -FunctionEnd - -Function AutoDetectCompilers - push $0 - push $1 - - strcpy $1 "" - - ReadRegStr $0 HKLM "Software\Microsoft\VisualStudio\8.0" "InstallDir" - strcmp $0 "" +2 - strcpy $1 "$1${AD_COMPILER_NAME_VS2005}|" - - ReadRegStr $0 HKLM "Software\Microsoft\VCExpress\8.0" "InstallDir" - strcmp $0 "" +2 - strcpy $1 "$1${AD_COMPILER_NAME_VS2005_EXPRESS}|" - - ReadRegStr $0 HKLM "Software\Microsoft\VisualStudio\7.1" "InstallDir" - strcmp $0 "" +2 - strcpy $1 "$1${AD_COMPILER_NAME_VS2003}|" - - ReadRegStr $0 HKLM "Software\Microsoft\VisualStudio\7.0" "InstallDir" - strcmp $0 "" +2 - strcpy $1 "$1${AD_COMPILER_NAME_VS2002}|" - - ReadRegStr $0 HKLM "Software\Microsoft\VisualStudio\6.0\Setup" "VsCommonDir" - strcmp $0 "" +2 - strcpy $1 "$1${AD_COMPILER_NAME_VC60}|" - - ReadRegStr $0 HKLM "Software\Intel\Compilers\C++\80" "Major Version" - strcmp $0 "" +2 - strcpy $1 "$1${AD_COMPILER_NAME_ICC}|" - - strcpy $1 "$1${AD_COMPILER_NAME_MINGW}" - - exch - pop $0 - exch $1 -FunctionEnd - -Function GetVSVarsFile - exch $1 - push $0 - - StrCmp $1 "vs2005" VS2005 - StrCmp $1 "vs2003" VS2003 - StrCmp $1 "vs2002" VS2002 - StrCmp $1 "vc60" VS60 - - push "" ;empty string if not found - goto done - - VS2005: - ReadRegStr $0 HKLM "Software\Microsoft\VisualStudio\8.0\Setup\VS" "ProductDir" - StrCmp $0 "" +1 foundVSDir ; found msvc.net 2005 - - ReadRegStr $0 HKLM "Software\Microsoft\VCExpress\8.0\Setup\VS" "ProductDir" - StrCmp $0 "" +1 foundVSDir ; found msvc.net 2005 epress - - VS2003: - ReadRegStr $0 HKLM "Software\Microsoft\VisualStudio\7.1\Setup\VS" "ProductDir" - StrCmp $0 "" +1 foundVSDir ; found msvc.net 2003 - - VS2002: - ReadRegStr $0 HKLM "Software\Microsoft\VisualStudio\7.0\Setup\VS" "ProductDir" - StrCmp $0 "" +1 foundVSDir ; found msvc.net 2002 - - VS60: - ReadRegStr $0 HKLM "Software\Microsoft\VisualStudio\6.0\Setup\Microsoft Visual C++" "ProductDir" - StrCmp $0 "" +1 foundVCDir ; found msvc 6.0 - - push "" ;empty string if not found - goto done - - foundVSDir: - push "$0\Common7\Tools\vsvars32.bat" - goto done - - foundVCDir: - push "$0\bin\vcvars32.bat" - - done: - exch - pop $0 - exch - pop $1 -FunctionEnd - -!endif ;QTENV_INCLUDE diff --git a/tools/installer/nsis/includes/system.nsh b/tools/installer/nsis/includes/system.nsh deleted file mode 100644 index 3bc5be2..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/nsis/includes/system.nsh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,269 +0,0 @@ -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -;; -;; Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). -;; All rights reserved. -;; Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) -;; -;; This file is part of the tools applications of the Qt Toolkit. -;; -;; $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ -;; No Commercial Usage -;; This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. -;; You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions -;; contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying -;; this package. -;; -;; GNU Lesser General Public License Usage -;; Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser -;; General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software -;; Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the -;; packaging of this file. Please review the following information to -;; ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements -;; will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. -;; -;; In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional -;; rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception -;; version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. -;; -;; If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact -;; Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; $QT_END_LICENSE$ -;; -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -!ifndef SYSTEM_INCLUDE -!define SYSTEM_INCLUDE - -!define QTVSIP2003_GUID "{789202F4-94F5-4f0a-AA00-73295FEBFD68}" -!define QTVSIP2005_GUID "{789202F4-94F5-4f0a-AA00-73295FEBFD69}" - -!define QMSNET2002_GUID "{C174ACCD-D856-4B60-9887-0FF9E841E0EC}" -!define QMSNET2003_GUID "{C174ACCE-D857-4B61-9888-0FF9E841E0ED}" -!define QMSNET2005_GUID "{14E98DB4-A232-49a4-8EC1-8CE4F6985C73}" - -!macro GetVSInstallationDir UN -; Usage: -; -; push "7.0" -; call GetVSInstallationDir -; pop $0 -; -; If the requested VS version can be found, its -; installation directory is returned. -Function ${UN}GetVSInstallationDir - Exch $0 - Push $1 - ReadRegStr $1 HKLM "Software\Microsoft\VisualStudio\$0" "InstallDir" - StrCpy $0 $1 - StrCmp $0 "" 0 +2 - SetErrors - Pop $1 - Exch $0 -FunctionEnd -!macroend - -!insertmacro GetVSInstallationDir "" -!insertmacro GetVSInstallationDir "un." - - -!macro IsDotNETInstalled UN -; Usage: -; -; push "8.0" -; call IsDotNETInstalled -; pop $0 -; -; $0 contains the path where the .NET framework is installed. -; If not installation can be found $0 is empty. -Function ${UN}IsDotNETInstalled - Exch $0 - Push $1 - Push $2 - Push $3 - Push $4 - Push $5 - - StrCpy $5 $0 - - ReadRegStr $4 HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE "Software\Microsoft\.NETFramework" "InstallRoot" - Push $4 - Exch $EXEDIR - Exch $EXEDIR - Pop $4 - - IfFileExists $4 0 noDotNET - StrCpy $0 0 - - EnumStart: - EnumRegKey $2 HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE "Software\Microsoft\.NETFramework\Policy" $0 - IntOp $0 $0 + 1 - StrCmp $2 "" noDotNET - StrCpy $1 0 - - EnumPolicy: - EnumRegValue $3 HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE "Software\Microsoft\.NETFramework\Policy\$2" $1 - IntOp $1 $1 + 1 - StrCmp $3 "" EnumStart - - StrCmp $5 "8.0" 0 +2 - StrCmp $2 "v2.0" 0 EnumPolicy - - IfFileExists "$4\$2.$3" foundDotNET EnumPolicy - - noDotNET: - StrCpy $0 0 - Goto done - - foundDotNET: - StrCpy $0 "$4\$2.$3" - - done: - Pop $5 - Pop $4 - Pop $3 - Pop $2 - Pop $1 - Exch $0 -FunctionEnd -!macroend - -!insertmacro IsDotNETInstalled "" -!insertmacro IsDotNETInstalled "un." - -!macro IsQMsNetInstalled UN -; Usage: -; -; push "8.0" -; call IsQMsNetInstalled -; pop $0 -Function ${UN}IsQMsNetInstalled - Exch $0 - Push $1 - Push $2 - Push $3 - - StrCmp $0 "7.0" 0 +2 - StrCpy $2 "${QMSNET2002_GUID}" - StrCmp $0 "7.1" 0 +2 - StrCpy $2 "${QMSNET2003_GUID}" - StrCmp $0 "8.0" 0 +2 - StrCpy $2 "${QMSNET2005_GUID}" - - StrCpy $3 0 - - ReadRegStr $1 HKLM "SOFTWARE\Microsoft\VisualStudio\$0\NewProjectTemplates\TemplateDirs\$2\/2" "TemplatesDir" - StrCmp $1 "" +3 - StrCpy $3 1 - goto done - - ReadRegStr $1 HKCU "SOFTWARE\Microsoft\VisualStudio\$0\NewProjectTemplates\TemplateDirs\$2\/2" "TemplatesDir" - StrCmp $1 "" +2 - StrCpy $3 1 - -done: - StrCpy $0 $3 - - Pop $3 - Pop $2 - Pop $1 - Exch $0 -FunctionEnd -!macroend - -!insertmacro IsQMsNetInstalled "" -!insertmacro IsQMsNetInstalled "un." - -!macro IsQMsDevInstalled UN -; Usage: -; -; call IsQMsDevInstalled -; pop $0 -Function ${UN}IsQMsDevInstalled - Push $0 - Push $1 - Push $2 - - StrCpy $0 0 - - ReadRegStr $1 HKLM "SOFTWARE\Microsoft\DevStudio\6.0\AddIns\q4msdev.Q4MsDev.1" "Filename" - StrCmp $1 "" +3 - StrCpy $0 1 - goto done - - ReadRegStr $1 HKCU "SOFTWARE\Microsoft\DevStudio\6.0\AddIns\q4msdev.Q4MsDev.1" "Filename" - StrCmp $1 "" +2 - StrCpy $0 1 - -done: - Pop $2 - Pop $1 - Exch $0 -FunctionEnd -!macroend - -!insertmacro IsQMsDevInstalled "" -!insertmacro IsQMsDevInstalled "un." - -!macro IsIntegrationInstalled UN -; Usage: -; -; push "8.0" -; call IsIntegrationInstalled -; pop $0 -Function ${UN}IsIntegrationInstalled - Exch $0 - Push $1 - Push $2 - - StrCmp $0 "7.1" 0 +2 - StrCpy $2 "${QTVSIP2003_GUID}" - StrCmp $0 "8.0" 0 +2 - StrCpy $2 "${QTVSIP2005_GUID}" - - ReadRegStr $1 HKLM "SOFTWARE\Microsoft\VisualStudio\$0\Packages\$2" "ProductName" - - StrCpy $0 0 - StrCmp $1 "" done - StrCpy $0 1 - -done: - Pop $2 - Pop $1 - Exch $0 -FunctionEnd -!macroend - -!insertmacro IsIntegrationInstalled "" -!insertmacro IsIntegrationInstalled "un." - -!macro AdministratorRights UN -Function ${UN}HasAdminRights - push $0 - ClearErrors - UserInfo::GetAccountType - IfErrors Yes ;It's probably Win95 - pop $0 - StrCmp $0 "Admin" Yes - StrCmp $0 "Power" Yes - - StrCpy $0 "false" - goto Done - - Yes: - StrCpy $0 "true" - - Done: - exch $0 -FunctionEnd -!macroend -!insertmacro AdministratorRights "" -!insertmacro AdministratorRights "un." - -!endif ;SYSTEM_INCLUDE diff --git a/tools/installer/nsis/installer.nsi b/tools/installer/nsis/installer.nsi deleted file mode 100644 index af7e9a8..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/nsis/installer.nsi +++ /dev/null @@ -1,524 +0,0 @@ -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -;; -;; Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). -;; All rights reserved. -;; Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) -;; -;; This file is part of the tools applications of the Qt Toolkit. -;; -;; $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ -;; No Commercial Usage -;; This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. -;; You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions -;; contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying -;; this package. -;; -;; GNU Lesser General Public License Usage -;; Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser -;; General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software -;; Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the -;; packaging of this file. Please review the following information to -;; ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements -;; will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. -;; -;; In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional -;; rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception -;; version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. -;; -;; If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact -;; Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; $QT_END_LICENSE$ -;; -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -; Script generated by the HM NIS Edit Script Wizard. - -!include "config.nsh" -!include "includes\global.nsh" - -!define PRODUCT_PUBLISHER "Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies)" -!define PRODUCT_WEB_SITE "http://qt.nokia.com" - -!define INSTALL_ICON "images\install.ico" -!define WELCOME_PAGE_ICON "images\qt-wizard.bmp" -!define PAGE_HEADER_ICON "images\qt-header.bmp" - -!include "MUI.nsh" - -; modules -!include "modules\mingw.nsh" -!include "modules\opensource.nsh" -!include "includes\instdir.nsh" -!include "modules\environment.nsh" -!include "modules\registeruiext.nsh" -!ifndef OPENSOURCE_BUILD -!include "modules\msvc.nsh" -!include "modules\addin7x.nsh" -!include "modules\qsa.nsh" -!include "modules\addin60.nsh" -!include "modules\debugext.nsh" -!include "modules\license.nsh" -!include "modules\vsip.nsh" -!include "modules\help.nsh" -!include "modules\evaluation.nsh" -!include "modules\eclipse.nsh" -!include "modules\qtjambieclipse.nsh" -!endif - -; MUI Settings -!define MUI_ABORTWARNING -!define MUI_ICON "${INSTALL_ICON}" -!define MUI_UNICON "${INSTALL_ICON}" - -!define MUI_HEADERIMAGE -!define MUI_HEADERIMAGE_BITMAP "${PAGE_HEADER_ICON}" -!define MUI_HEADERIMAGE_UNBITMAP "${PAGE_HEADER_ICON}" - -!define MUI_WELCOMEFINISHPAGE_BITMAP "${WELCOME_PAGE_ICON}" -!define MUI_UNWELCOMEFINISHPAGE_BITMAP "${WELCOME_PAGE_ICON}" - -!ifdef WELCOME_NOTE - !define MUI_WELCOMEPAGE_TEXT "${WELCOME_NOTE}" -!endif -!insertmacro MUI_PAGE_WELCOME -!insertmacro OPENSOURCE_INITIALIZE -!ifndef OPENSOURCE_BUILD -!insertmacro EVALUATION_INITIALIZE -!insertmacro LICENSECHECK_INITIALIZE -!insertmacro MSVC_INITIALIZE -!insertmacro ADDIN7X_INITIALIZE -!insertmacro ADDIN60_INITIALIZE -!insertmacro DEBUGEXT_INITIALIZE -!insertmacro HELP_INITIALIZE -!insertmacro VSIP_INITIALIZE -!endif - -!ifdef USE_COMPONENT_PAGE - !insertmacro MUI_PAGE_COMPONENTS -!endif - -!ifdef USE_DIRECTORY_PAGE - !insertmacro INSTDIR_INITIALIZE -!endif - -!ifdef USE_STARTMENU_PAGE - !define MUI_STARTMENUPAGE_NODISABLE - !define MUI_STARTMENUPAGE_DEFAULTFOLDER "${DEFAULT_STARTMENU_STRING}" - !insertmacro MUI_PAGE_STARTMENU 1 $STARTMENU_STRING -!endif - -!insertmacro MINGW_INITIALIZE -!insertmacro ENVIRONMENT_INITIALIZE -!insertmacro REGISTERUIEXT_INITIALIZE -!ifndef OPENSOURCE_BUILD -!insertmacro QSA_INITIALIZE -!insertmacro ECLIPSE_INITIALIZE -!insertmacro QTJAMBIECLIPSE_INITIALIZE -!endif - -!define MUI_FINISHPAGE_NOAUTOCLOSE - -!insertmacro MUI_PAGE_INSTFILES -!ifdef README_FILE - !define MUI_FINISHPAGE_SHOWREADME ${README_FILE} -!else - !ifdef README_FUNCTION - !define MUI_FINISHPAGE_SHOWREADME - !define MUI_FINISHPAGE_SHOWREADME_TEXT "${README_FUNCTION}" - !define MUI_FINISHPAGE_SHOWREADME_FUNCTION "CommonReadmeFunction" - !endif -!endif -!ifdef RUN_FUNCTION - !define MUI_FINISHPAGE_RUN - !define MUI_FINISHPAGE_RUN_TEXT "${RUN_FUNCTION}" - !define MUI_FINISHPAGE_RUN_FUNCTION "CommonRunFunction" -!endif -!insertmacro MUI_PAGE_FINISH - -!insertmacro MUI_UNPAGE_WELCOME -!define UNINSTALLER_CONFIRM_PAGE "confirmpage.ini" -UninstPage custom un.UninstallerConfirmPage -!insertmacro MUI_UNPAGE_INSTFILES - -!insertmacro MUI_UNPAGE_FINISH - -!insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "English" - -Name "${PRODUCT_NAME} ${PRODUCT_VERSION}" -OutFile ${OUTPUT_FILE} - -Section -PreCommonSection -!ifdef INSTDIR_0 ;the default one, must exist - strcpy $INSTDIR $${INSTDIR_0}_INSTDIR - ${StrRep} $PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY "${PRODUCT_NAME} ${PRODUCT_VERSION} - $INSTDIR" "\" "_" - strcpy $PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY "Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" - WriteRegStr SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "${INSTDIR_0}_INSTDIR" "$${INSTDIR_0}_INSTDIR" -!endif -!ifdef INSTDIR_1 - WriteRegStr SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "${INSTDIR_1}_INSTDIR" "$${INSTDIR_1}_INSTDIR" -!endif -!ifdef INSTDIR_2 - WriteRegStr SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "${INSTDIR_2}_INSTDIR" "$${INSTDIR_2}_INSTDIR" -!endif -!ifdef INSTDIR_3 - WriteRegStr SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "${INSTDIR_3}_INSTDIR" "$${INSTDIR_3}_INSTDIR" -!endif -!ifdef INSTDIR_4 - WriteRegStr SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "${INSTDIR_4}_INSTDIR" "$${INSTDIR_4}_INSTDIR" -!endif -!ifdef INSTDIR_5 - WriteRegStr SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "${INSTDIR_5}_INSTDIR" "$${INSTDIR_5}_INSTDIR" -!endif - - WriteRegStr SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "StartMenu" "$STARTMENU_STRING" - CreateDirectory "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_STRING" -SectionEnd - -!insertmacro OPENSOURCE_SECTIONS -!insertmacro MINGW_SECTIONS -!insertmacro ENVIRONMENT_SECTIONS -!insertmacro REGISTERUIEXT_SECTIONS -!ifndef OPENSOURCE_BUILD -!insertmacro MSVC_SECTIONS -!insertmacro ADDIN7X_SECTIONS -!insertmacro ADDIN60_SECTIONS -!insertmacro VSIP_SECTIONS -!insertmacro HELP_SECTIONS -!insertmacro DEBUGEXT_SECTIONS -!insertmacro LICENSECHECK_SECTIONS -!insertmacro QSA_SECTIONS -!insertmacro EVALUATION_SECTIONS -!insertmacro ECLIPSE_SECTIONS -!insertmacro QTJAMBIECLIPSE_SECTIONS -!endif - -!insertmacro INSTDIR_FUNCTIONS - -Section -CommonSection - WriteUninstaller "$INSTDIR\uninst.exe" - - WriteRegStr SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "DisplayName" "$(^Name)" - WriteRegStr SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "UninstallString" "$INSTDIR\uninst.exe" - WriteRegStr SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "DisplayVersion" "${PRODUCT_VERSION}" - WriteRegStr SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "URLInfoAbout" "${PRODUCT_WEB_SITE}" - WriteRegStr SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "Publisher" "${PRODUCT_PUBLISHER}" - - WriteIniStr "$INSTDIR\${PRODUCT_NAME}.url" "InternetShortcut" "URL" "${PRODUCT_WEB_SITE}" - CreateShortCut "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_STRING\qt.nokia.com.lnk" "$INSTDIR\${PRODUCT_NAME}.url" - CreateShortCut "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_STRING\Uninstall ${PRODUCT_NAME} ${PRODUCT_VERSION}.lnk" "$INSTDIR\uninst.exe" - SetOutPath "$INSTDIR" -SectionEnd - -Function CheckLocalLicenseProduct -!ifdef MODULE_LICENSECHECK - !insertmacro QSA_CHECKLICENSEPRODUCT -!endif -FunctionEnd - -Function .onInit - StrCpy $STARTMENU_STRING "${DEFAULT_STARTMENU_STRING}" - -!ifdef USE_UNINSTALL_PREVIOUS - push "${PRODUCT_NAME}" - call GetExistsPreviousInstallationOfProduct - exch $0 - StrCmp $0 true 0 +3 - MessageBox MB_OK|MB_ICONSTOP "A previous installation of ${PRODUCT_NAME} was detected.$\nPlease uninstall it before running this installer." - Abort - pop $0 -!endif - - call SetAdminVar - StrCmp "$RUNNING_AS_ADMIN" "false" 0 common_running_as_admin -!ifdef USE_ADMIN_CHECK - MessageBox MB_OK|MB_ICONSTOP "You need to have administrator rights to install this software!" - Abort -!endif - SetShellVarContext current - goto common_admin_check_done - common_running_as_admin: - SetShellVarContext all - common_admin_check_done: - - !insertmacro INSTDIR_STARTUP - - !insertmacro OPENSOURCE_STARTUP - !insertmacro ENVIRONMENT_STARTUP - !insertmacro REGISTERUIEXT_STARTUP - !insertmacro MINGW_STARTUP -!ifndef OPENSOURCE_BUILD - !insertmacro LICENSECHECK_STARTUP - !insertmacro MSVC_STARTUP - !insertmacro EVALUATION_STARTUP - !insertmacro ADDIN7X_STARTUP - !insertmacro ADDIN60_STARTUP - !insertmacro DEBUGEXT_STARTUP - !insertmacro VSIP_STARTUP - !insertmacro HELP_STARTUP - !insertmacro QSA_STARTUP - !insertmacro ECLIPSE_STARTUP - !insertmacro QTJAMBIECLIPSE_STARTUP -!endif -FunctionEnd - -Function .onInstSuccess - !insertmacro ENVIRONMENT_FINISH - !insertmacro REGISTERUIEXT_FINISH - !insertmacro OPENSOURCE_FINISH - !insertmacro MINGW_FINISH -!ifndef OPENSOURCE_BUILD - !insertmacro LICENSECHECK_FINISH - !insertmacro MSVC_FINISH - !insertmacro EVALUATION_FINISH - !insertmacro ADDIN7X_FINISH - !insertmacro ADDIN60_FINISH - !insertmacro DEBUGEXT_FINISH - !insertmacro VSIP_FINISH - !insertmacro HELP_FINISH - !insertmacro QSA_FINISH - !insertmacro ECLIPSE_FINISH - !insertmacro QTJAMBIECLIPSE_FINISH -!endif -FunctionEnd - -Function un.onUninstSuccess - !insertmacro ENVIRONMENT_UNFINISH - !insertmacro REGISTERUIEXT_UNFINISH - !insertmacro OPENSOURCE_UNFINISH - !insertmacro MINGW_UNFINISH -!ifndef OPENSOURCE_BUILD - !insertmacro LICENSECHECK_UNFINISH - !insertmacro MSVC_UNFINISH - !insertmacro EVALUATION_UNFINISH - !insertmacro ADDIN7X_UNFINISH - !insertmacro ADDIN60_UNFINISH - !insertmacro DEBUGEXT_UNFINISH - !insertmacro VSIP_UNFINISH - !insertmacro HELP_UNFINISH - !insertmacro QSA_UNFINISH - !insertmacro ECLIPSE_UNFINISH - !insertmacro QTJAMBIECLIPSE_UNFINISH -!endif -FunctionEnd - -Function un.onInit - call un.SetAdminVar - StrCmp "$RUNNING_AS_ADMIN" "false" 0 common_running_as_admin -!ifdef USE_ADMIN_CHECK - MessageBox MB_OK|MB_ICONSTOP "You do not have the required access rights to uninstall this package." - Abort -!endif - SetShellVarContext current - goto common_admin_check_done - common_running_as_admin: - SetShellVarContext all - common_admin_check_done: - - ${UnStrRep} $PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY "${PRODUCT_NAME} ${PRODUCT_VERSION} - $INSTDIR" "\" "_" - strcpy $PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY "Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" - - push $0 - ClearErrors - ReadRegStr $0 SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "DisplayName" - IfErrors 0 +3 - MessageBox MB_OK|MB_ICONSTOP "The uninstaller was unable to find the product to uninstall." - Abort - pop $0 - - ReadRegStr $STARTMENU_STRING SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "StartMenu" - StrCmp "$STARTMENU_STRING" "" 0 +2 - StrCpy $STARTMENU_STRING "${DEFAULT_STARTMENU_STRING}" - -!ifdef INSTDIR_0 ;the default one, must exist - ReadRegStr $${INSTDIR_0}_INSTDIR SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "${INSTDIR_0}_INSTDIR" -!endif -!ifdef INSTDIR_1 - ReadRegStr $${INSTDIR_1}_INSTDIR SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "${INSTDIR_1}_INSTDIR" -!endif -!ifdef INSTDIR_2 - ReadRegStr $${INSTDIR_2}_INSTDIR SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "${INSTDIR_2}_INSTDIR" -!endif -!ifdef INSTDIR_3 - ReadRegStr $${INSTDIR_3}_INSTDIR SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "${INSTDIR_3}_INSTDIR" -!endif -!ifdef INSTDIR_4 - ReadRegStr $${INSTDIR_4}_INSTDIR SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "${INSTDIR_4}_INSTDIR" -!endif -!ifdef INSTDIR_5 - ReadRegStr $${INSTDIR_5}_INSTDIR SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "${INSTDIR_5}_INSTDIR" -!endif - - !insertmacro ENVIRONMENT_UNSTARTUP - !insertmacro REGISTERUIEXT_UNSTARTUP - !insertmacro OPENSOURCE_UNSTARTUP - !insertmacro MINGW_UNSTARTUP -!ifndef OPENSOURCE_BUILD - !insertmacro LICENSECHECK_UNSTARTUP - !insertmacro MSVC_UNSTARTUP - !insertmacro EVALUATION_UNSTARTUP - !insertmacro ADDIN7X_UNSTARTUP - !insertmacro ADDIN60_UNSTARTUP - !insertmacro DEBUGEXT_UNSTARTUP - !insertmacro VSIP_UNSTARTUP - !insertmacro HELP_UNSTARTUP - !insertmacro QSA_UNSTARTUP - !insertmacro ECLIPSE_UNSTARTUP - !insertmacro QTJAMBIECLIPSE_UNSTARTUP -!endif - - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_EXTRACT "${UNINSTALLER_CONFIRM_PAGE}" -FunctionEnd - -!insertmacro OPENSOURCE_UNINSTALL -!insertmacro ENVIRONMENT_UNINSTALL -!insertmacro REGISTERUIEXT_UNINSTALL -!insertmacro MINGW_UNINSTALL -!ifndef OPENSOURCE_BUILD -!insertmacro HELP_UNINSTALL -!insertmacro DEBUGEXT_UNINSTALL -!insertmacro MSVC_UNINSTALL -!insertmacro EVALUATION_UNINSTALL -!insertmacro QSA_UNINSTALL -!insertmacro ECLIPSE_UNINSTALL -!insertmacro QTJAMBIECLIPSE_UNINSTALL -!endif - -Section Uninstall - !ifndef OPENSOURCE_BUILD - !insertmacro LICENSECHECK_UNINSTALL - !insertmacro ADDIN7X_UNINSTALL - !insertmacro ADDIN60_UNINSTALL - !insertmacro VSIP_UNINSTALL - !endif - - ; COMMON - Delete "$INSTDIR\${PRODUCT_NAME}.url" - Delete "$INSTDIR\uninst.exe" - Delete "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_STRING\Uninstall ${PRODUCT_NAME} ${PRODUCT_VERSION}.lnk" - Delete "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_STRING\qt.nokia.com.lnk" - - RMDir "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_STRING" - RMDir "$INSTDIR" - - DeleteRegKey SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" -SectionEnd - -Function CommonRunFunction - !ifndef OPENSOURCE_BUILD - !insertmacro MSVC_RUN_FUNCTION - !insertmacro QSA_RUN_FUNCTION - !endif - !insertmacro MINGW_RUN_FUNCTION - DoneRunFunction: -FunctionEnd - -Function CommonReadmeFunction - !ifndef OPENSOURCE_BUILD - !insertmacro MSVC_README_FUNCTION - !endif - !insertmacro MINGW_README_FUNCTION - DoneReadmeFunction: -FunctionEnd - -Function un.UninstallerConfirmPage - !insertmacro MUI_HEADER_TEXT "Confirm" "Confirm Uninstallation Directories" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${UNINSTALLER_CONFIRM_PAGE}" "Field 2" "Text" "$UninstallerConfirmProduct" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_DISPLAY "${UNINSTALLER_CONFIRM_PAGE}" -FunctionEnd - -;pops product name from stack and as result pushes TRUE or FALSE on stack -Function GetExistsPreviousInstallationOfProduct - exch $0 - push $1 - push $2 - push $3 - - StrCpy $1 0 - loop: - EnumRegKey $2 HKLM Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall $1 - StrCmp $2 "" no_reg_key_found - ${StrStr} $3 $2 $0 - StrCmp $3 $2 reg_key_found - IntOp $1 $1 + 1 - goto loop - - reg_key_found: - push true - goto done - - no_reg_key_found: - push false - - done: - exch - pop $3 - exch - pop $2 - exch - pop $1 - exch - pop $0 -FunctionEnd - -;pops product name from stack -Function WarnIfInstalledProductDetected - exch $0 - push $0 - call GetExistsPreviousInstallationOfProduct - exch $1 - StrCmp $1 true +1 +3 - MessageBox MB_YESNO|MB_ICONQUESTION "An existing installation of $0 was detected.$\nIt is recommended to deinstall $0 before continuing.$\nDo you want to continue this installation nevertheless?" IDYES +2 IDNO +1 - Abort - pop $1 - pop $0 -FunctionEnd - -;sets $RUNNING_AS_ADMIN to "true" if Admin or Power user -!macro SetAdminVar UN -Function ${UN}SetAdminVar - push $0 - ClearErrors - UserInfo::GetAccountType - IfErrors Admin ;It's probably Win95 - pop $0 - StrCmp $0 "Admin" Admin - StrCmp $0 "Power" Admin - - StrCpy $RUNNING_AS_ADMIN "false" - goto Done - - Admin: - StrCpy $RUNNING_AS_ADMIN "true" - - Done: - pop $0 -FunctionEnd -!macroend -!insertmacro SetAdminVar "" -!insertmacro SetAdminVar "un." - -!insertmacro MUI_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTION_BEGIN - !insertmacro OPENSOURCE_DESCRIPTION - !insertmacro ENVIRONMENT_DESCRIPTION - !insertmacro REGISTERUIEXT_DESCRIPTION - !insertmacro MINGW_DESCRIPTION - !ifndef OPENSOURCE_BUILD - !insertmacro MSVC_DESCRIPTION - !insertmacro EVALUATION_DESCRIPTION - !insertmacro ADDIN7X_DESCRIPTION - !insertmacro ADDIN60_DESCRIPTION - !insertmacro DEBUGEXT_DESCRIPTION - !insertmacro HELP_DESCRIPTION - !insertmacro VSIP_DESCRIPTION - !insertmacro QSA_DESCRIPTION - !insertmacro ECLIPSE_DESCRIPTION - !insertmacro QTJAMBIECLIPSE_DESCRIPTION - !endif -!insertmacro MUI_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTION_END diff --git a/tools/installer/nsis/modules/environment.nsh b/tools/installer/nsis/modules/environment.nsh deleted file mode 100644 index fa610a7..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/nsis/modules/environment.nsh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,216 +0,0 @@ -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -;; -;; Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). -;; All rights reserved. -;; Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) -;; -;; This file is part of the tools applications of the Qt Toolkit. -;; -;; $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ -;; No Commercial Usage -;; This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. -;; You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions -;; contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying -;; this package. -;; -;; GNU Lesser General Public License Usage -;; Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser -;; General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software -;; Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the -;; packaging of this file. Please review the following information to -;; ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements -;; will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. -;; -;; In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional -;; rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception -;; version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. -;; -;; If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact -;; Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; $QT_END_LICENSE$ -;; -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -!ifdef MODULE_ENVIRONMENT -!macro ENVIRONMENT_INITIALIZE - !include "includes\writeEnvStr.nsh" - !include "includes\writePathStr.nsh" - - !ifndef MODULE_ENVIRONMENT_QTDIR - !ifdef MODULE_MINGW - !define MODULE_ENVIRONMENT_QTDIR $MINGW_INSTDIR - !endif - - !ifdef MODULE_MSVC - !define MODULE_ENVIRONMENT_QTDIR $MSVC_INSTDIR - !endif - !endif - - !define MODULE_ENVIRONMENT_PAGE "envpage.ini" - var MODULE_ENVIRONMENT_SET - var MODULE_ENVIRONMENT_OLD - LangString ModuleEnvironmentTitle ${LANG_ENGLISH} "Configure Environment" - LangString ModuleEnvironmentDescription ${LANG_ENGLISH} "Configure Qt environment variables" - - Page custom ModuleEnvironmentPageEnter ModuleEnvironmentPageExit -!macroend -!macro ENVIRONMENT_SECTIONS - Section -ModuleEnvironmentRegister - push "${MODULE_ENVIRONMENT_QTDIR}" - call RegisterQtEnvVariables - SectionEnd - - Function ModuleEnvironmentPageEnter - push $0 - Call IsNT - pop $0 - strcmp "$0" "1" +2 - abort - pop $0 - - !insertmacro MUI_HEADER_TEXT "$(ModuleEnvironmentTitle)" "$(ModuleEnvironmentDescription)" - - strcmp $MODULE_ENVIRONMENT_SET "1" 0 envCheckNo - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${MODULE_ENVIRONMENT_PAGE}" "Field 2" "State" "1" - goto showEnvPage - envCheckNo: - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${MODULE_ENVIRONMENT_PAGE}" "Field 2" "State" "0" - - showEnvPage: - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_DISPLAY "${MODULE_ENVIRONMENT_PAGE}" - FunctionEnd - - Function ModuleEnvironmentPageExit - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_READ $MODULE_ENVIRONMENT_SET "${MODULE_ENVIRONMENT_PAGE}" "Field 2" "State" - FunctionEnd - - Function RegisterQtEnvVariables - exch $2 ; the installation path = QTDIR - push $0 ; I think WriteEnvStr mixes up $0 and $1 - push $1 - - WriteRegDWORD SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "QtEnvSet" $MODULE_ENVIRONMENT_SET - - strcmp $MODULE_ENVIRONMENT_SET "1" 0 noenv - - StrCmp $MODULE_ENVIRONMENT_OLD "0" +4 - DetailPrint "Removing $MODULE_ENVIRONMENT_OLD\bin from PATH" - push "$MODULE_ENVIRONMENT_OLD\bin" - Call RemoveFromPath ; remove old qtdir - - DetailPrint "Setting QTDIR to $2" - push "QTDIR" - push $2 - Call WriteEnvStr ; set the QTDIR - - DetailPrint "Adding $2\bin to PATH" - push "$2\bin" - Call AddToPath ; set the PATH - - - push "QMAKESPEC" - push ${INSTALL_COMPILER} - Call GetMkSpec - pop $0 - DetailPrint "Setting QMAKESPEC to $0" - push $0 - Call WriteEnvStr ; set the QMAKESPEC - - noenv: - pop $1 - pop $0 - pop $2 - FunctionEnd - - Function un.RegisterQtEnvVariables - exch $0 ; QTDIR - push $1 - - ClearErrors - ReadRegDWORD $MODULE_ENVIRONMENT_SET SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "QtEnvSet" - intcmp $MODULE_ENVIRONMENT_SET 0 noenv - - DetailPrint "Removing $0\bin from the PATH" - push "$0\bin" - Call un.RemoveFromPath ; removes qt from the path - - ;Check if QTDIR is equal to installdir - ExpandEnvStrings $1 "%QTDIR%" - - StrCmp "$0" "$1" removeenv - StrCmp "$0\" "$1" removeenv - StrCmp "$0" "$1\" removeenv - Goto noenv - - removeenv: - DetailPrint "Removing QTDIR" - push "QTDIR" - Call un.DeleteEnvStr ; removes QTDIR - - DetailPrint "Removing QMAKESPEC" - push "QMAKESPEC" - Call un.DeleteEnvStr ; removes QMAKESPEC - - noenv: - pop $1 - pop $0 - FunctionEnd -!macroend -!macro ENVIRONMENT_DESCRIPTION -!macroend -!macro ENVIRONMENT_STARTUP - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_EXTRACT "${MODULE_ENVIRONMENT_PAGE}" - push $0 - ExpandEnvStrings $0 "%QTDIR%" - - StrCmp $0 "%QTDIR%" +4 - strcpy $MODULE_ENVIRONMENT_SET "0" ;QTDIR exists - strcpy $MODULE_ENVIRONMENT_OLD $0 - Goto +3 - strcpy $MODULE_ENVIRONMENT_SET "1" ;no QTDIR - strcpy $MODULE_ENVIRONMENT_OLD "0" - - Call IsNT - pop $0 - strcmp "$0" "1" +2 - strcpy $MODULE_ENVIRONMENT_SET "0" - pop $0 -!macroend -!macro ENVIRONMENT_FINISH -!macroend -!macro ENVIRONMENT_UNSTARTUP -!macroend -!macro ENVIRONMENT_UNINSTALL - Section -un.ModuleEnvironmentRegister - push "${MODULE_ENVIRONMENT_QTDIR}" - call un.RegisterQtEnvVariables - SectionEnd -!macroend -!macro ENVIRONMENT_UNFINISH -!macroend -!else ;MODULE_ENVIRONMENT -!macro ENVIRONMENT_INITIALIZE -!macroend -!macro ENVIRONMENT_SECTIONS -!macroend -!macro ENVIRONMENT_DESCRIPTION -!macroend -!macro ENVIRONMENT_STARTUP -!macroend -!macro ENVIRONMENT_FINISH -!macroend -!macro ENVIRONMENT_UNSTARTUP -!macroend -!macro ENVIRONMENT_UNINSTALL -!macroend -!macro ENVIRONMENT_UNFINISH -!macroend -!endif ;MODULE_ENVIRONMENT - diff --git a/tools/installer/nsis/modules/mingw.nsh b/tools/installer/nsis/modules/mingw.nsh deleted file mode 100644 index 8694790..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/nsis/modules/mingw.nsh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,670 +0,0 @@ -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -;; -;; Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). -;; All rights reserved. -;; Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) -;; -;; This file is part of the tools applications of the Qt Toolkit. -;; -;; $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ -;; No Commercial Usage -;; This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. -;; You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions -;; contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying -;; this package. -;; -;; GNU Lesser General Public License Usage -;; Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser -;; General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software -;; Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the -;; packaging of this file. Please review the following information to -;; ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements -;; will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. -;; -;; In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional -;; rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception -;; version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. -;; -;; If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact -;; Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; $QT_END_LICENSE$ -;; -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -!ifdef MODULE_MINGW -!macro MINGW_INITIALIZE -!include "includes\qtcommon.nsh" -!ifndef MODULE_MINGW_NAME - !define MODULE_MINGW_NAME "Qt" -!endif -!ifndef MODULE_MINGW_VERSION - !define MODULE_MINGW_VERSION "${PRODUCT_VERSION}" -!endif -!ifndef MODULE_MINGW_BUILDDIR - !error "MODULE_MINGW_BUILDDIR not defined!" -!endif -!ifndef MODULE_MINGW_ROOT - !error "MODULE_MINGW_ROOT not defined!" -!endif -!ifndef MODULE_MINGW_URL - !define MODULE_MINGW_URL "ftp://ftp.qt.nokia.com/misc" -!endif -!ifndef MODULE_MINGW_COMPILERVERSION - !define MODULE_MINGW_COMPILERVERSION "3.4.2" -!endif -!ifndef MODULE_MINGW_LICENSE - !define MODULE_MINGW_LICENSE "C:\MinGW\COPYING" -!endif - -!define MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOADPAGE "gwdownload.ini" -!define MODULE_MINGW_MIRRORPAGE "gwmirror.ini" -!define MODULE_MINGW_RUNTIME_LIB "mingw*.dll" -!define MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOADFILE "MinGW-${MODULE_MINGW_COMPILERVERSION}" - -var MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOAD -var MODULE_MINGW_SOURCEDOWNLOAD -var MODULE_MINGW_MIRRORS -var MODULE_MINGW_INSTOK -var MODULE_MINGW_COMPILERINSTDIR - -LangString ModuleMinGWTitle ${LANG_ENGLISH} "MinGW Installation" -LangString ModuleMinGWDescription ${LANG_ENGLISH} "You need MinGW to be able to compile Qt applications." -LangString ModuleMinGWMirrorTitle ${LANG_ENGLISH} "MinGW Download Mirror" -LangString ModuleMinGWMirrorDescription ${LANG_ENGLISH} "Select a download mirror." - -Page custom ModuleMinGWDownloadPageEnter ModuleMinGWDownloadPageExit -!define MUI_PAGE_CUSTOMFUNCTION_PRE ModuleMinGWLicensePageEnter -!define MUI_PAGE_HEADER_TEXT "MinGW License Agreement" -!define MUI_PAGE_HEADER_SUBTEXT "Please review the license terms before installing MinGW." -!define MUI_LICENSEPAGE_TEXT_TOP "MinGW License Information" -!insertmacro MUI_PAGE_LICENSE "${MODULE_MINGW_LICENSE}" -Page custom ModuleMinGWMirrorPageEnter ModuleMinGWMirrorPageExit - -!include "includes\qtenv.nsh" -!macroend - -!macro MINGW_SECTIONS -Section "${MODULE_MINGW_NAME} ${MODULE_MINGW_VERSION}" MINGW_SEC01 - strcmp "$MINGW_INSTDIR" "" 0 +5 - StrCpy $MINGW_INSTDIR "$INSTDIR\${MODULE_MINGW_NAME} ${MODULE_MINGW_VERSION}" - push $MINGW_INSTDIR - call MakeQtDirectory - pop $MINGW_INSTDIR - - WriteRegDWORD SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "MINGWInstalled" 1 - - SetOutPath "$MINGW_INSTDIR" - SetOverwrite ifnewer - !insertmacro MODULE_MINGW_INSTALLFILES - - push "$MINGW_INSTDIR\bin" - call AddStartmenuApplication - - push ${MODULE_MINGW_BUILDDIR} - push "$MINGW_INSTDIR" - call PatchPrlFiles - - IfFileExists "$MINGW_INSTDIR\.qmake.cache" 0 +5 - push "$MINGW_INSTDIR\.qmake.cache" - push ${MODULE_MINGW_BUILDDIR} - push $MINGW_INSTDIR - call PatchPath - - IfFileExists "$MINGW_INSTDIR\mkspecs\default\qmake.conf" 0 +5 - push "$MINGW_INSTDIR\mkspecs\default\qmake.conf" - push ${MODULE_MINGW_BUILDDIR} - push $MINGW_INSTDIR - call PatchPath - - push $MINGW_INSTDIR - call PatchCommonBinaryFiles - - push $MINGW_INSTDIR - call PatchLicenseInformation - - WriteRegStr SHCTX "SOFTWARE\Trolltech\Common\${MODULE_MINGW_VERSION}\$LICENSE_PRODUCT" "Key" "$LICENSE_KEY" - - push $MINGW_INSTDIR - call ModuleMinGWMakeEnvFile - CreateShortCut "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_STRING\${MODULE_MINGW_NAME} ${MODULE_MINGW_VERSION} Command Prompt.lnk" "%COMSPEC%" '/k "$MINGW_INSTDIR\bin\qtvars.bat"' - CreateShortCut "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_STRING\${MODULE_MINGW_NAME} ${MODULE_MINGW_VERSION} (Build Debug Libraries).lnk" "%COMSPEC%" '/k "$MINGW_INSTDIR\bin\qtvars.bat compile_debug"' - - push $0 - strcmp $MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOAD "no" DoneMinGWInstall - DetailPrint "Installing MinGW into $MODULE_MINGW_COMPILERINSTDIR" - WriteRegStr SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "MinGWInstDir" "$MODULE_MINGW_COMPILERINSTDIR" - nsExec::ExecToLog '"$MINGW_INSTDIR\downloads\${MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOADFILE}.exe" /S /D=$MODULE_MINGW_COMPILERINSTDIR' - pop $0 - strcmp $MODULE_MINGW_SOURCEDOWNLOAD "no" DoneMinGWInstall - DetailPrint "Installing MinGW sources into $MODULE_MINGW_COMPILERINSTDIR\src" - WriteRegDWORD SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "MinGWSources" 1 - nsExec::ExecToLog '"$MINGW_INSTDIR\downloads\${MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOADFILE}-src.exe" /S /D=$MODULE_MINGW_COMPILERINSTDIR\src' - pop $0 - DoneMinGWInstall: - pop $0 - - DetailPrint "Copying MinGW runtime..." - SetDetailsPrint none - CopyFiles /SILENT "$MODULE_MINGW_COMPILERINSTDIR\bin\${MODULE_MINGW_RUNTIME_LIB}" "$MINGW_INSTDIR\bin" - SetDetailsPrint both -SectionEnd - -Function EnableButtons - Push $0 - GetDlgItem $0 $HWNDPARENT 3 - EnableWindow $0 1 - GetDlgItem $0 $HWNDPARENT 1 - EnableWindow $0 1 - GetDlgItem $0 $HWNDPARENT 2 - EnableWindow $0 1 - Pop $0 -FunctionEnd - -Function DisableButtons - Push $0 - GetDlgItem $0 $HWNDPARENT 3 - EnableWindow $0 0 - GetDlgItem $0 $HWNDPARENT 1 - EnableWindow $0 0 - GetDlgItem $0 $HWNDPARENT 2 - EnableWindow $0 0 - Pop $0 -FunctionEnd - -Function ModuleMinGWDownloadPageEnter - strcmp $MODULE_MINGW_INSTOK "yes" 0 +2 - Abort - - !insertmacro MUI_HEADER_TEXT "$(ModuleMinGWTitle)" "$(ModuleMinGWTitleDescription)" - Call UpdateCtrlStates - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_DISPLAY "${MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOADPAGE}" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOADPAGE}" "Field 8" "State" "0" -FunctionEnd - -Function ModuleMinGWMirrorPageEnter - strcmp $MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOAD "yes" +2 - Abort - - !insertmacro MUI_HEADER_TEXT "$(ModuleMinGWMirrorTitle)" "$(ModuleMinGWMirrorDescription)" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_DISPLAY "${MODULE_MINGW_MIRRORPAGE}" -FunctionEnd - -Function ModuleMinGWLicensePageEnter - strcmp $MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOAD "yes" +2 - Abort -FunctionEnd - -Function UpdateCtrlStates - push $0 - push $1 - push $2 - - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_READ $0 "${MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOADPAGE}" "Field 8" "State" - intop $0 $0 ! - FindWindow $2 "#32770" "" $HWNDPARENT - GetDlgItem $1 $2 1205 - EnableWindow $1 $0 - GetDlgItem $1 $2 1202 - EnableWindow $1 $0 - GetDlgItem $1 $2 1203 - EnableWindow $1 $0 - - intop $0 $0 ! - GetDlgItem $1 $2 1206 - EnableWindow $1 $0 - GetDlgItem $1 $2 1207 - EnableWindow $1 $0 - GetDlgItem $1 $2 1208 - EnableWindow $1 $0 - - GetDlgItem $1 $HWNDPARENT 1 - IntCmp $0 0 +3 - SendMessage $1 ${WM_SETTEXT} 0 "STR:Next >" - Goto +2 - SendMessage $1 ${WM_SETTEXT} 0 "STR:Install" - - pop $2 - pop $1 - pop $0 -FunctionEnd - -Function ModuleMinGWDownloadPageExit - push $0 - push $1 - - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_READ $0 "${MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOADPAGE}" "Settings" "State" - strcmp "$0" "8" 0 NoNotify - Call UpdateCtrlStates - abort - NoNotify: - - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_READ $0 "${MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOADPAGE}" "Field 8" "State" - strcmp "$0" "0" noDownload doDownload - -doDownload: - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_READ $0 "${MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOADPAGE}" "Field 6" "State" - strcmp $0 "" 0 +3 - MessageBox MB_ICONEXCLAMATION|MB_OK "You need to specify an installation directory!" - goto tryAgain - - strcpy $MODULE_MINGW_COMPILERINSTDIR $0 - strcpy $MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOAD "yes" - CreateDirectory "$MINGW_INSTDIR\downloads" - - Call DisableButtons - InetLoad::load /BANNER "Mirror Download" "Downloading mirrors from server..." "${MODULE_MINGW_URL}/${MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOADFILE}.mirrors" "$MINGW_INSTDIR\downloads\${MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOADFILE}.mirrors" /END - Pop $1 ;Get the return value - Call EnableButtons - - StrCmp $1 "OK" +3 - MessageBox MB_ICONEXCLAMATION|MB_RETRYCANCEL "Was not able to download mirror list ($1)." IDRETRY tryAgain 0 - Quit - - call ModuleMinGWReadMirrors - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE ${MODULE_MINGW_MIRRORPAGE} "Field 3" "ListItems" "$MODULE_MINGW_MIRRORS" - goto done - -noDownload: - strcpy $MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOAD "no" - strcpy $MODULE_MINGW_SOURCEDOWNLOAD "no" - call ModuleMinGWChecking - strcmp $MODULE_MINGW_INSTOK "yes" done - MessageBox MB_ICONEXCLAMATION|MB_YESNO "There is a problem with your MinGW installation:$\r$\n$MODULE_MINGW_INSTOK$\r$\nDo you still want to continue? (Your installation may not work)" IDNO tryAgain - goto done - -tryAgain: - pop $1 - pop $0 - Abort - -done: - pop $1 - pop $0 -FunctionEnd - -Function ModuleMinGWMirrorPageExit - push $0 - push $2 - push $1 - - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_READ $0 "${MODULE_MINGW_MIRRORPAGE}" "Field 3" "State" - strcmp "$0" "" 0 +3 - MessageBox MB_ICONEXCLAMATION|MB_OK "You must select a mirror to download from!" - goto tryAgain - - push $0 - call ModuleMinGWGetMirror - pop $0 - - Call DisableButtons - InetLoad::load /BANNER "MinGW Download" "Downloading MinGW from server..." "$0/${MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOADFILE}.exe" "$MINGW_INSTDIR\downloads\${MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOADFILE}.exe" /END - Pop $2 ;get the return value - Call EnableButtons - - StrCmp $2 "OK" +3 - MessageBox MB_ICONEXCLAMATION|MB_OK "Was not able to download MinGW ($2). Please try another mirror." - Goto tryAgain - - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_READ $1 "${MODULE_MINGW_MIRRORPAGE}" "Field 2" "State" - strcmp "$1" "0" done - - Call DisableButtons - InetLoad::load /BANNER "MinGW Sources Download" "Downloading MinGW Sources from server..." "$0/${MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOADFILE}-src.exe" "$MINGW_INSTDIR\downloads\${MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOADFILE}-src.exe" /END - Pop $2 - Call EnableButtons - - strcpy $MODULE_MINGW_SOURCEDOWNLOAD "yes" - - StrCmp $2 "OK" +3 - MessageBox MB_ICONEXCLAMATION|MB_RETRYCANCEL "Was not able to download MinGW sources ($2). Please try another mirror?" IDRETRY tryAgain 0 - Quit - - goto done - -tryAgain: - pop $1 - pop $2 - pop $0 - Abort - -done: - pop $1 - pop $2 - pop $0 -FunctionEnd - -Function ModuleMinGWReadMirrors - push $0 ;file handle - push $1 ;line - - ClearErrors - FileOpen $0 "$MINGW_INSTDIR\downloads\${MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOADFILE}.mirrors" r - IfErrors done - - strcpy $MODULE_MINGW_MIRRORS "" - -nextline: - FileRead $0 $1 - IfErrors done - push $1 - call ModuleMinGWRemoveNewLine - pop $1 - strcpy $MODULE_MINGW_MIRRORS "$MODULE_MINGW_MIRRORS|$1" - FileRead $0 $1 ;Jump over next line - IfErrors done - goto nextline - -done: - FileClose $0 - strlen $1 $MODULE_MINGW_MIRRORS - intcmp $1 0 failed failed cleanup - -failed: - MessageBox MB_ICONSTOP|MB_OK "Unable to parse mirror list, exiting!" - Quit - -cleanup: - pop $1 - pop $0 -FunctionEnd - -#this just removes the last two chars -Function ModuleMinGWRemoveNewLine -exch $0 -push $1 -push $2 - -strlen $1 $0 -intop $1 $1 - 1 -strcpy $2 $0 1 $1 ;get last char - -strcmp "$2" "$\n" 0 +2 -intop $1 $1 - 1 - -strcpy $2 $0 1 $1 ;get last char -strcmp "$2" "$\r" 0 +2 -intop $1 $1 - 1 - -intop $1 $1 + 1 -strcpy $0 $0 $1 - -pop $2 -pop $1 -exch $0 -FunctionEnd - -#push serverid -#call GetMirror -#pop server -Function ModuleMinGWGetMirror - exch $1 ;id - push $0 ;file handle - push $2 ;line - push $3 ;tmp - - strcpy $3 "" - - ClearErrors - FileOpen $0 "$MINGW_INSTDIR\downloads\${MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOADFILE}.mirrors" r - IfErrors done - -nextline: - FileRead $0 $2 - IfErrors done - push $2 - call ModuleMinGWRemoveNewLine - pop $2 - strcmp $1 $2 0 nextline - FileRead $0 $3 - IfErrors done - push $3 - call ModuleMinGWRemoveNewLine - pop $3 - -done: - strcpy $1 $3 - FileClose $0 - strlen $2 $1 - intcmp $2 0 failed failed cleanup - -failed: - MessageBox MB_ICONSTOP|MB_OK "Unable to parse mirror list, exiting!" - Quit - -cleanup: - pop $3 - pop $2 - pop $0 - exch $1 -FunctionEnd - -Function ModuleMinGWChecking - push $0 - - ### update with plugin - strcpy $MODULE_MINGW_INSTOK "yes" - strcpy $MODULE_MINGW_COMPILERINSTDIR "C:\MinGW" ;fallback dir - - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_READ $0 "${MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOADPAGE}" "Field 3" "State" - strcmp "$0" "" +2 - strcpy $MODULE_MINGW_COMPILERINSTDIR $0 - - IfFileExists "$MODULE_MINGW_COMPILERINSTDIR\bin\g++.exe" +3 0 - strcpy $MODULE_MINGW_INSTOK "g++ not found in $MODULE_MINGW_COMPILERINSTDIR\bin\" - goto DoneChecking - -!ifndef OPENSOURCE_BUILD - ; check w32api.h - push $MODULE_MINGW_COMPILERINSTDIR - qtnsisext::HasValidWin32Library - pop $0 - strcmp "$0" "1" +3 0 - strcpy $MODULE_MINGW_INSTOK "The installer could not find a valid $MODULE_MINGW_COMPILERINSTDIR\include\w32api.h$\r$\n(The supported version is 3.2)" - goto DoneChecking - - ; check version - push $MODULE_MINGW_COMPILERINSTDIR - qtnsisext::GetMinGWVersion - pop $0 - strcmp "$0" "${MODULE_MINGW_COMPILERVERSION}" +3 0 - strcpy $MODULE_MINGW_INSTOK "g++ version found does not match ${MODULE_MINGW_COMPILERVERSION} (Found version $0)." - goto DoneChecking -!endif - -DoneChecking: - pop $0 -FunctionEnd - -# -# creates a qtvars.bat file in $QTDIR\bin -# push "c:\qt" #QTDIR -# call MakeQtVarsFile -# -Function ModuleMinGWMakeEnvFile - push $0 ; file handle - - ClearErrors - FileOpen $0 "$MINGW_INSTDIR\bin\qtvars.bat" w - IfErrors WriteMakeFile - FileWrite $0 "@echo off$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "rem$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "rem This file is generated$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "rem$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "echo Setting up a MinGW/Qt only environment...$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "echo -- QTDIR set to $MINGW_INSTDIR$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "echo -- PATH set to $MINGW_INSTDIR\bin$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "echo -- Adding $MODULE_MINGW_COMPILERINSTDIR\bin to PATH$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "echo -- Adding %SystemRoot%\System32 to PATH$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "echo -- QMAKESPEC set to win32-g++$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "set QTDIR=$MINGW_INSTDIR$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "set PATH=$MINGW_INSTDIR\bin$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "set PATH=%PATH%;$MODULE_MINGW_COMPILERINSTDIR\bin$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "set PATH=%PATH%;%SystemRoot%\System32$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "set QMAKESPEC=win32-g++$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "$\r$\n" - - FileWrite $0 'if not "%1"=="compile_debug" goto END$\r$\n' - FileWrite $0 "cd %QTDIR%$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "echo This will configure and compile qt in debug.$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "echo The release libraries will not be recompiled.$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "pause$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "configure -plugin-sql-sqlite -plugin-sql-odbc -qt-libpng -qt-libjpeg$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "cd %QTDIR%\src$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "qmake$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "mingw32-make debug$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 ":END$\r$\n" - FileClose $0 - -WriteMakeFile: - ClearErrors - FileOpen $0 "$MINGW_INSTDIR\bin\make.bat" w - IfErrors done - FileWrite $0 "@echo off$\r$\n" - FileWrite $0 "mingw32-make %*$\r$\n" - FileClose $0 - -done: -; pop $1 - pop $0 -FunctionEnd - -Function MINGW_ValidateDirectoryFunc - push "${MODULE_MINGW_BUILDDIR}" - push $MINGW_INSTDIR - call CommonCheckDirectory -FunctionEnd -!macroend - -!macro MINGW_DESCRIPTION - !insertmacro MUI_DESCRIPTION_TEXT ${MINGW_SEC01} "This installs ${MODULE_MINGW_NAME} version ${MODULE_MINGW_VERSION} on your system." -!macroend - -!macro MINGW_STARTUP - !ifndef MODULE_MINGW_NODEFAULT - SectionSetFlags ${MINGW_SEC01} 17 - !endif - strcpy $MINGW_INSTDIR "C:\Qt\${MODULE_MINGW_VERSION}" - push $MINGW_INSTDIR - call MakeQtDirectory - pop $MINGW_INSTDIR - - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_EXTRACT "${MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOADPAGE}" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_EXTRACT "${MODULE_MINGW_MIRRORPAGE}" - - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOADPAGE}" "Field 3" "State" "C:\MinGW" - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_WRITE "${MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOADPAGE}" "Field 6" "State" "C:\MinGW" - - strcpy $MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOAD "no" - strcpy $MODULE_MINGW_SOURCEDOWNLOAD "no" -!macroend - -!macro MINGW_FINISH -!macroend - -!macro MINGW_RUN_FUNCTION - ReadRegDWORD $0 SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "MINGWInstalled" - intcmp $0 1 0 DoneRunFunctionMINGW - - IfFileExists "$MINGW_INSTDIR\bin\qtdemo.exe" 0 +2 - Exec '$MINGW_INSTDIR\bin\qtdemo.exe' - goto DoneRunFunction ;don't run more applications - - DoneRunFunctionMINGW: -!macroend - -!macro MINGW_README_FUNCTION - ReadRegDWORD $0 SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "MINGWInstalled" - intcmp $0 1 0 DoneReadmeFunctionMINGW - - IfFileExists "$MINGW_INSTDIR\bin\assistant.exe" 0 +2 - Exec '$MINGW_INSTDIR\bin\assistant.exe' - goto DoneReadmeFunction ;don't run more applications - - DoneReadmeFunctionMINGW: -!macroend - -!macro MINGW_UNSTARTUP - strcmp "$MINGW_INSTDIR" "" 0 +5 - StrCpy $MINGW_INSTDIR "$INSTDIR\${MODULE_MINGW_NAME} ${MODULE_MINGW_VERSION}" - push $MINGW_INSTDIR - call un.MakeQtDirectory - pop $MINGW_INSTDIR - - !insertmacro ConfirmOnRemove "MINGWInstalled" "- ${MODULE_MINGW_NAME} ${MODULE_MINGW_VERSION} in $MINGW_INSTDIR" -!macroend - -!macro MINGW_UNINSTALL -Section un.ModuleMinGW - push $0 - push $1 - - ReadRegDWORD $0 SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "MINGWInstalled" - intcmp $0 1 0 DoneUnInstallMINGW - - Delete "$MINGW_INSTDIR\downloads\${MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOADFILE}.mirrors" - - ReadRegDWORD $0 SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "MinGWSources" - strcmp $0 "" MinGWSourcesUninstallDone ;not installed - Delete "$MINGW_INSTDIR\downloads\${MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOADFILE}-src.exe" - nsExec::ExecToLog '"$0\src\uninst.exe"' - pop $1 - MinGWSourcesUninstallDone: - - ReadRegStr $0 SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "MinGWInstDir" - strcmp $0 "" MinGWUninstallDone ;not installed - Delete "$MINGW_INSTDIR\downloads\${MODULE_MINGW_DOWNLOADFILE}.exe" - nsExec::ExecToLog '"$0\uninst.exe"' - pop $1 - MinGWUninstallDone: - - DetailPrint "Removing start menu shortcuts" - call un.RemoveStartmenuApplication - Delete "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_STRING\${MODULE_MINGW_NAME} ${MODULE_MINGW_VERSION} Command Prompt.lnk" - Delete "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_STRING\${MODULE_MINGW_NAME} ${MODULE_MINGW_VERSION} (Build Debug Libraries).lnk" - - Delete "$MINGW_INSTDIR\bin\${MODULE_MINGW_RUNTIME_LIB}" - Delete "$MINGW_INSTDIR\bin\make.bat" - Delete "$MINGW_INSTDIR\bin\qtvars.bat" - - !insertmacro MODULE_MINGW_REMOVE "$MINGW_INSTDIR" - RMDir $MINGW_INSTDIR ;removes it if empty - - DoneUnInstallMINGW: - pop $1 - pop $0 -SectionEnd -!macroend -!macro MINGW_UNFINISH -!macroend -!else ;MODULE_MINGW -!macro MINGW_INITIALIZE -!macroend -!macro MINGW_SECTIONS -!macroend -!macro MINGW_DESCRIPTION -!macroend -!macro MINGW_STARTUP -!macroend -!macro MINGW_FINISH -!macroend -!macro MINGW_RUN_FUNCTION -!macroend -!macro MINGW_README_FUNCTION -!macroend -!macro MINGW_UNSTARTUP -!macroend -!macro MINGW_UNINSTALL -!macroend -!macro MINGW_UNFINISH -!macroend -!endif ;MODULE_MINGW - diff --git a/tools/installer/nsis/modules/opensource.nsh b/tools/installer/nsis/modules/opensource.nsh deleted file mode 100644 index fbd6ef7..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/nsis/modules/opensource.nsh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ -;; -;; Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). -;; All rights reserved. -;; Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) -;; -;; This file is part of the tools applications of the Qt Toolkit. -;; -;; $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ -;; No Commercial Usage -;; This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. -;; You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions -;; contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying -;; this package. -;; -;; GNU Lesser General Public License Usage -;; Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser -;; General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software -;; Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the -;; packaging of this file. Please review the following information to -;; ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements -;; will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. -;; -;; In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional -;; rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception -;; version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. -;; -;; If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact -;; Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; $QT_END_LICENSE$ -;; -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -!ifdef MODULE_OPENSOURCE -!macro OPENSOURCE_INITIALIZE - !define MODULE_OPENSOURCE_PAGE "opensource.ini" - page custom ModuleOpenSourceShowPage -!macroend -!macro OPENSOURCE_SECTIONS - Section -ModuleOpenSourceSection - !ifdef MODULE_OPENSOURCE_ROOT - SetOutPath "$INSTDIR" - File "${MODULE_OPENSOURCE_ROOT}\OPENSOURCE-NOTICE.TXT" - !endif - SectionEnd - - Function ModuleOpenSourceShowPage - !insertmacro MUI_HEADER_TEXT "Open Source Edition" " " - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_DISPLAY "${MODULE_OPENSOURCE_PAGE}" - strcpy "$LICENSEE" "Open Source" - strcpy "$LICENSE_PRODUCT" "OpenSource" - FunctionEnd -!macroend -!macro OPENSOURCE_DESCRIPTION -!macroend -!macro OPENSOURCE_STARTUP - !insertmacro MUI_INSTALLOPTIONS_EXTRACT "${MODULE_OPENSOURCE_PAGE}" -!macroend -!macro OPENSOURCE_FINISH -!macroend -!macro OPENSOURCE_UNSTARTUP -!macroend -!macro OPENSOURCE_UNINSTALL - Section -un.ModuleOpenSourceSection - Delete "$SMPROGRAMS\$STARTMENU_STRING\OpenSource Notice.lnk" - SectionEnd -!macroend -!macro OPENSOURCE_UNFINISH -!macroend -!else ;MODULE_OPENSOURCE -!macro OPENSOURCE_INITIALIZE -!macroend -!macro OPENSOURCE_SECTIONS -!macroend -!macro OPENSOURCE_DESCRIPTION -!macroend -!macro OPENSOURCE_STARTUP -!macroend -!macro OPENSOURCE_FINISH -!macroend -!macro OPENSOURCE_UNSTARTUP -!macroend -!macro OPENSOURCE_UNINSTALL -!macroend -!macro OPENSOURCE_UNFINISH -!macroend -!endif ;MODULE_OPENSOURCE - diff --git a/tools/installer/nsis/modules/registeruiext.nsh b/tools/installer/nsis/modules/registeruiext.nsh deleted file mode 100644 index f895bde..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/nsis/modules/registeruiext.nsh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,207 +0,0 @@ -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -;; -;; Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). -;; All rights reserved. -;; Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) -;; -;; This file is part of the tools applications of the Qt Toolkit. -;; -;; $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ -;; No Commercial Usage -;; This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. -;; You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions -;; contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying -;; this package. -;; -;; GNU Lesser General Public License Usage -;; Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser -;; General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software -;; Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the -;; packaging of this file. Please review the following information to -;; ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements -;; will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. -;; -;; In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional -;; rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception -;; version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. -;; -;; If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact -;; Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; $QT_END_LICENSE$ -;; -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -; UI Extension Module - -!ifdef MODULE_REGISTERUIEXT - -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -!macro REGISTERUIEXT_INITIALIZE - !include "includes\system.nsh" - - !ifndef MODULE_REGISTERUIEXT_QTDIR - !ifdef MODULE_MINGW - !define MODULE_REGISTERUIEXT_QTDIR $MINGW_INSTDIR - !endif - - !ifdef MODULE_MSVC - !define MODULE_REGISTERUIEXT_QTDIR $MSVC_INSTDIR - !endif - !endif - - !define MODULE_REGISTERUIEXT_INTERNAL_DESC "Trolltech.DesignerForm" - !define MODULE_REGISTERUIEXT_DESC_DESIGNER "Open with Qt Designer" - !define MODULE_REGISTERUIEXT_DESC_DEVENV "Open with Visual Studio .NET" - !define MODULE_REGISTERUIEXT_FILE_DESC "Qt Designer File" -!macroend - -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -!macro REGISTERUIEXT_SECTIONS - -Function GetSelectedVSIP - Push $0 - Push $1 - - StrCpy $0 "" -!ifdef MODULE_VSIP -!ifdef VSIP_SEC01 - SectionGetFlags ${VSIP_SEC01} $1 - IntOp $1 $1 & 1 - IntCmp $1 0 +2 - StrCpy $0 "7.1" -!endif -!ifdef VSIP_SEC02 - SectionGetFlags ${VSIP_SEC02} $1 - IntOp $1 $1 & 1 - IntCmp $1 0 +2 - StrCpy $0 "8.0" -!endif -!endif - - Pop $1 - Exch $0 -FunctionEnd - -SectionGroup "File Associations" -Section "UI Files (*.ui)" REGISTERUIEXT_SEC01 - call ModuleRegisterUI -SectionEnd -SectionGroupEnd - -Function ModuleRegisterUI - push $0 - push $1 - - WriteRegDWORD SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "UIExtRegistered" 1 - WriteRegStr HKCR "${MODULE_REGISTERUIEXT_INTERNAL_DESC}" "" "${MODULE_REGISTERUIEXT_FILE_DESC}" - WriteRegStr HKCR "${MODULE_REGISTERUIEXT_INTERNAL_DESC}\shell" "" "open" - - Call GetSelectedVSIP - Pop $1 - - StrCmp "$1" "" 0 RegisterVSIP - WriteRegStr HKCR "${MODULE_REGISTERUIEXT_INTERNAL_DESC}\shell\open" "" "${MODULE_REGISTERUIEXT_DESC_DESIGNER}" - WriteRegStr HKCR "${MODULE_REGISTERUIEXT_INTERNAL_DESC}\shell\open\command" "" "${MODULE_REGISTERUIEXT_QTDIR}\bin\designer.exe $\"%1$\"" - WriteRegStr HKCR "${MODULE_REGISTERUIEXT_INTERNAL_DESC}\DefaultIcon" "" "${MODULE_REGISTERUIEXT_QTDIR}\bin\designer.exe,0" - goto RegisterFinished - - RegisterVSIP: - Push $1 - Call GetVSInstallationDir - Pop $0 - - WriteRegStr HKCR "${MODULE_REGISTERUIEXT_INTERNAL_DESC}\shell\open" "" "${MODULE_REGISTERUIEXT_DESC_DEVENV}" - WriteRegStr HKCR "${MODULE_REGISTERUIEXT_INTERNAL_DESC}\shell\${MODULE_REGISTERUIEXT_DESC_DEVENV}\command" "" "$0\devenv.exe $\"%1$\"" - WriteRegStr HKCR "${MODULE_REGISTERUIEXT_INTERNAL_DESC}\DefaultIcon" "" "$VSIP_INSTDIR\ui.ico" - RegisterFinished: - WriteRegStr HKCR ".ui" "" "${MODULE_REGISTERUIEXT_INTERNAL_DESC}" - - pop $1 - pop $0 -FunctionEnd - -!macroend - -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -!macro REGISTERUIEXT_DESCRIPTION - !insertmacro MUI_DESCRIPTION_TEXT ${REGISTERUIEXT_SEC01} "This will associate the file extention .ui with the Qt GUI editor." -!macroend - -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -!macro REGISTERUIEXT_STARTUP - StrCmp $RUNNING_AS_ADMIN "true" +2 - SectionSetFlags ${REGISTERUIEXT_SEC01} 16 -!macroend - -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -!macro REGISTERUIEXT_FINISH -!macroend - -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -!macro REGISTERUIEXT_UNSTARTUP -!macroend - -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -!macro REGISTERUIEXT_UNINSTALL -Function un.ModuleRegisterUI - push $1 - ReadRegStr $1 HKCR ".ui" "" - strcmp $1 "${MODULE_REGISTERUIEXT_INTERNAL_DESC}" 0 continue - ; do not delete this key since a subkey openwithlist - ; or open withprogid may exist - WriteRegStr HKCR ".ui" "" "" - continue: - ; just delete it since nobody else is supposed to use it - DeleteRegKey HKCR "${MODULE_REGISTERUIEXT_INTERNAL_DESC}" - - pop $1 -FunctionEnd - -Section -un.ModuleRegisterUIExtSection - push $0 - ReadRegDWORD $0 SHCTX "$PRODUCT_UNIQUE_KEY" "UIExtRegistered" - intcmp $0 1 0 DoneUnRegister - call un.ModuleRegisterUI - DoneUnRegister: - pop $0 -SectionEnd -!macroend - -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -!macro REGISTERUIEXT_UNFINISH -!macroend - -;------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ - -!else -!macro REGISTERUIEXT_INITIALIZE -!macroend -!macro REGISTERUIEXT_SECTIONS -!macroend -!macro REGISTERUIEXT_DESCRIPTION -!macroend -!macro REGISTERUIEXT_STARTUP -!macroend -!macro REGISTERUIEXT_FINISH -!macroend -!macro REGISTERUIEXT_UNSTARTUP -!macroend -!macro REGISTERUIEXT_UNINSTALL -!macroend -!macro REGISTERUIEXT_UNFINISH -!macroend -!endif diff --git a/tools/installer/nsis/opensource.ini b/tools/installer/nsis/opensource.ini deleted file mode 100644 index 4ce40bf..0000000 --- a/tools/installer/nsis/opensource.ini +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -;; -;; Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). -;; All rights reserved. -;; Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) -;; -;; This file is part of the tools applications of the Qt Toolkit. -;; -;; $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ -;; No Commercial Usage -;; This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. -;; You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions -;; contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying -;; this package. -;; -;; GNU Lesser General Public License Usage -;; Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser -;; General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software -;; Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the -;; packaging of this file. Please review the following information to -;; ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements -;; will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. -;; -;; In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional -;; rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception -;; version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. -;; -;; If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact -;; Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; -;; $QT_END_LICENSE$ -;; -;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;;; -; Ini file generated by the HM NIS Edit IO designer. -[Settings] -NumFields=4 - -[Field 1] -Type=Label -Text=You are now installing the Open Source Edition of Qt. It is licensed under GNU LGPL version 2.1 and the GPL version 3. -Left=0 -Right=300 -Top=0 -Bottom=78 - -[Field 2] -Type=Link -Text=http://qt.nokia.com/downloads -State=http://qt.nokia.com/downloads -Left=0 -Right=278 -Top=80 -Bottom=88 - -[Field 3] -Type=Link -Text=http://qt.nokia.com/about -State=http://qt.nokia.com/about -Left=0 -Right=267 -Top=112 -Bottom=120 - -[Field 4] -Type=Label -Text=To read more about Nokia's licensing, please go to: -Left=0 -Right=278 -Top=97 -Bottom=105 - diff --git a/tools/linguist/linguist/mainwindow.cpp b/tools/linguist/linguist/mainwindow.cpp index 008ebb1..6e5c656 100644 --- a/tools/linguist/linguist/mainwindow.cpp +++ b/tools/linguist/linguist/mainwindow.cpp @@ -94,6 +94,8 @@ #include <QUrl> #include <QWhatsThis> +#include <ctype.h> + QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE static const int MessageMS = 2500; @@ -2356,13 +2358,28 @@ void MainWindow::updatePhraseDicts() static bool haveMnemonic(const QString &str) { - QString mnemonic = QKeySequence::mnemonic(str); - if (mnemonic == QLatin1String("Alt+Space")) { - // "Nobody" ever really uses these, and they are highly annoying - // because we get a lot of false positives. - return false; + for (const ushort *p = (ushort *)str.constData();; ) { // Assume null-termination + ushort c = *p++; + if (!c) + break; + if (c == '&') { + c = *p++; + if (!c) + return false; + // "Nobody" ever really uses these alt-space, and they are highly annoying + // because we get a lot of false positives. + if (c != '&' && c != ' ' && QChar(c).isPrint()) { + const ushort *pp = p; + for (; ::isalpha(*p); p++) ; + if (pp == p || *p != ';') + return true; + // This looks like a HTML &entity;, so ignore it. As a HTML string + // won't contain accels anyway, we can stop scanning here. + break; + } + } } - return !mnemonic.isEmpty(); + return false; } void MainWindow::updateDanger(const MultiDataIndex &index, bool verbose) diff --git a/tools/linguist/linguist/messageeditor.cpp b/tools/linguist/linguist/messageeditor.cpp index 91c88da..b6c1688 100644 --- a/tools/linguist/linguist/messageeditor.cpp +++ b/tools/linguist/linguist/messageeditor.cpp @@ -135,14 +135,6 @@ MessageEditor::MessageEditor(MultiDataModel *dataModel, QMainWindow *parent) void MessageEditor::setupEditorPage() { QFrame *editorPage = new QFrame; - editorPage->setObjectName(QLatin1String("editorPage")); - - editorPage->setStyleSheet(QLatin1String( - "QFrame#editorPage { border-image: url(:/images/transbox.png) 12 16 16 12 repeat;" - " border-width: 12px 16px 16px 12px; }" - "QFrame#editorPage { background-color: white; }" - "QLabel { font-weight: bold; }" - )); editorPage->setSizePolicy(QSizePolicy(QSizePolicy::Expanding, QSizePolicy::Fixed)); m_source = new FormWidget(tr("Source text"), false); diff --git a/tools/linguist/linguist/messageeditorwidgets.cpp b/tools/linguist/linguist/messageeditorwidgets.cpp index 8b4fa62..4d31db2 100644 --- a/tools/linguist/linguist/messageeditorwidgets.cpp +++ b/tools/linguist/linguist/messageeditorwidgets.cpp @@ -171,6 +171,9 @@ FormWidget::FormWidget(const QString &label, bool isEditable, QWidget *parent) layout->setMargin(0); m_label = new QLabel(this); + QFont fnt; + fnt.setBold(true); + m_label->setFont(fnt); m_label->setText(label); layout->addWidget(m_label); @@ -249,6 +252,9 @@ FormMultiWidget::FormMultiWidget(const QString &label, QWidget *parent) m_minusIcon(QIcon(QLatin1String(":/images/minus.png"))) { m_label = new QLabel(this); + QFont fnt; + fnt.setBold(true); + m_label->setFont(fnt); m_label->setText(label); m_plusButtons.append( diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/codeparser.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/codeparser.cpp index 3ad3372..5ae63ac 100644 --- a/tools/qdoc3/codeparser.cpp +++ b/tools/qdoc3/codeparser.cpp @@ -59,6 +59,7 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE #define COMMAND_MAINCLASS Doc::alias(QLatin1String("mainclass")) #define COMMAND_NONREENTRANT Doc::alias(QLatin1String("nonreentrant")) #define COMMAND_OBSOLETE Doc::alias(QLatin1String("obsolete")) +#define COMMAND_PAGEKEYWORDS Doc::alias(QLatin1String("pagekeywords")) #define COMMAND_PRELIMINARY Doc::alias(QLatin1String("preliminary")) #define COMMAND_INPUBLICGROUP Doc::alias(QLatin1String("inpublicgroup")) #define COMMAND_REENTRANT Doc::alias(QLatin1String("reentrant")) @@ -170,6 +171,7 @@ QSet<QString> CodeParser::commonMetaCommands() << COMMAND_MAINCLASS << COMMAND_NONREENTRANT << COMMAND_OBSOLETE + << COMMAND_PAGEKEYWORDS << COMMAND_PRELIMINARY << COMMAND_INPUBLICGROUP << COMMAND_REENTRANT @@ -230,6 +232,9 @@ void CodeParser::processCommonMetaCommand(const Location &location, else if (command == COMMAND_SINCE) { node->setSince(arg); } + else if (command == COMMAND_PAGEKEYWORDS) { + node->addPageKeywords(arg); + } else if (command == COMMAND_SUBTITLE) { if (node->type() == Node::Fake) { FakeNode *fake = static_cast<FakeNode *>(node); diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/config.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/config.cpp index f62ec24..acb1576 100644 --- a/tools/qdoc3/config.cpp +++ b/tools/qdoc3/config.cpp @@ -671,7 +671,9 @@ void Config::load(Location location, const QString& fileName) location.fatal(tr("Cannot open file '%1': %2").arg(fileName).arg(fin.errorString())); } - QString text = fin.readAll(); + QTextStream stream(&fin); + stream.setCodec("UTF-8"); + QString text = stream.readAll(); text += QLatin1String("\n\n"); text += QChar('\0'); fin.close(); diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/config.h b/tools/qdoc3/config.h index 5e7e6f1..6f23469 100644 --- a/tools/qdoc3/config.h +++ b/tools/qdoc3/config.h @@ -140,8 +140,10 @@ class Config #define CONFIG_INDEXES "indexes" #define CONFIG_LANGUAGE "language" #define CONFIG_MACRO "macro" +#define CONFIG_NATURALLANGUAGE "naturallanguage" #define CONFIG_OBSOLETELINKS "obsoletelinks" #define CONFIG_OUTPUTDIR "outputdir" +#define CONFIG_OUTPUTENCODING "outputencoding" #define CONFIG_OUTPUTLANGUAGE "outputlanguage" #define CONFIG_OUTPUTFORMATS "outputformats" #define CONFIG_PROJECT "project" @@ -150,6 +152,7 @@ class Config #define CONFIG_SLOW "slow" #define CONFIG_SHOWINTERNAL "showinternal" #define CONFIG_SOURCEDIRS "sourcedirs" +#define CONFIG_SOURCEENCODING "sourceencoding" #define CONFIG_SOURCES "sources" #define CONFIG_SPURIOUS "spurious" #define CONFIG_STYLESHEETS "stylesheets" diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/cppcodemarker.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/cppcodemarker.cpp index 2df7133..571fd75 100644 --- a/tools/qdoc3/cppcodemarker.cpp +++ b/tools/qdoc3/cppcodemarker.cpp @@ -881,8 +881,7 @@ QString CppCodeMarker::addMarkUp(const QString& protectedCode, static QRegExp globalX("[\n{()=] *([a-zA-Z_][a-zA-Z_0-9]*)[ \n]*\\("); static QRegExp multiLineComment("/(?:( )?\\*(?:[^*]+|\\*(?! /))*\\*\\1/)"); multiLineComment.setMinimal(true); - static QRegExp singleLineCommentLine("(?:^|\n)(?:[^&]|&(?!quot;)|"(?:[^&\\\\]|&(?!quot;)|\\\\"|\\\\(?!"))*")*//(?!!)[^!\n]*"); - static QRegExp singleLineComment("//(?!!)[^!\n]*"); + static QRegExp singleLineComment("[^:]//(?!!)[^!\\n]*"); static QRegExp preprocessor("(?:^|\n)(#[ \t]*(?:include|if|elif|endif|error|pragma|define" "|warning)(?:(?:\\\\\n|\\n#)[^\n]*)*)"); static QRegExp literals(""(?:[^\\\\&]|\\\\[^\n]|&(?!quot;))*"" @@ -1057,8 +1056,7 @@ QString CppCodeMarker::addMarkUp(const QString& protectedCode, int mlpos; int slpos; int len; - int sllpos = singleLineCommentLine.indexIn(result, pos); - slpos = sllpos == -1 ? -1 : singleLineComment.indexIn(result, sllpos); + slpos = singleLineComment.indexIn(result, pos); mlpos = multiLineComment.indexIn(result, pos); if (slpos == -1 && mlpos == -1) @@ -1069,13 +1067,13 @@ QString CppCodeMarker::addMarkUp(const QString& protectedCode, len = multiLineComment.matchedLength(); } else if (mlpos == -1) { - pos = slpos; - len = singleLineComment.matchedLength(); + pos = slpos + 1; + len = singleLineComment.matchedLength() - 1; } else { if (slpos < mlpos) { - pos = slpos; - len = singleLineComment.matchedLength(); + pos = slpos + 1; + len = singleLineComment.matchedLength() - 1; } else { pos = mlpos; diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/cppcodeparser.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/cppcodeparser.cpp index 7d08c77..c8655a4 100644 --- a/tools/qdoc3/cppcodeparser.cpp +++ b/tools/qdoc3/cppcodeparser.cpp @@ -281,8 +281,8 @@ void CppCodeParser::parseHeaderFile(const Location& location, const QString& filePath, Tree *tree) { - FILE *in = fopen(QFile::encodeName(filePath), "r"); - if (!in) { + QFile in(filePath); + if (!in.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) { location.error(tr("Cannot open C++ header file '%1'").arg(filePath)); return; } @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ void CppCodeParser::parseHeaderFile(const Location& location, matchDeclList(tree->root()); if (!fileTokenizer.version().isEmpty()) tree->setVersion(fileTokenizer.version()); - fclose(in); + in.close(); if (fileLocation.fileName() == "qiterator.h") parseQiteratorDotH(location, filePath); @@ -312,8 +312,8 @@ void CppCodeParser::parseSourceFile(const Location& location, const QString& filePath, Tree *tree) { - FILE *in = fopen(QFile::encodeName(filePath), "r"); - if (!in) { + QFile in(filePath); + if (!in.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) { location.error(tr("Cannot open C++ source file '%1' (%2)").arg(filePath).arg(strerror(errno))); return; } @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ void CppCodeParser::parseSourceFile(const Location& location, readToken(); usedNamespaces.clear(); matchDocsAndStuff(); - fclose(in); + in.close(); } /*! diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/doc.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/doc.cpp index 17a6efd..ad4cdde 100644 --- a/tools/qdoc3/doc.cpp +++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc.cpp @@ -3056,7 +3056,8 @@ QString Doc::canonicalTitle(const QString &title) slurping = true; } else { - // !alnum && slurping -> nothin + result += title[i]; + lastAlnum = result.size(); } } result.truncate(lastAlnum); diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/doc/classic.css b/tools/qdoc3/doc/classic.css new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b8cae8e --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc/classic.css @@ -0,0 +1,284 @@ +BODY,H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6,P,CENTER,TD,TH,UL,DL,DIV { + font-family: Arial, Geneva, Helvetica, sans-serif; +} +H1 { + text-align: center; + font-size: 160%; +} +H2 { + font-size: 120%; +} +H3 { + font-size: 100%; +} + +h3.fn,span.fn +{ + background-color: #eee; + border-width: 1px; + border-style: solid; + border-color: #ddd; + font-weight: bold; + padding: 6px 0px 6px 10px; + margin: 42px 0px 0px 0px; +} + +hr { + border: 0; + color: #a0a0a0; + background-color: #ccc; + height: 1px; + width: 100%; + text-align: left; + margin: 34px 0px 34px 0px; +} + +table.valuelist { + border-width: 1px 1px 1px 1px; + border-style: solid; + border-color: #dddddd; + border-collapse: collapse; + background-color: #f0f0f0; +} + +table.indextable { + border-width: 1px 1px 1px 1px; + border-style: solid; + border-collapse: collapse; + background-color: #f0f0f0; + border-color:#555; + font-size: 100%; +} + +table td.largeindex { + border-width: 1px 1px 1px 1px; + border-collapse: collapse; + background-color: #f0f0f0; + border-color:#555; + font-size: 120%; +} + +table.valuelist th { + border-width: 1px 1px 1px 2px; + padding: 4px; + border-style: solid; + border-color: #666; + color:white; + background-color:#666; +} + +th.titleheader { + border-width: 1px 0px 1px 0px; + padding: 2px; + border-style: solid; + border-color: #666; + color:white; + background-color:#555; + background-image:url('images/gradient.png')}; + background-repeat: repeat-x; + font-size: 100%; +} + + +th.largeheader { + border-width: 1px 0px 1px 0px; + padding: 4px; + border-style: solid; + border-color: #444; + color:white; + background-color:#555555; + font-size: 120%; +} + +p { + + margin-left: 4px; + margin-top: 8px; + margin-bottom: 8px; +} + +a:link +{ + color: #0046ad; + text-decoration: none +} + +a:visited +{ + color: #672967; + text-decoration: none +} + +a.obsolete +{ + color: #661100; + text-decoration: none +} + +a.compat +{ + color: #661100; + text-decoration: none +} + +a.obsolete:visited +{ + color: #995500; + text-decoration: none +} + +a.compat:visited +{ + color: #995500; + text-decoration: none +} + +body +{ + background: #ffffff; + color: black +} + +table.generic, table.annotated +{ + border-width: 1px; + border-color:#bbb; + border-style:solid; + border-collapse:collapse; +} + +table td.memItemLeft { + width: 180px; + padding: 2px 0px 0px 8px; + margin: 4px; + border-width: 1px; + border-color: #E0E0E0; + border-style: none; + font-size: 100%; + white-space: nowrap +} + +table td.memItemRight { + padding: 2px 8px 0px 8px; + margin: 4px; + border-width: 1px; + border-color: #E0E0E0; + border-style: none; + font-size: 100%; +} + +table tr.odd { + background: #f0f0f0; + color: black; +} + +table tr.even { + background: #e4e4e4; + color: black; +} + +table.annotated th { + padding: 3px; + text-align: left +} + +table.annotated td { + padding: 3px; +} + +table tr pre +{ + padding-top: 0px; + padding-bottom: 0px; + padding-left: 0px; + padding-right: 0px; + border: none; + background: none +} + +tr.qt-style +{ + background: #96E066; + color: black +} + +body pre +{ + padding: 0.2em; + border: #e7e7e7 1px solid; + background: #f1f1f1; + color: black +} + +table tr.qt-code pre +{ + padding: 0.2em; + border: #e7e7e7 1px solid; + background: #f1f1f1; + color: black +} + +span.preprocessor, span.preprocessor a +{ + color: darkblue; +} + +span.comment +{ + color: darkred; + font-style: italic +} + +span.string,span.char +{ + color: darkgreen; +} + +.title +{ + text-align: center +} + +.subtitle +{ + font-size: 0.8em +} + +.small-subtitle +{ + font-size: 0.65em +} + +.qmlitem { + padding: 0; +} + +.qmlname { + white-space: nowrap; +} + +.qmltype { + text-align: center; + font-size: 160%; +} + +.qmlproto { + background-color: #eee; + border-width: 1px; + border-style: solid; + border-color: #ddd; + font-weight: bold; + padding: 6px 10px 6px 10px; + margin: 42px 0px 0px 0px; +} + +.qmlreadonly { + float: right; + color: red +} + +.qmldoc { +} + +*.qmlitem p { +} diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/doc/examples/layoutmanagement.qdocinc b/tools/qdoc3/doc/examples/layoutmanagement.qdocinc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..01f8acf --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc/examples/layoutmanagement.qdocinc @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +\section1 Layout Classes + +The Qt layout system provides a simple and powerful way of specifying +the layout of child widgets. + +By specifying the logical layout once, you get the following benefits: + +\list + \o Positioning of child widgets. + \o Sensible default sizes for windows. + \o Sensible minimum sizes for windows. + \o ... +\endlist diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/doc/examples/main.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/doc/examples/main.cpp new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e2cf6c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc/examples/main.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +** +** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). +** All rights reserved. +** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) +** +** This file is part of the tools applications of the Qt Toolkit. +** +** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ +** No Commercial Usage +** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. +** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions +** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying +** this package. +** +** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage +** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser +** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the +** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to +** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements +** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. +** +** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional +** rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception +** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +** +** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact +** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** $QT_END_LICENSE$ +** +****************************************************************************/ + +#include <QApplication> +#include <QPushButton> + +int main(int argc, char *argv[]) +{ + QApplication app(argc, argv); + + QPushButton *hello("Hello world!"); + hello.resize(100, 30); + + hello.show(); + return app.exec(); +} diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/doc/examples/minimum.qdocconf b/tools/qdoc3/doc/examples/minimum.qdocconf new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e5e9e67 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc/examples/minimum.qdocconf @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +# QDoc is a tool that constantly evolves to suit our needs, +# and there are some compatibility issues between old and new +# practices. For that reason, any QDoc configuration file needs to +# include compat.qdocconf. + +#include(compat.qdocconf) + + +# The outputdir variable specifies the directory +# where QDoc will put the generated documentation. + +outputdir = html + + +# The headerdirs variable specifies the directories +# containing the header files associated +# with the .cpp source files used in the documentation. + +headerdirs = . + + +# The sourcedirs variable specifies the +# directories containing the .cpp or .qdoc +# files used in the documentation. + +#sourcedirs = . + + +# The exampledirs variable specifies the directories containing +# the source code of the example files. + +exampledirs = . + + +# The imagedirs variable specifies the +# directories containing the images used in the documentation. + +imagedirs = ./images + + + + diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/doc/examples/objectmodel.qdocinc b/tools/qdoc3/doc/examples/objectmodel.qdocinc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..02b5991 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc/examples/objectmodel.qdocinc @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +\section1 Qt Object Model + +The standard C++ object model provides very efficient runtime support +for the object paradigm. But its static nature is inflexibile in +certain problem domains. Graphical user interface programming is a +domain that requires both runtime efficiency and a high level of +flexibility. Qt provides this, by combining the speed of C++ with the +flexibility of the Qt Object Model. + +... + diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/doc/examples/signalandslots.qdocinc b/tools/qdoc3/doc/examples/signalandslots.qdocinc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cfae43a --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc/examples/signalandslots.qdocinc @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +\section1 Signals and Slots + +Signals and slots are used for communication between objects. The signals and +slots mechanism is a central feature of Qt and probably the part that differs +most from the features provided by other frameworks. + +\section2 Introduction + +In GUI programming, when we ... diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/doc/files/compat.qdocconf b/tools/qdoc3/doc/files/compat.qdocconf new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5745ed9 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc/files/compat.qdocconf @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +alias.i = e +alias.include = input + +macro.0 = "\\\\0" +macro.b = "\\\\b" +macro.n = "\\\\n" +macro.r = "\\\\r" +macro.i = "\\o" +macro.i11 = "\\o{1,1}" +macro.i12 = "\\o{1,2}" +macro.i13 = "\\o{1,3}" +macro.i14 = "\\o{1,4}" +macro.i15 = "\\o{1,5}" +macro.i16 = "\\o{1,6}" +macro.i17 = "\\o{1,7}" +macro.i18 = "\\o{1,8}" +macro.i19 = "\\o{1,9}" +macro.i21 = "\\o{2,1}" +macro.i31 = "\\o{3,1}" +macro.i41 = "\\o{4,1}" +macro.i51 = "\\o{5,1}" +macro.i61 = "\\o{6,1}" +macro.i71 = "\\o{7,1}" +macro.i81 = "\\o{8,1}" +macro.i91 = "\\o{9,1}" +macro.img = "\\image" +macro.endquote = "\\endquotation" +macro.relatesto = "\\relates" + +spurious = "Missing comma in .*" \ + "Missing pattern .*" diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/doc/files/qt.qdocconf b/tools/qdoc3/doc/files/qt.qdocconf new file mode 100644 index 0000000..942d023 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc/files/qt.qdocconf @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +include(compat.qdocconf) +include(macros.qdocconf) +include(qt-cpp-ignore.qdocconf) +include(qt-html-templates.qdocconf) +include(qt-defines.qdocconf) + +project = Qt +versionsym = +version = %VERSION% +description = Qt Reference Documentation +url = http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.6 + +edition.Console.modules = QtCore QtDBus QtNetwork QtScript QtSql QtXml \ + QtXmlPatterns QtTest +edition.Desktop.modules = QtCore QtDBus QtGui QtNetwork QtOpenGL QtScript QtScriptTools QtSql QtSvg \ + QtWebKit QtXml QtXmlPatterns Qt3Support QtHelp \ + QtDesigner QtAssistant QAxContainer Phonon \ + QAxServer QtUiTools QtTest QtDBus +edition.DesktopLight.modules = QtCore QtDBus QtGui Qt3SupportLight QtTest +edition.DesktopLight.groups = -graphicsview-api + +qhp.projects = Qt + +qhp.Qt.file = qt.qhp +qhp.Qt.namespace = com.trolltech.qt.460 +qhp.Qt.virtualFolder = qdoc +qhp.Qt.indexTitle = Qt Reference Documentation +qhp.Qt.indexRoot = + +# Files not referenced in any qdoc file (last four are needed by qtdemo) +# See also extraimages.HTML +qhp.Qt.extraFiles = classic.css \ + images/qt-logo.png \ + images/taskmenuextension-example.png \ + images/coloreditorfactoryimage.png \ + images/dynamiclayouts-example.png \ + images/stylesheet-coffee-plastique.png + +qhp.Qt.filterAttributes = qt 4.6.0 qtrefdoc +qhp.Qt.customFilters.Qt.name = Qt 4.6.0 +qhp.Qt.customFilters.Qt.filterAttributes = qt 4.6.0 +qhp.Qt.subprojects = classes overviews examples +qhp.Qt.subprojects.classes.title = Classes +qhp.Qt.subprojects.classes.indexTitle = Qt's Classes +qhp.Qt.subprojects.classes.selectors = class fake:headerfile +qhp.Qt.subprojects.classes.sortPages = true +qhp.Qt.subprojects.overviews.title = Overviews +qhp.Qt.subprojects.overviews.indexTitle = All Overviews and HOWTOs +qhp.Qt.subprojects.overviews.selectors = fake:page,group,module +qhp.Qt.subprojects.examples.title = Tutorials and Examples +qhp.Qt.subprojects.examples.indexTitle = Qt Examples +qhp.Qt.subprojects.examples.selectors = fake:example + +language = Cpp + +headerdirs = $QTDIR/src \ + $QTDIR/extensions/activeqt \ + $QTDIR/tools/assistant/lib \ + $QTDIR/tools/assistant/compat/lib \ + $QTDIR/tools/designer/src/uitools \ + $QTDIR/tools/designer/src/lib/extension \ + $QTDIR/tools/designer/src/lib/sdk \ + $QTDIR/tools/designer/src/lib/uilib \ + $QTDIR/tools/qtestlib/src \ + $QTDIR/tools/qdbus/src +sourcedirs = $QTDIR/src \ + $QTDIR/doc/src \ + $QTDIR/extensions/activeqt \ + $QTDIR/tools/assistant/lib \ + $QTDIR/tools/assistant/compat/lib \ + $QTDIR/tools/designer/src/uitools \ + $QTDIR/tools/designer/src/lib/extension \ + $QTDIR/tools/designer/src/lib/sdk \ + $QTDIR/tools/designer/src/lib/uilib \ + $QTDIR/tools/qtestlib/src \ + $QTDIR/tools/qdbus + +excludedirs = $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/clucene \ + $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/des \ + $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/freetype \ + $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/harfbuzz \ + $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/kdebase \ + $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/libjpeg \ + $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/libmng \ + $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/libpng \ + $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/libtiff \ + $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/md4 \ + $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/md5 \ + $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/patches \ + $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/sha1 \ + $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/sqlite \ + $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/webkit/JavaScriptCore \ + $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore \ + $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/wintab \ + $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/zlib \ + $QTDIR/doc/src/snippets \ + $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/phonon/gstreamer \ + $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/phonon/ds9 \ + $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/phonon/qt7 \ + $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/phonon/waveout + +sources.fileextensions = "*.cpp *.qdoc *.mm" +examples.fileextensions = "*.cpp *.h *.js *.xq *.svg *.xml *.ui *.qhp *.qhcp" + +exampledirs = $QTDIR/doc/src \ + $QTDIR/examples \ + $QTDIR/examples/tutorials \ + $QTDIR \ + $QTDIR/qmake/examples \ + $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/docs +imagedirs = $QTDIR/doc/src/images \ + $QTDIR/examples +outputdir = $QTDIR/doc/html +tagfile = $QTDIR/doc/html/qt.tags +base = file:$QTDIR/doc/html diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/doc/images/happy.gif b/tools/qdoc3/doc/images/happy.gif Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a4597f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc/images/happy.gif diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/doc/images/happyguy.jpg b/tools/qdoc3/doc/images/happyguy.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e860479 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc/images/happyguy.jpg diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/doc/images/qt-logo.png b/tools/qdoc3/doc/images/qt-logo.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..14ddf2a --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc/images/qt-logo.png diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/doc/images/training.jpg b/tools/qdoc3/doc/images/training.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c2ce5c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc/images/training.jpg diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/doc/qdoc-manual.qdoc b/tools/qdoc3/doc/qdoc-manual.qdoc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e2f670c --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc/qdoc-manual.qdoc @@ -0,0 +1,8695 @@ +/**************************************************************************** +** +** Copyright (C) 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies). +** All rights reserved. +** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com) +** +** This file is part of the documentation of the Qt Toolkit. +** +** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$ +** No Commercial Usage +** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed. +** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions +** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying +** this package. +** +** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage +** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser +** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software +** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the +** packaging of this file. Please review the following information to +** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements +** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html. +** +** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional +** rights. These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception +** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package. +** +** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact +** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com. +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** +** $QT_END_LICENSE$ +** +****************************************************************************/ + +/*! + \page index.html + \nextpage QDoc Manual + + \title QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + + \list + \o \l{QDoc Manual} + \o \l{QDoc Commands} + \list + \o \l{Markup Commands} + \o \l{Text Formatting Commands} + \o \l{Document Structuring Commands} + \o \l{Verbatim Code Commands} + \o \l{Quoting External Code Commands} + \list + \o \l{Example File} + \endlist + \o \l{Linking Commands} + \o \l{Graphic Commands} + \o \l{Container Commands} + \o \l{Document Contents Commands} + \o \l{Miscellaneous Commands} + \list + \o \l{signalandslots.qdocinc} + \o \l{objectmodel.qdocinc} + \o \l{layoutmanagement.qdocinc} + \endlist + \o \l{Topical Commands} + \o \l{Contextual Commands} + \o \l{Navigation Commands} + \o \l{Status Commands} + \o \l{Thread Support Commands} + \o \l{Relating Commands} + \o \l{Grouping Commands} + \o \l{Title Commands} + \endlist + \o \l{QDoc Configuration} + \list + \o \l{General Variables} + \o \l{Creating Help Project Files} + \o \l{C++ Specific Variables} + \o \l{HTML Specific Variables} + \o \l{Supporting Derived Projects} + \o \l{QDoc Compatibility} + \o \l{qt.qdocconf} + \o \l{minimum.qdocconf} + \endlist + \o \l{QDoc Commands - Alphabetical List} + \endlist +*/ + +/*! + \page 01-qdoc-manual.html + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + \previouspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + \nextpage QDoc Commands + + \title QDoc Manual + + QDoc is the internal tool used by Qt Development Frameworks for generating + documentation. This document is a reference for QDoc command syntax and + configuration. + + \section1 Overview + + \list I + \o \section2 \l {QDoc Commands} + + \l {QDoc Commands - Alphabetical List}{A complete alphabetical + list}. + + There are two main categories of commands for QDoc: markup + commands and meta-commands. + + The markup commands indicate the generated documentation's + appearance and logical structure. The meta-commands provide + information about the document as well as the documented + item. The meta-commands can be further categorized as topical + commands and contextual commands. + + \list + \o \l {Markup Commands} + \list + \o \l {Text Formatting Commands}{Text Formatting} + \o \l {Document Structuring Commands}{Document Structuring} + \o \l {Verbatim Code Commands}{Verbatim Code} + \o \l {Quoting External Code Commands}{Quoting External Code} + \o \l {Linking Commands}{Linking} + \o \l {Graphic Commands}{Graphic} + \o \l {Container Commands}{Container} + \o \l {Document Contents Commands}{Document Contents} + \o \l {Miscellaneous Commands}{Miscellaneous} + \endlist + \o \l {Topical Commands} + \o \l {Contextual Commands} + \list + \o \l {Navigation Commands}{Navigation} + \o \l {Status Commands}{Status} + \o \l {Thread Support Commands}{Thread Support} + \o \l {Relating Commands}{Relating} + \o \l {Grouping Commands}{Grouping} + \o \l {Title Commands}{Title} + \endlist + \endlist + \endlist + + \list II + \o \section2 \l {QDoc Configuration} + + When running QDoc to generate the documentation, you must + specify a configuration file on the command line. The + configuration file is a list of entries of entries of the form + "variable = value". + + \list + \o \l {Configuration Variables} + \o \l {Configuration File Examples} + \endlist + + Some particular configuration variables allow you to use QDoc + to support Qt-based projects; i.e to make projects, such as Qt + Solutions, contain references to the online Qt documentation. + + \list + \o \l {Supporting Derived Projects} + \endlist + + QDoc is a tool that constantly evolves to suit our needs, for + that reason there are some compatibility issues between old and + new practices. + + \list + \o \l {QDoc Compatibility} + \endlist + \endlist +*/ + +/*! + \page 02-qdoc-commands.html + \previouspage QDoc Manual + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + \nextpage Markup Commands + + \title QDoc Commands + + There are two main categories of commands for QDoc: markup + commands and meta-commands. + + The markup commands indicate the generated documentation's visual + appearance and logical structure. The meta-commands provide + information about the documentation unit as well as the documented + item. The meta-commands can be further categorized as topical + commands and contextual commands. + + \section1 Alphabetical List + + A complete \l{QDoc Commands - Alphabetical List } + {alphabetical list of the QDoc commands}. + + \section1 Categories + + \list + \o \l {Markup Commands} + \o \l {Topical Commands} + \o \l {Contextual Commands} + \endlist +*/ + +/*! + \page 03-qdoc-commands-markup.html + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + \previouspage QDoc Commands + \nextpage Text Formatting Commands + + \title Markup Commands + + The markup commands indicate the generated documentation's visual + appearance and logical structure. + + \section1 Alphabetical List + + \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#backslash}{\\\\}, + \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#a}{\\a}, + \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#abstract}{\\abstract}, + \l {06-qdoc-commands-verbatimcode.html#badcode}{\\badcode}, + \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#bold}{\\bold}, + \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#brief}{\\brief}, + \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#c}{\\c}, + \l {09-qdoc-commands-graphic.html#caption}{\\caption}, + \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#chapter}{\\chapter}, + \l {06-qdoc-commands-verbatimcode.html#code}{\\code}, + \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#codeline}{\\codeline}, + \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#dots}{\\dots}, + \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#else}{\\else}, + \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#endif}{\\endif}, + \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#expire}{\\expire}, + \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#footnote}{\\footnote}, + \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#generatelist}{\\generatelist}, + \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#header}{\\header}, + \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#i}{\\i}, + \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#if}{\\if}, + \l {09-qdoc-commands-graphic.html#image}{\\image}, + \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#include}{\\include}, + \l {09-qdoc-commands-graphic.html#inlineimage}{\\inlineimage}, + \l {08-qdoc-commands-linking.html#keyword}{\\keyword}, + \l {08-qdoc-commands-linking.html#l}{\\l}, + \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#legalese}{\\legalese}, + \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#list}{\\list}, + \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#meta}{\\meta}, + \l {06-qdoc-commands-verbatimcode.html#newcode}{\\newcode}, + \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#o}{\\o}, + \l {06-qdoc-commands-verbatimcode.html#oldcode}{\\oldcode}, + \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#omit}{\\omit}, + \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#part}{\\part}, + \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#printline}{\\printline}, + \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#printto}{\\printto}, + \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#printuntil}{\\printuntil}, + \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#quotation}{\\quotation}, + \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#quotefile}{\\quotefile}, + \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile}, + \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#raw}{\\raw}, + \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#row}{\\row}, + \l {08-qdoc-commands-linking.html#sa}{\\sa}, + \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#sectionOne}{\\section1}, + \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#sectionTwo}{\\section2}, + \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#sectionThree}{\\section3}, + \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#sectionFour}{\\section4}, + \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#skipline}{\\skipline}, + \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#skipto}{\\skipto}, + \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#skipuntil}{\\skipuntil}, + \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#snippet}{\\snippet}, + \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#sub}{\\sub}, + \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#sup}{\\sup}, + \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#table}{\\table}, + \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#tableofcontents} + {\\tableofcontents}, + \l {08-qdoc-commands-linking.html#target}{\\target}, + \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#tt}{\\tt}, + \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#underline}{\\underline}, + \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#raw}{\\unicode}, + \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#warning}{\\warning} + + \section1 Categories + \list + \o \l {Text Formatting Commands} + \o \l {Document Structuring Commands} + \o \l {Verbatim Code Commands} + \o \l {Quoting External Code Commands} + \o \l {Linking Commands} + \o \l {Graphic Commands} + \o \l {Container Commands} + \o \l {Document Contents Commands} + \o \l {Miscellaneous Commands} + \endlist + +*/ + +/*! + \page 04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + \previouspage Markup Commands + \nextpage Document Structuring Commands + + \title Text Formatting Commands + + The text formatting commands indicate how the regular text in the + documentation is rendered. + + \section1 Alphabetical List + + \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#backslash}{\\\\}, + \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#a}{\\a}, + \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#bold}{\\bold}, + \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#c}{\\c}, + \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#i}{\\i}, + \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#sub}{\\sub}, + \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#sup}{\\sup}, + \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#tt}{\\tt}, + \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#underline}{\\underline} + + \section1 Command Descriptions + + \table + \header + \o Command + \o Description + + \row + + \o \bold \\\\ \target backslash + \o \bold {The \\\\ command expands to a single backslash.} + + QDoc commands always start with a backslash alone. To + display an actual backslash in the text you need to type + two of the kind. If you want to display two backslashes, + you need to type four, and so forth. For example: + + \code + / *! + The \\\\ command is useful if you want a + backslash to appear verbatim, for example, + writing C:\\windows\\home\\. + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + The \\\\ command is useful if you want a + backslash to appear verbatim, for example, + writing C:\\windows\\home\\. + \endquotation + + However, if you want your text to appear in a typewriter + font as well, you can use the \l {c}{\\c} command instead, + which accepts and renders the backslash as any other + character. For example: + + \code + / *! + The \\c command is useful if you want a + backslash to appear verbatim, and the word + that contains it written in a typewriter font, + like this: \c {C:\windows\home\}. + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + The \\c command is useful if you want a + backslash to appear verbatim, and the word + that contains it written in a typewriter font, + like this: \c {C:\windows\home\}. + \endquotation + + \row + \o \bold \\a \target a + \o \bold {The \\a command indicates that the next word + is a parameter when documenting functions.} + + Warnings are emitted when function parameters are + undocumented or misspelled, so whenever you write + documentation for functions you should make sure you + mention all the parameters and precede each of these by the + \\a command. The parameter is then rendered in italic. For + example: + + \code + / *! + Constructs a line edit containing the text + \a contents. + + The \a parent parameter is sent to the + QWidget constructor. + * / + + QLineEdit::QLineEdit(const QString &contents, QWidget *parent) + :QWidget(parent) + { + ... + } + + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \bold {QLineEdit::QLineEdit ( const QString & + contents, QWidget *parent )} + + Constructs a line edit containing the text \a contents. + + The \a parent parameter is sent to the QWidget + constructor. + + \endquotation + + The \\a command follows the same conventions as the \l + {i}{\\i} command for \l {argument}{punctuation, parentheses + and use of braces} for the argument. However, a parameter + is always a single word, so braces are rarely + necessary. And for the same reason, parentheses seldom + occur. + + \row + \o \bold \\c \target c + \o \bold {The \\c command can be used to render variables, + user-defined classes and C++ keywords like \c int, + \c for, etc.} + + The command renders its argument using a typewriter font. For + example: + + \code + / *! + The \c AnalogClock class provides a clock widget with hour + and minute hands that is automatically updated every + few seconds. + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + The \c AnalogClock class provides a clock widget with hour + and minute hands that is automatically updated every + few seconds. + \endquotation + + The \\c command follows the same conventions as the \l + {i}{\\i} command for \l {argument}{punctuation, parentheses + and use of braces} for the argument. + + The \\c command accepts the special character \c \ within + its argument, i.e. it renders it as a normal character. So + if you want to use nested commands, you must use the \l + {tt}{teletype (\\tt)} command instead. + + See also \l {tt}{\\tt} and \l {code}{\\code}. + + \row + \o \bold \\tt \target tt + \o \bold {The \\tt command can be used to render variables, + user-defined classes and C++ keywords like \c int, \c + for, etc.} + + The \\tt command behaves just like the \l {c}{\\c} command, + except that \\tt parses QDoc commands (like \l {i}{\\i}, \l + {bold}{\\bold} and \l {underline}{\\underline}) contained + within its argument. + + The command renders its argument using a monospace + font. For example: + + \code + / *! + After \c setupUi() populates the main container with + child widgets it scans the main container's list of + slots for names with the form + \tt{on_\i{objectName}_\i{signalName}().} + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + After \c setupUi() populates the main container with + child widgets it scans the main container's list of + slots for names with the form + \tt{on_\i{objectName}_\i{signalName}().} + \endquotation + + The \\tt command follows the same conventions as the \l + {i}{\\i} command for \l {argument}{punctuation, parentheses + and use of braces} for the argument. + + See also \l {c}{\\c}. + + \row + \o \bold \\bold \target bold + \o \bold {The \\bold command renders its argument using + a bold font.} + + For example: + + \code + / *! + This is regular text; \bold {this text is + rendered using the \\bold command}. + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + This is regular text; \bold {this text is rendered using + the \\bold command}. + \endquotation + + The command follows the same conventions as the \l {i}{\\i} + command for \l {argument}{punctuation, parentheses and use + of braces} for the argument. + + \row + \o \bold \\i \target i + \o \bold {The \\i command renders its argument in italic.} + + \warning This is preliminary functionality. For + more information, see the \l + {26-qdoc-commands-compatibility.html#i-versus-e}{compatibility} + section. + + \target argument + Normally, a command argument ends at the next whitespace [1], + but braces can be used to group words [2]. For example: + + \code + / *! + Here, we render \i {a few words} in italic. + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + Here, we render \i {a few words} in italic. + \endquotation + + If you want to use other QDoc commands within an argument + that contains spaces, you always need to enclose the + argument with braces. But QDoc is smart enough to count + parentheses [3], so you don't need braces in cases like this: + + \code + / *! + An argument can sometimes contain whitespaces, + for example: \i QPushButton(tr("A Brand New Button")) + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + An argument can sometimes contain whitespaces, + for example: \i QPushButton(tr("A Brand New Button")) + \endquotation + + Finally, trailing punctuation is not included in an + argument [4], nor is 's [5] + + \raw HTML + <table align="center" cellpadding="2" + cellspacing="1" border="0"> + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#a2c511"> + <th></th> + <th>QDoc Syntax</th> + <th>Generated Documentation</th> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0"> + <td>1</td> + <td>A variation of a command button is a \i menu + button.</td> + <td>A variation of a command button is a <i>menu</i> + button.</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#c0c0c0"> + <td>2</td> + <td>The QPushButton widget provides a + \i {command button}.</td> + <td>The QPushButton widget provides a + <i>command button</i>.</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0"> + <td>3</td> + <td>Another class of buttons are option buttons + \i (see QRadioButton).</td> + <td>Another class of buttons are option buttons + <i> (see QRadioButton)</i>.</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#c0c0c0"> + <td>4</td> + <td>A push button emits the signal \i clicked().</td> + <td>A push button emits the signal <i>clicked</i>().</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0"> + <td>5</td> + <td>The \i QPushButton's checked property is + false by default.</td> + <td>The <i>QPushButton</i>'s checked property is + false by default.</td> + </tr> + + </table> + \endraw + + \row + \o \bold \\sub \target sub + \o \bold {The \\sub command renders its argument lower + than the baseline of the regular text, using a smaller font.} + + For example: + + \code + / *! + Definition (Range): Consider the sequence + {x\sub n}\sub {n > 1} . The set + + {x\sub 2, x\sub 3, x\sub 4, ...} = {x\sub n ; n = 2, 3, 4, ...} + + is called the range of the sequence. + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + Definition (Range): Consider the sequence + {x\sub n}\sub {n > 1} . The set + + {x\sub 2, x\sub 3, x\sub 4, ...} = {x\sub n ; n = 2, 3, 4, ...} + + is called the range of the sequence. + \endquotation + + The \\sub command follows the same conventions as the \l + {i}{\\i} command for \l {argument}{punctuation, parentheses + and use of braces} for the argument. + + \row + \o \bold \\sup \target sup + \o \bold {The \\sup command renders its argument higher than + the baseline of the regular text, using a smaller font.} + + For example: + + \code + / *! + The series + + 1 + a + a\sup 2 + a\sup 3 + a\sup 4 + ... + + is called the \i {geometric series}. + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + The series + + 1 + a + a\sup 2 + a\sup 3 + a\sup 4 + ... + + is called the \i {geometric series}. + \endquotation + + The \\sup command follows the same conventions as the \l + {i}{\\i} command for \l {argument}{punctuation, parentheses + and use of braces} for the argument. + + \row + \o \bold \\underline \target underline + \o \bold {The \\underline command renders its argument underlined.} + + For example: + + \code + / *! + The \underline {F}ile menu gives the users the possibility + to open, and edit, an existing file, save a new or modified + file, and exit the application. + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + The \underline {F}ile menu gives the users the possibility + to open, and edit, an existing file, save a new or modified + file, and exit the application. + \endquotation + + The \\underline command follows the same conventions as the + \l {i}{\\i} command for \l {argument}{punctuation, + parentheses and use of braces} for the argument. \endtable +*/ + +/*! + \page 05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html + \previouspage Text Formatting Commands + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + \nextpage Verbatim Code Commands + + \title Document Structuring Commands + + The document structuring commands divide the documentation into + sections. In total, there are six levels of sections in QDoc: \c + \part, \c \chapter, \c \section1, \c \section2, \c \section3 and + \c \section4. \c \section1 to \c \section4 correspond to the + traditional section, subsection, subsubsection and + subsubsubsection. + + \section1 Alphabetical List + + \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#chapter}{\\chapter}, + \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#part}{\\part}, + \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#sectionOne}{\\section1}, + \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#sectionTwo}{\\section2}, + \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#sectionThree}{\\section3}, + \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#sectionFour}{\\section4} + + \section1 Command Descriptions + + \table + \header + \o Command + \o Description + + \row + \o \bold \\part \target part + \o \bold {The \\part command is intended for use in + larger documents, and divides the document into parts.} + + In general a document structuring command considers + everything that follows it until the first line break as + its argument. The argument is rendered as the unit's + title. If the title needs to be spanned over several lines, + make sure that each line (except the last one) is ended + with a backslash. + + In total, there are six levels of sections in QDoc: \c + \part, \c \chapter, \c \section1, \c \section2, \c + \section3 and \c \section4. \c \section1 to \c \section4 + correspond to the traditional section, subsection, + subsubsection and subsubsubsection. + + There is a strict ordering of the section units: + + \code + part + | + chapter + | + section1 + | + section2 + | + section3 + | + section4 + \endcode + + For example, a \c section1 unit can only appear as the top + level section or inside a \c chapter unit. Skipping a + section unit, for example from \c part to \c section1, is + not allowed. + + You can \i begin with either of the three: \c part, \c + chapter or \c section1. For example: + + + \code + / *! + \part Basic Qt + + This is the first part. + + + \chapter Getting Started + + This is the first part's first chapter. + + + \section1 Hello Qt + + This is the first chapter's first section. + + + \section1 Making Connections + + This is the first chapter's second section. + + + \section1 Using the Reference Documentation + + This is the first chapter's third section. + + + \chapter Creating Dialogs + + This is the first part's second chapter. + + + \section1 Subclassing QDialog + + This is the second chapter's first section. + + ... + + + \part Intermediate Qt + + This is the second part. + + + \chapter Layout Management + + This is the second part's first chapter. + + + \section1 Basic Layouts + + This is the first chapter's first section. + + ... + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <a name="Basic Qt"> + <h1>Basic Qt</h1> + </a> + <p>This is the first part.</p> + + <a name="Getting started"> + <h2>Getting Started</h2> + </a> + This is the first part's first chapter.</p> + + <a name="Hello Qt"> + <h3>Hello Qt</h3> + </a> + <p>This is the first chapter's first section.</p> + + <a name="Making Connections"> + <h3>Making Connections</h3> + </a> + <p>This is the first chapter's second section.</p> + + <a name="Using the Reference Documentation"> + <h3>Using the Reference Documentation</h3> + </a> + <p>This is the first chapter's third section.</p> + + <a name="Creating Dialogs"> + <h2>Creating Dialogs</h2> + </a> + <p>This is the first part's second chapter.</p> + + <a name="Subclassing QDialog"> + <h3>Subclassing QDialog</h3> + </a> + <p>This is the second chapter's first section.</p> + + ... + + <a name="Intermediate Qt"> + <h1>Intermediate Qt</h1> + </a> + <p>This is the second part.</p> + + <a name="Layout Management"> + <h2>Layout Management</h2> + </a> + <p>This is the second part's first chapter.</p> + + <a name="Basic Layouts"> + <h3>Basic Layouts</h3> + </a> + <p>This is the first chapter's first section.</p> + + ... + + \endraw + \endquotation + + Each section level is a logical unit within the + document. Its title will appear on the table of contents + generated by the \l + {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#tableofcontents} + {\\tableofcontents} command. For example: + + \code + / *! + Contents: + + \tableofcontents + + ... + * / + \endcode + + will expand to + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <p>Contents:</p> + + <ul> + <li><a href="#Basic Qt">Basic Qt</a></li> + <ul> + <li><a href="#Getting Started">Getting Started</a></li> + <ul> + <li><a href="#Hello Qt">Hello Qt</a></li> + <li><a href="#Making Connections"> + Making Connections</a></li> + <li><a href="#Using the Reference Documentation"> + Using the Reference Documentation</a></li> + </ul> + <li><a href="#Creating Dialogs">Creating Dialogs</a></li> + <ul> + <li><a href="#Subclassing QDialog"> + Subclassing QDialog</a></li> + </ul> + </ul> + <li><a href="#Intermediate Qt">Intermediate Qt</a></li> + <ul> + <li><a href="#Layout Management"> + Layout Management</a></li> + <ul> + <li><a href="#Basic Layouts">Basic Layouts</a></li> + </ul> + </ul> + </ul> + + ... + \endraw + \endquotation + + \row + \o \bold \\chapter \target chapter + \o \bold {The \\chapter command is intended for use in + larger documents, and divides the document into chapters.} + + See \l{part}{\\part} for an explanation of the various + section units, command argument and rendering. + + \row + \o \bold \\section1 \target sectionOne + \o \bold {The \\section1 command starts a new section.} + + See \l{part}{\\part} for an explanation of the various + section units, command argument and rendering. + \row + \o \bold \\section2 \target sectionTwo + \o \bold {The \\section2 command starts a new section.} + + See \l{part}{\\part} for an explanation of the various + section units, command argument and rendering. + + \row + \o \bold \\section3 \target sectionThree + \o \bold {The \\section3 command starts a new section.} + + See \l{part}{\\part} for an explanation of the various + section units, command argument and rendering. + + \row + \o \bold \\section4 \target sectionFour + \o \bold {The \\section4 command starts a new section.} + + See \l{part}{\\part} for an explanation of the various + section units, command argument and rendering. + + \endtable +*/ + +/*! + \page 06-qdoc-commands-verbatimcode.html + \previouspage Document Structuring Commands + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + \nextpage Quoting External Code Commands + + \title Verbatim Code Commands + + The following commands are used to render verbatim code within the + documentation. The code is rendered on a new line, using a + typewriter font and the standard indentation. + + \bold{Note:} Although all of these commands can be used to present + C++ code, the \l{07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#snippet}{\\snippet} + and \l{07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#codeline}{\\codeline} commands + should be used in preference to + the others when presenting valid code. This allows auxilliary tools + for Qt language bindings to substitute the relevant code snippets in + place of the C++ ones. + + \section1 Alphabetical List + + \l {06-qdoc-commands-verbatimcode.html#badcode}{\\badcode}, + \l {06-qdoc-commands-verbatimcode.html#code}{\\code}, + \l {06-qdoc-commands-verbatimcode.html#newcode}{\\newcode}, + \l {06-qdoc-commands-verbatimcode.html#oldcode}{\\oldcode} + + \section1 Command Descriptions + + \table + \header + \o Command + \o Description + + \row + \o \bold \\code \target code + \o \bold {The \\code command and the corresponding + \\endcode command delimit a piece of verbatim code.} + + Whereas the \l {c}{\\c} command can be used for short code + fragments within a sentence, the \\code command is for + longer code snippets and renders the code verbatim in a + separate paragraph using a typewriter font and the standard + indentation. + + When processing any of the \\code, \l {badcode}{\\badcode}, + \l {newcode}{\\newcode} and \l {oldcode}{\\oldcode} + commands, QDoc basically removes all indentation that is + common for the verbatim code blocks within a \c{/}\c{*!} ... + \c{*}\c{/} comment before it adds the standard + indentation. For that reason the recommended style is to + use 8 spaces for the verbatim code contained within these + commands (note that this doesn't apply to externally + quoted code using the \l {quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile} + or \l {quotefile}{\\quotefile} command). + + For example: + + \code + / *! + \code + #include <QApplication> + #include <QPushButton> + + int main(int argc, char *argv[]) + { + ... + } + \ endcode + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \code + #include <QApplication> + #include <QPushButton> + + int main(int argc, char *argv[]) + { + ... + } + \endcode + + Other QDoc commands are disabled within + \\code... \\endcode, and the special character '\\' is + accepted and rendered like the rest of the code. + + You need to type the code manually between the \\code and + \\endcode commands. If you want to include code snippets + from a particular file, use the \l + {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile} + command instead. + + See also \l {c}{\\c}, \l + {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile}, + \l {badcode}{\\badcode}, \l {newcode}{\\newcode} and \l + {oldcode}{\\oldcode}. + + \row + \o \bold \\badcode \target badcode + \o \bold {The \\badcode command and the corresponding + \\endcode command delimit a piece of code that doesn't + compile or is wrong for some other reason.} + + The \\badcode command is similar the \l {code}{\\code} + command, but renders the code using a grey font instead of + black (the default). + + Like the \l {code}{\\code} command, it renders its code on + a new line in the documentation using a typewriter font and + the standard indentation. For example: + + \code + / *! + The statement below is rendered using the + regular \\code command: + + \code + statusbar()->message(tr("Host %1 found").arg(hostName)); + \ endcode + + While the following statement is rendered using + the \\badcode command: + + \badcode + statusbar()->message(tr("Host" + hostName + " found")); + \ endcode + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + The statement below is rendered using the + regular \\code command: + + \code + statusbar()->message(tr("Host %1 found").arg(hostName)); + \endcode + + While the following statement is rendered using + the \\badcode command: + + \badcode + statusbar()->message(tr("Host" + hostName + " found")); + \endcode + \endquotation + + Other QDoc commands are disabled within + \\badcode... \\endcode, and the special character '\\' is + accepted and rendered like the rest of the code. + + See also \l {code}{\\code}, \l {newcode}{\\newcode} and \l + {oldcode}{\\oldcode}. + + \row + \o \bold \\newcode \target newcode + \o \bold {The \\newcode command, and the associated \\oldcode + and \\endcode commands, indicate how to port a piece of + code to a new version of an API.} + + The \\newcode command, and its companion the \\oldcode + command, is a convenience combination of the \l + {code}{\\code} and \l {badcode}{\\badcode} commands: The + combination provides a text relating the two code snippets + to each other. The command requires a preceding \\oldcode + statement. + + Like the \l {code}{\\code} and \l {badcode}{\\badcode} + commands, the \\newcode command renders its code on a new + line in the documentation using a typewriter font and the + standard indentation. For example: + + \code + / *! + \oldcode + if (printer->setup(parent)) + ... + \newcode + QPrintDialog dialog(printer, parent); + if (dialog.exec()) + ... + \ endcode + * / + \endcode + + is rendered like this: + + \quotation + \oldcode + if (printer->setup(parent)) + ... + \newcode + QPrintDialog dialog(printer, parent); + if (dialog.exec()) + ... + \endcode + \endquotation + + Other QDoc commands are disabled within + \\oldcode ... \\endcode, and the '\\' character doesn't need + to be escaped. + + \row + \o \bold \\oldcode \target oldcode + \o \bold {The \\oldcode command requires a corresponding + \\newcode statement; otherwise QDoc fails to parse the command + and emits a warning.} + + See also \l {newcode}{\\newcode} and \l {badcode}{\\badcode}. + \endtable +*/ + +/*! + \page 07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html + \previouspage Verbatim Code Commands + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + \nextpage Linking Commands + + \title Quoting External Code Commands + + The following commands enable quoting from files in the + documentation: You can make QDoc include the complete contents of + a file, or you can quote specific parts of the file and skip + others. The typical use of the latter is to quote a file chunk by + chunk. + + \bold{Note:} Although all of these commands can be used to present + C++ code, the \l{#snippet}{\\snippet} and \l{#codeline}{\\codeline} + commands should be used in preference to + the others when presenting valid code. This allows auxilliary tools + for Qt language bindings to substitute the relevant code snippets in + place of the C++ ones. + + \section1 Alphabetical List + + \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#codeline}{\\codeline}, + \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#dots}{\\dots}, + \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#printline}{\\printline}, + \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#printto}{\\printto}, + \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#printuntil}{\\printuntil}, + \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#quotefile}{\\quotefile}, + \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile}, + \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#skipline}{\\skipline}, + \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#skipto}{\\skipto}, + \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#skipuntil}{\\skipuntil}, + \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#snippet}{\\snippet} + + \section1 Command Descriptions + + \table + \header + \o Command + \o Description + + \row + \o \bold \\quotefile \target quotefile + \o \bold {The \\quotefile command expands to the complete + contents of the file given as argument.} + + The command considers the rest of the line as part of its + argument, make sure to follow the file name with a line + break. + + The file's contents is rendered in a separate paragraph, + using a typewriter font and the standard indentation. The + code is shown verbatim. + + For example: + + \code + / *! + This is a simple "Hello world" example: + + \quotefile examples/main.cpp + + It contains only the bare minimum you need + to get a Qt application up and running. + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + This is a simple "Hello world" example: + + \quotefile examples/main.cpp + + It contains only the bare minimum you need to get a Qt + application up and running. + \endquotation + + \warning If you use the \l {QDoc + Compatibility}{compat.qdocconf} file this command is called + \\include. + + See also \l {quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile} and \l + {code}{\\code}. + + \row + \o \bold \\quotefromfile \target quotefromfile + \o \bold {The \\quotefromfile command opens the file + given as argument for quoting.} + + The command considers the rest of the line as part of its + argument, make sure to follow the file name with a line + break. + + The command is intended for use when quoting parts from + file with the walkthrough commands: \l + {printline}{\\printline}, \l {printto}{\\printto}, \l + {printuntil}{\\printuntil}, \l {skipline}{\\skipline}, \l + {skipto}{\\skipto}, \l {skipuntil}{\\skipuntil}. This + enables you to quote specific portions of a file. For + example: + + \code + / *! + The whole application is contained within + the \c main() function: + + \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp + + \skipto main + \printuntil app(argc, argv) + + First we create a QApplication object using + the \c argc and \c argv parameters. + + \skipto QPushButton + \printuntil resize + + Then we create a QPushButton, and give it a reasonable + size using the QWidget::resize() function. + + ... + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + The whole application is contained within + the \c main() function: + + \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp + + \skipto main + \printuntil app(argc, argv) + + First we create a QApplication object using the \c argc + and \c argv parameters. + + \skipto QPushButton + \printuntil resize + + Then we create a QPushButton, and give it a reasonable + size using the QWidget::resize() function. + + ... + \endquotation + + (\l {Example File}{The complete example file...}) + + QDoc remembers which file it's quoting, and the current + position within that file (see \l {file}{\\printline} for + more information). There is no need to "close" the file. + + Earlier we called this command \\quotefile. For more + information, see the \l + {26-qdoc-commands-compatibility.html#quotefromfile-versus-quotefile} + {compatibility} section. + + See also \l {quotefile}{\\quotefile}, \l {code}{\\code} and + \l {dots}{\\dots}. + + \row + \o \bold \\printline \target printline + \o \bold {The \\printline command expands to the line + from the current position to the next non-blank line of + the current souce file.} + + To ensure that the documentation always is synchronized + with the source file, a substring of the line must be + specified as an argument to the command. Note that the + command considers the rest of the line as part of its + argument, make sure to follow the substring with a line + break. + + The line from the source file is rendered as a separate + paragraph, using a typewriter font and the standard + indentation. The code is shown verbatim. + + For example: + + \code + / *! + There has to be exactly one QApplication object + in every GUI application that uses Qt. + + \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp + + \printline QApplication + + This line includes the QApplication class + definition. QApplication manages various + application-wide resources, such as the + default font and cursor. + + \printline QPushButton + + This line includes the QPushButton class + definition. The QPushButton widget provides a command + button. + + \printline main + + The main function... + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + There has to be exactly one QApplication object + in every GUI application that uses Qt. + + \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp + + \printline QApplication + + This line includes the QApplication class + definition. QApplication manages various + application-wide resources, such as the + default font and cursor. + + \printline QPushButton + + This line includes the QPushButton class + definition. The QPushButton widget provides a command + button. + + \printline main + + The main function... + \endquotation + + (\l {Example File}{The complete example file...}) + + \target file + + QDoc reads the file sequentially. To move the current + position forward you can use either of the \l + {skipline}{\\skip...} commands. To move the current + position backward, you can use the \l + {quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile} command again. + + \target substring + + If the substring argument is surrounded by slashes it is + interpreted as a \l {regular expression}. + + For example: + + \code + / *! + \quotefromfile widgets/scribble/mainwindow.cpp + + \skipto closeEvent + \printuntil /^\}/ + + Close events are sent to widgets that the users want to + close, usually by clicking \c File|Exit or by clicking + the \c X title bar button. By reimplementing the event + handler, we can intercept attempts to close the + application. + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \quotefromfile widgets/scribble/mainwindow.cpp + + \skipto closeEvent + \printuntil /^\}/ + + Close events are sent to widgets that the users want to + close, usually by clicking \c File|Exit or by clicking + the \c X title bar button. By reimplementing the event + handler, we can intercept attempts to close the + application. + \endquotation + + (\l {widgets/scribble}{The complete example file...}) + + The regular expression \c /^\}/ makes QDoc print until the + first '}' character occurring at the beginning of the line + without indentation. /.../ encloses the regular expression, + and '^' means the beginning of the line. The '}' character + must be escaped since it is a special character in regular + expressions. + + QDoc will emit a warning if the specified substring or + regular expression cannot be located, i.e. if the source + code has changed. + + See also \l {printto}{\\printto} and \l + {printuntil}{\\printuntil}. + + \row + \o \bold \\printto \target printto + \o \bold {The \\printto command expands to all the lines + from the current position up to and \i excluding the + next line containing a given substring.} + + The command considers the rest of the line as part of its + argument, make sure to follow the substring with a line + break. The command also follows the same conventions for \l + {file}{positioning} and \l {substring}{argument} as the \l + {printline}{\\printline} command. + + The lines from the source file are rendered in a separate + paragraph, using a typewriter font and the standard + indentation. The code is shown verbatim. + + For example: + + \code + / *! + The whole application is contained within the + \c main() function: + + \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp + \printto hello + + First we create a QApplication object using the \c argc and + \c argv parameters... + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + The whole application is contained within the + \c main() function: + + \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp + \skipto main + \printto hello + + First we create a QApplication object using the \c argc + and \c argv parameters... + \endquotation + + (\l {Example File}{The complete example file...}) + + See also \l {printline}{\\printline} and \l + {printuntil}{\\printuntil}. + + \row + \o \bold \\printuntil \target printuntil + \o \bold {The \\printuntil command expands to all the lines + from the current position up to and \i including the next line + containing a given substring.} + + The command considers the rest of the line as part of its + argument, make sure to follow the substring with a line + break. The command also follows the same conventions for \l + {file}{positioning} and \l {substring}{argument} as the \l + {printline}{\\printline} command. + + The lines from the source file are rendered in a separate + paragraph, using a typewriter font and the standard + indentation. The code is shown verbatim. + + For example: + + \code + / *! + The whole application is contained within the + \c main() function: + + \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp + \skipto main + \printuntil hello + + First we create a QApplication object using the + \c argc and \c argv parameters, then we create + a QPushButton. + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + The whole application is contained within the + \c main() function: + + \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp + \skipto main + \printuntil hello + + First we create a \l + {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qapplication}{QApplication} + object using the \c argc and \c argv parameters, then we + create a \l + {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qpushbutton}{QPushButton}. + \endquotation + + (\l {Example File}{The complete example file...}) + + See also \l {printline}{\\printline} and \l + {printto}{\\printto}. + + \row + \o \bold \\skipline \target skipline + \o \bold {The \\skipline command ignores the next non-blank + line in the current source file.} + + Doc reads the file sequentially, and the \\skipline command + is used to move the current position (omitting a line of + the source file). See the remark about \l {file}{file + positioning} above. + + The command considers the rest of the line as part of its + argument, make sure to follow the substring with a line + break. The command also follows the same conventions for \l + {substring}{argument} as the \l {printline}{\\printline} + command, and it is used in conjunction with the \l + {quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile} command. For example: + + \code + / *! + QPushButton is a GUI push button that the user + can press and release. + + \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp + \skipline QApplication + \printline QPushButton + + This line includes the QPushButton class + definition. For each class that is part of the + public Qt API, there exists a header file of + the same name that contains its definition. + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \l + QPushButton is a GUI push button that the user + can press and release. + + \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp + \skipline QApplication + \printline QPushButton + + This line includes the QPushButton class + definition. For each class that is part of the public + Qt API, there exists a header file of the same name + that contains its definition. + \endquotation + + (\l {Example File}{The complete example file...}) + + See also \l {skipto}{\\skipto}, \l + {skipuntil}{\\skipuntil} and \l {dots}{\\dots}. + + \row + \o \bold \\skipto \target skipto + \o \bold {The \\skipto command ignores all the lines from the + current position up to and \i excluding the next line + containing a given substring.} + + QDoc reads the file sequentially, and the \\skipto command + is used to move the current position (omitting one or + several lines of the source file). See the remark about \l + {file}{file positioning} above. + + The command considers the rest of the line as part of its + argument, make sure to follow the substring with a line + break. + + The command also follows the same conventions for \l + {substring}{argument} as the \l {printline}{\\printline} + command, and it is used in conjunction with the \l + {quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile} command. For example: + + \code + / *! + The whole application is contained within + the \c main() function: + + \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp + \skipto main + \printuntil } + + First we create a QApplication object. There + has to be exactly one such object in + every GUI application that uses Qt. Then + we create a QPushButton, resize it to a reasonable + size... + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + The whole application is contained within + the \c main() function: + + \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp + \skipto main + \printuntil } + + First we create a QApplication object. There has to be + exactly one such object in every GUI application that + uses Qt. Then we create a QPushButton, resize it to a + reasonable size ... + \endquotation + + (\l {Example File}{The complete example file...}) + + See also \l {skipline}{\\skipline}, \l + {skipuntil}{\\skipuntil} and \l {dots}{\\dots}. + + \row + \o \bold \\skipuntil \target skipuntil + \o \bold {The \\skipuntil command ignores all the lines from + the current position up to and \i including the next line + containing a given substring.} + + QDoc reads the file sequentially, and the \\skipuntil + command is used to move the current position (omitting one + or several lines of the source file). See the remark about + \l {file}{file positioning} above. + + The command considers the rest of the line as part of its + argument, make sure to follow the substring with a line + break. + + The command also follows the same conventions for \l + {substring}{argument} as the \l {printline}{\\printline} + command, and it is used in conjunction with the \l + {quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile} command. For example: + + \code + / *! + The first thing we did in the \c main() function + was to create a QApplication object \c app. + + \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp + \skipuntil show + \dots + \printuntil } + + In the end we must remember to make \c main() pass the + control to Qt. QCoreApplication::exec() will return when + the application exits... + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + The first thing we did in the \c main() function was to + create a QApplication object \c app. + + \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp + \skipuntil show + \dots + \printuntil } + + In the end we must remember to make \c main() pass the + control to Qt. QCoreApplication::exec() + will return when the application exits... + \endquotation + + (\l {Example File}{The complete example file...}) + + See also \l {skipline}{\\skipline}, \l {skipto}{\\skipto} + and \l {dots}{\\dots}. + + \row + \o \bold \\dots \target dots + \o \bold {The \\dots command indicates that parts of the + source file have been omitted when quoting a file.} + + The command is used in conjunction with the \l + {quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile} command, and should be + stated on its own line. The dots are rendered on a new + line, using a typewriter font. For example: + + \code + / *! + \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp + \skipto main + \printuntil { + \dots + \skipuntil exec + \printline } + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotefromfile examples/main.cpp + \skipto main + \printuntil { + \dots + \skipuntil exec + \printline } + + (\l {Example File}{The complete example file...}) + + The default indentation is 4 spaces, but this can be + adjusted using the command's optional argument. For + example: + + \code + / *! + \dots 0 + \dots + \dots 8 + \dots 12 + \dots 16 + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \dots 0 + \dots + \dots 8 + \dots 12 + \dots 16 + + See also \l {skipline}{\\skipline}, \l + {skipto}{\\skipto} and \l {skipuntil}{\\skipuntil}. + + \row + \o \bold \\snippet \target snippet + \o \bold {The \\snippet command causes a code snippet to be included + verbatim as preformatted text, which may be syntax highlighted.} + + Each code snippet are referenced by the file that holds it and by + a unique identifier for that file. Snippet files are typically + stored in a \c{snippets} directory inside the documentation + directory (e.g., \c{$QTDIR/doc/src/snippets}). + + For example, the following documentation references a snippet in + a file residing in a subdirectory of the documentation directory: + + \code + \snippet snippets/textdocument-resources/main.cpp Adding a resource + \endcode + + The text following the file name is the unique identifier for the + snippet. This is used to delimit the quoted code in the relevant + snippet file as shown in the following example that corresponds to + the above \c{\\snippet} command: + + \dots + \code + QImage image(64, 64, QImage::Format_RGB32); + image.fill(qRgb(255, 160, 128)); + + //! [Adding a resource] + document->addResource(QTextDocument::ImageResource, + QUrl("mydata://image.png"), QVariant(image)); + //! [Adding a resource] + \endcode + \dots + \row + \o \bold \\codeline \target codeline + \o \bold{The \\codeline command inserts a blank line of preformatted + text. It is used to insert gaps between snippets without closing + the current preformatted text area and opening a new one.} + \endtable +*/ + +/*! + \page 07-1-example.html + \previouspage Quoting External Code Commands + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + + \title Example File + + \quotefile examples/main.cpp +*/ + +/*! + \page 08-qdoc-commands-linking.html + \previouspage Quoting External Code Commands + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + \nextpage Graphic Commands + + \title Linking Commands + + The linking commands make it possible to create hyperlinks to + classes, functions, header files and examples. They also make it + possible to link to targets within a document, as well as to other + documents and URLs. + + \section1 Alphabetical List + + \l {08-qdoc-commands-linking.html#keyword}{\\keyword}, + \l {08-qdoc-commands-linking.html#l}{\\l}, + \l {08-qdoc-commands-linking.html#sa}{\\sa}, + \l {08-qdoc-commands-linking.html#target}{\\target} + + \section1 Command Descriptions + + \table + \header + \o Command + \o Description + + \row + \o \bold \\l \target l + \o \bold {The \\l command is used to create hyperlinks. } + + The command's general syntax is + + \code + \l {link target}{link text} + \endcode + + For example: + + \code + / *! + Read the \l {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/} + {Qt's Reference Documentation} carefully. + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + Read the \l {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/} + {Qt's Reference Documentation} carefully. + \endquotation + + If the link target is equivalent to the link text, the + second argument can be omitted. + + For example, if you have documentation like: + + \code + / *! + \target assertions + + Assertions make some statement about the text at the + point where they occur in the regexp but they do not + match any characters. + + ... + + Regexps are built up from expressions, quantifiers, and + \l {assertions}{assertions}. + * / + \endcode + + you can rewrite it as + + \code + / *! + \target assertions + + Assertions make some statement about the text at the + point where they occur in the regexp but they do not + match any characters. + + ... + + Regexps are built up from expressions, quantifiers, and + \l assertions. + * / + \endcode + + For the one-parameter version the braces can often + be omitted. See the \l {i}{\\i} command for the \l + {argument}{argument conventions}. + + The \\l command supports several kinds of links: + + \list + \o \c {\l QWidget} - a defined \l {class}{\\class} + \o \c {\l QWidget::sizeHint()} - a defined member + function (\l {fn}{\\fn}) + \o \c {\l <QtGlobal>} - a defined \l {headerfile}{\\headerfile} + \o \c {\l widgets/wiggly} - a defined + \l {example-command}{\\example} + \o \c {\l {QWidget Class Reference}} - a defined \l {title}{\\title} + \o \c {\l {Introduction}}- a defined \l{part}{\\part}, + \l{chapter}{\\chapter} or \l {sectionOne}{\\section...} + \o \c {\l fontmatching} - a defined \l {target}{\\target} + \o \c {\l {Shared Classes}} - a defined \l {keyword}{\\keyword} + \o \c {\l network.html} - a defined \l {page}{\\page} + \o \c {\l http://www.trolltech.com/} - a URL + \endlist + + QDoc also tries to make a link out of any words that don't + resemble any normal English words, for example Qt class + names or functions, like QWidget or QWidget::sizeHint(). In + these cases, the \\l command can actually be omitted, but + by using the command, you ensure that QDoc will emit a + warning if it cannot find the link target. In addition, if + you only want the function name to appear in the link, you + can use the following syntax: + + \list + \o \c {\l {QWidget::}{sizeHint()}} + \endlist + + See also \l {sa}{\\sa}, \l {target}{\\target} and \l + {keyword}{\\keyword}. + + \row + \o \bold \\sa \target sa + \o \bold {The \\sa command defines a list of links that will + be rendered in a separate "See also" section at the bottom + of the documentation.} + + The command takes a comma-separated list of links as its + argument. If the line ends with a comma, you can continue + on a second line. The general syntax is: + + \code + \sa {the first link}, {the second link}, + {the third link}, ... + \endcode + + QDoc will automatically try to generate "See also" links + interconnecting a property's various functions. For + example, an setVisible() function will automatically get a + link to visible() and vice versa. + + In general, QDoc will generate "See also" links that + interconnect the functions that access the same + property. It recognizes four different syntax versions: + + \list + \o \c property() + \o \c setProperty() + \o \c isProperty() + \o \c hasProperty() + \endlist + + The \\sa command supports the same kind + of links as the \l {l}{\\l} command. For example: + + \code + / *! + Appends the actions \a actions to this widget's + list of actions. + + \sa removeAction(), QMenu, addAction() + * / + void QWidget::addActions(QList<QAction *> actions) + { + ... + } + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \bold {void QWidget::addActions ( QList<QAction*> + \i actions )} + + Appends the actions \i actions to this widget's + list of actions. + + See also \l {QWidget::removeAction()}{removeAction()}, + \l QMenu, and \l {QWidget::addAction()}{addAction()}. + \endquotation + + See also \l {l}{\\l}, \l {target}{\\target} and \l + {keyword}{\\keyword}. + + \row + \o \bold \\target \target target + \o \bold {The \\target command defines an explicit point in the + documentation that you can later link to using the \l {l}{\\l} + and \l {sa}{\\sa} commands.} + + The command considers the rest of the line as part of its + argument, make sure to follow the target name with a line + break. + + For example: + + \code + / *! + \target capturing parentheses + \section1 Capturing Text + + Parentheses allow us to group elements together so that + we can quantify and capture them. + + ... + * / + \endcode + + can be referenced with + + \list + \o \c {\l {capturing parentheses}} + (from elsewhere in the same comment) + \o \c {\l qregexp.html#capturing-parentheses} + (from anywhere else) + \endlist + + within a documentation unit, and with + + \list + \o \c {\l http://www.trolltech.com/4.0/doc/html/qregexp.html#capturing-parentheses} + \endlist + + on a more global scale. + + If the target name does't contain any spaces, the brackets can + be omitted as well. + + See also \l {l}{\\l}, \l {sa}{\\sa} and \l + {keyword}{\\keyword}. + + \row + \o \bold \\keyword \target keyword + \o \bold {The \\keyword command defines an explicit point in the + documentation that you can later link to using the \l {l}{\\l} + and \l {sa}{\\sa} commands.} + + Keywords must be unique within the entire set of + documentation processed in on QDoc run. The command + considers the rest of the line as part of its argument, + make sure to follow the keyword with a line break. + + The \\keyword command is similar to \l {target}{\\target}, + but stronger. A keyword can be referenced from anywhere + using a simple syntax. For example: + + \code + / *! + \class QRegExp + \reentrant + \brief The QRegExp class provides pattern + matching using regular expressions. + \ingroup tools + \ingroup misc + \ingroup shared + \mainclass + + \keyword regular expression + + Regular expressions, or "regexps", provide a way to + find patterns within text. + + ... + * / + \endcode + + can be referenced like this + + \code + / *! + When a string is surrounded by slashes, it's + interpreted as a \l regular expression. + * / + \endcode + + which will be rendered as + + \quotation + When a string is surrounded by slashes, it's + interpreted as a \l {regular expression}. + \endquotation + + If the keyword does't contain any spaces, the brackets can + be omitted as well. + + See also \l {l}{\\l}, \l {sa}{\\sa} and \l + {target}{\\target}. + \endtable +*/ + +/*! + \page 09-qdoc-commands-graphic.html + \previouspage Linking Commands + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + \nextpage Container Commands + + \title Graphic Commands + + The graphic commands makes it possible to include images in the + documentation. The images can be rendered as separate paragraphs, + or within running text. + + \section1 Alphabetical List + + \l {09-qdoc-commands-graphic.html#caption}{\\caption}, + \l {09-qdoc-commands-graphic.html#image}{\\image}, + \l {09-qdoc-commands-graphic.html#inlineimage}{\\inlineimage} + + \section1 Command Descriptions + + \table + \header + \o Command + \o Description + + \row + \o \bold \\image \target image + \o \bold {The \\image command expands to the image specified by its + argument, and renders it centered as a separate paragraph.} + + The \\image command replaces the old \\img command. For more + information, see the \l + {26-qdoc-commands-compatibility.html#image-versus-img} + {compatibility} section. + + The command takes two arguments. The first is the name of + the image file. The second argument is optional and is a + simple description of the image equivalent to the HTML + alt="" in an image tag. The description is used for + tooltips, and when a browser doesn't support images like + the Lynx text browser. + + The command considers the rest of the line after the file + name its second argument, make sure that you follow the + filename or description with a line break. Braces are only + necessary if the description spans several lines. + + For example: + + \code + / *! + Qt by Trolltech is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform GUI + application development. + + \image happyguy.jpg "Happy guy" + + Qt provides single-source portability across Microsoft + Windows, Mac OS X, Linux, and all major commercial Unix + variants. It is also available for embedded devices. + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + Qt by Trolltech is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform GUI + application development. + + \image happyguy.jpg image "Happy guy" + + Qt provides single-source portability across Microsoft + Windows, Mac OS X, Linux, and all major commercial Unix + variants. It is also available for embedded devices. + \endquotation + + See also \l {inlineimage}{\\inlineimage} and \l + {caption}{\\caption}. + + \row + \o \bold \\inlineimage \target inlineimage + \o \bold {The \\inlineimage command expands to the image + specified by its argument; the image is rendered inline + with the rest of the text.} + + The command takes two arguments. The first is the name of + the image file. The second argument is optional and is a + simple description of the image equivalent to the HTML + alt="" in an image tag. The description is used for + tooltips, and when a browser doesn't support images like + the Lynx text browser. + + The most common use of the \\inlineimage command is in + lists and tables. For example: + + \code + / *! + \list 1 + \o \inlineimage happy.gif Oh so happy! + \o \inlineimage happy.gif Oh so happy! + \o \inlineimage happy.gif Oh so happy! + \endlist + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \list 1 + \o \inlineimage happy.gif Oh so happy! + \o \inlineimage happy.gif Oh so happy! + \o \inlineimage happy.gif Oh so happy! + \endlist + + And + + \code + / *! + \table + \header + \o Trolltech + \o Trolltech + \row + \o \inlineimage happy.gif Oh so happy! + \o \inlineimage happy.gif Oh so happy! + \row + \o \inlineimage happy.gif Oh so happy! + \o \inlineimage happy.gif Oh so happy! + \endtable + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \raw HTML + <table align="center" cellpadding="2" + cellspacing="1" border="0"> + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#a2c511"> + <th>Trolltech</th> + <th>Trolltech</th> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#f0f0f0"> + <td><img src="images/happy.gif" alt="Oh so happy!" /> + </td> + <td><img src="images/happy.gif" alt="Oh so happy!" /> + </td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#f0f0f0"> + <td><img src="images/happy.gif" alt="Oh so happy!"/> + </td> + <td><img src="images/happy.gif" alt="Oh so happy!" /> + </td> + </tr> + + </table> + \endraw + + The command can also be used to insert an image + inline with the regular text. For example: + + \code + / *! + \inlineimage training.jpg Training by Trolltech + The Qt Programming course is offered as a + five day Open Enrollment Course. The classes + are open to the public.While the course is open + to anyone who wants to learn, attendees should + have significant experience in C++ development + to derive maximum benefit from the course. + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \inlineimage training.jpg Training by Trolltech + The Qt Programming course is offered as a + five day Open Enrollment Course. The classes + are open to the public.While the course is open + to anyone who wants to learn, attendees should + have significant experience in C++ development + to derive maximum benefit from the course. + \endquotation + + See also \l {image}{\\image} and \l {caption}{\\caption}. + + \row + \o \bold \\caption \target caption + \o \bold {The \\caption command provides a caption for an image.} + + The command follows the same conventions for parentheses and use + of braces for its \l argument as the \l {i}{\\i} command. + + \warning This is preliminary functionality. The + command is not fully implemented. + + See also \l {image}{\\image} and \l + {inlineimage}{\\inlineimage} + + \endtable +*/ + +/*! + \page 10-qdoc-commands-container.html + \previouspage Graphic Commands + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + \nextpage Document Contents Commands + + \title Container Commands + + The container commands create tables and lists with associated + items and contents. A list is rendered left aligned as a separate + paragraph. A table is rendered centered as a separate paragraph, + and its width depends on its content. + + \section1 Alphabetical List + + \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#header}{\\header}, + \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#list}{\\list}, + \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#o}{\\o}, + \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#omitvalue}{\\omitvalue}, + \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#row}{\\row}, + \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#table}{\\table}, + \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#value}{\\value} + + \section1 Command Descriptions + + \table + \header + \o Command + \o Description + + \row + \o \bold \\table \target table + \o \bold {The \\table command and the corresponding \\endtable + command delimit the contents of a table.} + + The command accepts a single argument specifying the + table's width in percentage: + + \code + / *! + \table 100 % + + ... + + \endtable + * / + \endcode + + The code above ensures that the table will fill all + available space. If the table's width is smaller than 100 %, + the table will be centered in the generated documentation. + + A table can contain headers, rows and columns. A row starts + with a \l {row}{\\row} command and consists of cells, which + starts with a \l {o}{\\o} command. There is also a \l + {header}{\\header} command which is a special kind of row + with a special formatting. For example: + + \code + / *! + \table + \header + \o Qt Core Feature + \o Brief Description + \row + \o \l {Signal and Slots} + \o Signals and slots are used for communication + between objects. + \row + \o \l {Layout Management} + \o The Qt layout system provides a simple + and powerful way of specifying the layout + of child widgets. + \row + \o \l {Drag and Drop} + \o Drag and drop provides a simple visual + mechanism which users can use to transfer + information between and within applications. + \endtable + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \raw HTML + <table align="center" cellpadding="2" + cellspacing="1" border="0"> + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#a2c511"> + <th>Qt Core Feature</th> + <th>Brief Description</th> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0"> + <td> + <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/signalsandslots.html"> + Signals and Slots</a> + </td> + <td>Signals and slots are used for communication + between objects.</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#c0c0c0"> + <td> + <a href=http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/layout.html"> + Layout Management</a></td> + <td>The Qt layout system provides a simple + and powerful way of specifying the layout + of child widgets.</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0"> + <td> + <a href=http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/dnd.html"> + Drag and Drop</a></td> + <td>Drag and drop provides a simple visual + mechanism which users can use to transfer + information between and within applications.</td> + </tr> + + </table> + \endraw + + You can also make cells span several rows and columns. For + example: + + \code + / *! + \table + \header + \o {3,1} This header cell spans three columns + but only one row. + \row + \o {2, 1} This table cell spans two columns + but only one row + \o {1, 2} This table cell spans only one column, + but two rows. + \row + \o A regular table cell + \o A regular table cell + \endtable + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \raw HTML + <table align="center" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="1" + border="0"> + + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#a2c511"> + <th colspan="3" rowspan=" 1"> + This header cell spans three columns but only one row + </th> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0"> + <td colspan="2" rowspan=" 1"> + This table cell spans two columns but only one row + </td> + <td rowspan=" 2"> + This table cell spans only one column, but two rows. + </td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#c0c0c0"> + <td>A regular table cell</td> + <td>A regular table cell</td> + </tr> + + </table> + \endraw + + See also \l {header}{\\header}, \l {row}{\\row} and \l {o}{\\o}. + + \row + \o \bold \\header \target header + \o \bold {The \\header command indicates that the following + table cells are the current table's column headers.} + + The command can only be used within the \l{table} + {\\table...\\endtable} commands. A header can contain + several cells. A cell is created with the \l {o}{\\o} + command. + + A header cell's text is centered within the table cell and + rendered using a bold font. For example: + + \code + / *! + \table + \header + \o Qt Core Feature + \o Brief Description + \row + \o \l {Signal and Slots} + \o Signals and slots are used for communication + between objects. + \endtable + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \raw HTML + <table align="center" cellpadding="2" + cellspacing="1" border="0"> + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#a2c511"> + <th>Qt Core Feature</th> + <th>Brief Description</th> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0"> + <td> + <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/signalsandslots.html"> + Signals and Slots</a> + </td> + <td>Signals and slots are used for communication + between objects.</td> + </tr> + </table> + \endraw + + See also \l {table}{\\table}, \l {row}{\\row} and \l {o}{\\o}. + + \row + \o \bold \\row \target row + \o \bold {The \\row command indicates that the following table + cells belong to the same row in the current table.} + + The command can only be used within the \l{table} + {\\table...\\endtable} commands. A row can contain + several cells. A cell is created with the \l {o}{\\o} + command. + + The background cell color of each row alternate between two + shades of grey, making it easier to distinguish the rows + from each other. The cells' contents is left aligned. + + For example: + + \code + / *! + \table + \header + \o Qt Core Feature + \o Brief Description + \row + \o \l {Signal and Slots} + \o Signals and slots are used for communication + between objects. + \row + \o \l {Layout Management} + \o The Qt layout system provides a simple + and powerful way of specifying the layout + of child widgets. + \row + \o \l {Drag and Drop} + \o Drag and drop provides a simple visual + mechanism which users can use to transfer + information between and within applications. + \endtable + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \raw HTML + <table align="center" cellpadding="2" + cellspacing="1" border="0"> + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#a2c511"> + <th>Qt Core Feature</th> + <th>Brief Description</th> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0"> + <td> + <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/signalsandslots.html"> + Signals and Slots</a> + </td> + <td>Signals and slots are used for communication + between objects.</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#c0c0c0"> + <td> + <a href=http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/layout.html"> + Layout Management</a></td> + <td>The Qt layout system provides a simple + and powerful way of specifying the layout + of child widgets.</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0"> + <td> + <a href=http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/dnd.html"> + Drag and Drop</a></td> + <td>Drag and drop provides a simple visual + mechanism which users can use to transfer + information between and within applications.</td> + </tr> + + </table> + \endraw + + See also \l {table}{\\table}, \l {header}{\\header} and \l + {o}{\\o}. + + \row + \o \bold \\value \target value + \o \bold {The \\value command starts the documentation of a C++ enum + item}. + + The command's first argument is the enum item. Then follows + its associated description. The description argument ends + at the next blank line or \\value. The arguments are + rendered within a table. + + The documentation will be located in the associated class, + header file or namespace documentation. See the \l + {enum}{\\enum} documentation for an example. + + See also \l {enum}{\\enum} and \l {omitvalue}{\\omitvalue}. + + \row + \o \bold \\omitvalue \target omitvalue + \o \bold {The \\omitvalue command excludes a C++ enum item + from the documentation}. + + The command's only argument is the name of the enum item + that will be omitted. See the \l {enum}{\\enum} + documentation for an example. + + See also \l {enum}{\\enum} and \l {value}{\\value}. + + \row + \o \bold \\list \target list + \o \bold {The \\list command and the corresponding \\endlist + command delimit a list of items.} + + You need to create each list item explicitly using the \l + {o}{\\o} command. A list can contain one or more items; it + can also be nested. For example: + + \code + / *! + \list + \o Qt Reference Documentation: Getting Started + \list + \o How to Learn Qt + \o Installation + \list + \o Qt/X11 + \o Qt/Windows + \o Qt/Mac + \o Qt/Embedded + \endlist + \o Tutorial and Examples + \endlist + \endlist + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \list + \o Qt Reference Documentation: Getting Started + \list + \o How to Learn Qt + \o Installation + \list + \o Qt/X11 + \o Qt/Windows + \o Qt/Mac + \o Qt/Embedded + \endlist + \o Tutorial and Examples + \endlist + \endlist + + The \\list command takes an optional argument providing + alternative appearances for the list items. For example: + + \code + / *! + \list + \o How to Learn Qt + \o Installation + \o Tutorial and Examples + \endlist + * / + \endcode + + will render the list items with bullets (the default): + + \list + \o How to Learn Qt + \o Installation + \o Tutorial and Examples + \endlist + + If you provide 'A' as an argument to the \\list command, + the bullets are replaced with characters following in + alphabetical order: + + \list A + \o How to Learn Qt + \o Installation + \o Tutorial and Examples + \endlist + + If you replace 'A' with '1', the list items are rendered + with numbers following in ascending order: + + \list 1 + \o How to Learn Qt + \o Installation + \o Tutorial and Examples + + \endlist + + If you provide 'i' as the argument, the default bullets are + replaced with roman numerals: + + \list i + \o How to Learn Qt + \o Installation + \o Tutorial and Examples + \endlist + + Or finally, you can make the list items appear with roman + numbers following in ascending order if you provide 'I' as + the optional argument: + + \list I + \o How to Learn Qt + \o Installation + \o Tutorial and Examples + \endlist + + You can also make the listing start at any character or + number by simply provide the number or character you want + to start at. For example: + + \code + / *! + \list G + \o How to Learn Qt + \o Installation + \o Tutorial and Examples + \endlist + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \list G + \o How to Learn Qt + \o Installation + \o Tutorial and Examples + \endlist + + See also \l {o}{\\o}. + + \row + \o \bold \\o \target o + \o \bold {The \\o command announce a table or list item.} + + Earlier we used the \l {i}{\\i} command for this purpose. For more + information see the \l + {26-qdoc-commands-compatibility.html#o-versus-i}{compatibility} + section. + + The command can only be used within the \l{table} + {\\table...\\endtable} or \l{list}{\\list... \\endlist} + commands. + + It considers everything until the next occurrence + of the \\o command, or the currently applicable \l + {table}{\\endtable} or \l {list}{\\endlist} command, as its + argument. For examples, see \l {table}{\\table} and \l + {list}{\\list}. + + If the command is used within a table, you can in addition + specify how many rows or columns the item should span. For + example: + + \code + / *! + \table + \header + \o {3,1} This header cell spans three columns + but only one row. + \row + \o {2, 1} This table item spans two columns + but only one row + \o {1, 2} This table item spans only one column, + but two rows. + \row + \o A regular table item + \o A regular table item + \endtable + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \raw HTML + <table align="center" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="1" + border="0"> + + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#a2c511"> + <th colspan="3" rowspan=" 1"> + This header cell spans three columns but only one row + </th> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0"> + <td colspan="2" rowspan=" 1"> + This table item spans two columns but only one row + </td> + <td rowspan=" 2"> + This table item spans only one column, but two rows. + </td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#c0c0c0"> + <td>A regular table item</td> + <td>A regular table item</td> + </tr> + + </table> + \endraw + + If not specified, the item will span one column and one row. + + See also \l {table}{\\table}, \l {header}{\\header}, + \l {list}{\\list} and \l {o}{\\o}. + \endtable +*/ + +/*! + \page 11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html + \previouspage Container Commands + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + \nextpage Miscellaneous Commands + + \title Document Contents Commands + + The document contents commands identify parts of the documentation, + i.e. parts with a special rendering, conceptual meaning or + function. + + \section1 Alphabetical List + + \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#abstract}{\\abstract}, + \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#brief}{\\brief}, + \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#footnote}{\\footnote}, + \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#legalese}{\\legalese}, + \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#tableofcontents} + {\\tableofcontents}, + \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#quotation}{\\quotation}, + \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#warning}{\\warning} + + \section1 Command Descriptions + + \table + \header + \o Command + \o Description + + \row + \o \bold \\abstract \target abstract + \o \bold {The \\abstract command and the corresponding \\endabstract + command delimit a document's abstract section.} + + The abstract section is rendered as an indented italicized + paragraph. + + \warning This is preliminary funcionality. The + command is not fully implemented. Currently, the abstract + section is rendered as a regular HTML paragraph. For + example: + + \code + / *! + \abstract + Qt by Trolltech is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform + GUI application development. Qt provides + single-source portability across Microsoft Windows, + Mac OS X, Linux, and all major commercial Unix + variants. It is also available for embedded + devices. + \endabstract + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \abstract + Qt by Trolltech is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform GUI + application development. Qt provides single-source + portability across Microsoft Windows, Mac OS X, Linux, + and all major commercial Unix variants. It is also + available for embedded devices. + \endabstract + + \row + \o \bold \\quotation \target quotation + \o \bold { The \\quotation command and the corresponding + \\endquotation command delimit a quotation remark.} + + This command replaces the old \\quote command. For more + information see the \l + {26-qdoc-commands-compatibility.html#quotation-versus-quote} + {compatibility} section. + + The remark is rendered as a separate centered + paragraph. For example: + + \code + / *! + While the prospect of a significantly broader market is + good news for Firstlogic, the notion also posed some + challenges. Dave Dobson, director of technology for the La + Crosse, Wisconsin-based company, said: + + + \quotation + As our solutions were being adopted into new + environments, we saw an escalating need for easier + integration with a wider range of enterprise + applications. + \endquotation + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + While the prospect of a significantly broader market is + good news for Firstlogic, the notion also posed some + challenges. Dave Dobson, director of technology for the La + Crosse, Wisconsin-based company, said: + + \quotation + As our solutions were being adopted into new + environments, we saw an escalating need for easier + integration with a wider range of enterprise + applications. + \endquotation + + \row + \o \bold \\footnote \target footnote + \o \bold {The \\footnote command and the corresponding + \\endfootnote command delimit a footnote.} + + The footnote follows the standard conventions, rendered at the + bottom of the page. + + \warning This is preliminary funcionality. The + command is not fully implemented. + + For example: + + \code + / *! + In Qt 4 we have tried to simplify the constructors of + QObject/QWidget subclasses. This makes subclassing + easier, at the same time as it helps make the Qt + library more efficient. + + \footnote + Constructors no longer take a "const char *name" + parameter. If you want to specify a name for a QObject, + you must call QObject::setObjectName() after + construction. The object name is now a QString. + \endfootnote + + QWidget's WFlags data type has been split in two: + Qt::WindowFlags specifies low-level window flags (the + type of window and the frame style), whereas + Qt::WidgetAttribute specifies various higher-level + attributes about the widget (e.g., + WA_StaticContents). + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + In Qt 4 we have tried to simplify the constructors of + QObject/QWidget subclasses. This makes subclassing + easier, at the same time as it helps make the Qt + library more efficient. + + \footnote + Constructors no longer take a "const char *name" + parameter. If you want to specify a name for a QObject, + you must call QObject::setObjectName() after + construction. The object name is now a QString. + \endfootnote + + QWidget's WFlags data type has been split in two: + Qt::WindowFlags specifies low-level window flags (the + type of window and the frame style), whereas + Qt::WidgetAttribute specifies various higher-level + attributes about the widget (e.g., + WA_StaticContents). + \endquotation + + \row + \o \bold \\tableofcontents \target tableofcontents + \o \bold {The \\tableofcontents command generates a + table displaying the titles of the current documentation + unit's parts, chapters, sections, etc.} + + The command accepts a single optional argument: + + \code + \tableofcontents sectionN + \endcode + + where \c sectionN is the deepest section to include (by + default all sections are included). + + For example, it the documentation unit's structure looks + something like this: + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <a name="Basic Qt"> + <h1>Basic Qt</h1> + </a> + <p>This is the first part.</p> + + <a name="Getting started"> + <h2>Getting Started</h2> + </a> + This is the first part's first chapter.</p> + + <a name="Hello Qt"> + <h3>Hello Qt</h3> + </a> + <p>This is the first chapter's first section.</p> + + <a name="Making Connections"> + <h3>Making Connections</h3> + </a> + <p>This is the first chapter's second section.</p> + + <a name="Using the Reference Documentation"> + <h3>Using the Reference Documentation</h3> + </a> + <p>This is the first chapter's third section.</p> + + <a name="Creating Dialogs"> + <h2>Creating Dialogs</h2> + </a> + <p>This is the first part's second chapter.</p> + + <a name="Subclassing QDialog"> + <h3>Subclassing QDialog</h3> + </a> + <p>This is the second chapter's first section.</p> + + ... + + <a name="Intermediate Qt"> + <h1>Intermediate Qt</h1> + </a> + <p>This is the second part.</p> + + <a name="Layout Management"> + <h2>Layout Management</h2> + </a> + <p>This is the second part's first chapter.</p> + + <a name="Basic Layouts"> + <h3>Basic Layouts</h3> + </a> + <p>This is the first chapter's first section.</p> + + ... + + \endraw + \endquotation + + Then + + \code + / *! + Contents: + + \tableofcontents + + ... + * / + \endcode + + will expand to + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <p>Contents:</p> + + <ul> + <li><a href="#Basic Qt">Basic Qt</a></li> + <ul> + <li><a href="#Getting Started">Getting Started</a></li> + <ul> + <li><a href="#Hello Qt">Hello Qt</a></li> + <li><a href="#Making Connections"> + Making Connections</a></li> + <li><a href="#Using the Reference Documentation"> + Using the Reference Documentation</a></li> + </ul> + <li><a href="#Creating Dialogs">Creating Dialogs</a></li> + <ul> + <li><a href="#Subclassing QDialog"> + Subclassing QDialog</a></li> + </ul> + </ul> + <li><a href="#Intermediate Qt">Intermediate Qt</a></li> + <ul> + <li><a href="#Layout Management">Layout Management</a></li> + <ul> + <li><a href="#Basic Layouts">Basic Layouts</a></li> + </ul> + </ul> + </ul> + + ... + \endraw + \endquotation + + Each table entry becomes a link to the corresponding part, + chapter or section. + + \row + \o \bold \\brief \target brief + \o \bold {The \\brief command introduces a one-sentence + description of a class, namespace, header file, property + or variable.} + + The brief text is used to introduce the documentation of + the associated object, and in lists generated using the \l + {generatelist}{\\generatelist} command. + + The \\brief command can be used in two significant + different ways: \l {brief class}{One for classes, + namespaces and header files}, and \l {brief property}{one + for properties and variables}. + + \target brief property + + When the \\brief command is used to describe a property or + a variable, the brief text must only be a sentence fragment + and start with "whether" (for boolean properties and + variables) or "the" (for any other property or variable). + + For example the boolean QWidget::isWindow property: + + \code + / *! + \property QWidget::isActiveWindow + \brief whether this widget's window is the active window + + The active window is the window that contains the widget that + has keyboard focus. + + When popup windows are visible, this property is true + for both the active window \e and for the popup. + + \sa activateWindow(), QApplication::activeWindow() + * / + \endcode + + and the QWidget::geometry property + + \code + / *! + \property QWidget::geometry + \brief the geometry of the widget relative to its parent and + excluding the window frame + + When changing the geometry, the widget, if visible, + receives a move event (moveEvent()) and/or a resize + event (resizeEvent()) immediately. + + ... + + \sa frameGeometry(), rect(), ... + * / + \endcode + + The latter will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <h3>geometry : + <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qrect.html">QRect</a> + </h3> + \endraw + + This property holds the geometry of the widget relative + to its parent and excluding the window frame. + + ... + + Access functions: + \list + \o \bold {const QRect & geometry () const} + \o \bold {void setGeometry ( int x, int y, int w, int h )} + \o \bold {void setGeometry ( const QRect & )} + \endlist + + See also \l + {QWidget::frameGeometry()}{frameGeometry()}, \l + {QWidget::rect()}{rect()}, ... + \endquotation + + \target brief class + + When the \\brief command is used to describe a class, the + brief text should be a complete sentence and must start + like this: + + \code + The <classname> class is|provides|contains|specifies... + \endcode + + and likewise when the command is used for namespaces or + header files. + + \warning The brief statement is used as the first + paragraph of the detailed description. Do not repeat the + sentence. + + For example: + + \code + / *! + \class PreviewWindow + \brief The PreviewWindow class is a custom widget + displaying the names of its currently set + window flags in a read-only text editor. + + The PreviewWindow class inherits QWidget. The widget + displays the names of its window flags set with the + setWindowFlags() function. It is also provided with a + QPushButton that closes the window. + + ... + + \sa QWidget + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <h1>PreviewWindow Class Reference</h1> + \endraw + + The PreviewWindow class is a custom widget displaying + the names of its currently set window flags in a + read-only text editor. \l {preview window}{More...} + + \raw HTML + <h3>Properties</h3> + \endraw + + \list + \o 52 properties inherited from QWidget + \o 1 property inherited from QObject + \endlist + + \raw HTML + <h3>Public Functions</h3> + \endraw + + \list + \o \l {constructor}{PreviewWindow}(QWidget *parent = 0) + \o void \l {function}{setWindowFlags}(Qt::WindowFlags flags) + \endlist + + \list + \o 183 public functions inherited from QWidget + \o 28 public functions inherited from QObject + \endlist + + \raw HTML + <h3>Public Slots</h3> + \endraw + + \list + \o 17 public slots inherited from QWidget + \o 1 public slot inherited from QObject + \endlist + + \raw HTML + <h3>Additional Inherited Members</h3> + \endraw + + \list + \o 1 signal inherited from QWidget + \o 1 signal inherited from QObject + \o 4 static public members inherited from QWidget + \o 4 static public members inherited from QObject + \o 39 protected functions inherited from QWidget + \o 7 protected functions inherited from QObject + \endlist + + \target preview window + + \raw HTML + <hr /> + <h2>Detailed Description</h2> + \endraw + The PreviewWindow class is a custom widget displaying + the names of its currently set window flags in a + read-only text editor. + + The PreviewWindow class inherits QWidget. The widget + displays the names of its window flags set with the \l + {function}{setWindowFlags()} function. It is also + provided with a QPushButton that closes the window. + + ... + + See also QWidget. + + \raw HTML + <hr /> + <h2>Member Function Documentation</h2> + \endraw + + \target constructor + \raw HTML + <h3>PreviewWindow(QWidget *parent = 0)</h3> + \endraw + + Constructs a preview window widget with \i parent. + + \target function + \raw HTML + <h3>setWindowFlags(Qt::WindowFlags flags)</h3> + \endraw + + Sets the widgets flags using the + QWidget::setWindowFlags() function. + + Then runs through the available window flags, + creating a text that contains the names of the flags + that matches the flags parameter, displaying + the text in the widgets text editor. + \endquotation + + Using \\brief with a namespace can for example look like this: + + \code + / *! + \namespace Qt + + \brief The Qt namespace contains miscellaneous identifiers + used throughout the Qt library. + * / + \endcode + + and finally using \\brief with a header file can look + something like this: + + \code + / *! + \headerfile <QtGlobal> + \title Global Qt Declarations + + \brief The <QtGlobal> header file provides basic + declarations and is included by all other Qt headers. + + \sa <QtAlgorithms> + * / + \endcode + + See also \l{property}{\\property}, \l{class}{\\class}, + \l{namespace}{\\namespace} and \l{headerfile}{\\headerfile}. + + \row + \o \bold \\legalese \target legalese + \o \bold {The \\legalese command, and the corresponding \\endlegalese + command, delimit a licence agreement.} + + If the \\endlegalese command is omitted, QDoc will still + process the \\legalese command but considers the rest of + the documentation page as the license agreement. + + Ideally, the license documentation is located where the + licensed code is used. + + Later the documentation identified by the \\legalese + command can be accumulated into a list using the \l + {generatelist}{\\generatelist} command with the \c legalese + argument. This is useful to generate an overview of all the + licenses associated with the source code. + + For example: + + \code + \ * ! + ... + + On X11, Qt also supports drops via the Motif Drag \& + Drop Protocol. The implementation incorporates some + code that was originally written by Daniel Dardailler, + and adapted for Qt by Matt Koss \<koss@napri.sk\> and + Trolltech. Here is the original copyright notice: + + \legalese + \code + + Copyright 1996 Daniel Dardailler. + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell + this software for any purpose is hereby granted without + fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that copyright notice and this + permission notice appear in supporting documentation, + and that the name of Daniel Dardailler not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of + the software without specific, written prior + permission. Daniel Dardailler makes no representations + about the suitability of this software for any + purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or + implied warranty. + + Modifications Copyright 1999 Matt Koss, under the same + license as above. + + \ endcode + \endlegalese + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + ... + + On X11, Qt also supports drops via the Motif Drag \& + Drop Protocol. The implementation incorporates some + code that was originally written by Daniel Dardailler, + and adapted for Qt by Matt Koss \<koss@napri.sk\> and + Trolltech. Here is the original copyright notice: + + \legalese + \code + + Copyright 1996 Daniel Dardailler. + + Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell + this software for any purpose is hereby granted without + fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in + all copies and that both that copyright notice and this + permission notice appear in supporting documentation, + and that the name of Daniel Dardailler not be used in + advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of + the software without specific, written prior + permission. Daniel Dardailler makes no representations + about the suitability of this software for any + purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or + implied warranty. + + Modifications Copyright 1999 Matt Koss, under the same + license as above. + + \endcode + \endlegalese + \endquotation + + \row + \o \bold \\warning \target warning + \o \bold {The \\warning command renders a "Warning:" prefix to + the command's argument.} + + For example: + + \code + / *! + Qt::HANDLE is a platform-specific handle type + for system objects. This is equivalent to + \c{void *} on Windows and Mac OS X, and to + \c{unsigned long} on X11. + + \warning Using this type is not portable. + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + Qt::HANDLE is a platform-specific handle type + for system objects. This is equivalent to + \c{void *} on Windows and Mac OS X, and to + \c{unsigned long} on X11. + + \warning Using this type is not portable. + \endquotation + \endtable +*/ + +/*! + \page 12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html + \previouspage Document Contents Commands + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + \nextpage Topical Commands + + \title Miscellaneous Commands + + These commands provide miscellaneous functions + connected to the visual appearance of the documentation, and to the + process of generating the documentation. + + \section1 Alphabetical List + + \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#else}{\\else}, + \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#endif}{\\endif}, + \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#expire}{\\expire}, + \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#generatelist}{\\generatelist}, + \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#if}{\\if}, + \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#include}{\\include}, + \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#meta}{\\meta}, + \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#omit}{\\omit}, + \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#raw}{\\raw}, + \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#raw}{\\unicode} + + \section1 Command Descriptions + + \table + \header + \o Command + \o Description + + \row + \o \bold \\expire \target expire + \o \bold {The \\expire command allows you to define an expiration + date for your documentation.} + + When using the \\expire command, QDoc will emit a warning + when the current date is larger than the specified + date. The command accepts one argument; the argument's + format is yyyy-mm-dd. For example: + + \code + / *! + \page porting.html + + \title Porting to Qt 3.x + + \expire 2004-12-31 + + This document describes porting applications from Qt + 2.x to Qt 3.x. + + The Qt 3.x series is not binary compatible with the + 2.x series. + ... + * / + \endcode + + If you run QDoc on 4 July 2005, it will emit the warning + + \quotation + porting.qdoc:6: Documentation expired 185 days ago + \endquotation + + \row + \o \bold \\generatelist \target generatelist + \o \bold {The \\generatelist command expands to a list of + various documentation or links to documentation.} + + For example in the Qt Reference Documentation: + + \code + / *! + \page classes.html + \title All Qt Classes (main index) + + For a shorter list that only includes the most + frequently used classes, see \l{Qt's Main Classes}. For + a list of Qt 3 support classes, see \l{Qt3Support + Classes}. + + \generatelist classes + * / + \endcode + + is used to generate \l {All Qt Classes (main index)}. + + The command accepts the following arguments: + + \target table example + + \list + \o \c annotatedclasses + + The \c annotatedclasses argument provides a table + containing the names of all the classes, and a + description of each class. Each class name is a link to + the class's reference documentation. + + For example: + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <table align="center" cellpadding="2" + cellspacing="1" border="0"> + + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0"> + <td> + <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qdial.html"> + QDial</a> + </td> + <td>Rounded range control (like a speedometer + or potentiometer)</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0"> + <td> + <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qdialog.html"> + QDialog</a> + </td> + <td>The base class of dialog windows</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0"> + <td> + <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qdir.html"> + QDir</a> + </td> + <td>Access to directory structures and their + contents</td> + </tr> + </table> + \endraw + \endquotation + + A class is identified within the documentation by the + the \l {class}{\\class} command, and the descriptions + are based on the argument of the \l {brief}{\\brief} + commands in the class documentation. + + \target list example + + \o \c classes + + The \c classes argument provides a complete alphabetical + list of the classes. Each class name is a link to the + class's reference documentation. + + For example: + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <p><table width="100%"> + + <tr> + <td align="right"><b>A </b></td> + <td><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qabstractbutton.html">QAbstractButton</a></td> + + <td align="right"></td> + <td><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qabstractextensionmanager.html">QAbstractExtensionManager</a></td> + + <td align="right"></td> + <td><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qabstractitemmodel.html">QAbstractItemModel</a></td> + </tr> + + <tr> + <td align="right"></td> + <td><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qabstracteventdispatcher.html">QAbstractEventDispatcher</a></td> + + <td align="right"></td> + <td><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qabstractformbuilder.html">QAbstractFormBuilder</a></td> + + <td align="right"></td> + <td><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qabstractitemview.html">QAbstractItemView</a></td> + </tr> + + <tr> + <td align="right"></td> + <td><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qabstractextensionfactory.html">QAbstractExtensionFactory</a></td> + + <td align="right"></td> + <td><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qabstractitemdelegate.html">QAbstractItemDelegate</a></td> + + <td align="right"></td> + <td><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qabstractlistmodel.html">QAbstractListModel</a></td> + </tr> + </table></p> + \endraw + \endquotation + + A class is identified within the documentation by the + the \l {class}{\\class} command. + + \o \c classesbymodule + + This particular argument requests an additional argument, + i.e. a specification of the module. + + For example: + + \code + / *! + \page qtgui.html + \contentspage Qt Classes by Module + \previouspage QtCore Classes + \nextpage QtNetwork Classes + + \title QtGui Classes + + \keyword QtGui + + \generatelist {classesbymodule QtGui} + * / + \endcode + + Together, these arguments provide a table containing the + classes considered members of the specified module, + accompanied with a brief description. Each class name is + a link to the class's reference documentation. + + The generated table is rendered similarily to the one + generated when using the \l {table example}{\c + annotatedclasses} argument. + + For the basic classes in Qt, a class's module is + determined by its location, i.e. its directory. However, + for extensions, like ActiveQt and Qt Designer, a class + is related to a module with the \l + {inmodule}{\\inmodule} command. + + \o \c classesbyedition + + This particular argument requests an additional argument, + i.e. a specification of the edition. + + For example: + + \code + / *! + \page console-edition-classes.html + \title Qt Console Edition Classes + + \generatelist{classesbyedition Console} + * / + \endcode + + Together, these arguments provide a table containing the + classes considered members of the specified edition, + accompanied with a brief description. Each class name is + a link to the class's reference documentation. + + The edition a given class can be found in is determined by + the module it belongs to. + + \o \c compatclasses + + The \c compatclasses argument provides a complete and + alphabetical list of the support classes. A support + class is identified within the documentation by the \l + {compat}{\\compat} command. Each class name is a link to + the class's reference documentation. The list is + rendered similarily to the list generated by the \l + {list example}{\c classes} argument. + + \warning The \c classesbymodule argument will at some + point replace the this argument. + + \o \c functionindex + + The \c functionindex argument provides a complete + alphabetical list of all the documented member + functions. + + For example: + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <p><center><font size="+1"><b><a href="#a">A</a> <a href="#b">B</a> <a href="#c">C</a> <a href="#d">D</a> <a href="#e">E</a> <a href="#f">F</a> <a href="#g">G</a> <a href="#h">H</a> <a href="#i">I</a> <a href="#j">J</a> <a href="#k">K</a> <a href="#l">L</a> <a href="#m">M</a> <a href="#n">N</a> <a href="#o">O</a> <a href="#p">P</a> <a href="#q">Q</a> <a href="#r">R</a> <a href="#s">S</a> <a href="#t">T</a> <a href="#u">U</a> <a href="#v">V</a> <a href="#w">W</a> <a href="#x">X</a> <a href="#y">Y</a> <a href="#z">Z</a> </b></font></center></p> + + <p>DTDHandler: <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qxmlreader.html#DTDHandler">QXmlReader</a></p> + + <p>QAXCLASS: <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qaxfactory.html#QAXCLASS">global</a></p> + + <p>QAXFACTORY_BEGIN: <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qaxfactory.html#QAXFACTORY_BEGIN">global</a></p> + + <p>QAXFACTORY_DEFAULT: <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qaxfactory.html#QAXFACTORY_DEFAULT">global</a></p> + + <p>QAXFACTORY_END: <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qaxfactory.html#QAXFACTORY_END">global</a></p> + + \endraw + + ... + \endquotation + + \o \c legalese + + The \c legalese argument provides a complete list of all + the licenses. The licenses are identified within the + documentation using the \l {legalese}{\\legalese} + command. + + For example: + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <hr /> + <p> + Copyright (c) 1989 The Regents of the + University of California. All rights reserved. + </p> + + <p> + Redistribution and use in source and binary + forms are permitted provided that the above + copyright notice and this paragraph are + duplicated in all such forms and that any + documentation, advertising materials, and other + materials related to such distribution and use + acknowledge that the software was developed by + the University of California, Berkeley... + </p> + + <ul> + <li> + <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qdate.html#weekNumber">QDate::weekNumber()</a> + </li> + </ul> + + <hr /> + <p> + Copyright (c) 1991 by AT&T. + </p> + + <p> + Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute + this software for any purpose without fee is + hereby granted, provided that this entire notice + is included in all copies of any software which + is or includes a copy or modification of this + software and in all copies of the supporting + documentation for such software... + </p> + + <ul> + <li> + <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qlocale.html">QLocale</a> + </li> + </ul> + <hr /> + \endraw + ... + \endquotation + + \o \c mainclasses + + The \c mainclasses argument provides a complete + alphabetical list of the main classes. Each class name + is a link to the class's reference documentation. A + class is related to the group of main classes by using + the \l {mainclass}{\\mainclass} command. + + The list is rendered similarily to the list generated by + the \l {list example}{\c classes} argument. + + \o \c overviews + + The \c overviews argument provides a complete + alphabetical overview of the documentation. Each list + entry is a link to the respective documentation page. + + The list includes pages declared using commands like \l + {page}{\\page} and \l {group}{\\group}. The list omits + examples and classes, and only lists the first page of + documentation that contains two or more pages using + commands like \l {nextpage}{\\nextpage}. + + For example: + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <ul> + + <li> + <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qtalgorithms.html"> + <QtAlgorithms> - Generic Algorithms + </a> + </li> + + <li> + <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qtglobal.html"> + <QtGlobal> - Global Qt Declarations + </a> + </li> + + <li> + <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qaxserver-demo-simple.html"> + A standard ActiveX and the "simple" ActiveQt widget + </a> + </li> + + <li> + <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/aboutqt.html"> + About Qt + </a> + </li> + + <li> + <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/trolltech.html"> + About Trolltech + </a> + </li> + + <li> + <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/abstractwidgets.html"> + Abstract Widget Classes + </a> + </li> + + <li> + <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/accessibility.html"> + Accessibility Classes + </a> + </li> + ... + </ul> + \endraw + \endquotation + + \o \c related + + The \c related argument is used in combination with the + \l {group}{\\group} command to list all the overviews + related to the given group. Each list entry is a link to + the respective documentation page. + + \o \c relatedinline + + The \c related argument is used in combination with the + \l {group}{\\group} command to collect all documentation + related to the given group. The various documentation + snippets are copied directly into the group page. + + \o \c service + + The \c service argument provides a complete alphabetical + list of the services. Each service name is a link to the + service's reference documentation. + + A service is identified within the documentation by the + \l {service}{\\service} command. + + \endlist + + + \row + \o \bold \\if \target if + \o \bold {The \\if command and the corresponding \\endif command + enclose parts of a QDoc comment that only will be included if + the condition specified by the command's argument is true.} + + The command reads the rest of the line and parses it as an + C++ #if statement. For example: + + \code + / *! + \if defined(opensourceedition) + + \bold{Note:} This edition is for the development of + \l{Qt Open Source Edition}{Free and Open Source} + software only; see \l{Qt Commercial Editions}. + + \endif + * / + \endcode + + This QDoc comment will only be rendered if the \c + opensourceedition preprocessor symbol is defined, and + specified in the \l {definesvariable}{defines} variable in + the configuration file to make QDoc process + the code within #ifdef and #endif: + + \code + defines = opensourceedition + \endcode + + You can also define the preprocessor symbol manually on the + command line. For more information see the documentation of + the \l {definesvariable}{defines} variable. + + See also \l{endif}{\\endif}, \l{else}{\\else}, \l + {definesvariable}{defines} and \l falsehoods. + + \row + \o \bold \\endif \target endif + \o \bold {The \\endif command and the corresponding \\if command + enclose parts of a QDoc comment that will be included if + the condition specified by the \l {if}{\\if} command's + argument is true.} + + For more information, see the documentation of the \l + {if}{\\if} command. + + See also \l{if}{\\if}, \l{else}{\\else}, \l + {definesvariable}{defines} and \l falsehoods. + + \row + \o \bold \\else \target else + \o \bold {The \\else command specifies an alternative if the + condition in the \l {if}{\\if} command is false.} + + The \\else command can only be used within \l + {if}{\\if...\\endif} commands, but is useful when there is + only two alternatives. For example: + + \code + / *! + The Qt 3 support library is provided to keep old + source code working. + + In addition to the \c Qt3Support classes, Qt 4 provides + compatibility functions when it's possible for an old + API to cohabit with the new one. + + \if !defined(QT3_SUPPORT) + \if defined(QT3_SUPPORTWARNINGS) + The compiler emits a warning when a + compatibility function is called. (This works + only with GCC 3.2+ and MSVC 7.) + \else + To use the Qt 3 support library, you need to + have the line QT += qt3support in your .pro + file (qmake automatically define the + QT3_SUPPORT symbol, turning on compatibility + function support). + + You can also define the symbol manually (e.g., + if you don't want to link against the \c + Qt3Support library), or you can define \c + QT3_SUPPORT_WARNINGS instead, telling the + compiler to emit a warning when a compatibility + function is called. (This works only with GCC + 3.2+ and MSVC 7.) + \endif + \endif + * / + \endcode + + If the \c QT3_SUPPORT is defined, the comment will be rendered + as + + \quotation + The Qt 3 support library is provided to keep old source + code working. + + In addition to the Qt3Support classes, Qt 4 provides + compatibility functions when it's possible for an old + API to cohabit with the new one. + \endquotation + + If \c QT3_SUPPORT isn't defined but \c QT3_SUPPORT_WARNINGS + is, the comment will be rendered as + + \quotation + The Qt 3 support library is provided to keep old source + code working. + + In addition to the Qt3Support classes, Qt 4 provides + compatibility functions when it's possible for an old + API to cohabit with the new one. + + The compiler emits a warning when a compatibility + function is called. (This works only with GCC 3.2+ and + MSVC 7.) + \endquotation + + If none of the symbols are defined, the comment will be + rendered as + + \quotation + The Qt 3 support library is provided to keep old + source code working. + + In addition to the \c Qt3Support classes, Qt 4 provides + compatibility functions when it's possible for an old + API to cohabit with the new one. + + To use the Qt 3 support library, you need to have the + line QT += qt3support in your .pro file (qmake + automatically define the QT3_SUPPORT symbol, turning on + compatibility function support). + + You can also define the symbol manually (e.g., if you + don't want to link against the \c Qt3Support library), + or you can define \c QT3_SUPPORT_WARNINGS instead, + telling the compiler to emit a warning when a + compatibility function is called. (This works only with + GCC 3.2+ and MSVC 7.) + \endquotation + + See also \l{if}{\\if}, \l{endif}{\\endif}, \l + {definesvariable}{defines} and \l falsehoods. + + \row + \o \bold \\include \target include + \o \bold {The \\include command expands to the contents of the + file specified by the command's argument.} + + \warning This is preliminary functionality. For more + information, see the \l + {26-qdoc-commands-compatibility.html#include-versus-input} + {compatibility} section. + + The command takes a file name as an argument, and is + useful when some piece of the documentation is used + repeatedly: Move the repetetive text into a separate file, + and use the \\include command whenever you want to insert + the separate documentation. + + The contents of such a file should follow QDoc syntax, + excluding the enclosing \c{/}\c{*!} ... \c{*}\c{/} marks. + To ensure that QDoc won't attempt to read the file as a + stand-alone piece of documentation, we recommend that you + use the \c .qdocinc extension. + + For example: + + \code + / *! + \page corefeatures.html + \title Core Features + + \include examples/signalandslots.qdocinc + \include examples/objectmodel.qdocinc + \include examples/layoutmanagement.qdocinc + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <h1>Core Features</h1> + \endraw + + \include examples/signalandslots.qdocinc + \include examples/objectmodel.qdocinc + \include examples/layoutmanagement.qdocinc + \endquotation + + Here is the actual \c .qdocinc files: \l + signalandslots.qdocinc, \l objectmodel.qdocinc, \l + layoutmanagement.qdocinc + + \row + \o \bold \\meta \target meta + \o \bold {The \\meta command is the QDoc equivalent to the HTML + \c meta tag.} + + The command accepts two arguments: The first argument (the + following word) is equivalent to the HTML meta tag's \i + name variable, and the second argument (the rest of the + line) is equivalent to the tag's \i contents variable. + + For example: + + \code + / *! + \meta author Summerfield + + \section1 Automatic Dialogs + + \abstract + This article shows how to maintain sets of + "attributes" (QVariant values), and how to allow + users to view and edit them using dialogs that are + created dynamically based on the attributes and + their types. + \endabstract + + The Attributes class described in this article holds a + set of QVariants, and can create a dialog to present + the QVariants to the user in an appropriate way. + + ... + * / + \endcode + + will be included in the generated HTML page as + + \code + <head> + ... + <meta name="author" content="Summerfield" /> + ... + </head> + \endcode + + \row + \o \bold \\omit \target omit + \o \bold {The \\omit command and the correspondning \\endomit + command delimit parts of the documentation that + you want QDoc to skip.} + + For example: + + \code + / *! + \table + \row + \o Basic Widgets + \o Basic GUI widgets such as buttons, comboboxes + and scrollbars. + + \omit + \row + \o Component Model + \o Interfaces and helper classes for the Qt + Component Model. + \endomit + + \row + \o Database Classes + \o Database related classes, e.g. for SQL databases. + \endtable + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \raw HTML + <table align="center" cellpadding="2" + cellspacing="1" border="0"> + + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0"> + <td>Basic Widgets</td> + <td>Basic GUI widgets such as buttons, comboboxes + and scrollbars.</td> + </tr> + + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#c0c0c0"> + <td>Database Classes</td> + <td>Database related classes, e.g. for SQL databases.</td> + </tr> + </table> + \endraw + + + \row + \o \bold \\raw \target raw + \o \bold {The \\raw command and the corresponding + \\endraw command delimit a block of raw mark-up language code.} + + The command takes an argument specifying the code's format; + currently the only supported format is HTML. + + The \\raw command is useful if you want some special HTML + effects in your documentation. For example: + + \code + / *! + Qt has some predefined QColor objects. For example: + + \raw HTML + <style type="text/css" id="colorstyles"> + #blue { background-color: #0000ff; color: #ffffff } + #darkBlue { background-color: #000080; color: #ffffff } + #cyan { background-color: #00ffff; color: #000000 } + </style> + + <p> + <tt id="blue">Blue(#0000ff)</tt>, + <tt id="darkBlue">dark blue(#000080)</tt> and + <tt id="cyan">cyan(#00ffff)</tt>. + \endraw + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + Qt has some predefined QColor objects. For example: + + \raw HTML + <style type="text/css" id="colorstyles"> + #blue { background-color: #0000ff; color: #ffffff } + #darkBlue { background-color: #000080; color: #ffffff } + #cyan { background-color: #00ffff; color: #000000 } + </style> + + <p> + <tt id="blue">Blue(#0000ff)</tt>, + <tt id="darkBlue">dark blue(#000080)</tt> and + <tt id="cyan">cyan(#00ffff)</tt>. + \endraw + \endquotation + + \row + \o \bold \\unicode \target unicode + \o \bold {The \\unicode command allows you to insert an + arbitrary Unicode character in the document.} + + The command takes an argument specifying the character as + an integer. By default, base 10 is assumed, unless a '0x' + or '0' prefix is specified (for base 16 and 8, + respectively). For example: + + \code + O G\unicode{0xEA}nio e as Rosas + + \unicode 0xC0 table en famille avec 15 \unicode 0x20AC par jour + + \unicode 0x3A3 \i{a}\sub{\i{i}} + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + O G\unicode{0xEA}nio e as Rosas + + \unicode 0xC0 table en famille avec 15 \unicode 0x20AC par jour + + \unicode 0x3A3 \i{a}\sub{\i{i}} + \endquotation + + The \\raw command follows the same conventions as the \l + {i}{\\i} command for \l {argument}{punctuation and use of + braces} for the argument. + \endtable +*/ + +/*! + \page 12-1-signalandslots.html + \previouspage Miscellaneous Commands + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + + \title signalandslots.qdocinc + + \quotefile examples/signalandslots.qdocinc +*/ + +/*! + \page 12-2-objectmodel.html + \previouspage Miscellaneous Commands + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + + \title objectmodel.qdocinc + + \quotefile examples/objectmodel.qdocinc +*/ + +/*! + \page 12-3-layoutmanagement.html + \previouspage Miscellaneous Commands + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + + \title layoutmanagement.qdocinc + + \quotefile examples/layoutmanagement.qdocinc +*/ + +/*! + \page 13-qdoc-commands-topical.html + \previouspage Miscellaneous Commands + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + \nextpage Contextual Commands + + \title Topical Commands + + The topical commands tell QDoc what is being documented + (i.e. existing units like classes, functions and examples), and + some of the commands allows you to create extra pages. + + \section1 Alphabetical List + + \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#class}{\\class}, + \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#enum}{\\enum}, + \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#example-command}{\\example}, + \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#externalpage}{\\externalpage}, + \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#fn}{\\fn}, + \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#group}{\\group}, + \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#headerfile}{\\headerfile}, + \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#macro}{\\macro}, + \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#module}{\\module}, + \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#namespace}{\\namespace}, + \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#page}{\\page}, + \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#property}{\\property}, + \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#service}{\\service}, + \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#typedef}{\\typedef}, + \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#variable}{\\variable}, + + \section1 General Description + + When QDoc is processing a comment, it will try to connect the + documentation to the source code. For that reason it will first + look for the topical commands. If there is no such command, it + will try to tie the documentation to the immediately following + code. If there is no topical command, and the documentation cannot + be tied to following code, the documentation is simply lost. + + \target topical argument + + The documented unit's name is passed as the unique argument for + all the topical commands. The argument's naming convention is the + documented unit's complete name. For example: + + \code + \enum QComboBox::InsertPolicy + \endcode + + Functions is a special case, the argument's naming convention for + the \l {fn}{\\fn} command is that of the function's definition + outside the class definition. For example: + + \code + \fn void PreviewWindow::setWindowFlags() + \endcode + + A topical command can appear anywhere in a comment, but must stand + alone on its own line. If the argument spans several lines, make + sure that each line (except the last one) is ended with a + backslash. In addition QDoc counts parentheses, which means that + if it encounters a '(' it considers everything until the closing + ')' as its argument. + + If a topical command is repeated with different arguments, the + same documentation will appear for both the units. For example: + + \code + / *! + \fn void PreviewWindow::setWindowFlags() + \fn void ControllerWindow::setWindowFlags() + + Sets the widgets flags using the QWidget::setWindowFlags() + function. + + Then runs through the available window flags, creating a text + that contains the names of the flags that matches the flags + parameter, displaying the text in the widgets text editor. + * / + \endcode + + The \c PreviewWindow::setWindowFlags() and \c + ControllerWindow::setWindowFlags() functions will get the same + documentation. + + \section1 Command Descriptions + + \table + \header + \o Command + \o Description + + \row + \o \bold \\class \target class + \o \bold {The \\class command tells QDoc that a class is + part of the public API, and lets you enter a detailed + description.} + + The command follows \l {topical argument}{the general + topical command convention} for the argument, and supports + nested classes, for example: + + \code + / *! + \class QMap::iterator + + \brief The QMap::iterator class provides an STL-style + non-const iterator for QMap and QMultiMap. + + QMap features both \l{STL-style iterators} and + \l{Java-style iterators}. The STL-style iterators ... + * / + \endcode + + The generated HTML documentation for the specified class is + put in \c <lower-case>classname.html. For example, the + documentation for the \c PreviewWindow class is located in + \c previewwindow.html. + + \target framework + + In addition to render the detailed description, the \\class + comand will generate the documentation framework, i.e. a + list of the class's types, properties, functions, signals + and slots with empty documentation. + + The command is typically accompanied with a \l + {brief}{\\brief} command, a \l {mainclass}{\\mainclass} + command, an \l {ingroup}{\\ingroup} command and a \l + {sa}{\\sa} command. For example: + + \code + / *! + \class PreviewWindow + \brief The PreviewWindow class is a custom widget + displaying the names of its currently set + window flags in a read-only text editor. + + \mainclass + \ingroup miscellaneous + + The PreviewWindow class inherits QWidget. The widget + displays the names of its window flags set with the \l + {function}{setWindowFlags()} function. It is also + provided with a QPushButton that closes the window. + + ... + + \sa QWidget + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <h1>PreviewWindow Class Reference</h1> + \endraw + + The PreviewWindow class is a custom widget displaying + the names of its currently set window flags in a + read-only text editor. \l {preview window}{More...} + + \raw HTML + <h3>Properties</h3> + \endraw + + \list + \o 52 properties inherited from QWidget + \o 1 property inherited from QObject + \endlist + + \raw HTML + <h3>Public Functions</h3> + \endraw + + \list + \o \l {constructor}{PreviewWindow}(QWidget *parent = 0) + \o void \l {function}{setWindowFlags}(Qt::WindowFlags flags) + \endlist + + \list + \o 183 public functions inherited from QWidget + \o 28 public functions inherited from QObject + \endlist + + \raw HTML + <h3>Public Slots</h3> + \endraw + + \list + \o 17 public slots inherited from QWidget + \o 1 public slot inherited from QObject + \endlist + + \raw HTML + <h3>Additional Inherited Members</h3> + \endraw + + \list + \o 1 signal inherited from QWidget + \o 1 signal inherited from QObject + \o 4 static public members inherited from QWidget + \o 4 static public members inherited from QObject + \o 39 protected functions inherited from QWidget + \o 7 protected functions inherited from QObject + \endlist + + \target preview window + + \raw HTML + <hr /> + <h2>Detailed Description</h2> + \endraw + + The PreviewWindow class is a custom widget displaying + the names of its currently set window flags in a + read-only text editor. + + The PreviewWindow class inherits QWidget. The widget + displays the names of its window flags set with the \l + {function}{setWindowFlags()} function. It is also + provided with a QPushButton that closes the window. + + ... + + See also QWidget. + + \raw HTML + <hr /> + <h2>Member Function Documentation</h2> + \endraw + + \target constructor + \raw HTML + <h3>PreviewWindow(QWidget *parent = 0)</h3> + \endraw + + Constructs a preview window widget with \i parent. + + \target function + \raw HTML + <h3>setWindowFlags(Qt::WindowFlags flags)</h3> + \endraw + + Sets the widgets flags using the + QWidget::setWindowFlags() function. + + Then runs through the available window flags, + creating a text that contains the names of the flags + that matches the flags parameter, displaying + the text in the widgets text editor. + \endquotation + + \row + \o \bold \\enum \target enum + \o \bold {The \\enum command allows you to document a C++ enum.} + + The command follows \l {topical argument}{the general + topical command convention} for the argument. + + The enum items are documented using the \l {value}{\\value} + command. If an item isn't documented, QDoc will emit a + warning. This can be avoided using the \l + {omitvalue}{\\omitvalue} command excluding an item from the + documentation. The enum documentation will be located in + the associated class, header file or namespace + documentation. + + For example: + + \code + enum Corner { + TopLeftCorner = 0x00000, + TopRightCorner = 0x00001, + BottomLeftCorner = 0x00002, + BottomRightCorner = 0x00003 + #if defined(QT3_SUPPORT) && !defined(Q_MOC_RUN) + ,TopLeft = TopLeftCorner, + TopRight = TopRightCorner, + BottomLeft = BottomLeftCorner, + BottomRight = BottomRightCorner + #endif + }; + \endcode + + In case of the Qt::Corner enum, + + \code + / *! + \enum Qt::Corner + + This enum type specifies a corner in a rectangle: + + \value TopLeftCorner + The top-left corner of the rectangle. + \value TopRightCorner + The top-right corner of the rectangle. + \value BottomLeftCorner + The bottom-left corner of the rectangle. + \value BottomRightCorner + The bottom-right corner of the rectangle. + + \omitvalue TopLeft + \omitvalue TopRight + \omitvalue BottomLeft + \omitvalue BottomRight + * / + \endcode + + this associated QDoc comment will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <h3 class="fn"><a name="Corner-enum"></a>enum Qt::Corner</h3> + + <p>This enum type specifies a corner in a rectangle:</p> + + <table border="1" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="1" width="100%"> + <tr> + <th width="25%">Constant</th> + <th width="15%">Value</th> + <th width="60%">Description</th> + </tr> + + <tr> + <td valign="top"><tt>Qt::TopLeftCorner</tt></td> + <td align="center" valign="top"><tt>0x00000</tt></td> + <td valign="top">The top-left corner of the rectangle.</td> + </tr> + + <tr> + <td valign="top"><tt>Qt::TopRightCorner</tt></td> + <td align="center" valign="top"><tt>0x00001</tt></td> + <td valign="top">The top-right corner of the rectangle.</td> + </tr> + + <tr> + <td valign="top"><tt>Qt::BottomLeftCorner</tt></td> + <td align="center" valign="top"><tt>0x00002</tt></td> + <td valign="top">The bottom-left corner of the rectangle.</td> + </tr> + + <tr> + <td valign="top"><tt>Qt::BottomRightCorner</tt></td> + <td align="center" valign="top"><tt>0x00003</tt></td> + <td valign="top">The bottom-right corner of the rectangle.</td> + </tr> + + </table> + \endraw + \endquotation + + in qt.html. + + See also \l {value}{\\value} and \l {omitvalue}{\\omitvalue}. + + \row + \o \bold \\example \target example-command + \o \bold {The \\example command allows you to document an + example.} + + The command follows \l {topical argument}{the general + topical command convention} for the argument. In particular + the command's argument is the example's path relative to + the paths listed in the \l exampledirs configuration + variable. + + The documentation will be located in \i + {path-to-example}.html, and QDoc will add a list of all the + example files at the top of this documentation page. + + For example, if \l exampledirs contain \c + $QTDIR/examples/widgets/imageviewer, then + + \code + / *! + \example widgets/imageviewer + \title ImageViewer Example + \subtitle + + The example shows how to combine QLabel and QScrollArea + to display an image. + + ... + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <center><h1>Image Viewer Example</h1></center> + \endraw + + Files: + \list + \o \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/widgets-imageviewer-imageviewer-cpp.html} + {widgets/imageviewer/imageviewer.cpp} + \o \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/widgets-imageviewer-imageviewer-h.html} + {widgets/imageviewer/imageviewer.h} + \o \l{http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/widgets-imageviewer-main-cpp.html} + {widgets/imageviewer/main.cpp} + \endlist + + The example shows how to combine QLabel and QScrollArea + to display an image. + + ... + \endquotation + + in widgets-imageviewer.html. + + \row + \o \bold \\fn \target fn + \o \bold {The \\fn command allows you to document a function.} + + The command follows \l {topical argument}{the general + topical command convention} for the argument. In particular + it is important that the return type of the function, + whether it is \c const or not and the complete set of + arguments with type are included in the argument. If the + referenced function doesn't exist, QDoc will emit a + warning. + + Also, the \\fn command is QDoc's default command, i.e. when + no topical command can be found within a QDoc comment, QDoc + tries to tie the documentation to the following code as if + it was function documentation. + + This means that the command normally isn't necessary since + the recommended style is to write the function + documentation directly before the function implementation + in the \c .cpp file. In fact, it should only be used for + inline functions implemented in the \c .h file. + + For example: + + \code + / *! + \fn bool QToolBar::isAreaAllowed(Qt::ToolBarArea area) const + + Returns true if this toolbar is dockable in the given + \a area; otherwise returns false. + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <h3>bool QToolBar::isAreaAllowed(Qt::ToolBarArea area) const + </h3> + \endraw + + Returns true if this toolbar is dockable in the given + \a area; otherwise returns false. + \endquotation + + See also \l {overload}{\\overload}. + + \row + \o \bold \\group \target group + \o \bold {The \\group command creates a separate page that + lists the classes belonging to the group specified by the + command's argument.} + + The command follows \l {topical argument}{the general + topical command convention} for the argument. The \\group + command is typically followed by a \l {title}{\\title} + command and a short introduction to the group. The + generated HTML documentation for the specified group is put + in <lower-case>\i{group}.html. + + A class can be related to a group by using the \l + {ingroup}{\\ingroup} command. In addition, overviews can be + related to a group using the same command, but these must + be listed explicitly using the \l + {generatelist}{\\generatelist} command (see example below). + + Each class is listed with a link to the class reference + page and a brief description based on the classes' \l + {brief}{\\brief} texts. For example: + + \code + / *! + \group io + + \title Input/Output and Networking + + These classes are used to handle input and output to + and from external devices, processes, files etc. as + well as manipulating files and directories. + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + + <h1>Input/Output and Networking</h1> + + <p>These classes are used to handle input and output + to and from external devices, processes, files etc. as + well as manipulating files and directories.</p> + + <p> + <table width="100%"> + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#e0e0e0"> + <td><b> + <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qabstractsocket.html">QAbstractSocket</a> + </b></td> + <td> + The base functionality common to all socket types + </td></tr> + + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#e0e0e0"> + <td><b> + <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qbuffer.html">QBuffer</a> + </b></td> + <td> + QIODevice interface for a QByteArray + </td></tr> + + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#e0e0e0"> + <td><b> + <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qclipboard.html">QClipboard</a> + </b></td> + <td> + Access to the window system clipboard + </td></tr> + </table> + \endraw + \endquotation + + in io.html. + + Note that overviews related to the given group, must be + listed explicitly using the \l + {generatelist}{\\generatelist} command with the \c related + argument. For example: + + \code + / *! + \group architecture + + \title Architecture + + These documents describe aspects of Qt's architecture + and design, including overviews of core Qt features and + technologies. + + \generatelist{related} + * / + \endcode + + See also \l {ingroup}{\\ingroup} and \l + {generatelist}{\\generatelist}. + + \row + \o \bold \\headerfile \target headerfile + \o \bold {The \\headerfile command allows you to document + global functions, types and macros declared in a header file.} + + The command follows \l {topical argument}{the general + topical command convention} for the argument, and the + generated HTML documentation for the specified header file + is put in <lower-case>\i{headerfilename}.html. + + A function, type or macro can be associated with a + headerfile using the \l {relates}{\\relates} command. + + If the referenced header file doesn't exist, the + \\headerfile command will still create a documentation page + for a header file with the referenced file's name. + + For example: + + \code + / *! + \headerfile <QtAlgorithms> + + \title Generic Algorithms + + \brief The <QtAlgorithms> header file provides + generic template-based algorithms. + + Qt provides a number of global template functions in \c + <QtAlgorithms> that work on containers and perform + well-know algorithms. + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <center><h1><QtAlgorithms> - + Generic Algorithms</h1></center> + <p>The <QtAlgorithms> header file provides generic + template-based algorithms. + <a href="13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#header">More...</a> + </p> + + <h3>Functions</h3> + <ul> + <li>RandomAccessIterator + <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qlineedit.html#EchoMode-enum">qBinaryFind</a></b> + (RandomAccessIterator begin, RandomAccessIterator end, + const T & value)</li> + <li>...</li></ul> + <hr /> + \endraw + + \target header + + \raw HTML + <h2>Detailed Description</h2> + <p>The <QtAlgorithms> header file provides generic + template-based algorithms. </p> + \endraw + + Qt provides a number of global template functions in \c + <QtAlgorithms> that work on containers and perform + well-know algorithms. + + ... + \endquotation + + in qtalgorithms.html. + + \row + \o \bold \\macro \target macro + \o \bold {The \\macro command allows you to document a C++ macro.} + + The command follows \l {topical argument}{the general + topical command convention} for the argument. + + QDoc recognizes three different macro syntax: function-like + macros like Q_ASSERT(), declaration-style macros like + Q_PROPERTY() and macros without parentheses like Q_OBJECT. + + The \\macro command must be followed by a \l + {relates}{\\relates} command which attaches the + documentation to that of a related class, header file. or + namespace. Otherwise the documentation will be lost. + + For example: + + \code + / *! + \macro void Q_ASSERT(bool test) + \relates <QtGlobal> + + Prints a warning message containing the source code + file name and line number if \a test is false. + + ... + + \sa Q_ASSERT_X(), qFatal(), {Debugging Techniques} + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <h3>void Q_ASSERT ( bool <i>test</i> )</h3> + \endraw + + Prints a warning message containing the source code + file name and line number if \a test is false. + + ... + + See also Q_ASSERT_X(), qFatal() and \l {Debugging + Techniques}. + \endquotation + + in qtglobal.html. And + + \code + / *! + \macro Q_PROPERTY(...) + \relates QObject + + This macro declares a QObject property. The syntax is: + + ... + + \sa {Qt's Property System} + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <h3>Q_PROPERTY ( ... )</h3> + \endraw + + This macro declares a QObject property. The syntax is: + + ... + + See also \l {Qt's Property System}. + \endquotation + + in qobject.html. And + + \code + / *! + \macro Q_OBJECT + \relates QObject + + The Q_OBJECT macro must appear in the private section + of a class definition that declares its own signals and + slots or that uses other services provided by Qt's + meta-object system. + + ... + + \sa {Meta-Object System}, {Signals and Slots}, {Qt's + Property System} + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <h3>Q_OBJECT</h3> + \endraw + + The Q_OBJECT macro must appear in the private section + of a class definition that declares its own signals and + slots or that uses other services provided by Qt's + meta-object system. + + ... + + See also \l {Meta-Object System}, \l {Signals and + Slots} and \l {Qt's Property System}. + \endquotation + + in qobject.html. + + \row + \o \bold \\module \target module + \o \bold {The \\module creates a separate page that lists the + classes belonging to the module specified by the command's + argument.} + + The command follows \l {topical argument}{the general + topical command convention} for the argument. + + A class can be related to a module using the \l + {inmodule}{\\inmodule} command. + + The \\module command is typically followed by the \l + {title}{\\title} and \l {brief}{\\brief} commands. Each + class is listed with a link to the class reference page and + a brief description based on the classes' \l + {brief}{\\brief} texts. + + For example: + + \code + / *! + \module QtNetwork + + \title QtNetwork Module + + \brief The QtNetwork module offers classes that allow + you to write TCP/IP clients and servers. + + The network module provides classes to make network + programming easier and portable. It offers both + high-level classes such as QHttp and QFtp that + implement specific application-level protocols, and + lower-level classes such as QTcpSocket, QTcpServer, and + QUdpSocket. + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <h1><center>QtNetwork Module</center></h1> + \endraw + + The QtNetwork module offers classes that allow you to + write TCP/IP clients and servers.\l {module + details}{More...} + + \raw HTML + <p> + <table width="100%"> + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0"> + <td><b> + <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qabstractsocket.html">QAbstractSocket</a> + </b></td> + <td> + The base functionality common to all socket types + </td></tr> + + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0"> + <td><b> + <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qftp.html">QFtp</a> + </b></td> + <td> + Implementation of the FTP protocol + </td></tr> + + <tr valign="top" bgcolor="#d0d0d0"> + <td>...</td> + <td>...</td> + </tr> + </table> + + <p><hr /></p> + \endraw + + \target module details + + \raw HTML + <h2>Detailed Description</h2> + + <p> + The QtNetwork module offers classes that allow you to + write TCP/IP clients and servers. + </p> + + <p> + The network module provides classes to make network + programming easier and portable. It offers both + high-level classes such as QHttp and QFtp that + implement specific application-level protocols, and + lower-level classes such as QTcpSocket, QTcpServer, and + QUdpSocket. + </p> + \endraw + + ... + + \endquotation + + in qtnetwork.html. + + See also \l {inmodule}{\\inmodule} + + \row + \o \bold \\namespace \target namespace + \o \bold {The \\namespace command allows you to document a C++ + namespace.} + + The command follows \l {topical argument}{the general + topical command convention} for the argument. + + QDoc will generate the same additional links and + documentation for all the members of the namespace as it + does for \l {framework}{classes}. The documentation for + the specified namespace is put in <lower-case>\i + {namespace}.html. + + For example: + + \code + / *! + \namespace Qt + + \brief The Qt namespace contains miscellaneous + identifiers used throughout the Qt library. + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <center><h1>Qt Namespace Reference</h1></center> + <p>The Qt namespace contains miscellaneous + identifiers used throughout the Qt library. + <a href="13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#name">More...</a> + </p> + + <pre>#include <Qt></pre> + <ul> + <li> + <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qt-qt3.html"> + Qt 3 support members</a></li> + </ul> + + + <h3>Types</h3> + <ul> + <li>flags + <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qt.html#AlignmentFlag-enum">Alignment</a></b></li> + <li>...</li></ul> + <hr /> + \endraw + + \target name + + \raw HTML + <h2>Detailed Description</h2> + <p>The Qt namespace contains miscellaneous identifiers + used throughout the Qt library.</p> + \endraw + + ... + \endquotation + + in qt.html. + + \row + \o \bold \\page \target page + \o \bold {The \\page command allows you to create a stand-alone + documentation page.} + + The command follows \l {topical argument}{the general + topical command convention} for the argument. + + The page's title can be set using the \l {title}{\\title} + command. For example: + + \code + / *! + \page aboutqt.html + + \title About Qt + + Qt by Trolltech is a C++ toolkit for cross-platform GUI + application development. Qt provides single-source + portability across Microsoft Windows, Mac OS X, Linux, + and all major commercial Unix variants. (A version of + Qt 4 for embedded Linux will be available in + August/September 2005.) + + Qt provides application developers with all the + functionality needed to build applications with + state-of-the-art graphical user interfaces. Qt is fully + object-oriented, easily extensible, and allows true + component programming. + + ... + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered in its own HTML file: \l{About Qt}. + + \row + \o \bold {\\externalpage} \target externalpage + \o \bold {The \\externalpage command gives a title to + an external URL.} + + The command follows \l {topical argument}{the general + topical command convention} for the argument. + + For example: + + \code + / *! + \externalpage http://www.trolltech.com/products/embedded/index.html + \title Qtopia Core + * / + \endcode + + The QDoc comment above allows you to link to the Qtopia + Core webpage by simply linking to the given title. For + example: + + \code + / *! + The broad scope of the \l {Qtopia Core} API enables it to + be used across a wide variety of development projects. + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + The broad scope of the \l + {http://www.trolltech.com/products/embedded/index.html}{Qtopia + Core} API enables it to be used across a wide variety + of development projects. + \endquotation + + To achieve the same result without using the + \\externalpage command, you would have to hard code the + adress into your documentation: + + \code + / *! + The broad scope of the \l + {http://www.trolltech.com/products/embedded/index.html}{Qtopia + Core} API enables it to be used across a wide variety + of development projects. + * / + \endcode + + The \\externalpage command makes it easier to maintain the + documentation. If the adress changes, you only need to change the + argument of the \\externalpage command. + + \row + \o \bold \\property \target property + \o \bold {The \\property command allows you to document a Qt + property.} + + The command follows \l {topical argument}{the general + topical command convention} for the argument. + + A property is defined using the Q_PROPERTY() macro. The + macro takes as arguments the property's name and its set, + reset and get functions. For example: + + \code + Q_PROPERTY(QString state READ state WRITE setState) + \endcode + + The set, reset and get functions don't need to be + documented, documenting the property is sufficient. QDoc + will generate a list of the access function that will + appear in the property documentation which in turn will be + located in the documentation of the class that defines the + property. + + The \\property command is typically accompanied with a \l + {brief}{\\brief} command. In the case of a property, the + \l {brief}{\\brief} command's argument is a sentence + fragment that will be included in a one-sentence + description of the property generated by QDoc. The command + follows the same rules for the \l {brief + property}{description} as the \l {variable}{\\variable} + command. + + For example: + + \code + / *! + \property QPushButton::flat + \brief whether the border is disabled + + This property's default is false. + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <h3>flat : bool</h3> + \endraw + + This property holds whether the border is disabled. + + This property's default is false. + + Access functions: + + \list + \o \bold { bool isFlat () const} + \o \bold { void setFlat ( bool )} + \endlist + + \endquotation + + in qpushbutton.html. And + + \code + / *! + \property QWidget::width + \brief the width of the widget excluding any window frame + + See the \l {Window Geometry} documentation for an + overview of window geometry. + + \sa geometry, height, size + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <h3>width : const int</h3> + \endraw + + This property holds the width of the widget excluding + any window frame. + + See the \l {Window Geometry} documentation for an + overview of window geometry. + + Access functions: + + \list + \o \bold { int width () const} + \endlist + + See also \l{QWidget::geometry}{geometry}, + \l{QWidget::height}{height}, and \l{QWidget::size}{size}. + \endquotation + + in qwidget.html. + + \row + \o \bold \\service \target service + + \o \bold {The \\service command tells QDoc that a class is a + service class and specifies its alias, i.e. the associated + service's name.} + + The command takes two arguments, the service class's name + and the associated alias. For example: + + \code + / *! + \service TimeService Time + ... + * / + class TimeService : public QCopObjectService + { + ... + } + \endcode + + See also \l {class}{\\class} and \l + {generatelist}{\\generatelist}. + + \row + \o \bold \\typedef \target typedef + \o \bold {The \\typedef command allows you to document a C++ type + definition.} + + The command follows \l {topical argument}{the general + topical command convention} for the argument. + + The documentation will be located in the associated class, + header file or namespace documentation. When documenting a + global type definition, the \\typedef command must be + accompanied with a \l {relates}{\\relates} command. For + example: + + \code + / *! + \typedef QObjectList + \relates QObject + + Synonym for QList<QObject>. + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <h3>typedef QObjectList</h3> + \endraw + + Synonym for QList<QObject>. + \endquotation + + in qobject.html. Another, although more rare, example is + + \code + / *! + \typedef QMsgHandler + \relates QtGlobal + + This is a typedef for a pointer to a function with the + following signature: + + \code + void myMsgHandler(QtMsgType, const char *); + \ endcode + + \sa QtMsgType, qInstallMsgHandler() + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <h3>typedef QtMsgHandler</h3> + \endraw + + This is a typedef for a pointer to a function with the + following signature: + + \raw HTML + <tt> + <pre> void myMsgHandler(QtMsgType, const char *);</pre> + </tt> + \endraw + + See also QtMsgType and qInstallMsgHandler(). + + \endquotation + + in qtglobal.html. Other type definitions are located in the + documentation of the class that defines it, for example: + + \code + / *! + \typedef QLinkedList::Iterator + + Qt-style synonym for QList::iterator. + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <h3>typedef QLinkedList::Iterator</h3> + \endraw + + Qt-style synonym for QList::iterator. + \endquotation + + in qlinkedlist.html. + + \row + \o \bold \\variable \target variable + \o \bold {The \\variable command allows you to document a + member variable or a constant.} + + The command follows \l {topical argument}{the general + topical command convention} for the argument. + + The \\variable command is typically followed by a \l + {brief}{\\brief} command; QDoc will generate the + documentation for the variable based on the brief + description. The command follows the same rules for the \l + {brief property}{description} as the \l + {property}{\\property} command. + + The documentation will be located in the in the associated + class, header file or namespace documentation. + + In case of a member variable: + + \code + / *! + \variable QStyleOption::palette + \brief the palette that should be used when painting + the control + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <h3> + <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qpalette.html"> + QPalette + </a> + QStyleOption::palette + </h3> + \endraw + + This variable holds the palette that should be used + when painting the control. + \endquotation + + in qstyleoption.html. + + But you can also use the \\variable command to document + constants like for example the \c Type and \c UserType + constants in the QTreeWidgetItem class: + + \code + enum { Type = 0, UserType = 1000 }; + \endcode + + Then + + \code + / *! + \variable QTreeWidgetItem::Type + + The default type for tree widget items. + + \sa UserType, type() + * / + \endcode + + and + + \code + / *! + \variable QTreeWidgetItem::UserType + + The minimum value for custom types. Values below + UserType are reserved by Qt. + + \sa Type, type() + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <h3> + const int QTreeWidgetItem::Type + </h3> + \endraw + + The default type for tree widget items. + + See also \l {QTreeWidgetItem::UserType}{UserType} and + \l {QTreeWidgetItem::type()}{type()}. + + \raw HTML + <h3> + const int QTreeWidgetItem::UserType + </h3> + \endraw + + The minimum value for custom types. Values below + UserType are reserved by Qt. + + See also \l {QTreeWidgetItem::Type}{Type} and + \l{QTreeWidgetItem::type()}{type()}. + + \endquotation + + in qtreewidget.html. + \endtable +*/ + +/*! + \page 14-qdoc-commands-contextualcommands.html + \previouspage Topical Commands + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + \nextpage Navigation Commands + + \title Contextual Commands + + The contextual commands provide QDoc with information, that it + wouldn't figure out otherwise, about the documented object. For + example whether a class is thread-safe or not. + + These commands can appear anywhere within a QDoc comment. + + \section1 Alphabetical List + + \l {16-qdoc-commands-status.html#compat}{\\compat}, + \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#contentspage}{\\contentspage}, + \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#indexpage}{\\indexpage}, + \l {19-qdoc-commands-grouping.html#ingroup}{\\ingroup}, + \l {19-qdoc-commands-grouping.html#inmodule}{\\inmodule}, + \l {16-qdoc-commands-status.html#internal}{\\internal}, + \l {19-qdoc-commands-grouping.html#mainclass}{\\mainclass}, + \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#nextpage}{\\nextpage}, + \l {17-qdoc-commands-thread.html#nonreentrant}{\\nonreentrant}, + \l {16-qdoc-commands-status.html#obsolete}{\\obsolete}, + \l {18-qdoc-commands-relating.html#overload}{\\overload}, + \l {16-qdoc-commands-status.html#preliminary}{\\preliminary}, + \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#previouspage}{\\previouspage}, + \l {17-qdoc-commands-thread.html#reentrant}{\\reentrant}, + \l {18-qdoc-commands-relating.html#reimp}{\\reimp}, + \l {18-qdoc-commands-relating.html#relates}{\\relates}, + \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#startpage}{\\startpage}, + \l {17-qdoc-commands-thread.html#threadsafe}{\\threadsafe}, + \l {20-qdoc-commands-title.html#title}{\\title} + + \section1 Categories + \list + \o \l {Navigation Commands} + \o \l {Status Commands} + \o \l {Thread Support Commands} + \o \l {Relating Commands} + \o \l {Grouping Commands} + \o \l {Title Commands} + \endlist +*/ + +/*! + \page 15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html + \previouspage Contextual Commands + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + \nextpage Status Commands + + \title Navigation Commands + + The navigation commands allow you to link the pages of a multipage + document together. They provide the components of a navigation bar + at the top and bottom of the document. They also provide browser + and search engine support. + + \section1 Alphabetical List + + \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#contentspage}{\\contentspage}, + \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#indexpage}{\\indexpage}, + \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#nextpage}{\\nextpage}, + \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#previouspage}{\\previouspage}, + \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#startpage}{\\startpage} + + \section1 General Description + + The QDoc comments below shows a typical example using the + navigation commands. + + \code + / *! + \page basicqt.html + \contentspage {Basic Qt}{Contents} + \nextpage Getting Started + + \indexpage Index + \startpage Basic Qt + + \title Basic Qt + + The Qt toolkit is a C++ class library and a set of tools for + building multiplatform GUI programs using a "write once, + compile anywhere approach". + + Table of contents: + + \list + \o \l {Getting Started} + \o \l {Creating Dialogs} + \o \l {Creating Main Windows} + \endlist + * / + + / *! + \page gettingstarted.html + \previouspage Basic Qt + \contentspage {Basic Qt}{Contents} + \nextpage Creating Dialogs + + \indexpage Index + \startpage Basic Qt + + \title Getting Started + + This chapter shows how to combine basic C++ with the + functionality provided by Qt to create a few small graphical + interface (GUI) applications. + * / + + / *! + \page creatingdialogs.html + \previouspage Getting Started + \contentspage {Basic Qt}{Contents} + + \indexpage Index + \startpage Basic Qt + + \title Creating Dialogs + + This chapter will teach you how to create dialog boxes using Qt. + * / + + / *! + \page index.html + + \indexpage Index + \startpage Basic Qt + + \title Index + + \list + \o \l {Basic Qt} + \o \l {Creating Dialogs} + \o \l {Getting Started} + \endlist + * / + \endcode + + The second page of this multipage document, "Getting Started", + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="5" width="100%"> + + <tr> + <p> + [Previous: <a href="15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#deadlink"> + Basic Qt</a>] + [<a href="15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#deadlink">Contents</a>] + [Next: <a href="15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#deadlink"> + Creating Dialogs</a>] + </p> + + <h1 align="center">Getting Started<br /></h1> + + <p> + This chapter shows how to combine basic C++ with the + functionality provided by Qt to create a few small graphical + interface (GUI) applications. + </p> + + <p> + [Previous: <a href="15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#deadlink"> + Basic Qt</a>] + [<a href="15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#deadlink">Contents</a>] + [Next: <a href="15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#deadlink"> + Creating Dialogs</a>] + </p> + + </table> + \endraw + \endquotation + + in creatingdialogs.html. + + In addition, the \l {indexpage}{\\indexpage} and \l + {startpage}{\\startpage} commands specifies links to the page's + index page and start page. These links are used by browsers and + search engines. + + The index page is typically an alphabetical list of the document's + titles and topics, while the start page is the page considered by + the author to be the starting point of a multipage document. + + The links are included in the generated HTML source code but has + no visual effect on the documentation: + + \code + <head> + ... + <link rel="index" href="index.html" /> + <link rel="start" href="basicqt.html" /> + ... + </head> + \endcode + + \section1 Command Descriptions + + \table + \header + \o Command + \o Description + + \row + \o \bold \\previouspage \target previouspage + \o \bold {The \\previouspage command links the current page + to the previous one in an ordered series of documents}. + + The command has two arguments, each enclosed by curly + braces: The first is the link target, i.e. the title of the + previous page, the second is the link text. If the page's + title is equivalent to the link text, the second argument + can be omitted. + + The command must stand alone on its own line. + + In the end, the link is rendered at the top and bottom of + the current page. For an example, see the \l {General + Description} section. + + \row + \o \bold \\nextpage \target nextpage + \o \bold {The \\nextpage command links the current + page to the next page in an ordered series of documents}. + + The command follows the same syntax and argument convention + as the \l {previouspage}{\\previouspage} command. + + For an example, see the \l {General Description} section. + + \row + \o \bold \\startpage \target startpage + \o \bold {The \\startpage command specifies the first document + in a collection of documents.} + + The command must stand alone on its own line, and its + unique argument is the title of the first document. + + QDoc will generate a link to the specified document which + is included in the HTML file but has no visual effect on + the documentation. The generated link type tells browsers + and search engines which document is considered by the + author to be the starting point of the collection. + + For an example, see the \l {General Description} section. + + \row + \o \bold \\contentspage \target contentspage + \o \bold {The \\contentspage command links the current + page to a contents page}. + + The command follows the same syntax and argument convention + as the \l {previouspage}{\\previouspage} command. + + For an example, see the \l {General Description} section. + + \row + \o \bold \\indexpage \target indexpage + \o \bold {The \\indexpage command specifies a document providing + an index for the current document}. + + The command must stand alone on its own line, and its + unique argument is the title of the index document. + + QDoc will generate a link to the specified document which + is included in the HTML file but has no visual effect on + the documentation. The generated link type tells browsers + and search engines which document is considered by the + author to be the index page for the current document. + + For an example, see the \l {General Description} section. + + \endtable +*/ + +/*! + \page 16-qdoc-commands-status.html + \previouspage Navigation Commands + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + \nextpage Thread Support Commands + + \title Status Commands + + The usage commands can indicate whether a documented object is + under development, becoming obsolete, provided for compatibility + reasons or simply not part of the public interface. They can + describe the history of minor versions. And they can also describe + a documented object's ability to handle multithreaded programming. + + \section1 Alphabetical List + + \l {16-qdoc-commands-status.html#compat}{\\compat}, + \l {16-qdoc-commands-status.html#internal}{\\internal}, + \l {16-qdoc-commands-status.html#obsolete}{\\obsolete}, + \l {16-qdoc-commands-status.html#preliminary}{\\preliminary}, + \l {16-qdoc-commands-status.html#since}{\\since} + + \section1 Command Description + + \table + \header + \o Command + \o Description + + \row + \o \bold \\preliminary \target preliminary + \o \bold {The \\preliminary command indicates that the + referenced function is under development.} + + The command must stand on its own line. + + The \\preliminary command expands to a notification in the + function documentation, and marks the function as + preliminary when it appears in lists. For example: + + \code + / *! + \preliminary + + Returns information about the joining properties of the + character (needed for certain languages such as + Arabic). + * / + QChar::Joining QChar::joining() const + { + return ::joining(*this); + } + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <h3> + <a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qchar.html#Joining-enum">Joining</a> + QChar::joining () const</h3> + \endraw + + \bold {This function is under development and + is subject to change.} + + Returns information about the joining properties of the + character (needed for certain languages such as + Arabic). + \endquotation + + And the function's entry in QChar's list of functions will + be rendered as + + \quotation + \list + \o ... + \o Joining + \l {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qchar.html#Joining-enum} + {joining}() + const \c (preliminary) + \o ... + \endlist + \endquotation + + \row + \o \bold \\obsolete \target obsolete + \o \bold {The \\obsolete command indicates that the referenced + function no longer should be used in new code; + there is no guarantee for how long it will remain in + the library.} + + The command must stand on its own line. + + When generating the reference documentation for a class, + QDoc will create and link to a separate page documenting + its obsolete functions. Usually an equivalent function is + provided as an alternative. + + For example: + + \code + / *! + \fn MyClass::MyObsoleteFunction + \obsolete + + Use MyNewFunction() instead. + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <h1>Obsolete Members for MyClass</h1> + \endraw + + \bold {The following class members are obsolete.} They + are provided to keep old source code working. We + strongly advise against using them in new code. + + ... + + \list + \o void MyObsoleteFunction() \c (obsolete) + \o ... + \endlist + + \raw HTML + <hr /> + <h2>Member Function Documentation</h2> + <h3>void MyObsoleteFunction ()</h3> + <p>Use MyNewFunction() instead.</p> + \endraw + + ... + \endquotation + + in myclass-obsolete.html + + + \row + \o \bold \\compat \target compat + \o \bold {The \\compat command indicates that the referenced class + or function is part of the support library provided to keep + old source code working.} + + The command must stand on its own line. + + Usually an equivalent function or class is provided as an + alternative. + + If the command is used within the documentation of a class, + the command expands to a warning that the referenced class + is part of the support library. The warning is located on + top of the associated documentation. For example: + + \code + / *! + \class MyQt3SupportClass + \compat + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \bold {This class is part of the Qt 3 support + library.} It is provided to keep old source code + working. We strongly advise against using it in new + code. See the \l + {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/porting4.html}{Porting + Guide} for more information. + \endquotation + + on the top of the MyQt3SupportClass class reference. + + If the command is used when documenting a function, QDoc + will create and link to a separate page documenting Qt 3 + support members when generating the reference documentation + for the associated class. For example: + + \code + / *! + \fn MyClass::MyQt3SupportMemberFunction + \compat + + Use MyNewFunction() instead. + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <h1>Qt 3 Support Members for MyClass</h1> + \endraw + + \bold {The following class members are part of the Qt + 3 support layer.} They are provided to help you port + old code to Qt 4. We advise against using them in new + code. + + ... + + \list + \o void MyQt3SupportMemberFunction() + \o ... + \endlist + + \raw HTML + <hr /> + <h2>Member Function Documentation</h2> + <h3>void MyQt3SupportMemberFunction ()</h3> + <p>Use MyNewFunction() instead.</p> + \endraw + + ... + \endquotation + + in myclass-qt3.html + + + \row + \o \bold \\internal \target internal + \o \bold {The \\internal command indicates that the referenced + function is not part of the public interface.} + + The command must stand on its own line. + + QDoc ignores the documentation as well as the documented + item, when generating the associated class reference + documenation. For example: + + \code + / *! + \internal + + Tries to find the decimal separator. If it can't find + it and the thousand delimiter is != '.' it will try to + find a '.'; + * / + int QDoubleSpinBoxPrivate::findDelimiter + (const QString &str, int index) const + { + int dotindex = str.indexOf(delimiter, index); + if (dotindex == -1 && thousand != dot && delimiter != dot) + dotindex = str.indexOf(dot, index); + return dotindex; + } + \endcode + + in qspinbox.cpp, will not be rendered at all. + + \row + \o \bold \\since \target since + \o \bold {The \\since command tells in which minor release + the associated functionality was added.} + + For example: + + \code + / *! + \since 4.1 + + Returns an icon for \a standardIcon. + + ... + + \sa standardIconImplementation(), standardPixmap() + * / + QIcon QStyle::standardIcon(StandardPixmap standardIcon, const QStyleOption *option, const QWidget *widget) const + { + } + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <h3>QIcon QStyle::standardIcon(StandardPixmap standardIcon, const QStyleOption *option, const QWidget *widget) const</h3> + \endraw + + This function was introduced in Qt version 4.1 + + Returns an icon for \a standardIcon. + + ... + + See also \l + {QStyle::standardIconImplementation()}{standardIconImplementation()} + and \l {QStyle::standardPixmap()}{standardPixmap()}. + \endquotation + + QDoc generates the "Qt" reference from the \l + {25-qdoc-configuration-derivedprojects.html#project}{\c + project} configuration variable. For that reason this + reference will change according to the current + documentation project. + + See also \l + {25-qdoc-configuration-derivedprojects.html#project}{\c + project}. + + \endtable +*/ + +/*! + \page 17-qdoc-commands-thread.html + \previouspage Status Commands + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + \nextpage Relating Commands + + \title Thread Support Commands + + The thread support commands specify the level of support for + multithreaded programming of a class or function. + + \section1 Alphabetical List + + \l {17-qdoc-commands-thread.html#nonreentrant}{\\nonreentrant}, + \l {17-qdoc-commands-thread.html#reentrant}{\\reentrant}, + \l {17-qdoc-commands-thread.html#threadsafe}{\\threadsafe} + + \section1 General Description + + There are three levels of support for multithreaded programming of + a class or function: \c threadsafe, \c reentrant and \c + nonreentrant. + + The default is \c nonreentrant which means that the associated + class or function cannot be called by multiple threads. \c + Reentrant and \c threadsafe are levels primarily used for classes. + + \c Reentrant means that all the functions in the referenced class + can be called simultaneously by multiple threads, provided that + each invocation of the functions reference unique data. While \c + threadsafe means that all the functions in the referenced class + can be called simultaneously by multiple threads even when each + invocation references shared data. + + When a class is declared \c reentrant or \c threadsafe, using the + \l {reentrant}{\\reentrant} and \l {threadsafe}{\\threadsafe} + commands respectively, functions in the referenced class can be + declared \c nonreentrant, using the \l + {nonreentrant}{\\nonreentrant} command, excluding the functions + from the general view. + + For example: + + \code + / *! + \class QLocale + \brief The QLocale class converts between numbers and their + string representations in various languages. + + \reentrant + \ingroup i18n + \ingroup text + \mainclass + + QLocale is initialized with a language/country pair in its + constructor and offers number-to-string and string-to-number + conversion functions similar to those in QString. + + ... + * / + + / *! + \nonreentrant + + Sets the global default locale to \a locale. These values are + used when a QLocale object is constructed with no + arguments. If this function is not called, the system's locale + is used. + + \warning In a multithreaded application, the default locale + should be set at application startup, before any non-GUI + threads are created. + + \sa system() c() + * / + void QLocale::setDefault(const QLocale &locale) + { + default_d = locale.d; + } + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <h1><center>QLocale Class Reference</center></h1> + \endraw + + The QLocale class converts between numbers and their string + representations in various languages. More... + + \code + #include <QLocale> + \endcode + + \bold {Note:} All the functions in this class are \l + {threads.html#reentrant}{reentrant}, except \l + {QLocale::setDefault()}{setDefault()}. + + ... + + \raw HTML + <hr /> + <h2>Member Type Documentation</h2> + \endraw + + ... + + \raw HTML + <h3>void QLocale::setDefault ( const QLocale & locale ) </h3> + \endraw + + Sets the global default locale to locale. These values are + used when a QLocale object is constructed with no + arguments. If this function is not called, the system's locale + is used. + + \warning In a multithreaded application, the default locale + should be set at application startup, before any non-GUI + threads are created. + + \warning This function is not reentrant. + + See also \l {QLocale::system()}{system()} and \l + {QLocale::c()}{c()}. + + ... + \endquotation + + As shown above, QDoc generates a notification when a class is + declared reentrant, and lists the exceptions (the declared + nonreentrant functions). A link to the general documentation on \l + {threads.html#reentrant}{reentrancy and thread-safety} is + included. In addition a warning, "\bold Warning: This function is + not reentrant.", is generated in the nonreentrant functions' + documentation. + + QDoc will generate the same notification and warnings when a class + is declared threadsafe. + + For more information see the general documentation on \l + {threads.html#reentrant}{reentrancy and thread-safety}. + + \section1 Command Descriptions + + \table + \header + \o Command + \o Description + + \row + \o \bold \\threadsafe \target threadsafe + \o \bold {The \\threadsafe command indicates that the + associated class or function can be called simultaneously by + multiple threads even when each invocation references + shared data.} + + The command must stand on its own line. + + The generated documentation resulting from using the + \\threadsafe command is similar to the result of using the + \l {reentrant}{\\reentrant} command. For an example, see + the \l {General Description} section. + + See also \l{reentrant}{\\reentrant} and + \l{nonreentrant}{\\nonreentrant}. + + \row + \o \bold \\reentrant \target reentrant + \o \bold {The \\reentrant command indicates that the associated + class or function can be called simultaneously + by multiple threads, provided that each invocation of the + functions reference unique data.} + + The command must stand on its own line. + + For an example, see the \l {General Description} section. + + See also \l{nonreentrant}{\\nonreentrant} and + \l{threadsafe}{\\threadsafe}. + + \row + \o \bold \\nonreentrant \target nonreentrant + \o \bold {The \\nonreentrant command indicates that the + associated class or function cannot be called by + multiple threads.} + + The command must stand on its own line. + + For an example, see the \l {General Description} section. + + See also \l{reentrant}{\\reentrant} and + \l{threadsafe}{\\threadsafe}. + + \endtable +*/ + +/*! + \page 18-qdoc-commands-relating.html + \previouspage Thread Support Commands + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + \nextpage Grouping Commands + + \title Relating Commands + + The relation commands discribe how the documented object relates + to its context: Whether it is an overloaded function, a + reimplemented function or a global function related to a specified + class or header file. + + \section1 Alphabetical List + + \l {18-qdoc-commands-relating.html#overload}{\\overload}, + \l {18-qdoc-commands-relating.html#reimp}{\\reimp}, + \l {18-qdoc-commands-relating.html#relates}{\\relates}, + + \section1 Command Descriptions + + \table + \header + \o Command + \o Description + + \row + \o \bold \\overload \target overload + \o \bold {The \\overload command indicates that the + function is a secondary overload of its name.} + + The command must stand on its own line. + + For any overloaded function (except constructors), QDoc + expects one primary version of the function and all the + the overloads marked with the \bold{\\overload command}. + The primary version should be fully documented. Each + overload can have whatever extra documentation you want + to add for just that overload. + + From Qt 4.5, you can include the function name plus '()' + as a parameter to the \bold{\\overload} command, which + will include a standard \i{This function overloads...} + line of text with a link to the documentation for the + primary version of the function. + + For example: + + \code + / *! + \overload addAction() + + This convenience function creates a new action with an + \a icon and some \a text. The function adds the newly + created action to the menu's list of actions, and + returns it. + + \sa QWidget::addAction() + * / + QAction *QMenu::addAction(const QIcon &icon, const QString &text) + { + QAction *ret = new QAction(icon, text, this); + addAction(ret); + return ret; + } + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <h3><a href="http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qaction.html">QAction</a> + * QMenu::addAction ( const QIcon & <i>icon</i>, + const QString & <i>text</i> ) + </h3> + \endraw + + This function overloads \l {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qwidget.html#addAction}{addAction()} + + This convenience function creates a new action with an + \i icon and some \i text. The function adds the newly + created action to the menu's list of actions, and + returns it. + + See also + \l {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/qwidget.html#addAction} + {QWidget::addAction}(). + \endquotation + + If you don't include the function name with the + \bold{\\overlaod} command, then instead of the "This + function overloads..." line with the link to the + documentation for the primary version, you get the old + standard line: + + \quotation + This is an overloaded member function, provided for + convenience. + \endquotation. + + \row + \o \bold \\reimp \target reimp + \o \bold {The \\reimp command indicates that the + referenced function is a reimplementation of a virtual function, + where the reimplementation has no effect on the interface.} + + The command must stand on its own line. + + QDoc will omit the reimplemented function from the class + reference. For example: + + \code + / *! + \reimp + * / + void QToolButton::nextCheckState() + { + Q_D(QToolButton); + if (!d->defaultAction) + QAbstractButton::nextCheckState(); + else + d->defaultAction->trigger(); + } + \endcode + + will not be rendered at all; only a link to the inherited + QAbstractButton::nextCheckState() will appear in the + documentation. + + \row + \o \bold \\relates \target relates + \o \bold {The \\relates command attaches the documentation of + a global function to that of a related class or header file.} + + The command's argument is a class name, an the command (and + its argument) must stand on its own line. + + \code + / *! + \relates QChar + + Reads a char from the stream \a in into char \a chr. + + \sa {Format of the QDataStream operators} + * / + QDataStream &operator>>(QDataStream &in, QChar &chr) + { + quint16 u; + in >> u; + chr.unicode() = ushort(u); + return in; + } + \endcode + + will be rendered with the QChar documentation. + + \endtable +*/ + +/*! + \page 19-qdoc-commands-grouping.html + \previouspage Relating Commands + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + \nextpage Title Commands + + \title Grouping Commands + + The grouping commands relate classes to defined groups and + modules. The groups are used when generating lists of related + classes in the documentation, while the modules are elements of + Qt's structure. + + \section1 Alphabetical List + + \l {19-qdoc-commands-grouping.html#ingroup}{\\ingroup}, + \l {19-qdoc-commands-grouping.html#inmodule}{\\inmodule}, + \l {19-qdoc-commands-grouping.html#mainclass}{\\mainclass}, + + \section1 Command Descriptions + + \table + \header + \o Command + \o Description + + \row + \o \bold \\mainclass \target mainclass + \o \bold {The \\mainclass command relates the documented class to + a group called mainclasses.} + + The command must stand on its own line. + + For example: + + \code + / *! + \class QWidget qwidget.h + \brief The QWidget class is the base class of + all user interface objects. + + \mainclass + + ... + * / + \endcode + + will ensure that the QWidget class is included in the \c + mainclasses group, which means, for example, that the class + will appear on the list created by calling the \l + {generatelist}{\\generatelist} command with the \c + mainclasses argument: + + \l http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/mainclasses.html + + See also \l {generatelist}{\\generatelist}. + + \row + \o \bold \\ingroup \target ingroup + + \o \bold {The \\ingroup command indicates that the given + overview or documented class belongs to a certain group of + related docmentation.} + + A class or overview may belong to many groups. + + The \\ingroup command's argument is a group name, but note + that the command considers the rest of the line as part of + its argument. Make sure that the group name is followed by + a linebreak. For example: + + \code + / *! + \class QDir + \brief The QDir class provides access to directory + structures and their contents. + + \ingroup io + ... + * / + \endcode + + will ensure that the QDir class is included in the \c io + group, which means, for example, that QDir will appear on + the list created by calling the \l {group}{\\group} command + with the \c io argument. + + Note that to list overviews that are related to a given + group, you must generate the list exlicitly by using the \l + {generatelist}{\\generatelist} command with the \c related + argument. + + See also \l {group}{\\group}. + \row + \o \bold \\inmodule \target inmodule + \o \bold {The \\inmodule command relates the documented class + to the module specified by the command's argument.} + + For the basic classes in Qt, a class's module is determined + by its location, i.e. its directory. However, for + extensions, like ActiveQt and Qt Designer, a class needs to + be related to a module explicitly. + + The command's argument is a module name, but note that the + command considers the rest of the line as part of its + argument. Make sure that the module name is followed by a + linebreak. For example: + + \code + /*! + \class QDesignerTaskMenuExtension + \inmodule QtDesigner + * / + \endcode + + will ensure that the QDesignerTaskMenuExtension class is + included in the \c QtDesigner module, which means, for + example, that the class will appear on the list created by + calling the \l {generatelist}{\\generatelist} command with + the \c {{classesbymodule QtDesigner}} argument. + + See also \l {module}{\\module} and \l + {generatelist}{\\generatelist}. + \endtable +*/ + +/*! + \page 20-qdoc-commands-title.html + \previouspage Grouping Commands + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + \nextpage QDoc Configuration + + \title Title Commands + + In general a title command considers everything that follows it + until the first line break as its argument. If the title needs to + be spanned over several lines, make sure to end each line (except + the last one) with a backslash. + + \section1 Alphabetical List + + \l {20-qdoc-commands-title.html#title}{\\title}, + \l {20-qdoc-commands-title.html#subtitle}{\\subtitle} + + \section1 Command Descriptions + + \table + \header + \o Command + \o Description + + \row + \o \bold \\title \target title + \o \bold {The \\title command sets the title for a + documentation page, or allows you to override it.} + + For example: + + \code + / *! + \page signalandslots.html + + \title Signals and Slots + + Signals and slots are used for communication between + objects. The signals and slots mechanism is a central + feature of Qt and probably the part that differs most + from the features provided by other frameworks. + + ... + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <h1><center>Signal and Slots</center></h1> + \endraw + + Signals and slots are used for communication between + objects. The signals and slots mechanism is a central + feature of Qt and probably the part that differs most + from the features provided by other frameworks. + + ... + \endquotation + See also \l {subtitle}{\\subtitle}. + + \row + \o \bold \\subtitle \target subtitle + \o \bold {The \\subtitle command sets a subtitle for a + documentation page.} + + For example: + + \code + / *! + \page qtopiacore-overview.html + + \title Qtopia Core + \subtitle Qt for Embedded Linux + + Qt/Embedded, the embedded Linux port of Qt, is a + complete and self-contained C++ GUI and platform + development tool for Linux-based embedded development. + + ... + * / + \endcode + + will be rendered as + + \quotation + \raw HTML + <h1><center>Qtopia Core</center></h1> + <h2><center>Qt for Embedded Linux</center></h2> + \endraw + + Qt/Embedded, the embedded Linux port of Qt, is a + complete and self-contained C++ GUI and platform + development tool for Linux-based embedded development. + + ... + \endquotation + + See also \l {title}{\\title}. + \endtable +*/ + +/*! + \page 21-0-qdoc-configuration.html + \previouspage Title Commands + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + \nextpage General Variables + + \title QDoc Configuration + + \tableofcontents + + \list + \o \l {Supporting Derived Projects} + \o \l {QDoc Compatibility} + \endlist + + When running QDoc to generate the documentation, you must specify + a configuration file on the command line: + + \quotation + \bold {/currentdirectory$ qdoc3 my-documentation.qdocconf} + \endquotation + + \section1 General Description + + The configuration file is a list of entries of entries of the form + \i {"variable = value"}. Using the configuration variables, you + can define where QDoc should find the various source files, images + and examples, where to put generated documentation etc. The + configuration file can also contain directives like \c + include. For an example, see the \l minimum.qdocconf file. + + In addition, you can use some particular configuration variables + to make QDoc support derived projects, i.e make the projects, for + example Qt Solutions, contain links to the online Qt + documentation. These variables are documented in the \l + {Supporting Derived projects} section. In this section you can + also find out how to use these variables to support your derived + projects. + + If some of the variable keys have the same values, they can be set + at the same time. For example: + + \code + {header, source}dirs = kernel + \endcode + + is equivalent to + + \code + headerdirs = kernel + sourcedirs = kernel + \endcode + + A variable's value can be set using either '=' or '+='. The + difference is that '=' overrides any previously set value, while + '+=' only adds the value to the previously set ones. + + In general, some of the variables accepts a list of strings as + their value, while others only accept a single string. If you + provide a variable of the latter type with several strings they + will simply be concatenated. The quotes around the value string + are optional. But applying them allows you to use special + characters like '=' and ' \" ' within the string. For example: + + \code + HTML.postheader = "<a href=\"index.html\">Home</a>" + \endcode + + If an entry spans many lines, use a backslash at the end of every + line but the last: + + \code + sourcedirs = kernel \ + tools \ + widgets + \endcode + + \section1 Configuration Variables + + \section2 Alphabetical List + + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#alias}{alias}, + \l {23-qdoc-configuration-cppvariables.html#Cpp.ignoredirectives} + {Cpp.ignoredirectives}, + \l {23-qdoc-configuration-cppvariables.html#Cpp.ignoretoken} + {Cpp.ignoretokens}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#definesvariable}{defines}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#edition}{edition}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#exampledirs}{exampledirs}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#examples}{examples}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#examples.fileextensions} + {examples.fileextensions}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#extraimages}{extraimages}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#falsehoods}{falsehoods}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#headerdirs}{headerdirs}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#headers}{headers}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#headers.fileextensions} + {headers.fileextensions}, + \l {24-qdoc-configuration-htmlvariables.html#HTML.footer}{HTML.footer}, + \l {24-qdoc-configuration-htmlvariables.html#HTML.postheader} + {HTML.postheader}, + \l {24-qdoc-configuration-htmlvariables.html#HTML.style}{HTML.style}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#imagedirs}{imagedirs}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#images}{images}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#images.fileextensions} + {images.fileextensions}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#language}{language}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#macro}{macro}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#outputdir}{outputdir}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#outputformats} + {outputformats}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#slow}{slow}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#sourcedirs}{sourcedirs}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#sources}{sources}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#sources.fileextensions} + {sources.fileextensions}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#spurious}{spurious}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#tabsize}{tabsize}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#version}{version}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#versionsym}{versionsym} + + \section2 Categories + + \list + \o \l {General Variables} + \o \l {C++ Specific Variables} + \o \l {HTML Specific Variables} + \endlist + + \section1 Configuration File Examples + + \list + \o A minimum configuration file: \l minimum.qdocconf + \o The Qt configuration file: \l qt.qdocconf + \endlist +*/ + +/*! + \page 21-1-minimum-qdocconf.html + \previouspage QDoc Configuration + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + + \title minimum.qdocconf + + \quotefile examples/minimum.qdocconf +*/ + +/*! + \page 21-2-qt-qdocconf.html + \previouspage QDoc Configuration + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + + \title qt.qdocconf + + \quotefile files/qt.qdocconf +*/ + +/*! + \page 22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html + \previouspage QDoc Configuration + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + \nextpage Creating Help Project Files + + \title General Variables + + With the general QDoc configuration variables, you can define + where QDoc will find the various source files it needs to generate + the documentation, as well as the directory to put the generated + documentation. You can also do some minor manipulation of QDoc + itself, controlling its output and processing behavior. + + \section1 Alphabetical List + + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#alias}{alias}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#codeindent}{codeindent}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#definesvariable}{defines}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#edition}{edition}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#exampledirs}{exampledirs}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#examples}{examples}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#examples.fileextensions} + {examples.fileextensions}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#extraimages}{extraimages}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#falsehoods}{falsehoods}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#generateindex}{generateindex}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#headerdirs}{headerdirs}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#headers}{headers}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#headers.fileextensions} + {headers.fileextensions}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#imagedirs}{imagedirs}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#images}{images}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#images.fileextensions} + {images.fileextensions}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#language}{language}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#macro}{macro}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#outputdir}{outputdir}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#outputformats} + {outputformats}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#slow}{slow}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#sourcedirs}{sourcedirs}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#sources}{sources}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#sources.fileextensions} + {sources.fileextensions}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#spurious}{spurious}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#tabsize}{tabsize}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#tagfile}{tagfile}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#version}{version}, + \l {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#versionsym}{versionsym} + + \section1 Variable Descriptions + + \table + + \header + \o Variable + \o Description + + \row + \o \bold alias \target alias + \o \bold {The \c alias variable renames a QDoc command.} + + The general syntax is \tt {alias.\i{original-command-name} + = \i temporary-command-name}. + + For example: + + \code + alias.i = e + \endcode + + renames the built-in command \\i (italics) to \\e. + + The \c alias variable is often used for compatibility + reasons; for more information see the \l {QDoc + Compatibility}{compatibility section}. + + See also \l macro. + + \row + \o \bold codeindent \target codeindent + \o \bold {The \c codeindent variable specifies the level of + indentation that QDoc uses when writing code snippets.} + + QDoc originally used a hard-coded value of four spaces for + code indentation to ensure that code snippets could be easily + distinguished from surrounding text. Since we can use + \l{HTML Specific Variables#HTML.stylesheets}{stylesheets} to + adjust the appearance of certain types of HTML elements, this + level of indentation is not always required. + + \row + \o \bold defines \target definesvariable + \o \bold {The \c defines variable specifies the C++ preprocessor + symbols that QDoc will recognize and respond to.} + + When a preprocessor symbol is specified using the \c + defines variable, you can also use the \l {if}{\\if} + command to enclose documentation that only will be included + if the preprocessor symbol is defined. + + The values of the variable are regular expressions (see + QRegExp for details). By default, no symbol is defined, + meaning that code protected with #ifdef...#endif will be + ignored. + + For example: + + \code + defines = Q_QDOC \ + QT_.*_SUPPORT \ + QT_.*_LIB \ + QT_COMPAT \ + QT3_SUPPORT \ + Q_WS_.* \ + Q_OS_.* \ + Q_BYTE_ORDER \ + __cplusplus + \endcode + + ensures that QDoc will process the code that requires these + symbols to be defined. For example: + + \code + #ifdef Q_WS_WIN + HDC getDC() const; + void releaseDC(HDC) const; + #endif + \endcode + + Since the Q_WS_.* regular expression (specified using the + \c defines variable) matches Q_WS_WIN, QDoc will process + the code within #ifdef and #endif in our example. + + You can also define preprocessor symbols manually on the + command line using the -D option. For example: + + \code + currentdirectory$ qdoc3 -Dconsoleedition qt.qdocconf + \endcode + + In this case the -D option ensures that the \c + consoleedition preprocessor symbol is defined when QDoc + processes the source files defined in the qt.qdocconf file. + + See also \l falsehoods and \l {if}{\\if}. + + \row + \o \bold edition \target edition + \o \bold {The \c edition variable specifies which modules are + included in each edition of a package, and provides QDoc + with information to provide class lists for each edition.} + + This feature is mostly used when providing documentation + for Qt packages. + + The \c edition variable is always used with a particular + edition name to define the modules for that edition: + + \code + edition.Console = QtCore QtNetwork QtSql QtXml + edition.Desktop = QtCore QtGui QtNetwork QtOpenGL QtSql QtXml \ + QtDesigner QtAssistant Qt3Support QAxContainer \ + QAxServer + edition.DesktopLight = QtCore QtGui Qt3SupportLight + \endcode + + In the above examples, the \c Console edition only includes + the contents of four modules. Only the classes from these + modules will be used when the + \l{Miscellaneous Commands#generatelist}{generatelist} command + is used to generate a list of classes for this edition: + + \code + \generatelist{classesbyedition Console} + \endcode + + \row + \o \bold exampledirs \target exampledirs + \o \bold {The \c exampledirs variable specifies the directories + containing the source code of the example files.} + + The \l {examples}{\c examples} and \c exampledirs variables + are used by the \l {quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile}, \l + {quotefile}{\\quotefile} and \l {example}{\\example} + commands. If both the \l {examples}{\c examples} and \c + exampledirs variables are defined, QDoc will search in + both, first in \l {examples}{\c examples} then in \c + exampledirs. + + QDoc will search through the directories in the specified + order, and accept the first matching file it finds. It will + only search in the specified directories, \i not in + subdirectories. + + For example: + + \code + exampledirs = $QTDIR/doc/src \ + $QTDIR/examples \ + $QTDIR \ + $QTDIR/qmake/examples + + examples = $QTDIR/examples/widgets/analogclock/analogclock.cpp + \endcode + + When processing + + \code + \quotefromfile widgets/calculator/calculator.cpp + \endcode + + QDoc will then see if there exists a file called \c + calculator.cpp listed as a value in the \l {examples}{\c + examples} variable. If it doesn't, it will search in the \c + exampledirs variable, and first see if there exists a file + called + + \code + $QTDIR/doc/src/widgets/calculator/calculator.cpp + \endcode + + If it doesn't, QDoc will continue looking for a file + called + + \code + $QTDIR/examples/widgets/calculator/calculator.cpp + \endcode + + and so forth. + + See also \l examples. + + \row + \o \bold examples \target examples + \o \bold {The \c examples variable allows you to specify individual + example files in addition to those located in the directories + specified by the \l {exampledirs}{\c exampledirs} variable.} + + The \c examples and \l {exampledirs}{\c exampledirs} + variables are used by the \l + {quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile}, \l + {quotefile}{\\quotefile} and \l {example}{\\example} + commands. If both the \c examples and \l {exampledirs}{\c + exampledirs} variables are defined, QDoc will search in + both, first in \c examples then in \l {exampledirs}{\c + exampledirs}. + + QDoc will search through the values listed for the \c + examples variable, in the specified order, and accept + the first one it finds. + + For an extensive example, see the \l {exampledirs}{\c + exampledirs} command. But note that if you know the file is + listed in the \c examples variable, you don't need to + specify its path: + + \code + \quotefromfile calculator.cpp + \endcode + + See also \l exampledirs. + + \row + \o \bold examples.fileextensions \target examples.fileextensions + \o \bold {The \c examples.fileextensions variable specifies the + file extensions that qdoc will look for when collecting example + files for display in the documentation.} + + The default extensions are *.cpp, *.h, *.js, *.xq, *.svg, *.xml + and *.ui. However, if + + The extensions are given as standard wildcard expressions. + You can add a file extension to the filter using '+='. For + example: + + \code + examples.fileextensions += *.qrc + \endcode + + See also \l{headers.fileextensions}. + + \row + \o \bold extraimages \target extraimages + \o \bold {The \c extraimages variable tells QDoc to incorporate + specific images in the generated documentation.} + + QDoc will not recognize images used within HTML (or any + other markup language). If we want the images to be copied + from the directories specified by \l {imagedirs}{\c + imagedirs} (the images in question must be located in these + directories) to the output directory, we must specify the + images using the \c extraimages variable. + + The general syntax is \tt {extraimages.\i{format} = \i + image}. The file extension is optional. + + For example, in \l qt.qdocconf we use a couple of images + within the HTML.postheader variable which value is pure + HTML. For that reason, these images are specified using the + \c extraimages variable: + + \code + extraimages.HTML = qt-logo + \endcode + + See also \l images and \l imagedirs. + + \row + \o \bold falsehoods \target falsehoods + \o \bold {The \c falsehoods variable defines the truth value of + specified preprocessor symbols as false.} + + If this variable is not set for a preprocessor symbol, QDoc + assumes its truth value is true. The exception is '0', + which value always is false. + + QDoc will recognize, and is able to evaluate, the following + preprocessor syntax: + + \code + #ifdef NOTYET + ... + #endif + + #if defined (NOTYET) + ... + #end if + \endcode + + However, faced with unknown syntax like + + \code + #if NOTYET + ... + #endif + \endcode + + QDoc will evaluate it as true by default, \i unless the + preprocessor symbol is specified within the \c falsehoods + variable entry: + + \code + falsehoods = NOTYET + \endcode + + See also \l defines. + + \row + \o \bold generateindex \target generateindex + \o \bold{The \c generateindex variable contains a boolean value that + specifies whether to generate an index file when HTML documentation + is generated.} + + By default, an index file is always generated with HTML documentation, + so this variable is typically only used when disabling this feature + (by setting the value to \c false) or when enabling index generation + for the WebXML output (by setting the value to \c true). + \row + \o \bold headerdirs \target headerdirs + \o \bold {The \c headerdirs variable specifies the directories + containing the header files associated with the \c .cpp source + files used in the documentation.} + + For example: + + \code + headerdirs = $QTDIR/src \ + $QTDIR/extensions/activeqt \ + $QTDIR/extensions/motif \ + $QTDIR/tools/designer/src/lib/extension \ + $QTDIR/tools/designer/src/lib/sdk \ + $QTDIR/tools/designer/src/lib/uilib + \endcode + + When executed, the first QDoc will do is to read through + the headers specified in the \l {headers}{\c headers} + variable, and the ones located in the directories specified + in the \c headerdir variable (including all + subdirectories), building an internal structure of the + classes and their functions. + + Then it will read through the sources specified in the \l + {sources}{\c sources}, and the ones located in the + directories specified in the \l {sourcedirs}{\c sourcedirs} + varible (including all subdirectories), merging the + documentation with the structure it retrieved from the + header files. + + If both the \c headers and \c headerdirs variables are + defined, QDoc will read through both, first \l {headers}{\c + headers} then \c headerdirs. + + In the specified directories, QDoc will only read the files + with the fileextensions specified in the \l + {headers.fileextensions}{\c headers.fileextensions} + variable. The default extensions are *.ch, *.h, *.h++, + *.hh, *.hpp and *.hxx". The files specified by \l + {headers}{\c headers} will be read independent of their + fileextensions. + + See also \l headers and \l headers.fileextensions. + + \row + \o \bold headers \target headers + \o \bold {The \c headers variable allows you to specify individual + header files in addition to those located in the directories + specified by the \l {headerdirs}{\c headerdirs} variable.} + + For example: + + \code + headers = $QTDIR/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.h \ + $QTDIR/src/gui/widgets/qpushbutton.h + \endcode + + When processing the \c headers variable, QDoc behaves in the + same way as it does when processing the \l {headerdirs}{\c + headerdirs} variable. For more information, see the \l + {headerdirs}{\c headerdirs} variable. + + See also \l headerdirs. + + \row + \o \bold headers.fileextensions \target headers.fileextensions + \o \bold {The \c headers.fileextensions variable specify the + extension used by the headers.} + + When processing the header files specified in the \l + {headerdirs}{\c headerdirs} variable, QDoc will only read + the files with the fileextensions specified in the \c + headers.fileextensions variable. In this way QDoc avoid + spending time reading irrelevant files. + + The default extensions are *.ch, *.h, *.h++, *.hh, *.hpp + and *.hxx. + + The extensions are given as standard wildcard expressions. + You can add a file extension to the filter using '+='. For + example: + + \code + header.fileextensions += *.H + \endcode + + \warning The above assignment may not work as described. + + See also \l headerdirs. + + \row + \o \bold imagedirs \target imagedirs + \o \bold {The \c imagedirs variable specifies the directories + containing the images used in the documentation.} + + The \l {images}{\c images} and \c imagedirs variables are + used by the \l {image}{\\image} and \l + {inlineimage}{\\inlineimage} commands. If both the \l + {images}{\c images} and \c imagedirs variables are defined, + QDoc will search in both, first in \l {images}{\c images} + then in \c imagedirs. + + QDoc will search through the directories in the specified + order, and accept the first matching file it finds. It will + only search in the specified directories, \i not in + subdirectories. + + For example: + + \code + imagedirs = $QTDIR/doc/src/images \ + $QTDIR/examples + + images = $QTDIR/doc/src/images/calculator-example.png + \endcode + + When processing + + \code + \image calculator-example.png + \endcode + + QDoc will then see if there exists a file called + calculator-example.png listed as a value in the \c images + variable. If it doesn't, it will search in the \c imagedirs + variable, and first see if there exists a file called + + \code + $QTDIR/doc/src/images/calculator-example.png + \endcode + + If it doesn't, QDoc will look for a file called + + \code + $QTDIR/examples/calculator-example.png + \endcode + + You can filter the images in an image directory using the + \l {images.fileextensions}{\c images.fileextensions} + variable. The general idea behind the \l + {images.fileextensions}{\c images.fileextensions} variable + is to enable different image format for different output + format. + + \warning The \l {images.fileextensions}{\c + images.fileextensions} variable's functionality is + preliminay since QDoc at this point only support HTML. + + See also \l images and \l images.fileextensions. + + \row + \o \bold images \target images + \o \bold {The \c images variable allows you to specify individual + image files in addition to those located in the directories + specified by the \l {imagedirs}{\c imagedirs} variable.} + + For example: + + \code + images = $QTDIR/doc/src/images/calculator-example.png + \endcode + + When processing the \c images variable, QDoc behaves in the + same way as it does when processing the \l {imagedirs}{\c + imagedirs} variable. For more information, see the \l + {imagedirs}{\c imagedirs} variable. + + See also \l imagedirs and \l images.fileextensions. + + \row + \o \bold images.fileextensions \target images.fileextensions + \o \bold {The images.fileextensions variable filters the files within + an image directory.} + + The variable's values (the extensions) are given as + standard wildcard expressions. The general syntax is: \tt + {images.fileextensions.\i{format} = *.\i{extension}}. + + The idea is to enable different image format for different + output format. For example: + + \code + images.fileextensions.HTML = *.png + images.fileextensions.LOUT = *.eps + \endcode + + Then, when processing the \l {image}{\\image} and \l + {inlineimage}{\\inlineimage} commands, QDoc will only + search for files with extensions specified in the output + format's associated image extension variable. + + \warning This is preliminary functionality since QDoc at + this point only support HTML. + + The default extensions for HTML are *.png, *.jpg, *.jpeg + and *.gif. + + You can add a file extension to the filter using '+='. For + example: + + \code + images.fileextensions.HTML += *.eps + \endcode + + See also \l imagedirs and \l images. + + \row + \o \bold language \target language + \o \bold {The \c language variable specifies the language of the + source code that is used in the documentation.} + + Currently, C++ is the only language that QDoc + understands. It is also the default language, and doesn't + really need to be specified. But for example in \l + qt.qdocconf: + + \code + language = Cpp + \endcode + + identifies the language of the Qt source code as C++. + + \row + \o \bold macro \target macro + \o \bold {The \c macro variable can be used to create your + own QDoc commands.} + + The general syntax is \tt {macro.\i{command} = + "\i{definition}}". The definition can be described using + QDoc syntax. In addition it is possible to provide an HTML + definition by appending .HTML to the variable. + + For example in \l qt.qdocconf: + + \code + macro.gui = "\\bold" + macro.raisedaster.HTML = "<sup>*</sup>" + \endcode + + makes sure that the \\gui command renders its argument using a + bold font, and that \\raisedaster renders a '*'. + + \row + \o \bold outputdir \target outputdir + \o \bold {The \c outputdir variable specifies the directory + where QDoc will put the generated documentation.} + + In qt.qdocconf: + + \code + outputdir = $QTDIR/doc/html + \endcode + + locates the generated Qt reference documentation in + $QTDIR/doc/html. For example, the documentation of the + QWidget class is located in + + \code + $QTDIR/doc/html/qwidget.html + \endcode + + The associated images will be put in an \c images subdirectory. + + \warning When running QDoc multiple times using the same output + directory, all files from the previous run will be lost. + + \row + \o \bold outputformats \target outputformats + \o \bold {The \c outputformats variable specifies the format of + the generated documentation.} + + Currently, QDoc only supports the HTML format. It is also + the default format, and doesn't need to be specified. + + \row + \o \bold qhp \target qhp + \o \bold{The \c qhp variable is used to define the information to be + written out to Qt Help Project (\c{qhp}) files.} + + See the \l{Creating Help Project Files} chapter for information + about this process. + + \row + \o \bold slow \target slow + \o \bold {The \c slow variable specifies whether QDoc should do + time-consuming processing, such as syntax highlighting.} + + By default, this setting is false. + + Example: + + \code + slow = true + \endcode + + Another way to turn on "slowness" is to invoke QDoc with the + \c -slow command-line option. + + \row + \o \bold sourcedirs \target sourcedirs + \o \bold {The \c sourcedirs variable specifies the directories + containing the \c .cpp or \c .qdoc files used in + the documentation.} + + For example in \l qt.qdocconf + + \code + sourcedirs = $QTDIR/src \ + $QTDIR/doc/src \ + $QTDIR/extensions/activeqt \ + $QTDIR/extensions/motif \ + $QTDIR/tools/designer/src/lib/extension \ + $QTDIR/tools/designer/src/lib/sdk \ + $QTDIR/tools/designer/src/lib/uilib + \endcode + + When executed, the first QDoc will do is to read through + the headers specified in the \l {header}{\c header} + variable, and the ones located in the directories specified + in the \c headerdir variable (including all + subdirectories), building an internal structure of the + classes and their functions. + + Then it will read through the sources specified in the \l + {sources}{\c sources}, and the ones located in the + directories specified in the \l {sourcedirs}{\c sourcedirs} + varible (including all subdirectories), merging the + documentation with the structure it retrieved from the + header files. + + If both the \c sources and \c sourcedirs variables are + defined, QDoc will read through both, first \l {sources}{\c + sources} then \c sourcedirs. + + In the specified directories, QDoc will only read the files + with the fileextensions specified in the \l + {sources.fileextensions}{\c sources.fileextensions} + variable. The default extensions are *.c++, *.cc, *.cpp and + *.cxx. The files specified by \l {sources}{\c sources} will + be read independent of their fileextensions. + + See also \l sources and \l sources.fileextensions. + + \row + \o \bold sources \target sources + \o \bold {The \c sources variable allows you to specify + individual source files in addition to those located in the + directories specified by the \l {sourcedir}{\c sourcedir} + variable.} + + For example: + + \code + sources = $QTDIR/src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.cpp \ + $QTDIR/src/gui/widgets/qpushbutton.cpp + \endcode + + When processing the \c sources variable, QDoc behaves in the + same way as it does when processing the \l {sourcedirs}{\c + sourcedirs} variable. For more information, see the \l + {sourcedirs}{\c sourcedirs} variable. + + See also \l sourcedirs. + + \row + \o \bold sources.fileextensions \target sources.fileextensions + \o \bold {The \c sources.fileextensions variable filters the + files within a source directory.} + + When processing the source files specified in the \l + {sourcedirs}{\c sourcedirs} variable, QDoc will only read + the files with the fileextensions specified in the \c + sources.fileextensions variable. In this way QDoc avoid + spending time reading irrelevant files. + + The default extensions are *.c++, *.cc, *.cpp and *.cxx. + + The extensions are given as standard wildcard expressions. + You can add a file extension to the filter using '+='. For + example: + + \code + sources.fileextensions += *.CC + \endcode + + \warning The above assignment may not work as described. + + See also \l sourcedirs and \l sources. + + \row + \o \bold spurious \target spurious + \o \bold {The \c spurious variable excludes specified + QDoc warnings from the output.} + + The warnings are specified using standard wildcard + expressions. For example: + + \code + spurious = "Cannot find .*" \ + "Missing .*" + \endcode + + makes sure that warnings matching either of these + expressions, will not be part of the output when running + QDoc. For example would the following warning be omitted + from the output: + + \code + qt-4.0/src/opengl/qgl_mac.cpp:156: Missing parameter name + \endcode + + \row + \o \bold tabsize \target tabsize + \o \bold {The \c tabsize variable defines the size of a tab + character.} + + For example: + + \code + tabsize = 4 + \endcode + + will give the tab character the size of 4 spaces. + + The default value of the variable is 8, and doesn't need to + be specified. + + \row + \o \bold tagfile \target tagfile + \o \bold{The \c tagfile variable specifies the Doxygen tag file to be written + when HTML is generated.} + \row + \o \bold version \target version + \o \bold {The \c version variable specifies the version number of the + documented software.} + + For example: + + \code + version = 4.0.1 + \endcode + + When a version number is specified (using the \tt{\l + version} or \tt {\l versionsym} variables in a \c .qdocconf + file), it is accessible through the corresponding \\version + command for use in the documentation. + + \warning The \\version command's functionality is not + fully implemented; currently it only works within raw HTML + code. + + See also \l versionsym. + + \row + \o \bold versionsym \target versionsym + \o \bold {The \c versionsym variable specifies a C++ + preprocessor symbol that defines the version number + of the documented software.} + + For example in \l qt.qdocconf: + + \code + versionsym = QT_VERSION_STR + \endcode + + QT_VERSION_STR is defined in qglobal.h as follows + + \code + #define QT_VERSION_STR "4.0.1" + \endcode + + When a version number is specified (using the \tt{\l + version} or \tt {\l versionsym} variables in a \c .qdocconf + file), it is accessible through the corresponding \\version + command for use in the documentation. + + \warning The \\version command's functionality is not fully + implemented; currently it only works within raw HTML code. + + See also \l {version}{\\version}. + + \endtable +*/ + +/*! + \page 22-creating-help-project-files.html + \previouspage General Variables + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + \nextpage C++ Specific Variables + + \title Creating Help Project Files + + \section1 Overview + + Starting with Qt 4.4, Qt Assistant uses a different system for managing + Qt documentation that requires QDoc to generate inventories of files in a + format that is similar to the old style DCF format, but with additional + features. + + Instead of hard-coding information about the documentation sets for Qt, + QDoc allows configuration variables to be used to specify which pages are + to be used in each documentation set it generates. These are specified as + subvariables of the \c qch variable with each set declared using a unique + identifier as a subvariable. + + For example, the configuration file for the Qt documentation defines a + \c Qt documentation set by specifying information about the set as + subvariables with the \c{qhp.Qt} prefix: + + \code + qhp.Qt.file = qt.qhp + qhp.Qt.namespace = com.trolltech.qt.440 + qhp.Qt.virtualFolder = qdoc + qhp.Qt.indexTitle = Qt Reference Documentation + qhp.Qt.indexRoot = + qhp.Qt.extraFiles = classic.css images/qt-logo.png + qhp.Qt.filterAttributes = qt 4.4.0 qtrefdoc + qhp.Qt.customFilters.Qt.name = Qt 4.4.0 + qhp.Qt.customFilters.Qt.filterAttributes = qt 4.4.0 + qhp.Qt.subprojects = classes overviews examples + qhp.Qt.subprojects.classes.title = Classes + qhp.Qt.subprojects.classes.indexTitle = Qt's Classes + qhp.Qt.subprojects.classes.selectors = class + qhp.Qt.subprojects.overviews.title = Overviews + qhp.Qt.subprojects.overviews.indexTitle = All Overviews and HOWTOs + qhp.Qt.subprojects.overviews.selectors = fake:page,group,module + qhp.Qt.subprojects.examples.title = Tutorials and Examples + qhp.Qt.subprojects.examples.indexTitle = Qt Examples + qhp.Qt.subprojects.examples.selectors = fake:example + \endcode +*/ + +/*! + \page 23-qdoc-configuration-cppvariables.html + \previouspage Creating Help Project Files + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + \nextpage HTML Specific Variables + + \title C++ Specific Variables + + The C++ specific configuration variables are provided to avoid + erroneous documentation due to non-standard C++ constructs. + + \section1 Alphabetical List + + \l {23-qdoc-configuration-cppvariables.html#Cpp.ignoredirectives} + {Cpp.ignoredirectives}, + \l {23-qdoc-configuration-cppvariables.html#Cpp.ignoretoken} + {Cpp.ignoretokens} + + \section1 Variable Descriptions + + \table + + \header + \o Variable + \o Description + + \row + \o \bold Cpp.ignoredirectives \target Cpp.ignoredirectives + \o \bold {The \c Cpp.ignoredirectives variable makes QDoc ignore + the specified non-standard constructs, within C++ source code.} + + If not specified by the \tt {\l Cpp.ignoretokens} or \tt + {\l Cpp.ignoredirectives} variables, non-standard + constructs (typically macros) can result in erroneous + documentation. + + In \l qt.qdocconf: + + \code + Cpp.ignoredirectives = Q_DECLARE_INTERFACE \ + Q_DECLARE_OPERATORS_FOR_FLAGS \ + Q_DECLARE_PRIVATE \ + Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC \ + Q_DISABLE_COPY \ + Q_DUMMY_COMPARISON_OPERATOR \ + Q_ENUMS \ + Q_FLAGS \ + Q_INTERFACES \ + __attribute__ + \endcode + + makes sure that when processing the code below, for + example, QDoc will simply ignore the 'Q_ENUMS' and + 'Q_FLAGS' expressions: + + \code + class Q_CORE_EXPORT Qt { + Q_OBJECT + Q_ENUMS(Orientation TextFormat BackgroundMode + DateFormat ScrollBarPolicy FocusPolicy + ContextMenuPolicy CaseSensitivity + LayoutDirection ArrowType) + Q_ENUMS(ToolButtonStyle) + Q_FLAGS(Alignment) + Q_FLAGS(Orientations) + Q_FLAGS(DockWidgetAreas) + + public: + ... + }; + \endcode + + The Q_OBJECT macro, however, is an exception: QDoc + recognizes this particular non-standard construct, so there + is no need specifying it using the \tt {\l + Cpp.ignoredirectives} variable. + + Regarding the Q_CORE_EXPORT macro; see the documentation of + the \tt {\l Cpp.ignoretokens} variable. + + See also \l Cpp.ignoretokens. + + \row + \o \bold Cpp.ignoretokens \target Cpp.ignoretokens + \o \bold {The \c Cpp.ignoretokens variable makes QDoc ignore + the specified non-standard constructs, within C++ source code.} + + If not specified by the \tt {\l Cpp.ignoretokens} or \tt + {\l Cpp.ignoredirectives} variables, non-standard + constructs (typically macros) can result in erroneous + documentation. + + In \l qt.qdocconf: + + \code + Cpp.ignoretokens = QAXFACTORY_EXPORT \ + QM_EXPORT_CANVAS \ + ... + Q_COMPAT_EXPORT \ + Q_CORE_EXPORT \ + Q_EXPLICIT \ + Q_EXPORT \ + ... + Q_TYPENAME \ + Q_XML_EXPORT + \endcode + + makes sure that when processing the code below, for + example, QDoc will simply ignore the 'Q_CORE_EXPORT' + expression: + + \code + class Q_CORE_EXPORT Qt { + Q_OBJECT + Q_ENUMS(Orientation TextFormat BackgroundMode + DateFormat ScrollBarPolicy FocusPolicy + ContextMenuPolicy CaseSensitivity + LayoutDirection ArrowType) + Q_ENUMS(ToolButtonStyle) + Q_FLAGS(Alignment) + Q_FLAGS(Orientations) + Q_FLAGS(DockWidgetAreas) + + public: + ... + }; + \endcode + + Regarding the Q_OBJECT, Q_ENUMS and Q_FLAGS macros; see the + documentation of the \tt {\l Cpp.ignoredirectives} + variable. + + See also \l Cpp.ignoredirectives. + + \endtable +*/ + + +/*! + \page 24-qdoc-configuration-htmlvariables.html + \previouspage C++ Specific Variables + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + \nextpage Supporting Derived Projects + + \title HTML Specific Variables + + The HTML specific configuration variables define the generated + documentation's style, or define the contents of the + documentation's footer or postheader. The format of the variable + values are raw HTML. + + \section1 Alphabetical List + + \l {24-qdoc-configuration-htmlvariables.html#HTML.footer}{HTML.footer}, + \l {24-qdoc-configuration-htmlvariables.html#HTML.postheader} + {HTML.postheader}, + \l {24-qdoc-configuration-htmlvariables.html#HTML.style}{HTML.style}, + \l {24-qdoc-configuration-htmlvariables.html#HTML.stylesheets}{HTML.stylesheets} + + + \section1 Variable Descriptions + + \table + + \header + \o Variable + \o Description + + \row + \o \bold HTML.footer \target HTML.footer + \o \bold {The \c HTML.footer variable defines the content + of the generated HTML documentation's footer.} + + The footer is rendered at the bottom of the generated + documentation page. + + The variable's value is given as raw HTML code enclosed by + quotation marks. Note that if the value spans several + lines, each line needs to be enclosed by quotation marks. + + For example in \l qt.qdocconf: + + \code + HTML.footer = "<p /><address><hr /><div align=\"center\">\n" \ + ... + "</tr></table></div></address>" + \endcode + + The complete variable entry in \l qt.qdocconf provides the + standard footer of the \l + {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/index.html}{Qt Reference + Documentation}. + + \row + \o \bold HTML.postheader \target HTML.postheader + \o \bold {The \c HTML.postheader variable defines the content + of the generated HTML documentation's postheader.} + + The header is rendered at the top of the generated + documentation page. + + The variable's value is given as raw HTML enclosed by + quotation marks. Note that if the value spans several + lines, each line needs to be enclosed by quotation marks. + + For example in \l qt.qdocconf: + + \code + HTML.postheader = "<table border=\"0\"..." \ + ... + "<img src=\"images/trolltech-logo.png\" \ + "align=\"right\" width=\"203\" height=\"32\""\ + "border=\"0\" />" \ + "</td></tr>" \ + "</table>" + \endcode + + The complete variable entry in \l qt.qdocconf provides the + standard header of the \l + {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/index.html}{Qt Reference + Documentation}. + + \row + \o \bold HTML.style \target HTML.style + \o \bold {The HTML.style variable defines the style for + the generated HTML documentation.} + + The variable's value is given as raw HTML enclosed by + quotation marks. Note that if the value spans several + lines, each line needs to be enclosed by quotation marks. + + For example in \l qt.qdocconf: + + \code + HTML.style = "h3.fn,span.fn" \ + "{ margin-left: 1cm; text-indent: -1cm; }\n" \ + "a:link { color: #004faf; text-decoration: none }\n" \ + "a:visited" \ + "{ color: #672967; text-decoration: none }\n" \ + "td.postheader { font-family: sans-serif }\n" \ + "tr.address { font-family: sans-serif }\n" \ + "body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }" + \endcode + + provides the HTML style for the \l + {http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0/index.html}{Qt Reference + Documentation}. + + \row + \o \bold HTML.stylesheets \target HTML.stylesheets + \o \bold {The HTML.stylesheets variable defines a list of stylesheets + to use for the generated HTML documentation.} + + Using separate stylesheets for the documentation makes it easier to + customize and experiment with the style used once the contents has + been generated. Typically, it is only necessary to define a single + stylesheet for any set of documentation; for example: + + \code + HTML.stylesheets = classic.css + \endcode + + QDoc expects to find stylesheets in the directory containing the + \l qt.qdocconf file, and it will copy those specified to the output + directory alongside the HTML pages. + \endtable +*/ + +/*! + \page 25-qdoc-configuration-derivedprojects.html + \previouspage HTML Specific Variables + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + \nextpage QDoc Compatibility + + \title Supporting Derived Projects + + \tableofcontents + + Some particular configuration variables allow you to use QDoc to + support Qt-based projects; i.e to make projects, such as Qt Solutions, + contain references to the online Qt documentation. This + means that QDoc will be able to create links to the class reference + documentation, without any explicit linking command. + + \section1 The Configuration Variables + + \section2 Alphabetical List + + \l{25-qdoc-configuration-derivedprojects.html#description}{description}, + \l{25-qdoc-configuration-derivedprojects.html#indexes}{indexes}, + \l{25-qdoc-configuration-derivedprojects.html#project}{project}, + \l{25-qdoc-configuration-derivedprojects.html#url}{url} + + \section2 Variable Descriptions + + \table + \header + \o Variable + \o Description + \row + \o \bold description \target description + \o \bold {The description variable holds a short description of + the associated project.} + + See also \l project. + + \row + \o \bold indexes \target indexes + \o \bold {The \c indexes variable lists the index files + that will be used to generate references.} + + For example. to make a derived Qt project contain links to + the Qt Reference documentation, you need to specify the + associated index file: + + \code + indexes = $QTDIR/doc/html/qt.index + \endcode + + See also \l project and \l url. + + \row + \o \bold project \target project + \o \bold {The \c project variable provides a name for the project + associated with the \c .qdocconf file.} + + The project's name is used to form a file name for the + associated project's \i index file. For example: + + \code + project = QtMotif + \endcode + + This will cause an index file called \c qtmotif.index to be + created. + + See also \l description and \l indexes. + \row + \o \bold url \target url + \o \bold {The \c url variable holds the base URL for the + reference documentation associated with the current project.} + + The URL is stored in the generated index file for the + project. When we use the index on its own, QDoc will use + this as the base URL when constructing links to classes, + functions, and other things listed in the index. + + For example: + + \code + project = Qt + description = Qt Reference Documentation + url = http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0 + + ... + \endcode + + This makes sure that whenever \c qt.index is used to generate + references to for example Qt classes, the base URL is + \c http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0. + + See also \l indexes. + + \endtable + + \target howto + \section1 How to Support Derived Projects + + This feature makes use of the comprehensive indexes generated by + QDoc when it creates the Qt reference documentation. + + For example, \l qt.qdocconf (the configuration file for Qt) + contains the following variable definitions: + + \code + project = Qt + description = Qt Reference Documentation + url = http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.0 + + ... + \endcode + + The \l project variable name is used to form a file name for the + index file; in this case the \c qt.index file is created. The \l + url is stored in the index file. Later, when we use the index on + its own, QDoc will use this as the base URL when constructing + links to classes, functions, and other things listed in the index. + + In a mini-project, you can use an index file by defining an \l + indexes configuration variable in your \c .qdocconf file. + + For example, you can create a \c qtmotif.qdocconf file to help you + check the QtMotif documentation (which is part of Qt Solutions): + + \code + include($QTDIR/tools/qdoc3/test/compat.qdocconf) + + project = QtMotif + description = QtMotif Class Documentation + url = http://www.trolltech.com/products/solutions/catalog/4/Migration/qtmotifextension + + indexes = $QTDIR/doc/html/qt.index + + outputdir = html + + headerdirs = src + sourcedirs = src \ + examples + sources.fileextensions = "*.cpp *.qdoc *.doc" + + exampledirs = examples + \endcode + + The code above requires that you run QDoc from the directory that + contains this file. You need to include the compat.qdocconf + file for compatibility reasons; this is further explained in the + \l {QDoc Compatibility} section. + + \bold {To resolve the actual links to Qt classes, the + mini-project's \c .qdocconf file needs to assign a value to the \l + indexes variable; \c $QTDIR/doc/html/qt.index makes sure that you + always use the updated index file for the Qt documentation.} + + The only disadvantages with this approach are the extra file that + QDoc has to generate and the time it takes to do so. Reading the + index back again later isn't instantaneous either, but it's + quicker than processing all the Qt classes each time you need to + write a new document. +*/ + +/*! + \page 26-qdoc-commands-compatibility.html + \previouspage Supporting Derived Projects + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + \nextpage QDoc Commands - Alphabetical List + + \title QDoc Compatibility + + \tableofcontents + + \section1 General Description + + \target reason + + QDoc is a tool that constantly evolves to suit our needs, for that + reason there are some compatibility issues in the transition + between old and new practices. + + To make the transition as smooth and rapid as possible, the + general idea is to adopt the new commands and usage in new + documentation. While waiting for the occurrences of the old + practices to be eliminated from the old parts of the + documentation, you can map the new commands and usage to the old + ones using a compat.qdocconf file. + + A compat.qdocconf file is a separate \c .qdocconf file which you + can include in your main configuration file. It typically contains + the mapping between old and new commands using the \l alias and \l + {22-qdoc-configuration-generalvariables.html#macro}{macro} + configuration variables. + + \section1 Qt Compatibility + + In Qt's documentation there still exist occurrences of old + commands, and the Qt \l {qt.qdocconf}{configuration file} needs to + include the compat.qdocconf file tailored for Qt. For more + detailed information about the commands creating compatibility + issues, see the \l {Command Comments}{command comments}. + + \section2 Qt's current compat.qdocconf file + + \quotefile files/compat.qdocconf + + \section2 Command Comments + + \table + \header + \o New Command + \o Old Command + \o Description + + \row + \o \\i \target i-versus-e + \o \\e + \o Earlier we + used the \\i command to indicate a list or table item, and + the \\e command for rendering in italic. Now we want the + \\i command to render in italic discarding the + \\e command name. + + \bold {We still need to use the \\e command to render in + italic in new documentation for \l {reason}{compatibility + reasons}}. + + \row + \o \\include \target include-versus-input + \o \\input + \o The \\include command was previously used to quote the + complete contents of a source file, now we want to use the + command to include separate documentation. + That is the functionality of the old \\input command + which name we want to discard. + + \bold {We still need to use the \\input command to include + plain text in new documentation for \l + {reason}{compatibility reasons}}. + + \row + \o \\quotefile \target quotefile-versus-include + \o \\include + \o Earlier, we have used the \\quotefile command to + quote from file, i.e. quote parts from file, and the + \\include command to quote the entire file. Since we now want + \\include to include separate documentation, we change the use of + \\quotefile to quote a complete source file. + + \bold {We still need to use the \\include command to quote + the entire contents of a source file in new documentation + for \l {reason}{compatibility reasons}}. + + \row + \o \\quotefromfile \target quotefromfile-versus-quotefile + \o \\quotefile + \o Earlier, we have used the \\quotefile command to + quote from file, i.e. quote parts from file. Since we now want + that command to quote an entire file, we introduce the new + \\quotefromfile command to quote from file. + + \bold {Use \l {quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile} to quote + parts from a source file in new documentation}. + + \row + \o \\o \target o-versus-i + \o \\i + \o Earlier we used the \\i command to indicate list items + and table items. Since we now want the \\i command to render + in italic instead, we introduce the new \\o command for + this purpose. + + \bold {Use \l {o}{\\o} to indicate list and table items in + new documentation}. + + \row + \o \\quotation \target quotation-versus-quote + \o \\quote + \o These commands are equivalent, and represent a simple name + change. + + \bold {Use \l {quotation}{\\quotation} in new + documentation}. + + \row + \o \\image \target image-versus-img + \o \\img + \o These commands are equivalent, and represent a simple name + change. + + \bold {Use \l {image}{\\image} in new documentation}. + + \endtable +*/ + +/*! + \page 27-qdoc-commmands-alphabetical.html + \previouspage QDoc Compatibility + \contentspage QDoc Manual - Table of Contents + + \title QDoc Commands - Alphabetical List + + \list + + \o \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#a}{\\a} + \o \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#abstract}{\\abstract} + \o \l {06-qdoc-commands-verbatimcode.html#badcode}{\\badcode} + \o \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#bold}{\\bold} + \o \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#brief}{\\brief} + \o \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#c}{\\c} + \o \l {09-qdoc-commands-graphic.html#caption}{\\caption} + \o \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#chapter}{\\chapter} + \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#class}{\\class} + \o \l {06-qdoc-commands-verbatimcode.html#code}{\\code} + \o \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#codeline}{\\codeline}, + \o \l {16-qdoc-commands-status.html#compat}{\\compat} + \o \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#contentspage}{\\contentspage} + \o \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#dots}{\\dots} + \o \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#else}{\\else} + \o \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#endif}{\\endif} + \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#enum}{\\enum} + \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#example-command}{\\example} + \o \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#expire}{\\expire} + \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#externalpage}{\\externalpage} + \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#fn}{\\fn} + \o \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#footnote}{\\footnote} + \o \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#generatelist}{\\generatelist} + \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#group}{\\group} + \o \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#header}{\\header} + \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#headerfile}{\\headerfile} + \o \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#i}{\\i} + \o \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#if}{\\if} + \o \l {09-qdoc-commands-graphic.html#image}{\\image} + \o \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#include}{\\include} + \o \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#indexpage}{\\indexpage} + \o \l {19-qdoc-commands-grouping.html#ingroup}{\\ingroup} + \o \l {19-qdoc-commands-grouping.html#inmodule}{\\inmodule} + \o \l {09-qdoc-commands-graphic.html#inlineimage}{\\inlineimage} + \o \l {16-qdoc-commands-status.html#internal}{\\internal} + \o \l {08-qdoc-commands-linking.html#keyword}{\\keyword} + \o \l {08-qdoc-commands-linking.html#l}{\\l} + \o \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#legalese}{\\legalese} + \o \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#list}{\\list} + \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#macro}{\\macro} + \o \l {19-qdoc-commands-grouping.html#mainclass}{\\mainclass} + \o \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#meta}{\\meta} + \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#module}{\\module} + \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#namespace}{\\namespace} + \o \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#nextpage}{\\nextpage} + \o \l {06-qdoc-commands-verbatimcode.html#newcode}{\\newcode} + \o \l {17-qdoc-commands-thread.html#nonreentrant}{\\nonreentrant} + \o \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#o}{\\o} + \o \l {16-qdoc-commands-status.html#obsolete}{\\obsolete} + \o \l {06-qdoc-commands-verbatimcode.html#oldcode}{\\oldcode} + \o \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#omit}{\\omit} + \o \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#omitvalue}{\\omitvalue} + \o \l {18-qdoc-commands-relating.html#overload}{\\overload} + \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#page}{\\page} + \o \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#part}{\\part} + \o \l {16-qdoc-commands-status.html#preliminary}{\\preliminary} + \o \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#previouspage}{\\previouspage} + \o \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#printline}{\\printline} + \o \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#printto}{\\printto} + \o \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#printuntil}{\\printuntil} + \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#property}{\\property} + \o \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#quotation}{\\quotation} + \o \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#quotefile}{\\quotefile} + \o \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#quotefromfile}{\\quotefromfile} + \o \l {12-0-qdoc-commands-miscellaneous.html#raw}{\\raw} + \o \l {17-qdoc-commands-thread.html#reentrant}{\\reentrant} + \o \l {18-qdoc-commands-relating.html#reimp}{\\reimp} + \o \l {18-qdoc-commands-relating.html#relates}{\\relates} + \o \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#row}{\\row} + \o \l {08-qdoc-commands-linking.html#sa}{\\sa} + \o \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#sectionOne}{\\section1} + \o \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#sectionTwo}{\\section2} + \o \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#sectionThree}{\\section3} + \o \l {05-qdoc-commands-documentstructuring.html#sectionFour}{\\section4} + \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#service}{\\service} + \o \l {16-qdoc-commands-status.html#since}{\\since} + \o \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#skipline}{\\skipline} + \o \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#skipto}{\\skipto} + \o \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#skipuntil}{\\skipuntil} + \o \l {07-0-qdoc-commands-quoting.html#snippet}{\\snippet}, + \o \l {15-qdoc-commands-navigation.html#startpage}{\\startpage} + \o \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#sub}{\\sub} + \o \l {20-qdoc-commands-title.html#subtitle}{\\subtitle} + \o \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#sup}{\\sup} + \o \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#table}{\\table} + \o \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#tableofcontents} + {\\tableofcontents} + \o \l {08-qdoc-commands-linking.html#target}{\\target} + \o \l {17-qdoc-commands-thread.html#threadsafe}{\\threadsafe} + \o \l {20-qdoc-commands-title.html#title}{\\title} + \o \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#tt}{\\tt} + \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#typedef}{\\typedef} + \o \l {04-qdoc-commands-textformatting.html#underline}{\\underline} + \o \l {13-qdoc-commands-topical.html#variable}{\\variable} + \o \l {10-qdoc-commands-container.html#value}{\\value} + \o \l {11-qdoc-commands-documentcontents.html#warning}{\\warning} + \endlist +*/ + +/*! + \externalpage http://qt.nokia.com/about + \title About Qt +*/ diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/doc/qdoc-manual.qdocconf b/tools/qdoc3/doc/qdoc-manual.qdocconf new file mode 100644 index 0000000..26fd09c --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/qdoc3/doc/qdoc-manual.qdocconf @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +project = QDoc +description = QDoc3 Manual + +indexes = $QTDIR/doc/html/qt.index + +outputdir = html + +sources = qdoc-manual.qdoc +sourcedirs = $PWD + +exampledirs += $PWD \ + $QTDIR/examples + +imagedirs += images + +extraimages.HTML = qt-logo + +HTML.stylesheets = classic.css + +HTML.style = "h3.fn,span.fn { margin-left: 1cm; text-indent: -1cm; }\n" \ + "a:link { color: #004faf; text-decoration: none }\n" \ + "a:visited { color: #672967; text-decoration: none }\n" \ + "td.postheader { font-family: sans-serif }\n" \ + "tr.address { font-family: sans-serif }\n" \ + "body { background: #ffffff; color: black; }" + +HTML.postheader = "<table border=\"0\" cellpadding=\"0\" cellspacing=\"5\" width=\"100%\">\n" \ + "<tr>\n" \ + "<td align=\"left\" valign=\"top\" width=\"32\">" \ + "<a href=\"http://qt.nokia.com/\"><img src=\"images/qt-logo.png\" align=\"left\" border=\"0\" /></a>" \ + "</td>\n" \ + "<td class=\"postheader\" valign=\"center\">" \ + "<a href=\"01-qdoc-manual.html\">" \ + "<font color=\"#004faf\">Home: QDoc Manual</font></a> ·" \ + "<a href=\"http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7\">" \ + "<font color=\"#004faf\"> Qt Reference Documentation</font></a>" \ + "</td>\n" \ + "</tr></table>" + +HTML.footer = "<p /><address><hr /><div align=\"center\">\n" \ + "<table width=\"100%\" cellspacing=\"0\" border=\"0\"><tr class=\"address\">\n" \ + "<td width=\"40%\" align=\"left\">Copyright © 2010 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies)</td>\n" \ + "<td width=\"20%\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"trademarks.html\">Trademarks</a></td>\n" \ + "<td width=\"40%\" align=\"right\"><div align=\"right\">Qt \\version</div></td>\n" \ + "</tr></table></div></address>" + +spurious += "Missing '\\}'" +spurious += "Cannot use .*" +spurious += "Unexpected .*" diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/htmlgenerator.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/htmlgenerator.cpp index 15386f1..e341a03 100644 --- a/tools/qdoc3/htmlgenerator.cpp +++ b/tools/qdoc3/htmlgenerator.cpp @@ -54,10 +54,12 @@ #include <qdebug.h> #include <qlist.h> #include <qiterator.h> +#include <qtextcodec.h> QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE #define COMMAND_VERSION Doc::alias("version") +int HtmlGenerator::id = 0; QString HtmlGenerator::sinceTitles[] = { @@ -266,6 +268,15 @@ void HtmlGenerator::initializeGenerator(const Config &config) projectUrl = config.getString(CONFIG_URL); + outputEncoding = config.getString(CONFIG_OUTPUTENCODING); + if (outputEncoding.isEmpty()) + outputEncoding = QLatin1String("ISO-8859-1"); + outputCodec = QTextCodec::codecForName(outputEncoding.toLocal8Bit()); + + naturalLanguage = config.getString(CONFIG_NATURALLANGUAGE); + if (naturalLanguage.isEmpty()) + naturalLanguage = QLatin1String("en"); + QSet<QString> editionNames = config.subVars(CONFIG_EDITION); QSet<QString>::ConstIterator edition = editionNames.begin(); while (edition != editionNames.end()) { @@ -389,9 +400,9 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateTree(const Tree *tree, CodeMarker *marker) "qmake Manual", dcfQmakeRoot); - generateIndex(project.toLower().simplified().replace(" ", "-"), - projectUrl, - projectDescription); + QString fileBase = project.toLower().simplified().replace(" ", "-"); + generateIndex(fileBase, projectUrl, projectDescription); + generatePageIndex(outputDir() + "/" + fileBase + ".pageindex", marker); helpProjectWriter->generate(myTree); } @@ -431,11 +442,11 @@ int HtmlGenerator::generateAtom(const Atom *atom, endLink(); } else { - out() << protect(atom->string()); + out() << protectEnc(atom->string()); } } else { - out() << protect(atom->string()); + out() << protectEnc(atom->string()); } break; case Atom::BaseName: @@ -483,7 +494,7 @@ int HtmlGenerator::generateAtom(const Atom *atom, case Atom::C: out() << formattingLeftMap()[ATOM_FORMATTING_TELETYPE]; if (inLink) { - out() << protect(plainCode(atom->string())); + out() << protectEnc(plainCode(atom->string())); } else { out() << highlightedCode(atom->string(), marker, relative); @@ -516,7 +527,7 @@ int HtmlGenerator::generateAtom(const Atom *atom, // fallthrough case Atom::CodeBad: out() << "<pre><font color=\"#404040\">" - << trimmedTrailing(protect(plainCode(indent(codeIndent,atom->string())))) + << trimmedTrailing(protectEnc(plainCode(indent(codeIndent,atom->string())))) << "</font></pre>\n"; break; case Atom::FootnoteLeft: @@ -768,7 +779,7 @@ int HtmlGenerator::generateAtom(const Atom *atom, out() << "<a name=\"" << Doc::canonicalTitle((*s).name) << "\"></a>\n"; - out() << "<h3>" << protect((*s).name) << "</h3>\n"; + out() << "<h3>" << protectEnc((*s).name) << "</h3>\n"; if (idx == Class) generateCompactList(0, marker, ncmap.value(), QString("Q")); else if (idx == MemberFunction) { @@ -792,7 +803,7 @@ int HtmlGenerator::generateAtom(const Atom *atom, << linkForNode(pmap.key(), 0) << "\">"; QStringList pieces = fullName(pmap.key(), 0, marker).split("::"); - out() << protect(pieces.last()); + out() << protectEnc(pieces.last()); out() << "</a>" << ":</p>\n"; generateSection(nlist, 0, marker, CodeMarker::Summary); @@ -820,12 +831,12 @@ int HtmlGenerator::generateAtom(const Atom *atom, out() << "<p align=\"center\">"; if (fileName.isEmpty()) { out() << "<font color=\"red\">[Missing image " - << protect(atom->string()) << "]</font>"; + << protectEnc(atom->string()) << "]</font>"; } else { - out() << "<img src=\"" << protect(fileName) << "\""; + out() << "<img src=\"" << protectEnc(fileName) << "\""; if (!text.isEmpty()) - out() << " alt=\"" << protect(text) << "\""; + out() << " alt=\"" << protectEnc(text) << "\""; out() << " />"; helpProjectWriter->addExtraFile(fileName); } @@ -923,7 +934,7 @@ int HtmlGenerator::generateAtom(const Atom *atom, // ### Trenton out() << "<tr><td valign=\"top\"><tt>" - << protect(plainCode(marker->markedUpEnumValue(atom->next()->string(), + << protectEnc(plainCode(marker->markedUpEnumValue(atom->next()->string(), relative))) << "</tt></td><td align=\"center\" valign=\"top\">"; @@ -936,7 +947,7 @@ int HtmlGenerator::generateAtom(const Atom *atom, if (itemValue.isEmpty()) out() << "?"; else - out() << "<tt>" << protect(itemValue) << "</tt>"; + out() << "<tt>" << protectEnc(itemValue) << "</tt>"; skipAhead = 1; } @@ -1052,7 +1063,7 @@ int HtmlGenerator::generateAtom(const Atom *atom, generateLink(atom, relative, marker); } else { - out() << protect(atom->string()); + out() << protectEnc(atom->string()); } break; case Atom::TableLeft: @@ -1166,7 +1177,7 @@ int HtmlGenerator::generateAtom(const Atom *atom, out() << "<font color=\"red\"><b><Missing HTML></b></font>"; break; case Atom::UnknownCommand: - out() << "<font color=\"red\"><b><code>\\" << protect(atom->string()) + out() << "<font color=\"red\"><b><code>\\" << protectEnc(atom->string()) << "</code></b></font>"; break; #ifdef QDOC_QML @@ -1295,7 +1306,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateClassLikeNode(const InnerNode *inner, out() << "<a name=\"" << registerRef((*s).name.toLower()) << "\"></a>\n"; - out() << "<h2>" << protect((*s).name) << "</h2>\n"; + out() << "<h2>" << protectEnc((*s).name) << "</h2>\n"; generateSection(s->members, inner, marker, CodeMarker::Summary); } if (!s->reimpMembers.isEmpty()) { @@ -1304,7 +1315,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateClassLikeNode(const InnerNode *inner, out() << "<a name=\"" << registerRef(name.toLower()) << "\"></a>\n"; - out() << "<h2>" << protect(name) << "</h2>\n"; + out() << "<h2>" << protectEnc(name) << "</h2>\n"; generateSection(s->reimpMembers, inner, marker, CodeMarker::Summary); } @@ -1343,7 +1354,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateClassLikeNode(const InnerNode *inner, s = sections.begin(); while (s != sections.end()) { out() << "<hr />\n"; - out() << "<h2>" << protect((*s).name) << "</h2>\n"; + out() << "<h2>" << protectEnc((*s).name) << "</h2>\n"; NodeList::ConstIterator m = (*s).members.begin(); while (m != (*s).members.end()) { @@ -1518,7 +1529,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateFakeNode(const FakeNode *fake, CodeMarker *marker) s = sections.begin(); while (s != sections.end()) { out() << "<a name=\"" << registerRef((*s).name) << "\"></a>\n"; - out() << "<h2>" << protect((*s).name) << "</h2>\n"; + out() << "<h2>" << protectEnc((*s).name) << "</h2>\n"; generateQmlSummary(*s,fake,marker); ++s; } @@ -1534,7 +1545,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateFakeNode(const FakeNode *fake, CodeMarker *marker) sections = marker->qmlSections(qml_cn,CodeMarker::Detailed); s = sections.begin(); while (s != sections.end()) { - out() << "<h2>" << protect((*s).name) << "</h2>\n"; + out() << "<h2>" << protectEnc((*s).name) << "</h2>\n"; NodeList::ConstIterator m = (*s).members.begin(); while (m != (*s).members.end()) { generateDetailedQmlMember(*m, fake, marker); @@ -1554,7 +1565,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateFakeNode(const FakeNode *fake, CodeMarker *marker) s = sections.begin(); while (s != sections.end()) { out() << "<a name=\"" << registerRef((*s).name) << "\"></a>\n"; - out() << "<h2>" << protect((*s).name) << "</h2>\n"; + out() << "<h2>" << protectEnc((*s).name) << "</h2>\n"; generateSectionList(*s, fake, marker, CodeMarker::Summary); ++s; } @@ -1583,7 +1594,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateFakeNode(const FakeNode *fake, CodeMarker *marker) s = sections.begin(); while (s != sections.end()) { out() << "<hr />\n"; - out() << "<h2>" << protect((*s).name) << "</h2>\n"; + out() << "<h2>" << protectEnc((*s).name) << "</h2>\n"; NodeList::ConstIterator m = (*s).members.begin(); while (m != (*s).members.end()) { @@ -1619,7 +1630,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateFakeNode(const FakeNode *fake, CodeMarker *marker) } } -QString HtmlGenerator::fileExtension(const Node * /* node */) +QString HtmlGenerator::fileExtension(const Node * /* node */) const { return "html"; } @@ -1629,11 +1640,11 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateHeader(const QString& title, CodeMarker *marker, bool mainPage) { - out() << "<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"iso-8859-1\"?>\n"; + out() << QString("<?xml version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"%1\"?>\n").arg(outputEncoding); out() << "<!DOCTYPE html\n" - " PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN\" \"DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd\">\n" - "<html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\" xml:lang=\"en\" lang=\"en\">\n"; + " PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN\" \"DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd\">\n"; + out() << QString("<html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\" xml:lang=\"%1\" lang=\"%1\">\n").arg(naturalLanguage); QString shortVersion; if ((project != "Qtopia") && (project != "Qt Extended")) { @@ -1653,7 +1664,9 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateHeader(const QString& title, } out() << "<head>\n" - " <title>" << shortVersion << protect(title) << "</title>\n"; + " <title>" << shortVersion << protectEnc(title) << "</title>\n"; + out() << QString("<meta http-equiv=\"Content-type\" content=\"text/html; charset=%1\" />").arg(outputEncoding); + if (!style.isEmpty()) out() << " <style type=\"text/css\">" << style << "</style>\n"; @@ -1662,8 +1675,8 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateHeader(const QString& title, QMapIterator<QString, QString> i(metaMap); while (i.hasNext()) { i.next(); - out() << " <meta name=\"" << protect(i.key()) << "\" contents=\"" - << protect(i.value()) << "\" />\n"; + out() << " <meta name=\"" << protectEnc(i.key()) << "\" contents=\"" + << protectEnc(i.value()) << "\" />\n"; } } @@ -1687,9 +1700,9 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateHeader(const QString& title, navigationLinks += "[Previous: <a href=\"" + anchorPair.first + "\">"; if (linkPair.first == linkPair.second && !anchorPair.second.isEmpty()) - navigationLinks += protect(anchorPair.second); + navigationLinks += protectEnc(anchorPair.second); else - navigationLinks += protect(linkPair.second); + navigationLinks += protectEnc(linkPair.second); navigationLinks += "</a>]\n"; } if (node->links().contains(Node::ContentsLink)) { @@ -1705,9 +1718,9 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateHeader(const QString& title, navigationLinks += "[<a href=\"" + anchorPair.first + "\">"; if (linkPair.first == linkPair.second && !anchorPair.second.isEmpty()) - navigationLinks += protect(anchorPair.second); + navigationLinks += protectEnc(anchorPair.second); else - navigationLinks += protect(linkPair.second); + navigationLinks += protectEnc(linkPair.second); navigationLinks += "</a>]\n"; } if (node->links().contains(Node::NextLink)) { @@ -1723,9 +1736,9 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateHeader(const QString& title, navigationLinks += "[Next: <a href=\"" + anchorPair.first + "\">"; if (linkPair.first == linkPair.second && !anchorPair.second.isEmpty()) - navigationLinks += protect(anchorPair.second); + navigationLinks += protectEnc(anchorPair.second); else - navigationLinks += protect(linkPair.second); + navigationLinks += protectEnc(linkPair.second); navigationLinks += "</a>]\n"; } if (node->links().contains(Node::IndexLink)) { @@ -1776,7 +1789,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateTitle(const QString& title, const Node *relative, CodeMarker *marker) { - out() << "<h1 class=\"title\">" << protect(title); + out() << "<h1 class=\"title\">" << protectEnc(title); if (!subTitle.isEmpty()) { out() << "<br />"; if (subTitleSize == SmallSubTitle) @@ -2014,18 +2027,18 @@ QString HtmlGenerator::generateLowStatusMemberFile(const InnerNode *inner, out() << "<p><ul><li><a href=\"" << linkForNode(inner, 0) << "\">" - << protect(inner->name()) + << protectEnc(inner->name()) << " class reference</a></li></ul></p>\n"; for (i = 0; i < sections.size(); ++i) { - out() << "<h2>" << protect(sections.at(i).name) << "</h2>\n"; + out() << "<h2>" << protectEnc(sections.at(i).name) << "</h2>\n"; generateSectionList(sections.at(i), inner, marker, CodeMarker::Summary); } sections = marker->sections(inner, CodeMarker::Detailed, status); for (i = 0; i < sections.size(); ++i) { out() << "<hr />\n"; - out() << "<h2>" << protect(sections.at(i).name) << "</h2>\n"; + out() << "<h2>" << protectEnc(sections.at(i).name) << "</h2>\n"; NodeList::ConstIterator m = sections.at(i).members.begin(); while (m != sections.at(i).members.end()) { @@ -2118,7 +2131,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateAnnotatedList(const Node *relative, } else { out() << "<td>"; - out() << protect(node->doc().briefText().toString()); + out() << protectEnc(node->doc().briefText().toString()); out() << "</td>"; } out() << "</tr>\n"; @@ -2320,7 +2333,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateCompactList(const Node *relative, << linkForNode(it.value(), relative) << "\">"; QStringList pieces = fullName(it.value(), relative, marker).split("::"); - out() << protect(pieces.last()); + out() << protectEnc(pieces.last()); out() << "</a>"; if (pieces.size() > 1) { out() << " ("; @@ -2362,7 +2375,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateFunctionIndex(const Node *relative, #else out() << "<p>"; #endif - out() << protect(f.key()) << ":"; + out() << protectEnc(f.key()) << ":"; currentLetter = f.key()[0].unicode(); while (islower(currentLetter) && currentLetter >= nextLetter) { @@ -2416,7 +2429,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateLegaleseList(const Node *relative, QString marked = marker->markedUpSynopsis(node, relative, style); QRegExp templateTag("(<[^@>]*>)"); if (marked.indexOf(templateTag) != -1) { - QString contents = protect(marked.mid(templateTag.pos(1), + QString contents = protectEnc(marked.mid(templateTag.pos(1), templateTag.cap(1).length())); marked.replace(templateTag.pos(1), templateTag.cap(1).length(), contents); @@ -2455,7 +2468,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateQmlItem(const Node *node, QString marked = marker->markedUpQmlItem(node,summary); QRegExp templateTag("(<[^@>]*>)"); if (marked.indexOf(templateTag) != -1) { - QString contents = protect(marked.mid(templateTag.pos(1), + QString contents = protectEnc(marked.mid(templateTag.pos(1), templateTag.cap(1).length())); marked.replace(templateTag.pos(1), templateTag.cap(1).length(), contents); @@ -2561,7 +2574,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateOverviewList(const Node *relative, CodeMarker * /* m const FakeNode *groupNode = groupTitlesMap[groupTitle]; out() << QString("<h3><a href=\"%1\">%2</a></h3>\n").arg( linkForNode(groupNode, relative)).arg( - protect(groupNode->fullTitle())); + protectEnc(groupNode->fullTitle())); if (fakeNodeMap[groupNode].count() == 0) continue; @@ -2573,7 +2586,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateOverviewList(const Node *relative, CodeMarker * /* m if (title.startsWith("The ")) title.remove(0, 4); out() << "<li><a href=\"" << linkForNode(fakeNode, relative) << "\">" - << protect(title) << "</a></li>\n"; + << protectEnc(title) << "</a></li>\n"; } out() << "</ul>\n"; } @@ -2587,7 +2600,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateOverviewList(const Node *relative, CodeMarker * /* m if (title.startsWith("The ")) title.remove(0, 4); out() << "<li><a href=\"" << linkForNode(fakeNode, relative) << "\">" - << protect(title) << "</a></li>\n"; + << protectEnc(title) << "</a></li>\n"; } out() << "</ul>\n"; } @@ -2750,7 +2763,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateSectionInheritedList(const Section& section, } out() << " inherited from <a href=\"" << fileName((*p).first) << "#" << HtmlGenerator::cleanRef(section.name.toLower()) << "\">" - << protect(marker->plainFullName((*p).first, relative)) + << protectEnc(marker->plainFullName((*p).first, relative)) << "</a></li>\n"; ++p; } @@ -2765,7 +2778,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateSynopsis(const Node *node, QString marked = marker->markedUpSynopsis(node, relative, style); QRegExp templateTag("(<[^@>]*>)"); if (marked.indexOf(templateTag) != -1) { - QString contents = protect(marked.mid(templateTag.pos(1), + QString contents = protectEnc(marked.mid(templateTag.pos(1), templateTag.cap(1).length())); marked.replace(templateTag.pos(1), templateTag.cap(1).length(), contents); @@ -3034,7 +3047,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateSectionInheritedList(const Section& section, } out() << " inherited from <a href=\"" << fileName((*p).first) << "#" << HtmlGenerator::cleanRef(section.name.toLower()) << "\">" - << protect(marker->plainFullName((*p).first, relative)) + << protectEnc(marker->plainFullName((*p).first, relative)) << "</a></li>\n"; ++p; } @@ -3048,7 +3061,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateSynopsis(const Node *node, QString marked = marker->markedUpSynopsis(node, relative, style); QRegExp templateTag("(<[^@>]*>)"); if (marked.indexOf(templateTag) != -1) { - QString contents = protect(marked.mid(templateTag.pos(1), + QString contents = protectEnc(marked.mid(templateTag.pos(1), templateTag.cap(1).length())); marked.replace(templateTag.pos(1), templateTag.cap(1).length(), contents); @@ -3246,7 +3259,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateLink(const Atom* atom, if (funcLeftParen.indexIn(atom->string()) != -1 && marker->recognizeLanguage("Cpp")) { // hack for C++: move () outside of link int k = funcLeftParen.pos(1); - out() << protect(atom->string().left(k)); + out() << protectEnc(atom->string().left(k)); if (link.isEmpty()) { if (showBrokenLinks) out() << "</i>"; @@ -3254,7 +3267,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateLink(const Atom* atom, out() << "</a>"; } inLink = false; - out() << protect(atom->string().mid(k)); + out() << protectEnc(atom->string().mid(k)); } else if (marker->recognizeLanguage("Java")) { // hack for Java: remove () and use <tt> when appropriate bool func = atom->string().endsWith("()"); @@ -3262,13 +3275,13 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateLink(const Atom* atom, if (tt) out() << "<tt>"; if (func) { - out() << protect(atom->string().left(atom->string().length() - 2)); + out() << protectEnc(atom->string().left(atom->string().length() - 2)); } else { - out() << protect(atom->string()); + out() << protectEnc(atom->string()); } out() << "</tt>"; } else { - out() << protect(atom->string()); + out() << protectEnc(atom->string()); } } @@ -3342,7 +3355,12 @@ QString HtmlGenerator::registerRef(const QString& ref) return clean; } -QString HtmlGenerator::protect(const QString& string) +QString HtmlGenerator::protectEnc(const QString &string) +{ + return protect(string, outputEncoding); +} + +QString HtmlGenerator::protect(const QString &string, const QString &outputEncoding) { #define APPEND(x) \ if (html.isEmpty()) { \ @@ -3365,7 +3383,7 @@ QString HtmlGenerator::protect(const QString& string) APPEND(">"); } else if (ch == QLatin1Char('"')) { APPEND("""); - } else if (ch.unicode() > 0x007F + } else if ((outputEncoding == "ISO-8859-1" && ch.unicode() > 0x007F) || (ch == QLatin1Char('*') && i + 1 < n && string.at(i) == QLatin1Char('/')) || (ch == QLatin1Char('.') && i > 2 && string.at(i - 2) == QLatin1Char('.'))) { // we escape '*/' and the last dot in 'e.g.' and 'i.e.' for the Javadoc generator @@ -3495,7 +3513,7 @@ QString HtmlGenerator::refForNode(const Node *node) ref = node->name() + "-var"; break; case Node::Target: - return protect(node->name()); + return protectEnc(node->name()); } return registerRef(ref); } @@ -3569,7 +3587,7 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateFullName(const Node *apparentNode, } } out() << "\">"; - out() << protect(fullName(apparentNode, relative, marker)); + out() << protectEnc(fullName(apparentNode, relative, marker)); out() << "</a>"; } @@ -3630,12 +3648,12 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateDetailedMember(const Node *node, else if (node->type() == Node::Enum) { const EnumNode *enume = static_cast<const EnumNode *>(node); if (enume->flagsType()) { - out() << "<p>The " << protect(enume->flagsType()->name()) + out() << "<p>The " << protectEnc(enume->flagsType()->name()) << " type is a typedef for " << "<a href=\"qflags.html\">QFlags</a><" - << protect(enume->name()) + << protectEnc(enume->name()) << ">. It stores an OR combination of " - << protect(enume->name()) + << protectEnc(enume->name()) << " values.</p>\n"; } } @@ -4352,4 +4370,128 @@ void HtmlGenerator::generateInstantiatedBy(const ClassNode* cn, } } +/*! + Generate the <page> element for the given \a node using the \a writer. + Return true if a <page> element was written; otherwise return false. + */ +bool HtmlGenerator::generatePageElement(QXmlStreamWriter& writer, + const Node* node, + CodeMarker* marker) const +{ + if (node->pageType() == Node::NoPageType) + return false; + if (node->name().isEmpty()) + return true; + if (node->access() == Node::Private) + return false; + if (!node->isInnerNode()) + return false; + + QString title; + QString rawTitle; + QString fullTitle; + const InnerNode* inner = static_cast<const InnerNode*>(node); + + writer.writeStartElement("page"); + QXmlStreamAttributes attributes; + QString t; + t.setNum(id++); + switch (node->type()) { + case Node::Fake: + { + const FakeNode* fake = static_cast<const FakeNode*>(node); + title = fake->fullTitle(); + break; + } + case Node::Class: + { + title = node->name() + " Class Reference"; + break; + } + case Node::Namespace: + { + rawTitle = marker->plainName(inner); + fullTitle = marker->plainFullName(inner); + title = rawTitle + " Namespace Reference"; + break; + } + default: + title = node->name(); + break; + } + writer.writeAttribute("id",t); + writer.writeStartElement("pageWords"); + writer.writeCharacters(title); + if (!inner->pageKeywords().isEmpty()) { + const QStringList& w = inner->pageKeywords(); + for (int i = 0; i < w.size(); ++i) { + writer.writeCharacters(" "); + writer.writeCharacters(w.at(i).toLocal8Bit().constData()); + } + } + writer.writeEndElement(); + writer.writeStartElement("pageTitle"); + writer.writeCharacters(title); + writer.writeEndElement(); + writer.writeStartElement("pageUrl"); + writer.writeCharacters(PageGenerator::fileName(node)); + writer.writeEndElement(); + writer.writeStartElement("pageType"); + switch (node->pageType()) { + case Node::ApiPage: + writer.writeCharacters("APIPage"); + break; + case Node::ArticlePage: + writer.writeCharacters("Article"); + break; + case Node::ExamplePage: + writer.writeCharacters("Example"); + break; + default: + break; + } + writer.writeEndElement(); + writer.writeEndElement(); + return true; +} + +/*! + Traverse the tree recursively and generate the <keyword> + elements. + */ +void HtmlGenerator::generatePageElements(QXmlStreamWriter& writer, const Node* node, CodeMarker* marker) const +{ + if (generatePageElement(writer, node, marker)) { + + if (node->isInnerNode()) { + const InnerNode *inner = static_cast<const InnerNode *>(node); + + // Recurse to write an element for this child node and all its children. + foreach (const Node *child, inner->childNodes()) + generatePageElements(writer, child, marker); + } + } +} + +/*! + Outputs the file containing the index used for searching the html docs. + */ +void HtmlGenerator::generatePageIndex(const QString& fileName, CodeMarker* marker) const +{ + QFile file(fileName); + if (!file.open(QFile::WriteOnly | QFile::Text)) + return ; + + QXmlStreamWriter writer(&file); + writer.setAutoFormatting(true); + writer.writeStartDocument(); + writer.writeStartElement("qtPageIndex"); + + generatePageElements(writer, myTree->root(), marker); + + writer.writeEndElement(); // qtPageIndex + writer.writeEndDocument(); + file.close(); +} + #endif diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/htmlgenerator.h b/tools/qdoc3/htmlgenerator.h index 19a7c78..369d6c3 100644 --- a/tools/qdoc3/htmlgenerator.h +++ b/tools/qdoc3/htmlgenerator.h @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@ #include <qmap.h> #include <qregexp.h> +#include <QXmlStreamWriter> #include "codemarker.h" #include "config.h" @@ -104,7 +105,8 @@ class HtmlGenerator : public PageGenerator virtual QString format(); virtual void generateTree(const Tree *tree, CodeMarker *marker); - static QString protect(const QString& string); + QString protectEnc(const QString &string); + static QString protect(const QString &string, const QString &encoding = "ISO-8859-1"); static QString cleanRef(const QString& ref); static QString sinceTitle(int i) { return sinceTitles[i]; } @@ -115,7 +117,7 @@ class HtmlGenerator : public PageGenerator CodeMarker *marker); virtual void generateClassLikeNode(const InnerNode *inner, CodeMarker *marker); virtual void generateFakeNode(const FakeNode *fake, CodeMarker *marker); - virtual QString fileExtension(const Node *node); + virtual QString fileExtension(const Node *node) const; virtual QString refForNode(const Node *node); virtual QString linkForNode(const Node *node, const Node *relative); virtual QString refForAtom(Atom *atom, const Node *node); @@ -261,6 +263,14 @@ class HtmlGenerator : public PageGenerator const Node *relative, CodeMarker *marker); void endLink(); + bool generatePageElement(QXmlStreamWriter& writer, + const Node* node, + CodeMarker* marker) const; + void generatePageElements(QXmlStreamWriter& writer, + const Node* node, + CodeMarker* marker) const; + void generatePageIndex(const QString& fileName, + CodeMarker* marker) const; #if 0 NavigationBar currentNavigationBar; @@ -315,6 +325,7 @@ class HtmlGenerator : public PageGenerator NewSinceMaps newSinceMaps; static QString sinceTitles[]; NewClassMaps newClassMaps; + static int id; }; #define HTMLGENERATOR_ADDRESS "address" diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/javadocgenerator.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/javadocgenerator.cpp index 001bd27..eb9c1c9 100644 --- a/tools/qdoc3/javadocgenerator.cpp +++ b/tools/qdoc3/javadocgenerator.cpp @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ void JavadocGenerator::generateTree(const Tree *tree, CodeMarker *marker) HtmlGenerator::generateTree(tree, marker); } -QString JavadocGenerator::fileExtension(const Node *node) +QString JavadocGenerator::fileExtension(const Node *node) const { if (node->type() == Node::Fake) { return "html"; diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/javadocgenerator.h b/tools/qdoc3/javadocgenerator.h index 73452cf..b485502 100644 --- a/tools/qdoc3/javadocgenerator.h +++ b/tools/qdoc3/javadocgenerator.h @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ public: QString imageFileName(const Node *relative, const QString &fileBase); protected: - QString fileExtension(const Node *node); + QString fileExtension(const Node *node) const; void startText( const Node *relative, CodeMarker *marker ); void endText( const Node *relative, CodeMarker *marker ); int generateAtom( const Atom *atom, const Node *relative, CodeMarker *marker ); diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/linguistgenerator.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/linguistgenerator.cpp index d1bd22d..702f0fb 100644 --- a/tools/qdoc3/linguistgenerator.cpp +++ b/tools/qdoc3/linguistgenerator.cpp @@ -82,14 +82,14 @@ QString LinguistGenerator::format() return "Linguist"; } -QString LinguistGenerator::fileExtension(const Node * /* node */) +QString LinguistGenerator::fileExtension(const Node * /* node */) const { return "ts"; } void LinguistGenerator::generateClassLikeNode(const InnerNode *inner, CodeMarker *marker) { - out().setCodec("utf-8"); + out().setCodec("UTF-8"); QDomDocument document("TS"); QDomElement documentElement = document.createElement("TS"); @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ void LinguistGenerator::generateClassLikeNode(const InnerNode *inner, CodeMarker documentElement.appendChild(element); QDomProcessingInstruction process = document.createProcessingInstruction( - "xml", QString("version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"%1\"").arg("utf-8")); + "xml", QString("version=\"1.0\" encoding=\"%1\"").arg("UTF-8")); document.appendChild(process); document.appendChild(documentElement); diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/linguistgenerator.h b/tools/qdoc3/linguistgenerator.h index f7f0606..979db02 100644 --- a/tools/qdoc3/linguistgenerator.h +++ b/tools/qdoc3/linguistgenerator.h @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ protected: virtual void generateClassLikeNode(const InnerNode *inner, CodeMarker *marker); virtual void generateFakeNode( const FakeNode *fake, CodeMarker *marker ); - virtual QString fileExtension(const Node *node); + virtual QString fileExtension(const Node *node) const; QList<QDomElement> generateIndexSections(QDomDocument &document, const Node *node, CodeMarker *marker); diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/main.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/main.cpp index 3d0106d..57823fb 100644 --- a/tools/qdoc3/main.cpp +++ b/tools/qdoc3/main.cpp @@ -337,8 +337,9 @@ static void processQdocconfFile(const QString &fileName) Generate the XML tag file, if it was requested. */ QString tagFile = config.getString(CONFIG_TAGFILE); - if (!tagFile.isEmpty()) + if (!tagFile.isEmpty()) { tree->generateTagFile(tagFile); + } tree->setVersion(""); Generator::terminate(); diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/mangenerator.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/mangenerator.cpp index c3b7780..1e85b73 100644 --- a/tools/qdoc3/mangenerator.cpp +++ b/tools/qdoc3/mangenerator.cpp @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ void ManGenerator::generateFakeNode( const FakeNode *fake, CodeMarker *marker ) generateFooter(); } -QString ManGenerator::fileExtension(const Node * /* node */) +QString ManGenerator::fileExtension(const Node * /* node */) const { return "3qt"; } diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/mangenerator.h b/tools/qdoc3/mangenerator.h index 284517e..0fca342 100644 --- a/tools/qdoc3/mangenerator.h +++ b/tools/qdoc3/mangenerator.h @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ protected: CodeMarker *marker ); virtual void generateClassLikeNode(const InnerNode *node, CodeMarker *marker); virtual void generateFakeNode( const FakeNode *fake, CodeMarker *marker ); - virtual QString fileExtension(const Node *node); + virtual QString fileExtension(const Node *node) const; private: void generateHeader( const QString& name ); diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/node.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/node.cpp index 9357671..ec574f8 100644 --- a/tools/qdoc3/node.cpp +++ b/tools/qdoc3/node.cpp @@ -92,8 +92,9 @@ void Node::setDoc(const Doc& doc, bool replace) Node::Node(Type type, InnerNode *parent, const QString& name) : typ(type), acc(Public), - sta(Commendable), saf(UnspecifiedSafeness), + pageTyp(NoPageType), + sta(Commendable), par(parent), rel(0), nam(name) @@ -103,6 +104,7 @@ Node::Node(Type type, InnerNode *parent, const QString& name) } /*! + Returns the node's URL. */ QString Node::url() const { @@ -110,13 +112,25 @@ QString Node::url() const } /*! + Sets the node's URL to \a url */ void Node::setUrl(const QString &url) { u = url; } +void Node::setPageType(const QString& t) +{ + if ((t == "API") || (t == "api")) + pageTyp = ApiPage; + else if (t == "article") + pageTyp = ArticlePage; + else if (t == "example") + pageTyp = ExamplePage; +} + /*! + Sets the pointer to the node that this node relates to. */ void Node::setRelates(InnerNode *pseudoParent) { @@ -401,7 +415,7 @@ void InnerNode::deleteChildren() } /*! - Returns true. + Returns true because this is an inner node. */ bool InnerNode::isInnerNode() const { @@ -455,6 +469,9 @@ const EnumNode *InnerNode::findEnumNodeForValue(const QString &enumValue) const } /*! + Returnds the sequence number of the function node \a func + in the list of overloaded functions for a class, such that + all the functions have the same name as the \a func. */ int InnerNode::overloadNumber(const FunctionNode *func) const { @@ -468,6 +485,8 @@ int InnerNode::overloadNumber(const FunctionNode *func) const } /*! + Returns the number of member functions of a class such that + the functions are all named \a funcName. */ int InnerNode::numOverloads(const QString& funcName) const { @@ -480,6 +499,8 @@ int InnerNode::numOverloads(const QString& funcName) const } /*! + Returns a node list containing all the member functions of + some class such that the functions overload the name \a funcName. */ NodeList InnerNode::overloads(const QString &funcName) const { @@ -499,6 +520,8 @@ NodeList InnerNode::overloads(const QString &funcName) const InnerNode::InnerNode(Type type, InnerNode *parent, const QString& name) : Node(type, parent, name) { + if (type == Class) + setPageType(ApiPage); } /*! @@ -682,6 +705,8 @@ bool LeafNode::isInnerNode() const } /*! + Constructs a leaf node named \a name of the specified + \a type. The new leaf node becomes a child of \a parent. */ LeafNode::LeafNode(Type type, InnerNode *parent, const QString& name) : Node(type, parent, name) @@ -693,10 +718,12 @@ LeafNode::LeafNode(Type type, InnerNode *parent, const QString& name) */ /*! + Constructs a namespace node. */ NamespaceNode::NamespaceNode(InnerNode *parent, const QString& name) : InnerNode(Namespace, parent, name) { + setPageType(ApiPage); } /*! @@ -704,11 +731,13 @@ NamespaceNode::NamespaceNode(InnerNode *parent, const QString& name) */ /*! + Constructs a class node. A class node will generate an API page. */ ClassNode::ClassNode(InnerNode *parent, const QString& name) : InnerNode(Class, parent, name) { hidden = false; + setPageType(ApiPage); } /*! @@ -765,11 +794,28 @@ void ClassNode::fixBaseClasses() /*! The type of a FakeNode is Fake, and it has a \a subtype, - which specifies the type of FakeNode. + which specifies the type of FakeNode. The page type for + the page index is set here. */ FakeNode::FakeNode(InnerNode *parent, const QString& name, SubType subtype) : InnerNode(Fake, parent, name), sub(subtype) { + switch (subtype) { + case Module: + case Page: + case Group: + setPageType(ArticlePage); + break; + case QmlClass: + case QmlBasicType: + setPageType(ApiPage); + break; + case Example: + setPageType(ExamplePage); + break; + default: + break; + } } /*! diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/node.h b/tools/qdoc3/node.h index 077aeb8..021a052 100644 --- a/tools/qdoc3/node.h +++ b/tools/qdoc3/node.h @@ -137,6 +137,13 @@ class Node AppendixLink */ }; + enum PageType { + NoPageType, + ApiPage, + ArticlePage, + ExamplePage + }; + virtual ~Node(); void setAccess(Access access) { acc = access; } @@ -150,6 +157,8 @@ class Node void setLink(LinkType linkType, const QString &link, const QString &desc); void setUrl(const QString &url); void setTemplateStuff(const QString &templateStuff) { tpl = templateStuff; } + void setPageType(PageType t) { pageTyp = t; } + void setPageType(const QString& t); virtual bool isInnerNode() const = 0; virtual bool isReimp() const { return false; } @@ -173,6 +182,8 @@ class Node ThreadSafeness inheritedThreadSafeness() const; QString since() const { return sinc; } QString templateStuff() const { return tpl; } + PageType pageType() const { return pageTyp; } + virtual void addPageKeywords(const QString& ) { } void clearRelated() { rel = 0; } @@ -186,13 +197,15 @@ class Node #ifdef Q_WS_WIN Type typ; Access acc; - Status sta; ThreadSafeness saf; + PageType pageTyp; + Status sta; #else Type typ : 4; Access acc : 2; - Status sta : 3; ThreadSafeness saf : 2; + PageType pageTyp : 4; + Status sta : 3; #endif InnerNode *par; InnerNode *rel; @@ -244,6 +257,8 @@ class InnerNode : public Node QStringList primaryKeys(); QStringList secondaryKeys(); + const QStringList& pageKeywords() const { return pageKeywds; } + virtual void addPageKeywords(const QString& t) { pageKeywds << t; } protected: InnerNode(Type type, InnerNode *parent, const QString& name); @@ -256,6 +271,7 @@ class InnerNode : public Node void removeChild(Node *child); void removeRelated(Node *pseudoChild); + QStringList pageKeywds; QStringList inc; NodeList children; NodeList enumChildren; diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/pagegenerator.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/pagegenerator.cpp index 07edcc4..2cad9ed 100644 --- a/tools/qdoc3/pagegenerator.cpp +++ b/tools/qdoc3/pagegenerator.cpp @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ void PageGenerator::generateTree(const Tree *tree, CodeMarker *marker) generateInnerNode(tree->root(), marker); } -QString PageGenerator::fileBase(const Node *node) +QString PageGenerator::fileBase(const Node *node) const { if (node->relates()) node = node->relates(); @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ QString PageGenerator::fileBase(const Node *node) return res; } -QString PageGenerator::fileName(const Node *node) +QString PageGenerator::fileName(const Node *node) const { if (!node->url().isEmpty()) return node->url(); @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ void PageGenerator::beginSubPage(const Location& location, location.fatal(tr("Cannot open output file '%1'") .arg(outFile->fileName())); QTextStream *out = new QTextStream(outFile); - out->setCodec("ISO-8859-1"); + out->setCodec(outputCodec); outStreamStack.push(out); } diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/pagegenerator.h b/tools/qdoc3/pagegenerator.h index db24edd..7ab7e5e 100644 --- a/tools/qdoc3/pagegenerator.h +++ b/tools/qdoc3/pagegenerator.h @@ -54,6 +54,8 @@ QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE +class QTextCodec; + class ClassNode; class InnerNode; class NamespaceNode; @@ -67,15 +69,19 @@ class PageGenerator : public Generator virtual void generateTree(const Tree *tree, CodeMarker *marker); protected: - virtual QString fileBase(const Node *node); - virtual QString fileExtension(const Node *node) = 0; - QString fileName(const Node *node); + virtual QString fileBase(const Node *node) const; + virtual QString fileExtension(const Node *node) const = 0; + QString fileName(const Node *node) const; QString outFileName(); void beginSubPage(const Location& location, const QString& fileName); void endSubPage(); virtual void generateInnerNode(const InnerNode *node, CodeMarker *marker); QTextStream& out(); + QString naturalLanguage; + QString outputEncoding; + QTextCodec *outputCodec; + private: QStack<QTextStream *> outStreamStack; }; diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/qdoc3.pro b/tools/qdoc3/qdoc3.pro index 441bf39..7705692 100644 --- a/tools/qdoc3/qdoc3.pro +++ b/tools/qdoc3/qdoc3.pro @@ -105,5 +105,26 @@ SOURCES += apigenerator.cpp \ webxmlgenerator.cpp \ yyindent.cpp +### Documentation for qdoc3 ### + +win32:!win32-g++ { + unixstyle = false +} else :win32-g++:isEmpty(QMAKE_SH) { + unixstyle = false +} else { + unixstyle = true +} + +$$unixstyle { + QDOC = cd $$PWD/doc && $$[QT_INSTALL_BINS]/qdoc3 +} else { + QDOC = cd $$PWD/doc && $$[QT_INSTALL_BINS]/qdoc3.exe + QDOC = $$replace(QDOC, "/", "\\") +} + +docs.commands = $$QDOC qdoc-manual.qdocconf + +QMAKE_EXTRA_TARGETS += docs + target.path = $$[QT_INSTALL_BINS] INSTALLS += target diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/qsakernelparser.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/qsakernelparser.cpp index 9320a17..8f12eda 100644 --- a/tools/qdoc3/qsakernelparser.cpp +++ b/tools/qdoc3/qsakernelparser.cpp @@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ void QsaKernelParser::parseSourceFile( const Location& location, const QString& filePath, Tree * /* tree */ ) { - FILE *in = fopen( QFile::encodeName(filePath), "r" ); - if ( in == 0 ) { + QFile in(filePath); + if (!in.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) { location.error( tr("Cannot open QSA kernel file '%1'").arg(filePath) ); return; } @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ void QsaKernelParser::parseSourceFile( const Location& location, readToken(); } } - fclose( in ); + in.close(); } void QsaKernelParser::doneParsingSourceFiles( Tree * /* tree */ ) diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/qscodeparser.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/qscodeparser.cpp index 8b3bc98..3b8bc1a 100644 --- a/tools/qdoc3/qscodeparser.cpp +++ b/tools/qdoc3/qscodeparser.cpp @@ -151,8 +151,8 @@ void QsCodeParser::parseHeaderFile(const Location& location, { qsTre = tree; - FILE *in = fopen(QFile::encodeName(filePath), "r"); - if (in == 0) { + QFile in(filePath); + if (!in.open(QIODevice::ReadOnly)) { location.error(tr("Cannot open Qt Script class list '%1'") .arg(filePath)); return; @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ void QsCodeParser::parseHeaderFile(const Location& location, } tok = fileTokenizer.getToken(); } - fclose(in); + in.close(); } void QsCodeParser::parseSourceFile(const Location& location, diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-api-only_zh_CN.qdocconf b/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-api-only_zh_CN.qdocconf new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c722ee8 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-api-only_zh_CN.qdocconf @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +include(qt-build-docs_zh_CN.qdocconf) + +# Ensures that the generated index contains a URL that can be used by the +# tools documentation (assistant.qdocconf, designer.qdocconf, linguist.qdocconf, +# qmake.qdocconf). + +url = ./ + +# Ensures that the documentation for the tools is not included in the generated +# .qhp file. + +qhp.Qt.excluded += $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/development/assistant-manual.qdoc \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/examples/simpletextviewer.qdoc \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/development/designer-manual.qdoc \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/examples/calculatorbuilder.qdoc \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/examples/calculatorform.qdoc \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/examples/customwidgetplugin.qdoc \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/examples/taskmenuextension.qdoc \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/examples/containerextension.qdoc \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/examples/worldtimeclockbuilder.qdoc \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/examples/worldtimeclockplugin.qdoc \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/internationalization/linguist-manual.qdoc \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/examples/hellotr.qdoc \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/examples/arrowpad.qdoc \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/examples/trollprint.qdoc \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/development/qmake-manual.qdoc + +outputdir = $QT_BUILD_TREE/doc-build/html-qt_zh_CN +tagfile = $QT_BUILD_TREE/doc-build/html-qt_zh_CN/qt.tags +base = file:$QT_BUILD_TREE/doc-build/html-qt_zh_CN diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-build-docs.qdocconf b/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-build-docs.qdocconf index e8595f6..4f1ae5d 100644 --- a/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-build-docs.qdocconf +++ b/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-build-docs.qdocconf @@ -8,9 +8,13 @@ project = Qt description = Qt Reference Documentation url = http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7 -edition.Desktop.modules = QtCore QtDBus QtGui QtNetwork QtOpenGL QtScript QtScriptTools QtSql QtSvg \ - QtWebKit QtXml QtXmlPatterns Qt3Support QtHelp \ - QtDesigner QtAssistant QAxContainer Phonon \ +sourceencoding = UTF-8 +outputencoding = UTF-8 +naturallanguage = en_US + +edition.Desktop.modules = QtCore QtDBus QtGui QtNetwork QtOpenGL QtScript \ + QtScriptTools QtSql QtSvg QtWebKit QtXml QtXmlPatterns \ + Qt3Support QtHelp QtDesigner QtAssistant QAxContainer Phonon \ QAxServer QtUiTools QtTest QtDBus edition.DesktopLight.modules = QtCore QtDBus QtGui Qt3SupportLight QtTest @@ -90,11 +94,13 @@ excludedirs = $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/clucene \ $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore \ $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/wintab \ $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/zlib \ - $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/snippets \ $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/phonon/gstreamer \ $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/phonon/ds9 \ $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/phonon/qt7 \ - $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/phonon/waveout + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/phonon/mmf \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/phonon/waveout \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/snippets \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/zh_CN sources.fileextensions = "*.cpp *.qdoc *.mm" examples.fileextensions = "*.cpp *.h *.js *.xq *.svg *.xml *.ui *.qhp *.qhcp" diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-build-docs_zh_CN.qdocconf b/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-build-docs_zh_CN.qdocconf new file mode 100644 index 0000000..18b72a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-build-docs_zh_CN.qdocconf @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +include(compat.qdocconf) +include(macros.qdocconf) +include(qt-cpp-ignore.qdocconf) +include(qt-html-templates_zh_CN.qdocconf) +include(qt-defines.qdocconf) + +project = Qt +description = Qt Reference Documentation +url = http://qt.nokia.com/doc/zh_CN/4.7 + +sourceencoding = UTF-8 +outputencoding = UTF-8 +naturallanguage = zh-Hans + +indexes = $QT_BUILD_TREE/doc-build/html-qt/qt.index + +edition.Desktop.modules = QtCore QtDBus QtGui QtNetwork QtOpenGL QtScript \ + QtScriptTools QtSql QtSvg QtWebKit QtXml QtXmlPatterns \ + Qt3Support QtHelp QtDesigner QtAssistant QAxContainer Phonon \ + QAxServer QtUiTools QtTest QtDBus + +edition.DesktopLight.modules = QtCore QtDBus QtGui Qt3SupportLight QtTest +edition.DesktopLight.groups = -graphicsview-api + +qhp.projects = Qt + +qhp.Qt.file = qt.qhp +qhp.Qt.namespace = com.trolltech.qt.470 +qhp.Qt.virtualFolder = qdoc +qhp.Qt.title = 教程 +qhp.Qt.indexTitle = 教程 +qhp.Qt.selectors = fake:example + +qhp.Qt.filterAttributes = qt 4.7.0 qtrefdoc zh_CN +qhp.Qt.customFilters.Qt.name = Qt 4.7.0 +qhp.Qt.customFilters.Qt.filterAttributes = qt 4.7.0 + +# Files not referenced in any qdoc file (last four are needed by qtdemo) +# See also extraimages.HTML +qhp.Qt.extraFiles = classic.css \ + images/qt-logo.png \ + images/taskmenuextension-example.png \ + images/coloreditorfactoryimage.png \ + images/dynamiclayouts-example.png \ + images/stylesheet-coffee-plastique.png + +language = Cpp + +sourcedirs = $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/zh_CN + +excludedirs = $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/clucene \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/des \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/freetype \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/harfbuzz \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/kdebase \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/libjpeg \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/libmng \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/libpng \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/libtiff \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/md4 \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/md5 \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/patches \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/sha1 \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/sqlite \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/webkit/JavaScriptCore \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/wintab \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/zlib \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/snippets \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/phonon/gstreamer \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/phonon/ds9 \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/phonon/qt7 \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/phonon/mmf \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/phonon/waveout + +sources.fileextensions = "*.cpp *.qdoc *.mm" +examples.fileextensions = "*.cpp *.h *.js *.xq *.svg *.xml *.ui *.qhp *.qhcp" +examples.imageextensions = "*.png" + +exampledirs = $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/examples \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/examples/tutorials \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/qmake/examples \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/docs +imagedirs = $QT_SOURCE_TREE/doc/src/images \ + $QT_SOURCE_TREE/examples +outputdir = $QT_BUILD_TREE/doc/html_zh_CN +tagfile = $QT_BUILD_TREE/doc/html_zh_CN/qt.tags +base = file:$QT_BUILD_TREE/doc/html_zh_CN + +HTML.generatemacrefs = "true" diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-html-templates_zh_CN.qdocconf b/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-html-templates_zh_CN.qdocconf new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5fb68cf --- /dev/null +++ b/tools/qdoc3/test/qt-html-templates_zh_CN.qdocconf @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +HTML.stylesheets = classic.css +HTML.postheader = "<table border=\"0\" cellpadding=\"0\" cellspacing=\"0\" width=\"100%\">\n" \ + "<tr>\n" \ + "<td align=\"left\" valign=\"top\" width=\"32\">" \ + "<a href=\"http://qt.nokia.com/\"><img src=\"images/qt-logo.png\" align=\"left\" border=\"0\" /></a>" \ + "</td>\n" \ + "<td width=\"1\"> </td>" \ + "<td class=\"postheader\" valign=\"center\">" \ + "<a href=\"http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7/index.html\">" \ + "<font color=\"#004faf\">主页</font></a> ·" \ + " <a href=\"http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7/classes.html\">" \ + "<font color=\"#004faf\">所有类</font></a> ·" \ + " <a href=\"http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7/functions.html\">" \ + "<font color=\"#004faf\">所有函数</font></a> ·" \ + " <a href=\"http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7/overviews.html\">" \ + "<font color=\"#004faf\">简介</font></a>" \ + "</td>" \ + "</tr></table>" + +HTML.footer = "<p /><address><hr /><div align=\"center\">\n" \ + "<table width=\"100%\" cellspacing=\"0\" border=\"0\"><tr class=\"address\">\n" \ + "<td width=\"40%\" align=\"left\">版权所有 © 2010 诺基亚公司和/或其子公司</td>\n" \ + "<td width=\"20%\" align=\"center\"><a href=\"trademarks.html\">商标</a></td>\n" \ + "<td width=\"40%\" align=\"right\"><div align=\"right\">Qt \\version</div></td>\n" \ + "</tr></table></div></address>" diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/test/qt.qdocconf b/tools/qdoc3/test/qt.qdocconf index a066021..1039c18 100644 --- a/tools/qdoc3/test/qt.qdocconf +++ b/tools/qdoc3/test/qt.qdocconf @@ -10,9 +10,13 @@ version = %VERSION% description = Qt Reference Documentation url = http://qt.nokia.com/doc/4.7 +sourceencoding = UTF-8 +outputencoding = UTF-8 +naturallanguage = en_US + edition.Desktop.modules = QtCore QtDBus QtGui QtNetwork QtOpenGL QtScript \ QtScriptTools QtSql QtSvg QtWebKit QtXml QtXmlPatterns \ - Qt3Support QtHelp QtDesigner QAxContainer Phonon \ + Qt3Support QtHelp QtDesigner QtAssistant QAxContainer Phonon \ QAxServer QtUiTools QtTest QtDBus edition.DesktopLight.modules = QtCore QtDBus QtGui Qt3SupportLight QtTest edition.DesktopLight.groups = -graphicsview-api @@ -91,12 +95,13 @@ excludedirs = $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/clucene \ $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore \ $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/wintab \ $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/zlib \ - $QTDIR/doc/src/snippets \ $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/phonon/gstreamer \ $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/phonon/ds9 \ $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/phonon/qt7 \ $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/phonon/mmf \ - $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/phonon/waveout + $QTDIR/src/3rdparty/phonon/waveout \ + $QTDIR/doc/src/snippets \ + $QTDIR/doc/src/zh_CN sources.fileextensions = "*.cpp *.qdoc *.mm" examples.fileextensions = "*.cpp *.h *.js *.xq *.svg *.xml *.ui *.qhp *.qhcp" diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/tokenizer.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/tokenizer.cpp index b391759..7c10de6 100644 --- a/tools/qdoc3/tokenizer.cpp +++ b/tools/qdoc3/tokenizer.cpp @@ -47,6 +47,7 @@ #include <qhash.h> #include <qregexp.h> #include <qstring.h> +#include <qtextcodec.h> #include <ctype.h> #include <string.h> @@ -97,6 +98,8 @@ static QRegExp *definedX = 0; static QRegExp *defines = 0; static QRegExp *falsehoods = 0; +static QTextCodec *sourceCodec = 0; + /* This function is a perfect hash function for the 37 keywords of C99 (with a hash table size of 512). It should perform well on our @@ -118,13 +121,10 @@ static void insertKwordIntoHash(const char *s, int number) kwordHashTable[k] = number; } -Tokenizer::Tokenizer(const Location& loc, FILE *in) +Tokenizer::Tokenizer(const Location& loc, QFile &in) { init(); - QFile file; - file.open(in, QIODevice::ReadOnly); - yyIn = file.readAll(); - file.close(); + yyIn = in.readAll(); yyPos = 0; start(loc); } @@ -483,6 +483,11 @@ void Tokenizer::initialize(const Config &config) { QString versionSym = config.getString(CONFIG_VERSIONSYM); + QString sourceEncoding = config.getString(CONFIG_SOURCEENCODING); + if (sourceEncoding.isEmpty()) + sourceEncoding = QLatin1String("ISO-8859-1"); + sourceCodec = QTextCodec::codecForName(sourceEncoding.toLocal8Bit()); + comment = new QRegExp("/(?:\\*.*\\*/|/.*\n|/[^\n]*$)"); comment->setMinimal(true); versionX = new QRegExp("$cannot possibly match^"); @@ -750,4 +755,14 @@ bool Tokenizer::isTrue(const QString &condition) return !falsehoods->exactMatch(t); } +QString Tokenizer::lexeme() const +{ + return sourceCodec->toUnicode(yyLex); +} + +QString Tokenizer::previousLexeme() const +{ + return sourceCodec->toUnicode(yyPrevLex); +} + QT_END_NAMESPACE diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/tokenizer.h b/tools/qdoc3/tokenizer.h index 519cffb..f55d2ef 100644 --- a/tools/qdoc3/tokenizer.h +++ b/tools/qdoc3/tokenizer.h @@ -46,11 +46,10 @@ #ifndef TOKENIZER_H #define TOKENIZER_H +#include <qfile.h> #include <qstack.h> #include <qstring.h> -#include <stdio.h> - #include "location.h" QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE @@ -99,7 +98,7 @@ class Tokenizer { public: Tokenizer(const Location& loc, const QByteArray &in); - Tokenizer(const Location& loc, FILE *in); + Tokenizer(const Location& loc, QFile &file); ~Tokenizer(); @@ -108,8 +107,8 @@ class Tokenizer bool parsingFnOrMacro() const { return parsingMacro; } const Location &location() const { return yyTokLoc; } - QString previousLexeme() const { return QString(yyPrevLex); } - QString lexeme() const { return QString(yyLex); } + QString previousLexeme() const; + QString lexeme() const; QString version() const { return yyVersion; } int braceDepth() const { return yyBraceDepth; } int parenDepth() const { return yyParenDepth; } diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/webxmlgenerator.cpp b/tools/qdoc3/webxmlgenerator.cpp index a3c92ce..205bc8c 100644 --- a/tools/qdoc3/webxmlgenerator.cpp +++ b/tools/qdoc3/webxmlgenerator.cpp @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ QString WebXMLGenerator::format() return "WebXML"; } -QString WebXMLGenerator::fileExtension(const Node * /* node */) +QString WebXMLGenerator::fileExtension(const Node * /* node */) const { return "xml"; } diff --git a/tools/qdoc3/webxmlgenerator.h b/tools/qdoc3/webxmlgenerator.h index 3145d50..cadf176 100644 --- a/tools/qdoc3/webxmlgenerator.h +++ b/tools/qdoc3/webxmlgenerator.h @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ protected: const Node *relative, CodeMarker *marker ); virtual void generateClassLikeNode(const InnerNode *inner, CodeMarker *marker); virtual void generateFakeNode(const FakeNode *fake, CodeMarker *marker); - virtual QString fileExtension(const Node *node); + virtual QString fileExtension(const Node *node) const; virtual const Atom *addAtomElements(QXmlStreamWriter &writer, const Atom *atom, const Node *relative, CodeMarker *marker); diff --git a/translations/designer_de.ts b/translations/designer_de.ts index b731595..8c1ba68 100644 --- a/translations/designer_de.ts +++ b/translations/designer_de.ts @@ -517,12 +517,12 @@ </message> <message> <location line="+89"/> - <location filename="../tools/designer/src/lib/shared/qdesigner_menubar.cpp" line="+907"/> + <location filename="../tools/designer/src/lib/shared/qdesigner_menubar.cpp" line="+915"/> <source>Move action</source> <translation>Aktion verschieben</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../tools/designer/src/lib/shared/qdesigner_menubar.cpp" line="-424"/> + <location filename="../tools/designer/src/lib/shared/qdesigner_menubar.cpp" line="-432"/> <source>Change Title</source> <translation>Titel ändern</translation> </message> @@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@ <context> <name>FormBuilder</name> <message> - <location filename="../tools/designer/src/lib/uilib/formbuilderextra.cpp" line="+359"/> + <location filename="../tools/designer/src/lib/uilib/formbuilderextra.cpp" line="+375"/> <source>Invalid stretch value for '%1': '%2'</source> <extracomment>Parsing layout stretch values</extracomment> <translation>Ungültiger Stretch-Wert für '%1': '%2'</translation> @@ -1412,7 +1412,7 @@ <translation>Fehler beim Lesen der ui-Datei: Das Wurzelelement <ui> fehlt.</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+119"/> + <location line="+104"/> <source>The creation of a widget of the class '%1' failed.</source> <translation>Es konnte kein Widget der Klasse '%1' erzeugt werden.</translation> </message> @@ -2273,7 +2273,7 @@ Container-Seiten sollten ausschließlich im XML der domXML()-Methode spezifizier <context> <name>QFormBuilder</name> <message> - <location filename="../tools/designer/src/lib/uilib/formbuilder.cpp" line="+163"/> + <location filename="../tools/designer/src/lib/uilib/formbuilder.cpp" line="+168"/> <source>An empty class name was passed on to %1 (object name: '%2').</source> <extracomment>Empty class name passed to widget factory method</extracomment> <translation>Der Methode %1 wurde ein leerer Klassennamen übergeben (Name '%2').</translation> @@ -2313,6 +2313,16 @@ Container-Seiten sollten ausschließlich im XML der domXML()-Methode spezifizier <source>The property %1 could not be written. The type %2 is not supported yet.</source> <translation>Die Eigenschaft %1 konnte nicht geschrieben werden, da der Typ %2 nicht unterstützt wird.</translation> </message> + <message> + <location filename="../tools/designer/src/lib/uilib/properties_p.h" line="+132"/> + <source>The enumeration-value '%1' is invalid. The default value '%2' will be used instead.</source> + <translation>Der Aufzählungswert '%1' ist ungültig. Es wird der Vorgabewert '%2' verwendet.</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+14"/> + <source>The flag-value '%1' is invalid. Zero will be used instead.</source> + <translation>Der Flag-Wert '%1' ist ungültig. Es wird der Wert 0 verwendet.</translation> + </message> </context> <context> <name>QStackedWidgetEventFilter</name> @@ -2446,7 +2456,7 @@ Container-Seiten sollten ausschließlich im XML der domXML()-Methode spezifizier <context> <name>QtBoolEdit</name> <message> - <location filename="../tools/shared/qtpropertybrowser/qtpropertybrowserutils.cpp" line="+226"/> + <location filename="../tools/shared/qtpropertybrowser/qtpropertybrowserutils.cpp" line="+247"/> <location line="+10"/> <location line="+25"/> <source>True</source> @@ -2475,7 +2485,7 @@ Container-Seiten sollten ausschließlich im XML der domXML()-Methode spezifizier <context> <name>QtCharEdit</name> <message> - <location filename="../tools/shared/qtpropertybrowser/qteditorfactory.cpp" line="+1581"/> + <location filename="../tools/shared/qtpropertybrowser/qteditorfactory.cpp" line="+1584"/> <source>Clear Char</source> <translation>Zeichen löschen</translation> </message> @@ -2491,7 +2501,7 @@ Container-Seiten sollten ausschließlich im XML der domXML()-Methode spezifizier <context> <name>QtColorPropertyManager</name> <message> - <location filename="../tools/shared/qtpropertybrowser/qtpropertymanager.cpp" line="+4743"/> + <location filename="../tools/shared/qtpropertybrowser/qtpropertymanager.cpp" line="+4750"/> <source>Red</source> <translation>Rot</translation> </message> @@ -2514,7 +2524,7 @@ Container-Seiten sollten ausschließlich im XML der domXML()-Methode spezifizier <context> <name>QtCursorDatabase</name> <message> - <location filename="../tools/shared/qtpropertybrowser/qtpropertybrowserutils.cpp" line="-206"/> + <location filename="../tools/shared/qtpropertybrowser/qtpropertybrowserutils.cpp" line="-226"/> <source>Arrow</source> <translation>Pfeil</translation> </message> @@ -3062,6 +3072,7 @@ Container-Seiten sollten ausschließlich im XML der domXML()-Methode spezifizier <name>QtGradientViewDialog</name> <message> <location filename="../tools/shared/qtgradienteditor/qtgradientviewdialog.ui"/> + <location filename="../tools/shared/qtgradienteditor/qtgradientviewdialog.h" line="+62"/> <source>Select Gradient</source> <translation>Gradienten auswählen</translation> </message> @@ -3069,7 +3080,7 @@ Container-Seiten sollten ausschließlich im XML der domXML()-Methode spezifizier <context> <name>QtKeySequenceEdit</name> <message> - <location filename="../tools/shared/qtpropertybrowser/qtpropertybrowserutils.cpp" line="+221"/> + <location filename="../tools/shared/qtpropertybrowser/qtpropertybrowserutils.cpp" line="+241"/> <source>Clear Shortcut</source> <translation>Tastenkürzel löschen</translation> </message> @@ -3131,7 +3142,7 @@ Container-Seiten sollten ausschließlich im XML der domXML()-Methode spezifizier <context> <name>QtPropertyBrowserUtils</name> <message> - <location filename="../tools/shared/qtpropertybrowser/qtpropertybrowserutils.cpp" line="-136"/> + <location filename="../tools/shared/qtpropertybrowser/qtpropertybrowserutils.cpp" line="-156"/> <source>[%1, %2, %3] (%4)</source> <translation>[%1, %2, %3] (%4)</translation> </message> @@ -3904,7 +3915,7 @@ Möchten Sie sie überschreiben?</translation> <context> <name>VersionDialog</name> <message> - <location filename="../tools/designer/src/designer/versiondialog.cpp" line="+171"/> + <location filename="../tools/designer/src/designer/versiondialog.cpp" line="+170"/> <source><h3>%1</h3><br/><br/>Version %2</source> <translation><h3>%1</h3><br/><br/>Version %2</translation> </message> @@ -4742,7 +4753,7 @@ Möchten Sie sie überschreiben?</translation> <translation>Fehler beim Einfügen</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+445"/> + <location line="+450"/> <source>Lay out</source> <translation>Layout</translation> </message> @@ -4753,7 +4764,7 @@ Möchten Sie sie überschreiben?</translation> <translation>Widget einfügen</translation> </message> <message numerus="yes"> - <location line="-1058"/> + <location line="-1063"/> <source>Paste %n action(s)</source> <translation> <numerusform>Eine Aktion einfügen</numerusform> @@ -4794,12 +4805,12 @@ Möchten Sie sie überschreiben?</translation> <translation>Übergeordnetes Widget auswählen</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+576"/> + <location line="+581"/> <source>A QMainWindow-based form does not contain a central widget.</source> <translation>Ein auf QMainWindow basierendes Formular enthält kein zentrales Widget.</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="-797"/> + <location line="-802"/> <source>Raise widgets</source> <translation>Widgets nach vorn bringen</translation> </message> @@ -4825,7 +4836,7 @@ Möchten Sie sie überschreiben?</translation> <context> <name>qdesigner_internal::FormWindowManager</name> <message> - <location filename="../tools/designer/src/components/formeditor/formwindowmanager.cpp" line="+364"/> + <location filename="../tools/designer/src/components/formeditor/formwindowmanager.cpp" line="+365"/> <source>Cu&t</source> <translation>&Ausschneiden</translation> </message> diff --git a/translations/qt_de.ts b/translations/qt_de.ts index d916733..8cbf402 100644 --- a/translations/qt_de.ts +++ b/translations/qt_de.ts @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ <context> <name>CloseButton</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/gui/widgets/qtabbar.cpp" line="+2262"/> + <location filename="../src/gui/widgets/qtabbar.cpp" line="+2264"/> <source>Close Tab</source> <translation>Schließen</translation> </message> @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ <context> <name>FakeReply</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/tests/qwebframe/tst_qwebframe.cpp" line="+2198"/> + <location filename="../src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/tests/qwebframe/tst_qwebframe.cpp" line="+2200"/> <source>Fake error !</source> <translation>Fake error !</translation> </message> @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ Bitte überprüfen Sie Ihre GStreamer-Installation und stellen Sie sicher, dass <context> <name>Phonon::MMF</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/3rdparty/phonon/mmf/audiooutput.cpp" line="+108"/> + <location filename="../src/3rdparty/phonon/mmf/audiooutput.cpp" line="+103"/> <source>Audio Output</source> <translation>Audio-Ausgabe</translation> </message> @@ -152,60 +152,333 @@ Bitte überprüfen Sie Ihre GStreamer-Installation und stellen Sie sicher, dass <source>The audio output device</source> <translation>Audio-Ausgabegerät</translation> </message> -</context> -<context> - <name>Phonon::MMF::AudioEqualizer</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/3rdparty/phonon/mmf/audioequalizer.cpp" line="+75"/> - <source>Frequency band, %1 Hz</source> - <translation>Frequenzband, %1 Hz</translation> + <location filename="../src/3rdparty/phonon/mmf/utils.cpp" line="+87"/> + <source>No error</source> + <translation>Kein Fehler</translation> </message> -</context> -<context> - <name>Phonon::MMF::EffectFactory</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/3rdparty/phonon/mmf/effectfactory.cpp" line="+65"/> - <source>Audio Equalizer</source> - <translation>Audio-Equalizer</translation> + <location line="+2"/> + <source>Not found</source> + <translation>Nicht gefunden</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> - <source>Bass Boost</source> - <translation>Bass-Boost</translation> + <source>Out of memory</source> + <translation>Es ist kein Speicher mehr verfügbar</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+2"/> + <source>Not supported</source> + <translation>Nicht unterstützt</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+2"/> + <source>Overflow</source> + <translation>Überlauf</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+2"/> + <source>Underflow</source> + <translation>Unterlauf</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+2"/> + <source>Already exists</source> + <translation>Existiert bereits</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+2"/> + <source>Path not found</source> + <translation>Pfad konnte nicht gefunden werden</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+2"/> + <source>In use</source> + <translation>Bereits in Verwendung</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+2"/> + <source>Not ready</source> + <translation>Nicht bereit</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+2"/> + <source>Access denied</source> + <translation>Zugriff verweigert</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+2"/> + <source>Could not connect</source> + <translation>Es konnte keine Verbindung hergestellt werden</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+2"/> + <source>Disconnected</source> + <translation>Getrennt</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+2"/> + <source>Permission denied</source> + <translation>Zugriff verweigert</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+4"/> + <source>Insufficient bandwidth</source> + <translation>Unzureichende Bandweite</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+3"/> + <source>Network unavailable</source> + <translation>Netzwerk nicht verfügbar</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+4"/> + <source>Network communication error</source> + <translation>Fehler bei der Kommunikation über das Netzwerk</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> - <source>Distance Attenuation</source> - <translation>Abschwächung in Abhängigkeit von der Entfernung</translation> + <source>Streaming not supported</source> + <translation>Streaming nicht unterstützt</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> + <source>Server alert</source> + <translation>Server alert</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+2"/> + <source>Invalid protocol</source> + <translation>Ungültiges Protokoll</translation> + </message> + <message> <location line="+2"/> - <source>Environmental Reverb</source> - <translation>Hall-Effekt der Umgebung</translation> + <source>Invalid URL</source> + <translation>Ungültige URL</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> - <source>Loudness</source> - <translation>Lautstärke</translation> + <source>Multicast error</source> + <translation>Multicast-Fehler</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+3"/> + <source>Proxy server error</source> + <translation>Fehler bei Proxy-Server-Kommunikation</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> - <source>Source Orientation</source> - <translation>Ausrichtung der Quelle</translation> + <source>Proxy server not supported</source> + <translation>Proxy-Server nicht unterstützt</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+2"/> - <source>Stereo Widening</source> - <translation>Stereo-Basisverbreiterung</translation> + <source>Audio output error</source> + <translation>Fehler bei Audio-Ausgabe</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+2"/> + <source>Video output error</source> + <translation>Fehler bei Video-Ausgabe</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+2"/> + <source>Decoder error</source> + <translation>Fehler im Decoder</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+2"/> + <source>Audio or video components could not be played</source> + <translation>Audio- oder Videokomponenten konnten nicht abgespielt werden</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+2"/> + <source>DRM error</source> + <translation>DRM-Fehler</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+15"/> + <source>Unknown error (%1)</source> + <translation>Unbekannter Fehler (%1)</translation> + </message> +</context> +<context> + <name>Phonon::MMF::AbstractMediaPlayer</name> + <message> + <location filename="../src/3rdparty/phonon/mmf/abstractmediaplayer.cpp" line="+73"/> + <source>Not ready to play</source> + <translation>Das Abspielen ist im Grundzustand nicht möglich</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+161"/> + <location line="+10"/> + <source>Error opening file</source> + <translation>Die Datei konnte nicht geöffnet werden</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+4"/> + <source>Error opening URL</source> + <translation>Der URL konnte nicht geöffnet werden</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+83"/> + <source>Setting volume failed</source> + <translation>Die Lautstärke konnte nicht eingestellt werden</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+50"/> + <source>Playback complete</source> + <translation>Abspielen beendet</translation> + </message> +</context> +<context> + <name>Phonon::MMF::AudioEqualizer</name> + <message> + <location filename="../src/3rdparty/phonon/mmf/audioequalizer.cpp" line="+92"/> + <source>%1 Hz</source> + <translation>%1 Hz</translation> + </message> +</context> +<context> + <name>Phonon::MMF::AudioPlayer</name> + <message> + <location filename="../src/3rdparty/phonon/mmf/audioplayer.cpp" line="+173"/> + <source>Getting position failed</source> + <translation>Die Position konnte nicht bestimmt werden</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+36"/> + <source>Opening clip failed</source> + <translation>Der Clip konnte nicht geöffnet werden</translation> + </message> +</context> +<context> + <name>Phonon::MMF::EffectFactory</name> + <message> + <location filename="../src/3rdparty/phonon/mmf/effectfactory.cpp" line="+181"/> + <source>Enabled</source> + <translation>Aktiviert</translation> + </message> +</context> +<context> + <name>Phonon::MMF::EnvironmentalReverb</name> + <message> + <location filename="../src/3rdparty/phonon/mmf/environmentalreverb.cpp" line="+146"/> + <source>Decay HF ratio (%)</source> + <extracomment>DecayHFRatio: Ratio of high-frequency decay time to the value specified by DecayTime.</extracomment> + <translation>Hochfrequenz-Abklingverhältnis (%)</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+6"/> + <source>Decay time (ms)</source> + <translation>Abklingzeit (ms)</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+7"/> + <source>Density (%)</source> + <extracomment>Density Delay between first and subsequent reflections. Note that the S60 platform documentation does not make clear the distinction between this value and the Diffusion value.</extracomment> + <translation>Dichte (%)</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+6"/> + <source>Diffusion (%)</source> + <extracomment>Diffusion: Delay between first and subsequent reflections. Note that the S60 platform documentation does not make clear the distinction between this value and the Density value.</extracomment> + <translation>Diffusion (%)</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+5"/> + <source>Reflections delay (ms)</source> + <extracomment>ReflectionsDelay: Amount of delay between the arrival the direct path from the source and the arrival of the first reflection.</extracomment> + <translation>Verzögerung des Echos (ms)</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+7"/> + <source>Reflections level (mB)</source> + <extracomment>ReflectionsLevel: Amplitude of reflections. This value is corrected by the RoomLevel to give the final reflection amplitude.</extracomment> + <translation>Stärke des Echos (mB)</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+7"/> + <source>Reverb delay (ms)</source> + <extracomment>ReverbDelay: Amount of time between arrival of the first reflection and start of the late reverberation.</extracomment> + <translation>Verzögerung des Nachhalls (ms)</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+8"/> + <source>Reverb level (mB)</source> + <extracomment>ReverbLevel Amplitude of reverberations. This value is corrected by the RoomLevel to give the final reverberation amplitude.</extracomment> + <translation>Stärke des Nachhalls (mB)</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+7"/> + <source>Room HF level</source> + <extracomment>RoomHFLevel: Amplitude of low-pass filter used to attenuate the high frequency component of reflected sound.</extracomment> + <translation>Hochfrequenz-Pegel des Raums</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+6"/> + <source>Room level (mB)</source> + <extracomment>RoomLevel: Master volume control for all reflected sound.</extracomment> + <translation>Pegel des Raums (mB)</translation> </message> </context> <context> <name>Phonon::MMF::MediaObject</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/3rdparty/phonon/mmf/mediaobject.cpp" line="+291"/> - <source>Media type could not be determined</source> - <translation>Der Typ des Mediums konnte nicht bestimmt werden</translation> + <location filename="../src/3rdparty/phonon/mmf/mediaobject.cpp" line="+270"/> + <source>Error opening source: type not supported</source> + <translation>Die Quelle konnte nicht geöffnet werden: Dieser Typ wird nicht unterstützt</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+18"/> + <source>Error opening source: media type could not be determined</source> + <translation>Die Quelle konnte nicht geöffnet werden: Der Medientyp konnte nicht bestimmt werden</translation> + </message> +</context> +<context> + <name>Phonon::MMF::StereoWidening</name> + <message> + <location filename="../src/3rdparty/phonon/mmf/stereowidening.cpp" line="+79"/> + <source>Level (%)</source> + <translation>Stärke (%)</translation> + </message> +</context> +<context> + <name>Phonon::MMF::VideoPlayer</name> + <message> + <location filename="../src/3rdparty/phonon/mmf/mmf_videoplayer.cpp" line="+125"/> + <source>Pause failed</source> + <translation>Fehler bei Pause-Funktion</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+16"/> + <source>Seek failed</source> + <translation>Suchoperation fehlgeschlagen</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+54"/> + <source>Getting position failed</source> + <translation>Die Position konnte nicht bestimmt werden</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+26"/> + <source>Opening clip failed</source> + <translation>Der Clip konnte nicht geöffnet werden</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+26"/> + <source>Buffering clip failed</source> + <translation>Fehler beim Puffern des Clips</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+174"/> + <location line="+12"/> + <location line="+176"/> + <location line="+15"/> + <location line="+6"/> + <source>Video display error</source> + <translation>Fehler bei der Video-Anzeige</translation> </message> </context> <context> @@ -275,7 +548,7 @@ Bitte überprüfen Sie Ihre GStreamer-Installation und stellen Sie sicher, dass <context> <name>Q3FileDialog</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/qt3support/dialogs/q3filedialog.cpp" line="+829"/> + <location filename="../src/qt3support/dialogs/q3filedialog.cpp" line="+827"/> <source>Copy or Move a File</source> <translation>Datei kopieren oder verschieben</translation> </message> @@ -300,7 +573,7 @@ Bitte überprüfen Sie Ihre GStreamer-Installation und stellen Sie sicher, dass <location line="-157"/> <location line="+49"/> <location line="+2149"/> - <location filename="../src/qt3support/dialogs/q3filedialog_mac.cpp" line="+112"/> + <location filename="../src/qt3support/dialogs/q3filedialog_mac.cpp" line="+133"/> <source>All Files (*)</source> <translation>Alle Dateien (*)</translation> </message> @@ -912,8 +1185,8 @@ nach <context> <name>QAbstractSocket</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/network/socket/qabstractsocket.cpp" line="+899"/> - <location filename="../src/network/socket/qhttpsocketengine.cpp" line="+643"/> + <location filename="../src/network/socket/qabstractsocket.cpp" line="+903"/> + <location filename="../src/network/socket/qhttpsocketengine.cpp" line="+629"/> <location filename="../src/network/socket/qsocks5socketengine.cpp" line="+661"/> <location line="+26"/> <source>Host not found</source> @@ -932,19 +1205,20 @@ nach <translation>Das Zeitlimit für die Verbindung wurde überschritten</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="-555"/> - <location line="+805"/> + <location line="-559"/> + <location line="+809"/> <location line="+208"/> <source>Operation on socket is not supported</source> <translation>Diese Socket-Operation wird nicht unterstützt</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+200"/> + <location filename="../src/network/access/qhttpnetworkconnection.cpp" line="+585"/> + <location filename="../src/network/socket/qabstractsocket.cpp" line="+200"/> <source>Socket operation timed out</source> <translation>Das Zeitlimit für die Operation wurde überschritten</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+380"/> + <location filename="../src/network/socket/qabstractsocket.cpp" line="+380"/> <source>Socket is not connected</source> <translation>Nicht verbunden</translation> </message> @@ -957,7 +1231,7 @@ nach <context> <name>QAbstractSpinBox</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/gui/widgets/qabstractspinbox.cpp" line="+1217"/> + <location filename="../src/gui/widgets/qabstractspinbox.cpp" line="+1260"/> <source>&Step up</source> <translation>&Inkrementieren</translation> </message> @@ -983,7 +1257,7 @@ nach <context> <name>QApplication</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/gui/kernel/qapplication.cpp" line="+2279"/> + <location filename="../src/gui/kernel/qapplication.cpp" line="+2287"/> <source>QT_LAYOUT_DIRECTION</source> <comment>Translate this string to the string 'LTR' in left-to-right languages or to 'RTL' in right-to-left languages (such as Hebrew and Arabic) to get proper widget layout.</comment> <translation>LTR</translation> @@ -1053,7 +1327,7 @@ nach <context> <name>QColorDialog</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/gui/dialogs/qcolordialog.cpp" line="+1349"/> + <location filename="../src/gui/dialogs/qcolordialog.cpp" line="+1356"/> <source>Hu&e:</source> <translation>Farb&ton:</translation> </message> @@ -1093,7 +1367,7 @@ nach <translation>Farbauswahl</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+180"/> + <location line="+184"/> <source>&Basic colors</source> <translation>Grundfar&ben</translation> </message> @@ -1180,7 +1454,7 @@ nach <context> <name>QDB2Driver</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/sql/drivers/db2/qsql_db2.cpp" line="+1254"/> + <location filename="../src/sql/drivers/db2/qsql_db2.cpp" line="+1253"/> <source>Unable to connect</source> <translation>Es kann keine Verbindung aufgebaut werden</translation> </message> @@ -1203,7 +1477,7 @@ nach <context> <name>QDB2Result</name> <message> - <location line="-1031"/> + <location line="-1030"/> <location line="+240"/> <source>Unable to execute statement</source> <translation>Der Befehl kann nicht ausgeführt werden</translation> @@ -1278,7 +1552,7 @@ nach <context> <name>QDialog</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/gui/dialogs/qdialog.cpp" line="+636"/> + <location filename="../src/gui/dialogs/qdialog.cpp" line="+652"/> <source>What's This?</source> <translation>Direkthilfe</translation> </message> @@ -1291,9 +1565,9 @@ nach <context> <name>QDialogButtonBox</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/gui/dialogs/qmessagebox.cpp" line="+1872"/> + <location filename="../src/gui/dialogs/qmessagebox.cpp" line="+1876"/> <location line="+464"/> - <location filename="../src/gui/widgets/qdialogbuttonbox.cpp" line="+622"/> + <location filename="../src/gui/widgets/qdialogbuttonbox.cpp" line="+650"/> <source>OK</source> <translation>OK</translation> </message> @@ -1505,7 +1779,7 @@ nach <context> <name>QFile</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/corelib/io/qfile.cpp" line="+697"/> + <location filename="../src/corelib/io/qfile.cpp" line="+698"/> <location line="+155"/> <source>Destination file exists</source> <translation>Die Zieldatei existiert bereits</translation> @@ -1545,7 +1819,7 @@ nach <name>QFileDialog</name> <message> <location filename="../src/gui/dialogs/qfiledialog.cpp" line="+558"/> - <location line="+450"/> + <location line="+471"/> <source>All Files (*)</source> <translation>Alle Dateien (*)</translation> </message> @@ -1568,13 +1842,13 @@ nach <translation>Details</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../src/gui/itemviews/qfileiconprovider.cpp" line="+464"/> + <location filename="../src/gui/itemviews/qfileiconprovider.cpp" line="+465"/> <location line="+1"/> <source>File</source> <translation>Datei</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../src/gui/dialogs/qfiledialog.cpp" line="-467"/> + <location filename="../src/gui/dialogs/qfiledialog.cpp" line="-488"/> <source>Open</source> <translation>Öffnen</translation> </message> @@ -1584,25 +1858,25 @@ nach <translation>Speichern unter</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+689"/> - <location line="+50"/> - <location line="+1528"/> + <location line="+699"/> + <location line="+55"/> + <location line="+1532"/> <source>&Open</source> <translation>&Öffnen</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="-1578"/> - <location line="+50"/> + <location line="-1587"/> + <location line="+55"/> <source>&Save</source> <translation>S&peichern</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+1801"/> + <location line="+1805"/> <source>Recent Places</source> <translation>Zuletzt besucht</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="-2511"/> + <location line="-2530"/> <source>&Rename</source> <translation>&Umbenennen</translation> </message> @@ -1617,17 +1891,17 @@ nach <translation>&Versteckte Dateien anzeigen</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+1957"/> + <location line="+1976"/> <source>New Folder</source> <translation>Neues Verzeichnis</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="-1992"/> + <location line="-2011"/> <source>Find Directory</source> <translation>Verzeichnis suchen</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+696"/> + <location line="+706"/> <source>Directories</source> <translation>Verzeichnisse</translation> </message> @@ -1637,13 +1911,13 @@ nach <translation>Alle Dateien (*.*)</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../src/gui/dialogs/qfiledialog.cpp" line="-655"/> - <location line="+659"/> + <location filename="../src/gui/dialogs/qfiledialog.cpp" line="-665"/> + <location line="+669"/> <source>Directory:</source> <translation>Verzeichnis:</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+810"/> + <location line="+819"/> <source>%1 already exists. Do you want to replace it?</source> <translation>Die Datei %1 existiert bereits. @@ -1737,7 +2011,7 @@ Möchten Sie die Datei trotzdem löschen?</translation> <translation>Unbekannt</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../src/gui/dialogs/qfiledialog.cpp" line="-2111"/> + <location filename="../src/gui/dialogs/qfiledialog.cpp" line="-2130"/> <source>Show </source> <translation>Anzeigen </translation> </message> @@ -1753,8 +2027,8 @@ Möchten Sie die Datei trotzdem löschen?</translation> <translation>&Neues Verzeichnis</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+667"/> - <location line="+38"/> + <location line="+677"/> + <location line="+43"/> <source>&Choose</source> <translation>&Auswählen</translation> </message> @@ -1764,8 +2038,8 @@ Möchten Sie die Datei trotzdem löschen?</translation> <translation>Löschen</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../src/gui/dialogs/qfiledialog.cpp" line="-698"/> - <location line="+663"/> + <location filename="../src/gui/dialogs/qfiledialog.cpp" line="-713"/> + <location line="+673"/> <source>File &name:</source> <translation>Datei&name:</translation> </message> @@ -2286,7 +2560,7 @@ Möchten Sie die Datei trotzdem löschen?</translation> <context> <name>QHostInfo</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/network/kernel/qhostinfo_p.h" line="+185"/> + <location filename="../src/network/kernel/qhostinfo_p.h" line="+101"/> <source>Unknown error</source> <translation>Unbekannter Fehler</translation> </message> @@ -2296,7 +2570,7 @@ Möchten Sie die Datei trotzdem löschen?</translation> <message> <location filename="../src/network/kernel/qhostinfo_unix.cpp" line="+257"/> <location line="+32"/> - <location filename="../src/network/kernel/qhostinfo_win.cpp" line="+220"/> + <location filename="../src/network/kernel/qhostinfo_win.cpp" line="+216"/> <location line="+27"/> <source>Host not found</source> <translation>Rechner konnte nicht gefunden werden</translation> @@ -2330,7 +2604,7 @@ Möchten Sie die Datei trotzdem löschen?</translation> <context> <name>QHttp</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/network/access/qhttpnetworkconnection.cpp" line="+578"/> + <location filename="../src/network/access/qhttpnetworkconnection.cpp" line="-6"/> <location filename="../src/qt3support/network/q3http.cpp" line="+1835"/> <source>Connection refused</source> <translation>Verbindung verweigert</translation> @@ -2350,8 +2624,6 @@ Möchten Sie die Datei trotzdem löschen?</translation> </message> <message> <location line="+82"/> - <location filename="../src/network/access/qhttpnetworkconnection.cpp" line="+10"/> - <location line="+19"/> <location filename="../src/qt3support/network/q3http.cpp" line="+48"/> <source>HTTP request failed</source> <translation>HTTP-Anfrage fehlgeschlagen</translation> @@ -2382,7 +2654,7 @@ Möchten Sie die Datei trotzdem löschen?</translation> <translation>Verbindung mit %1 beendet</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../src/network/access/qhttpnetworkconnection.cpp" line="-22"/> + <location filename="../src/network/access/qhttpnetworkconnection.cpp" line="+7"/> <location filename="../src/qt3support/network/q3http.cpp" line="+14"/> <source>Connection closed</source> <translation>Verbindung beendet</translation> @@ -2647,7 +2919,7 @@ Möchten Sie die Datei trotzdem löschen?</translation> <context> <name>QIODevice</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/corelib/global/qglobal.cpp" line="+2072"/> + <location filename="../src/corelib/global/qglobal.cpp" line="+2096"/> <source>Permission denied</source> <translation>Zugriff verweigert</translation> </message> @@ -2667,7 +2939,7 @@ Möchten Sie die Datei trotzdem löschen?</translation> <translation>Kein freier Speicherplatz auf dem Gerät vorhanden</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../src/corelib/io/qiodevice.cpp" line="+1561"/> + <location filename="../src/corelib/io/qiodevice.cpp" line="+1565"/> <source>Unknown error</source> <translation>Unbekannter Fehler</translation> </message> @@ -2731,7 +3003,7 @@ Möchten Sie die Datei trotzdem löschen?</translation> <translation>Operation unmap fehlgeschlagen für '%1': %2</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+344"/> + <location line="+345"/> <source>The plugin '%1' uses incompatible Qt library. (%2.%3.%4) [%5]</source> <translation>Das Plugin '%1' verwendet eine inkompatible Qt-Bibliothek. (%2.%3.%4) [%5]</translation> </message> @@ -2783,12 +3055,12 @@ Möchten Sie die Datei trotzdem löschen?</translation> <context> <name>QLineEdit</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.cpp" line="+2035"/> + <location filename="../src/gui/widgets/qlineedit.cpp" line="+2112"/> <source>Select All</source> <translation>Alles auswählen</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="-32"/> + <location line="-40"/> <source>&Undo</source> <translation>&Rückgängig</translation> </message> @@ -2798,22 +3070,22 @@ Möchten Sie die Datei trotzdem löschen?</translation> <translation>Wieder&herstellen</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+7"/> + <location line="+9"/> <source>Cu&t</source> <translation>&Ausschneiden</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+5"/> + <location line="+6"/> <source>&Copy</source> <translation>&Kopieren</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+5"/> + <location line="+6"/> <source>&Paste</source> <translation>Einf&ügen</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+5"/> + <location line="+7"/> <source>Delete</source> <translation>Löschen</translation> </message> @@ -2916,7 +3188,7 @@ Möchten Sie die Datei trotzdem löschen?</translation> <context> <name>QMYSQLDriver</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/sql/drivers/mysql/qsql_mysql.cpp" line="+1261"/> + <location filename="../src/sql/drivers/mysql/qsql_mysql.cpp" line="+1270"/> <source>Unable to open database '</source> <translation>Die Datenbankverbindung kann nicht geöffnet werden '</translation> </message> @@ -2926,7 +3198,7 @@ Möchten Sie die Datei trotzdem löschen?</translation> <translation>Es kann keine Verbindung aufgebaut werden</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+151"/> + <location line="+150"/> <source>Unable to begin transaction</source> <translation>Es kann keine Transaktion gestartet werden</translation> </message> @@ -2944,12 +3216,13 @@ Möchten Sie die Datei trotzdem löschen?</translation> <context> <name>QMYSQLResult</name> <message> - <location line="-969"/> + <location line="-977"/> + <location line="+31"/> <source>Unable to fetch data</source> <translation>Es konnten keine Daten abgeholt werden</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+183"/> + <location line="+161"/> <source>Unable to execute query</source> <translation>Die Abfrage konnte nicht ausgeführt werden</translation> </message> @@ -3127,7 +3400,7 @@ Möchten Sie die Datei trotzdem löschen?</translation> <context> <name>QMenuBar</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/gui/widgets/qmenu_symbian.cpp" line="+410"/> + <location filename="../src/gui/widgets/qmenu_symbian.cpp" line="+436"/> <source>Actions</source> <translation>Optionen</translation> </message> @@ -3163,7 +3436,7 @@ Möchten Sie die Datei trotzdem löschen?</translation> <translation>Hilfe</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="-1099"/> + <location line="-1102"/> <source>Show Details...</source> <translation>Details einblenden...</translation> </message> @@ -3346,13 +3619,13 @@ Möchten Sie die Datei trotzdem löschen?</translation> <context> <name>QNetworkAccessFileBackend</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/network/access/qfilenetworkreply.cpp" line="+83"/> + <location filename="../src/network/access/qfilenetworkreply.cpp" line="+85"/> <location filename="../src/network/access/qnetworkaccessfilebackend.cpp" line="+100"/> <source>Request for opening non-local file %1</source> <translation>Anforderung zum Öffnen einer Datei über Netzwerk %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+31"/> + <location line="+33"/> <location filename="../src/network/access/qnetworkaccessfilebackend.cpp" line="+45"/> <source>Error opening %1: %2</source> <translation>%1 konnte nicht geöffnet werden: %2</translation> @@ -3363,7 +3636,7 @@ Möchten Sie die Datei trotzdem löschen?</translation> <translation>Fehler beim Schreiben zur Datei %1: %2</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../src/network/access/qfilenetworkreply.cpp" line="-11"/> + <location filename="../src/network/access/qfilenetworkreply.cpp" line="-13"/> <location filename="../src/network/access/qnetworkaccessfilebackend.cpp" line="+48"/> <source>Cannot open %1: Path is a directory</source> <translation>%1 kann nicht geöffnet werden: Der Pfad spezifiziert ein Verzeichnis</translation> @@ -3405,7 +3678,7 @@ Möchten Sie die Datei trotzdem löschen?</translation> <context> <name>QNetworkAccessHttpBackend</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/network/access/qnetworkaccesshttpbackend.cpp" line="+585"/> + <location filename="../src/network/access/qnetworkaccesshttpbackend.cpp" line="+599"/> <source>No suitable proxy found</source> <translation>Es konnte kein geeigneter Proxy-Server gefunden werden</translation> </message> @@ -3413,12 +3686,12 @@ Möchten Sie die Datei trotzdem löschen?</translation> <context> <name>QNetworkReply</name> <message> - <location line="+95"/> + <location line="+101"/> <source>Error downloading %1 - server replied: %2</source> <translation>Beim Herunterladen von %1 trat ein Fehler auf - Die Antwort des Servers ist: %2</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../src/network/access/qnetworkreplyimpl.cpp" line="+77"/> + <location filename="../src/network/access/qnetworkreplyimpl.cpp" line="+80"/> <source>Protocol "%1" is unknown</source> <translation>Das Protokoll "%1" ist unbekannt</translation> </message> @@ -3426,7 +3699,7 @@ Möchten Sie die Datei trotzdem löschen?</translation> <context> <name>QNetworkReplyImpl</name> <message> - <location line="+519"/> + <location line="+525"/> <location line="+28"/> <source>Operation canceled</source> <translation>Operation abgebrochen</translation> @@ -3509,7 +3782,7 @@ Möchten Sie die Datei trotzdem löschen?</translation> <context> <name>QODBCDriver</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/sql/drivers/odbc/qsql_odbc.cpp" line="+1790"/> + <location filename="../src/sql/drivers/odbc/qsql_odbc.cpp" line="+1806"/> <source>Unable to connect</source> <translation>Es kann keine Verbindung aufgebaut werden</translation> </message> @@ -3542,14 +3815,14 @@ Möchten Sie die Datei trotzdem löschen?</translation> <context> <name>QODBCResult</name> <message> - <location line="-932"/> - <location line="+346"/> + <location line="-937"/> + <location line="+351"/> <source>QODBCResult::reset: Unable to set 'SQL_CURSOR_STATIC' as statement attribute. Please check your ODBC driver configuration</source> <translation>QODBCResult::reset: 'SQL_CURSOR_STATIC' konnte nicht als Attribut des Befehls gesetzt werden. Bitte prüfen Sie die Konfiguration Ihres ODBC-Treibers</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="-329"/> - <location line="+623"/> + <location line="-334"/> + <location line="+628"/> <source>Unable to execute statement</source> <translation>Der Befehl konnte nicht ausgeführt werden</translation> </message> @@ -3569,7 +3842,7 @@ Möchten Sie die Datei trotzdem löschen?</translation> <translation>Die Variable konnte nicht gebunden werden</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../src/sql/drivers/db2/qsql_db2.cpp" line="+190"/> + <location filename="../src/sql/drivers/db2/qsql_db2.cpp" line="+189"/> <location filename="../src/sql/drivers/odbc/qsql_odbc.cpp" line="-467"/> <location line="+576"/> <source>Unable to fetch last</source> @@ -3619,7 +3892,7 @@ Möchten Sie die Datei trotzdem löschen?</translation> <translation>Der entfernte Rechner hat die Verbindung zu %1 vorzeitig beendet</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../src/network/kernel/qhostinfo.cpp" line="+175"/> + <location filename="../src/network/kernel/qhostinfo.cpp" line="+168"/> <location filename="../src/network/kernel/qhostinfo_unix.cpp" line="+0"/> <source>No host name given</source> <translation>Es wurde kein Hostname angegeben</translation> @@ -3803,7 +4076,7 @@ Möchten Sie die Datei trotzdem löschen?</translation> <context> <name>QPrintDialog</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/gui/painting/qprinterinfo_unix.cpp" line="+108"/> + <location filename="../src/gui/painting/qprinterinfo_unix.cpp" line="+110"/> <source>locally connected</source> <translation>direkt verbunden</translation> </message> @@ -4232,12 +4505,12 @@ Bitte wählen Sie einen anderen Dateinamen.</translation> <context> <name>QPrintPreviewDialog</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/gui/dialogs/qprintpreviewdialog.cpp" line="+246"/> + <location filename="../src/gui/dialogs/qprintpreviewdialog.cpp" line="+249"/> <source>%1%</source> <translation>%1%</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+68"/> + <location line="+71"/> <source>Print Preview</source> <translation>Druckvorschau</translation> </message> @@ -4317,7 +4590,12 @@ Bitte wählen Sie einen anderen Dateinamen.</translation> <translation>Seite einrichten</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+150"/> + <location line="+6"/> + <source>Close</source> + <translation>Schließen</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+148"/> <source>Export to PDF</source> <translation>PDF exportieren</translation> </message> @@ -4530,7 +4808,7 @@ Bitte wählen Sie einen anderen Dateinamen.</translation> <translation>Zeitüberschreitung</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../src/corelib/io/qprocess.cpp" line="+855"/> + <location filename="../src/corelib/io/qprocess.cpp" line="+856"/> <location line="+52"/> <location filename="../src/corelib/io/qprocess_win.cpp" line="-211"/> <location line="+50"/> @@ -4645,7 +4923,7 @@ Bitte wählen Sie einen anderen Dateinamen.</translation> <context> <name>QSQLite2Driver</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/sql/drivers/sqlite2/qsql_sqlite2.cpp" line="+391"/> + <location filename="../src/sql/drivers/sqlite2/qsql_sqlite2.cpp" line="+399"/> <source>Error opening database</source> <translation>Die Datenbankverbindung konnte nicht geöffnet werden</translation> </message> @@ -4668,12 +4946,12 @@ Bitte wählen Sie einen anderen Dateinamen.</translation> <context> <name>QSQLite2Result</name> <message> - <location line="-319"/> + <location line="-326"/> <source>Unable to fetch results</source> <translation>Das Ergebnis konnte nicht abgeholt werden</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+143"/> + <location line="+150"/> <source>Unable to execute statement</source> <translation>Der Befehl konnte nicht ausgeführt werden</translation> </message> @@ -4681,7 +4959,7 @@ Bitte wählen Sie einen anderen Dateinamen.</translation> <context> <name>QSQLiteDriver</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/sql/drivers/sqlite/qsql_sqlite.cpp" line="+540"/> + <location filename="../src/sql/drivers/sqlite/qsql_sqlite.cpp" line="+547"/> <source>Error opening database</source> <translation>Die Datenbankverbindung konnte nicht geöffnet werden</translation> </message> @@ -5184,7 +5462,7 @@ Bitte wählen Sie einen anderen Dateinamen.</translation> </message> <message> <location filename="../src/corelib/kernel/qsharedmemory_symbian.cpp" line="+83"/> - <location filename="../src/corelib/kernel/qsharedmemory_unix.cpp" line="+79"/> + <location filename="../src/corelib/kernel/qsharedmemory_unix.cpp" line="+81"/> <location filename="../src/corelib/kernel/qsharedmemory_win.cpp" line="+87"/> <source>%1: permission denied</source> <translation>%1: Zugriff verweigert</translation> @@ -6150,7 +6428,7 @@ Bitte wählen Sie einen anderen Dateinamen.</translation> <translation>Umdrehen</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+573"/> + <location line="+575"/> <location line="+135"/> <source>Ctrl</source> <translation>Strg</translation> @@ -6184,7 +6462,7 @@ Bitte wählen Sie einen anderen Dateinamen.</translation> <translation>F%1</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="-869"/> + <location line="-871"/> <source>Home Page</source> <translation>Startseite</translation> </message> @@ -6293,7 +6571,7 @@ Bitte wählen Sie einen anderen Dateinamen.</translation> <context> <name>QSoftKeyManager</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/gui/kernel/qsoftkeymanager.cpp" line="+79"/> + <location filename="../src/gui/kernel/qsoftkeymanager.cpp" line="+63"/> <source>Ok</source> <translation>Ok</translation> </message> @@ -6318,7 +6596,7 @@ Bitte wählen Sie einen anderen Dateinamen.</translation> <translation>Abbrechen</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+172"/> + <location filename="../src/gui/kernel/qsoftkeymanager_s60.cpp" line="+273"/> <source>Exit</source> <translation>Beenden</translation> </message> @@ -6401,7 +6679,12 @@ Bitte wählen Sie einen anderen Dateinamen.</translation> <translation>Die Daten konnten nicht geschrieben werden: %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+119"/> + <location line="+63"/> + <source>Unable to decrypt data: %1</source> + <translation>Die Daten konnten nicht entschlüsselt werden: %1</translation> + </message> + <message> + <location line="+76"/> <source>Error while reading: %1</source> <translation>Beim Lesen ist ein Fehler aufgetreten: %1</translation> </message> @@ -6411,7 +6694,7 @@ Bitte wählen Sie einen anderen Dateinamen.</translation> <translation>Im Ablauf des SSL-Protokolls ist ein Fehler aufgetreten: %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="-501"/> + <location line="-521"/> <source>Error creating SSL context (%1)</source> <translation>Es konnte keine SSL-Kontextstruktur erzeugt werden (%1)</translation> </message> @@ -6657,7 +6940,7 @@ Bitte wählen Sie einen anderen Dateinamen.</translation> <context> <name>QTextControl</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/gui/text/qtextcontrol.cpp" line="+2024"/> + <location filename="../src/gui/text/qtextcontrol.cpp" line="+2027"/> <source>&Undo</source> <translation>&Rückgängig</translation> </message> @@ -7375,7 +7658,7 @@ Bitte wählen Sie einen anderen Dateinamen.</translation> <translation>%1 (%2x%3 Pixel)</translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore/platform/network/qt/QNetworkReplyHandler.cpp" line="+412"/> + <location filename="../src/3rdparty/webkit/WebCore/platform/network/qt/QNetworkReplyHandler.cpp" line="+416"/> <source>Bad HTTP request</source> <translation>Ungültige HTTP-Anforderung</translation> </message> @@ -7460,7 +7743,7 @@ Bitte wählen Sie einen anderen Dateinamen.</translation> </translation> </message> <message> - <location filename="../src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebpage.cpp" line="+1822"/> + <location filename="../src/3rdparty/webkit/WebKit/qt/Api/qwebpage.cpp" line="+1833"/> <source>JavaScript Alert - %1</source> <translation>JavaScript-Hinweis - %1</translation> </message> @@ -7470,7 +7753,7 @@ Bitte wählen Sie einen anderen Dateinamen.</translation> <translation>JavaScript-Bestätigung - %1</translation> </message> <message> - <location line="+18"/> + <location line="+19"/> <source>JavaScript Prompt - %1</source> <translation>JavaScript-Eingabeaufforderung - %1</translation> </message> @@ -7706,7 +7989,7 @@ Bitte wählen Sie einen anderen Dateinamen.</translation> <context> <name>QWidget</name> <message> - <location filename="../src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp" line="+5720"/> + <location filename="../src/gui/kernel/qwidget.cpp" line="+5728"/> <source>*</source> <translation>*</translation> </message> |
